“‘Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potentiz testes, divitie felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;

ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet.

Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata; A veré eruditis

et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.’—

LINNZUs.

“ Quelque soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir

qu'elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rapportent

toutes ses opérations.””—BRUCKNER, Théorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden, 1767.

se 5 © © + 6 ww « » « The sylvan powers

Obey our summons ; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute. .

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818.

ALERE Wo FLAMMAM.

CONTENTS OF VOL. XII.

[SECOND SERIES. ]

NUMBER LXVII.

’ Page

I. Remarks on some Algez belonging to the genus Caulerpa. By

R. K. Grevitie, LL.D. &c. (With two Plates.) .....secsseecseeeeees 1

II. On the Genus Truncatella. By Wituiam Ciark, Esq. ...... +

III. On the Operculum of the Genus Diplommatina. By Dr. J.

BPGRAN. BRS: VeESZASS CoO, hE. bnani ssceetsceet camer ste act «sencaseness 9

IV. Description of a new species of Rhododendron from Bootan,

in India. By THOMAS NUTTALL, Hisq. ....sscccesecsereeeesecteeeeerens 10

VY. On Relative Position ; including a new Arrangement of Phanero-

gamous Plants :—Part IV. On Dorsal Placentation. By B. CLarKE,

Meese OCs: CVV IGE B EMALG) | cv'sasisci edidesaeadsesc: ace sesinannssesccssasseneses Il

VI. On the Phosphorescence of some Marine Invertebrata. By

MM AGI) QUATRERAGES() s iisny ecetudeces woes 2-<ebane cdideceddwaydesonaane 15

VII. On the Structure of the Leaves of Palms. By M.A.Trecun. 27

Proceedings of the Linnean Society; Zoological Society; Botanical

Saeiety Of Hin beets Glee on ceeeccmmsg ds cuens)\cseuneseccacdavonensees 31—64

On the Fecundation of the Fucacez, by M. Gustave Thuret ; Time of

Spawning of British Crustacea, by William Thompson ; Experi-

mental Researches on Vegetation, by M. Georges Ville; On the

Priority of the Discovery of the Mode of Action of the Pholades

in the Perforation of Stones, by M. Vrolik; On Sun Columns

observed at Sandwick Manse, Orkney, by the Rev. C. Clouston ;

Meteorological Observations and Table .........-+:...sesseeeraes 64—72

NUMBER LXVIII.

VIII. On the Genus Cercyon, with a short Monographical Synopsis

of the British Spheridiide. By ANDREW Murray, W.S. Edinburgh.

(NUithis Plates) rreseweawenecsasass dvadcccatjcdsncaqesacuasssanckeduucs luedacteuatt 73

iv CONTENTS.

Page

IX. Characters of new Land Shells, collected by EpGar L. Layarp,

Esq., in Ceylon. By W.H. Benson, Esq.........eee.0e TARA 90

X. Notes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected durmg an eight

years’ residence in the Island. By EpGcar Lropoip Layarp, C.C.S. 97

XI. On the Rissoa rubra. By WiiLiamM Cuiark, Esq. ........000+ 107

XII. Description of several new species of British Crustacea. By

Wixiiiam THompson, Esq. (With a Plate.) ...... Ua Bak sno TO

XIII. On two new species of Calanide, with Observations on the

Spermatic Tubes of Pontella, Diaptomus, &e. By Joun Lussock,

Bisg., Ezve:> OWithia Plates) ot.. ¢.ccedenses « dteenlooN. Gilde bes spomebeae 115

XIV. Notes on some new or little-known Marine Animals. By

PEL GOSSEs Alli Os cates seceeeseucees Sab cdutecnwien cs acneuekscesaeacaetonerane 124

XV. On the Teeth of the Genus Mitra, Lamarck. By J. E. Gray,

Ph.D: OE RS. VER ASC ace ceee teas oe dgenee se cltedsc nce suleaetl ak 129

New Books :—Systéme Silurien du Centre de la Bohéme. 1¢re partie,

Recherches Paléontologiques. Trilobites, par J. Barrande.—

Popular Physical Geology, by J. B. Jukes, F.R.S............. 130—135

Proceedings of the Royal Institution; Zoological Society ...... 136—148

Observations on the Breeding of the Nightingale in Captivity, by

“H. Hanley ; Eucratea chelata, by William F. Templer; On a new

species of Bulimus, by Lovell Reeve, F.L.S. ; Johnstonella Catha-

rina, Gosse, by J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. ; Ona new genus of Ano-

miade, by J. K. Gray, F.R.S. &c. ; Meteorological Observations

BY) WA UlearcacccaseoncaserscevapMevonnes sctvencacnsescese:cseterne rad 148—152

NUMBER LXIX.

XVI. Notes on some new or little-known Marine Animals. (No. 2.)

By P. H. Gosse, A.L.S. (With a Plate.) ....-...ssssscseesesesseeeesceans 153

XVII. On two new species of Calanide, with Observations on the

Spermatice Tubes of Pontella, Diaptomus, &e. By Joun Lussock,

Esq., F.Z.S. (With a Plate.) ............ werkt Mss Sei edtedle ee 159

XVIII. Notes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected during an

eight years’ residence in the Island. By Epcar Leopotp Layarp,

MOCO Seas ee Sect casas See aat sia ce nasee Re eeslee ue shit secs ilaae Gui cawsionslebemneuels 165

XIX. On the Head of the Genus Conus, Linn. By J. E. Gray,

Ph DE RAB Lae cle a WOuen ai cas vated vec havens so ase ten ahoads tens 176

XX. On the Animal of Rotella, Lamk. By J. E. Gray, Ph.D.,

BRS .y Web C2. SiC. woe rsccovevncseves vege csaaansinsenarenasensoZeee et een ct 179

CONTENTS. Vv

austh . ‘ Page

XXI. On the Phosphorescence of some Marine Invertebrata, By

M. A. De Quarreraces. (Witha Plate.) ..+.... ee aor Shanety Aad = 180

XXII. On some new Carboniferous Limestone Fossils. By FRE-

prrick M‘Coy, F.G.S., Hon. F.C.P.S., Professor of Mineralogy and

Geology in the Queen’s University Of Treland........sseseecesesserereneees 188

New Books :—A Naturalist’s Rambles on the Devonshire Coast, by

P. H. Gosse, A.L.S. &e. ......-+ fo. da, esceds Peek Re eee tape Ae 197

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Botanical Society of Edin-

Durgh © s.estesssecerseeesseceenneeecaesenseceesasensanscsee Re Posies 199—219

On the Movements of the Blood in the Pulmonary Arachnida, by

E. Blanchard; The Tibetan Badger of Hodgson, by J. E. Gray ;

Note on the Germination of the Spores of the Uredines, by L.

R. Tulasne; Meteorological Observations and Table ....-- 219—224

NUMBER LXX.

XXIII. On some new species of Trigonia from the Inferior Oolite

of the Cotteswolds, with preliminary Remarks upon that Genus. By

Joun Lycert, Esq. (With a Plate.) ......:eseeeeerseereeeeeseeees neapet 225

XXIV. Note on the Artesian Well at Colchester ; and Remarks on

some of the Microscopic Fossils from the Colchester Chalk. By JoHn

Brown, Esq., F.G.S. (With two Plates.) .ssececeeeee Me rconsaeecerp aes 240

XXV. On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and on the Struc-

ture of the Organs of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals. By THomas

WituraMs, M.D. Lond. (With a Plate.) .-.ccccecscesecvsccessscesrsceees 243

XXVI. Notes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected during an

eight years’ residence in the Island. By Epear Lzopoup Layarp,

GCN wai oan scnpyrsncd * araite uaBAMang se osareennseatapecnooaeséteroanantte se iaaces 262

XXVII. Remarks on the Lias at Fretherne near Newnham, and

Purton near Sharpness; with an Account of some new Foraminifera

discovered there ; and on certain Pleistocene Deposits in the Vale of

Gloucester. By the Rev. P. B. Bropte, M.A., F.G.S..........seceeeees 272

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Royal Society .--...+++++ 278—290

vil CONTENTS.

Page

NUMBER LXXI.

XXVIII. On the “ Nucleus” of the Characee. By At. Braun ... 297

XXIX. On the Branchial Currents in the Bivalves. By W1LL1AM

CLARK, Esq. ......c0cesseonsasvecgessoncnerncnerssnys Red aceoea tec saasuana rat orc 303

XXX. On Preserving the Balance between the Animal and Vege-

table Organisms in Sea Water. By Roperr WARINGTON......... «- 319

XXXI. On the Cornbrash of the neighbourhood of Cirencester.

By James Buckman, F.L.S., F.G.S., Professor of Geology Royal

Agricultural College ......:ssssssseeeeeeseeeseenerereeecnee ees seesccecesersosucs 324

XXXII. On the Teeth of the Pneumonobranchiate Mollusca. By

J. E. Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. & 0. seeeecscseeeeerseeeeenenneens seen B29

XXXIII. On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and on the

Structure of the Organs of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals. By

Tuomas WiuutaMs, M.D. Lond. (With a Plate.) ........cseeeseseeees 333

Proceedings of the Zoological BMWMEEY Gastar sce vss cacsate op ise salgedaex sages 348

Spadix purpurea, by W. P. Cocks; Note on the Parasitism of Coman-

dra wmbellata, by Asa Gray; Rare Irish Mollusca, by William

White Walpole; Natica sordida, by William White Walpole ;

Meteorological Observations and Table. ...... ses cneRsescnnas 365—368

NUMBER LXXII.

XXXIV. On the British Tritons. By Jonn HiGcGinBortom,

F.R.S. (With two Plates.) ...cssssescccsseeesseeeeeeesaneeeseeaneeeseeeerers 369

XXXV. Notes on some new or little-known Marine Animals.

(No. 3.) By P. H. Goss, A.L.S. .....cseseeeceneeserseeeseereeeeeesaauenes 384

XXXVI. Descriptions of some undescribed species of Reptiles col-

lected by Dr. JosepH Hooxer in the Khassia Mountains, Kast

Bengal, and Sikkim Himalaya. By J. E. Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S.,

V.P.Z.S., P.B.S. &0..ccccscccseceeesccecconeceesensceensceusebeceeesensesenenens 386

XXXVII. On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and on the

Structure of the Organs of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals. By

Tuomas WiuuiamMs, M.D. Lond. (With a Plate.) ......:-sesseeseeees 393

XXXVIII. On Blood Rain (Palmella prodigiosa, Mont.). By

H. O. SrerHens, Esq., Vice-President of the Bristol Microscopical

Society. (With a Plate.) ......:sscececesseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeuneeeereeeeenaananens 409

XXXIX. Descriptions of two new genera (Pfeifferia and Janella) of

Land Mollusca. By J. E. Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. .......00+2 412

XL. Notes on the Habits of Bivalve Shell-fish. By S. P. Woop-

SURRY ose ee oad raeend cen bactasvese\citesienstuieonseeecunes os ucecleucuadann@emee 415

CONTENTS, vii

Page

XLI. Centuries of North American Fungi. By the Rev. M. J.

Berke ey, M.A., F.L.S., and the Rev. M. A. Curtis, D.D.......... 417

XLII. Note on the Transverse Processes of the Two-toothed Dol-

phin (Hyperoodon bidens). By Prof. OWEN, F.R.S. &e. .........eeeee 435

“XLII. Remarks on Libellula Brodiei (Buckman), a Fossil Insect

from the Upper Lias of Dumbleton, Gloucestershire. By Professor

Buckman, F.G:S., F.L.S8. 0 wc... seen Resekeet rr nistdenactaessdvaanssttece 436

XLIV. On Gallionelia ferruginea (Ehrenb.). By J. W. Grirrity,

LD SAP AS rol Cead UO SSRI A. wc dsei ins fac dicvcswececdvovevccssesecececsegs 438

New Books :—The Botany of the Eastern Borders, with the popular

names and uses of the Plants, and of the customs and beliefs

which have been associated with them, by G. Johnston, M.D. &c.

—The Handbook of British Ferns, comprising scientific and

popular Descriptions with Engravings of all the Indigenous Spe-

cies and Varieties, with Instructions for their Cultivation, by

T. Moore, F.L.S. &c.—Beitrige zur Mycologie, von G. Frese-

nius, M.D.—A Monograph of the Subclass Cirripedia, with

figures of all the species. The Lepadide or Pedunculated Cirri-

pedes, by Charles Darwin, F.R.S., F.G.S. 0... see ee eee eeeeee 439—448

‘Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Linnean Society ...... 448—476

On the Mode of Reproduction and Development in various groups of

Zoophytes and Mollusca, by M. Gegenbaur ; On the Teeth of Tes-

tacellus and Glandina, by J. E. Gray, Ph.D. &c.; On the Struc-

ture of the Retina in Man, by Profs. Kolliker and H. Miller;

Discovery in the Human Body of a Substance giving the same

Chemical Reactions as Cellulose, by M. Virchow; Meteorolo-

gical Observations and Table ............eceec. secsseeeeerecees 476—483

PLATES IN VOL. XII.

aD } New species of Caulerpa.

III. Structure of Phanerogamous Plants.

IV. British Spheeridiide.

V. New species of Calanidee.

VI. New British Crustacea.—Noctiluca miliaris.

VII. New species of Calanidee.

vee X_ } Microscopic Fossils from the Chalk.

X. Scolanthus callimorphus.

XI. New species of Trigonia.

XII.

XIII. } Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration in Invertebrate Animals.

Ss x | The British species of Triton.

XVII. Palmella prodigiosa.

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 5.2 .Vol 12. Plt.

Caulerpa taxitolia

Caulerpa asplentoides

TDe C. Sowerby se!

Ann & Mag. Nat. Hist. J.2 .Vol.12. PU

Oe ae

630 by hy

CP Bay rg

Caulerpa lava

Caulerpa fisstdentotdes

SDe C. Sowerby se

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES. ]

Naiades, et circdm vitreos considite fontes :

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores :

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.””

N. Parthenii Giannettasti Ecl, 1.

No. 67. JULY 1853.

I1.—Remarks on some Alge belonging to the Genus Caulerpa.

By R. K. Grevitziz, LL.D. &e.*

[With two Plates. ]

AMONG the Algz collected by Dr. Wight on the shores of the

Peninsula of India are various Caulerpe. Of described species

the following may be enumerated: Caulerpa Lessont, Bory ;

plumaris, Ag.; sealpelliformis, Ag. ; sedoides, Ag. ; Chemnitzia,

Lamour., and Freycinetti, Ag.

There are also two or three other species upon which I pro-

pose to offer some remarks. ‘The first of these is the plant de-

scribed by Agardh as var. 8. crassifolia of his Caulerpa taxifolia ;

at least there can be no doubt that it is the form quoted by him,

‘and figured by Tuer in ‘ Historia Fucorum,’ tab. 53, as Fucus

pinnatus of Linneus. I am, however, very sceptical of its having

any specific relation to C. taxifolia, typical specimens of which I

possess from Agardh and Hornemann. The frond of the latter

is pinnated in a definite, symmetrical and uninterrupted manner,

answering well, in fact, to Agardh’s description : “ pinnis zqua-

libus simplicibus fere horizontalibus, parallelis . . . - basi apice-

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, April 14, 1853,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xu. 1

2 Dr. R. K. Greville on some new species of Caulerpa.

que attenuatis, oppositis, approximatis.” The Indian plant, on

the contrary, is remarkably straggling and irregular in its habit ;

the pinne remote, often interrupted, unequal in length, and in-

stead of being nearly horizontal are given off at a considerable

angle, with a decurrent base. Turner has well remarked of this

plant, that “young specimens are entirely destitute of pinne,

and resemble in their naked filiform branches, as well as in

their colour, texture and substance, battered plants of Chara

flexilis. Judging from some of Dr. Wight’s specimens, it is not

improbable that even older individuals may retain this form when

vegetating in situations unfavourable to their perfect develop-

ment. It may be added, that, as far as I am aware, the true

C. taxifolia is a native of the West Indies, while the Alga under

consideration has only been found in the Red Sea and in the

East Indies.

Presuming then that Turner and Agardh are correct in regard-

ing our plant as the Fucus pinnatus of Linnzus, I venture to sug-

gest that it take its place in the genus as Caulerpa pinnata. A

figure representing the frond in a somewhat younger state than

in Turner’s work will be found in one of the plates which ac-

company this paper (Pl. I.).

Before I proceed to describe the remaining Caulerpe referred

to in Dr. Wight’s collection, there is another Alga of which it is

desirable to take some notice in connexion with the preceding

species. This is a very beautiful plant which was communicated

to me by Professor Mertens, many years ago, as collected at the

island of St. Thomas in the West Indies, and likewise named

Fucus pinnatus of Linneus. It is, nevertheless, as far removed

from Caulerpa pinnata above mentioned as from C. taxiformis.

It is closely and regularly pinnate, the pinnz oblong-obovate and

more or less falcate as in C. scalpelliformis, but (unlike those of

the latter) given off horizontally ; and the frond is besides truly

pinnate, not pinnatifid. For this plant I propose the following

character :—

Caulerpa asplenioides (nobis) ; frondibus pinnatis, pinnis oppositis,

subhorizontalibus, obovato-oblongis, falcatis, obtusis, abrupte api-

culatis.

Caulerpa taxifolia, var. crassifolia, Ag.

Fucus pinnatus, L. Mertens in litt.

Although my friend Agardh has in his description of C. ¢axi-

folia quoted Turner’s figure of Fucus pinnatus as a representation

of his variety crassifolia, I cannot help assuming that he included

our present plant also, for under Caulerpa scalpelliformis he re-

marks, “ Simillima Caulerpz taxifoliz, var. crassifoliz, sed di-

stincta fronde magis confluente, potiusque pinnatifida quam pin-

Dr. R. K. Greville on some new species of Caulerpa. 3

nata, pinnis obtusis, crassis.” I may add in conclusion that the

stems and branches of C. asplenioides are comparatively tough and

opake, and bear no resemblance to those of C. pinnata, which

Turner has so graphically compared to battered plants of Chara

flecilis.

In order to assist in confirming my views regarding these spe-

cies, I refer to the illustrations on Plate I., viz.—

Caulerpa taxifolia. Fig. 1. A portion of the frond, natural size. Fig.2. A

portion magnified.

Caulerpa asplenioides. Fig. 1. A portion of the frond, natural size.

Fig. 2. A pair of the pinnz magnified.

_ Caulerpa laxa (nob.) ; frondibus simplicibus, ramentis lineari-clavatis

apice rotundatis undique laxe imbricatis.

Hab. in mari Peninsulee Indize Orientalis ; Wight.

This species is allied to Caulerpa clavifera, but is altogether a

more slender plant. It has, indeed, a moss-like habit, at least

after having been dried, quite unlike C. clavifera, with authentic

specimens of which I have compared it ; and still more unlike

Fucus Lamourouxii and Fucus uvifer of Turner, which are consi-

dered as varieties of that species by Agardh. The ramuli vary

considerably in different individuals with regard to their length

and in the degree in which they are thickened upwards; but

they are always gradually clavate and rounded at the extremity ;

-a double character which at once separates it from Caulerpa Se-

Jago and its allies, including a beautiful new species (C. furci-

folia, Harv.) collected in New Zealand by Dr. Sinclair, and pre-

sented to me by my friend Mr. William Gourlie.

Puate II. fig. 1. Caulerpa laxa, natural size. Fig. 2. Ranvuli magnified.

Caulerpa fissidentoides (nob.); frondibus compacte pinnato-pecti-

natis; pinnis adscendentibus, linearibus, obtusis, apiculatis, op-

ositis.

. in mari Peninsulze Indie Orientalis; Wight.

It is with very considerable hesitation that I venture to sepa-

rate this plant from Caulerpa plumaris, and I confess that I am

unable to define it satisfactorily. At the same time the habit is

very different, closely resembling that of a gigantic Fissidens. It

is more rigid and less slender in all its parts than C. plumaris,

the pinne shorter and much less capillary, and although given

off horizontally as in that plant, they immediately assume a more

upward direction. The rachis too (if I may be allowed the term

for convenience sake) is relatively broader, so that the pinne

are often not more than equal to twice or thrice the width of

that part. I am not disposed, however, to lay much stress upon

the length of the pinnz, because this character is extremely va-

4 Mr. W. Clark on the Genus Truncatella.

riable. In specimens of C. plumaris from the West Indies com-

municated by Agardh and Mertens, the pinne are very nearly

twice as long as in other specimens from the East Indies and the

Cape of Good Hope ; and we must not forget that their extreme

length (nearly 1 inch) forms the only specific difference of Cau-

lerpa longifolia, an Australian species. With regard to the pinnee

of these perplexing forms I may further add, that, in not being

attenuated at the base, they are completely separated from Caw-

lerpa taxifolia.

Puate IL. fig. 1. C. fissidentoides, natural size. Fig. 2. A portion of the

frond magnified.

1I.—On the Genus Truncatella. By Wit11am Crark, Esq.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, Exmouth, June 8, 1853.

Mr. Wm. Tuomrson of Weymouth has this day favoured me

with some lively examples of the rare Truncatella Montagui in

its adult and young states, that is, before and after the truncature

of the apex, and also others of the still rarer Rissoa littorea of

authors; these, though sent by post in moistened weed, which

however was quite dry when received, on being put into sea water

immediately deployed the organs. The first has been described

by the Rey. R. T. Lowe, many years ago, in the 5th volume of

the ‘ Zoological: Journal,’ p. 303; and the R. littorea by the

learned authors of the ‘British Mollusca’ in the Appendix,

vol. iv. p.265 ; still, as my account contains many new particulars,

and notes a difference of opinion in respect of the generic posi-

tion of R. littorea, I have thought it would be agreeable to some

of your readers to have an accessorial description of these rare

creatures from a fresh though inferior hand, especially as the

present notes exhibit a comparative view of both animals, which

were examined for two days in the same vase under very favour-

able circumstances. It is singular that these species, both un-

doubted Pectinibranchiata, should inhabit at high water level,

in company with Conovulus denticulatus and C. bidentatus, both

Pulmonifera, and are, as Mr. Thompson has informed me, “ deci-

dedly amphibious,” being often found far above that limit; but

I apprehend not more so than many of the minuter Littorme,

particularly ZL. neritoides, which are attached to rocks for long

periods, perhaps during their whole existence, above the highest

tides and even beyond the reach of the spray, living apparently on

the floating saline moisture. It would appear then that the two

Mr. W. Clark on the Genus Truncatella. 5

respiratory systems are in respect of these animals on the limits

of their respective boundaries, and form the transitions from one

tothe other. Both the Pectinibranchiates escaped from the water

as quickly or quicker than the Pulmonifera, but all the former,

whether littoral or from deep water, have the same propensity ;

therefore this fact is of little value; yet, when strictly confined,

the Truncatelle continued lively for two days, whilst the Cono-

vuli became torpid in twelve hours: perhaps we may conclude

that these littoral Pectinibranchiata and the sub-littoral Pulmo-

nifera are to a certain extent amphibious. All these species were

taken mixed together in an estuary at Portland by Mr. Thomp-

son, who states that they are very rare and local.

Truncatella Montagui, Lowe.

Truncatella Montagui, Brit. Moll.

Animal, when adult, occupying a yellow or whitish subcylin-

drical shell of four flattish volutions deeply divided, and fur-

nished with close-set somewhat irregular costelle ; when young, .

before the apex is truncated, of 6-8 smoother and more taper

gyrations ; the peristome in the completed shell is entire, having

the outer lip blunt and a little reflexed ; with respect to colour,

it is of the palest yellowish white, aspersed with very minute

flake-white points, particularly the foot, with a patch of pink on

the neck caused by the colour of the buccal corneous plates

showing through the pellucidity of the tissue. The mantle is

plain and even with the shell, but rather tumid at the margin: I

did not observe much approach to the mantellar collar of the

Helices. The rostrum is ridged or annulated, long, very broad,

flat, emarginate at the end, forming on each side a curved com-

pressed auricle, and cloven underneath vertically and slightly

crosially ; buccal apparatus reddish pink ; the tongue at its deeply

seated terminus displays a pair of white jaws; it can be seen

through the cesophagus, and is accompanied on each side by a

linear streamer floating loose posteally. I am not certain whether

these narrow tape-like additions proceed from the buccal mem-

brane or tongue,—I think the latter,—or they may possibly be

salivary glands.

The branchial plume is single, of an elongated kidney-shaped

figure, and has the usual constriction or sinus at the end nearest

to the heart ; it can be detected with high powers in sunlight,

through the body volution of pale, clear, thin shells ; all the rest

of the organs, including the single pale brown ganglion on each

side the cesophageal collar on its upper surface, may be easily

seen through the hyaline tissue of the neck and head. The neck

and rostrum from its corrugations can be protruded to an extra-

6 Mr. W. Clark on the Genus Truncatella.

ordinary extent beyond the aperture; the head far exceeds the

tentacula in length ; these are short, flat, broad, subtriangular,

and diverge greatly, scarcely forming an angle of 25°; the eyes

are large and black, and have white prominent pupils, which

visibly dilate and contract. I have never observed such in any

mollusk, though similar ones may have escaped notice ; they

are placed a little nearer to the base than the middle of their

lower half, not on pedicles, but quite flat on the centre of

subsemicircular expansions of the outer sides of the tentacula,

with an external tendency. Foot thick, steep, oval, very little ex-

tended, and on the march maintaining posteally and anteally the

oval contour, with a vermicular motion, like an advance of one

half to the other ; this action gives an apparent crease simulating

an incised transverse line, but on the step bemg completed the

foot becomes entire ; it carries very posteally on a plain upper

lobe, without an appendage of any sort, a narrow, irregularly

oval, light yellow corneous operculum, rounded at the outer mar-

ein and basally, straighter next the columellar side, and con-

- tracted at the upper angle; the nucleus of the spire is at the

base, with a single turn, which, though indistinct, is in certain

lights, with good glasses, quite visible; its surface is coarse and

corrugated, and marked with rough, somewhat oblique, not

equidistant strie or ridges. The rostrum is medially longitu-

dinally finely grooved, which character extends through the

neck as far as can be seen, probably as a guide channel to the

branchial leaf. The neck, with this exception, is plain. The

animal is not shy, but does not creep with much rapidity ; its

progression is a modification of the littorinidan vermicular cha-

racter. That Truncatella is a littorinidan genus admits of no

doubt ; the very paucispiral operculum, pair of jaws, and single

branchial plume sufficiently attest this determination ; its posi-

tion is of course closely connected with Rissoa.

Truncatella littorea, Della Chiaje.

Truncatella littorina, Philippi, Moll. Sicilize.

Rissoa et Assiminia littorea, nonnull.

Animal inhabiting a minute pale yellow shell, not ;;th of an

inch high,. or in transverse measure, of four rather tumid volu-

tions, the first three of small areas, the body being more than

3ths of the bulk of the whole; under powerful lenses in some

specimens the rudiments of the longitudinal costellz or striz of

Truncatella Montagui are visible, an important corroborative cha-

racter ; the peristome is complete, but sharp-edged. The animal

is of the palest yellowish white, sprinkled with excessively mi-

nute flake-white points, particularly on the sole of the foot, with

Mr. W. Clark x the Genus Truncatella. ¥

the slightest tinge of brown on the neck, the effect of that colour

in the buccal plates declaring itself through the membranes, _

Mantle plain and thickened at the margin. Rostrum annulated,

but not so long in proportion as in its congener, broad, flat,

emarginate at the extremity, forming on the right and left a

flattish arcuated lobe ; beneath, vertically and slightly crosially

cloven, having the usual corneous buccal plates, tongue, and pair

of white jaws. Tentacula very short, broad, flat, rounded. at the

end, divergent, both in quietude and on the march to almost

right angles, with large eyes and dilatable white pupils as in the

preceding species, placed not positively at their terminations,

but on the centre of the membrane, at some distance from the

extreme points: this was particularly remarked; but the very

powerful lens used would give them that appearance, which of

course would not be so apparent when viewed by a common

glass ; though, nearer the extremity of the tentacula, the cha-

racters are precisely those of 7. Montagui, and a similar white

pupil is a singular coincidence. The neck, as im its congener,

has the same longitudinal groove or canaliferous lines running .

medially through the rostrum and neck to the branchial leaf, and

is doubtless an aqueduct. The neck and rostrum in quietude

appear short ; they are so in T. Montagui, but can in like man-

ner be greatly extended, though not proportionately so much ;

for these reasons the branchial streamlets and nervous ganglions

were not seen: but I distinctly observed, through the tenuity of

the shell, the kidney-shaped respiratory apparatus with the con-

striction at the end nearest to the heart, and clearly detected

the fine blood-vessels of the reniform loop ranged in transverse

order. The only difference observable in the two species is, that

in this, the leaf appears of a shorter or more oval contour, more

compact, and with a less deep constriction ; the neck and rostrum

have no additions beyond the groove and annulations. Foot

thick, having a more elongated oval shape than in its congener,

and, as in it, on the mareh is rounded in front and behind ;

it simulates the same transverse crease or line on the sole,

and has a like character of progression. There is a simple,

almost terminal, but decided operculigerous lobe that bears a

light corneous suboval operculum, which in all points, except

being of lighter colour and broader oval, is identical with that

organ in the preceding species to which I refer ; indeed so great

is the similarity of the two animals, that I might by a reference

have condensed the greater part of this account; but as these

notes are decidedly comparative of two. particular creatures, I

have, for impression, given them in extenso. The animal is free,

but deliberate on the march, and carries its shell very upright,

at near an angle of 75°-80° from the horizon.

8 Mr. W. Clark on the Genus Truncatella.

It will be seen that this account is essentially the same as the

one in the ‘ British Mollusca,’ except that the learned authors

have proposed to deposit it in Assiminia. I think its generic

osition is with Trwncatella. A comparison of the two species will

show that they are not only identical in the principal characters,

but almost all the minutiz are congruous. Indeed I may say,

that these gentlemen differ little more from me than in the name,

‘ Assiminia,’ which I would gladly accept for Truncatella for the

reasons below, if such a change in nomenclature were not for-

bidden by strict conventional laws. As far as I can learn, not

having seen the animal of 4. Grayana, the genus Assiminia

scarcely varies, if at all, from Truncatella; at least the generic

characters given in the ‘ British Mollusca’ are absolutely those

of that genus, except some difference in the position of the eyes,

which I shall not be surprised to find turns out greater in terms

than in reality.

I wish some naturalist would send me here some live examples

of A. Grayana; they inhabit the Greenwich and other eastern

marshes about London: if sent by post the same evening when

taken, in a small, strong, wooden, turned box of the size of half-a-

crown, with a little weed or dry moss only slightly moistened in

the water of their habitat, they would probably arrive sufficiently

lively for examination. Even the shells, if with the opercula,

would enable me to give a qualified opinion on their position.

The generic title of Truncatella is objectionable, as beg in

this case too distinctive, and therefore only strictly applicable to

Truncatella Montagui, whilst two, if not three, of our indigena,

T. littorea, T. Grayana?, and T. nitidissima?, are never truncate

at the apex ; still, this appellation has been so long established,

that it is better to continue it than add new names to science :—

the latter remarks are M. Philippi’s sentiments. We have here

a striking illustration of the value of conchological made genera,

as, in consequence, three species of one genus have received as

many generic titles, from their shells exhibiting a subcylindrical,

a conical, and a discoid form (if the Skenea? nitidissima of authors

is the 7. atomus? of Philippi, as is probably the case).

I see no reason to doubt M. Philippi’s Truncatella lttorina

(Moll. Sicil. vol. 1. p. 188. tab. 24. fig. 2) being our present spe-

cies ; the description and figure entirely accord.

It is stated by me in a former paper in the ‘ Annals’ that this

is an apocryphal British species ;—the refutation is now suffi-

ciently complete.

I am, Gentlemen,

Your most obedient servant,

Wiit1aAM CLARK.

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Opereulum of the Genus Diplommatina. 9

III.—On the Operculum of the Genus Diplommatina.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8. &e.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

Ir Mr. Benson, before writing his observations on this genus

which appeared in the preceding Number of the ‘ Annals’

(vol. xi. p. 433), had taken the trouble to come and examine the :

specimens of Diplommatina in the British Museum on which Dr.

Pfeiffer and I had founded our observations, he would have

found that there was not the slightest ground for any of the

arguments which he has used to induce naturalists to believe

that the opercula described as belonging to the genus could have

been accidentally placed in the shell, and thus excuse the imper-

fection which occurs in his and Capt. Hutton’s description of the

animal ; and further, he could never have made the extraordinary

suggestion that the opercula belonging to Diplommatina “ were

adventitious,” and might be “assignable to the young Alyceus

strangulatus,” for the opercula of the two genera are most un-

like im structure and colour, and that of the latter genus is at

least five times as large as the largest species of the former.

The opercula of the three species of Diplommatina costulata

in the Museum are each attached to the dry remains of the ani-

mal; two of the animals are still in the shell, and the third was

extracted from the shell for the purpose of more accurate exa-

mination.

It is easy to understand, when we consider the minuteness of

the operculum, its small size compared with that of the mouth

of the shell, and its transparency, how it may be overlooked,

especially when it is sought for in the curious manner mentioned

by Capt. Hutton. I have a strong suspicion that if Mr. Benson’s

specimens were more carefully examined, the operculum would be

discovered, unless the animal has been eaten out of the shell

by insects.

The operculum of Acme fusca, so common in many parts of

England, which is of about the same size but darker, was over-

looked by many malacologists, and has been denied after it was

described by others, as is the case with that of Diplommatina.

I may observe, merely to try to clear away certain theories

which continue to cling about malacology, that I cannot consider

“the existence of the tooth-like plait on the columella” of any

force as “ militating against the theory of an operculum ”’ in this

genus, for we now well know that Pyramidella, Odostomia and

10 Mr. T. Nuttall on a new species of Rhododendron.

Acteon, and sundry other genera which have tooth-like plaits on

the columella, have opercula.

Secondly, Mr. Benson must excuse me if I suspect he has

mistaken some adventitious membrane for an epiphragm, for I

have never seen a true epiphragm which extended “ even over

the reflected portion on the parietes” of the mouth ; indeed such

an extension is inconsistent with the manner in which the part

is deposited.

June 1, 1853.

ee eee

1V.—Description of a new species of Rhododendron from Bootan,

in India. By Taomas Nurratt, Esq.

Rhododendron Kendrickii.

Frutex ramosus ; foliis oblongo-lanceolatis, acuminatis, glabris, con-

coloribus, margine leviter undulatis, junioribus pubescentibus ; co-

rymbis multifloris ; laciniis calycinis minutis, acuminatis ; (stami-

nibus 10?) filamentis glabris; capsulis arcuatis, glabris, 6-locula-

_ ribus; seminibus lanceolatis, utrinque acutis.

Hab. Mountains of Bootan (Mr. Booth). About 7000 feet eleva-

tion, accompanying R. Hdgworthii, and found lower down than

R. Hookeri and R. Falconeri, but above R. serotinum.

This fine species, having some affinity with R. arboreum, forms

lofty thickets (after the manner of R. ponticum), through which

the traveller finds dark and difficult paths. The stem attains

the diameter of 7 or 8 inches, with a smooth pale bark. The

leaves, 4 to 6 inches long, are scarcely more than an inch wide,

elegantly waved on the margin in small plaits, so as to appear

almost crenate, disposed partly in whorls, equally green and

smooth on both surfaces when adult, the petiole less than half

an inch in length ; the young leaves and stems, in young plants,

more or less clothed with reddish glutinous hairs; beneath,

shining, with the pubescence chiefly confined to the midrib.

Flower-cone oval, the scales smooth, rounded and obtuse ; inner-

most scales or bracts silky. Corymb 10- to 12-flowered. Flowers

large, deep red. Stamens 10? smooth. Stigma 5-lobed. Calyx

small, as in R. arboreum, the segments broad, ovate, acuminate.

Capsule 1 to 14 inch long, incurved, 6-celled, smooth and dark

brown. Seeds small, darkish brown, lanceolate, oblique, acute

at both extremities.

It grows promiscuously with the very hardy Pinus excelsa, and

with several kinds of undescribed oaks. Found to be hardy in

the climate of England. Fresh flowers have not yet been seen,

S.2.Vol.2. FLIM.

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Mst.

JDe C. Sowerby sc*

2. Clarke del

Ona new Arrangement of Phanerogamous Plants. 11

but from the appearance of dried fragments they seem to be of a

deep red.

According to the herbarium of my friend Sir William Hooker,

it appears that this species was observed in Bootan by the late

Mr. Griffith. The specimens referred to are branches without

flowers or fruit.

Dedicated to the memory of my much-revered friend and

botanist, the late Dr. Kendrick of Warrington.

V.—On Relative Position; including a new Arrangement of

Phanerogamous Plants. By B. Ciarxs, F.L.S. &e.

[With a Plate. ]

Part IV.

On Dorsal Placentation.

Tae-instances in which this variation from usual placentation

takes place deserve particular attention as having a direct bearing

on affinities, the structure of the ovary, and the position of the

carpel when single; but this involves a question relating to

the structure of the ovary of Neluwmbium which requires to be

first more particularly noticed. The discovery that in this

genus the raphe of the anatropal ovule is turned away from the

adherent funiculus, has been the occasion of an extended in-

quiry into the structure of its remarkable ovary, and repeated

examinations in different stages of its development have led to

the conclusion that the carpels always stand with the ventral

suture outwards, that is, turned towards the stamens.

The cause of this singular departure from ordinary structure

is however difficult to explain, but seems owing to one of the

following circumstances:—1. Either the real ovary is rudi-

mentary, consisting only of the disk in which the carpels are

immersed, and the carpels themselves belong each to a separate

flower (each rudimentary carpel producing from its base one

female consisting of a single carpel); or, 2. the ovary is apo-

carpous as generally understood and the carpels are turned out-

wards.

Tn support of the first hypothesis, it may be observed that the

disk in which the carpels of Nelumbium are immersed differs from

such structures in other families in being continuous with the

stem, in consisting internally of irregular cavities separated by

thin walls, and in containing an abundance of spiral vessels. But

supposing that this were its structure, it might be expected that

as each carpel belonged to a separate flower there would be some

12 Mr. B. Clarke on Relative Position ;

variations in its position; but this is not the case, as the carpels

have regularly the ventral suture turned outwards ; and this sug-

gests the idea that carpels (like leaves revolute in vernation) may

be formed by the margins of the carpellary leaves being turned,

and meeting outwards instead of inwards. May not stamens

also, being turned outwards or inwards, be analogous in some

cases to the vernation of leaves? In Tormentilla officinalis I have

observed carpels among the stamens (stamens metamorphosed ?)

having the ventral suture apparently outwards, the tendency of

the anthers being also to open outwards. But as in Cerato-

phyllum and Piperomia the carpels are all posterior, the uni-

formity of the position of the carpel in Nelwmbium forms only a

partial objection, and the former is probably the true solution of

the question.

A further argument in support of the hypothesis that in Ne-

lumbium the ovary has the ventral suture turned outwards, is de-

rived from the fact that in the Nymphal Alliance the placentation

is, as Mr. Brown has remarked, dorsal, variations even when

they do take place being only partial; for supposing the carpel

to be so placed, Nelumbium agrees in this character also in the

adherent funiculus being always at the inner angle of the carpel

(Pl. III. figs. 1, 2,3 & 4). The occurrence of dorsal placentation

in other families allied more or less nearly also makes it probable

that this is the true structure of Nelumbium, and on this account

an especial notice of them may be the more interesting, passing

over those in which the ovules are numerous, viz. Orobanchaceze

(in some genera only), Nymphzacez, Butomacez, and possibly

Hydrocharidez.

1. Hydropeltis purpurea. Ovules two, pendulous, anatropal,

having the raphe turned away from the placenta, and attached

one above the other to the dorsum of the carpel*. (PI. III. fig. 6.)

2. Cabomba aquatica. Ovules three, pendulous, anatropal,

having the raphe turned away from the placenta (occasionally

lateral ?), one attached to the ventral suture near the apex of the

carpel, and the two others to its sides midway between the dor-

sal and ventral sutures. These two ovules are attached to two

cord-like ribs which originate in the base of the cell, and are

continued upwards to the attachment of the third ovule. (PI. III.

fig. 7.)

¥%: Ceratophyllum demersum. Ovule single, pendulous from

the apex of the cell in consequence of the funiculus to the apex

of which it is attached being firmly adherent to the dorsum of

the carpel. This funiculus originates in the base of the carpel

* That the ovule is anatropal is further shown by the embryo being next

the hilum.

including a new Arrangement of Phanerogamous Plants. 18

as in Nelumbium, and is always more or less distinctly visible in

the early stages of the flower* (Pl. III. fig. 5). From this cha-

racter the nearest affinity of Ceratophyllum may be, as first sug-

gested by Dr. Asa Gray, with Nelumbium rather than with Pipe-

race, which, from the position of its carpel, I formerly supposed

might be its true station. Its habit however is more that of

Cabomba, with which it agrees in the stamens being turned out-

wards instead of inwards, as in Hydropeltis ; it may also be re-

garded as having some analogy with Hydrocharidez in its ortho-

tropal ovule, exalbuminous seed and unisexual flowers, and pos-

sibly with Cryptocoryne in its many-leaved plumule, and it

further agrees with Hydropeltidee in its cellular leaves.

4, Chloranthus. The ovary of this genus agrees with that of

Ceratophyllum in always having the appearance of a funiculus

arising from its base which is constantly attached to the posterior

side. That the posterior is the dorsal side of the ovary is the most

probable, as the stigmatic tissue always descends on its anterior

side, having first obliquely crossed its thickened summit; and

that this is the true structure of Chloranthus is placed almost

beyond doubt by the carpel in Piperomia and in Houtiuynia

when single being always posterior. (See the figure of Chlo-

ranthus accompanying Part ITI.)

5. Arum maculatum. Ovules five or six ascending, always

attached to the posterior side of the carpel (its lower half) ;

stigma having its anterior surface only stigmatic as in Piperacew,

the posterior being not unfrequently almost vertical and rounded

(Pl. III. fig. 8). Although it may not be considered as fully

demonstrated that in Arum the carpel is posterior, yet it is ob-

vious that it must be either always anterior or always posterior,

and as it is variable and more frequently posterior in Typhacee,

it is very improbable that it is always anterior in Mrum, and a

comparison also with Cryptocoryne may perhaps be adduced as a

further argument. In genera nearly allied to Arum the placen-

tation is however not dorsal, but the ovules being partly sutural

in Cabomba and entirely dorsal in Hydropeltis, shows that this

difference of placentation may take place in genera very nearly

allied, if not in the same genus, as in Mesembryanthemum.

Cryptocoryne. From Mr. Griffith’s figures of C. ciliata

* The following circumstance seems also to show the placentation of Ce-

ratophyllum to be the same as that of Nelumbium. Having three immature

fruits of Ceratophyllum demersum, I allowed them to remain growing on

the plant to produce seeds. But some time afterwards having observed an

altered appearance in one of them, I found on examination that the ovary

had entirely decayed away, leaving the ovule suspended from the apex of a

filiform perfectly entire faniculus which was posterior, and both funiculus

and ovule remained attached to the forus quite free from decay for two or

three days afterwards.

14 On a new Arrangement of Phanerogamous Plants.

(Pl. III. fig. 10) it may be expected that this genus is another

instance among Aracez in which the placentation is dorsal, as

the fissure of the stigma is in two instances represented as

taking place toward the axis (Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xx. tab. 10).

Fissures occurring in the stigmas of single carpels are generally,

if not without exception, dorsal, and in Sparganium ramosum such

fissured stigmas are not unfrequent, the fissure being always

dorsal (Pl. III. fig. 9), which is so far a reason for regarding the

5-7-celled ovary of Cryptocoryne as produced by the earpels of

as many separate flowers. As thus understood all the carpels

are posterior having their placentation dorsal, and become ad-

herent, so as to form in appearance one polycarpous ovary ; and

although this may appear problematical, it would be difficult to

account for the structure of Cryptocoryne on the ordinary rules

of carpology, as Mr. Griffith alludes to other species in which

the carpels are more numerous, and adds that he should not be

surprised if species be found to exist with ovaria disposed in two

or more series, which then would nearly approach Arum.

The ovaries of different flowers becoming confluent so as to

form a syncarpous mass is not without parallel, as im the mon-

strous ovaries of Matthiola incana it is a very common irregu-

larity that two ovaries, and also three standing in a row, form

only one cavity ; the confluence taking place at the dorsal suture,

or so near it as to be in each case intermediate between the two

placentze, from which it seems possible that this may take place

as a regular structure. And in Opercularia also adhesions take

place between the capsules constituting the small whorls of fruits

which remain permanent after complete dehiscence has taken

lace.

While however dorsal placentation forms an important devia-

tion in the structure of ovaries, its value as a character in sepa-

rating near allies is but weak, Monodora among Anonaceze being

a remarkable example of ovules deriving their attachment from

the whole of the inner surface of an ovary consisting of a single

carpel, and that in an Alliance which has otherwise ordinary

modes of placentation. But, on the contrary, those families

in which it occurs may on that account prove to have a direct

affinity to each other ; and it most probably is, in common with

the posterior position of the carpel, and the raphe averse in pen-

dulous anatropal ovules, an Endogenous character, and shows an

approach (where it occurs) on the part of Exogens to Endogens.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Fig. 1. The external appearance of a carpel of Nelumbium speciosum, show-

ing the ventral tuberosity which is always turned towards the

stamens.

Fig. 2. The same as seen laterally.

Fig. 3. A longitudinal section of it: a, the ventral tuberosity. The funi-

On the Phosphorescence of some Marine Invertebrata. 15

culus is seen adherent to the opposite side, and the axis of the

style is seen inclining to the ventral tuberosity.

Fig. 4. The same more magnified, showing the cellular somewhat circuitous

canal which extends from a, the ventral tuberosity, to the cavity of

the ovary ; the external and internal openings being closed only by

a thin layer of cellular tissue : the axis of the short style, together

with its termination in the cavity of the carpel external to the

funiculus, and also the fibres of the funiculus, are here distinctly

seen.

Fig. 5. An ovary of Ceratophyllum demersum in longitudinal section.

Fig. 6. A carpel of Hydropeltis purpurea in longitudinal section: a, the

ventral side which is turned towards the axis of the polycarpous

ovary.

carpel of Cabomba aquatica, the dorsum having been removed.

Two ovules are seen attached to the lateral fibres, which are con-

tinued upwards and meeting at the ventral suture become con-

tinuous; at this part the third ovule is seen attached.

Fig. 8. An ovary of Arum maculatum in longitudinal section: a, the ante-

rior side.

Fig. 9. An ovary of Sparganium ramosum in which the dorsal portion of

the stigma had become fissured ; when dicarpous, which fre-

quently happens, the stigmatic surfaces of the two carpels are

turned towards each other.

Fig..10. Cryptocoryne ciliata: a, the fissured stigma. (Griffith.)

Fig. 7. A

Sh ot gate a eck Sele le tlle bbe i es ee

VI.—On the Phosphorescence of some Marine Invertebrata.

By M. A. Dz QuaTreraces*.

I. Historical review of the Subject.

1. Causes of phosphorescence.—It is well known that the

waters of the sea, in some latitudes and under certain circum-

stances, are phosphorescent, producing a light more or less bril-

liant. This remarkable phenomenon has always attracted the

attention of travellers, and various have been the explanations

they have offered. Without going here into useless detail, we

will first mention those hypotheses which are now completely set

aside, before dwelling on better-founded opinions.

Ancient navigators seem to have indicated a resemblance be-

tween the light produced on the surface of the water and that

which is due to atmospheric phenomena, by designating the

former “ meteors of the sea.” Something of this idea is evident

even in the writings of learned men, who endeavoured to explain

this phosphorescence solely by physical or chemical causes. Thus

Nollet could see in it only a simple modification of electrical

phenomena. Bajon, in his memoirs on the History of Cayenne,

regards this light as due to the electricity of the waves, deve-

* From the Annales des Sciences Naturelles, vol. liv. 3rd series, as in-

serted in Silliman’s American Journal of Science for March, 1853.

16 M. de Quatrefages on the Phosphorescence of

loped. by the force of opposing currents or by the prows of ves-

sels. Other authors have attributed it to phosphoric fires, to

the burning of bubbles of hydrogen which rise to the surface to

explode, &c. The opinion published by Tingry is of a similar

nature. This philosopher regards the phosphorescence. of the

sea as analogous to that which certain bodies, the diamond in

particular, present, after having been awhile exposed to the sun,

Without entirely setting aside the agency of animals, he attri-

butes the greater part of the phenomenon to a sort of preyious

imbibition of the sun’s rays, which are thrown out again durmg

the might. He thus explains entirely by physical causes. the

remarkable intensity of this phosphorescence in tropical seas*..

A more rational if not a more correct explanation, at least for

many cases, is that which attributes the phosphorescence of the

sea to the decomposition of fishes and other marine animals,

This opinion was adopted by Commerson in his manuscripts

which are deposited in the library of the Muséum.

A passage very much to the point is quoted by Lesson from

one of his manuscriptst: “ Phosphorescence is owing to a ge-

neral cause, that of the decomposition of animal substances, espe-

cially of whales and seals, which abound in oily matters.” Bory

de St. Vincent, Oken, and others have adopted the same view.

There is certainly great appearance of probability in this expla-

nation; it is sustamed by well-known facts, and sufficiently ac-

counts for certain circumstances of the phenomenon. Still, in

many cases it is scarcely better founded than the preceding.

The same appears to have been the opinion of Newland, and of

those who like him have attributed phosphorescence to the

spawn of fishes.

But, since the beginning of the last century, careful observa-

tions have been made; and various observers have found that a

great number of sea animals have the property of directly emit-

ting this light. Since 1805, Viviani, professor of natural history

at Genoa, has discovered in the neighbourhood of that city, and

described in a work on the subject, fourteen species of phospho-

rescent animals {.

Many travellers have noticed the phosphorescent properties of

the Medusz. Spallanzani, by diffusmg in milk the mucus from

their bodies, rendered the liquid luminous§. Vianelli attributed

* De la phosphorescence des corps, et particuliérement de celle des eaux

de la mer (Journal de Physique, t. xlvii.).

+ Dict. des Se. Nat., article Phosphorescence.

{ Phosphorescentia maris quatuordecim lucescentium animaleulorum

novis speciebus illustrata. Genuze, 1807.

§ Voyage en Sicile.

some Marine Invertebrata. 17

the phosphorescence of the sea to a Nereis; Shaw, to certain

flexible zoophytes, &e.

French naturalists have not been behind in this movement.

In 1764, Rigaut discovered and described in an unmistakeable

manner the Noctiluca of Suriray ; it is to them that he attributes

the phosphorescence of the British Channel and Atlantic Ocean.

The Abbé Dicquemare, by researches in the harbour of Havre,

confirmed the first results, which, forgotten for a time, were again

corroborated by the labours of Suriray at the same locality. The

learned hydrographical engineer, M. de Tessan, rediscovered the

Noctilucz, or animals very similar, in the seas of the Cape of

Good Hope, at False Bay*. M. Rang mentions their presence

on the coast of Algierst. More recently M. Verhaeghe has been

led by his investigations at Ostend{ to the same conclusions as

Dicquemare and Suriray.

~The assertion of Rigaut was manifestly exaggerated ; the Noc-

tilucz are not alone in producing this phenomenon. The lumi-

nous properties of various Medusz have been established beyond

doubt by the testimony of Peron, Macartney, Tilesius, Banks,

Forskal, Humboldt, Ehrenberg, Rathke, &c. Peron and Le-

sueur, Humboldt, and others after them, have described with en-

thusiasm the magnificent spectacle presented by shoals of Pyro-

somas, which in the dark look like streams of fused metal. Hen-

derson ascribed the light of the Gulf of Guinea principally to the

Scyllari and to Salpas§. Certain Acalephs, Mollusca, Crustacea,

Annelids, Rotatoria, Lumbrici, Turbellariz, Echinoderms, Zoo-

phytes and Infusoria have been successively poimted out as ca-

pable of phosphorescence; and if we do not here go into more

detail on this point, it is because the subject has been so fully

treated by Ehrenberg. In the work which the illustrious Secre-

tary of the Berlin Academy has devoted to the phosphorescence

of the sea, he has enumerated 450 authors who have treated

more or less fully of the production of light by organized beings ;

and to this memoir we refer those readers who are curious to

understand thoroughly the history of the question ||. We annex

a table, cited almost entire from M. Van Beneden, in which are

* Comptes Rendus de Académie des Sciences, 1840, Rapport fait par

M. Arago.

+ Cited from Gervais, by M. Van Beneden.

{ Report of M. Van Beneden on the memoir of Dr. Verhaeghe, entitled

* Recherches sur la cause de la phosphorescence de la mer dans les parages

d’Ostende”’ (Bulletin de Académie Royale de Belgique, t. xiii. par. 2. p.3.

1846).

§ Cited by M. Van Beneden.

|| Das Leuchten des Meeres (Abhandl. der Konig]. Akademie der Wiss,

zu Berlin, 1834),

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 2

18 M. de Quatrefages on the Phosphorescence of P

enumerated the various species of invertebrate animals whose

phosphorescence has been established. )

InsEcrs.

Lamryris.—L, noctiluca, L. splendidula, L. italica, L. ignita,

L. phosphorea, L. nitidula, L. lucida, L. hemiptera, L. japonica.

Hrarer.—E. noctilucus, E. ignitus, E. phosphoreus, Bi. lam-

padion, E. retrospiciens, E. lucidulus, E. lucernula, E. speculator,

E. janus, E. pyrophanus, EB. luminosus, E. lucens, E. extinctus,

E. cucujus, E. lucifer.

Burnestis.—B. ocellata.

Curroscetis.—C. bifenestrata.

Scarasmus.—S. phosphoricus.

Pavusus.—P. spheerocerus,

Futcor.—F. laternaria, F. serrata, F. pyrrhorhynchus, F’. can-

delaria.

Pyrais.—P. minor.

Acuita.—A. gryllotalpa ?

Myriaropa.

ScotorenpRA.—S. electrica, 8. phosphorea, 8. morsitans.

JULUS.

CrusTACEA.

Carcintum.—C., opalinum.

Eryrurocernaius.—E. macrophthalmus.

Scyitiarus.—Species not determined.

GamMaRus.—G. pulex.

Cyciors.-—C. brevicornis.

Oniscus.—O. fulgens.

ANNELIDA.

Nerrts.—N, mucronata, N. noctiluca, N. phosphorans.

Syiuis.—S. fulgurans.

Puorocuaris.—P. cirrhigera.

Potynor.—P. fulgurans.

Cuzxtorrervs.—C., pergamentaceus.

Lumsricus.—L, phosphoreus.

Pranaria.—P. retusa.

Mouusca.

Heuix.—H. noctiluca.

Puotas.—P. dactylus.

Pyrosoma.—P. atlanticum, P. giganteum.

PuHativusia.—P. intestinalis,

Satra.—S. zonaria, 8. Tilesii.

So ee ee

some Marine Invertebrata. 19

ECHINODERMATA.

ASTERIAS ?

Ornrura.—O. telactes, O. phosphorea.

ACALEPHA.

Priacia.—P. phosphorea, P. noctiluca.

Ocranta.—O. Blumenbachii, O. pileata, O. hemispheerica

(Thaumantias), O. lenticula, O. microscopica, O. scintillans.

Brror.—B. fulgens, B. rufescens.

Cypippr.—C. pileus.

Mnemia.—M. norvegica.

PoLyPl.

Prnnatuta.—P. phosphorea, P. grisea, P. rubra, P. argentea.

VERETILLUM ? ;

GorGonta?

SERTULARIA ?

Aucyonta ? ;

INFUSORIA.

Crratium.—. tripos, C. fusus.

Prriprnitum.—P. Michaelis, P. acummatum, P. furea.

ProrocentRuM.—P. micans.

SrenTor ?

Syncnata.—s. baltica.

Nocrituca.—N. miliaris.

We believe that the above list is far from complete, at least as

yegards marine animals. Our own observations enable us to add

at least two species of Polynoé, one species of Syllis, some spe-

cies of allied genera, and one or two of Ophiura*.

* In the above list of phosphorescent Crustacea, Oniscus fulgens is a

Sapphirina ; and the Carcinium probably belongs to the same genus (see

Silliman’s Journ. [2] ix. 133). Regulus, Euphausia, and Cypridina are

other phosphorescent genera, as observed by the writer; and also Lucifer

according to Thompson (Zool. Researches, p. 58), and Thysanopoda, Edw.

Cypridina is evidently the genus of the species referred to by Reville as

observed to be phosphorescent on a voyage to India (Mém. de l’Acad. des

Sci., Savans Etrangers, iti. 267, and Thompson’s Zool. Res. p. 41).

Scyllarus must be incorrectly added to the list, as there are no oceanic

species of the genus, he error is moreover evident from the fact that the

- yeference of the phosphorescent Crustacea to this genus was made before

the species were well understood. Captain Tuckey who states the facts, in

his Voyage to the Congo, has the words, “ with little Crustaceous animals

of the Scyllarus genus (attached to them [Salpe]),” —evidently inconsist-

ent with the genus Scyllarus, which includes large species of very different

habits. The term was probably meant for Squilla, and the species may

have been Schizopods of the family Euphauside.—J. D. Dana.

20 M. de Quatrefages on the Phosphorescence of

II. On the mode of producing light by Marine Invertebrata.

Almost all researches undertaken to discover the manner of

producing light in animals, have been made on insects, especially

the Lampyri and Elaters. Spallanzani, Burmeister, but above

all, Macaire*, have published results apparently decisive. These

experiments undertaken and varied by Matteucci+, with all the

precautions furnished by experimental science at the present day,

leave, we think, no room for doubt. In the insect which he ex-

amined, the light was produced by an actual slow combustion

analogous to that of phosphorus exposed to the air. This light

is extinguished in a vacuum and in the irrespirable gases; it rée-

appears by contact with atmospheric air ; it is sensibly brightened

in pure oxygen; it continues in animals after they are dead, or

even cut to pieces. The particular substance from which it ema-

nates may be isolated, and may leave upon the fingers or the

dissecting instrument a luminous streak which disappears only

on drying; a little dampness even, in certain cases, is sufficient

to restore the phosphorescence ; finally, the production of this

light is accompanied in the living animal, as well as in its dead

carcass, by the escape of carbonic acid. Everything concurs then

to show that the phosphorescence of insects, and probably of all

aérial animals, is owing to a peculiar secretion, whose substance

combining slowly with oxygen produces light.

But can this explanation of phosphorescence be applied to in-

vertebrated animals living in water? Such questions imme-

diately arise, but yet have been overlooked by most naturalists.

The greater part of the observers from whose works we have

cited have been satisfied with knowing that animals produced

the phosphorescence of the sea; some have gone a little farther

and have attributed this phenomenon to the secretion of a lumi-

nous liquid. This opinion appears generally adopted, and traces

of it may be seen even in the writings of some naturalists who

have not formally stated it. The experiments of Spallanzani

and the observations of many travellers seem fully to confirm

this view, which is evidently correct in some cases. Dugés, for

instance, has decidedly adopted it, and has implied a resemblance

between the phosphorescence of the Medusze and Annelids, &e.,

and that of the Elaters and Lampyridest.

A very different opinion has been set forth by M. Gilbert, an

officer of the corps of naval engineers, who, without being aware

of the investigations of others on this subject, had seen the Noc-

tiluce, and describes them rather coarsely, but in a manner easily

* Journal de Physique, t. xciii.

+ Lecon sur les phénoménes physiques des corps vivants, 8¢ lecon.

{ Traité de Physiologie comparée, t. ii. Montpellier, 1838.

some Marine Invertebrata. 21

recognised. He explains the production of light in these animals

by the development of electricity from the surface of their bodies,

a development brought out by the action of the waves*. This

explanation is evidently untenable even in a merely physical

point of view.

Lesson appears to us one of the first, if not the first, who has

seen in phosphorescence a phenomenon distinct from the physico-

chemical actions which take place in our laboratories, but with-

out explaining himself very fully on this subject. This naturalist

regards phosphorescence as due to Crustacea belonging to dif-

ferent genera; he allows that the seat of this light, emitted on

irritation or at the time of procreation, resides in glands placed

in a.variable number on the sides of the thorax. He adds :—

“This light should be regarded as a fact established by investi-

gation, as a modification of the laws of life, and as different from

the simple sparkling light resulting from the decomposition of

animal substances+}.”

Carus, losing sight of the philosophy which prevails in his

works, adopts the opinion that this phenomenon is a property of

prunary animal matter, which is nothing else than the nervous

substance, and which representing the solar element in the ani-

mal, necessarily appears luminous to the planetary elementt.

He, then, as well as Oken, from whom he -cites the passage,

“vegards the jelly of Zoophytes, Medusze, &c., as the nervous

substance in its lowest stage, from which the other substances

embraced within it have not been isolated.”

M. Bérard, cited by Dugés§, regards the phosphorescence of

animals as due to a kind of luminous imbibition, or purely vital

effect, analogous to those which result in different bodies from

the action of heat, electricity, light, &c.

Dr. Coldstream published in Todd’s ‘ Encyclopedia’ a very

interesting article on phosphorescence||. After having examined

the nature of animal light, the natural or artificial circumstances

which influence its appearance or intensity, the points of body in

different animals from which it is produced, he sums up all that.

we have learned from different authors of the phosphorescent

organs, and the different theories proposed to explain these phe-

nomena. We quote from this English author some passages

from this part of his work.

According to Beccaria, Meyen, &c., the phosphorescence of

* Annales maritimes, 1817.

t Dict. des Sc. Natur., 1826, article Phosphorescence.

{ Traité élémentaire a Anatomie comparée, traduit par Jourdan, t. i.

§ Traité de Physiologie comparée, t. 11.

|| The Cyclopedia of Anatomy and Physiology, Part xxii. article Animal

Luminousness. 1841.

22 M. de Quatrefages on the Phosphorescence of

animals is owing to what they absorb from the rays of the sun,

which they throw out again in the dark.

Spallanzani regards phosphorescence as a kind of combustion

sustained by the oxygen of the air.

According to Brugnatelli, the light is taken im with the food,

and disengaged by particular organs.

Macaire considers the phosphorescent matter as composed of

phosphorus and albumen. The variations of intensity apparent

in the light arise more or less from the coagulation of the albu-

men, a coagulation which is increased or diminished at the wall

of the animal, and permits a more or less rapid combustion.

Tiedemann, Darwin, H. Davy, Heinrich, Treviranus, Bur-

meister, &c., believe in the secretion of a liquid containing phos-

phorus, and in the combustion owing to the air introduced by

respiration.

Macartney and Todd regard phosphorescence as due to the

nervous fluid concentrated and modified by certain organs, so as

to appear under the form of light.

The author next proposes his own theory founded on a sort of

fusion between the two preceding. With Macartney, he admits

that phosphorescence is due to an imponderable agent, and com-

pares it to the production of electricity by certain fishes. But

considering the well-known fact of the luminous traces that cer-

tain animals leave behind them, he supposes that phosphorus

or an analogous substance may very well enter into the compo-

sition of the organs which produce the light.

~ It is plain that Dr. Coldstream, in common with all the authors |

whom we have cited, believed that phosphorescence should be

attributed to but one cause.

This error M. Becquerel* has avoided. After having shown

that in the Lampyris and other insects phosphorescence is the re-

sult of a chemical action at the control of the animal, M. Becquerel

relates the observations of Ehrenberg, and admits with him that

m certain inferior animals the production of light is owing to

a disengagement of electricity. Moreover, he recalls the ob-

servations of MM. Quoy and Gaimard, who had seen under the

equator, near the island of Rawak, small zoophytes, which while

swimnting rapidly, drew after them luminous trains. Finally,

M. Becquerel, resting on this fact, and on his own observations

inade in company with M. Breschet, at Venice, in the waters of

the Brenta, allows that the phosphorescence of the sea may be

owing to an organic substance intimately combined or mingled

with the water, analogous to that which covers the herring and

other fish when they are phosphorescent.

. * 'Traité de Physique comparée, dans ses rapports avec la Chimie et les

Sciences naturelles, t. ii., 1844.

some Marine Invertebrata. 23

Dr. Coldstream seems not to have known of two memoirs

which appeared in Germany, about the same time, and which we

have reserved for the close of this history, on account of their

peculiar interest.

The first of these works is that of M. Ehrenberg*, and it is in-

contestably the most complete which has been published on this

subject. To all the facts made known by his predecessors, the

author adds the result of his own investigations in many seas.

At Alexandria he established beyond doubt the fact that the

Spongodium vermiculare, as also other Algze regarded as phos-

phorescent, owe this appearance only to the luminous animal-

eules adhering to their surface. He describes a new species of

Polynoé (P. fulgurans) found by him in the Baltic, that appa-

rently plays an important part im the phosphorescence of that

sea, which also owes its luminous properties to different infu-

soria. At Christiana and at Heligoland, Ehrenberg observed this

phznomenon in many species of Meduse; at the last locality

he met with the Noetiluca miliaris, which he calls Mammaria.

Ehrenberg describes also the very remarkable mode of phospho-

rescence which appeared in a Nereid, the Photocharis cirrhigera.

In that Annelid, the light proceeds from two thick and fleshy

cirri belonging to the dorsal branch of the feet. The author

observed sparks, at first isolated, invade the cirri by degrees,

until they became luminous in their whole extent; then the

phosphorescence spread through the whole back, until the animal

looked like a thread of burning sulphur. The mucus secreted

by the Photocharis left on the fingers a lumimous trace. In the

Polynoé fulgurans, Ehrenberg regards two large rough bodies,

resembling ovaries, as charged with producing the light. In the

Cydippe pileus and in the Oceania pileata, he found that the

light starts from the centre, that is, in the neighbourhood of the

reproducing organs. In the Oceania hemispherica, a species

whose diameter is more than an inch, Ehrenberg saw the sparks

from a chaplet around the border; these correspond to the large

eiri or to the organs alternating with them.

Ehrenberg sums up in the following manner the important

results of his labours :—

1st. The phosphorescence of the sea appears to be owing

_ solely to organized beings.

2nd. A very great number of organic and inorganic bodies

shine in the water and out of the water in different ways.

8rd. There is also a light from organized bodies, which is

probably owing to vital action.

4th. The active organic light shows itself frequently under

the form of a simple fiash, repeated from time to time, sponta-

* Loc. cit.

240. M. de Quatrefages on the Phosphorescence of

neous or provoked. | Often also it appears under the. form of

repeated, sparks, following each other in quick succession, under

the influence of the will, and very similar to, electric sparks.

Often, but not always, there is formed by this production, of

sparks, a mucilaginous humour, gelatinous or aqueous, which is

diffused around in great abundance, and is evidently placed ina

secondary or passive state of phosphorescence, which continues

a long time without requiring any new influence from the organic

being, and even lasts after that has been divided or destroyed.

A light which to the naked eye appears uniform and tranquil,

shows itself scintillating under the microscope.

5th. The viscous humour which envelopes and penetrates the

ovaries seems to be especially susceptible of acquiring this com-

municated light, which is constantly reinforced by friction, and

reappears even when it seems to have ceased.

May not the light emitted by living fishes, by Actinias, and

by many other animals covered with mucosity, be sometimes

merely communicated ?

6th. The relations which exist between the production of light

and the sexual functions are evident in the Coleoptera, although

the connexion of the small luminous sacs with the reproductive

organs may remain concealed. With many marine hermaphyro-

dite animals, phosphorescence appears to be a means of defence

and protection, analogous to those of another kind which exist

in the Brachinus crepitans, the cuttle-fish, the frog, or to the

discharges of the torpedo. Whatever it may be, the air and the

sea have their phosphorescence.

7th. As yet it is only among the Annelids, and of them only

in the Photocharis, that a peculiar phosphorescent organ has

been discovered; it is external, tufted, frequently giving out

light, similar to a thick cirrus, showing a largely cellular strne-

ture, and formed within of a mucilaginous substance. The ex-

panded base of the marginal cirri in the Thaumantias (Acalephs)

may be regarded as phosphorescent organs, of an unusual kind.

The ovaries are more probably luminous, passively and ma

secondary manner, although their minuteness and transparency

have prevented our ascertaining whether the organs of phospho-

rescence are placed near them, as for instance in the Polynoé

and Pyrosoma.

8th. The production of light is evidently a vital act very simi-

lar to the development of electricity, an act which being com-

pletely individual, becomes more feeble and ceases on too fre-

quent repetition, which reappears after a short intecval of repose,

to the production of which absolute integrity of the organism is

not necessary, but which sometimes manifests direct connexions

only with the nervous system.

~<some’ Marine Invertebrata: 25°

The memoir of Meyen'is less extended, but it contains some

important facts*.° The’author admits three kinds of phospho-

rescence :—1. The phenomenon is owing to a mucosity diffused

in water: In |that case the water seen in the day has a uniform

tint of bluish white. It is often observed in tropical ports, but

rarely out on the open sea. This mode of phosphorescence may

be'produced “artificially by washing or by crushing certam Mol-

lusksand: Acalephs ‘either in sea-water or in fresh. 2. Phospho-

reseencé results from the presence of certain living animals, en-

dowed'‘with a luminous mucus. This continues even after the

death of the animal; it arises from a superficial oxidation of the

mucous coating, and it can be reproduced after it seems extinct

by’ passing the finger over the animal. The animals which owe

their luminous property to a secretion are, according to the

author, Infusoria, Rotifera; Biphoree, Medusee, Asterias, Cuttie-

fish, Sertularize, Pennatule, Planariz, Crustacea and Annelids.

3: The third cause of phosphorescence is m some animals from

the presence of one or more special organs. Of this number are

the Pyrosoma, and especially P. Atlantica, whose light, of a

greenish blue, is very brilliant. Hach individual carries behind

its mouth a soft opake substance, of a reddish brown colour.

This body is slightly conical, and under the microscope thirty or

forty red points may be seen; it is this substance which pro-

duces the light.

ILL. Observations.

It is apparent from the foregoing statements, that the great

majority of naturalists, whatever explanation they have given of

the phosphorescent phenomena, have applied that explanation

indiscriminately to all cases. Meyen himself, while admitting

three kinds of phosphorescence, nowhere expresses the idea that

the production of light arises from causes essentially different.

It is in this point, I believe, that the writings of these learned

men are deficient. In a note published in 1843 +, I endeavoured to

establish a different opinion, and to show, that under the general

name. of phosphorescence, phenomena essentially distinct have

been confounded, and which have really nothing in common but

the production of light. We have already shown that such is also

the opinion of M. Becquerel. After having reviewed all that my

predecessors have written on the subject, after having made new

experiments and new observations, 1 am more than ever per-

suaded that it is really so. Without speaking of the phos-

_ * Beitrage zur Zoologie, von F. J. F. Meyen, fiinfte Abhandlung.

Ucber das Leuchten des Meeres (Noy. Act. Nat. Cur. t. xvi. Suppl, 1834),

+ Note sur un nouveau mode de Phosphorescence observé chez quelques

Annélides et Ophiures (Ann. des Sc. Nat., 2e série, t. xix. p. 183).

26 On the Phosphorescence of some Marine Invertebrata.

phoreseence arising from animal decomposition, nor of that

which results from mucus in a state of solution, I believe that

light is produced in living animals in two ways :—

lst. By the secretion of a peculiar substance exuding either

from the entire body or from a special organ. It is probable

that in this first mode of phosphorescence the light always arises

from a slow combustion. The fact is proved as regards insects ;

but direct experiments are necessary before the same certainty

can exist as to marine Invertebrata, Annelids, Mollusks or Radiata.

2nd. By a vital action, whence results the production of a pure

light independent of all material secretion. I had arrived at this

result at the time of the publication of my first note. My ob-

servations accord entirely with those that Ehrenberg made before

me; yet doubts have been thrown out on the legitimacy of con-

clusions which we had both considered warranted by facts fur-

nished by observation alone. I hope that the experiments which

form the subject of the latter part of this memoir will reply to

all these objections.

When I published my first note, I was informed of Ehren-

berg’s results only through a conversation with Humboldt. I

have since consulted his memoir, and find that on some points

we agree entirely, while we differ on others.

With Ehrenberg I had learned to see in the phosphorescence

of the Annelids and Ophiura which I have examined an action

essentially vital; but I cannot regard this action as strictly con-

fined either to the organs or the functions of generation, as the

learned naturalist of Berlin considers it. I find, it is true, in

reviewing my notes, that one of the Polynoé which best exhi-

bited the phosphorescence was filled with zoosperms in full

inaturity, but many other Annelids among those which I have

studied were not in that state. Even in admitting that the light

may be most brilliant at the period of gestation, I should regard

that fact as merely a coincidence arismg from the increase of

vital energy which is thus very plainly manifested by all these

animals. Besides, in the Ophiura, the independence of the light

and the generative organs is very evident, since the sparks are

seen only along the arms, and the reproductive organs are en-

closed in the body, whose walls are very thick.

M. Ehrenberg first made known the fact, that the phospho-

rescence of Annelids, &c., always results from a combination of

microscopic sparks. Here my observations accord entirely with

his. We have compared these little flashes to those which are

produced from a ‘tableau fulminant’ which has been charged

from an electrical machine.

But M. Ehrenberg has described in the Polynoé a special organ

for producmg this ight. Here we differ. In the Polynoé, as

M. Trécul on the Structure of the Leaves of Palms. 27

in the Sylle and the other little Nereids which have been the

subject of my investigations, I have never perceived any peculiar

organ from which the light appeared to emanate. The muscles

alone, and particularly the muscles of the feet, have appeared to

me to present this phenomenon. I have seen, moreover, some

Sylize for instance shine through the whole extent of their bodies ;

and in this case the comparison to a thread of burning sulphur

is striking and just. This is the appearance to the naked eye ;

but under the magnifying glass this thread is divided into a

double range of luminous points corresponding to the feet.

T am far from denying that certain animals may have organs

charged with secreting light, as certain fishes possess those for

secreting electricity ; but up to this time I have never seen that

sparkling light show itself except im the muscles and at the

moment of contraction. There may undoubtedly exist on this

point reasonable uncertainty with regard to those Annelids

whose foot-muscles are lodged in the abdomen ; but this cannot

, be true with respect to the Ophiura, and nothing is easier than

to prove this even to the unaided vision, as in the latter the

phosphorescence appears along the arm, and only during move-

ment. Moreover, the details which will be given beyond of the »

phosphorescence of the Noctiluce will show plainly, I believe,

that these animals have no special organ for producing the light.

Finally, the Photocharis observed by Ehrenberg secreted a

hquid which left luminous traces on the objects which came in

contact with it. This peculiarity I have also met with in one of

my Annelids; but generally in the latter, and especially also in

the Ophiura, the light was owing entirely to the scintillations,

and disappeared with them. It is, however, easy to believe that

the modes of phosphorescence which we have admitted may co-

exist in the same animal.

[To be continued. |

VII.—On the Structure of the Leaves of Palms.

By M. A. Trécu*,

NorwitustanpinG the important investigations of Von Mohl

and Mirbel, there still remains considerable uncertainty upon

the structure of the leaf in the Palms. For instance, what is the

ligula of the flabelliform leaves of many of these plants? Are

their lobes the natural divisions of the leaf, or only accidental

rents of its substances? Both these opinions are advanced.

- How is the plaited limb of these leaves formed? Are the pin-

* From the Comptes Rendus, May 16, 1853, p. 857.

28) =-M. Trécul on the Structure of the Leaves af Palms.

nules of the pinnate leaves formed like those of dicotyledonous

plants? , I do not. hesitate to say at once, that the phenomenon

Is very different, and that the origin of the ligula.is by no means

that which has been supposed by very celebrated anatomists.

In examining palms with pinnate leaves, one of the leaves. of

which is just expanding, it will be seen that the old leaves have

the pinnules distant from each other on the rachis and free, at

their extremities, whilst that which is just emerging from jts

enclosing sheath presents a very singular appearance. The elon-

gation of the rachis removes the pinnules from one another, but,

they are all joined together at the apex ; sometimes they are

united in this manner by a cellulo-fibrous thread which even

contains vessels (I have seen spiral and streaked vessels inthe

threads of Phenia sylvestris), and which extends from the base

of the limb to its apex. The sheath of this leaf encloses another,

all the leaflets of which are frequently so compressed together,

that they appear to form a single piece without any parts distin-

guishable by the naked eye; in other cases in which the com-

pression is less, all the parts of the leaf are apparent.

What is the mode of formation of these leaflets, so sigularly

attached to one another ?

In examining a Chamedorea Martiana we find that in this leaf

in which all the parts are pressed together, the upper leaflets are

much longer than the lower ones. In a leaf of 16 centimetres

(about 63 inches) in length, the upper pinnules were 13 centi-

metres (about 52 inches) long, whilst the lower were only 3 mil-

limetres (about § inch), and this disproportion may increase

when the apex of the leaf becomes extended. In this leaf there

were thirteen pinnules on each side of a rachis ef 2 centimetres

(about + inch) in length, and the two rows being placed onthe

inner surface, the back of the rachis only could be seen.

A few millimetres below the lower leaflets is the opening of

the sheath. If this be removed, a very remarkable conical body

is exposed. Extracted from a leaf of 16 centimetres in length, it

measured 3} millimetres. This is also a leaf, which when viewed

from behind presents an entire surface, but im front is divided

into two portions; the lower portion is cylindrical and notched

at the apex at the opening of the sheath; the upper portion,

which is conical, is divided longitudinally on the inner surface

into two rolls, which diverge towards the base and become atte-

nuated towards the apex. These are the two rows of leaflets in

course of formation. Lach roll is transversely striated on the

sides, and the strize or furrows of one side of the roll alternating

with those of the other side of the same render the longitudinal

ridges sinuous.

By opening the sheath of this leaf I obtained another which

Mi Trécul’ on the Structure of the Leaves of Palms. 29

was ‘about 1} millimetre in length. Its two rolls (or series of

leaflets), a little less advanced than those of the preceding leaf,

were comparatively more divergent at the base. From the sheath

of this leaf issued the apex of a still younger one not more than

2 millimetre im length, Its lateral rolls were only marked with

faint striz or transverse depressions towards the middle, and its

sheath also gave exit to the tip of another leaf. This latter was

not ‘tore ‘than 1 millimetre in length; its sheath, which was

short and thick, had‘a broad rounded opening about the middle

of the leaf, through which the naked apex of the stalk could be

séén.’>"This sheath was surmounted by the nascent rachis, but

this presented no trace of leaflets. It was broad and depressed

in' its median portion ; and there was on each side a longitudinal

swelling of ‘so little prominence that it required considerable at-

tention to perceive it at all.. These swellings are the origin of

the two rows of leaflets.

“Thus a leaf of Chamedorea Martiana commences with a simple

circular cushion at the apex of the stalk. This cushion or rudi-

mentary sheath is produced obliquely into a prominence, which

is depressed on its inner surface. This becoming elongated into

a cone produces a Jongitudinal roll on each of its margins, These

two rolls or cushions, which are more inflated near the sheath,

where however they terminate in a short point, become more and

more contracted towards the apex of the rachis. Originally they

are smooth, but during their growth scarcely sensible undula-

tions are produced on each side of them (first on the inner side) ;

of these the first appear a little way from the base of each roll,

and they afterwards increase in number and attain the base and

apex of the rachis.

Whilst all the parts of the leaf continue growing, these un-

dulations, increasing in depth, become furrows which penetrate

by degrees into the interior of the roll, at length arriving at the

opposite side on the outer surface so as to produce a rupture ;

but the furrows which penetrate from the outer surface towards

the inner cease advancing before reaching the latter, so that

scission takes place only at the sides of the outer surface. In

this manner are produced as many leaflets plaited in the direc-

tion of their median nervure as there were ribs on the inner sur-

face; but the separation of the leaflets is not completed in this

manner through their entire length; it stops near the apex,

which remains united to the side of the leaflet placed above it.

When the leaf emerges from its sheath and the leaflet expands,

this point of attachment becomes broken and the apices of the

leaflets are set free. The union of the leaflets is not the same

throughout the palms; in Phenix sylvestris, Acrocomia sclero-

carpa, &c., the points of the pimnules are attached to a cellulo-

30 = M. Tréeul on the Structure of the Leaves of Palms.

fibrous thread which runs along the whole length of the leaf, and

retains the leaflets in union for some time after their expansion:

This filament and the brown pellicles which cover the leaves at

this period have a similar origm. They arise from an envelope,

within which the leaflets are organized, and which becomes dried

up and falls in small brown flakes. The existence of this enve-

lope may be recognized in the very young leaves, even at the

period when the furrows (as in the Chamedorea) begin to make

their appearance. ‘The leaflets then appear to be formed in a

substance of a gelatinous appearance, which is the origin of this

pellicle. :

The leaflets of all palms are not plaited in the same direction ;

some, as Chamedorea Martiana, Ceroxylon andicola, Areca rubra,

Arenga saccharifera, &e., have them folded on the lower surface ;

others, in which the scission is carried to the ridges of the inner

surface and not to those of the outer, haye the leaflets folded on

the inner surface, as Phenix dactylifera, sylvestris, Fulchiron se-

negalensis, &e. There are other palms of which the leaflets are

broader and contain several folds of the primary lamina. It ap-

pears to me that very good characters may be derived from the

plication of the leaflets.

The limb of the simple leaf of Geonoma baculum is somewhat

differently developed ; the rachis emits a lanceolate limb, widest

at the base; this becomes plaited first at this basal portion, the

folds extend in proportion to the growth of the leaf, and the

upper extremity becomes cleft to form the two terminal lobes.

In Chamerops humilis, as in Chamedorea and plants with

sheathing leayes, all the leaves are enclosed by their sheaths.

In a leaf of 1 millimetre the sheath was equal to the half of the

length of the leaf ; it was opposite to an inflated portion covered

with hairs, which is only the rudimentary limb. I removed all

these hairs and with them a pellicle which clothed this part of

the leaf. In this manner I arrived at a rounded surface, divided

longitudinally into parallel ribs on the anterior and posterior

surfaces of the limb. The surface being convex, the ribs are

shorter on the sides than towards the middle. They are inserted

on a nearly horizontal plane and rise parallel in growing. Each |

rib of the outer surface corresponds to the median nervure of a

lobe of the leaf.

As long as the leaf remains enclosed in the sheath, all its parts

consist of a very delicate tissue, but as soon as its apex reaches

the air and light it becomes green, grows rapidly, and acquires

consistence ; the limb is often hard and coriaceous and contains

much woody matter, whilst the base of the petiole, which is en-

closed in the sheath, is still of extreme fragility. It is also this

lower portion which continues growing longest. Thus the limb

Linnean Society. 31

of the leaf of Chamerops humilis is found under a pellicle clothed

with hairs, which is torn at the junction of the petiole by the

growth of the limb ; and it is the base of the pellicle which gives

rise to the organ which has been called the ligula of the flabel-

liform leaves of certain palms, and to the cicatrix which is ob-

served round the extremity of the petiole.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

LINNZAN SOCIETY.

June 1, 1852.—R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Read a memoir ‘‘ On Acradenia, a new genus of Diosmee.” By

Richard Kippist, Esq., Libr. L.S.

The new genus described was one of a highly interesting collection

formed in the neighbourhood of Macquarrie Harbour, Van Diemen’s

Land, by Mr. Joseph Milligan, and by him, through the late lamented

Mr, Bicheno, presented to the Society. It belongs to the natural

order Diosmee, tribe Boroniee, and in habit most nearly approaches

Zieria, to the larger-leaved species of which it bears at first sight

considerable resemblance. From this genus, however, as well as

from Melicope, Boronia, and Cyanothamnus, from Eriostemon, Crowea,

and Philotheca, and from Geleznowia, Turcz., it differs in various

characters which are more particularly indicated; and it is distin-

guished from them all by the structure of its ovaries, which adhere

closely together and are everywhere clothed with a dense tomentose

covering; except that each bears, at its upper external angle, a

naked sessile tubercle or gland, large enough to be readily observed

with the naked eye, a character which Mr, Kippist has been unable

to discover in any closely allied genus, and which has suggested the

generic name. He is unable to speak positively as to the precise

nature of these glandular bodies, or to say whether any exudation

proceeds from them: when examined under the microscope they

appear to be perforated by a tube, widening below, and communi-

cating with the internal cavity of the carpel; and from their exact

correspondence in position, they are probably analogous to the cor-

nute appendages which crown the ovaries of some species of Pheba-

lium, in which genus they are occasionally developed into subulate

or nearly cylindrical horns.

Acrapeni, Kipp.

Calyx 5-partitus. Petala 5, hypogyna, calyce mult6 longiora, zstivatione

imbricata, ovato-elliptica, undique velutina. Stamina,10, hypogyna,

petalis sublongiora, alterna paulld breviora; filamenta libera, subulata,

glabra; anthere introrse, glabre, biloculares, rimd longitudinali de-

hiscentes, apice inappendiculate. Ovaria 5, gynophoro disciformi

margine sinuato insidentia, 1-locularia, villosissima ; singula apice glan-

dulé majuseula sessili instructa. Ovula in loculis gemina, suture

yentrali collateraliter inserta, pendula. Styliin unicum glabrum coaliti.

32 Linnean Society.

Stigma subcapitellatam. Capsula 5- (vel abortu 1-3-) eocea ; coceé basi

subcohzrentes, sepalis persistentibus pluries longiores, subquadrati,

paulo compressi, basi rotundati, apice abrupte truncati et angulo ex-

terno brevé cornuti, coriacei vel sublignosi, dorso cavinati, transyersim

rugosi, extus glabriusculi, intus sulcati, glabri, endocarpio haud sece-

dente. Semina....?—Frutex Tasmanicus, ramosissimus ; foliis oppo-

sitis, exstipulatis, petiolatis, 3-foliatis, foliolis coriaceis, lanceolatis, ser-

ralis, supra tuberculatis ; pedunculis terminalibus, trichotome cymosis,

multifloris ; floribus albis.

Acrapenta Fxankiini&, Kipp.

Zieria Franklinie, Milligan, MSS. .

Hab. ad margines sylyze densze prope Portum ‘‘ Macquarie” dictum Insule

«Van Diemen,” ubi floribus expansis legit Dom. Jos. Milligan mense

Decembri 1846, et iterum Martii 1847.

The close resemblance to Zieria in habit had originally suggested

to Mr. Kippist the specific name of “ Zierioides,” but Mr. Brown

having kindly communicated to him a specimen gathered by Mr.

Milligan on the Franklin River in April 1842, with a ticket attached,

from which it appears that Mr. Milligan had proposed to name the

plant ‘‘ Zieria Franklinie” (after Lady Franklin), he has adopted

with much pleasure that specific name. On the same ticket M~.

Milligan describes the plant as handsome and fragrant; but this, as

he at that time saw no flowers, Mr. Kip;-‘st presumes can only be

intended to apply to the leaves, which, as in the majority of the

Diosmee, are copiously furnished with pellucid dots, reservoirs of

essential oil, and exhaling probably the peculiar odour which charac-

terizes the family.

The plant having recently flowered at Kew, he was enabled by

the kindness of Sir Wm. Hooker to examine the flowers in a living

state, but he regrets to hear that it is not likely at present to ripen

its fruit at Kew, where Mr. Smith states that it was first introduced

in 1845 in a case sent by Dr. M‘William from Norfolk Island; a

locality, however, in which it is scarcely possible that it should be

indigenous.

The same collection from which the Acradenia was obtained, in-

cluded a number of highly interesting plants, quite new to the

Society’s herbarium. Among the most striking were several alpine

Umbellifere, principally from Mt. Sorrel, of very singular habit,

one or two of which have been recently figured by Sir Wm. Hooker

in his ‘Icones,’ from specimens forwarded by Mr. Milligan or his

fellow-labourer Mr. Gunn: others appear to be still undescribed.

Dr. Meisner found among them a few new Proteacee, and a most

remarkable dichotomous Pimelea, with densely silky imbricated

leaves, which he proposes to call after its discoverer. It contained,

moreover, a -number of fine Kpacridee; among them a splendid

species of Dracophyllum (D. Milligani, Hook.), remarkable as being

the first instance of the occurrence of that genus in Van Diemen’s

Land, and a new genus of Hemadoracee, with large handsome

flowers and equitant leaves, recently described by Sir Wm. Hooker

under the name of Hewardia tasmanica.

sential it tn. att se ened

Linnean Society. 33

9 Read further ‘* Descriptions of two new Swan River Papilionacee.”

By Thomas. Moore; ' Esq., F.L.8.

» The ‘characters of these species, which have recently flowered for

the first time’in English gardens, are as follows :—

. Gastrotogium PYRAMIDALE, ramulis foliis stipulis pedunculis bracteis

~~ ealycibusque densé, tomentosis, stipulis longis setaceis recurvis, foliis

.. petiolatis 3-nis ovali:obtusis.v.. rotundatis mucronatis supra demim

glabris, racemis axillaribus densé capitatis, pedunculis foliis paulld

brevioribus, bracteis trifidis: superioribus obovatis mucronatis, calyce

campanulato; dentibus superioribus lateralibusque obliquis, pedicellis

calyce brevioribus, ovario subsessili villoso.

_ Hab, ad fl, Cygnorum N. Hollandiz, Drummond, ser. 5. no. 54.

>» (CHOROZEMA NEKvosuM, ramulis pubescentibus, foliis laté cordatis rigidé

cuspidatis crassé marginatis integris utrinque conspicué venosis glabris

undulatis subcarinatis, racemis paucifloris axillaribus terminalibusve,

->pedicellis supra medium bibracteolatis calyce brevioribus.

Hab, ad fl. Cygnorum N. Hollandiz, Drummond, ser. 5. no. 23.

Both plants were obtained by Mr. Moore from the Nursery of

Messrs. Henderson in the Edgware-road, where they had been

raised from Mr. Drummond’s seeds.

November 16, 1852.—N. Wallich, Esq., M.D., Vice-President, in

the Chair.

Read Mr. Henfrey’s memoir ‘‘ On the Development of Ferns from

their Spores.”

The author commences his paper by referring to the remarkable

discoveries published by Count Leszezyi-Suminski in 1848. and the

observations to which they have subsequently led on the part of

others; which appear to necessitate important changes in our gene-

ral views of the reproduction of plants. He finds, however, that the

results of some of these later observations differ in many respects

not only from those of Suminski, but also among themselves ; and

that opinions are divided both as to the actuality of the most im-

portant fact of all, viz. the process of impregnation, and as to the

period and circumstances of its occurrence. Under these circum-

stances he has thought he would be performing a useful task in sub-

jecting the question to minute investigation, in the course of which

he has carefully traced the development entirely through its course

from the spore to the young leafy plant, applying every available

means to clear up the anatomical conditions in each stage of the

- progress. The drawings which accompany the memoir were nearly

all made by means of the camera lucida eye-piece, so that they repre-

sent preparations actually seen. ,

The subject is treated of under three heads ; the first section con-

taining the author’s own observations ; the second, a critical exami-

nation of those of preceding authors ; and the third, a few remarks

on the general bearing of the results upon vegetable physiology.

_ Under the first head, Mr. Henfrey describes first the prothallium,

and its mode of growth, enlargement and decay; secondly, the

antheridia, with their sperm-cells and spermatozoids ; thirdly, the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii.

34 Linnean Society.

archegonia, with their papille and embryo-sacs; and fourthly, he

gives his own view of the development of the embryo. On all these

points he enters into much detail, tracing the several stages of the

process with great minuteness. In his criticism of previous obser-

vations, he passes in review the facts and opinions stated by Nageli,

Suminski, Wigand, Thuret, Hofmeister, Schacht, Mettenius, Von

Mercklin, and Hofmeister again; and indicates the points in which

they severally differ from each other, and also those in which he

himself either coincides with or differs from each of them. The

memoir is so completely one of detail, that under these two principal

divisions it would be difficult to give a sufficiently clear abstract

without running to too great a length ; and this is the less necessary

as the memoir itself will immediately appear in full in the Society’s

‘ Transactions.’

Under the head of ‘‘ Development of the embryo” the author

gives the following statement of his opinion on the question of

impregnation, and the mode in which it is effected :—‘* My opinion

with regard to the fertilization is, that the operation is effected

by the contact of one or more spermatozoids with the mucilaginous

filament contained in or hanging from the mouth of the canal of

the archegonium. I have seen the spermatozoids swimming in num-

bers around the mouths of archegonia, but never detected one inside,

and I do not see any good reason for supposing such a process

necessary. The pollen-tube of flowering plants only comes in con-

tact with the outside of the embryo-sac, and the influence is some-

times communicated through a long suspensor ; and there does not

seem to be any sufficient objection to the supposition, that the

contact of the spermatozoid with the filament of mucilage which lies

in the canal of the archegonium, suffices to convey the necessary sti-

mulus. I imagine this stimulus resides-in the mucilaginous fluid in

which the spermatozoid is bathed in the sperm-cell, and which, ad-

hering to this, is conveyed to the mucilage (protoplasm) of the ger-

minal vesicle, just as the contents of the pollen-grain become com-

bined with the protoplasm of the germinal vesicle in flowering

plants. The nature of the process is clearly a problem beyond the

reach of science, but it seems to me a necessary induction from the

facts in the Phanerogamia, that the phenomena result there from the

material union of two fluids, and I hence conclude that this is the

ease here. The comparatively few cases of successful impregnation

among these prothallia, so many of which prove sterile, may perhaps

be accounted for by the peculiar conjunction of circumstances re-

quired to bring a sufficient amount of the fertilizing fluid, by means

of the spermatozoids, to the germinal vesicle, at the precise epoch

required.”

His general ‘ conclusions”’ are as follows :—‘‘ In summing up

all these statements it becomes evident that the balance of evi-

dence is in favour of the existence of sexual organs, and of a process

of impregnation, giving rise to a new individual, as asserted by

Suminski, although under conditions somewhat different from those

described by that author. Only two of the observers who have re-

ae eee ee ae Se

Linnean Society. 35

peated his investigations throw doubt upon these points, namely

Wigand and Schacht; the statements of the former as to matters of

fact are far from sufficient to bear out the mass of argument he has

built upon them against the existence of sexes; in fact, his obser- -

vations were so imperfect that he described the two parts of the

archegonium, the papilla and the enlarged embryo-sac, as distinct

structures ; while he never traced the origin of the new plant at all.

His observations may therefore be safely passed over. Schacht’s

are more complete, but he again only argues against the probability

of a sexual conjunction, with the preconceived notion that this must

be analogous to what he erroneously believes to be the conditions in

the Phanerogamia ; while his observations furnish facts which greatly

support the probability of an impregnation by the spermatozoids ;

the difficulties he suggests being of little weight in comparison with

those of accounting for the existence of all the peculiar structures

by any other hypothesis. The opinions of all the rest are in favour

of the impregnation (Thuret does not treat of the archegonia), and

the differences between them, except in the case of Suminski, are

unimportant in a physiological point of view, merely presenting

questions of anatomical and morphological interest. And since

Suminski’s description of the mode of origin of the embryo would be

altogether at variance with what exists, not only in other plants, but

also in animals, and is opposed to the observations of all the rest

of us (except the doubtful support given by Von Mercklin), I cannot

but repeat my belief that he was led from the facts by his imagi-

nation being preoccupied by Schleiden’s doctrine of the impregna-

tion of the Phanerogamia.”

January 18, 1853.—R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Read a paper “ On the Habits and Structure of the Great Bustard

(Otis tarda, L.).” By William Yarrell, Esq., V.P. and Treas. L.S.

The particulars relating to the habits of the Bustard are derived

from the communications of several friends, who have had oppor-

tunities of observing it both in England and elsewhere. The first

notice is from C. A. Nicholson, Esq., of Balrath Kells, in the county

of Meath, and furnishes remarks on the habits of the bird as ob-

served by him in the neighbourhood of Seville, where it appears to be

extremely abundant, the males beginning to arrive in the cultivated

country at the beginning of February in flocks varying (according to

Mr. Nicholson’s observations) from seven to fifty-three; the old

birds always associating together, and those of a year old, which are

much smaller, never mixing with them: the young birds have neither

beard nor pouch. The females do not arrive till the beginning of

April, and come singly or at most in pairs; the flocks of males then

break up and are met with in parties of three or four, or even singly,

spreading their tails on a fine day like Turkey-cocks, drooping their

wings and expanding their pouches. The sexes appear to live quite

_ Separate. In May the cocks entirely disappear from the cultivated

lands, retiring to the extensive grass marshes on the banks of the

36 Linnean Sociely.

Guadalquivir, and leaving the hens behind them. The young are

hatched in the corn-plains about Seville, and are able to take care of

themselves when the corn is cut in July, after which the young birds

and hens follow the cocks to the marshes. The birds are very dif_i-

cult to shoot : the heaviest shot by Mr. Nicholson weighed 28 pounds;

and the largest measured 7 feet 3 inches from tip to tip of wing.

Those of a year old weigh from 8 to 10 pounds, and are much the

best eating. Their stomachs were found crammed with barley,

both leaves and ears, with the leaves of a large-leaved green weed

and with a kind of beetle. When flushed they generally fly for two

or more miles, and sometimes at least 100 yards high. They never

try to run, and Mr. Nicholson cannot imagine greyhounds being

able to catch bustards, as they are reported to have done.

Mr. John Wolley, jun., states that he had never seen the Great

Bustard, or received its eggs, from the neighbourhood of Tangier.

While ascending the Guadalquivir, about the month of September,

he saw several flocks of four or five birds each on the level plains

which extend along the banks of that river, walking apparently in

file, some with their heads down. They did not appear to be timid,

or very cautious; but once, as the boat came suddenly round a

corner, several of them rose together, springing hastily to the height

of 40 or 50 feet, and then turning suddenly and somewhat clumsily,

after a few more rapid strokes, sailed along with the arched form of

wings so general in game birds.

Mr. Yarrell’s next notice is derived from a letter in the possession

of John Britton, Esq., giving an account of two bustards seen on

Salisbury Plain in the summer of 1801, within a fortnight of each

other, both of which attacked mounted horsemen, and one of which

was captured and kept for some time by Mr. J. Bartley of Tilstead,

by whom it was eventually sold to Lord Temple. The letter gives

numerous details of the habits of this bird from the information of

Mr. Bartley.

J. H. Gurney, Esq., of Norwich, states in a letter to Mr. Yarrell

that, as far as he can learn, the last bustard killed in Norfolk was a

female, which was shot at Lexham, near Swaffham, towards the end

of the year 1838. The small flock of which this was one had for

several years consisted of females only, the eggs of which were fre-

quently picked up, having been dropped about at random in conse-

quence of the absence of male birds, the latter having become extinct

at an earlier date. Fredk. J. Nash, Esq., of Bishop’s Stortford, has

several times informed Mr. Yarrell that, when taking the field as a

young sportsman, he once saw nine flights of bustards in one day

not far from Thetford in Norfolk. And Gilbert White of Selborne

mentions in his Diary, under date of November 17th, 1782, that

being at a lone farm-house between Whorwell and Winchester, the

carter told him that about twelve years before, he had seen a flock

of eighteen bustards at one time on that farm. Three instances only

of the appearance of the bustard in England have been noticed by

Mr. Yarrell since the publication of the second edition of his ‘ Hi-

story of British Birds ;’ one, a female, recorded by G. R. Waterhouse,

Linnean Society, 37

Esq., of the British Museum, as occurring to him in August 1849 on

Salisbury Plain; a second, also a female, shot at Lydd in Romney

Marsh in January 1850, and now in the possession of Dr. Plomley,

F.L.S.; and the third shot on the 31st of December, 1851, in Devon-

shire, and now in the possession of J. G. Newton, Esq., of Millaton

Bridestow.

Mr, Yarrell proceeds to state that he had long wished to have an

opportunity of examining the body of a male bustard for the purpose

of inspecting the gular pouch described by Daines Barrington in his

‘ Miscellanies,’ 1781, and by Edwards in his ‘ Gleanings of Natural

History,’ 1811, and thence copied both by Bewick and himself; but

no opportunity for so doing occurred until recently. About four

years ago the Zoological Society obtained from Germany six or

seven young bustards, and one of these (a male) died within a year.

The body was examined by Mr. Mitchell and himself, and no gular

pouch was found, but this was then attributed to the youth of the

bird. In December last another male of this flock, believed to be

four years old, died at the Zoological Gardens, and was also exa-

mined by Mr. Yarrell. The neck was carefully dissected; but there

was no opening under the tongue, and he entirely failed in various

attempts to distend any part of the membranes either by fluid or by

air. Thus disappointed in his expectation of finding what had been

so minutely described, Mr. Yarrell turned to the translation of the

anatomical descriptions of the animals dissected by the Royal Aca-

demy of Sciences at Paris at the end of the seventeenth century, and

found the results of the dissection of six male bustards there given

to correspond entirely with his own observations. He found also

that Cuvier in his ‘ Lecons d’Anatomie Comparée,’ refers to no pe-

culiarity in the neck of the male bustard. Professor Owen also en-

tirely confirmed the fact of the absence of any gular pouch by his

own dissection of a full-grown bustard made with the view of ob-

taining a preparation of that supposed structure for the Museum of

the College of Surgeons. Mr. Yarrell is therefore disposed to con-

sider that there must have been some mistake on the part of the

writers quoted as to the species of bird in which that pouch was

observed.

February 1, 1853.—R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Read a paper ‘‘On Venation as a generic character in Ferns;

with Observations on the genera Hewardia, J. Smith, and Cionidium,

Moore.”’ By Thomas Moore, Esq., F.L.S., Curator of the Botanic

Garden, Chelsea.

The object proposed by the author is to inquire—l1st, into the

general importance of modifications of the vascular structure of the

fronds in distinguishing the genera of Ferns; and 2ndly, into their

relative value in the cases instanced. He begins by referring to the

numerous authors by whom the venation has been turned to account

in the formation of genera or subgenera, and in particular to the ob-

servation of Mr. Brown, that ‘‘for subdivision, the most obvious as

well as the most advantageous source of character seems to be the

38 Linnean Society.

modifications of the vascular structure, or the various ramifications

of the bundles of vessels or veins of the frond, combined with the

relation of the sori to their trunks or branches.” He notices an in-

stance in which Sir William Hooker has given generic importance

to this character of venation alone, viz. in Dictyoviphium; while in

Schizoloma he regards the venation as only of subgeneric value; and

he treats it as a mere question of words, to be decided by conve-

nience, whether or not this character should be generically em-

ployed. In the case for instance in reference to which Mr. Brown’s

remarks were made, Polypodium (Dipteris) Horsfieldii, it seems to

him, as a matter of convenience, a much simpler and more easily

comprehensible idea, to regard Dipteris as a group of ferns with

round naked sori, dichotomous primary veins and reticulated ve-

nules, than to have to recognize in Polypodium (a genus of ferns

having round naked sori) an included group called Dipteris, in

which the primary veins are dichotomous and the secondary reti-

culated. In most cases, indeed, he regards subgenera as at the best

but cumbrous contrivances,

Looking at the question of venation, as illustrated in the great

and universally adopted natural divisions of flowering plants, he

thinks its generic importance in ferns rests on better grounds than

convenience alone. In the case of flowering plants the presence of

complete floral organs affords the necessary diversity for generic

distinction ; but as an equivalent to these we have in ferns nothing

more than certain naked or covered aggregations of spore-cases,

which in the great bulk of the species scarcely afford any differen-

tial characters, or such only as are microscopic, and therefore not

to be resorted to until all more obvious features are exhausted. But

peculiarities in the venation of ferns are for the most part associated

with peculiarities of habit ; and since it appears quite justifiable to

employ other characters than those derived from the fructification in

distinguishing generically such groups as the ferns, in which the

fructification affords comparatively so little variety, what is there so

constant and unvarying, and at the same time affording such diver-

sities, as the peculiarities in the development of the vascular struc-

ture? Experience, moreover, attests this character of venation as

one to be relied on with perfect confidence, because (with very in-

significant exceptions) whatever modification of vascular structure is

met with in a particular species, that and no other is found in that

species. The author concludes, therefore, that without lowering the

importance of the fructification of ferns in distinguishing generic

groups, the modifications of venation are properly as well as conve-

niently admitted to share in the same office.

Passing to the question, whether a reticulated venation is in itself

a sufficient generic distinction among the ferns, he determines it in

the affirmative, inasmuch as a genus being in his view an arbitrary

group, all that is really required as a generic character is a constant

difference from established genera in the structure of some import-

ant organ or system of organs. Now the vascular system must be

regarded as of the highest importance in the vegetable ceconomy

Linnean Society. 39

even in reference to propagation, it being not at all unfrequent to

meet with extraordinary means of development in connexion with it,

viz. adventitious buds; and in ferns particularly those points of the

veins which serve in normal cases as the receptacles to which the

sori are attached, in other cases become viviparous and develope

gemme from which new plants are produced. He believes, more-

over, that characters derived from this system of vessels, when taken

in connexion with the fructification, though sometimes forming

groups of considerable extent, and occasionally separating species

having some external similarity, nevertheless in no case bring to-

gether obviously ill-assorted species, but rather associate those of

obvious similarity and affinity.

For these reasons he is not prepared to follow Sir W. Hooker in

setting aside the genus Hewardia of Mr. John Smith. He regards

the difference as broad and important between the accidental anasto-

mosing of contiguous venules which occurs in some species of Adi-

antum, and a constant and complete reticulation, such as exists in

the genus Hewardia; and he concludes that that genus should be

retained. This conclusion he finds unexpectedly confirmed in Fée’s

‘Genera Filicum,’ just received in this country, where the same view

is taken of the species of Hewardia as that which he had previously

adopted, and an additional species (H. serrata) mentioned of which

he had no previous knowledge.

The species enumerated by the author are arranged as follows :—

* Sori continui; venz primariz costiformes.

1. Hewardia adiantoides, J. Smith = Adiantum Hewardia, Kunze.

2. H. dolosa, Fée = Ad. dolosum, Kunze.

** Sori interrupti; venz uniformes.

3. H. Le Prieurei, Fée = Ad. Le Prieurei, Hook.

4. H. serrata, Fée.

Mr. Moore regards H. Wilsoni, Fée (Adiantum, Hook.), as a true

Adiantum; as also Sir W. Hooker’s variety y. of 4d. lucidum. In

both these the dichotomous veins occasionally anastomose ; but there

is nothing like complete reticulation, and the union, when it does

occur, is evidently accidental.

If the name Hewardia be retained, as the author proposes, for the

genus of ferns to which it was first applied, he suggests that of

Isophysis for the Melanthaceous genus, subsequently so called by

Sir William Hooker in his ‘ Icones Plantarum,’ t. 858, the species

retaining the name of Tasmanica.

The same rule induces the author, in the second case referred to,

to separate from the genus Deparia, Hook., a species having a truly

and constantly reticulated venation, that of Deparia being uniformly

free. The species in question is Deparia Moorii from New Caledonia,

named by Sir Wm. Hooker after Mr. C. Moore, the Director of the

Sydney Botanic Garden, by whom it was discovered ; and the fol-

lowing are its generic characters ;—

40 Linnean Society.

Cronivium, 7. Moore in Gard. Comp, (nomen tantim).

Cuar. Gen. Vene reticulate. Sori semi-globosi, extra-marginales, in

venularum apicibus excurrentibus pedicellati; capsulis pedicellatis.

Indusia stipitata, subcyathiformia.—Frondes. bipinnate ; soris ex

utrdque pinnularum pinnatifidarum margine prominulis.

Cionidium Moorii, T. Moore, ite.

Deparia Moorii, Hook. in Journ. of Bot. iv. p. 54. t. 3.

Hab. in Nova Caledonia, D. C. Moore (1851).

February 15, 1853.—R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Mr. Yarrell, V.P. and Treas. L.S., exhibited a specimen of the

Sooty Tern (Sterna fuliginosa, Lath.), a species new to Britain and

even to Europe, which was killed in October last at Burton-on-Trent,

was preserved for, and belongs to the collection of H. W. Desveeux,

Esq.

Read an ‘ Additional Note” to Mr. Newport’s memoir on Jch-

neumon Atropos, Curt., in reference to the changes which take

place in the alimentary canal after the parasite has ceased to feed,

and while assuming its imago state. These changes, which are very

considerable both as regards form and condition, are minutely de-

scribed ; and every part of the canal is shown to be supplied with

trachee, the trunks of which, one in each segment, passing trans-

versely inwards, divide into branches, which, again subdivided, pe-

netrate into and ramify through the structure. These, like all other

trachez, are formed, as described by Sprengel, of three tissues, an

external membranous and an internal mucous, enclosing between

them a strong spiral fibre. The nature and origin of the external

tissue have been shown by Mr. Newport in previous memoirs ; but he

has since found that the ramifications of the trachez which pene-

trate the structure of the canal, or of any other organ, become de-

nuded of this external covering, and then seem to be formed only

of two tissues, the spiral and the mucous, if indeed there be not also,

as he has some reason to think, an extremely delicate serous, or

basement membrane, closely adherent to and uniting the coils of

fibrous tissue on its external surface. The ultimate divisions of the

tracheze are always distributed separately, and do not anastomose,

ending, as noticed by Mr. Bowerbank, in extremely minute, filiform,

blind extremities ; and this Mr. Newport finds to be their condition

in all structures, in the nervous and tegumentary, equally as in the

glandular and muscular. These facts, the author observes, may

perhaps assist us to understand the nature of the injection of the

trachez by M. Blanchard, and also the mode of nutrition in insects ;

the ultimate branches of trachez in the tissues of the alimentary

canal operating, possibly, as absorbent structures, and inducing the

chylific fluid elaborated around them to flow, in its transit outwards,

along the channels formed by their loose peritoneal covering into the

regular circulatory currents. Further, they may assist to explain

the mode of coloration of the trachez in the experiments of MM.

Alessandrini and Bassi, and of M. Blanchard, and also in others, yet

al kl

Linnean Society. 4)

unpublished, made by himself on the larve of Clissocampa Neustria,

in July 1837.

April 5, 1853.—R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Read a ‘“‘ Note on the Nature of Fasciated Stems.” By the Rev.

William Hincks, F.L.S., Professor of Natural History in Queen’s

College, Cork.

The author lays it down as an indubitable principle, that what we

call monstrosities or anomalies, either in the animal or vegetable

kingdom, are always susceptible of explanation from the operation,

under unusual circumstances, of causes or principles the ordinary

operation of which produces the normal structure of the species.

‘Hence they are always worth studying until a satisfactory explana-

tion of their nature has been arrived at, and even when that is ac-

complished they have still an interest as illustrations of principles

which we apply in the explanation of normal structures, or as proofs

of the truth of particular views in respect to the origin or relations

of parts in certain tribes. In accordance with this view of the im-

portance of such investigations he proceeds to the consideration of

the nature of fasciated stems, which, in concurrence with the view

taken by Linnzus in his ‘ Philosophia Botanica,’ he is disposed to

regard as formed by a group of coherent stems. According to this

. view the real peculiarity would consist in the number and remark-

able arrangement of the buds, the coherence of stems brought to-

gether in such a relative position being, as shown by innumerable

examples, a matter of course. Having regard to the crowded or

unusually placed buds which are found in the anomaly called

plica, tracing this cohesion upwards from the not uncommon ad-

herence of two stems, and observing what must necessarily happen

from numerous branches occurring together, it seems to him that the

fascia is by no means difficult of comprehension. The striz which

it almost invariably presents exhibit the traces of the lines of junc-

tion; and the curved or spiral contraction, which is so often met

with, i is perhaps accounted for by the growth in connexion with each

other of internodes of unequal length. He would not, however, affirm

that every stem which is called fasciate is composite in its nature ;

for that term has been extended to cases of riband-like expansion,

which, although dependent also on excess of nourishment, are dis-

tortions of a single stem.

_ Mr. Hincks then refers to the objections taken to the theory of

Linnzus by several recent physiologists, and most clearly and ex-

plicitly stated by M. Moquin Tandon in his ‘ Tératologie Végétale ’

_under the following heads :—1. ‘‘ We find plants with a single stem

fasciated (as Androsace maxima), and nothing announces vi us that

‘we have in this case several individuals united together.” 2. “On

certain fasciated stems we may remark that the branches are of the

same number and the same arrangement as in the normal condition.”

3. ‘* Two branches accidentally united in the direction of their length

form a body of which the transverse section presents a figure more

or less resembling a figure of 8, if the coherence is recent or slight,

42 Linnean Society.

and an elliptic or rounded figure if it is of long standing or very in-

timate: traces of two medullary canals are almost always found. In

a fasciated stem the section gives an elongated figure in which we

commonly observe only one compressed canal.” 4, ‘*'To obtain a

fasciated stem by coherence a great number of united branches

would be required ; but though an accidental union of two branches

or of three may be admitted, it is very difficult for it to occur at the

same time among four, five, or six. It is very difficult to suppose

that these branches should all meet longitudinally, and that the

union, instead of taking place around the central axis, should be en-

tirely in one direction.” 5. “ If fasciated stems were the result of

many combined branches, we ought to find cases in which the union

is incomplete, and to be able to observe on their surface such a dis-

tribution of leaves or buds as would announce the fusion of many

partial spirals or verticils.”

Setting aside the anomalies before alluded to, and guarding

against the assumption that mere adherence explains an appearance

which chiefly depends upon a peculiar position of buds and the pro-

duction of numerous branches in a certain relation to each other,

Mr. Hincks regards these arguments as not possessing any great

weight. In regard to the 1st he remarks, that herbaceous plants

which have usually but a single stem, not unfrequently produce

several, which often remain distinct, but their union into a sort of

fasciated stem is by no means uncommon. In proof of this he

showed specimens of Primula vulgaris and Hieracium aureum, exhi-

biting the union of two stems so produced, and of Ranunculus bul-

bosus showing still greater complexity in the stem, while the prin-

cipal flower appeared to be made up of two or three combined.

The 2nd objection may appear in certain cases to be just, but the

author is of opinion that it is hazardous to conjecture that we have

no more leaves present in a fasciated stem than we should have in

the same space in an ordinary one, and he referred to specimens on

the table as distinctly proving that an increased number of leaves

and buds is a general character of fasciated stems. M. Moquin

Tandon himself has, indeed, referred to an instance in Bupleurum

falcatum where the leaves had been whorled, doubtless, Mr. Hincks

observes, from those belonging to two or more stems being collected

together. The 3rd argument he regards as very deceptive, for the

nature of the transverse section presented by coherent stems must

depend not only on the intimacy of their union, but also on the in-

ternal structure of the stems themselves. When two flowers adhere

without much pressure, they exhibit uniting circles somewhat re-

sembling a figure of 8, but when more completely combined they

have one circumference of a much-elongated figure, and something

similar is to be expected in herbaceous stems. Even the elongated

pith of a transversely cut woody fasciated stem only marks the inti-

mate union of several branches ; and the author has noticed instances

of the union of two and only two stems when the internal appear-

ance was the same as in other fasciations. ‘The 4th objection is

derived from the improbability of the lateral union of many stems ;

se a ee

—_——-

Linnean Society. 43

but in addition to the common examples of the union of two stems,

the author appealed to a distinct case of a union of four flower-stems

of Scrophularia aquatica so complete that a composite flower was

formed containing all the parts of the four component flowers, and

produced a fasciated stem of Ranunculus bulbosus, where the union

of several stems terminated in a flower having at least double the

usual number of parts, as indisputable evidence of the fact. He also

laid before the Meeting examples of numerous branches laterally

arranged as if ready to combine, in immediate connexion with fas-

ciated stems, which, according to his view, are made up of similar

branches already combined. To the 5th and last objection he

answers that cases in which the adherence is incomplete, and on

which the marks of fusion of several stems are to be perceived, are

in fact frequently met with, and may be appealed to as strong direct

evidence in favour of the Linnean theory. A striking example is

given in DeCandolle’s ‘Organographie Végétale’ (pl. 3. f. 1) ina

stem of Spartium junceum having several branches only imperfectly

fasciated ; and similar specimens of Aucuba Japonica and Cotoneaster

microphylla were exhibited, together with a fasciated Ash, in which

the traces of numerous stems were observable upon the surface.

The author stated his conclusion to be, “‘ that the fasciated stem

is best explained from the principle of adherence, where, from super-

abundant nourishment, especially if accompanied by some check or

injury, numerous buds have been produced in close proximity ; and

that the supposition of a leaf-like expansion of the elements of a

single stem is insufficient to explain the usual appearances, and is

founded on a false analogy between fasciated and certain other ano-

malous stems.”

The specimens exhibited were from a collection formed by the

author and now in the Museum of Queen’s College, Cork. They

cousisted of—l, an intimate adherence of two stems of Bunium

flecuosum ; 2, an entire adherence of two stems with their heads of

flowers of Hieracium aureum, and of two or more stems of Primula

veris; 3, a fasciated stem of Ranunculus bulbosus, with the terminal

flower formed by the union of two, and the stem showing other signs

of composition ; 4, a fasciated stem of Cheiranthus Cheiri, apparently

consisting of at least three united branches; 5, a fasciated stem of

Veronica maritima ; 6, two stems of the same plant, in which the

buds which usually produce individual flowers have produced se-

condary stems themselves flower-bearing, so as to transform a simple

into a compound spike; 7, a fasciated stem of Aucuba Japonica,

seeming to prove the composite nature of such stems; 8, a fasciated

stem of Cotoneaster microphylla, in which the composite structure is

peculiarly evident ; 9, a fasciated stem of Fravinus excelsior showing

a crowd of buds and of small branches in a linear series at the ex-

_ tremity of fasciated portions, and also showing the curved contrac-

tion of the fasciated branches from weaker branches being connected

with a stronger one. The author also referred to a remarkable

fasciculation of Asparagus officinalis in the same collection, the upper

portion of which is spirally twisted, and the crowded branches from

44 Linnean Society.

which seem to prove the presence of several stems; and to some fine

specimens of fasciations from the Society’s collection which were

placed upon the table.

April 19, 1853.—R. Brown, Esq., het Aye in the Chair.

Mr. Westwood, F.L.S., communicated a notice of the discovery

in England of a new genus and species of Amphipodous Crustacea,

the Niphargus stygius of Schiddte, an animal hitherto only found in

the caverns of Adelsberg, celebrated as the locality of the Proteus

anguinus. ‘The Crustacean in question has been found in great

numbers in a well near Maidenhead, the water of which was in con-

sequence rendered unfit for use. Mr. Westwood took occasion to

remind the Members of the opinion entertained by some naturalists

of the existence of a distinct subterranean fauna of which the Pro-

teus was an example; the members of which fauna hitherto disco-

vered were remarkable for their general want of colour, and for

their being destitute of eyes, two physiological conditions dependent

on the dark and gloomy places where they have hitherto been found.

Mr. Kirby, in his ‘ Bridgewater Treatise,’ was one of those wri-

ters who contended that such animals formed no part of the fauna

now in existence on the surface of the earth, but belonged to a di-

stinct subterranean race of animals. M. Schiodte, in a remarkable

memoir recently published in the Transactions of the Danish Aca-

demy (which Dr. Wallich has kindly translated for the Entomolo-

gical Society of London, in whose memoirs the translation has ap-

peared), has described a number of singular animals belonging to the

class of Annulosa, exhibiting all the characteristics of such a fauna,

being destitute of sight and also almost or quite colourless. Amongst

them are the Crustacean in question, a species of Spider and false

Scorpion, a species of the family Poduride, and several Coleoptera,

all of which were found in the caverns of Adelsberg in Carniola.

Mr. Westwood also noticed that animals very closely related to

those described by Schiddte had been found in the Great Mammoth

Cave in Kentucky, including also a blind species of Cray-fish, and

one or more species of fishes destitute of eyes, at least wanting the

transparent external cornea, although the optic nerve was present,

which would probably allow a certain sensibility to the presence of

light; and M. Schmidt had noticed that two newly discovered spe-

cies of Beetles belonging to one of Schiddte’s singular genera had,

although destitute of all external rudiments of eyes, exhibited a

sensibility to light by retreating under stones and towards the

darker parts of the cavern when brought towards its entrance. A

remarkable new genus of Shrimps had also been recently described

by Professor Bell in his work on British Crustacea, dredged at a

very great depth of the ocean, of which the eyes, although present,

were destitute of the usual hexagonal facets.

Read a paper ‘On the Ocelli in the genus Anthophorabia,

Newp.” By George Newport, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S., &e.

The author remarked that since the publication of his observations

on these insects in the ‘ Transactions’ of the Society, his attention

Zoological Society. 45

had again been directed to the peculiarities of the organs of vision

in the male sex. He had already shown that these individuals pos-

sess only ocelli at the sides of the head as well as on the vertex, but

that these structures exist at precisely the same parts of the head as

the ocelli and the compound eyes in the female, and consequently

that there can be no doubt of their homology. These appearances,

however, having led some to question the correctness of this, it be-

came necessary, in order to judge aright of their nature, to consider

what are the essential conditions of a structure which is specially

destined for the appreciation of light. This consists, as already

_ pointed out in Fishes, of a follicle or pit in the tegument of the head,

coated with dark pigment, and receiving the distal termination of

a particular cerebral nerve, conditions which are precisely those of

the ocelli, both of the sides of the head and of the vertex, in Antho-

phorabia. The various modifications of the eye in insects, with re-

gard to the form of the cornea, the depth of the chamber, and the

presence of the choroid, and of the lens, with reference to the extent

of field, and the focal distance, of vision, were pointed out, and the

degree in which they exist in Anthophorabia mentioned, as coinciding

with the peculiar habits of the insect. The structures in the male

were thus shown, by the presence of cornea, chamber, choroid, and

nerve, to be most indisputably organs of sight. The author referred

also to the binary origin of the nerve of the middle ocellus of the

vertex, as formerly pointed out by him in his paper on Pteronarcys ;

to the origin of ocelli in the same way as other dermal tubercles ;

and to the imperfect eye-spots in the Scorpionide being supplied

with nervous filaments from the same optic nerve which supplies the

recognised organs of vision in those animals.

May 3, 1853.—R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

‘Read a memoir “On the Vegetation of Buenos Ayres and the

neighbouring districts.” By Charles James Fox Bunbury, Esq.,

F.R.S., F.L.S., &c.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

_ May 13, 1851.—John Edward Gray, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

The following papers were read :—

1. OBSERVATIONS ON THE EyE OF THE MOLE, IN A LETTER

ADDRESSED TO W. Spence, Esa., F.R.S.

By Joun Davy, M.D., F.R.S.

In a letter with which you favoured me some weeks ago, you

made mention of Schiddte’s ‘ Faunz Subterraneze Specimen,’ and

of the interesting discoveries described in it of several species of

eyeless animals, the inhabitants of caves into which the sun’s rays

never penetrate, and where, in utter darkness, visual organs would

consequently be useless.

46 Zoological Society.

Reflecting on the subject, I thought it worth while to examine with

some care the eyes of the common Mole, an animal that spends the

greater portion of its time beneath the surface of the earth, and seems

in its general organization specially adapted for a subterraneous life.

I shall chiefly notice what, in the dissections I have made, appears

to be peculiar.

The first peculiarity that arrests attention is, that the eyes of the

Mole are not contained in bony sockets, but lie unprotected by any

bony prominences in the cellular tissue, beneath the common integu-

ments ; and, in consequence, were this animal an extinct one, and its

skeleton found in a fossil state, there being no orbit, the palzeontolo-

gist might be led to infer that it is a species destitute of eyes.

The next peculiarity I would mention is in regard to eye-lashes.

These too it seems to be destitute of. The hair in which the eyes

are buried, and by which they are defended, seems to be the common

fur of the head. I could detect in that immediately surrounding

them no hairs of larger dimensions, or in any respect different from

those of which its fine fur is composed.

The apertures for the admission of light constitute another pecu-

liarity. When the fur is removed from the skin surrounding the

eyes, a minute aperture appears over each, about ;';th of an inch m

length when closed, and, in this state, linear and straight, but cir-

cular when fully expanded. The extreme margins of these openings

in the integuments being covered with fur, there is no well-marked

appearance of eyelids,—indeed, it may be a question, whether the

Mole, in strictness, can be said to possess these appendages. From

the observations I have made, I am disposed however to infer that it

does possess them, but imperfect ;—imperfect, not having been able

to detect beneath the marginal cutis any vestige of ciliary cartilages,

and yet having found in the surrounding subcutaneous cellular tissue

muscular fibres so arranged as if designed for closure, resembling an

orbicular muscle, and probably designed for and performing the part

of such a muscle.

As to the other muscles of the eye, one only, an abductor, was

distinguishable from adjoining muscles. It is of large size compara-

tively, and it may be inferred powerful: by acting on it, seizing it

with a forceps, and drawing it upwards, the ball of the eye was re-

tracted, thus denoting its office. I sought in vain for other muscles.

That they were not discovered, supposing them to exist, is not sur-

prising, considering the smallness of the organ and its peculiar un-

insulated position, most unfavourable for discriminating the subordi-

nate parts pertaining to it, such as the muscles.

Relative to the constituent parts of the organs themselves, except-

ing their delicacy and minuteness, I am not aware of any peculiarity.

The eye-ball is about 1;th of an inch in diameter; the iris dark

brown ; the pupil circular; the lens about ;j4,rd of an inch in dia-

meter. Traces of a vitreous humour, and also of an aqueous, were

observable ; the former in the appearance of a cellular texture, as seen

under the microscope with a high power ; the latter as an exudation

of moisture, a just perceptible quantity of fluid, when the ball was

Zoological Society. 47

ruptured. From the situation of the eyes low down in the face, the

optic nerves are necessarily of unusual length.

The dissections, of which I have thus briefly given the results, I

need hardly remark were made chiefly under water, and with the aid

of the microscope.

To return to the subject which led to the inquiry, viz. the subter-

raneous eyeless Fauna brought to light by the Danish naturalist, you

in your letter briefly advert to the speculations which this curious

discovery gives rise to, as, “ whether these animals originally had

eyes, and have lost them from want of use by inhabiting for ages

dark caves; or, whether they were originally created without eyes,

for those abodes where they have no occasion for them,” &c. Allow

me to ask—fully appreciating the difficulty of solving such pro-

blems—whether the preceding observations on the eyes of the Mole

are not rather in favour of the latter than of the former solution? It

is easy to imagine how the optic nerve and the more important parts

of the organ of vision might diminish in size from little use ; but it

is difficult to suppose that the same circumstance could have any

material effect in obliterating a cavity in bone—the eye’s orbit—and,

if the Mole’s eyes were thus originally designed, why may not the

_eyeless animals have been formed in the first instance without eyes ?

Do not we see throughout Nature the most perfect harmony between

the organic structure and the modes of life and habits of the livmg

beings, so that the one is the true index of the other,—and that in

the most minute details? Excuse my touching on these speculative

questions, which, probably, from their nature, always must be specu-

lative,—unless indeed the eyeless species are found otherwise identical

with species possessing eyes, and there be found also a gradation in

them, as to power and size in accordance with the degrees of light to

which the individuals have been habituated, as in advancing from the

open air and the entrance of the dark abodes to their deepest recesses.

Also, excuse me if the matter of this letter should not be new to you.

Lesketh How, Ambleside, April 28, 1851.

P.S.—It may be deserving of mention, that notwithstanding the

small size of the eye of the Mole, its appearance in foetal development

is early : thus, in a foetus which I have recently examined, the length

of which was about three-quarters of an inch, the eyes were distinct ;

they were visible—conspicuous in the naked face, even without the

aid of a magnifying glass, and indeed were not much smaller than

those of the adult, and but little different in appearance : the diameter

of each was about ;4,th of an inch.

2. Novice oF Two VIVERRIDZ FROM CEYLON, LATELY LIVING

IN THE GARDENS. By J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S. erc.

The specimens here noticed were brought from Ceylon by Alex.

Grace, Esq., and lived some time in the Gardens of the Society.

The first is the species which I described some years ago under the

name of Herpestes Smithii (Mag. Nat. Hist. 1837, ii.), from a speci-

men which was living in the Surrey Zoological Gardens, now pre-

A8 Zoological Society.

seryed in the Collection of the British Museum : that, specimen was

said to have been sent from the Cape of Good Hope, but this. must

have been a mistake, as it is quite, unknown to Dr. Burchell, Dr.

A. Smith, Mr, Smut, Dr. Wahlberg, or other anolegistsr wil have

written on the animals of South Africa.

Mr. Grace informs me that it is an inhabitant.of: the {titeniar part

of Ceylon. It is by far the most beautiful, species, of the genus.

The second is a new species of Cynicr1s, which I Propose toyeall

Cynictis MaccartTHi#. noido mA

Teeth normal. Red brown; hair elongate, flaccid, pale’ brown,

with a broad, black subterminal band, and a long whitish, brown

tip; of hands and feet shorter. Feet blackish brown, hair white

tipped. Claws elongate, slender, compressed, especially of the two

middle toes of the fore feet. Tail redder; hair elongate, one-

coloured, red. Ears rounded, hairy.

Hab. Ceylon ; Jaffna, North of Ceylon (4. Grace, Esq. ).

This species somewhat resembles Cynictis melanwra in general

colour, but the hairs are much longer, not so adpressed, and, when

the individual colour of the hair is examined, most distinct.

I have proposed to name this interesting animal after Mrs. Mac-

Carthy, the wife of the Treasurer of the Colony and the daughter of

Mr. Hawes, the Assistant Secretary to the Colonies, who is much

interested in the study of natural history, and has kindly sent’ me

several very interesting natural productions from Ceylon.

The skull differs from all the other Herpestes that I have examined,

in the back of the nape being deeply and sharply notched instead of

transversely truncated, the notch in the living animal being filled up

with a cartilaginous septum.

3. DESCRIPTIONS OF FIFTY-TWO NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS

Mirra, FROM THE CUMINGIAN COLLECTION.

By Artuur Apams, F.L.S. etc.

. Mirra serotina, A. Adams. WM. testd oblongo-fusiformi,

Pecan serotind; spird productd, longitudinaliter plicatd, pli-

cis confertis, undulatis; transversim sulcatd, sulcis subdistantibus ;

aperturd antic? dilatatd ; columelld quadriplicatd, basi contortd et

recurud ; labro intus lirato, margine recto, antice subangulato.

Hab. Marquesas.

A light orange species, with a produced spire, and the outer lip pro-

duced and rather angulated anteriorly.

2. Mirra cratitia, A. Adams. M. testd oblongo-fusiformi,

albidd, nitidd, liris elevatis transversis, acutis, et lineis elevatis,

longitudinalibus, decussatim ornatd ; interstitiis subtilissimé lon-

gitudinaliter striatis ; aperturd intus aurantiacd; columelld plicis

. quingue instructd.

' Hab. South Africa.

The shell from which the description is taken is worn, and not in

Zoological Society. 49

good condition, but it appears to be distinct from any species already

described.

3. Mirra srramineA, A. Adams. WM. testd oblongo-fusiformi,

stramined ; anfractibus planulatis, liris transversis rugulosis, in-

terstitiis cancellatis, suturd subcanaliculatd ; aperturd oblongd,

antice subproductd ; columella plicis quatuor, basi subrecurvatd ;

labro intus levi.

Hab. ——?

An oblong, transversely-ridged species, rather faintly cancellated

between the interstices.

4. Mirra rnstenis, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-acuminatd ; spird

acutd, levi, nitidd, albidd ; anfractibus planis, fascid angustd albo

Suscoque articulatd, ornatd ; anfractu ultimo antice transversim

striato ; columelld sinuatd, biplicatd, anticé incurvatd,

Hab. Rains Island (Mr. Ince).

This is a very peculiar form, reminding one almost of the genus

Pusionella of Gray.

5. Mirra tzvis, A. Adams. WM. testd oblongo-fusiformi, apice

acuto, levi, nitidd, albidd ; anfractibus planis, supremis cancel-

latis, ultimo fascia latd transversd, rufescenti ornato ; columelld

plicis quatuor, supremis magnis imbricatis.

Hab. Zanzibar.

A smooth Oliva-shaped species, with a polished surface, and a red-

brown band blending into the white of the last whorl ; the plates of

the columella are imbricate.

6. Mirra ticrina, A. Adams. WM. testd oblongo-ovatd ; spird

crassiusculd, apice mucronato, rufo, albo strigosd; anfractibus

planiusculis, transversim subsulcatis ; columelld plicis quinque ;

_ labro intus rufo.

Hab. Philippines.

Several specimens of this species, all agreeing in form, were col-

lected by Mr. Cuming; but one only retained the natural colour of

the surface.

7. Mirra TrARELLA, A. Adams. M. testd oblongo-ovatd, fused,

nodulis albis, ad suturas coronatd, longitudinaliter subplicatd,

transversim liratd, interstitiis valdé punctatis ; columelld plicis

quatuor ; labro margine crenulato.

Hab. Island of Ticao, sandy mud, 6 fathoms.

This small, brown-coloured species is beautifully crowned, in adult

specimens, with a diadem of white nodules at the suture of the whorls.

8. Mirra picra, A. Adams. WM. testd oblongo-fusiformi, ob-

scuro-fuscd, lineis pallidulis transversis prope suturas, albidd,

maculis rufis, ornatd ; levi; spird acuminata ; anfractibus sep-

tem, planulatis ; aperturd subdilatatd, intus albd ; columelld pli-

cis quatuor, albis, obliquis, instructd, anticé subintortd.

Hab. Australia. ‘

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xii. 4

50 Zoological Society.

This species partakes somewhat of the character of M. sacerdo-

talis.

9. Mirra tuctuosa, A. Adams. JM. testd oblongo-fusiformi,

obscuro-fuscd, fascid unicd pallidd transversd ornatd; spird

acutd, anfractibus planulatis, transversim liratd ; interstitiis

valde clathrato-punctatis ; aperturd oblongo-ovatd; spird bre-

viori ; labio crassiusculo ; columelld plicis quatuor salientibus.

Hab. China Seas.

This species was obtained during the voyage of H.M.S. Samarang.

10. Mrrra rnscunpra, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-fusiformi ;

spird brevi, acutd; aperlurd breviori; anfractibus planulatis,

pallid? fuscd, maculis rufis, longitudinalibus, variegatd ; eingillis

integris, acutis, prominentibus, equidistantibus ; liris intermediis

submoniliformibus ; interstitiis longitudinaliter valde sulcatis ;

apertura elongatd ; columelld plicis tribus; labro acuto margine

crenulato.

Hab. Ceylon (Dr. Gardner).

This species also belongs to the same group as M. cingulata.

11. Mrrra exarata, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-fusiformi ; spird

aperturam equante ; anfractibus subrotundis ; suturd subcanalicu-

lata, olivaced, fasciis duabus pallidis transversis, longitudinaliter

costatd ; costellis equalibus, subdistantibus ; interstitits lineis in-

sculptis, profundis, transversis ; columelld plicis tribus, validis,

instructd.

Hab. Bais, island of Negros, coarse sand, 7 fathoms.

The most characteristic feature of this species is the sculpture be-

tween the ribs, consisting of deep, engraved, transverse lines.

12. Mrrra rurocincta, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-fusiformi ;

spird aperturam equante; anfractibus rotundis, sordid? albd,

fascid transversd latd rufo-fuscd ; longitudinaliter costatd, cos-

tis obtusis, rotundis, distantibus; interstitiis lineis tmpressis

transversis ; aperturd subdilatatd ; columelid plicis quaidor in-

structd ; labro tenui anticé dilatato.

Hab. 2

A small, slightly-worn specimen serves for this description, but it

is of peculiar form and sculpture.

13. Mrrra nitipa, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-fusiformi ; spird

aperturd breviori; anfractibus subrotundis, levi, nitidd, badid,

anfractu ultimo anticé et posiice sulcis nonnullis transversis in-

structo; aperturd oblongd, anticé subdilatatd ; columelld plicis

quatuor ; labro simplici.

Hab. if

A small, brown, shining species, with only a few transverse spiral

lines for sculpture.

14. Mrrra compra, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-fusiformi ; spird

aperturd longiore; anfractibus subrotundis, superne angulatis,

Zoological Society. 51

sordidé albd, longitudinaliter plicatd; transversim liratd, liris

apud plicas nodulosis ; interstiliis valdé et regulariter clathratis ;

anfractu ultimo antice angustato et reflexo ; columelld plicis quin-

que instructd ; labro interne sulcato, margine crenulato.

Hab. China Seas.

This species, remarkable for the strong cancellations between the

longitudinal plicee, was brought home in H.M.S. Samarang.

15. Mirra uigata, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-fusiformi; spird

aperturd longiore, anfractibus planis ; castaneo-fuscd, lined unicd

pallidd, transversd in medio anfractuum, longitudinaliter plicatd,

transversim subliratd ; columelld plicis quatuor ; labro simplici,

‘margine acuto.

Hab. Pasacao, province of South Camarinas; isle of Luzon, on

the sands.

The colouring of this species is very different from the allied spe-

cies, and the sculpture is peculiar to many species belonging to the

subgenus Turris of Schumacher.

16. Mirra vinex, A. Adams. MM. testd ovato-fusiformi ; spird

aperturam e@quante; anfractibus rotundis ; fuscd, prope suturas

palliduld, zonuld albd angustdé transversd in medio anfractuum ;

longitudinaliter corrugato-plicatd, transversim liratd, liris apud

plicas nodulosis ; interstitiis longitudinaliter striatis; anfractu

ultimo angustato et antice subreflexo ; columelld plicis quatuor in-

structd; labro acuto.

Hab. 2

This species somewhat resembles armillata of Reeve, but the ¢or-

rugated nature of the plicee distinguishes it.

17. Mirra interrupta, A. Adams. WM. iestd ovato-fusiformi ;

spird acuminatd ; aperturd breviori ; anfractibus planis, prope

suturas angulatis; albidd, rufo-fusco variegatd; cinguld trans-

versd fuscd moniliformi in medio anfractuum; longitudinaliter

plicatd, plicis equalibus, obliquis, obtusis, distantibus ; trans-

versim corrugato-liratd ; interstitiis punctatis ; anfractu ultimo

anticé recurvato ; columelld superneé excavatd, plicis tribus in-

structd ; dabro simplici.

Hab. North Australia.

The peculiar interrupted, dark, transverse band distinguishes this

elegant species.

18, Mirra extmia, A. Adams. WM. testd ovatd; spird brevi, 0b-

tusd ; nitidd, aurantiacd, maculis triangularibus albis, cingillis

levibus, latis, transversis ; interstitiis valdé longitudinaliter cla-

thratis ; aperturd lineari-oblongd ; columella plicis quatuor ; la-

bro intus levi, margine crenulato.

Mi B Hab, - si?

This pretty little species belongs to the same group as M. leta,

_ but the sculpture and markings are quite different, although the

colour is nearly similar.

" wi

52 Zoological Society.

19. Mirra muxtitirata, A. Adams. M. fusiformis, spird acu-

minatd, aperturam equante ; anfractibus rotundatis,. ad suturas

angulatis ; pallide rufo-fuscd, cingillis levibus transversis, equi-

distantibus, obtusis, ornatd; interstitiis lineis longitudinalibus,

elevatis, subconfertis, instructis ; anfractu ultimo anticé producto

et subreflero ; columelld anticé truncatd, plicis quatuor instructd ;

labro intus sulcato, margine crenulato.

Hab. China Seas.

This species was obtained during the voyage of H.M.S. Samarang.

20. Mirra tera, A. Adams. M. testd ovatd, crassiusculd, auran-

tiacd, punctis albis ornatd ; longitudinaliter plicatd ; anfractibus

planiusculis, transversim nodoso-liratd ; interstitiis simplicibis ;

columelld plicis quinque instructd ; labro crenulato. uve oid

Hab. Ticao, under stones, low water. :

An oblong-ovate, shining, orange species, with scattered round

white granules and regular nodulose lire ; the spire is obtuse; the

whorls are flattened and longitudinally plicate.

21. Mrrra ornata, A. Adams. M., testd oblongo-fusiformi, acu-

minatd ; spird acutd; anfractibus novem, ad suturas angulatis ;

suturd subcanaliculatd ; albd, fasciis transversis rufo-fuscis or-

natd ; longitudinaliter costatd ; costis regularibus, obliquis, sub-

crenatis ; interstitiis transversim vald? clathratis ; anfractu ultimo

anticé subumbilicato et recurvo; columelld plicis quatuor; labro

postice subangulato.

Hab.

This species is peculiar for its regular form and exactness of scul-

pture, as well as for its beauty of colouring,

22. Mirra nopiuirata, A. Adams. WM. testd oblongo-fusiformi,

pallide fulvd, fascid latd rufa transversd ornatd; spird acumi-

natd, turritd ; anfractibus octo planis, infra suturas angulatis ;

nitidd, longitudinaliter plicatd ; plicis distantibus, prominenti-

bus, obliquis, prope suturas valde nodulosis ; interstitiis lineis im-

pressis transversis ornatis ; columelld plicis quatuor ; labro acuto.

Hab. 2

An elegant form, with the pliciform ribs strongly nodulose at their

hind part.

23. Mirra pura, A. Adams. WM. testd fusiformi; spird aper-

turd longiori; anfractibus subplanulatis ; albd; cingulis trans-

versis angustis, subelevatis, crenulatis, rufo subarticulatis ; liris

tribus intermediis ; interstitiis valde punctatis, ornatd ; aperturd

oblongd, antice dilatatd ; columella plicis quinque ; labro intus

sulcato, margine crenato.

Hab. E

An elegantly formed species, with the last whorl somewhat recurved.

24. Mirra crineuuata, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-fusiformi ;

spird acutd, aperturam equante ; anfractibus planulatis; sordide

albd ; cingillis prominentibus subcrenulatis, acutis, transversis ;

Zoological Society. 53

“0 Gnterstitiis longitudinaliter valde clathratis, ornatd; anfractu ul-

2 timo antice prodicto et recurvato ; columelld plicis tribus.

el ema

“This species’ belongs to that group in which the whorls are encir-

dled with transverse ridges.

og hg: RETICULATA, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-fusiformi ;

spird aperturd breviori ; anfractibus subrotundis; albd; cingulis

onelransversisy equidistantibus, acutis, crenulatis, sulcis obliquis

longitudinalibus decussatis, ornatd ; columella plicis quatuor ; la-

io bro intus sulcato.

ew#fab: Port Essington, 7 fathoms, sandy mud (Jukes).

,®Remarkable for the acute, crenated, transverse ridges which give

the surface a reticulated appearance.

buf Mirra sasperuuata, A. Adams. WM. testd oblongo-fusiformi,

di pallide rufo-fuscd, ad suturas albidd, longitudinaliter sulcatd,

transversim liratd, liris nodulis, subacutis, asperulatis ; 3 Spird pro-

ductd ; anfractibus sex, subrotundis ; aperturd spire dimidium

» equante; antice abrupte truncatd ; columelld plicis tribus ; labro

‘pacuto.

Hab. Australia.

. The transverse ridges are set with subacute nodules, which give a

rough appearance to the surface.

“97. Mirra mrrasriis, A. Adams. M. testd fusiformi; spird

acuminatd, aperturd longiori ; anfractibus novem, planulatis, su-

perne angulatis; albd, maculis rufis triangularibus, et punctis trans-

~yerso- elongatis, rufescentibus, ornatd ; longitudinaliter plicatd,

__ plicis obtusis, regularibus, distantibus, nodosis ; nodis posticeé

goeprominentibus ; cingulis transversis nodulosis, obtusis, elevatis,

-»dustructd ; anfractu ultimo in medio angustato ; antice productd

. easihh subreflerd ; aperturd elongatd ; columella plicis quatuor ; labro

_ postic® angulato, in medio inflexo, intus sulcato, margine crenulato.

Hab. Socotra.

spird conicd, longitudinaliter plicatd ; anfractibus subrotundatis,

» © firis transversis ornatis ; anfractu ultimo levi, posticé subplicato,

antice sulcis transversis punctatis ornato ; columelld plicis quin-

que ; aperturd oblongo-lineari ; labio subcalloso ; labro acuto.

~ Hab. Batangas, Isle of Luzon, on the reefs.

“This Mitra is perfectly white, and of a very peculiar form; Mr.

Cuming possesses but a single specimen.

29. Mirra amana, A. Adams. WM. testd oblongo-fusiformi, albd,

maculis rufis variegatd ; spird acuminatd ; anfractibus octo, sub-

rotundis, carinulis transversis, levibus, Glennie, rufo-fusco articu-

_jedatis, lird intermedia crenulatd, interstitiis eleganter longitudina-

liter clathratis ; aperturd angustd; columelld plicis quinque ;

“Tabro tenui, acuto.

“Hab. Red Sea.

«This elegant species belongs to the annulated group.

54 Zoological Society.

30. Mirra rutita, A. Adams. WM. testd oblongo..fusiformi, acu-

minatd, aurantiacd, maculis albis sparsis ornatd, fasciis pallidis

transversis prope suturas, suturis maculis aurantiacis maculatis ;

spird productd, acutd ; anfractibus septem, transversim liratd ;

anfractu ultimo liris anticé distinctioribus; aperturd dilatatd; colu-

melld plicis quatuor ; labro acuto, antice crenato,

31. Mrrra peticara, A. Adams. M. testa ovato-fusiformi ; spird

aperturd longiore ; anfractibus planis; suturd subcanaliculatd, sor-

didé albd, fasciis transversis duabus pallidis ; longitudinaliter

plicatd, plicis angustis, acutis, crenulatis, interstitiis transversim

clathratis, anfractu ultimo antice angustato et recurvato ; colu-

melld plicis quatuor ; labro margine acuto, crenulato.

Hab, Cape York, 8 fathoms (Jukes).

A species of great delicacy, both of colour and sculpture.

32. Mirra rurescens, A. Adams. UM. testd ovato-fusiformi ;

spird acuminatd, sordide albd, rufo variegatd, cingillis transversis,

acutis, subdistantibus, liris duabus intermediis, interstitiis longi-

tudinaliter valde sulcatis, sulcis subdistantibus ; columella antice

tortuosd, plicis quatuor obliquis instructd ; labro interne sulcato,

margine crenato.

Hab. China Seas.

This species, obtained during the voyage of H.M.S. Samarang,

partakes of the same kind of sculpture as M. annulata and others

for which Swainson has formed a subgenus.

33. Mirra rormosa, A. Adams. WM. testd oblongo-fusiformi, albo

rufoque eleganter variegatd ; spird acutd ; anfractibus 8, rotundis,

ad suturas subangulatis, cingillis transversis nodulosis ornatd,

nodulis subquadratis, in seriebus regularibus ; aperturd spird bre-

viore; columella plicis quatuor ; labro acuto, margine crenato.

Hab. Marquesas (Rohr).

A very handsome species, entirely covered with close-set granules

arranged in transverse rows.

34, Mirra sacerporatis, A. Adams. WM. testd oblongo-fusi-

formi ; spird acuminata ; anfractibus novem, subplanulatis ; fulvd,

lineis fuscis transversis ornatd, prope suturas albidd, rufo macu-

losd ; levi, sulcis distantibus, transversis insculptd ; anfractu ulti-

mo basi recurvatd ; aperturd spire dimidium e@equante, recurvatd

et antic? truncatd ; columelld plicis quatuor, obliquis ; labro albo,

acuto, antice rotundato.

HYab. Australia.

A fine species of a peculiar character, both as regards form, colour

and sculpture.

35. Mrrra macrospira, A. Adams. M. testd pyramidali-turritd ;

spird valde productd, albidd, maculis rufis irregularibus ornatd ;

anfractibus planis, longitudinaliter costellatd, costellis levibus sub-

confertis, interstitiis clathrato-punctatis ; anfractu ultimo antice

Zoological Society. 55

angustato, basi subrecurvo ;~columelld plicis quingue ; labro intus

lirato, margine acuto, antice producto subangulato.

Hab. q

A whitish species with a produced acuminate spire, and the short

aperture with the base narrowed ; the outer lip dilated anteriorly.

36. Mirra petituta, A. Adams. MM, testd oblongo-fusiformi,

albd, nitidd, maculis rufis moniliformibus ad suturas ornatd ;

_transversim. sulcatd ; anfractibus planis, supremis cancellatis ;

aperturd angustd, antice productd, contortd, et recurvd ; columelld

' plicis quatuor instructd.

. Hab. Isle of Capul, on the reefs, low water.

A small, transversely grooved, polished species, with a necklace-

like row of reddish spots near the sutures.

37. Mirra ecurnata, A. Adams. MM. testd fusiformi-turritd ;

spird acuminatd, albido-carneold, ad apicem rufescente, ad basin

fascia latd transversd rufescenti ornatd ; anfractibus planis, longi-

tudinaliter costatd, costis prominentibus, prope suturas echinato-

nodulosis, et inferne subnodosis, interstitiis sulcato-clathratis ;

labro intus lirato ; columelld plicis quatuor instructd.

Hab. ?

38. Mirra scrruza, A. Adams. MM. testd fusiformi-iurritd ;

spird acuminata, anfractibus planiusculis, carneold ; punctis ru-

Fescentibus sparsim pictd ; longitudinaliter costatd, costis undula-

tis, levibus, subdistantibus ; interstitiis valde clathratis ; aperturd

antice angustatd, basi subrecurvd ; columella plicis quatuor in-

structd. —

’ Hab. China Seas.

A small, turreted, light-coloured species, with undulating ribs and

clathrated interstices.

39. Mirra marMoreA, A. Adams. WM. testd fusiformi-turritd ;

spird acuminatd ; anfractibus planiusculis ; olivaced, rufo-fused

marmoratd, longitudinaliter costatd, costis levibus, crassis, superneé

subnodosis; interstitiis transversim exaratis ; columelld plicis

quingque ; basi subcontortd et recurvd.

Hab. Tambay, Isle of Negros, coarse sand, 10 fathoms.

Greenish, marbled with fuscous; ribs flat and broad ; interstices

with transverse engraved lines.

40. Mirra trurRicunA, A. Adams. WM. testd fusiformi-turritd,

alba, carneo sparsim pictd, anfractibus superneé angulatis ; longi-

tudinaliter costatd, costis crassis,levibus, distantibus, supra nodosis,

interstitiis sulcato-clathratis; aperturd spiram equante; columelld

plicis quater, supremis duabus duplicatis ; basi vir recurvd.

Hab. ?

A small, elegant, turreted species, with smooth, thick ribs, and the

_ interstices punctate-clathrate.

41. Mirra patuips, A. Adams. WM. testd turrito-fusiformi ;

56 Zoological Society.

spird productd, acuminate ; anfractibus convexiusculis\; | albidd,

Sparsim rufo-fusco pictd, longitudinaliter costatd, costis nodulosis,

interstitiis clathrato-punctatis ; aperturd brevi, antice angustatd,

basi productd, tortuosd et recurvd ; columella quadriplicata.

Hab. Marquesas.

A delicate, small, pale species, with scattered red-brown blotches,

and with the interstices between the ribs clathrate-punctate.

42. Mirra Jukes, A. Adams. WM. testa ovato-fusiformi ; spird

acutd, aperture dimidium e@quante ; anfractibus planis, prope su-

turas angulatis ; albidd, fasctis castaneis transversis ornatd; trans-

versim sulcatd, sulcis, prope suturas, profundioribus ; longitudina-

liter plicatd, plicis obtusis, distantibus, prope suturas nodulosis ;

columelld plicis quatuor instructd ; labro intus levi.

Hab. North Australia (Jukes).

This species is intermediate between M. corrugata and M. vulpe-

cula, but is distinct from both.

43. Mirra crRENIPLICATA, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato -fusiformi;

spird acuminatd ; anfractibus planulatis ; brunned, longitudinaliter

plicatd, plicis crenatis tenuibus ; transversim liratd, liris equali-

bus, confertis, nodulosis ad plicas 3 aperturd spiram equante ;

labio posticé calloso, antice dilatato ; columella plicis quatuor in-

structd ; ore intus dentato-lirato, margine incrassato.

Hab.

This species “elas to the group named by Mr. Gray Zerliana.

44. Mirra crenivaAsris, A. Adams. M. testd fusiformi; spird

aperturam aguante; anfractibus planis ; fulvd, longitudinaliter

substriatd, transversim sulcatd ; aperturd oblongd, anticé dilatatd ;

columelld plicis quatuor, antice incurvatd ; labro, in medio, recto,

margine crenato et incrassato.

Hab.

This Mitra resembles in many particulars M. fulva, Reeve, but in

all the specimens I have seen the outer lip is thin and smooth in that

species.

45. Mirra castaneA, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-fusiformi ;

spird productd ; anfractibus rotundatis ; castaned, nitidd, trans-

versim punctato-striatd ; aperturd quam spira breviore, antice dila-

tatd ; bio plicis quinque.

Hab.

This pili most closely resembles M. badia, Reeve, but the

whorls are rounded, and it differs in other particulars.

46. Mirra picuroma, A.Adams. M.testd ovato-fusiformi ; spird

acuminata; anfractibus planis ; suturd canaliculatd, anticé castaneo-

Sused, postice albidd ; longitudinaliter substriatd, transversim sul-

catd, sulcis antice profundis , aperturd anticeé dilatatd ; columelld

plicis quinque instructd, antice productd ; labro intus lirato, mar-

gine crenulato.

Hab. ~-——?

‘al 7%,

aS ae

Zoological. Society. BY

oW7ieMrtRa: DEALBATA,\ A: Adams.....M.. testa, ovato-fusiformi ;

eo\spird apice cancellato; anfractibus planulatis ; suturd. profundd,

iotadbd,s transversim: sulcatd, sulcis. distantibus ;. aperturd oblongd,

antic® dilatatd ; columelld postice excavatd ; plicis sex; labro an-

tice dilatato, intus lirato.

ootab. 2

This species somewhat resembles M. erenilabris.in form, but, it: is

much more slender, and the sculpture is different.

48... Mitra NODULIFERA, A. Adams. M. testd turritd, fusiform: ;

oe y spird.quam apertura longiore ; anfractibus, prope suturas, angulatis ;

og ealbidd, longitudinaliter plicatd, plicis, ad suturas, nodulosis, pro-

_>\,cminentibus, distantibus ; transversim liratd, inter stitus longitud:-

naliter striatis ; aperturd intus fulvd, postice angulatd ; columella

plicis quatuor ; labro margine flexuoso.

odfab.=—

A small species, somewhat resembling M. eymelium, Reeve, but

without the transverse black lines.

~ 49. Mirra Mariam, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-conicd ; spird

acuminate ; anfractibus planis, cingulis tribus, transversis, acutis,

elevatis, interstitiis longitudinaliter profunde sulcatis, instructis ;

postice albd, antice hepatica, reticulationibus albis punctisque rufo-

fuscis, ornatd ; anfractu ultimo, sulcis transversis, _interstitiis

simplicibus ; columelld plicis quingue instructd ; labro intus sul-

_cato, margine crenulato.

Hab. Eastern Seas.

. Somewhat like M. incisa, but of very different form and colour.

50. Mirra pustiia, A. Adams. M. testd ovata-fusiformi ; spird

— turritd, elongatd ; anfractibus subrotundatis ; albidd, fascid latd

°"transversd, carneold, antice ornatd ; longitudinaliter costatd, costis

regularibus, equalibus, subconfertis, interstitiis transversim valdé

_ sulcatis ; aperturd brevi ; columelld plicis quatuor.

“ Hab. ——?

"A small species, with a single, transverse, faint pink band at the

fore part of the last whorl. ee

(5. Mirra cotumBexrina, A. Adams. - M. testd ovato-fusifor-

somi; spird brevi, acutd ; anfractibus subrotundatis, albo castaneoque

_sveoncinn® pictd, transversim evanide sulcatd ; apertura ovato-ob-

longd, antice dilatatd ; columella plicis quatuor ; labro intus levi.

Hab. 2

>This species is very prettily painted with white and dark chestnut-

brown, and in form somewhat resembles a Columbella.

52. Mrrra Pamirrrarum, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-fusi-

os formi ; spird brevi, acuminata ; anfractibus planulatis, cinered,

flammulis rufo-fuscis, longitudinalibus, variegatd ; transversim

~\\s4guleatd, sulcis regularibus, subdistantibus, profundis ; aperturd

ow Tineari-oblongd, intus fusca ; columelld plicis sex; labro margine

albo, crenato.

Hab. Philippines. “St An

58 Zoological Society.

This species is figured in Mr. Reeve’s Monograph as M. flammea

of Quoy, the original type of which, however, Mr. Cuming possesses,

and it is entirely different.

May 27, 1851.—W. Yarrell, Esq., V.P.L.S., in the Chair.

The following communications were received and read :—

1. Notice or THE Birps or MADEIRA, IN A LETTER

ADDRESSED TO THE SECRETARY.

By Epwarp Vernon Harcourt, Esa.

Srr,—According to your request, I send you a short account of

the birds that breed in Madeira, together with a list of those that

visit the island.

The birds of Madeira are less numerous than might be expected in

so genial a climate, and most of them are merely varieties, where they

differ from European species.

The birds that breed in Madeira are these :—

Latin Name. English Name. Portuguese Name.

1. Faleo Tinnunculus, Linn. Kestrel. Francelho.

2. —— Buteo, Linn. Buzzard. Manta.

3. Strix flammea, Linn. Barn Owl. Coruja.

4, Turdus Merula, Linn. Blackbird. Meérlo-preto.

5. Sylvia Rubecula, Lath. Redbreast. Papinho.

6. atricapilla, Lath, Black-cap Warbler. Tinto-Negro.

(Curruca Hemekeni, Jard.) Variety of the former. Tinto-Negro de

Capello.

7. Curruca conspicillata,Gould. Spectacle Warbler. None.

8. Regulus 2 2 Abibe.

9. Motacilla boarula, Linn. Grey Wagtail. Layandeira ama-

rella,

10. Anthus pratensis, Bechst. Meadow Pipit. Corre de Caminho.

11. Fringilla butyracea, Linn. Green or Wild Canary. Canario.

12 Carduelis, Linn. Goldfinch. Pinta Silva.

13 Petronia, Linn. Ring Sparrow. Pardao.

14 Tintillon, Webb § Buff-breasted Chaf- Tentilhao.

Berthelot. finch.

15 cannabina, Linn. Greater Redpole or Tinto roxo,

Linuet.

16. Cypselus unicolor, Jard. Lesser Swift. Andorinha da Serra.

17. —— murarius, Temm. Common Swift. — do Mar.

18. Columba Trocaz, Hein. Long-toed Wood- Trocaz.

Pigeon.

19 Palumbus, Linn. Ring-doye. Pombo.

20. Livia, Briss. Rock-pigeon. Pombinho.

21. Perdix rubra, Briss. Red-legged Partridge. Perdix.

22. Coturnix, Lath. Quail. Cordonez.

23. Scolopax Rusticola, Linn. Woodcock. Gallinhola.

24. Sterna Hirundo, Linn. Tern. Garajao.

25. Larus argentatus, Brunn. Herring Gull. Gaio, Guivata (after

3rd aut. moult).

ee ee, ee

Zoological Society. 59

Latin Name. English Name. Portuguese Name.

26: Procellaria Puffinus, Linn. Cinereous Shearwater. Cagarra.

27. —— Anglorum, Temm. Manks Shearwater. Boeiro.

28. obscura, Gmel. Dusky Petrel. Pintainho.

—— anginho, Hein. Angel Petrel, .

29. (aim Bulwerii, Jard. Bulwer’s Petrel. Anginho.

30, ——? —? Roque de Castro.

The Kestrels are very numerous and very tame, perching on the

roofs of houses, from whence they dart frequently at canary-birds

hanging in their reed cages outside the windows, and they generally

succeed in securing their prey ; they live principally on lizards, grass-

hoppers, and. mice.

The Buzzard is seldom seen about the town, but confines his flights

to the highest mountains, feeding on small birds, insects, and reptiles.

The Barn Owl inhabits the ravines in small numbers ; it is a little

darker than the British Owl. It may be remarked that all the birds

of Madeira are darker than their European brethren.

The Redbreast is very common ; it is frequently caged, and seems

to flourish in captivity.

The Blackbird, which in some parts is very plentiful, does not differ

from the English bird.

The Black-cap Warbler, which is here the most domestic songster,

has been sometimes called the Madeira Nightingale; there is a ful-

ness in its warble which in a degree justifies such praise. A Ma-

deiran variety of this bird has been described by Sir William Jardine*

as a new species, under the name of Curruca Heinekeni; Dr. Heine-

ken, however, in his paper on the subject in the ‘Zoological Journal,’

No. xvii. Art. xvii., disproves the supposition of its being a distinct

‘species, and I am able to confirm the view that Dr. Heineken takes

of it. The popular belief amongst the natives is, that where the nest

of a “Tinto Negro” contains five eggs, the fifth always turns out a

‘Tinto Negro de Capello.” The variety is much prized; for where

you could buy a common * Tinto Negro” for sixpence or a shilling,

you would be asked eight or ten shillings for a ‘* Tinto Negro de Ca-

pello.” The size of the two birds is precisely the same in all parti-

culars ; the chief difference consists in the black cap in the variety

being extended to the shoulders, and I have sometimes seen the black

extended over all the under parts: the under parts are generally much

the same as those of the common female Black-cap, and the upper

parts as those of the common male.

The Wren is one of the prettiest feathered inhabitants of Madeira ;

it lives amongst the laurel forests, in the less frequented parts of the

island. It seems intermediate between the Gold and Fire-crested

Wrens of Britain, and is a little larger and brighter than either,

The Spectacle Warbler is very locally distributed; it is found in

brakes and bushes in some of the unfrequented parts.

The Grey Wagtail is very common, frequenting the cisterns attached

to houses, as well as the streams; where, from its familiar habits

* Edinb. Journ. of Nat. and Geog. Science, Jan. 1830, vol. i. p. 243.

60. Zoological. Society.

amongst the washerwomen, it has been admitted in Madeiran:phraseo~

logy into the ranks of the sisterhood, under the title of “‘Lavandeira,’?;

The Meadow Pipit is plentifully found on the cliffs and ‘fields near

the sea, and on the serras. ) oA

The Green Canary is the original stock of the bird. so well, known;

to us as the Yellow Canary ; it flies about in large flocks, with linnets

and other birds, and is easily distinguished, by its song; which is the

same as that of the captive variety. .The,price.of a good singing,ca

nary, either in Madeira or the Canary islands, varies from five to nine

shillings, so that in fact it may be bought much cheaper in London)

This bird has been admirably described by Dr., Heineken, im the

‘Zoological Journal,’ No. xvii. Art. xvii. 90

The Goldfinch is very common, and differs in no respect, from) our

own. j uo al

The Ring Sparrow here takes the place, in a way, of our House,

Sparrow: it is universal; on the bleak serras, near houses, onthe

rocks by the sea; there is no place that it does not frequent... It

differs thus in habits, though in nothing else, from the Ring Sparrow

of Europe.

The Chaffinch of Madeira is nearly identical with the bird figured,.

under the name of “ Fringilla Tintillon,” in Webb and. Berthelot’s:

work on the Canary islands.

The Greater Redpole is very abundantly met with; it differs from

the English Linnet in retaining its carmine colouring through the year.

The Lesser Swift is mentioned in Brewster’s ‘Journal,’ by Dr.

Heineken, under the title of “‘ Black-chinned Swift.’’ This property

is however by no means general amongst the species: I have several

in my possession with the chin fully as white as that of the common

Swift. One of the chief differences is in size, the ‘unicolor’ being,

much the smallest. The tail is forked about an inch and a half, and.

the plumage is rather darker than that of the common Swift... 4,

The common Swift is not quite so plentiful as the Lesser Swift...

Both species remain in the island throughout the year ; their nests

are built in the cliffs; their habits vary from those of Swifts, in. En-.

gland ; here they seem to take the place of the Swallow, hunting and

skimming along the ground in a manner that would appear very. de-

grading to their northern brethren.

The Ring-dove appears to be rather larger than the English bird ;

in other respects it is similar. It lives in the forests on the north

side of the island.

The Long-toed Wood Pigeon has been described by Dr. Heineken,

in ‘ Brewster’s Journal,’ under the name of “‘ Columba Trocaz ;” it is

about an inch longer than the Madeiran Ring-dove ; one of its chief

peculiarities, and which seems to have escaped observation, is the great

length of its centre toe, being more than an inch longer than that of

the Ring-dove ; it has a silvery ring all round its neck ; it is darker in

its general plumage than the Ring-dove, and is excellent eating. It

inhabits the forests on the north side of the island, feeding upon™

grasses and the acorns of the laurel-trees.

The Rock Pigeon inhabits the sea cliffs, and rocks in the ravines

Zoological Society. 61

allsover ‘thet island. There’ is a variety here which is: darker ‘in’ its

plumage ‘and in the colour of its feet than the common Rock Pigeon.

The Red-legged Partridge is shot on the serras.

The Quail is more plentiful than the Partridge, and approaches

nearer to the habitations of man; it pairs, laying about sixteen eggs,

and has three’or four broods in the season.

©The Woodcock*is found ‘chiefly in the west, and on the Paul da

Serra;'sometimes plentifully:. It is a large bird, but I think of in-

ferior flavour; it breeds in'the island, and is met with throughout

the year.

o¢The Tern appears’ chiefly at the Dezerta islands and at Point Sao

Lourenco.

w/The° Herring ‘Gull is common everywhere; Dr. Renton says it

is quicker by some months in obtainmg its mature plumage than

with us.

The Cinereous Shearwater breeds plentifully on the Dezerta islands;

its cry; whether on the wing or on shore, is very remarkable; the

natives salt it and consider it eatable.

The Manks Shearwater is also very plentiful at the Dezertas ; it is

easily distinguished from the Dusky Petrel, which is another inha-

bitant of the Dezertas, by its superior size, and by the colour of its

feet. In the Dusky Petrel the feet are bluish ash-colour, and in the

Manks Shearwater flesh-colour; in the Dusky Petrel all the secre-

tions are green, and in the Manks Shearwater yellow. The Dusky

Petrel is a’very tame bird, and will live upon almost anything ; it

runs along the ground on its belly, and uses its curious-shaped bill

in'¢limbing up the rocks.

“The Angel Petrel of Heineken has the tail slightly forked, and

differs from the other smaller Petrels im having no white about the

rump or flanks; it is entirely uniform black; it is very common on

the Dezerta islands; when approached it emits a highly offensive

matter.

“The Bulwer’s Petrel, as described by Sir Wm. Jardine *, I never

saw at Madeira, nor have I ever met with any one that has seen it

theres" Sir Wm. Jardine says, “it is easily distinguished from any

other, by having the two centre tail-feathers elongated, as in the genus

Lestris, and not even or forked, like the other Petrels.”” It is pro-

bably identical with the Angel Petrel.

* There is another Petrel, called by the natives ‘‘ Roque de Castro,’’

pronounced “‘ Roque de Crasto,’’ which differs from any I have ever

seen described ; it approaches perhaps nearer to Leach’s Petrel than

atly other, though the shape of the bill alone is sufficient to separate

it from that species. It is common on the Dezerta islands, where it

breeds, though it is by no means so abundant as the Angel Petrel.

'* ‘Sir W. Jardine on the Birds of Madeira, ‘Edinb. Journ. of Nat. and Geog.

Stience;’ Jan. 1830, p. 245, and ‘Illustrations of Ornithology,’ by Jardine and

Selby.

62 Zoological Society.

The following is a list of the stragglers found in Madeira :—

Latin Name. English Name. Authority f.

31. Cathartes percnopterus, Temm. Egyptian Vulture. % % %

32. Falco nisus, Linn. Sparrow Hawk. x * %

33. Corvus corax, Linn. Raven. $5 AB

34. corone, Linn. Carrion Crow. Mr. Lowe.

35. Oriolus galbula, Linn. Golden Oriole. * %*

36. Sturnus vulgaris, Linn. Common Starling. * * %

37. Turdus iliacus, Linn. Redwing. Mr. Lowe.

38. —— musicus, Linn. Common Thrush. Mr, Penfold.

39. Sylvia hortensis, Lath. Greater Petty-chaps. Mr, Penfold.

40. Troglodytes europzus, Selb. Common Wren. Mr. Lowe.

41. Motacilla alba, Linn. Pied Wagtail. % [Keo

42. Alauda arvensis, Linn. Skylark. Mr. Lowe.

43. Fringilla chloris, Linn. Green Grosbeak. x * *

44, —— domestica, Linn. Common Sparrow. Mr. Penfold.

45, Cuculus canorus, Linn. Cuckoo. * * &

46. Musophaga africana, Temm. African Bee-eater. Mr. Lowe.

47. Upupa epops, Linn. Hoopoe. * % *

48. Merops apiaster, Linn. Bee-eater. Mr. Lowe.

49, Alcedo ispida, Linn. King-fisher. Mr. Lowe.

50. Hirundo urbica, Linn. House Martin. ye

yh rustica, Linn. Chimney Swallow. x % *

52 riparia, Linn. Bank Martin. Doubtful.

53. Caprimulgus europeus, Linn. European Goatsucker. Mr. Hinton.

54. Columba cenas, Linn. Stock-dove. Mr. Lowe.

5b. Turtur, Linn. Turtle-dove. x & %

56, C&dienemus crepitans, Temm. Thick-knee. Mr. Lowe.

57. Calidris arenaria, I/I. Sanderling. Mr. Lowe.

58. Vanellus cristatus, Meyer. Crested Lapwing. * * *

59. Charadrius hiaticula, Linn. Ringed Plover. Mr. Lowe.

60 pluvialis. Golden Plover. Mr. Hewitt.

61. Strepsilas interpres, Leach. | Turnstone. Mr. Lowe.

62. Ciconia nigra, Temm. Black Stork. Mr. Lowe.

63. ? Ardea cinerea. Common Heron. xe OF

64, Ardea russata, Wagler. Buff-backed Heron. * * *

65 purpurea, Linn. Purple Heron. *# % %

66. —— minuta, Linn. Little Bittern. x * %

67 stellaris, Linn. Common Bittern. Mr. Lowe.

68. —— nycticorax, Linn. Night Heron. x & %

69. Limosa melanura, Leisler. Black-tailed Godwit. x %& &

70. Numenius arquata, Lath. Common Curlew. Mr. Hinton.

71. —— pheopus, Temm. Whimbrel. Mr. Lowe.

72. Tringa pugnax, Linn. Ruff. * % %

73. subarquata, Temm. Pigmy Curlew. Mr. Lowe.

74 variabilis, Meyer. Duniin. me. os fiat

7d: cinerea, Temm. ih nok: Mr. Lowe.

76. Totanus hypoleucos. Sandpiper. * * *

77 glottis, Bechst. Greenshank. + & *

78. Scolopax gallinago, Linn. Common Snipe. Mr. Hinton,

79. major, Temm. Great Snipe. x % %

80. Crex Baillonii, Temm. Baillon’s Crake. x % %

81. Gallinula chloropus, Lath. Gallinule. x % ®

+ Where there are stars it is on my own authority.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 63

Latin Name. English Name. Authority t.

82. Ortygometra crex, Temm. Land-rail. Mr. Lowe.

83. Fulica atra, Linn. Coot. xe *

84, Anser segetum, Steph. Bean Goose. % * %

85. Mareca penelope, Selb. Wigeon. Mr. Penfold.

86. Anas crecca, Linn. Teal. x # *&

87. —— boschas, Linn. Mallard. Mr. Penfold.

88. Sterna nigra, Linn. Black Tern. Mr. Lowe.

89 Dougall, Mont. Roseate Tern. Sir W. Jardine.

90. Larus tridactylus, Lath. Kittiwake. e * %

91. Lestris cataractes, Temm. Skua. * *& #

92. Colymbus glacialis, Linn. Northern Diver. * * *

93. Sula alba, Temm. Gannet. Mr. Lowe.

94. Procellaria Leachii, Temm. Leach’s Petrel. Sir W. Jardine.

95. pelagica, Linn. Stormy Petrel. Doubtful.

I have the honour to remain, Sir,

Yours, &c.,

EpwARD VERNON HARcouRT.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH. >

May 12, 1853.—Professor Balfour, President, in the Chair.

The following papers were read :—

1. “On the Soap Beans of China,” by Dr. Macgowan of Ningpo.

This paper contained a popular description, chiefly derived from

Chinese authorities, of two species of Cesalpinia, which furnish the

Soap Bean and the Plump Soap Bean of the Chinese. The Beans

have marked saponaceous qualities, and are used as detergents, for

cleaning silver vessels, &c.

9. «On the Flora of the Island of Arran,” by Dr. Balfour. The

author noticed the plants which occur in different districts, in con-

nexion with the rocks. He mentioned that he had observed between

500 and 600 Phanerogamous plants, and 27 Ferns and Equiseta.

3. “Qn the Colorific properties of the Lichens. Part III. The

Manufacture of the Lichen-dyes,”’ by W. Lauder Lindsay, M.D.

The author detailed the various processes 0

on in different countries,

and small scale (by the peasant),

are severally founded.

on the large scale

f manufacture as carried

(by the manufacturer)

with the principles on which these

June 9.—Professor Balfour, President, in the Chair.

Dr. Balfour stated that some of the Palms in the Botanic Garden

had sent their fronds through

unless measures were taken immediately

the house, he would be under the necessity 0

finest Palms in Britain.

The following are the

measurements of some of them.

the roof of the Palm-House, and that

for making an addition to

f destroying some of the

In giving

+ Where there are stars it is on my own authority.

64 Miscellaneous.

the height, the leafy part at the top of the caudex is included, along

with the tub in which the plant is growing :— 14)

Acrocomia aculeata, 38 feet.

Areca triandra, 19 ,,

Caryota urens, 43 ,,

The frond is 4 feet 9 inches beyond the roof.

Chamerops humilis var. elata, 20 feet.

Cocos nucifera : 4 ros

Euterpe montana. : 5 Loam

Frond about 2 feet beyond the roof.

Livistona chinensis, 40 feet.

Fronds bent down by the roof of the house.

Sagus Rumphii, 43 feet.

Fronds about 10 inches beyond the roof.

Seaforthia elegans, 22 feet.

Several of them are between fifty and sixty years old.

Dr. Balfour gave an account of a botanical trip to Ireland in August

1852 with some of his pupils.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Fecundation of the Fucacee. By M. Gustave Tourer.

Tue physiological functions of the antheridia in the higher Cryp-

togamia appear to be now pretty well established. It is no longer

doubted that they are fecundating organs, and that the antherozoids

which they contain are the immediate agents of fecundation, although

the action of these upon the female organ or archegonium has not

yet been observed.

But as regards the lowest Cryptogamia (Algze, Fungi, Lichens)

the question is much less advanced. The existence of antheridia in

these vegetables is a recent discovery, which careful researches will

probably extend to all the families of this vast group, but which m

the author’s opinion cannot be established with certainty until the

fecundating power of these organs upon the reproductive apparatus

shall be demonstrated.

The author availed himself of his stay at Cherbourg to endeavour

to resolve this question as regards the organs designated by M. De-

caisne and himself as the antheridia of the Fucaceze. He considers

that the results of his researches furnish the first direct proof of the

existence of true sexuality in the lower Cryptogamia.

With this view he has studied the phenomena presented by arti-

ficial impregnation. Several species of Fucaceze are dicecious ; when

these plants are placed for some time in a damp atmosphere, the

spores and the antheridia are pushed out on the surface of the fronds

in great numbers ; they are then easily collected and deposited in

vessels filled with sea-water, or simply in a drop of water on a slip of

glass which is protected from evaporation.

Miscellaneous. 69 -

guWhen these organs are kept in separate vessels; the following phx-

nomena are observed. ~The antheridia immediately emit their anthe-

rozoids, which move about with the greatest yivacity ; these move-

ments are frequently continued till the next day, dimimishing gra-

dually in intensity ; on the third day decomposition commences. The

spores remain, for .about,.a.week without sensible alteration; they

then also decompose without further development. Sometimes phe-

nomena resembling germination are exhibited; some of them emit

irregular prolongations, but. no septa are formed ; the evolution of the

spores proceeds no further; they become decomposed like the others.

In fact, germination never takes place in spores which are deprived

of the contact, of the antherozoids.

But when the spores and the antheridia are mixed together, the

spore becomes imyested with.a very distinct membrane in the course -

of a day or two, a septum is formed which divides the spore into two

hemispheres, and a sensible elongation begins to appear on a point of

the circumference. The development of the young plant then pro-

ceeds rapidly ; the septa become more numerous, the elongation

increases, and in about ten days the spore is converted into a small

ovoid, cellular mass, of a brown colour, supported on a transparent

radicle.

If the experiment has been performed on a slip of glass kept con-

stantly near a window in the same position, it will be seen that nearly

all the radicles are turned towards the interior of the room, or from

the light.

~The . fecundating action of the antherozoids upon the spores is

therefore an incontestable fact. When they are in considerable quan-

tity, they frequently attach themselves to the spores, crawl in a man-

ner upon their surface, and communicate to them, by means of their

vibratile cilia, a rotatory movement which is often very rapid.

Nothing is more curious than the appearance of these large brownish

spheres rolling in all directions amongst the crowds of antherozoids

which surround them. This phenomenon, however, does not appear

to be necessary. for the fecundation of the spores. When all move-

ment has ceased and germination has commenced, the remains of

decomposed antherozoids frequently surround the spore without

being immediately in contact with it; a layer of mucilage separates

them from the membrane of the spore and forms a transparent halo

around it.

»» The author endeavoured to fecundate the spores of Ozothallia vul-

garis. (Fueus nodosus, Linn.) with the antherozoids of Fucus ser-

ratus and vesiculosus, and vice versd. But although the spores and

antherozoids of these, three species present the most complete re-

semblance, and although the antherozoids attach themselves in great

numbers to the spores, gausing them to move with great vivacity, no

grm nation took place. . Nor did he succeed in fecundating the

spores of Fucus serratus with the antherozoids of Fucus vesiculosus,

But on reversing this experiment, some of the spores of the F’. vesicu-

losus germinated. He does not venture to conclude from this that a

hybrid fecundation is possible, but nevertheless calls attention to the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii.

66 Miscellaneous.

fact, that whilst the Ozothallia and the Fucus serratus are very con-

stant in form, the F’. vesiculosus is extremely polymorphous.

In the higher Cryptogamia the phzenomenon of fecundation pre-

-sents two principal modifications. In the Mosses and Characeee it

takes place in adult plants, and appears to be necessary for the for-

mation of the reproductive bodies ; it must consequently be repeated

every time that the plant fructifies, and in this respect approaches

the process in the phanerogamous plants. In the Equisetacez, the

Ferns, the Lycopodiaceze, and the Rhizocarpez, fecundation takes

place some time after the germination of the spore; its result is the

development of the frond which will fructify every year without fresh

fecundation. The Fucaceze present a third modification of the phe-

nomenon, which resembles the second rather than the first, and which

has perhaps still more analogy with what takes place in the case of

animals. Here it is upon the spore itself that the fecundating action

of the antherozoids is exerted, and it is only in consequence of this

contact that the spore is developed into a frond capable of fructifying

every year without fresh fecundation.—Comptes Rendus, April 25,

1853.

TIME OF SPAWNING OF BRITISH CRUSTACEA.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Weymouth, June 18, 1853.

GENTLEMEN,—I enclose you an addition to my list of the ‘ Time

of Spawning of British Crustacea’ which appeared in the ‘ Annals

of Nat. Hist.’ vol. viii. p. 501.

I wish to draw the attention of your readers to an error in that

paper, in which Crangon bispinosus is enumerated instead of Crangon

trispinosus. I have not yet been able to obtain C. bispinosus. I am

at a loss to conceive how this error could have occurred, as my notes

are correct.

I have now succeeded in fixing the dates of carrying spawn of

thirty-eight species of British Crustacea, and I have myself obtained

at this place fifty-four species, and fully expect to add to that

number.

Amongst my latest captures are Crangon spinosus, Hippolyte

Whitei (mihi), Mysis chameleon, Mysis Griffithsie, and one or two

species I cannot at present make out.

My dredger is avery clever fellow, and would be pleased to supply

anything he might obtain when dredging.

I am, Gentlemen, yours obediently,

WitiiaM THompson.

Species. Date when fonnd General Remarks.

carrying ova. .

Achaus Cranchii ...... Aug. 18, 1852. I dredged two in six fathoms,

shingle and weedy bottom : one

female had two single ova;

they are of a deepish yellow

colour.

ja Species:

Crangon fasciatuse....

Crangon spinosus ...+++

Crangon sculptus

Crangon trispinosus...

Crangon vulgaris

Cancer Pagurus

Carcinas Menas

tecsee

aeneee

succes

Eurynome aspera ....--

Hippolyte Cranchit ...

Inachus dorynchus .-.

Miscellaneous.

Date when found §

carrying ova.

June 13, 1853.

June 15, 1853.

May 4, 1853.

June 9 & 13,

1853.

January to July

every year.

March 12,1853.

Nov. 23, 1851.

March 1, 1853.

June 6, 1852.

Aug. 18, 1852.

May 30, 1853.

General Remarks.

I obtained two; one of which

was in spawn: ova of a rich

brown ; this individual was of a

darker colour than the other.

Caught in three fathoms, sand

and shingle.

Two; both in spawn: ova of a

dirty white tinged with green.

The colour of this shrimp when

first caught is very’ beautiful ;

it is blotched with claret co-

lour. Dredged in the same

locality as the last species.

Three in spawn: ova of a light

drab colour. Dredged in six

fathoms, shingly bottom.

T obtained several, most of them

being in spawn: the ova are of

a light sea-green colour. This

is the most numerous of the

rarer shrimps. Two to four

fathoms, sandy bottom.

This species is in spawn all the

summer months: I believe they

deposit their ova in the month

of June: the ova are drab or

dirty white. Sandy bottom,

from low water to four fa-

thoms.

In spawn: ova of an orange co-

lour. Caught in a trawl.

In spawn: ova orange-brown.

Two, in spawn: the ova are

small, of a lovely bright red

transparent coral colour.

Dredged in twelve fathoms

water, shingly bottom.

Several in spawn, in five to

seven fathoms water, weedy

bottom.

I dredged four ; one of them car-

ried ova in very small quan-

tity,—the greater portion had

evidently been deposited.

Those caught in May 30, 1853,

carried a quantity of spawn:

the ova are large and of an

orange-brown colour: the co-

lour of the animal is dingy

purple, brighter on the fore

part of the carapace. Caught

in weedy bottom, six fathoms.

68 Miscellaneous.

Date when found

carrying ova.

Stenorhynchus phalan- Aug. 18, 1852.

Species.

gium. May 30, 1853.

Stenorhynchus tenwi- May 30, 1853.

rostris. Mi

Hippolyte W hitei (mihi)*. June 14, 1853.

Hippolyte Thompsoni. May 4, 1853.

Palemon Leachit ...... June 8, 1853.

Palemon serratus...... June 1853.

Mysis vulgaris .......+« June 14, 1853.

Mysis Griffithsie ...... June 14, 1853.

General Remarks.

In the first, very few ova were

left in the purse; in those

caught in May 1853, the spawn

was so plentiful that the abdo-

men was thrown back on a

plane with the carapace.

In spawn:: ova of a light orange-

brown colour: the abdomen in

consequence of the large quan-

tity of ova was thrown back

on a level with the carapace.

This species when alive is of a

lovely pink or puce colour.

Weedy bottom, three fathoms.

Several in spawn: the ova are

palish yellow, but much hidden

by the scales of the abdomen.

The prevailing colour of this

species is meadow green, with

(whilst alive) a white band run-

ning down the centre of the

back. In each there were two

teeth on the under edge of the

rostrum. Weedy bottom and

stones, four to six fathoms.

Dredged some in spawn: the

ovaare of a dirty green. Rocky

and weedy bottom, three to

five fathoms.

This is now in spawn; some few

have deposited their ova, which

are of a brownish drab colour.

All in spawn; it will be depo-

sited before the middle of July.

In spawn: ova of a brownish

colour.

In spawn.

Experimental Researches on Vegetation. By M. Gzorcxs VILLx.

After stating that it has often been asked if air, and especially

azote, contributes to the nutrition of plants; and, as regards the

latter, that this question has always been answered negatively, the

author remarks it is however known that plants do not draw all

their azote from the soil, the crops produced every year in manured

land giving a greater proportion of azote than is contained in the

soil itself. The question which he has proposed to himself for so-

* This new and beautiful species of Hippolyte I have named after Mr.

Adam White of the British Museum. I have drawn up a specific descrip-

tion for the ‘ Annals’ for August.—W. T.

Miscellaneous. 69

lution is, whence then comes the excess of azote which the crops

contain, and in a more general manner, the azote of plants, which

the soil has not furnished? He divides his inquiry into the three

following parts :—

. First. Inquiry into and determination of the proportion of the

ammonia contained in the air of the atmosphere.

Second. Is the azote of the air absorbed by plants?

Third. Influence on vegetation of ammonia added to the. air,

1. The author remarks that since the observation of M. Théodore

de Saussure, that the air is mixed with ammoniacal vapours, three

attempts have been made to determine the proportion of ammonia

in the ‘air: a million of kilogrammes of the air, according to M.

Grayer, contain 0°333 kil. N*H%; according to Mr. Kemp 3°880

kil.; according to M. Frésenius, of the air of the day, 0°098 kil., and

of night air, 0°169 kil. He states that he has shown the cause of

these discrepancies, and proved that the quantity of ammonia con-

tained in the air is 22°417 grms. for a million of kilogrammes of the

air; and that the quantity. oscillates between 17°14 grms. and

29°43 perms. iw

2. The author states that though the azote of the air is absorbed by

plants, the ammonia of the air contributes nothing to this absorption.

Not that ammonia is not an auxiliary of vegetation, but the air con-

tains scarcely 0:0000000224, and in this proportion its effects are

inappreciable. These conclusions are founded upon a great number

of experiments in which the plants lived at the expense of the air

without deriving any thing from the soil. For the present he con-

fines himself to laying down these two conclusions :—1. The azote

of the air is absorbed by plants, by the cereals, as by all others. 2.

The ammonia of the atmosphere performs no appreciable part in the

life of plants, when vegetation takes place in a limited atmosphere.

After describing the apparatus by means of which he carried on his

experiments on the vegetation of plants placed in a soil deprived of

organic matter, and the manner in which the experiments were con-

ducted, he adduces the results of these experiments in proof of the

above conclusions.

3. With reference to the influence of ammonia on vegetation, the

author states that,.if ammonia be added to the-air, vegetation be-

comes remarkably active. In the proportion of 4 ten-thousandths

the influence of this gas shows itself at the end of eight or ten days,

and from this time it manifests itself with a continually increasing

intensity. The leaves, which at first were of a pale-green, assume

a deeper and deeper tint, and for a time become almost black ; their

petals are long and upright, and their surface wide and shining. In

short, when vegetation has arrived at its proper period the crop is

found far beyond that of the same plants grown in pure air; and,

weight for weight, they contain twice as much azote. Besides these

general effects there are others which are more variable, which de-

pend upon particular conditions, but which are equally worthy of

interest. In fact, by means of ammonia we can not only stimulate

70 Miscellaneous.

vegetation, but, further, we can modify its course, delay the action

of certain functions, or enlarge the development and the modifica-

tion of certain organs. The author further remarks, that if its use

be ill-directed, it may cause accidents. Those which have occurred

in the course of his experiments appear to him to throw an unex-

pected light upon the mechanism of the nutrition of plants. They

have at least taught him at the expense of what care ammonia may

become an auxiliary of vegetation. These experiments, which were

made under the same conditions as those upon the absorption of

azote, are then described, and their numerical results given.

' To the conclusions already stated, the author adds that there are

periods to be selected for the employment of ammonia, during which

this gas produces different effects. If we commence its use when

several months intervene before the flowering season of the plants,

it produces no disturbance; they follow the ordinary course of their

vegetation. If its use be commenced at the time of flowering, this

function is stopped or delayed. The plant covers itself with leaves,

and if the flowering takes place all the flowers are barren.—Proc.

Roy. Soc. May 26, 1853.

On the Priority of the Discovery of the Mode of Action of the

Pholades in the Perforation of Stones. By M. Vroutx,

The question of the perforation of rocks by Pholades, which has

been brought before the Academy of Sciences, has given rise to a

claim of priority put forward by Mr. Robertson, and since contested

by M. Caillaud.

The Academy will not be displeased to learn that Professor Vrolik

of Amsterdam has just shown that the fact of mechanical perfora-

tion by the valves, and as the result of the simple movement of the

Pholades, without the assistance of any acid, was described more than

seventy years ago by Léendert Bomme, a Director of the Commercial

Company of Middelbourg. His memoir, in which he enters into

many details respecting the ceconomy of these animals, which in

1759 and 1760 threatened the destruction of the dykes of the island

of Walcheren, was published in the Transactions of the Scientific

Society of Flessingen.—Comptes Rendus, May 2, 1853.

On Sun Columns observed at Sandwick Manse, Orkney.

By the Rey. C. CLouston.

May 18th. About 8 p.m. observed a mock sun having prismatic

colours, on the N. side of the sun, with rays on the off side converging

to a point. Inabout 15 minutes another of the same description, but

fainter, appeared on the S. side of the sun, and a faint halo appeared

over the sun, as if joining there. At sunset there was a faint sun

illar.

‘ 21st. At sunset another sun pillar seen.

23rd. A sun pillar seen tonight at 8 p.m., about 45 minutes before

sunset, at first being a pale whitish beam, shooting up through the

Meteorological Observations. 71

: clear blue sky, fully 15° high, and very slender, scarcely the diameter

. of the sun. Tee isi} 4 ;

_ After the sun had set in a golden sky it became of a rosy hue,

' brighter and broader at some places than others, as if the brightest

- strata, or thin laminze of ‘the horizontal clouds, reflected the sun-

beams most perfectly. It continued quite perpendicular, and about

_half-past 9 o’clock, or 45 minutes after sunset, vanished gradually—

the last spot of it being 1 or 2 degrees above the horizon. About

_ an hour afterwards, when the moon rose, a pillar of light also. ap-

peared over her, but fainter and shorter, and after 30 minutes when

she had risen a little above the horizon, a similar pillar appeared

below her, but they only extended about 3 or 4 diameters of the

moon on each side, having her diameter as a base, and tapering away

as they receded from her. This continued till 12 o’clock and _pro-

bably much longer.

I am told that the sun pillar was again very beautiful before sun-

rise next morning, about 3 o’clock.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR MAY 1858.

Chiswick.—May 1. Very fine. 2. Slight haze: fine: rain at night. 3. Constant

rain. 4. Hazy. 5. Veryfine. 6. Cloudy. 7. Overcast: cold rain. 8. Cloudy :

overcast: clear. 9. Rain: boisterous. 10. Cloudy and boisterous. 11. Fine.

12. Fine: very clear. 13. Cloudy: rain. 14. Fine, 15. Fine: overcast. 16.

Very fine. 17. Dry haze: clear and fine. 18. fine. 19. Very fine. 20: Clear :

slight frost at night. 21. Hazy: fine. 22. Clear and dry. 23, Clear: partially

overcast at night. 24. Cloudless: windy: slightly overcast. 25. Very fine. 26,

Very fine: clear at night. 27. Very fine: rather hazy: lightning at night: rain.

28, 29. Very fine. 30. Cloudy and fine. 31. Cloudy and cold.

Mean temperature of the month ...... woud Sahweessratess recuse’ D141

Mean temperature of May 1852 oo... se seceseesscseuseeaeerees 51°45

Mean temperature of May for the last twenty-seven years . 53 -95

Average amount of rain in May ss. .seseecsesseeeseeeeecseeeees 1°77 inch.

Boston.—May 1, 2. Fine. 3,4. Cloudy. 5. Fine. 6. Cloudy. 7. Cloudy:

rain and snow a.M. 8. Cloudy. 9. Rain: rain a.m. 10.- Rain: rain and hail

A.M. andp.M. 11,12. Fine. 13. Cloudy. 14,15. Fine. 16. Cloudy. 17—28.

Fine. 29. Cloudy: rain p.m. 30, 31. Cloudy.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—May 1. Bright a.m.: damp p.m. 2. Hazy a.m.:

fog p.m. 3. Clear a.m.: clear, aurorap.m. 4. Bright a.m.: fog p.m. 5. Damp

A.M. and p.m. 6. Cloudy, showers A.m.: sleet-showers, aurorar.M. 7%. Snow-

showers A.M. : sleet-showers, aurora P.M. 8. snow-showers A.M. : sleet-showers

P.M. 9. Sleet-showers a.M.: snow-showers p.m. 10. Snow-showers A.m.:

clearp.M. 11. Bright am.: clearp.m. 12,13. Clear a.m.: clear, fine p.m.

14—17. Clear a.m. and p.m. 18,19. Clear, fine A.M. and p.m. 20. Clear a.m.

and p.m. 21. Bright, fine a.m.: clear, fine p.m. 22. Bright a.m. : clear, fine p.m.

23. Bright a.m.: sun pillar, clear, fine p.m. . 24, 25. Bright, fine a.m.: clear,

fine p.m. 26. Cloudy A.m.andp.m. 27. Clear a.m.: clear, fine p.m. 28, 29.

Cloudy a.M.and p.m. 30. Bright a.m.: clear, fine p.m. 31. Bright, fine a.m. :

clear, fine P.M.

Mean temperature of May for twenty-six previous years... 47°94 _

’ Mean temperature of May 1852000... eet 50°49

Mean temperature of this month oo... .c..ses.dineeeceseneeeaen 49 -07

_ Average quantity of rain in May for seven previous years... 1-68 inch.

14.0 | 00.1 | 09.1 95.9% |6S.18 | 0.€5 |g0.0b |L.zg| 120.0£ Loo.of 332.62 133.62

teeeesersleeneseres! ZO. ‘s |-ouu| «a 6b} 65 v1.08 61,08 $9.62 606.62 t10,08

Sipecwoos|) “ayy fh lepeeesees| ten ‘ua | au | 6b] ZS 07,08 Z1,0£ $$.6z ob6,6z ¥L6.6z

go. | mu |‘muu! ‘an | $$ | LS 6.62 g4.6z ob.6z £1g.6z 198.62

ZO. rh) “m |oms | 2S | gS 9.62 65.62 9z.6z | 699,62 £04.62

imaresge eater Serres*| Oy, a) SASQ. | te | Ir roel YS 12,62 89.62 97.62% £35.62 zb9.6z

AARP SOSSAloocasssen ieee rs *arleaTAR | OT. | "th ieee el OS $9.62 z9.6z 02,62 928.62 gLS.6z

sacrerretiecsesapecieperssees| ciepgte | sat) It <9 1S | 19 61.62 96.62 £b.6z 9£$.6z $EL.6z

‘| ‘as jaua | ‘a | eS | 6S £0.08 g1,0£ 39.62 £03.62 396.62

teteeeeeeleseseereslererereee] ogg | -gug | +g zs | $£$ gr.0£ $z.0f£ gl.6z 616.62 020,08

teteeeeesleeeeseeesleneceeses| eng "9 ‘ou 2S gs 1f,0£ gz.o£ 9.62 090.0£ £g0.08

sBeobececietanssadsizar se’ sel! eae uo of) 6h | 9S Lr1,0f Lo,of 2.62 636.62 gLo,0€

‘asa | ‘aud | ‘a 6y | SiS £0,0f to.0f oL,6z Z10,0£ £S0.0£

piaaxnes *eleveeeeres! ogg | m | ‘as | 6b | $S £0,08 00.0£ 9S .6z 963.62 $96.62

ttt eeeeeelereecereelerseences| caeeee | sory *as Sob +s 16.62 $6.62 $6.62 $98.62 106.62

pesP sensei xshosse*isocceswes| 008 |OUR de "Os' ||. er || £5 00,0£ £0,0£ 2.6 659.62 71,67

‘asa | ‘au | ‘a | gb | &S go,o£ 11,0 ob.6z g6S.6z 699,62

tereeseoel cog | ca | as | €gh | SoS z1,08 Z1,08 35.62 zLg.6z 953.62

DRIES | LE CTI io Sl be) a | ie) Lb 4S gr.o£ $z.of $4.62 948.62 Loo,0f

rexseoonel Gr, ©] WOE.) "a |>as | gv | gh! vEOf | PEF $1.62 o10,0£ 710,08

‘asa. | ‘au | ‘a ty | oF Bz.o£ L1.0& $1.62 £26.62 336.62

‘as |*mUuu) ‘au | Zob | Fzb £0,0£ 26.62 £3.62 goo.of g4o.of£

zo, |*MuU}‘auu | ‘mu | oF | zh 26,62 $3.62 Lv.6z 1LL,6z 070,08

bz. ‘u | ‘ass | *s 4E | tb 08.62 £1.62 gz.6z Lov.6z o1S 62

zo, | ‘au | ‘u | -mu | Sef | 6 65.62 2$.6z z£.6z 09$.6z $19.62

ZO. bz. ie ect. ew 6£ | f+ 94.62 $1.62 of .62 ofS.6z 69.62

peebesske leer dne =a} Sete iem Ue |e "pu. | 9S" | 19% 96,62 $1.0f 99.62 LvS.6z $66.62

Pemgsreseisceenecee! Seti | FAtG ie) zv| 6¢ 61.08 |; £2.08 98.62 $10.08 tb1,0£

tereseone! og | gua] ‘a | cb | gb obigb * |: 2 bE. $L.6z zbo.0f £Lo,0f

gs. Je ya ak Sv | Ss £z.0f |: Sr.0f 0S .6z 3$9.6z 208.62

seessesss! go, | "980 | “a i) gv | gt 1.08 go.of 09.62 gbl.6z 693.62

B 2 |£o| & | ~E |magsl-urete -ur'd $8 ‘ome $6 ey UL xe]

B a |22/ 8 (5 2 ee

F e eo - pel bhi a *yommpurg ‘AouyiQ BB *HOLMsTYO

“Urey “pula, *Ja}aMOUIAY, J, *A9POULOIV

ott

ACT

“esst

“qua

jo skeq

‘AUNUUG ‘asunpy yoImpung yw “UOysnNoIy *C *AEy ay} fig pun { NoLsog yo Teo “ATW Ag

!uopuorT .0aU “MOIMSINY yn fyara0g jounzynoysozy ay fo uapsny ayy yo vosdwoyy, ‘ay fg apow swornasasqQ 10900) 0L00,0 77

Ann.& Mag.Wat. Hist. 5.2. VoL12.PULL.

Pelosoma

Megasternum Criptapleurum

Copied From Balsa AM.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 68. AUGUST 1853.

VIII.—On the Genus Cercyon, with a short Monographical

Synopsis of the British Spheridide. By ANDREw Murray,

W.S. Edinburgh*.

[With a Plate. ]

Tuis is one of those genera of Coleoptera which have always

been a stumbling-block to British entomologists.

The large number of species described by Kirby and Stephens,

coupled with the shortness of their descriptions given by Stephens,

have led to a confusion which is almost inextricable. With the

exception of one or two of the most marked species, scarcely any

two collections have the same species under the same name, and

in attempting to find representatives for so many, one species is

necessarily made to play many parts. After a recent fruitless

_ endeavour to collate and reconcile the British and continental

names, I was about to give up the attempt in despair, and to

_ abandon the British names altogether, and confine myself to

those of Mulsant, Heer, and other continental authors, when my

friend the Rev. William Little kindly submitted the whole of

___ his Cercyons to me for examination ; and as his species had all.

rs cee

$ been named by Mr. Stephens himself, I had the means (second

4] uf t

__ species had been described) of reconciling the synonymy of the

_ British and foreign authors. The distance of my place of resi-

_ dence from London rendered it impossible for me to avail myself

_ with effect of the well-known liberality with which Mr. Stephens

only to an examination of the original specimens from which the

gave access to his cabinet ; but even although I had had time to

_ examine his specimens minutely, the examination would not have

_ been absolutely satisfactory, because many of the species de-

_ scribed by him were first named by Kirby, and the types from

_ which Kirby’s species were named are not to be distinguished

* Read at the Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh, 1852.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xii. 6

74 Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon.

in his collection, which now forms the ornament of the Entomo-

logical Society of London. Mr. Little’s collection, so far as it

goes therefore, has an authenticity on the whole not very

greatly behind Mr. Stephens’s own. Unfortunately his collec-

tion, although large, does not contain specimens named by Ste-

phens of the whole of the species described in his works. Still

it contains a considerable portion, having 32 out of 58 species,

and it has occurred to me that information even to this extent

will be acceptable to many of our entomologists.

On examining Mr. Little’s collection, I have identified the

following species of Stephens with those of Mulsant, viz. :—

C. ruficorne,

littorale,

binotatum,

dilatatum,

C. RE Hee \ Steph. = C. heemorrhoidale, Mu/s.

C. hemorrhoidale, Steph., is represented by specimens of C. lit-

torale, but this must be by mistake, as Stephens’s description

answers better for C. hemorrhoidale than littorale.

C. Boletophagum,

aquaticum,

flavipes,

immune,

stercorarium,

immaculatum,

C. terminatum,

infuscatum, ftom = Cercyon anale, Muls.

apicale,

Steph. = Cercyon littorale, Muls.

Steph. = Megasternum Boletophagum, Mus.

C. levigatum, By .

ecnveling, \ Steph. = C. minutum, Muls.

C. obsoletum, Steph. = C. obsoletum, Muls.

C. laterale, Steph. = C. laterale, Muls.

C. picinum,

suturale, > Steph. = C. flavipes, Muls.

femorale,

C. pygmeum,

conspurcatum, >Steph. = C. pygmeeum, Muls.

stercorator,

Although Mr. Little’s specimen of Stephens’s C. conspurcatum

is melanocephalum, it has been ascertained by Mulsant from

other sources to be pygmeum.

C. melanocephalum, Steph. = C. melanocephalum, Muls.

C. atomarium,

sordidum, Steph. = Cryptopleurum atomarium, Muls.

merdarium,

C. ustulatum,

bimaculatum,

} Steph. = C. centrimaculatum, Muls.

C. quisquilium, Steph. = C. unipunctatum, Linn. ? .

Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon. 75

The above information clears up the synonymy of the genus

to a certain extent, and by examining Stephens’s descriptions,

aided by the light derived from a comparison of the above spe-

cies which have been identified, with their descriptions, and by

an examination of other cabinets in which I have found what

have been supposed by others to be the species corresponding to

Stephens’s names, I shall venture to give a list of our British

Spheridiidz with a more extended synonymy—the rather, that

as I have explained my sources of information, no one can be

deceived into attaching more weight to my opinion than it is

justly entitled to. I adopt the arrangement and characters of

Mulsant, and I dare say it will be acceptable to our younger en-

tomologists, if I digest it into the shape of a short monograph,

noticing briefly those distinctive characters which can be readily

seized, but referrmg them to Mulsant and other authors for full

and extended descriptions.

Mulsant divides the Palpicornes of France into two groups, the

Hypropuitip# and Groruiiipa, which are distinguished from

each other by the former having the first article of the posterior

tarsi always shorter than the second, while the latter has it always

longer than the second.

The group HypRrorHiLip& is composed of the genera Spercheus,

Helophorus, Hydrochus, Octhebius, Hydrena, Limnebius, Berosus,

Hydrophilus, Hydrous, Hydrobius, Laccobius, Helophilus, Phil-

hydrus, and Cyllidium.

The group GrorxHiLip#, with which we have to do, is composed

of the genera Cyclonotum, Spheridium, Cercyon, Pelosoma, Me-

gasternum, and Cryptopleurum.

He separates the four first genera of this second group into

one division, “ Spheridiares,” distinguished by having the meso-

sternum much longer than broad, and compressed into a kind of

blade. The two last form another division, “ Megasternares,”

which has the mesosternum not longer than broad, and of an

_ irregular pentagonal form.

The mesosternum also furnishes characters sufficient to di-

stinguish the four genera of Spheridiares from each other, viz. :—

Cyclonotum. Has the mesosternum terminated in front by an arrow-

head shape ; scutellum almost an equilateral triangle.

Spheridium. Mesosternum compressed into a blade of equal thick-

ness, not terminated in an arrow-head ; scutellum twice as long

as broad.

Cereyon. Mesosternum sublinear, sharpened both before and be-

hind ; scutellum subequilateral, or not more than a half longer

than broad.

Pelosoma. Mesosternum linear, but sharpened before and truncate

behind.

76 Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cereyon.

For the more easy understanding these distinctions I annex a

Plate (Pl. IV.), showing the under side of the different genera

composing the Geophilide, copied from Mulsant’s figures in the

‘ Palpicornes de France.’ ;

Cycitonorum, Dej., Erich.

Hydrophilus, Fab., Herbst, Marsh., Steph.

Celostoma, Brullé, De Casteln.

C. orbiculare, Fab., Erich., Heer, Steph., &c.

Subhemispheric, above brilliant black, closely covered with

punctures, which are smaller on the head and thorax than on the

elytra. The elytra have a single stria next the suture shortened

anteriorly ; under side of body, thighs and legs of a brown black,

tarsi livid testaceous.

Var. B. C. Allabroiz, De Casteln. Upper side of body brown-

black, and gradually brownish yellow on the margins of the

prothorax and elytra.

Length 11 to 22 lines; breadth 1] to 2 lines.

In general appearance this species approaches nearest to the

Hydrobii ; like the most of them it is densely punctured all over,

and has a single sutural stria, but is at once distinguished from

them by the first article of the posterior tarsi being longer than

the second, which, as already mentioned, is the character which

separates this group from the Hydrophilide. It has also some

resemblance to the Cercyons, more particularly C. obsoletum,

Muls., which is about the same size, but is easily recognized by

its having no striz on the elytra except the sutural, while all the

Cercyons are marked with ten or eleven striz.

It is a water insect, and is found in stagnant water or under

the debris on the margins of lakes and ponds. Found both in

England and Scotland, but not very common.

Spu#rivivum, Fab.

Dermestes, Schrank, Fourc., Marsh.

Sph. scarabeoides, Linn., Fab.

4-maculatus, Schrank.

Body above of a shining black, densely punctured ; prothorax

a fifth or a fourth longer in its middle than at the sides ; elytra

with ared mark behind the shoulder, and a semicircular reddish

yellow blotch at the apex; under side of body and of legs nut-

brown.

The ¢ is distinguished from the 9 by having the last article of

“iis

ial os

Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon. 77

the fore tarsi swollen, and one of the nails of the same feet very

thick and strongly curved, while in the ? these parts are in a

normal state.

Var. B. Prothorax with a red or yellowish red margin, some-

times shortened.

Var. C. Sph. lunatum, Fab.

bipustulatum, Herbst.

scarabeoides, Illig.

Elytra without a spot behind the shoulder.

Var. D. Legs spotted with yellowish red.

Length 23 to 3 lines; breadth 12 to 2 lines.

Common both in Scotland and England in cow-dung, &c.

Sph. bipustulatum, Fab. —

Body above shining black, densely punctured; prothorax a

third longer in the middle than on the sides, margined on the

sides with yellowish red, with the hinder angles curved _back-

wards almost in the form of a tooth ; elytra with a lateral border

and an apical blotch almost semicircular, both of yellowish red ;

under side of body brownish black; legs generally of reddish

yellow with a black blotch on the middle of the thighs.

d and ? distinguished by the same characters as the preceding

species.

Var. B. Sph. bipustulatum, Fab.

hemorrhous, Schrank.

testudinarius, Fourc.

marginatum, Seriba, Payk., Lat., Gyll., &c.

scarabeoides, Laich., Ilig.

semistriatum, De Casteln.

Elytra with a semicircular blotch towards the extremity from

the suture almost to the outer edge; a. sometimes dilated to the

apical margin; 8. at other times reduced to a punctiform blotch

near the suture; y. prothorax and elytra, sometimes the one

and sometimes the other, without a red border on the edges;

6. elytra generally marked with rows of punctures in striz more

or less distinct.

_ Var. C. Sph. 4-maculatum, Curtis, Marsh.

marginatum, Gyll., var. ec. ; Zetterst. var. c.; Heer,

var. d.

bipustulatum, Steph. syn.

Similar to the preceding type. Elytra marked besides with a

subhumeral red blotch, reduced sometimes to a sort of reddish

transparence.

78 Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon.

Var. D. Sph. scarabeoides, Sturm.

Elytra marked with a subhumeral red blotch more or less de-

cided, without any blotch at the extremity ; 8. as in the type ;

y. elytra sometimes marked with striated rows of punctures.

Var. E. Sph. marginatum, Fab., Payk., Gyll., Curtis, Steph.

syn. &c.

saestdvaea Illig. var. G.; Sturm, var. e. & g.;

Schon. var. y.; Lat. var. D.

4-maculatum, Steph.

Daltoni, Steph.

Upper side of body entirely black, with the outer edge of

the prothorax and elytra red or yellowish red; 8. prothorax or

elytra, sometimes one and sometimes the other, without a red

border on the sides; 6. elytra offering rarely slight traces of

striated rows of punctures.

Length 13 to 24 lines; breadth 1} to 13 line.

This species varies much in colour. Commonly it is entirely

black above, with the exception of the yellowish border. The

variations offer all the gradations between the varieties cited

above.

It differs from the preceding species in its smaller size, in its

prothorax being more sinuous at its base, and more sensibly

curved behind at its posterior angles. The black blotch on the

middle of the thigh, though not always to be trusted to, gene-

rally gives a ready indication of the species.

Heer describes two species of Spheridium as being found very

rarely in Switzerland ; one, S. striolatum, Heer, distinguished

from scarabeoides by its more convex form and the punctuation

of the elytra being a little deeper, and the elytra striolated along

the suture at the scutellum; and the other, S. testaceum, Heer,

distinguished from marginatum by being wholly testaceous and

smaller and more finely punctate. I am inclined to doubt if

either of these is a good species.

Crercyon, Leach.

Spheridium, Gyll., Oliv., Payk.

Dermestes, Marsh.

Hydrophilus, Fab.

Diy. 1. Mesosternal plate visibly detached at its posterior extremity from

the metasternum.

A. Intervals between the striz on the elytra visibly punctate.

C. obsoletum, Gyll., Steph., Muls.

lugubre, Oliv., Lat., Marsh. (not Erich., Heer, Muls.).

atomarium, Payk. (not Steph.).

es Se Oe ee an

Mr, A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon. 79

Oval, narrower behind. Upper side of body finely punctate.

Head and prothorax shining black; the latter scarcely shorter

in the middle than at the sides. Elytra black with the extre-

mity gradually reddish, with light strize marked with cycloid

punctures; the fourth stria almost angular at the fourth part of

its length, and rendering the fifth interval gradually broader

from this point to the base.

Length 12 to 13 line; breadth 1 to 1} line.

This species is readily distinguished from all the others by its

greater size, being the largest of the genus, and by the fourth

stria on the elytra making an almost angular bend towards the

suture at a short distance from the base, thus gradually in-

creasing the breadth of the fifth interval at the base. The extent

of the paler reddish tint at the apex varies, and it may be as well

to mention here, that in this genus (indeed in the whole group)

colour is very little to be depended on. The whole genus has a

disposition to be paler at the apex than on the rest of the body,

but several of the species vary from dark black to pale testaceous.

The colouring matter appears to have circulated from the head

or middle of the prothorax to the extremity, and to have reached

different lengths in different individuals, one having the paleness

of the apex almost extinguished, while another has a pale blotch

extending halfway up the elytra, or even over the whole body.

This, as well as all the other species of the genus, feeds on the

dung of herbivorous animals, or, as Mulsant more elegantly ex-

presses it, “on vegetable matter which has been animalized by

passing through the digestive tube of certain mammifere.” The

Species is not rare in Britain, but is by no means so plentiful as

some of the following.

C. hemorrhoidale, Fab., Steph., Muls.

melanocephalum, var. 6. Mlig.

obsoletum, De Castel.

Body short, oval, narrower behind, finely punctate above.

Head and prothorax shining black, the latter a fourth shorter on

the sides than in the middle, marked with a depression before

the scutellum. Elytra moderately convex on the back, convexly

subperpendicular on the sides; black at the base, gradually be-

coming reddish brown or brown at the extremity, with striz

edged each by a row of cycloid punctures; the fourth not an-

gular.

Var. B. C. piceum, Marsh., Steph.

Elytra entirely of a reddish brown, gradually paler towards

the extremity.

80 Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon.

Var. C. C. impressum, Sturm, Steph.

Black, with the elytra red except a triangular black patch at

the middle of the base of the elytra surrounding the scutellum,

and the margins of the base of the elytra also black extending

to the triangular patch.

Length 14 to 13 line; breadth { to 1 line.

This species is easily recognized by the dimple on the thorax

immediately in front of the scutellum, and by its hump-shouldered

appearance. ‘The variety impressum is coloured like melanoce-

phalum, but is known by the above characters. Not rare.

C. hemorrhoum, Gyll., Steph., Muls.

hemorrhoidale, Fab.

melanocephalum, var. 8. Tllig.

zanthorrheum, Leach, Steph.

Oval, less rounded posteriorly, densely marked with small

punctures above. Head and prothorax brilliant black ; prothorax

sensibly longer in the middle than on the sides, and more ele-

vated a little in front than at the base. Elytra subconvex on the

back, convexly subperpendicular on the sides ; black, passing

rather abruptly to red in the posterior third part, with the suture

black; with very marked striz, the dorsal ones less distinctly

punctate.

Length 1 to 12 line; breadth { to 1 line.

This species is not so easily recognized at first sight as the

last, but it also has a distinctive mark which fixes it. On look-

ing at the insect sideways, its thorax is seen to differ in shape

from all the others. In them the thorax gradually rises from

the head until it meets the elytra, which join it without dis-

turbing the general curve of the body. Seen sideways the whole

body looks like the segment of a circle. In hemorrhoum this is

not the case; the thorax rises from the head in a curve, but be-

fore reaching the elytra it falls again, and the elytra commence

their rise from the thorax, so that the profile is that of two seg-

ments of a circle meeting at the base of the thorax. The suture

also is dark at the apex, while in most other pale-tailed species

it is concolorous.

Rare. I have taken one specimen in Scotland.

C. laterale, Steph., Muls.

Shortly oval or suboviform ; moderately convex and thickly

marked with small punctures above. Head and prothorax black ;

prothorax reddish brown on the sides. Elytra becoming nar-

rower from a third of their length ; of a red-brown paler towards

the extremity ; with eleven narrow striz, marked with round

——

mn its

Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon. 81

punctures scarcely larger than them; dorsal intervals less deep-

ened towards their posterior two-thirds.

Length 1 to 14 line; breadth 3 to 1 line.

‘This is a large species, next in size to C. obsoletum, Muls., and

of a somewhat globular shape. The elytra are of a chestnut-

brown colour, with a dark or black transverse line along the base.

It is to be distinguished at this point from flavipes, Muls., which

has also a dark impression running along the base, but flavipes

has another dark impression running down the suture, only

reaching about halfway down, and leaving the suture pale at the

patch at the apex, while /aterale has no black on the suture at the

base, but has it darker than the surrounding parts at the apex.

It is to be distinguished from C. obsoletum by its fourth stria less

angular, from hemorrhoidale by its thorax without a depression

in front of the scutellum, and from hemorrhoum by the form of

the thorax.

Occasional both in Scotland and England.

£ unipunctatum, Linn., Fab., Muls., &c. Erich. ?, Heer ?.

cordiger, Fuessly, Herbst.

dispar, Payk. 2.

quisquilium, Steph. ? .

Oval, rounded in front. Head and prothorax densely punc-

tate, shining black; prothorax edged on the sides with yellow.

Elytra yellow or reddish yellow, with the suture black, and upon

it a black blotch common to each elytron, with ten striz; the

dorsal striz less distinctly punctured in the middle ; the lateral

strize reduced to striated rows of punctures. The legs and some-

times a part of the belly of reddish yellow.

Var. B. Black mark on the elytra very much reduced, or very

pale, sometimes almost wanting.

Length 1 to 12 line.

This species cannot be mistaken for any other. Its head and

thorax black, and its elytra yellow, with a large heart-shaped

black patch on the middle of the suture extending over both

elytra, sufficiently distinguish it.

Common.

C. quisquilium, Linn., Steph. 3, Erich. 3, Heer 3, Muls.

minimus, Scop. !

xanthopterum, Laich., Schrank.

unipunctatum, Fab., Mig. g, Sturm ¢.

melanocephalum, var. Herbst.

_. dispar, Payk. 3.

Oval oblong, more rounded in front. Head and prothorax

brilliant black, densely marked with small punctures. Elytra

82 Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon.

straw-yellow, reddish at the suture, obscure or blackish towards

the sutural angle, with ten punctured striz; the lateral striz

reduced to striated rows of punctures. Legs testaceous yellow.

Var. B. C. flavum, Steph. syn.

Prothorax with a narrow yellow border on the sides.

Var. C. C. scutellare, Steph. syn.

Elytra appearing marked with a black triangular blotch sur-

rounding the scutellum.

Length 4 to 1 line.

This species in outline and general appearance greatly re-

sembles the preceding, but wants the heart-shaped black patch

on the back: it has been generally supposed to be its male.

Mulsant, however, states that individuals of both sexes are found

with the characteristic mark of each, and that therefore the one

cannot be the male of the other. A positive statement of this

kind coming from one who has studied the genus so much as

Mulsant, drives us either to admit them to be different species or

varieties of the same species. I confess that, although in deference

to Mulsant’s authority I have here kept them apart as different

species, my own opinion is that they are connected together in

some way or other, if not as sexes at least as varieties. Whenever

a few specimens of one are taken, some of the other are sure to

be taken along with them.

Common.

C. centrimaculatum, Sturm, Erich., Muls.

pygmeum, Gyll. (not Illig., Steph., Muls.).

bimaculatum, Steph.

ustulatum, Kirby, Steph.

inustum, Marsh., Steph.

nubilipenne, Steph.

Oval, moderately convex and somewhat depressed, shining and

finely punctured above. Head and prothorax black ; the latter

reddish on the sides, rounded at the posterior angles, with the

edges turned up on one part of the base. Elytra testaceous red,

with a blackish mark or cloud on the disk of each, with the

striz punctate; second, third and fourth intervals subconvex,

and as narrow at their extremity as the sutural one.

Var. B. Elytra entirely testaceous red, or testaceous yellow.

Length 3 to 2 line.

Its small size and yellow elytra, with a dark cloud on the disk

of each, generally enable us to distinguish this species at first

sight. It has sometimes the elytra coloured like quisquilium, but

its small size, more depressed form and the other characters

above mentioned distinguish it.

Common.

Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon. 83

C. pygmeum, Illig., Steph., Muls.

stercorator, Steph.

Serrugineum, Herbst (not Steph.).

Var. conspurcatum, Sturm, Steph.

Var. merdarium, Sturm (not Steph.). -

scutellare, Steph. ?

plagiatum, Erich. ?

Oblong, oval, rather convex, shining and finely punctate above.

Head and prothorax black, the latter arched laterally with pos-

terior angles prominent ; the edges not turned up at the base.

Elytra somewhat rugulose anteriorly, black, with more or less of

the sides and apex of a livid red colour, with punctate striz

second, third and fourth intervals depressed, and sensibly broader

at their posterior part than the sutural one.

Var. A. Elytra entirely black except the extremity, which is

reddish.

Length } to 3 of a line.

This species is about the same size as the last, and when they

are both in their normal state of colour is easily distinguished

from it by the colour, the elytra of this never being yellow with

a black patch on the disk. Its general form also distinguishes

it; it is a deeper and narrower insect, wants the turned-up edge

at the base of the prothorax, and the second, third and fourth

intervals between the striz are wide posteriorly. The variety

conspurcatum, Steph., has the elytra testaceous with a triangular

black patch at the base like melanocephalum.

Common.

C. littorale, Gyll., Steph., Muls.

ruficorne, Kirby, Steph.

binotatum, Steph.

dilatatum, Steph. °

Oval, feebly convex, black or brownish black above, and

densely marked with small punctures. Epistome of the form of

a parallelogram, somewhat cut out in front. Prothorax as short

in the middle as on the sides. LElytra broadest in the middle,

with eleven punctate strie gradually deepening posteriorly. In-

tervals subconvex at the extremity.

Var. B. Elytra bordered on the sides with yellowish red for

half their length, and with a patch of the same colour at the

apex ; a. prothorax entirely black; @. prothorax bordered

with red on the edge.

Var. C. Like the preceding ; but elytra also with a reddish yel-

low patch at the base, sometimes extended so much as to

84 Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon.

leave only a black spot on the disk, at other times reduced

to a sort of reddish point. Prothorax, a. entirely black ;

B. bordered with red ; y. entirely of a reddish brown or tes-

taceous red.

Var. D. Head brown. Prothorax black or reddish brown.

Elytra entirely testaceous red.

Var. E. Elytra very much dilated.

Length 1 to 14 line; breadth 2 to 1 line.

This species, although variable, is in general easily distin-

guished. Its oblong depressed form of body, with striz very

slight at the base of the elytra deepening gradually into deep

sulci towards the apex, are peculiar to itself. 3

Common on the sea-shores under marine rejectamenta.

C. aquaticum, Steph., Muls.

Oval, at least as broadly rounded in the last fourth as in the

first, moderately convex and densely marked with small punc-

tures above. Head and prothorax black, the latter bordered with

red on the sides; sutural angle of elytra at the apex straight,

with eleven narrow striz marked with round punctures scarcely

broader than the striz ; black, with the extremity and a lateral

border yellowish red. Mesosternal plate somewhat ovular.

Var. B. The reddish brown or testaceous red margin of the

sides of the prothorax reduced to a punctiform patch, more

or less apparent near the anterior angles.

Length 1 to 14 line; breadth 2 to 1 line.

This has much analogy with the following species. The cha-

racters which distinguish it are these :—It wants the prolongation

at the apex of the elytra, of which I shall presently speak, has

the margin of the thorax pale instead of black, wants the black

base and suture of the elytra, has the mesosternal plate of an

ovular form instead of a linear form, and is altogether of a more

oval shape.

C. flavipes, Fab., Steph., Muls.

hemorrhoidale, Sturm.

melanocephalum, Gyll.

suturale, Steph.

femorale, Steph.

picinum, Steph.

Oblong oval, less broadly rounded in the last half than in the

first, moderately convex and densely marked with small punc-

tures above. Head and prothorax black. Elytra below prolonged

ee —

Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon. 85

in the form of a beak at the sutural angle at the apex, anteriorly

of a reddish brown, marked with a black line along and a black

line down the suture for a third of its length, assuming the ap-

pearance of a black T ; brown in their middle, with the posterior

part and external margin of a livid testaceous red. Mesosternal

plate linear.

. Var. B. Elytra nut-brown or black-brown, with the black line

on the base and suture not distinguishable.

Length 14 to 1} line; breadth { to 1 line.

This species generally figures in British collections as C. sutu-

rale. I do not think Stephens knew what the true flavipes was.

His species under that name, as I have already shown, was Me-

gasternum Boletophagum. The black marks at the base of the

elytra and down the suture forming a black T readily distin-

guish it when these marks are decidedly present; they are,

however, sometimes not observable, when the form of the elytra

and of the mesosternal plate, coupled with the prolongation at

the apex of the elytra, will distinguish it. The elytra are less

rounded behind than the preceding species, and the mesosternal

plate linear. The prolongation at the apex of the elytra’is some-

times very distinct, so much so as almost to take the form of a

beak, as if some one had taken the apex of the elytra when soft

close to the suture and given it a pinch with their nails, but

generally it has more the appearance of a small indentation.

Common.

C. melanocephalum, Linn., Steph., Muls.

Oval oblong, less rounded posteriorly, convex, shining, and

finely punctate above. Head and prothorax black. Elytra

often slightly prolonged like an obtuse beak at the sutural angle

at the apex, testaceous red, paler towards the apex, with a tri-

angular patch upon and around the scutellum, and the base of

the external margin black with slight striz, often little visibly

punctate on the back.

Length 1 to 13 line; breadth 2 to 7 line.

This is a common species, whose colour is pretty constant, and

is easily known by its red elytra with a black triangular scutellar

patch. The var. impressum of hemorrhoidale and the var. con-

spurcatum of pygmeum both have a similar triangular patch, but

the former is so much larger and the latter so much smaller

than this, as at once to suggest a query as to their species, when

their other characters will prevent their being confounded.

Very common.

Mulsant notices another species, C. erythropterum, which

86 Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cereyon.

should come between C. flavipes and C. melanocephalum. It has

the head and prothorax black, the elytra red, paler at the extre-

mity, furnished with a kind of black T covering the internal half

of the base and a third of the suture. It is more oviform and

more regularly convex than C. flavipes, and its elytra are not

obscure in the middle. It is a Sicilian species and not likely to

be found in this country.

B. Intervals of the elytra appearing smooth.

Obs. These intervals when examined by a strong lens are found to be

obsoletely covered with confluent punctures, and have a silky ap-

pearance.

C. minutum, Fab., Steph., Muls.

triste, Illig. (not Gyll.).

levigatum, Kirby, Steph.

convexior, Marsh., Steph.

convexius, Kirby, Steph.

convexiusculum, Marsh., Steph.

Oviform, convex, chestnut-black or black above. Head and

prothorax finely punctate. Elytra passing to brownish red at

the extremity ; strize punctate, slight and less distinct posteriorly ;

intervals appearing smooth and silky. Mesosternal blade ovular.

Length 2 to 1 line.

This is easily distinguished from the rest by the elytra, which

have a dull, opake, silky or greasy appearance, and have the in-

tervals apparently impunctate. C. lugubre is the only other

which has elytra with the intervals impunctate ; but C. minutum

is less convex than it, and has a less decided patch of red at the

apex ; besides, the strize disappear before the apex, which in /w-

gubre they do not.

Occasional.

C. lugubre, Payk., Erich., Heer.

Oviform, very convex and shining black above. Head and

prothorax finely punctate. Elytra testaceous red towards the

extremity, with eleven narrow strie slightly punctate and a little

deeper behind. Mesosternal blade oval, twice as long as broad.

Length 3 to J of a line.

I cannot say whether this species is found in Britain or not.

I have seen no specimen of it, but Stephens records the species

as found in the London district and in Norfolk and Suffolk. It

can only be confounded with C. minutum, from which the di-

stinctions I have specified under it will distinguish it.

Erichson describes a Swiss species, C. granarium, Erich., as

closely allied to this, principally distinguished by the second ar-

ticle of the palpi being much thicker.

Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon. 87

Div. 2. Mesosternal blade appearing united to the metasternum, which ap-

pears excised at its anterior end.

C. anale, Payk., Erich.

terminatum, Marsh., Steph.

flavipes, Thunb,

apicale, Steph.

infuscatum, Steph.

Oval oblong, diminishing almost uniformly for the last three-

fourths of the elytra, and terminated in a point. Head and pro-

thorax finely punctate, brilliant black. Elytra of the same co-

lour with a patch of testaceous red at the apex, stopping some-

what abruptly, and not covering the suture ; striz punctate ; the

intervals with a nearly double row of punctures on the anterior

half, and a single row on the posterior.

Var. B. C. marginellum, Payk. Sides of prothorax, and some-

times also those of the elytra, reddish brown.

Var. C. Body above reddish brown, or testaceous red, more or

less livid on the prothorax and elytra, with the apex of the

latter paler. Head blackish.

Length 1 line; breadth 2 of a line.

This species is recognized by the acute form of the hinder part

of the body, and by the shape of the mesosternal plate, which is

almost linear.

Occasional.

Pretosoma, Muls.

Cercyon, De}.

P. Lafertei, Muls.

bicolor, Dej.

Oviform, convex, and covered with small punctures above ;

black or nut-brown, with the anterior part of the epistome

and the sides of the prothorax gradually reddish. Form of scu-

tellum a rectilinear triangle. Elytra broadest towards the third

of their length, with eleven strie slightly punctate and deepest

behind.

Length 1 line.

There is only one species of the genus, and the mesosternal

blade truncate behind is a sufficient distinction. I am not aware

that it has been found in Britain, but have added the description

to make this sketch more complete.

The division of the Spheridiide, called by Mulsant Megaster-

nares, which comes next, has entirely the aspect of the Cercyons,

and, as already mentioned, is distinguished by having its meso-

88 Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon.

sternum broader than long and irregularly pentagonal. It con-

tains only two species so far as yet known, each of which has

been constituted by Mulsant into a separate genus.

The characters are as follows :—

Megasternum. Sides of thorax not turned in below; prosternum

lozenge-shaped, longitudinally keeled.

Cryptopleurum. Sides of thorax folded in below in the form of a

triangle ; prosternum pentagonal, with its broadest side in front.

Mecasternum, Muls.

Cercyon, Steph.

M. Boletophagum, Erich., Muls., Steph.

acutum, Steph.

immune, Kirby, Steph.

stercorarium, Marsh., Steph.

immaculatum, Kirby, Steph.

leave, Marsh., Steph.

contaminatum, Kirby, Steph.

Serrugineum, Marsh., Steph.

concinnum, Marsh., Steph. ?

Suscescens, Steph. ?

testaceum, Steph. ?

immundum, Steph. ?

castaneum, Heer?

Short, oviform, decidedly convex, shining brownish black

above. Head and prothorax punctate. LElytra diminishing to

the apex, with ten slight rows of punctures; imtervals more

finely punctate than the thorax.

Length 3 to 1 line; breadth 3 to 2 of a line.

The shape of the mesosternal plate and prosternum at once

easily distinguish this from all the other species of Cercyon ; but

its body above is also recognizable by a glassy semitransparent

lustre which no other species has. It is exceedingly variable in

size and colour, and in depth of strize and punctuation. Some-

times it is a full line in length, occasionally not much more

than half a line. It is generally dark chestnut-coloured, but

sometimes quite black; sometimes the striz are well-defined,

at others scarcely perceptible, but the form of its mesosternal

plate, its glassy lustre, and a peculiarity in the puncturing of the

strize will always distinguish it. The punctures in the striz are

not as if they had been impressed vertically, as is usually the

case, but as if a needle had been held slanting forwards and a

succession of nearly horizontal pokes had made the punctures.

Notwithstanding the great variety in the points to which I

have alluded, there is no insect in the group more readily recog-

es a

Mr. A. Murray on the Genus Cercyon. 89

nized by an eye once familiar with it. Kirby and Stephens, how-

ever, never seem to have been so, as will be seen from the syn-

onymy I have given. They seem to have been misled by every

trifling variety ; for mstance, C. stercorarium, Steph., and imma-

culatum, Steph., ave small black specimens, the one somewhat

crumpled and the other very little marked. Boletophagum is a

large specimen, immune a small one, and so on. The above syn-

onymy I have confined to the genus Cercyon, but I found from

Mr. Little’s collection that Mr. Stephens had carried this spe-

cies also inito other genera, as it formed his representative for

Phalacrus pulchellus, Steph., and Phalacrus geminus, Steph. This,

however, was no doubt merely by mistake, at least as far as

regards the latter, which is a good species, bearing a certain

resemblance to Megasternum Boletophagum.

The species is very common.

CrypropLeuruM, Muls.

Cercyon, Steph.

C. atomarium, Fab., Steph.

| crenatum, Panz., Steph.

minutum, Payk. (not Steph.).

merdarium, Steph.

var. sordidum, Marsh., Steph.

Shortly oval, broadest in the anterior part. Head and pro-

thorax obscure black, densely covered with small punctures ; the

prothorax angularly folded in below. Elytra black, gradually

livid red towards the extremity, with eleven deep crenulated.

strize, the seventh almost confounded with the eighth, which is

broader. Intervals subeonvex punctate, and furnished with hairs.

Var. B. Elytra almost entirely testaceous red, paler towards the

extremity ; prothorax sometimes testaceous red on the sides.

Length 2 to 1 line.

The shape of the mesosternum and prosternum at once distin-

ishes this species when seen from below ; when seen from above

it will be known by the coarse appearance of the upper sides and

its deeply crenate striz.

Common.

The above species of Cercyon, Pelosoma, Megasternum, and

Cryptopleurum, include the whole of the British species of the

old genus Cercyon which can be recognized from their deserip-

tions. They amount to 18 in number, and I have little doubt

that the whole of Stephens’s 58 species will ultimately be found

to come under one or other of them ; indeed, I think I have above °

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. Xil. 7

90 Mr. W. H. Benson on new Land Shells from Ceylon,

determined the whole of them, with the exception of C. Calthe,

xanthocephalum, erythropus, obscurum and nigriceps. Heer has

a species, C. pulchellum, found in Switzerland, which, from his

insufficient description, I have been unable to identify. With

the above exceptions I think I have noticed the whole of the

European species hitherto known.

1X.— Characters of new Land Shells, collected by Evear L, Lay-

ARD, Esq., in Ceylon. By W. H. Benson, Esq.

1. Streptaxis Layardiana, nobis.

Testa arcuato-rimata, depresso-ovata, abbreviata, lata, leviter striata,

albido-cornea ; spira subelevata, apice planulato, excentrico ; sutura

crenulata: anfractibus 5, convexiusculis, ultimo ad latus deviante,

basi convexiuscula, levi; apertura straminea, subtriangulari uni-

plicata, marginibus callo lamellam. intrantem validam emittente

junctis, dextro expanso reflexiusculo, antrorsum arcuato, superne

profunde sinuato, columellari et basali reflexis, umbilico intus ru-

goso-striato.

Diam. major 104, minor 8, alt. 4 mill.

Hab. inter lapides ad verticem rupis Mehintali Insulz Ceylon.

In one or two specimens the callus near the upper margin is

inclined to form an obtuse tooth at the side of the sinus, which

is much deeper than in H. Perrotetiana, Petit, from the Nil-

gherries.

A graphic account of the discovery is contained in Mr. Lay-

ard’s Journal in page 235, vol. xi. of the ‘ Annals.’ This and

the following curious species, of a singular genus, capriciously.

distributed through the tropical regions of the globe, are the first

which have been found in Ceylon. The head-quarters of the

genus are in South America and Western Africa. The remain-

ing species, of which the locality is known, are solitary in the

Nilgherry Hills of South India, at Tavoy on the Tenasserim

coast of the Bay of Bengal, im Cochin China, and in the Sey-.

chelles and Rodriguez, islands of the Southern Indian Ocean.

M. Petit de la Saussaye objects (Journ. de Conchyl. 1851,

p- 369) to the reception of Streptazis as a genus, considering it

to be inadmissible in a zoological point of view ; and he adduces

as an argument for rejection the circumstance of its gradual

change into Heliz, through species which belong to the group, .

although deficient in the principal character of distortion. The

same argument might be used against the reception of most

other genera. Bulimus and Achatina have as little title to sepa-

ration as this genus and Helix ; and Streptaxis has equal claims

Myr. W. H. Benson on’new Land Shells from Ceylon. 9h

‘to acceptance with Lamarck’s genus Anostoma, like which the

mollusk, to use M. Petit’s words, “ arriving at a certain stage of

owth, abandons in the formation of the shell the regular course

followed by the animals of the genus Helix.”

» The separation of such a singular group is, at all events, a great

convenience in conchological research.

2. Streptaxis Cingalensis, nobis.

Testa arcuatim rimato-perforata, depresso-ovata, solida, abbreviata,

lata, obsolete costulato-striata, albido-cornea, subtus polita ; spira

elevatiuscula, sutura crenulata, apice convexiusculo ; anfractibus

6 convexis, ultimo ad latus deviante, basi convexa ; apertura sub-

triangulari, 3-dentata, marginibus callo lamellam intrantem vali-

dam emittente junctis, dextro reflexo, antrorsum arcuato, uniden-

~ tato, superne profunde sinuato, columellari reflexo, ad basin uni-

-dentato ; umbilico intus striato, linea impressa circumscripto.

Diam. major 11, minor 8, alt. 5 mill.

Hab. in pago Hewagam Corle Insule Ceylon, inter rimas saxorum.

Nearly allied to the last, but differing in the dentition of the

aperture, in the umbilicus, and in the less flattened form. The

replication of the sinus at the top of the aperture simulates

another tooth at right angles with the laminar plait on the

arietes, a character observable also in S. Perroteti, and to

which S. Layardiana also shows a tendency. It is intermediate

between those two species in the dentition of the aperture, but

wants the additional tooth which occurs at the base, within the

aperture, in the first-named species, from which it is moreover

much farther removed in form than from S. Layardiana.

Mr. Layard has communicated the following note on the ani-

mal :— Epiphragm glassy, animal yellow, with a red line on the

back, extending up the two superior tentacles, at the tip of which

the eyes are situated : all four tentacles clubbed ; when crawling

the shell is carried nearly level with the bac ae

~ The colouring of the animal reminds me of the hues observable

in the Pupe of the Isle of France, as well as in the Indian and

Galle species, P. bicolor of Hutton. It has already been re-

marked by others that Streptavis has an obvious affinity with

the Mauritian. Pupa Pagoda in the formation of the shell.

3. Helix ceraria, nobis.

Testa obtecte perforata, depressa, nitidula, cerea, radiatim rugoso-

striata, striis spiralibus remotiusculis decussata, luteo-fulvida,

versus apicem rubescente, spira convexiuscula, apice obtusato ;

‘anfractibus 4, superne planulatis, ultimo lato, carinato, subtus

convexo ; apertura magna, late lunata, peristomate simplici, acuto,

92 Mr. W. H. Benson on new Land Shells from Ceylon.

marginibus callo tenuissimo junetis, columellari areuato, superne

breviter reflexo, perforationem inconspicuam fere tegente.

Diam. major 20, minor 16, alt. 10 mill.

Hab. in agris altis Insulee Ceylon “ Horton Plains” dictis.

4. Helix Puteolus, nobis.

Testa perspective umbilicata, orbiculato-depressa, lenticulari, supra

spurca, albida, subremote radiato-lirata, subtus cornea, radiatim

striata; spira planiuscula apice vix prominulo, sutura impressa ;

anfractibus 54, angustissimis, convexiusculis, arcte convolutis, om-

nibus filoso-carinatis, superne sulco carinaque secunda parallelibus

munitis, ultimo subtus planiusculo, ad marginem umbilici medio-

cris profunde excavati, cyathiformis, valde compresso ; apertura

angusta, securiformi, peristomate recto, acuto.

Diam. major 53, minor 5, axis 25 mill.

Hab. in saxis ad portas “ Balcadua”’ dictas, Insulze Ceylon.

This little shell is singular on account of its sculpture, the

narrowness of the whorls, and the sudden and deep excavation

of the well-like umbilicus. Vide ‘ Annals,’ vol. vii. p. 805.

5. Helix Mononema, nobis.

Testa angustissime perforata, trochiformi, radiato-striata, corneo-

albida, glabra, non nitida, translucente, spira conoidea, apice ob-

tuso, sutura distincta; anfractibus 63-7, superne convexiusculis,

filo unico, elevato, tenui, mediano cinctis, ultimo acute filoso-cari-

nato, subtus subplanulato ; apertura verticali, securiformi, peri-

stomate recto, acuto, margine columellari brevi, verticali, reflexo,

perforationem subtegente.

Diam. major 5, minor 44, axis 4 mill.

Hab. ad Heneratgodde.

Alhed to the Himalayan H. fastigiata, Hutton, and to the

Bengal H. Barrackporensis, Pfr., but well-distinguished by its

more depressed form and by the filiform line, which, in addition

to the keel on the last whorl, runs along the central part of each

of the upper whorls. Mr. Layard had not been able to procure

a second specimen.

6. Helix marcida, nobis.

Testa subobtecte perforata, depressa, solida, superne oblique regu-

lariter costulata, subtus leeviori, sub epidermide fulvido-cornea al-

bida ; spira vix elevata, sutura impressa, apice obtusiusculo ; an-

fractibus 6, lente accrescentibus, ultimo rotundato, subtus planulato,

apertura sublate lunata, obliqua, peristomate recto, tenui, margine

columellari oblique descendente, crassiusculo, superne breviter re-

flexo, perforationem subtegente.

Diam. major 14, minor 12, axis 8 mill.

Hab. in Insula Ceylon.

ee a

Mr. W. H. Benson on new Land Shells from Ceylon. 93

7. Helix vilipensa, nobis.

Testa aperte perforata, pervia, depressa, solidiuscula, pellucida, cor-

nea, polita; spira conyexiuscula, sutura vix marginata, apice ob-

’ tuso; anfractibus 5, subplanatis, lente accrescentibus, ultimo ro-

tundato, subtus convexiusculo ; apertura late lunata, subobliqua,

peristomate recto, acuto, margine columellari oblique descendente,

expansiusculo, superne breviter reflexo ; umbilico pervio.

Diam. major 8, minor 7, axis 4 mill,

Hab. ad rupem Mehintali.

A little Naninzeform Helix with no very prominent character,

differing from Pfeiffer’s H. Perroteti and other small Helices of

the same group, with the exception of a small unnamed Nilgherry

shell which is slightly larger, but otherwise not easily to be di-

stinguished from it. From H. Perroteti it differs by its more

convex spire, rounder periphery, and more open perforation.

8. Helix perfucata, nobis.

Testa vix perforata, depressa, translucente, purpureo-fusca, politis-

sima, spira elevatiuscula, sutura submarginata, apice obtuso; an-

fractibus 4, convexiusculis, arcte convolutis, ultimo rotundato, sub-

tus convexo ; apertura lunata, vix obliqua ; peristomate recto, acuto,

margine columellari verticali, leviter reflexo, umbilico non pervio.

Diam. major 5, minor 4, axis 3 mill.

Hab. in pago Gallensi, inter saxa.

Remarkable for its deep clear purple-brown colour.

9. Vitrina Edgariana, nobis.

Testa valde depressa, tenuissima, subtus membranacea, politissima,

pellucida, superne obsolete oblique striatula, lineis nonnullis spira-

libus impressis ornata, lutescente-cornea ; spira planiuscula, apice

prominulo, sutura impressa ; anfractibus 3 celeriter accrescentibus,

planiusculis, ultimo ad periphzeriam valde convexo ; apertura ob-

liqua, ovato-lunata.

Diam. major 10, minor 8, alt. 4 mill.

Hab. ad Columbo, Hangwelle, et Ratnapoora, insuper folia arbus-

torum.

Mr. E. Layard remarks, that “the mollusk is very long and

attenuated, yellow and white. On touching it, it throws itself

off the spot where it crawls, and twists and springs about in a

most singular manner, often propelling itself several inches from

its starting-point.” I have recorded elsewhere a similar habit in

a little fresh water shell, Planorbis rotula, nobis.

10. Vitrina membranacea, nobis.

Testa valde depressa, submembranacea, obsolete oblique striatula,

94 Mr. W. H. Benson on new Land Shells from Ceylon:

striis versus apicem confertissimis, pellucida, virente-cornea, po-

lita, superne convexiuscula, apice planato, sutura vix marginata ;

anfractibus 33, rapide accrescentibus, ultimo antice lato, subtus

planulato, ad periphzriam angustam rotundato ; apertura obliqua,

ovata, margine superiori prorsus arcuato.

Diam. major 11, minor 8, alt. 4 mill.

Had. ad portas montanas Balcadua dictas, lapidibus adhzrens.

11. Achatina Veruina, nobis-

Testa cylindraceo-turrita, valde elongata, sordide albida, insequaliter

striata, spira superne sensim attenuata, sutura impressa, crenulata,

apice obtuso; anfractibus 123-13 angustis cylindricis, ultimo ;2- lon-

gitudinis vix zequante ; apertura verticali, truncato-ovali, peristo-

mate recto, acuto, margine columellari leviter arcuato.

Long. 25, diam. 5 mill.

Hab. ad Nalande.

12. Achatina pachycheila, nobis.

Testa ovato-oblonga, striatula, striis exilissimis confertis, obsoletis,

spiraliter sub lente decussata, nitida fuscescente-cornea, translu-

cente, spira elongata, subconica, apice obtuso, sutura leviter im-

pressa; anfractibus 6, vix convexiusculis, ultimo 2 longitudinis vix

zequante ; apertura verticali, oblongo-ovata, peristomate intus al-

bido-marginata, columella preearcuata, margine basali incrassato.

Axis 11, diam. 5 mill.

Hab. ad Heneratgodde.

This little species of a group, which has so many representa-

tives in Ceylon, the Nilgherries, and the damp woody moun-

tains of North-eastern India, with a more slender form than

A. Oreas, nobis, is well distinguished from the allied forms by

its peculiar sculpture under the lens, and by the internal incras-

sation of the peristome, a feature which is also observable in the

species A. crassilabris, nobis, from North-eastern India.

13. Bulimus Panos, nobis.

Testa rimata, ovato-oblonga, subrugose striata, cornea, spira elon-

gato-conica, sutura mediocri, apice obtuso ; anfractibus 62 convexi-

usculis, ultimo 2 longitudinis vix equante, antice subascendente,

apertura ovata, edentula; peristomate expansiusculo, acuto, mar-

ginibus conniventibus, columellari breviter dilatato, albido.

Long. 11, diam. 5 mill.

Hab. ad Nalande.

This shell has a Pupiform aspect.

14. Pupa Muscerda, nobis.

Testa rimata, ovato-oblonga, striatula, cornea, spira elongata, apice

obtuso; anfractibus 54-6, convexiusculis, ultimo tertiam partem

Mr. W. H. Benson on new Land Shells from Ceylon: 95

testze eequante, vix ascendente; apertura ovata, tridentata, peri-

stomate expanso, acuto, marginibus conniventibus, columellari di-

' latato, albido, plica parietali 1, columellari 1, profundiusculis, deute

. palatali 1, depresso, obtuso.

Long. 4, diam. 13 mill.

Hab. ad promontorium “ Pedro” dictum.

Found by Mr. E. Layard in old posts, and on Palmyra trees

(Borassus flabelhiformis).

15. Pupa Mimula, nobis.

Testa rimata, ovato-oblonga, subcylindracea, oblique tenuiter plica-

tula, pallide cornea, apice obtuso, sutura profundiuscula ; anfrac-

tibus 5, convexis, ultimo vix ascendente ; apertura ovata, verticali,

5-plicata, peristomate tenui, expanso, marginibus callo tenui_ ex-

panso junctis, plica 1 intrante, majuscula, parietali, 1 columellari,

1 basali profunda, 2 palatalibus profundis. .

Long. 2, diam. 1 mill.

Hab. in vitibus ad Promontorium Pedronis.

A minute species nearly allied to, and somewhat larger than

the Himalayan P. Huttoniana, nobis. It was taken in abundance

by Mr. Layard.

16. Cataulus Austenianus, nobis.

Testa subperforata, ovato-pyramidata, solidiuscula, eleganter oblique

costulato-striata, sericea, diaphana, saturate rubro-castanea, spira

turrita, sutura impressa, apice acutiusculo ; anfractibus 8, convexi-

usculis, ultimo antice subascendente, carina basali, compressa,

prominente, subfuniculata, antice non dilatata; apertura subcir-

culari, obliqua, sursum spectante, peristomate duplici, incrassato,

saturate fusco-aurantiaco, interno continuo, breviter adnato, externo

fornicatim patente reflexo, superne et ad columellam subauriculato-

dilatato, canali basali aperto, intus vix strictiore, ad sinistram per-

forato: operculo spiraliter laminato, anfractus multos appressos

reconditos exhibente, facie exteriori anfractos plures angustos men:

tiente.

Diam. 133, alt. 25 mill.

Hab. ad Heneratgodde in rimis saxorum.

Allied in form and size to Cataulus pyramidatus, Pfeiffer, but

differs in sculpture, position of the canal, colour of aperture, &e.

It was taken by Mr. Edgar L. Layard in the deep fissure of a

limestone rock, among the vegetable mould, where it lay con-

cealed under the surface, with the mouth downwards, among the

roots of an ancient Ficus Indica. In some specimens the last

whorl is more swollen than in others.

Mr. Layard has communicated the following description of the

animal in a letter written on the spot :—

96 Mr. W. H. Benson on new Land Shells from Ceylon.

“The animal is dark brown, mottled, about 9 lines long,

5 broad ; tentacles two, brilliant scarlet tipped with brown, 3 lines

long, sharp-pointed ; eyes two, black, situated at the outside of

the tentacles. The mollusk is very slow in its motions, crawling

with the shell plane over its back, resting on the operculum ;

this is round and fits into the mouth; it is retractile when the

animal is much irritated, but does not close the siphon and

canal ; when crawling, the flesh of the mollusk does not touch

the canal. After placing them in boiling water to clean, I thrust

a needle into one and pierced the operculum accidentally ; judge

of my astonishment, when in attempting to withdraw the instru-

ment, the operculum unfolded revolution after revolution till I

counted nine!” Subsequently Mr. Layard counted nineteen

whorls in one opereulum ; and he has aptly likened it to the

horn toy, made to resemble a snake by slicing it spirally from

end to end, so as to form a laminar centreless screw.

At the request of the discoverer, I have much pleasure in de-

dicating the species to his brother, the enterprising Oriental

archeologist and traveller Dr. Austen Layard.

17. Cataulus decorus, nobis.

Testa subperforata, elongato-turrita, solida, confertim costulato-stri-

ata, nitidiuscula, rufo-castanea, apice acutiusculo; anfractibus 8,

convexiusculis, ultimo ad basin compresso-carinato, carina valde

prominente, versus marginem funiculata, incrassata, antice vix di-

latata ; apertura verticali, circulari, peristomate incrassato, reflexo,

breviter adnato, leete aurantiaco, ad basin subproducto, deorsum

recedente ; canali extus lato perforato ; periomphalo magno : oper-

culo ut in precedente.

Diam. vix 10, axis 21 mill,

Hab. ad Ratnapoora.

Mr. Layard wrote regarding this species—“ This was found

under a rock with two others; animal brownish gray, foot livid.

Tentacles pale orange, two; eyes sessile, two, black.”

Mr. Layard has, since his return to England, detected in the

operculum of Megalomastoma altum a structure similar to that

which obtains in these Catauli, and I have, since the communi-

cation of that circumstance, also observed it in the operculum of

the Himalayan Meg. funiculatum, nobis.

18. Cyclophorus Parapsis, nobis.

Testa late et perspective umbilicata, orbiculato-depressa, tenui, con-

fertim striatula, olivacea, sub epidermide tenui albida; spira pla-

niuscula, apice vix prominulo, sutura profunda ; anfractibus 4 con-

vexiusculis, ultimo cylindrico, leviter descendente, non dilatato ;

apertura subyerticali, subcirenlari, intus glaucescente ; peristomate

‘

eal

Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 97

-eontinuo, breviter adnato, recto, simplice, acuto : operculo tenui,

- gorneo, arcte spirato, medio concaviusculo, intus obtuse umbonali,

Diam. major 13, minor 10, alt. 5 mill.

Hab. ad Damboul, ad verticem rupis, in rimis saxorum.

It differs from C. Joxostoma, Pfeiffer (a large and handsomely

marked variety of which was found on the same rock), in colour-

ing, epidermis, depth of suture, narrower and deeper umbilicus,

and the more circular and vertical aperture, which exhibits

nothing of the diagonal departure from the axis observable in

Pfeiffer’s shell. The peristome also is acute and single, instead

of being double, slightly expanded and thickened, as in that spe-

cies, of which Mr. Layard’s specimen is variegated with radiate

and undulated chestnut stripes, and with a single band on a

fulvous ground.

London, June 1853.

Te alg tin and Lee tall ag atten

X.—Notes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected during an

eight years’ residence in the Island. By Epoar LeoroLp

Layarp, C.C.S.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, .

Should you deem the accompanying notes on the birds of Cey-

lon worthy of a place in your Journal, they are at your disposal.

I flatter myself that they will be found to contain a complete

list of those birds as yet discovered in Ceylon. I have had. the

advantage of consulting with Mr. Blyth and Drs. Templeton and

Kelaart, with each of whom I have been on terms of the closest

intimacy, and we mutually communicated our discoveries. I

have myself seen and shot most of the birds enumerated, in their

native haunts, for whether walking, driving or riding, I always

carried my telescope and collecting gun, and I have thus tra-

versed the greater part of the island. Besides travelling, I have

been some years stationed in the widely separated localities of

Colombo, and Pt. Pedro in the neighbourhood of Jaffna, from

which places I made frequent excursions into the jungle, for the

purpose of collecting and observing the habits of birds and ani-

mals. The only parts I have left unvisited are Nuwera Ehia

and Batticaloa and their vicinities. In the former place Dr. Ke-

laart long resided and carefully investigated, as his list shows.

From Batticaloa I have inspected small collections of birds ; and

the only part of Ceylon entirely unknown to either of us three

is the Park country, which I had hoped to explore, but was pre-

98 Mr. E. L, Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

vented by the malady which has caused my return to England.

I may add, I have never admitted the native name of a bird,

until, by repeatedly questioning different and unconnected par-

ties, I have assured myself of its correctness. The classification

and nomenclature I have adopted from Dr. Gray’s Catalogue of

the Birds in the British Museum, and the identification of the

specimens has been made by my kind friend Mr. Blyth, of the

Hon. East India Company’s Museum in Calcutta.

The list numbers upwards of 300 species, and will be succeeded,

if you approve of it, by a similar list of the terrestrial and flu-

viatile Mollusca.

1. Aquita Bonet, Temm.

This eagle was procured by R. Templeton, Esq., R.A., several

years ago, and I do not know from what part of the island it was

obtained. It has not fallen under my notice, nor has Dr. Kelaart

enumerated it amongst his acquisitions at Nuwera Elia; I can

therefore say nothing of its habits.

2. AQuILA PENNATA, Gmel.

I shot the only specimen of this small eagle yet seen in the

island, on an open plain near Pt. Pedro. I was awaiting the

return of my carriage from Warrany, and took shelter from the

heavy morning dew (it was scarcely daylight) under an old Bo-

tree (Ficus religiosa), when my attention was caught by the evo-

lutions of what I took for an immature specimen of our common

fish hawk, Haliastur Indus. It struck me the flight was rather

different, but this I attributed to the darkness of the hour.

Suddenly it pounced upon a bulbul roosting in an oleander

bush : this at once undeceived me, and as it rose with its victim

in its claws, I fired and brought it to the ground. It fought

with determined spirit and kept a small terrier at bay, till I

killed it with the butt-end of my gun.

3. Spizattus Niparensis, Hodgs.

Dr. Kelaart procured this noble bird near Badulla, at an ele-

vation of some 4000 feet. I know nothing of its habits, as it

never fell under my notice.

4, Spizaitus Limnaétvs, Horsf.

This species is common and widely distributed. I have shot

it at Hambantotte, Matura, Colombo, Pt. Pedro, and in the

Anooradapoora Wanny ; I have also observed it at Ratnapoora

and Ambegamoa, and Dr. Kelaart obtained it at Nuwera Elia.

It is a bold and daring bird, striking fowls before the doors, even

ee .

Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon 99

of European houses, and in one instance I knew it to enter

a verandah. I had wounded a fine adult specimen of the little

common Accipiter badius, and desirous of preserving it alive,

chained it to a post in the deep double verandah of the old

Magistracy at Pt. Pedro. This bird had become quite tame, when

one morning going into the verandah to speak to a friend who sat

there sipping his coffee, I found my favourite in the claws of the

Crested eagle. The spoiler fixed his eyes upon me, and merely

tried to draw his prey further away, but this the chain prevented.

He then raised his crest as if to mtimidate us; I hastened into

the house for my gun, my friend still looking on, and when I

returned to the verandah the eagle was still there. I aimed at

him, but the gun hung fire, and he escaped, but not till he had

nearly devoured his own kindred,—a practical refutation of the

old saw, that “hawks will not pick out hawks’ een.” There is a

singularly dark variety of this species, which I have only seen at

Pt. Pedro, and that but very rarely.

5. Icrrinaétus Mataténsts, Rein.

Dr. Kelaart procured this species at Nuwera Elia, and Mr.

Mitford sent me a specimen from Ratnapoora. I subsequently

saw it at Gillymally at the foot of Adam’s Peak, and if I mistake

not, I also observed it on the wing in the “ Pasdoom Corle.” It

is certainly a mountain species, and I should say not uncommon,

but I know nothing of its ceconomy. ‘

6. Hamatornis Corea, Lath. Cudoombien, Mal.

Abundantly and widely distributed throughout the island,

this fierce and gloomy tyrant of the woods lies in wait for its

prey in the gloaming, scaring the herd-boy from the tank side,

or the lonely native threading his way through the jungle, by its

doleful moanings. By many it is considered equally ill-omened

with the dreaded Ulama, whose shriek is deemed the precursor

of death by the superstitious native. H. Cheela frequents the

borders of tanks and morasses, feeding on frogs, snakes, lizards,.

and occasionally, I suspect, on mud-fish. Concealed in the dark

foliage of some overhanging tree, it heedlessly marks the smaller

frogs approach the grassy margin of the pool. Suddenly the

large green bull-frog (Rana Malabarica) uplifts its head and

utters its booming call. The Cheela is now all attention—with

outstretched neck it fixes its glaring eyeballs on its desired prey—

lower and lower it bends; for the frog, which has now reached

the sedges with a croak of triumph, gains a log. But a shadow

elides over him—in vain he crouches—and his colour becomes a

dull brown, so closely resembling the log, that human eyes would

100 =Mr.E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

take him for a knot in the decaying timber ; with noiseless rapid-

ity the barred wings pass on, and the log is untenanted. Fast

clutched in the talons of his merciless foe, the frog is borne to

the well-known perch, and a sharp blow on the back of the head

from the bill of the bird deprives it of life. H. Cheela builds its

nest in the recesses of the forest, or lofty trees. The structure is

a mass of sticks piled together and added to year by year. The

eggs, generally two in number, are 3 inches in length by 2 in dia-

meter, of a dirty chalk-white, minutely freckled at the obtuse

end with black dots.

7. Hamatornis sPrLocaster, Blyth.

_ This new Hematornis was sent to Mr. Blyth both by Dr. Ke-

laart and myself about the same time; the Doctor procured his

specimen at Trincomalee, whilst I killed mine in the Wanny. I

afterwards shot another pair at Pt. Pedro. I presume they are

migratory like H. Cheela, which visits us in the north about

March and leaves in July. All the specimens were shot in one

year. I know nothing of their ceconomy.

8. Pontoaétus LEUcoGAsTER,Gmel. Cadal ala, Mal.; lit. Sea

Eagle.

The “ fish eagle ” is not uncommon, but local, the same pair

frequenting the same eyrie year after year, and adding to its nest

every breeding season, until a vast accumulation of sticks in

some aged Bo-tree reveals the roosting place of the adult birds :

to this they nightly repair. During the season of incubation

the female is very fierce, defending her nest vigorously against

intrusion. The superstitious fears of the natives also operate in

her defence, as the sanctity of the tree (always dedicated to some

demon) prevents any adventurous youth from climbing it even

for pecuniary reward. The flight of this species is noble and

imposing : poised high over the resounding surge it wheels above

on circling pinions, and with extended neck surveys the finny

tribes. Here, shoals of beak-nosed fishes swim in their seasonal

migrations along the coral reef ; there, brilliant Chzetodons float

in the shallows. The tide has partially receded, and the water

lies in still crystal pools in the depressions of the reef : over one

of these the fish eagle passes: an abrupt wheel shows his atten-

tion arrested, a moment’s pause, and down he plunges, his body -

swaying to and fro. The surface is reached, the legs suddenly

thrown out, and with exulting cries he soars aloft, bearing in his

talons a writhing snake, eel or large fish. The efforts of the bird

to secure its prey in a proper position are now curious. If a fish

is captured, the feat is comparatively easy; the talons of the

i te ee

——————— -t(‘<i‘CS tr

Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 101

hawk. are gradually shifted until one grasps the prey near the

gills and the other near the tail, so as to bring the fish into line

with its own body, thus offering the smallest surfaee for the im-

pinging of the atmosphere. With a snake or eel the matter is

more difficult, and I have often seen the prey free itself from its

captor by its strong writhings; a bite, however, near the head

destroys its power, and it is borne away dangling by the neck in

the grasp of its destroyer.

9, Ponroaérus 1cHTHYA:TUS, Horsf.

I encountered this species in the Wanny, where a pair may be

generally found located by any good-sized piece of water. I

found many nests in such situations, but believe the season for

incubation had not commenced when I visited the locality in

April. The eyrie is usually on some towering monarch of the

woods overlooking the tank where the parent birds find a suffi-

cient store of fish, frogs, and snakes, for themselves and their

offspring.

10. Hatrastur Inpus, Bodd. Chem prandu, Mal.; lit. Red

Hawk. Brimalgumoitu, Port.

Common along the whole seaboard of the island, particularly

at the mouths of rivers, and in estuaries, preying on carrion, for

which it contends with the crows and the black kite (Milvus

ater); I have known it to seize a fowl, but this is an unusual

occurrence. They build in the vicinity of water, making many

false nests in the same tree before they finally fix upon one

which pleases them; and whilst the female is incubating, the

male occupies one of those first made. The nest, like that’of

Blagrus leucogaster, is composed of sticks and twigs without any

lining. Eggs about 2 inches in length by 13 in diameter, colour

dull dirty white, dotted at the thick end with bloody-coloured, un-

equal and uncertain small blotches and spots ; in some instances

these spots are nearly black, resembling dry blood. The young,

of which there are generally two, are excluded about the first

week in February, incubation lasting about three weeks. Before

the appearance of their feathers they are covered with a grayish

down, and apparently fed with soft reptiles.

11. Fatco prrscrinvs, Linn.

This bird is doubtless very rare ; the only three specimens pro-

eured I shot in January, on the open plains near Wally Bridge

in the Jaffna district. I found them breeding in a palmirah tope

on the left-hand side of the road from Jaffna to Pt. Pedro; the

nest, a rough structure of sticks laid on the dead “ matties” or

fronds of the palmirah, from which the leafy parts had been cut

102 Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

away. They feed on the small waders which frequent the borders

of the salt pans. I shot the first specimen (a male) early in the

month, but the female was so shy, that though I long remained

concealed near the nest, she never afforded me a shot, and I was

obliged to return home without her. I was surprised to find

another male on the same nest when I revisited the spot at the

end of the month, and procured both him and his mate with a

double shot.

12. Fatco PpEREGRINATOR, Sund.

I was sitting late one evening ina native hut in Gillymally, at

the foot of Adam’s Peak, when Muttoo (my factotum bird-stuffer,

hunter, and horsekeeper) came to tell me that a huge swift

(Acanthylis caudacuta) which I had long desired to procure was

sitting on a leafless tree crowning the summit of the hill, under

which the hut was built. Hurrying out with the guns, Muttoo

and I were about to scale the hill, when I saw something fall

from the perch on which sat the bird, which I also mistook for

a swift, so much did its wings overlap its tail. I directed the

telescope, which I always carry, towards the bird, and to my sur-

prise, the hour being so late, perceived a hawk (entirely new to

the Ceylon fauna) devouring a small thrush. By this time

Muttoo, unperceived, had approached within gun-shot of the

lovely bird, and I saw the long barrel of my collecting gun slowly

emerge from a favouring bush: an instant and the deadly tube

was steady, the next its tiny flame burst forth, and ere the ring-

ing report died away, the bird lay dead at the foot of the tree.

This is the only instance in which the bird has been seen in

Ceylon.

13. TrnnuncuLus ALAupaRivs, Briss. Wallooru, Mal.

This bold little hawk is common throughout the island on all

open plains dotted with jungle. They generally hunt in couples,

sometimes skimming low over the bushes or along the ground

and darting on their prey, sometimes hovering im the air and

pouncing down on the larks, amadavats, and the other small

birds on which they feed. I never found the nest of this species,

although so abundant.

14. Hyporriorcuts cHtcqurERa, Shaw.

I saw this pretty hawk in the flat country near Pt. Pedro, but

could not get a shot at it. I cannot, however, be mistaken in

the bird, as I long watched it with my telescope.

15. Baza LopHorzs, Temm.

This bird, though rare in Ceylon, appears to be widely distri-

j Mr. BE. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 103

buted, and to, feed on various substances. I shot one at Jaffna

with half a lizard, Calotes viridis, in its maw, and Mr. Mitford

procured another at Ratnapoora feeding on bees, which it cap-

tured sometimes on the wing and sometimes by darting at the

nest. It was attended by its mate, and the two sat together on

the dead branches of a tree, raising and depressing their crests.

16. Miivus Govinpa, Sykes. Para prandu, Mal., lit. Pariah

Kite ; and Calu prandu, Mal., lit. Black Kite, in contradi-

stinction to Chem prandu, the Red Kite, H. Indus.

The greatest resort of this species is the estuary ignorantly

called the “ Jaffna Lake,” and the shallow bay of Calpentyn. On

the large extent of mud left bare by the receding tide, the

“black kites” of Europeans find abundance of genial food, con-

sisting of all kinds of dead fish, mollusca, and decaying animal

matter, which they seize with their claws, darting from a great

height. Nor do they confine their attention to the lonely sea-

shore. Fighting with the pariah dogs, they play the part of

scavengers in the filthy native towns, and early in the morning

before the streets are tenanted they earn an honest livelihood.

They are, however, bold enough to make frequent depredations

‘on the fish-stalls, and in one instance I saw a lad about thirteen

years old struck to the ground by the sudden pounce of a kite,

who bore off a good-sized fish from a basket the boy was 5 ese

ing on his head.

But their great feast is when the returning fleet of fishing-

boats are lightened of their scaly cargo, or when the well-filled

nets are drawn on shore. High overhead with quivering cry sail

the “black kite,” its usual companion the “ red kite,” and often

the “sea eagle,” Blagrus leucogaster; below, the beach is strewed

with fish, crabs, turtle, cuttle-fish, &c. As the fishermen unload

their boats, naked urchins catch up perhaps a gaudy Cheetodon,

or perhaps a strangely-shaped fish with an under jaw projecting

far beyond the upper; the pariah dogs prowl about and steal

a piece of shark, or nip off the head of a cat-fish; whilst the

kites now rising, now falling, cull their favourite morsels in the

way of Cephalopods and garbage of all kinds. I have often

watched some fifty or sixty thus engaged, when the smell of fish

drying in the sun for native consumption, the vociferations of

the natives, and the quarrelling of children and dogs, rendered

the scene one never to be forgotten.

The black kite builds in similar situations to the red kite, and

lays two eggs of a rather rounder form, marked with a band of

minute brownish freckles, the band occurring sometimes at ¢ one

end, sometimes at the other.

104 = =Mr. BE. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

17. ELanus MELANopTERUS, Daud.

This bird is uncommon, and but two specimens have been

seen by myself or my hunter. The first I saw near Pt. Pedro

and fired at it several times with dust shot, unluckily without

effect ; the second Muttoo killed on the Perth sugar estate on

the Caltura river: he described the bird as frequenting the fences

and stumps of felled trees in the cleared land. He observed it

on several days in the same locality before he finally secured it.

When shot, though severely wounded, it fought with great de-

termination.

18. Astur TRIvIRGATUs, Temm.

This bold and daring bird is apparently confined to the moun-

tainous country, where it is common, waging a destructive war

against the hen-roost, unscared by the guns of Europeans and

natives, who alike jom in effurts to subdue it, and rarely falling

a victim from its wariness and the swiftness of its attack. If the

luckless hen but leads her mottled brood a short distance from

the shelter of the yard in search of white ants or tempting grass-

hoppers, down swoops the “ hill chieftain ” from some towering

tree or beetling rock, and despite the fury and resistance of the

faithful mother, rendered fiercer by despair, the foe generally car-

ries off one, if not two, of her family. It breeds in the holes and

crevices of precipitous rocks, and when the young are captured

early they are trained as hunting falcons and highly prized, sell-

ing for a large sum; I saw one at Anooradapoora in the pos-

session of a native, who refused 3/. for it, though its training

was not completed. By way of hoodwinking it, its master had

sewn up the eyelids, running the thread through them, so as to

draw the edges together at pleasure.

19. AccIPITER BADIUS.

The “ sparrow-hawk” of Europeans is very common and

widely distributed, feeding on small reptiles and birds. It has

a pleasing winnowing flight, and sometimes ascends to a great

altitude. I have often watched three or fowr wheeling round

each other, ascending in circles, till the eye could scarcely follow

them as minute specks in the clear ther.

20. AccIPITER NISUS.

Included by Dr. Kelaart in his Catalogue of Ceylon birds

(sed non vidi).

21. Circus Swalnsonii.

Not uncommon on open plains, frequenting paddy fields and

moist places in search of reptiles of all kinds, on which it feeds.

i tm

ee ee ee ee

Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 105

22. Circus CINERASCENS.

Abundant in the same localities as the preceding, and often

mistaken for it on the wing. Its chief food consists of snakes,

which it seizes in its claws in its low skimming flight. The

prey, clutched as often from the water as from the land, is

grasped by the neck and bitten across the head.

Nothing can exceed in gracefulness the flight of this bird

when beating over the ground in search of its quarry. Its long

pointed wings smoothly and silently cut the air ; now raised high

over its back, as the bird glides along the furrows ; now drawn to

its sides, as it darts rapidly between the rows of standing paddy ;

now the wings beat the air with long and even strokes, and now

extended, they support their possessor in his survey of the marsh

over which he is passing. Suddenly he drops, and after a mo-

mentary halt speeds away with a snake dangling in his talons to

some well-remembered stone or clod of earth, and commences

his repast. I am sure these two species migrate, appearing with

us about the end of the paddy harvest in great numbers. Though

some few remain all the year round, I never ascertained that they

bred in Ceylon, though we generally see more young than adult

birds.

23. CrRcUS MELANOLEUCOs.

The only specimen I ever saw of this bird I shot several years

ago, whilst journeying over an open plain near the village of

Mantotte, on the western coast. I therefore know nothing of

its habits. Mr. Mitford, the District Judge of Ratnapoora, has

figured it amongst his spirited and truthful drawings of birds

procured near that place. The bird was brought to him by a

native.

24, ATHENE casTaNnotus, Blyth. Punchy bassa, Cing.; lit.

“ Small Owl” (the name for all Owls is “ Bassa” in Cin-

galese).

This handsome little owl was not uncommon last year in the

neighbourhood of Colombo, but for nine years previously only

one specimen had been procured. [ also found it at Ratnapoora

and Gillymally. Its hoot is not unlike the cry of the cuckoo,

though more shrill and abrupt ; indeed when I first heard it one

morning, I thought it was the note of our annual visitor the

European cuckoo. It hoots as late as 9 or 10 o’clock in the

morning in shady situations ; is silent during the heat and glare

of the day, but begins again at 4or 5 p.m. It is most on

the alert during moonlight nights, feeding on coleoptera and

geckoids, securing the latter while creeping up the bark of trees,

seizing them in its claws. The natives tell me they breed in

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 8

106 = Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

April and May, nestling in hollow trees and the crevices of rocks.

The iris of this species is red-brown, and it sees very clearly b

day, being even then most difficult of approach. .

25. AruEene scuTeLiata, Raffles. Punchy bassa, Cing.

Like the preceding, this species was either very rare, or cu-

riously eluded the observation of both Dr. Templeton and myself

for a long period; indeed I was nearly eight years. in Ceylon

before I saw a single specimen. One brilliant moonlight mght,

however, in November last, I heard as I supposed the lowing

note of the “ bronze-winged pigeon” (Chalcophaps indicus) ; think-

ing it very unusual at this time of night, 1 stopped my buggy to

listen. Muttoo, too, heard the sound and declared it was a dove ;

but a second call undeceived me, though Muttoo still averred it

was “ praa chattam” (dove’s noise). As I was dressed too conspi-

cuously in white, I gave him the little gun and desired him to

shoot the bird in question, promising sixpence if he succeeded.

Muttoo slipped off his syce’s dress and plunged into the cin-

namon bushes, where I soon heard him imitating the call; on

this the bird flew to the tree where Muttoo was concealed, and

he, seeing where the bird alighted, fired and killed it. On dis-

section it proved to be a female with the ovaries distended with

eggs, consequently I imagine the breeding season was near ; the

stomach contained remnants of coleoptera only. Most of our

nocturnal birds of prey are insect-feeders ; indeed this is not

surprising from the great rarity of small mammals; they are

never seen, as in England, hunting over the meadows in search

of field-mice, shrews, &c. The irides of A. scutellata are dark

greenish yéllow.

26. Epuiautes scops, Linn.

Included by Dr. Kelaart in his list of Ceylon birds (sed non

vidi).

27. Epuiautes sunita, Hodgs.

Procured at Nuwera Elia by Dr. Kelaart.

28. Epurattes Lemprsi1, Horsf. Punchy bassa, Cing.

Motu, Mal. Koorooi, Port.

Very common and widely distributed. I have killed both va-

rieties in Jaffna, Kandy, Colombo,:Ratnapoora, and Hamban-

totte. During moonlight nights it hunts about blossoming

trees for coleoptera, which it catches by darting at them passing

and repassing, or resting on the leaves and flowers. Their ery

when at rest is a monotonous and melancholy “ wagh wagh ;”

when flyimg it is changed to “ wah-ha wah-ha,” quickly uttered

Mr. W. Clark on the Rissoa rubra. 107

and mingled with a tremulous ery. It breeds in February, nest-

ling in hollow trees, and laying from two to four roundish white

eggs.

29. Kerupra Ceytonensis, Gmel. Baccamooney, Cing.

Oomuttanloovey, Mal.

These large owls are common through the island, both in the

interior and on the sea-coast. They feed much upon fish, which

they catch in the shallow mountain rivulets during moonlight

nights. I have several times had them alive, and they devoured

fish with avidity. When alarmed during the day, they utter a

loud hissing note subsiding into a low growl; during this time

the throat is much inflated at the white spot. I hear that they

breed in hollow trees and clefts of rock, laying two large white

eggs.

30. Syxnium InpRant, Gray. Odlama, Cing.

Inhabits dense and lonely jungles, and utters the most doleful

cries, which the natives (a very superstitious race) consider the

sure tokens of approaching evil.

31. Srrix Javanica, Gmel.

The only locality in Ceylon for this bird is the pretty fort of

Jaffna. Here several pairs may be nightly seen perched on the

gables of the old Dutch church, or on the dilapidated bastions

of the walls.” They feed much on fish, which they capture in

the shallow water of the estuary commanded by the fort.

[To be continued. |

XI.—On the Rissoa rubra. By Witi1am Crarg, Esq.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, Exmouth, June 26, 1853.

Ir is stated in a paper of mine on the Rissoe in the ‘ Annals,’

vol. x. p. 262. N. &., “that the R. rubra is very common alive

in certain localities, and that I have never seen the animal, and

can scarcely believe it to be a true Rissoa, as the semitestaceous

operculum and its apophysis are more like those of a Chem-

nitzia.”

This view is corroborated by the reception this day, by favour

of Mr. Barlee, of many lively specimens sent from Penzance in

a bottle of sea-water by post, which has enabled me to get notes

of all the organs. J am not aware that this curious, I may

almost say, anomalous species, has ever been mentioned beyond

a very slight notice by one or two authors, which in most respects

108 Mr. W. Clark on the Rissoa rubra.

is so discordant with the animal now presented, that one would

almost think some other had been inadvertently observed ;

perhaps a young example of the more tumid red-brown variety

of the Rissoa ulve. I judge so, because authors describe their

animal with very long and setaceous tentacula, whereas the true

Rissoa rubra has those organs particularly short and smooth.

M. Philippi’s account is the best, but sadly deficient in the prin-

cipal peculiarities of the animal. I think malacologists will be

glad of a somewhat enlarged description.

Barleeia rubra, nobis.

Rissoa rubra, auct.

Shell.—The colour is plain red-brown, smooth or slightly

wrinkled, of 42 to 53 tumid volutions, which form a rapidly m-

creasing cone. Aperture oval, entire, contracted above, rounded

basally, outer mane sharp, without the callous pad of the

Rissoe. Axis ;/5th, diameter ;/;th of an inch.

Animal_—The mantle is plain, even with the margin of the

shell, and without the filament seen at the upper angle of the

aperture in many of the Rissoz. Rostrum very short, not cor-

rugated nor capable of much extension, brindled above with dark

smoke-coloured, fine irregular close-set lines, below of pale yel-

low ; buccal disk of the same colour, of small area, crosially and

vertically cloven, containing the usual masticatory processes of

the Littorinide ; neck dark, but not so much so as the rostrum,

quite plain and without appendages. Tentacula very short,

strong, broad, not in the least setaceous, with perfectly rounded

somewhat spatulate extremities; they are not vibrated on the

march : colour very pale yellowish white, with a line of sulphur-

coloured beads or minute flakes running centrally from base to

point ; eyes very large, black, fixed on bright sulphur inflations

at the external bases. Foot an elongated, rather narrow oval,

rounded anteally, labiated, with scarcely perceptible auricular

points, posteally rounded, emarginate in the centre of its termi-

nation ; colour in the middle of the upper: part confused flake-

white, margined with a belt of pale smoke hue; sole pale yellow,

with a decided depressed longitudinal line on the centre of the

posterior half, not constricted under the slight auricles as in

Rissoa, and not so slender; the operculigerous lobe is small,

very little alated anteriorly, but expands below into a dark, flat,

arcuated membrane ; no cirrhus is visible, and I believe none

exists ; it carries a strong red-brown suboval testaceous oper-

culum, sharp above, rounded below and at the outer edge, and

straighter on the columellar side. The structure of the fine

striz on the upper surface is of subannular figure, with a longi-

Mr. W. Clark on the Rissoa rubra. 109

tudinal furrow about the middle, which forms a raised rib on the

under part, the whole of that area being thick, coarse and irre-

gular, with, at the nucleus, which is nearer the base than the

centre, a long, strong-pointed testaceous apophysis, more pro-

minent but not so medial as in Jeffreysia, but stronger and

longer ; indeed as much so as in some of the Chemnitzia.

These animals inhabit the lower littoral levels at Penzance,

their locomotion is deliberate, and they evince considerable shy-

ness. There are many fasciated varieties and a white one.

This animal nearly approaches the littorimidan group, and

conducts from Rissoa to Jeffreysia: as the latter and it have

analogous subtestaceous opercula and apophyses, they naturally

lead to the Pyramidellide. But this species cannot be placed in

Rissoa on account of the singular operculum, as the like is not

seen in any other species of that genus, and for many other ani-

mal discrepancies. Philippi unaccountably omits all mention of

the principal peculiarity, the curious operculum, but he does say

that the animal departs somewhat from those he has examined,

both as regards the organs and the shell; and I add, that with

the exception of the very short muzzle and depressed line in the

after-part of the foot, there is not another external organ that

has much concordance with the typical Rissoe.

Neither can it be associated with Jeffreysia, which, indeed,

agrees with it, essentially, in respect of the operculum, but the

animals of the two are very different. I shall therefore pro-

pose for it a new genus, which ought, I think, with Jeffreysia,

to form a family intermediate to the Littorinide and Pyram-

dellide. I have omitted to mention that M. D’Orbigny’s sub-

genus Rissoina cannot receive it, as with a testaceous operculum

and apophysis, it is of the spiral or littorinidan type, whilst the

present object is of subannular elements; and I consider the

operculum, though so much neglected, to afford a most important

generic and differential diagnosis; but independent of these

points, I could not, agreeably to my views, accord with such an

allocation. I repudiate all subgenera, which I consider as an

awkward attempt to define what is undefinable—an intermediate

condition between a genus anda species. I think, when a species

is so discordant with the generic type, that it ought to merge

elsewhere, and take on a substantive capacity and become the

type of a new genus ; but there can be no objection to the term

sub when used adjectively to qualify a word, as subannular, sub-

rotund, and subsymmetrical, &c., but not substantively, as then

it becomes the source of innumerable absurdities; therefore

with me a genus has no intermediate state beyond species and

their varieties. I have mentioned these views in the last para-

graph of a former paper in the ‘ Annals,’ vol. vi. p.29. N.S.

110 Mr. W. Thompson on new species of British Crustacea.

I would therefore now submit to malacologists, as I have

shown that no existing genus can with propriety receive this

curious creature, that a new one be constituted for it, and en-

titled Barleeia, as a just recollection of the exertions of a gen-

tleman who loses no opportunity of enriching science with living

objects from the Great Book of Nature; and though the present

animal is locally common, it is malacologically an almost unre-

corded rarity. We may all blush for our carelessness in not no-

ticing this interesting and unique species, which, though within

the range of many naturalists, would stil] probably have remained

in obscurity if it had not been déterré and forced into notice by

our invaluable friend.

I am, Gentlemen,

Your most obedient servant,

WixziaM Criark.

P.S.—Errata in the paper on the genus Truncatella in the last

July ‘ Annals :?’—vol. xu. p. 7. line 24, for branchial, read esopha-

geal streamlets. And ibid, p. 6, for Della Chiaje, read Delle

Chiaje.

XII.—Description of several new species of British Crustacea.

By Wiii14m Tuompson, Esq.

[With a Plate.]

Hirrotyte Wuirei (mihi). White's Hippolyte. PI. VI. fig. 1.

Spec. Char. Rostrum (fig. 1 a) straight, without spines above,

and slightly bifid at the apex, beneath with a sharp two-toothed

carina, and a minute one near the apex; internal antenne with

the thick filament much-curved.

The carapace of this species is more gracile than any other of

the genus, and even more slender than in the genus Palemon ;

it is terminated by a straight and elongated rostrum, without

any spine on its upper side; the apex is rather blunt ; beneath

there is a short carma, which is deepish, and has two teeth:

there is besides a very minute tooth close to the apex, whicn

gives the apex the appearance of being bifid; it is, however, not

the case, the apex being quite distinct from the spine, which is

placed on the lower edge of the rostrum; there is also a small

tooth on each side of the base of the rostrum, just over the

inner edge of the orbit, and another spme on each side the

carapace in a line underneath the antenne. The scale of the —

external antennz is large, longer than the rostrum ; its external

I ee Te a

Val. 12. £7.97.

ag. Nat. Hist.S.

Ann &ea

WW Worg. tate.

Mr..W. Thompson on new species of British Crustacea, 111

tooth is placed at the distance of about one-fourth the length

from the extremity, The thicker filament of the mternal antenne

is large, and more curved than in H. varians.

, Abdomen slender, not at all gibbous, much compressed. Last

joint of fourth leg jagged on the inner margin. Two long

slender spines at the base of the antenne. External antenne

nearly the length of the animal. Length 12 inch.

Colour a lovely dark meadow green, with, whilst alive, a

whitish band running down the carapace; one specimen only

out of thirty or forty differed, and that was of a flesh-colour,

Middle plate of the tail acute, with two pair of minute spines,

one pair on each margin.

I took this species for the first time on the 4th of May. I

obtained others on the 30th of May, and carrying ova on the

14th of June; the ova appear of a yellowish colour, but as they

did not reach below the scales of the abdomen, I did not examine

them as I could wish.

I obtained my specimens in four to six fathom water in a

weed bed, on a stony bottom, in Weymouth Bay.

This species is exceedingly like Hippolyte varians ; it is, how-

ever, of a much lovelier form and colour. Though larger, it is

far more slender than any of the genus.

The main pomts of difference with H. varians are, that the

rostrum is more elongated, not so acute at the apex, has no spine

on the ridge, and has a minute spine very near the apex on the

under side, thus making three spmes on the under side. The

spines on the carapace are much shorter. The carapace is less

gibbous. The scale of the external antennz is longer and nar-

’ nower, and the spine is nearer the extremity. The thick filament

of the internal antennz is stouter and more bent, and the animal

is larger.

They are more difficult to keep in confinement than many

others, and far less lively.

Some I had spent the whole of their time clinging to the fronds

of a piece of Furcellaria fastigiata, lying the length of the frond,

and not across it; and however often I disturbed them, they in-

variably found their way back.

I have named this species after Mr. Adam White, one of the

Assistants at the British Museum.

I have just had some more specimens brought me, amongst

which I find one with the rostrum much turned up (fig. 1 4),—

quite as much so as in Palemon varians ;—two with the rostrum

curved very much downwards (fig. 1 c), giving them a most

extraordinary appearance ; these I consider provisionally, until I

obtain other specimens, as varieties of H. White; I propose to

name the first H. Whitei (var. ensis), and the second H. Whitei

112 Mr. W. Thompson on new species of British Crustacea.

(var. falcatus) : should I obtain evidence of thew being distinet

species, the specific names will then be probably changed.

I now find that some few specimens of H. Whitei are of a

brownish colour ; these had been brought home in a brass box.

Hippo.tyte YarReELuiy (mihi). Yarrell’s Hippolyte.

Pl. VI. fig. 2.

Spec. Char. Rostrum (fig. 2 a) short, bent downwards, in-

curved at the base, hollowed out above, with four spmous teeth

above. The apex tridentate, the upper tooth the longest, the

middle tooth longer than the lower one.

The carapace is short and rounded; the rostrum short, bent

downwards, and suddenly widening near the apex, armed above

with four spinous teeth bent forwards at an acute angle; the

first, which is not very prominent, is placed on the carapace at

the base of the carina, which forms the continuation of the

rostrum ; the second immediately in a line with the ocular noteh ;

the third, which is the longest, is placed in a line over the middle

of the peduncle of the eye when the eye is directed forward ;

and the fourth is placed on the rostrum, and about twice its

own length from the apex. The upper edge of the rostrum is

much hollowed out; the lower edge of the rostrum is straight,

with an inclination downwards, unarmed, and ending in an acute

angle. The apex is deep and tridentate; it is formed of the

tooth just described, and two others projecting beyond it. The

upper tooth is longer than the second and slightly inflected ; the

second is very acute, and longer than the bottom, which appears

to be formed by a portion bemg scooped out. The two upper

teeth bend upwards, whilst the bottom bends slightly down-

wards ; this widens the apex.

The scale of the external antennz extends to more than half

the length of the filaments of the internal antenne. Marginal

tooth terminal, not so long as in H. Cranchii. Anterior feet

extending forwards a little beyond the antennal scale; second

par with the wrist long. The junction of the abdomen and

thorax very gibbous.

The process on the posterior margin of the third segment

much more prominent, and running more to a point than in H.

Cranchit.

The middle portion of the tail has five or six pairs of spines

placed on it, and not on the margin.

Length about # of an inch; colour brown, blotched with a

darker or claret-colour.

I obtained two individuals whilst dredging in Weymouth Bay

on the 18th of August 1852, in from five to seven fathom water,

on a bed of Rytiphlea pinastroides. One carried ova, which-were

Mri W.Thompson on new species of British Crustacea. 113

of'a rich orange-brown. This Hippolyte in its general appear-

ance very nearly approaches H. Cranchii, from which it differs

in the form and number of the spines on the rostrum and at the

apex, the shape of the rostrum, the shape of the third segment

of the abdomen, and some other particulars.

I have ventured to name this species after Mr. Yarrell, to

whose constant friendship, advice and writings, I attribute my

partiality to natural history, and whose kindness at a critical

age in my youth taught me to turn my leisure hours to, I hope,

a good account.

Hirrotyre Grayana (mihi). Gray’s Hippolyte. PI. VI. fig. 3.

“Spec. Char. Rostrum (fig. 3 a) long, hollowed out above and

below; above unarmed, with the exception of one tooth near the

apex; beneath with three teeth.

Carapace rather compressed and of a moderate length.

Rostrum long, the upper edge much hollowed out, and the

widest part. armed with a tooth a litle behind the apex; this

tooth is shorter than the apex, and curved downwards; the apex

is acuminate, and longer than the upper tooth ; the base of the

teeth placed above and beneath the apex are on a line, and as

they are both placed on a carina proceeding from the rostrum, it

makes that portion very deep, and gives it an appearance of a

tridentate rostrum.

The under side of the rostrum is also much hollowed ; its least

depth is immediately over the middle of the peduncle of the eye;

it then gradually deepens towards the extremity until it attains

the greatest depth, when it again turns up, and ends in a tooth

just under the apex. It is further armed underneath with a

tooth at the point of its greatest depth, and another a little in

advance, thus making three teeth on the under side of the

rostrum. A sharp tooth is placed over each orbit, and a second

on each side of the anterior inferior portion of the carapace. Scale

of the external antenne rather narrow, long, extending beyond

the filaments of the internal antenne, with a tooth on the

outer margin, at about one quarter the length of the scale from

the extremity ; the inner margin appears to be toothed or rather

notched.

There is a peculiar process at the end of the scale; the inner

margin ends with a curved spine or cilium, and the outer margin

has a straight process against which the crooked one closes. I

cannot determine whether they have motion or not.

_ Middle plate of the tail slender, tapering, with two pairs of

exceedingly minute spines, only visible with a lens. Abdomen

compressed, of even depth as far as the posterior edge of the

114 Mr. W. Thompson on new species of British Crustacea.

third segment, and then becoming suddenly very much con-

tracted, and of almost equal size throughout. The process of

the third segment of the abdomen is very prominent.

Colour brown with a reddish tinge in places.

Length about 10 lines.

This species is very easily distinguished by the armature of

the head, form of the abdomen, and the shape and armature of

the rostrum, in which it approaches no other described British

species. I obtained it in four fathom water, stony bottom,

Weymouth Bay.

T have named it after Dr. J. E. Gray, the Keeper of the Natural

History Department of the British Museum.

Hirrotyte MitcHei (mihi). Mitchell’s Hippolyte.

Pl. VI. fig. 4.

Spec. Char. Rostrum (fig. 4a) straight, acuminate, without a

spine on the upper portion ; beneath with a three-toothed carina,

and a small tooth near the apex.

Carapace not at all gibbous, terminated by a straight and

elongated rostrum, without a tooth on its upper edge; beneath

there is a short carina carrying three teeth: a small tooth is

placed near the apex. A small tooth is placed each side of the base

of the rostrum over the orbit. Scale of the external antenne

not very broad, but long, extending beyond the rostrum, with

an external tooth, which is placed at one-fourth the length of

the antenne from the extremity.

Length 16 lines.

Colour a beautiful clear and dark green.

I obtained nine individuals from amongst a parcel of Hippolyte

VW hitet brought me on the 2nd of July, 1853.

This species at first sight might be taken for H. Whiter; it

is, however, larger, and the teeth on the rostrum are more

numerous.

I was at first disposed to consider this as only a variety of

H. Whitei, but the fact of findimg so many, and all perfectly

agreeing, decided me in admitting it as a new species.

I obtained this species by dredging ; none carried ova; it was

taken in four to six fathom water, on a weedy and stony bottom,

Weymouth Bay.

I beg to name this species after Mr. Mitchell, the indefatigable

Secretary of the Zoological Gardens, and the successful pro-

moter of the Marine Vivarium, as it is owing to the impetus

given to dredging by the demand for marine life, that I am

indebted for all the new species now described.

ee ea ic

5.2. Vol I2..,

— Ann.& Mag. M at. Hist

Sea:

ss roa.”

Sasgigece **

=< — at

S Tubbock del .

Mr. J. Lubbock on two new species of Calanide. 115

XIIT—On two new species of Calanide, with Observations on

the Spermatic Tubes of Pontella, Diaptomus, &c. By Joun:

Lussock, Esq., F.Z.S.

[With a Plate. ]

Wuen, in last March, I described the new species of Labidocera,

which I proposed to call L. magna, I was only acquainted with

the male, and was therefore anxious to find a female in order to

complete the description of the species. This is the more neces-

sary in the present genus, because the best specific characters

are taken from the right anterior antenna of the male and the

fifth pair of legs, organs which are dissimilar in the two sexes,

and it is therefore evident that unless they are known in both,

it would be very difficult to refer females to their respective

males. Prof. Owen and Prof. Quekett, with their usual kind-

ness, afforded me every facility, but I was unsuccessful m my

search, and have never met with a second specimen. Dr.

M‘Donald, however, of H.M. steam-vessel Torch, has recently

met with it in great numbers in the voyage from St. Vincent to

Rio Janeiro, and a short description of it will be found in the

Proceedings of the Royal Society for April 7, 1853. His paper

is accompanied by drawings, to the beauty and general accuracy

of which I can bear witness, from which it appears that the

colour, as in L. Darwinit, is blue. Anomalocera Patersonit,

which is the representative species in the North Atlantic, and

appears to form the connecting link between Labidocera and

Ponitella, is also greenish blue. I think it likely that the other

species are also bluish. Dr. M‘Donald says, that when they

were “placed in a vessel of sea-water, they rested on their an-

tenn on reaching the bottom, and paddled themselves about by

their fore-limbs and tail.” He has also an interesting observa-

tion on the superior development of the right side of the body ;

he “remarks that in all their movements the males exhibit a

tendency to turn towards the left side, and concludes the ratio-

nale of this fact to be, that the brain on the right side being

more developed at the part from which the right antenna derives

its nerves, a corresponding preponderance is given to the power

of the locomotive organs on that side.”

- Although however disappointed in my search for the females

of Labidocera magna, 1 found in the same bottle two other

species. The first is an aberrant species of Pontella, Dana, agree-

‘ing with that genus in the number of eyes, but very nearly re-

sembling Labidocera Darwinii in the structure of the right male

antenna, and is therefore a link between these two genera. The

116 =Mr. J. Lubbock on two new species of Calanide.

second, on the other hand, is the type of a new genus which I

propose to call Monops (povos, one; ar, eye). It differs from

Anomalocera in having nd superior eyes; and resembles Labido-

cera magna more than any other species that I know.

I will first give short specific descriptions of all the species at

present known in which the anterior antenna is provided with

dentated plates ; then describe the two new species at length ;

and finish with a few words on the classification and geogra-

phical distribution of the group, with a comparison of all the right

male antenne.

Pontella Bairdi, n. s.

Antenna antica maris dextra duabus dentatis lamellis instructa, api-

calilong. ,!, unc. Spina prehensili parva, rigido crini simili. Ramo

interno pedis postici maris sinistri, papilloso. Pede postico foeminze

Long. cir. +.

Hab. Atlanticum oceanum, S. Lat. 20°, Long. 0°.

Labidocera Darwinii, Lubk.

Antenna antica maris dextra duabus dentatis lamellis instructa, api-

cali long. ;45. Spina prehensili parva, rigido crini simili. Ramo

interno pedis postici maris sinistri, annuloso. Pede postico feeminee

long. =.

Ceeruleo-viridis, interdum fusco maculatus.

Long. cir. 4.

Hab. Atlanticum oceanum, S. Lat. 38°, W. Long. 65°.

Labidocera Patagoniensis, Lubk.

Antenna antica maris dextra tribus dentatis lamellis instructa. Spina

prehensili magna. Pede postico maris sinistro ; forti, ad apicem

acuto et corneo, ramum internum non gerente. Pede postico fee-

minze parvo, ramum internum non gerente.

Long. cir. 4.

Hab. Atlanticum oceanum, 8. Lat. 38°, Long. 65° W.

Labidocera magna, Lubk.

Antenna antica maris dextra quatuor dentatis lamellis instructa.

Spina prehensili maxima, annulosa. Pede postico maris sinistro,

magno, ad apicem tumido, papilloso; ramo interno nullo,

Long. cir. 4.

Hab. Atlanticum oceanum, 8S. Lat. 18° 40', Long. 2° 30' W.

Monops grandis, 0.8.

Antenna antica maris dextra duabus magnis dentatis lamellis in-

Mr. Jo Lubbock on two new species of Calanide. 117

structa. Spina prehensili magna. Pede postico maris sinistro,

_ parvo, non ad apicem tumido, non papilloso, ramo interno nullo.

Long. cir. 5.

Hab. Atlanticum oceanum, S. Lat. 18° 22!, Long. 2° W.

Pontella Bairdiu.

I now proceed to describe P. Bairdii, which I have so named

in honour of Dr. Baird, who has done so much to increase our

knowledge of the Entomostraca of this country.

This species agrees in most points very closely with L. Dar-

winii, but differs from it in having an inferior eye, besides the

two superior; it belongs therefore to Pontella.

The cephalothoraz has only six joints, the last having coalesced

with the preceding. The anterior segment agrees with that of

L. Darwinii in not having a spine directed outwards, as is the

case in L. magna and Patagoniensis. The rostrum (Pl. V. fig. 5)

is strong, deeply forked, and extends downwards as far as the

inferior eye. Hach fork is about zip in length, 555 in breadth

at the base, and 74, half way down.

The superior eyes are a good deal larger in the male than in

the female. In one specimen they are bright violet, but m every

other specimen the colour has been entirely removed ; while the

; inferior eye, which is also violet, has im very many instances re-

tained its colour.

The inferior eye is situated between the anterior antenna, it

is large, and, as remarked above, dark violet. It would be impos-

sible to overlook it, even in the most cursory examination.

I shall refer to this point again when I consider the classifi-

cation.

The anterior antenne of the female and the left antenna of the

male has on the internal side of the apex of the penultimate seg-

ment a long hair 75 of an inch in length, and the apical and

antepenultimate segments have each a corresponding one zg of

an inch in length (fig. 6).

_ The right antenna of the male is formed upon the same type

as that of L. Darwinii, from which it differs chiefly in the apical

plate being longer, reaching nearly to the apex of the antepenul-

timate segment; and in the three apical segments beg more

pear-shaped, with the larger end in front. In some specimens

the antenna was more swollen than in others, which perhaps

may be accounted for by differences of age, or by the state of

development of the spermatic tube.

The second pair of antenne xy in length.

The mandibles 3, 10 length, and the palpus also 75- Each lobe

of the palpus has six long plumose hairs, and the inner lobe

also four smaller ones.

118 = =Mr. J. Lubbock on two new species of Calanide.

The first pair of mazillipeds 5'5.

The second pair of mazxillipeds »~,. The palpus is zy in

length, 4-jointed and tapering towards the apex; the other

species of the genus have six segments to the palpus, and the

joits which have disappeared are the two apical. The basal

segment has a number of spines or small teeth on the inner’

edge. L. magna agrees with the present species in having also

a few spines in the same place. In the arrangement and struc-

ture of the hairs, this organ agrees almost exactly with that of

L. magna, except that the third hair has no spies above.

The third pair of mandibles 35.

Thoracic legs. The first four pairs are adapted for swimming,

as in the rest of the family, and are all alike, except that they

increase in size from the first to the fourth, which are 7, im

length. The large spines on the external margin of each leg are

dentated above, and accompanied by a smaller spime on each

side. All the appendages, from the second pair of antennz to

the fourth pair of thoracic legs inclusive, are very similar to

those of the allied species.

The fifth and last pair is very different; its use im swimming,

if any, 1s quite subordinate to its functions connected with the

act of fecundation. In the female they are smaller and simpler

than in the male, and symmetrical, while in the latter they are

much more complicated, stronger, and asymmetrical, the right leg

being the largest and forming a prehensile apparatus.

In the present species these legs of the female (fig. 4) are much

larger than in L. Darwinii or Patagoniensis, measurmg 75 in

length. They most nearly resemble those of L. Darwinii, from

which they only differ in their larger size, and in the external

branch being longer and bearing three instead of two spines at

the extremity.

The left leg of the male (fig. 3) consists of four joints as in

the other species, but the second segment (counting from the

base) appears both in this and in the corresponding right leg to

be composed of two which have coalesced. It most resembles

that of L. Darwinii, and, like it, bears two rami. I have already

remarked the curious relation which appears to exist between this

branch and the prehensile spine of the right male antenna, viz.

that where one is developed the other disappears, and vice versd.

This ringed branch is homologous with the inner ramus of the

other thoracic legs, like which it is two-jointed. In the present

species it is long, slender, tapering, and ringed, with the rmgs

produced into papillz. Like the corresponding organ of L. Dar-

winii it appears to be extensible, as the length and thickness

vary in different specimens. Length j4.

The right leg, 2 (fig. 3), also consists of four jomts, but, as in

Mr. J. Lubbock on two new species of Calanide. 119

the left leg, the second (counting from the base) appears to be

composed of two segments. The basal segment is attached by its

external basal angle to the apex of a strong crescent-shaped pro-

cess, the horns of which point inwards. The second is longer and

thinner, and, as I have just noticed, appears to consist of two ; it

bears a strong spine at the external apical angle. The third is

very strong and muscular, as in the other species of this genus;

it is attached to the inner apical angle of the preceding segment.

Besides the large claw at the base, which forms with the suc-

ceeding segment a prehensile apparatus, there is a smaller spine

directed backwards. On the external margin, which in the or-

dinary position would be lowest, there are two rounded pro-

jections, of which the apical is the largest and appears to be

transversely striated or furrowed. The portion which answers

to the large moveable claw of the allied species is here, as in

them, attached to the external apical angle of the third segment,

but in the present species it gradually increases in size from the

base, is produced at the apex into a large claw, which with the

corresponding one of the third joint forms a prehensile appa-

ratus, and appears to consist of three segments, of which the

second and third bear a hair each, and the third a long cylin-

drical appendage, provided at the apex with a small spine and

two hairs.

The abdomen (figs. 1 & 2) is entirely without legs.. That of

the male consists of four segments, terminated by two 2-jointed

lamelle, exactly as in L. Darwinii.

The abdomen of the female is two-joimted and swollen trans-

versely. The right side is more swollen than the left, and bears

on the back a large spine.

This appears to be the best place to mention what I have to

say about the impregnation. There is a very interesting paper

by Siebold in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ 1840, 2nd

sér. t. xiv. p. 26, “ Sur l’accouplement du Cyclops Castor ;” and

in order to make my own observations more intelligible, I shall

quote a part of what he says, premising that the Cyclops Castor

now forms the genus Diaptomus, and, with Pontella, Cetochilus,

&c., has been separated from the old family, Cyclopide :—

“Ce qui passe pendant que ces animaux se tiennent ainsi

embrassés est un des phénoménes les plus remarquables dans le

régne animal, et dont on n’avait jamais eu une idée. Un tube

cylindrique, rempli d’un liquide spermatique, s’échappe de

Pouverture sexuelle du male immédiatement aprés l’embrasse-

ment; le mile saisit ce tube aussitdt qu’il est sorti et le colle

contre le ventre de la femelle, audessous dela vulve......

“ Chacun de ces tubes spermatiques renferme trois masses bien

différentes entr’elles. Une des matiéres contenues est blan-

chatre et épaisse ; elle a la propriété de ne pas se dissoudre dans

120 © Mr J. Lubbock'on two new species of Calanide.

Veau, mais de s’y transformer en une masse visqueuse et solide.

Cette masse ténace, coagulable dans l’eau, s’étend dans toute la

longueur de la capsule. Une des deux autres matiéres est com-

posée d’une foule de trés petits corps ovales et bien contournés,

ayant longueur de 0:0066 a 0-0070 de ligne anglaise : ils parais-

sent d’une forme aplatie. La troisiéme masse consiste dans une

foule de corps ovalaires, dont les contours sont moins bien des-

sinés, et gui ne sont pas clairs comme ceux-ci, et sont composés

de granules trés-fins. Ces deux derniéres masses se trouvent

reparties dans la capsule d’une maniére remarquable, et forment

une couche trés-mince placée sur la surface interne. Les cor-

puscules bien limités se trouvent dans la moitié supérieure de

la capsule, tandis que les corpuscules granulés, bien séparés des

autres, occupent la moitié inférieure ; ces deux masses ne per-

mettent done pas que la portion ténace se trouve en contact

avec la surface interne de la capsule. Enfin, le col de la capsule

se trouve seulement rempli par de la substance visqueuse.... .

“« Aussitét qu’un tube spermatique bien développé se trouve

en contact avec de l’eau, les corpuscules granulés se gonflent

(probablement par l’imbibition de l’eau), et ces corpuscules qui

composent la matiére expulsive, perdent leur forme ovalaire et

deviennent ronds. Peu a peu leur aspect granulé s’efface, ils se

transforment en vésicules, qui s’enflent de plus en plus, et ils

finissent par expulser la matiére glutineuse qui se trouve vers le

col ouvert de la capsule, et qui peut facilement s’échapper. . . .

“La matiére expulsive continue de s’enfler, quand méme la

matiére glutineuse a déja quitté la capsule; de sorte que cette

matiére chasse aussi tous les zoospermes, sans laisser seulement

un corpuscule ovale dans la capsule. Quand tout est’ sorti

hormis les grandes vésicules de la matiére expulsive, celle-ci

devient transparent comme de l’eau, et parait composée de

grandes cellules. Or, nous savons qu’avant cette transforma-

tion la capsule était blanchatre.”

In my paper on L. Patagoniensis I described and figured

(Pl. X. fig. 2) a cylindrical appendage, situated on the back of

the first abdominal segment, but was obliged to leave it doubt-

ful, whether it was a spermatic tube or an external ovary,

although I inclined to the former supposition. In the present

species, however, I was more fortunate ; for after looking through

several hundred specimens, I found a male, from which the tube

was in the very act of escaping, and also four females, each of

which had one attached to them. Three of these are quite

empty, and evidently are homologous with the cylindrical ap-

pendage of the L. Patagoniensis, as they exactly agree with it

in texture and general appearance, and differ only slightly in

shape and in position. It is evident, therefore, that. the ap-

pendage of L. Patagoniensis is a true spermatic tube, and is only

Vv eee ee ee

_Mr. J. Lubbock on two new species of Calanide. 121

anomalous in being attached to the back instead of under-

neath. The tube which was in the act of escaping from the

male still retained its contents, which agree with Siebold’s

description. Using his nomenclature and letters of reference, d

is the expellmg matter (matiére expulsive), e the glutinous sub-

stance (matiére glutineuse), and c the zoosperms (zoospermes).

I have already remarked that of a large number of females which

I examined, four only were provided with one of these append-

ages; this is probably owing to their having been collected in

the middle of June. Mr. Darwin’s specimens of L. Darwinii

having been caught in November, which answers to our May,

would account for my never having found a fully developed sper-

matic tube in that species, and the only time that Dr. Baird ever

met with a tube attached to Diaptomus was in October.

As, owing to an accident happening to the vessel in which his

specimen of Diaptomus was contained, Dr. Baird says, he was

“ prevented from making any lengthened observations on it,” and

as I have heard of no one else who has studied the subject, I

believe my observations are the first which fully confirm those

of Von Siebold. The manner in which the three substances

contaimed in the tube act in Pontella is probably the same as in

Diaptomus. Jurine says, “il n’est pas rare d’en trouver avec

deux, trois, quatre, méme cing tubes spermatiques collés autour

de la vulve ;” I, however, never met with a female, either of P.

_ Bairdui or L. Patagoniensis, which had more than one tube. This

mode of fecundation, which Siebold has truly observed, is one

of the most remarkable phenomena in the animal kingdom, has

now been observed in Diaptomus Castor, Labidocera Patagoni-

ensis, Pontella Bairdii, Calanus hyperboreus (see the figures given

in Gaimard’s ‘ Voyage en Scandinavie’), and it probably occurs

also in L. Darwinii and Anomalocera grandis, n. s., because in

these species, as in the P. Bairdii, I have found in the posterior

part of the cephalothorax, an organ which I am nearly sure is a

spermatic tube in the course of formation, so that it will most

likely be found to prevail throughout the whole family. The

shape of the tube varied in the different specimens of the same

species. Since the male orifice is situated between the second

and third abdominal segments, as in Cyclops, it is evident that

the inner branch of the left posterior leg in the male is not a

true penis. ‘The delicacy of the structure of this branch appears

to indicate that it possesses the sense of touch in a high degree.

I have already noticed the curious relation which appears to exist

between it and the prehensile spine.

Length about }.

Hab. Lat. 18° 15' S., L. 2° 30! W. to 4° E.

From the Museum of the College of Surgeons. Collected by

Sir E, Home.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xi. 9

122 Mr. J. Imbbock on two new species of Calanide.

Genus Monoprs.

Rostrum fureatum. Antenna antica maris dextra geniculans, tumida.

Oculi superiores nulli. Oculus inferior unicus. Pes postieus

maris dexter crassus prehensilis. y194

These characters distinguish Monops from all the other genera

in the family, but I shall presently give my reasons for consider-

ing this form as a new genus more at length. It is true that

these are the characters of Anomalocera as given by Templeton,

but that genus has in reality four superior eyes.

I have already given the specific character, and it is therefore

unnecessary to repeat it here. In general appearance this species

resembles L. magna more than any other species which I know,

for which reason I have given it an analogous trivial name:

The cephalothorax is 7-jointed ; the posterior segment is very

small, the three anterior large and nearly equal to one another, the

other three intermediate in size and also equal to one another. The

force which has developed the right anterior antenna and the

right posterior leg of the male more than the left, has had the

same effect on the posterior angles of the cephalothorax ; that

on the right side is at least twice as long as the other. In the

female they are symmetrical. The spines of the anterior seg-

ment do not project outwards, and therefore are not visible from

above. The rostrum (fig. 7) is very deeply divided, and the

two forks are very delicate, symmetrical, and curved towards

each other. Each prong is ,, in length, at the base ;,45, at

the middle 5,455, and at the apex not more than ;,{, in diameter.

Those of L. magna, on the other hand, are strong and short,

being only ;45 in length. (See Ann. and Mag. Ser. 2. vol. x.

pl. X. f. 8).

The anterivr antenne of the female and the left one of the

male have at the apex a very long hair 4, in length. The cor-

responding hair of the penultimate segment is 73,, and of the

antepenultimate 54, (fig. 10).

The right anterior antenna of the male resembles that of L,

magna more than that of the other species; it swells and con-

tracts again, however, more abruptly than in that species. The

prehensile spine is much smaller and not ringed. The plate be-

longing to the eighth segment (see the comparison of the right

male antennz in this genus) is not free at the base. The teeth

are not so sharp. The eighth and ninth segments have coalesced,

so that the hairs which belong to the latter appear to be situated

on the former.

The sixth segment bears a very small plate with a few rather

large teeth, analogous to the penultimate plate in ZL. magna. A

glance at the figure will give a better idea of the general form

of the organ than any description could convey.

— "=

nye

Mr. J, Lubbock on twa new species of Calanide. 1238

The second pair of antenne have thirteen long hairs at the

end of the longer branch ; they are ', of an inch in length.

.) The mandibles.j;...Palpus zz. The rows of hairs which I

shave mentioned as present in L, Patagoniensis and magna are

here much developed and form a strong brush.

First pair of mazillipeds ~;. The lobes are more divided

than in the allied species. The spines on the inner edge are few

im number, large, strong, curved, and clothed with short brown

hairs.

Second pair of maxillpeds z45. Palpus 45. There are, as

in L.. Patagoniensis, seven hairs on the organ itself; the external

(nearest to the palpus) small, setose on both sides; the next

only half as long as the first. The next two very long, with in-

conspicuous hairs on the lower side. The fifth short, setose on

each side, but chiefly below, the next only setose below. The

internal setose on each side, but chiefly below. The last three

hairs are about the same size, and half as long as the preceding.

The palpus consists of four segments only, the basal and apical

bearing at the apex two, the rest one hair each, all setose below.

Third paw of maxillipeds 3;. There are six of the smaller

hairs plumose on each side. The larger hairs are beautifully

crenate at the apex for about ird of their length, The secondary

spines of all the basal portion have disappeared.

Fifth pair of legs. Male (fig. 8). The left leg is much

smaller than the right, and has no inner branch. The second

segment has a spine externally at the apex. The third is small

and bears the two tufts of hairs, and the fourth is very small,

and. bears at the apex a little tapering delicate lobe, which may,

erhaps, be the rudiment of another segment, ,1, of an inch.

The right leg (fig. 8) also consists of four segments ; the third,

which in some species is so much swollen, is small, its office

being probably in part transferred to the strong prehensile an-

tenna. The fourth segment is small, and the spime of the

third is very large and poimted, so that at first sight it might

be mistaken for the fourth segment. The presence of two

hairs on the smaller spime unmistakeably denote it to be the

real homologue of the apical segment; ,, in length when not

extended.

_In the female (fig. 9) they are 2, in length. The inner branch

bifid at the apex ; the outer much-curved, also bifid at the apex,

‘with a large spine on the inner and two very small ones on the

outer side.

Abdomen. Female (fig. 11). Two-jointed, asymmetrical, the

right side of the basal joint bearing a large slightly tapering

lobe, about half as long as the succeeding joint.

_., The abdomen of the male (fig. 12) is similar to that of the

124 Mr. P. H. Gosse on new or little-known Marine Animals,

other species of the genus, except that on all my specimens

there is a very short cylindrical appendage attached underneath

to the third segment on the right side. A hemispherical portion

at the end is very dark violet, covered with numerous small

spines (fig. 13 a) and surrounded by a narrow light yellow

border (5), on which they are rather larger and more scattered.

There are a few hairs on the violet part. The end, therefore,

resembles a hemispherical file, but I cannot offer the slightest.

suggestion as to its probable use. Mr. Darwin and Prof. Que-

kett have kindly examined it for me. The females have no such

appendage.

Length about 3.

Hab. Lat. 18° 15’ S., Long. 2° 30’ W. to 4° E.

From the Museum of the College of Surgeons. Collected by

Sir E. Home.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Pontella Bairdit. Abdomen. Male. d. Expelling matter, e. Glu-

tinous matter. c. Zoosperms. ;

Fig. 2. Ditto. Abdomen of female, seen from above. a. The

empty spermatic tube.

Fig. 3. Fifth pair of legs. Male.

Fig. 4. One of ditto. Female.

Fig. 5. Rostrum.

’ Fig. 6. Four apical segments of the normal anterior antenna.

Fig. 7. Monops grandis. Rostrum. :

Fig. 8. Fifth pair of legs. Male.

Fig. 9. One of ditto. Female.

Fig. 10. Four apical segments of normal anterior antenna.

Fig. 11. Abdomen. Female. Seen from above.

Fig. 12. Ditto. Male. Seen from the side and below.

Fig. 13. A small piece of the dark part of the abdominal appendage of

ditto. ,

[To be continued. |

XIV.—Notes on some new or little-known Marine Animals. .

By P. H. Gossz, A.LS.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

Tue expectation which I ventured to express in your Magazine

for last October has been amply realized. Marine animals and

plants have been exhibited in London, in their native health and

beauty, in circumstances where their various functions and in-

stincts can be carried on under the eye of the naturalist ; and the

inhabitants of the metropolis have enjoyed a sight of the curious

Me’ PH. Gosse on new or little-known Marine Animals. 125)

denizens of our seas, without going out of hearing of their dear

Bow Bell.

“What advantages to science our metropolitan zoologists have

reaped from their opportunities, I leave them to record ; but I

propose to lay before your readers, from time to time, some notes

that I have made while engaged in forming the collection. At

the time of my writing these lines, about 3000 specimens of

living marine animals and plants have passed through my hands,

and have been successively transmitted to London for deposition

in the Zoological Society’s aquaria. Some of these have appeared

to me as yet undescribed, others seem to be little known, except

in a dried and withered state; and the great majority even of

such as are considered well known, present so much of novelty

and interest in their habits, that I often regret that the almost

absolute absorption of my time in collecting and transmitting

the specimens, forbids my jotting down a great deal of what I

observe, while fresh in memory.

But without further preface I proceed to describe some new or

rare species of Invertebrata.

Class ECHIN ODERMATA.

Fam. SIPUNCULID.

Sipunculus punctatissimus (mihi). The Dotted Sipunculus.

Body 13 inch long, 4 in. thick; trunk 3 in. long, ;'5 im. thick.

The body is cylindrical, abruptly pointed, “of a satiny gloss, seen

under the lens to be covered with close-set, slight, annular

wrinkles. The trunk is nearly cylindrical, but slightly attenuated

about the middle ; it is wrinkled transversely like the body, and

has in addition several irregular longitudinal furrows ; the ex-

truded tip is surrounded by about eight circles of minute black

bristle-points, and terminated by a single row of short, slender

filiform white tentacles, which are evertile. The general colour

of the whole animal is light umber-brown, which, under a pow-

erful lens, is resolved into a freckling of pale dots excessively

minute, close-set, and numerous, on a ground of brown. I ob-

tained it between tide-marks at Weymouth, July Ist, 1853.

Class ZOOPHYTA.

bo Fam. Cornynipa?

? Genus Spaprx (mihi). Root adhering, creeping for a short

stance. Stem free, very flexible, girt near its base by a mul-

titude of arborescent appendages, which bear berry-like ova.

Upper part of stem fleshy, covered with papille. The name was

suggested by the resemblance which the animal bears to the

spadix of an Aroideous flower with its surrounding berries.

Spadix purpurea (mihi). The Purple Spadix.

Height to 3ths of an inch: root short, thick, yellow: ovarian

branches numerous, bearing globular white ova: free stem,

spindle-shaped, covered with minute purple papille intermingled

with a few white ones.

_ This curious form appears to be a zoophyte of the family Cory-

nid, or rather its affinities are closer with the members of that

family than of any other that I know of. The habit, the club-.

shaped head, the motions, the manner in which the ova are:

clustered, their position, and their appearance, all point towards

Coryne ; and the papillae may be considered as so many ten-

tacles, representing the globe-headed organs of that genus, in-

creased in number but reduced in development.

A semicylindrical thread of a pale yellow tint, about half a

line in diameter, creeps along the surface of a stone for about

4th of an inch, when it rises into a free stalk varying im length

from ith to $ths of an inch, being very extensile and con-

tractile. A little way above the point of contact with the stone,

the stem sends forth on every side a great number of short

whitish branches with a dark core, which are again set with a

number of short branchlets. These processes bear the ova,

which stud their surface to the number of twenty or thirty on

each : they are white globules, looking like pearls, and of various

sizes, some minute, others comparatively large and conspicuous.

The largest are about ird of a line in diameter. One that spon-

taneously detached itself had a depression at one part of its

surface, where probably the point of connexion had been. The

upper part or body of the animal is spindle-shaped or clavate,

according to the degree of its extension ; it is covered with mi-

nute oval papille, which are crowded so closely that no inter-

space is visible. These are for the most part of a reddish

purple hue, with the tips deeper in tint, but isolated papille are

scattered all over the body, which are quite white.

The movements of this animal are vigorous and lively, consi-.

dering its stationary habit. The ovarian branches are frequently

jerked about independently of each other ; the free body is ever

and anon tossed to and fro in the manner of Coryne; it is

lengthened and shortened at will with suddenness and rapidity,

and while the beholder is examining it with a lens, he is sur-

prised by seeing that there is yet another movement among the

papillee, one or two of which, in various parts of the body, are

now and then starting up with a jerk from their fellows into a.

more erect position, and then lying down again.

ees 5 ae (es

aby nes P

i eat

Mr. P. H. Gosse on new or little-known Marine Animals, 127

_,I first found this zoophyte at Lulworth on the 8th of June,

and I have since obtained many other specimens at Weymouth,

On each occasion the locality and circumstances were the same ;

rocky ledges, at extreme low water, spring-tide.

Fam. AcTINIADZ.

Aetinia miniata (mihi). The Scarlet Anemone.

Diameter to 1 inch when expanded. Disk broad, pale greenish

gray, with radiating lines numerous and distinctly mottled with

dark brown. Generally a conspicuous white band occupies one

of the radiations. Tentacles numerous, in four rows, rather

short, conical; pellucid brown, with indistinct annulations of

pellucid dark brown and whitish ; the base of each tentacle has

two black and two bright white rings more or less distinct,

alternating with each other. The outermost row of tentacles are

peculiar ; they consist of a sheath of pellucid brown hue, like the

others, but each is permeated by a thick core of orange or ver-

milion, very brilliant, much resembling the central gland in the

papilla of an Eolis. Sometimes the scarlet core is distinctly

separate from the pellucid walls of the tentacle, at other times,

in the same individual, it appears to fill the whole interior. In

some specimens this phenomenon is partially or wholly wanting.

Contracted, it forms a button of about the same diameter, va-

rying in degrees of depression or elongation, the base sometimes

irregularly lobulate. Colour, a fine orange-scarlet, occasionally

merging into purplish red towards the summit, studded with

large pale glands, which become confluent and form pale radia-

ting bands around the pursed mouth. Under a lens the scarlet

colour is seen to run in slender veined lines.

Found adhering to oysters and pectens brought in by the

trawlers: not uncommon. It may possibly be the immature

state of Act. parasitica.

Act. clavata (Thompson), var. rosea. The Weymouth Anemone.

A very fine specimen when fully expanded has the disk 14 in,

and the tentacles } in. more on every side, making a diameter

of 24 inches. It is so diaphanous as to be almost colourless, the

disk showing clearly the convoluted filaments in the septal divi-

sions. The tentacles are of a lovely rose-colour, studded with

transyersely-oval specks of white; they also are pellucid, and the

hue is therefore much diluted ; but when captured, they were

deep purplish pink or crimson.

The exterior surface is rough, with multitudinous sucking

glands, arranged in close-set perpendicular ridges of pale yellow

warts, with a crimson freckled skin showing between. Every

wart has a central crimson speck, and this seems constant; the

128 Mr. P.)H. Gosse on new or little-known Marine Animals.

warts, and therefore the red specks, are exceedingly numerous ;

at the margin, where they are most distinct, they rise into

rounded crenations.

This species was described by Mr. W. Thompson in the ‘ Zoo-

logist’ for 1851, and, as I believe, from a single specimen, The

name clavata is objectionable, as the tentacles are not clubbed,

though their tips are often curled up in a peculiar manner. ‘I

will not, however, commit the robbery of depriving the discoverer

of his name, merely because I think I could find one more sig-

nificant. It is quite common on the rocky ledges, inhabitmg

fissures and the deserted holes of boring Mollusca; but only at

very low water level. There are two very distinct varieties ; the

ordinary state has been described by the discoverer ; one more

beautiful, but somewhat less common, I have sketched above.

Tluanthos Mitchellii. The Scarlet Free-Anemone.

Length about 2 inches, greatest diameter 1 inch. The form

is stout, somewhat pear-shaped, thickening from the tup for

about 3 inch, after which it gradually tapers to a blunt pomt at

the base, in the centre of which is a minute wrinkled disk, which

the animal does not appear to use as an adhesive sucker. The

upper part of the body is pale scarlet, the lower two-thirds flesh-

white, blotched with scarlet, the basal extremity scarlet.

The disk is very protrusile, not so wide as the body. In its

_centre is a prominent mouth with two thick lips of rich scarlet,

_ toothed like that of a Caryophyllia. A ring of purplish black

surrounds the lips, which is succeeded by a wider circle of

white, and the remainder of the disk is pale red; the whole

marked with the usual radiating ridges. The tentacles are about

thirty-six, arranged in two complete rows; they are thick and

rather short, conical, and usually curled ; the bases of the two

rows are in contact, but the outer is a full sixth of an inch from

the margin, and the inner about as far from the base of the oral

cone. They are pellucid white, marked on their inner sides with

numerous alternate bands of opake-white and purple, sometimes

taking a diagonal direction. The tentacle that is opposite the

extremity of the linear mouth, on each side, is wholly dull pur-

ple, with pale bands almost obsolescent.

This very fine species was brought me by one of the Wey-

mouth trawlers : I have named it after D. W. Mitchell, Esq., the

able Secretary of the Zoological Society, in whose marine aqua-

rium the specimen itself is deposited.

I shall hope to continue this series of notes, as fresh observa-

tions occur to me, and in the meanwhile remain,

Your obedient servant,

P. H. Gossp.

Weymouth, July 9th, 1853.

coo Dr. J. BE. Gray on the Teeth of t..e Genus Mitra.’ 129.

XV.—On the Teeth of the Genus Mitra, Lamarck:

By J. E. Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.8: &e.

Tue greater the number of examples of the different genera of

Gasteropodous Mollusca I have been able to examine, the more I

am convinced of the importance of the characters afforded by the

teeth of these animals, both for arranging the species and genera

into natural, groups and characterizing them. The general re-

sults of my recent observations have been to verify the views I

have from time to time published in this Journal on the subject.

Within the last few days, however, I have been enabled to exa-

mine, the teeth of six species of the genus Mitra of Lamarck, and

with a very curious result. The teeth of each of the species are

very different, and, what is still more extraordinary, they belong

to three very different kinds: thus, Mitra Grenlandica is the only

one which has the single rachiglossal tooth of the Volutide, which

is like that of the Cymbiola Turnert m form.

Matra episcopalis, M. adusta, M. Ticaonica, and M. cucume-

rina, as belonging to the restricted genus Mitra, have three series

of odontoglossal teeth like the family Fasciolariade. The broad

lateral teeth, which were alone figured by Quoy and Gaimard as

the teeth of the genus, are very uniform in shape and struc-

ture in the different species ; while the central tooth of each offers

considerable variation. In Mitra adusta it is narrow, and has

only a single, very long, hook-like apex, while in the other spe-

cies it is broader, with from five to eight teeth on its upper

edge.

_, Lastly, Mitra Caffra, which belongs to Montfort’s genus Turris,

has the three series of hamiglossal teeth of Muricide and Buc-

cinide.

This is another striking instance of the impossibility of ar-

ranging Gasteropodous Mollusca from the examination of the

shell alone.

The genus Mitra was peculiar before for having some species

with a distinct operculum, while the major part of them were

without one. Unfortunately I have not yet been able to examine

the teeth of an operculated species.

I may further observe, as connected with the family Volutide,

that I have examined the proboscis of Mitra (Cylindra) Dactylus

without being able to discover any teeth, but this may have arisen

from the bad state of the specimen. The proboscis of this ani-

mal differs from the hard, smooth, rigid form of all the other

species I have seen, in being of a spongy texture and closely

covered with large conical warts externally.

Marginella (quinqueplicata) has a single rachiglossal series of

130 Bibliographical Notices.

teeth like Volutide, which are broad, lunate, with nine small,

conical, rather distant, transparent denticles on its front edge.

Voluta (Vespertilio) has a single series of three-toothed teeth on

the tongue like Yetus and Cymbium, but the central toothlet is

much longer than the lateral ones.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Systeme Silurien du Centre de la Bohéme. 1 partie, Recherches

Paléontologiques. Trilobites, par J. BARRANDE. 2 vols. 4to.

THE history of the palzeozoic formations, both as regards the deve-

lopment of the organic life of the period and the physical conditions

under which they were accumulated, appears almost to be more

clearly revealed to us than that of the more recent accumulations of

the later tertiary period. That a knowledge of the primeval fauna

of our planet should be invested with peculiar interest to the zoo-

geologist can scarcely be doubted, either in its relation to existing

nature, or as pointing out to us the peculiar types of the earliest

forms of animal existence. But few years have elapsed since a vast

portion of the earlier fossiliferous rocks were classed under the names

of greywacke and clay-slate, and were considered entirely destitute of

organic forms. Traces of them were, however, discovered in the

Scottish series by the acute geologist Hutton, and other observers,

as Lhwyd, &c., had also noticed them in some localities. From the

comparative rarity of the fossil organisms in the paleeozoic forma-

tions known at that period, they could not have been used as a

means of distinguishing the different members of the series, nor

indeed was the attempt made so to classify them ; for the great prin-

ciple of characteristic fossils, subsequently enunciated by W. Smith,

was applied chiefly to the secondary group of rocks. Little, how-

ever, was effected in the classification of these older greywacke rocks

until the border counties of England and Wales and a portion of the

Principality itself was made the special object of some years’ study

by Sir R. Murchison, who, “ par ses conquétes sur la nuit du temps,”’

first initiated us with a knowledge of the earlier paleeozoic epoch,

comprising the Silurian system. From that period the active re-

searches of geologists have demonstrated the existence of this group

throughout large portions of the globe, characterized on the whole

by similar forms of organic life, although, as would naturally be

expected, modified in the subdivisions by local peculiarities. Since

the publication of the ‘Silurian System,’ large and expensive works on

the subject have been issued from the presses of America and Europe,

and Siluria seems to be singularly fortunate in the zeal and liberality

of her illustrators. Among the more remarkable and interesting is

the magnificent volume by M. Barrande. A native of France, and

formerly tutor to the Comte de Chambord, to whom the work is

dedicated, M. Barrande has, from circumstances, resided for twenty

years on the Silurian soil of Bohemia. Commencing his researches

EE Te ee

Bibliographical Notices. 131

in 1830 on the so-called “transition series,” he was further stimu-

lated in 1840 by the perusal of the ‘Silurian System,’ and his

labours assumed a definite plan.

_ Those only who are conversant with the country, or will peruse

the volume, can form any idea of the zeal and energy requisite for

overcoming the difficulties of exploring this district, and the labour

and great pecuniary outlay necessary for accumulating the treasures

of this portion of the ancient Silurian fauna. Independently of his

own explorations over the whole district with a view of finding the

fossiliferous localities, whether in worked quarries, in ravines, or on

the weathered surfaces of rocks, M. Barrande trained under his own

eye and practically instructed a number of intelligent workmen (fur-

nishing them with the necessary implements) for the more effectual

carrying out his researches at different pomts, and who became so

habituated to, and interested in, the employment, that scarcely the

fragment of an organism was ever lost.

The following table will show the numerical result of species ob-

tained during these researches :—

Genera. Species.

VERTEBRATA........ Fishes........ 4

‘Exdpbites (5)... 3a Le. 252

AHPFICULATA J. 2)... Cytherinide .. 1 25 to 30

‘Various! #: 2!) 3% 4 4

Cephalopods.. 10 270 to 280

Prerapeud ra. fe Agel Ce ete” 30

ees Gasteropods .. @ 2... 140 to 150

FUER ER ATES Brachiopods . . : 180 to 200

Acephala ? 140 to 150

Bryozoa...... 3 22 to 25

Echinoderms. . 4 25 to 30

Raprata ee eer ees cone Zoophytes a Bes: ? 50 to 60

From the the above it appears there are 1200 species of fossils

from the Bohemian basin, averaging about eighty miles in length and

thirty in width, a sufficient dish for any Silurian gourmand. The

mere accumulation of such fossil treasures might be sufficient ; but

when the labour necessary for the determination of so many species

is further considered, we must admire the industry of the author, and

we are well aware of the conscientious care with which the whole has

been effected. For (unlike some zoo-geologists, who centred in or

satisfied with the narrow limits of their own knowledge and locality,

not looking for determinations or comparisons elsewhere) M. Bar-

rande has, with the true spirit of a scientific man, entered into cor-

respondence with those naturalists who could assist him, and even

visited many localities, this country in particular, with a view of per-

sonally comparing the Bohemian fossils with the published types, as

well as with those not yet figured*. The present volume, with the

* Particularly the collection of the Geological Survey, with the kind

co-operation of Prof. E. Forbes, and the important assistance of Mr. J. W.

Salter’s practical knowledge, who has made the palzozoic fauna his especial

study.

132 Bibliographical Notices.

atlas, (containing the Trilobites,) is only the first portion of the Work,

which will be followed by two more (containing the Cephalopods, &¢.),

forming a complete history of the Silurian system of Bohemia. ‘The

text, consisting of more than 900 pages, is devoted (with the exce

tion of the historical introduction and geological sketch) to aera

connected with the determination of the family of Trilobites, and is

illustrated by nearly 2000 carefully engraved figures of all the forms

and varieties assumed by the different species.

The Historical introduction gives a chronological list of all ‘the

authors who have contributed to the knowledge of the palzozoic

formation of the centre of Bohemia, with an analysis of their respect-

ive merits and the points of special interest furnished by each writer.

The Geological sketch, which is merely preliminary to a moré

detailed one to be given in the third volume, is inserted for the pur-

pose of enabling the reader to understand the position of the stratum

indicated for each species.

The Silurian rocks of Bohemia are divided by M. Barrande into

an upper and lower system, of four stages each, reposing on one

another, and having a conformable stratification, the lower group,

A-D, being chiefly siliceous and argillaceous, the upper, E-H,

mostly calcareous, and reposing on a trappean base and schists with

Graptolites.

Upper Division.

H. Argillaceous schists, containing but few fossils.

G. Argillaceous limestone, with 10 genera and 40 species of Tri-

lobites, 10 Brachiopoda, 6 genera and 10 species of Cephalopods.

F. Mostly calcareous; 10 genera and 75 species of Trilobites,

8 genera and 109 species of Brachiopoda, 6 genera and 26 species.of

Cephalopods.

E. Trappean and schistose rocks ; 17 genera and 78 species of Tri-

lobites ; 22 genera and 220 species of Cephalopods ; 65 species of

Brachiopods.

Lower Division.

D. Quartzites and schistose rocks; 23 genera and 61 species of

Trilobites ; also Cephalopods, Brachiopods, &c.

C. Protozoic schists, argillaceous schists, with 7 genera and 25

species of Trilobites ; other forms very rare.

A, B. Azoic series, chiefly crystalline and argillaceous schists and’

conglomerates.

The divisions C to H are distinguished from one another, (1) by

a marked predominance of families or different classes in each of the

superposed stages; (2) in having a very small number of species

common to two or more stages.

The paleontological contrast consists principally in the occurrence

of certain genera exclusively characteristic of the lower division C, D,’

as Paradoxides, Conocephalus, Ellipsocephalus, Sao, Agnostus, Asa-

phus, &c.; also in the development of certain other types, as Illanus

and Ampyz, which scarcely pass the limits of this division.

The upper division, E~H, presents other genera which in Boliesiil?

_ ia

aye * C—O

opi? aoe,

i os

Bibliographical Notices. 133

ag. occur in the lower, as Harpes, Bronteus, Proétus, Deiphon,

*hragmoceras, Ascoceras, Trochoceras, and Cardiola, &c.. We may

remark, however, that in the genera common to the two divisions, the

species present considerable modification of form. Thus, in Acidaspis,

the species belonging to the lower division have ten or more thoracic

segments, while those of the upper possess only nine. Other specific

modifications are presented in the genera Cheirurus and Ampyz,

which are also found in both divisions.

Decided as is the line of demarcation between the two great divi-

a 88) .

sions, by the outburst and spreading over of a vast mass of trappean

matter at the termination of the lower division, yet a curious fact. is

recorded by M; Barrande, in the local appearance or colony of fifty-

seven species belonging to the third fauna E, within the limits of the

second or lower fauna D. This colony of species, limited in extent,

appears therefore to have survived, either by migration or otherwise,

the causes which effected the extinction of the whole lower fauna

with which it is intercalated.

_Of the three successive Silurian faunas, defined by the distribution

of the genera of Trilobites, the lower or primordial one C, contains

only one genus, Agnostus, which passes into the second, and that

under different specific forms. This group corresponds to the Olenus

schists of the Malverns, and the Lingula beds of Merionethshire, &c.

In England, according to Mr. Salter, ‘ dgnostus is generally charac-

teristic, not of the first, but of the second zone or true Llandeilo

flags.”” In the second fauna D, the genera of Trilobites have attained

their maximum development; some are peculiar to it, others have

reached their numerical specific maximum, and a third set have

their greatest development in the superior fauna. Associated with

these are numerous Cephalopods, Brachiopods, Pteropods and Ace-

phala, which have a very unequal geographical distribution. This

group appears to be the equivalent of the Llandeilo and Bala beds of

N. Wales. °

These two faunas may be regarded as only subsections of the

lower division, and this appears to be the. opinion of Mr. Salter, who,

from an examination of the British localities, states, ‘It may perhaps

‘be necessary hereafter to modify the conclusions drawn by so able

and successful an observer as M. Barrande, as to the primordial and

isolated character of his earliest fossil group; it may be a local, and

not. a general phenomenon.” The third fauna E-H, forming the

upper division and equivalent to the Upper Silurian, contains many

genera of the second fauna, but the assemblage of the specific forms

and their characters are very different. Here, however, the species

of Trilobites, and not the genera, attain their maximum.

The upper limits of this fauna, or its relation to the Devonian, are

perhaps not distinctly defined, although M: Barrande states that Silu-

rian Trilobitic types range throughout, accompanied by Brachiopoda,

Gasteropoda, &c. In a previous memoir on the Brachiopoda, by

M. Barrande, we thought we had recognized many forms very ana-

logous to, if not identical with, Devonian species of other districts ;

this, however, is a subject for further inquiry.

134 Bibliographical Notices.

Although a unity may pervade the Silurian system as a whole,

yet that the members comprising it may present a diversity is fully

shown by comparing the local faunas, in their relation to the epoch

at which each class has attained its development, in different countries,

Thus, ‘‘The Cephalopods have flourished in the Silurian seas of

N. America, Russia and Sweden, during the deposition of the lower

division, scarcely a trace of them being found in the equivalent strata

of England and Bohemia; these mollusks, however, abound in the

upper division of these latter countries, becoming rare at the same

epoch in Russia and N. America. England and Bohemia present

another contrast in the Brachiopoda. In the former country this

class attained its maximum towards the éase of the upper division

or Wenlock stage, while the Cephalopods abounded in the superior

Ludlow beds. The reverse has happened in Bohemia, where the

maximum of the Cephalopods is found in group E, and that of the

Brachiopods at a higher level in group F.” In comparing, however,

the geognostical and paleontological characters, there is a general

resemblance between the two great divisions of the Silurian strata of

Bohemia and those of the typical district of England, France, Sweden,

Russia, and N. America.

The Paleontological portion, which forms the chief part of the

volume, is full of most curious and instructive data, and is divided

into two parts, the first comprising the special study of the different

parts and elements of Trilobites, with an essay on their classification ;

the second contains a detailed description of the genera and species

found in Bohemia.

The first portion is treated in a series of sections, of which the

following are the most important :—The form and principal parts of

the body of Trilobites (illustrated in plate 1) ;—the elements com-

posing the head (pls. 2 & 3), as the glabella, the sutures, the eyes

(pl. 3), their form and proportion, the cheeks or lateral lobes, the

hypostome and epistome ;—the elements of the thorax, as the form

of the thoracic segments and their articulation, the two types of the

pleura (illustrated in pls. 4-6), the number of segments, the power

of coiling up, and the value of the characters furnished by it ;—the

elements of the pygidium, its form, axis, lateral lobes, and contour ;—

nature and ornaments of the shell of Trilobites ;—-metamorphosis and

mode of existence of Trilobites ;—the distribution of them, both as re-

gards their vertical and horizontal diffusion, and which is graphically

illustrated in pls. 50 & 51.

Among the protean forms of Trilobites, the Sao hirsuta appears

the most remarkable. First described in 1846, its numerous synonyms

would lead us to infer that it had passed through all the vacillations

of an older palzontological nomenclature, for it rejoices in more

names than would gladden the heart of a Spanish Hidalgo. It has

been assigned to no less than twelve genera and twenty-two species ;

but the minute researches of M. Barrande have clearly proved that

between the embryonic state, which is simply a flattened disk with a

body axis, and the head and thorax not distinet, to the adult form

with nineteen articulations, this Trilobite has passed through eighteen

Bibliographical Nottces. - 135

different degrees of development, to each of which a distinct name

has been given.

‘Without proceeding with further details on the many interesting

points treated of, we may cordially recommend this work to the

student of palzeozoic geology, not only as illustrating a chapter of

its history, but from the fact that the Trilobites play an important

part in the Silurian fauna. The naturalist also, interested in the

study of the Articulata, will here observe the frequent anomalies that

are found in the arrangement of the elements of the bodies of these

ancient crustaceans, compared to the regularity of the law recog-

nized among the modern forms,—presenting an important suggestive

subject, and which must not be forgotten in the great question re-

garding the successive development of this group of animals. We

may therefore hope that the zoological interest, which has long ex-

isted respecting the Trilobites, will be still further excited by the

great variety of new facts observed in the Bohemian species.

Popular Physical Geology. By J. B. Juxes, F.R.S. 12mo.

Reeve and Co., London, 1853.

This volumeforms part of a series of useful works on Natural Science,

and is intended to convey, in a popular manner, the general principles

of physical geology. The author, who is well acquainted with prac-

tical field geology, does not pretend to have given much original

matter, in the sense of new facts, the object beg to describe the

common facts and principles of geology, in a clear and concise manner,

without entering too much into the detail of the observations by

which those facts have been discovered, or on which those principles

have been established. In this respect he has somewhat succeeded,

treating the subject with a freshness and spirit, and showing that

“geology is not a mere dall and barren disquisition on the nature

and composition of rocks and stones, but has become incidentally, as

it were, the opening to a full, rich, and varied history of the earth,

embodying the labours of the naturalist, the chemist, and the physi-

cist,—of all who study the living beings that people it, the consti-

tution of the matter that composes it, or the laws of force that act

upon it—into one great harmonious whole.” The first part of the

work contains the elementary facts and principles, and is followed

by a general sketch of the series of stratified rocks. The subject of

the formation of sand, gravel, clay, &c., is clearly and concisely

treated, and it is well observed, that he who thoroughly understands

- the origin and nature of common sand, has made no despicable com-

mencement in the study of the science. We could have forgiven

the author, had he ventured a little more into the domain of

paleontology, when treating of the stratified rocks, for it has become

so essential a part of geology, that some acquaintance with it is

necessary, just as a knowledge of chemistry and mineralogy are

equally useful to the student of the crystalline and volcanic rocks,

The accompanying plates are artistic, and illustrative of some prin-

cipal features in physical geology.

186 Royal Institution.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ROYAL INSTITUTION OF GREAT BRITAIN.

May 13, 1853.—The Duke of Northumberland, K.G., F.R.S., Presi-

dent, in the Chair.

On some New Points in British Geology. By Prof. Evwarp Forsess,

F.R.S., President of the Geological Society.

Not many years ago it used to be said, that the geology of England

was done, and yet the best investigated localities are constantly

affording fresh discoveries. When the Lecturer last year exhibited

Captain [bbetson’s beautiful and accurate model of Whitecliff Bay in

the Isle of Wight, in illustration of his views respecting the distribu-

tion of species in time, he had not the slightest suspicion that this

particular locality, so often and apparently so thoroughly explored,

could yield new results and new interpretations. Nevertheless,

having had occasion, at the suggestion of Sir Henry De la Beche,

to examine the tertiary strata of the Isle of Wight for the purposes

of the Geological Survey of Great Britain, this very bay of White-

cliff proved to be a rich source of novel geological information.

Moreover, a great portion of the Isle of Wight, on further examina-

tion, turned out to belong to a division of the older tertiaries, that

had never been demonstrated to exist within the British Islands.

As a general statement of these resulis and of their bearings may be

more intelligible to non-professional lovers of geology than the de-

tailed memoirs about to be published on the subject, Professor

Forbes has taken this opportunity of communicating them to the

Members of the Royal Institution.

The Isle of Wight is divided into two portions by a great chalk

ridge running east and west. This is the ridge of vertical chalk

beds. To the north of it, the country is composed of tertiary, to the

south, of older strata, as far down in the geological scale as the

Wealden. The Lower Greensand or Neocomian beds occupy the

greater part of the surface of the southern division, and freshwater

tertiaries that of the northern. At Alum Bay, on the west, and

Whitecliff Bay, on the east, the ends of the older tertiary strata, as

they rise above the chalk, are seen truncated and upturned, being all

affected by the movement which caused the verticality of the chalk.

These tertiaries constitute the following groups, successively enu-

merated in ascending order: the Plastic clay, the Bognor series (equi-

valents of the true London clay), the Bracklesham series, and the

Barton series, upon which lie the Headon Hill sands, and those

freshwater strata that spreading out form the gently undulating ~

country, extending from near the base of the chalk ridge to the sea.

Owing to the sections at Headon Hill near Alum Bay being so

clear and conspicuous, and their position being in the loftiest ter-

tiary hill that exhibits its internal structure in the island, the fresh-

water and fluvio-marine beds which compose that elevation have

long attracted attention and have been described by many observers,

Peles Je AG

a a ae

Royal Institution. 187

the first of whom was the late Professor Webster. The apparent

slight inclination of these beds, as seen in the Headon section,

except at the point where they are suddenly curved in conformity

with the verticality of the chalk and the beds immediately above it,

appear to shave led geologists to the notion that the fluvio-marine

portion of the Isle of Wight was composed entirely of continuations

of the beds forming Headon Hill. Two observers only suspected

‘a diserepancy, viz. Mr. Prestwich, who, in a short communication to

the British Association at Southampton, expressed his belief that

Hempstead Hill, near Yarmouth, would prove to be composed of

_ strata higher than those of Headon ; and the Marchioness of Hastings,

who, having given much time to the search for the remains of fossil

_vertebrata in the tertiaries of the Isle of Wight and Hordwell,

“declared her conviction that these remains belonged to distinct

“Species, according as they were collected at Hordwell, Hempstead,

“and Ryde, and that these three localities could not, as was usually

“understood, belong to the same set of strata. The recently pub-

Jished monograph of the pulmoniferous mollusks of the English

Eocene Tertiaries, by Mr. Frederic Edwards, afforded also indications

of the shells therein so well described and figured having been col-

lected in strata of more than one age.

A few days’ labour at the west end of the island convinced. Pro-

fessor Forbes that the surmises alluded to were likely to prove true,

and that the structure of the north end of the island had been in the

main misunderstood. After four months’ constant work at both

extremities and along the intermediate country, he succeeded in

making out the true succession of beds, with most novel and gratifying

xesults. During this work he was greatly aided by his colleague, Mr.

Bristow, and by Mr. Gibbs, an indefatigable and able collector

attached to the Geological Survey.

» The freshwater strata of Whitecliff Bay proved to be wholly mis-

interpreted.. Instead of their being constituted out of the Headon

Hill. strata only, more than a hundred feet thickness of them are

additional beds characterized by peculiar fossils, and resting upon a

marine stratum that overlies the Bembridge limestone, the equiva-

lent of which at Headon is a soft concretionary calcareous marl,

scarcely visible except in holes among the grass immediately under

the gravel on the summit of the hill.

_ The beds of the true Headon series, in fact, are all included in the

subyertical portion of the Whitecliff sections and are there present

in, their full thickness. They are succeeded by peculiar strata of

intermediate character, for which the name of St. Helen’s beds is

proposed, and which become so important near Ryde that they con-

gatute a valuable building stone. The Bembridge limestone that

es above is the same with the Binstead limestone near Ryde, out

of which were procured the remains of quadrupeds of the genera

Anoplotherium, Paleotherium, &c., identical with those found in the

gypsiferous beds of Montmartre. The Sconce limestone near Yar-

mouth is also the.same, and none of these limestones are identical

with any of those conspicuous among the fluvio-marine strata at

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser, 2. Vol. xii. 10

138 Royal Institution.

Headon Hill, and with which they have hitherto been confounded.

They are far above them, and are distinguished by distinct and pecu-

liar fossils.

Almost all the country north of the chalk ridge, exclusive of the

small strip occupied by the marine Eocenes, is composed of marls

higher in the series than any of the Headon Hill beds, and hitherto

wholly undistinguished, except in the Whitecliff section, where the

age and relative position had been entirely mistaken. These are the

Bembridge marls of Professor Forbes. Above them are still higher

beds preserved only in two localities, viz. at Hempstead Hill, to the ©

west of Yarmouth, and in the high ground at Parkhurst. For these

the name of Hempstead series is proposed. Their characteristic

fossils are very distinct, and the highest bed of the series is

marine. These beds prove to be identical with the Limburg or

Tongrien beds of Belgium and with the Grés de Fontainebleau

series in France. We thus get a definite horizon for comparison

with the Continent, and are enabled to show, that instéad of our

English series of Eocene tertiaries being incomplete in its upper

stages as compared with those of France and Belgium, it is really

the most complete section in Europe, probably in the world. We

are enabled by it to correct the nomenclature used on the Continent.

and to prove that the so-called Lower Miocene formations of France

and Germany are in true sequence with the Eocene strata, and are

linked with them both stratigraphically and by their organic contents.

We are also enabled to refer, with great probability, the so-called

Miocene tertiaries of the Mediterranean basin, of Spain and Por-

tugal,—those of the well-known Maltese type—to their true posi-

tion in the series, and to place them on a horizon with the Tongrien

division of the Eocenes. As these Maltese beds are unconformable,

and evidently long subsequent to the deposition of the great num-

mulitic formation, we are enabled to assign an approximate limit

to the estimate of the latest age of that important series. From

well-marked analogies we get at a probable date even for the Au-

stralian tertiaries. Thus the deciphering of the true structure of a

small portion of the British Islands can throw fresh light upon the

conformation of vast and far-apart regions.

The peculiar undulatory contour of the surface of the fluvio-marine

portion of the Isle of Wight is due to the gentle rolling of these

beds in two directions, one parallel with the strata of the chalk ridge,

and the other at right angles to it. The valleys and hills running

northwards to the sea depend upon the synclinal and anticlinal

curves of the latter system of rolls, a fact hitherto unnoticed, and

the non-recognition of which has probably been one cause of the

erroneous interpretation of the structure of the Isle of Wight,

hitherto received. The truncations of these curves along the coast

of the Solent exhibit at intervals beautiful and much neglected

sections, well worthy of careful study. There is one of these

sections near Osborne. Her Majesty’s residence stands upon a

geological formation hitherto unrecognized in Britain. Near West

Cowes there are several fine sections along the shore. The total

Zoological Society. 139

thickness of wnelassified strata in the Isle of Wight is 400 feet,

if not more, and within this range are at least two distinct sets of

organic remains. The fluvio-marine beds in all, including the Headon

series, are very nearly 600 feet thick.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

May 27, 1851.—W. Yarrell, Esq., V.P.L.S., in the Chair.

DescrIPTION OF NEW LAND SHELLS FROM THE CoLLECTION

or H. Cuming, Ese. By Dr. L. Preirrer.

1) Herix avpesarot, Pfr. A. testd imperforatd, conoideo-

globosd, soliduld, nitidd, castaneo-fulvd, strigis saturatioribus

confertis ornatd ; spird conoided, apice obtusiusculd, albidd ; an-

fractibus 51 convexis, summis granulatis, ultimis irregulariter

rugoso-striatis, ultimo inflato, antice deflexo ; columelld perdeclivi,

subarcuatd, latd, pland, alba ; aperturd perobliqud, truncato-ovali,

intus ceruled, nitidd ; peristomate incrassato, subreflexo, albo.

‘Diam. maj. 48, min. 39, alt. 35 mill.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

9. Hetix auperstana, Pfr. H. testd umbilicatd, subturbinato-

depressd, tenut, acute et confertim costatd, diaphand, rufo-corned ;

spird subturbinatd, apice acutd ; anfractibus 44 convexis, celeriter

accrescentibus, ultimo antice deflexo, basi juxta umbilicum an-

guste constricto ; aperturd perobliqud, lunato-ovali ; peristomate

tenui, marginibus subconniventibus, dextro breviter expanso, colu-

mellari dilatato, reflexo, intus plicd obliqud, dentiformi munito.

- Diam. maj. 143, min. 12, alt. 84 mill.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

3. Heurx pusescens, Pfr. dH. testd angustissime umbilicatd,

depressd, tenui, pilis mollibus, brevibus, confertis pubescente, dia-

phand, lutescente ; spird viz converd, obtusd ; anfractibus 5, con-

veriusculis, ultimo subrotundato, altiore quam lato, non descen-

dente; aperturd vix obliqud, rotundato-lunari; peristomate sim-

plice, recto, margine columellari superne breviter reflexo.

Diam. maj. 11, min. 10, alt. 6 mill.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

hen 4 Heiix tevcornarusn, Pfr. H. testd anguste umbilicatd,

. depresso-turbinatd, subtilissime striatuld, diaphand, luteo-corned,

: fascid angustd, cretaced, ad suturam ornatd ; spird subturbinatd,

apice obtusiusculd ; anfractibus 6 planiusculis, ultimo convexiore,

non descendente, basi subplanato; aperturd vie obliqud, lunari ;

Shae peristomate simplice, recto, margine columellari refleciusculo.

"i Diam. maj. 10, min. 9, alt. 6 mill.

___ Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

_. 5, Succrnza pominicensts, Pfr. S. testa ovali, soliduld, sub-

..) striatd, corneo-albidd, punctis corneis irregulariter aspersd ; spird

4) conicd, acutd ; anfractibus 35 convexis, summis corneis, ultimo

10*

140 Zoological Society.

4 longitudinis equante ; columelld subcallosd, vix recedente ; aper-

turd pariim obliqud, ovali, subregulari, superne vix angulatd.

Long. 113, diam. 7, alt. fere 6 mill. Apert. 73 mill. longa, medio

43 lata. .

Hab. St. Domingo (Sailé).

6. Buximus movussont, Pfr. B. testd perforatd, oblongo-conicd,

sublevigatd (lineis impressis spiralibus obsoletis notatd), nitiduld,

albd, fasciis sub 5, roseis ornatd; spird conicd, apice acutd, rubra ;

anfractibus 6, subplanis, ultimo spird pauld breviore ; columelld

arcuatd, superné subtortd; aperturd oblongo-ovali, intus concolore ;

peristomate simplice, recto, margine columellari fornicatim reflexo.

Long. 26, diam. 12 mill. Apert. 12 mill. longa, 7 lata.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

Next allied to B. Hondurasanus, Pfr.

7. ACHATINA DUNKERI, Pfr. A. testd turritd, tenuiusculd, levi-

gatd, pellucida, nitidd, fulvescente ; spird elongatd, apice obtusd ;

suturd impressd, marginatd, obsolete crenulata ; anfractibus 9, vir

conveviusculis, ultimo 4 longitudinis non attingente; columelld

arcuatd, alte et subverticaliter truncata ; aperturd subtriangulari-

semiovali ; peristomate simplice, margine dextro antrorsum ar-

cuato.

Long. 28, diam. 7 mill. Apert. 9 mill. longa, medio 4 lata.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sal/é).

8. AcHaTINA tmprREssA, Pfr. A. testdé oblongo-turritd, tenui,

levigatd, lineis impressis longitudinalibus irregulariter notatd,

Sulvidd ; spird turritd, apice acutiusculd ; suturd impressd, sub-

marginatd ; anfractibus 63 planis, ultimo 2 longitudinis sub-

e@quante ; columella arcuatd, basi abrupte truncaté ; apertura

obliqud, sinuato-ovali ; peristomate simplice, margine dextro basi

recedente.

Long. 83, diam. 22 mill. Apert. 3 mill. longa, medio 14 lata.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

9. Bates pominicensis, Pfr. B. testdé subperforatd, sinistrorsd,

turritd, sublevigatd, nitidd, olivaceo-corned ; spird regulariter

attenuatd, apice acuta; anfractibus 12, convexis, ultimo infra me-

dium subangulato ; aperturd verticali, subovali; peristomate sim-

plice, recto, margine columellari verticali, breviter reflexo.

Long.11, diam.3 mill. Apert.23 mill. longa, 13 lata. (An adult.?)

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

10. CyLINDRELLA MONILIFERA, Pfr. C. testd subrimatd, ob-

longa, soliduldé, truncatd, confertissime et arcuatim costulato-

striatd ; opacd, sordide albidd; suturd impressd, nodulis albidis

subdistantibus notatd ; anfractibus (superst.) 9, convezis, ultimo

non soluto, basi subacute carinato ; aperturd oblique subcirculari,

ad carinam canaliculatd ; peristomate albo, reflexiusculo -expanso,

superné appresso.

Long. 19, diam. supra medium 6 mill. Apert. cum peristomate

oblique 5 mill. longa, 4} lata.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

Zoological Society. 14]

11. CYLINDRELLA ADAMsSIANA, Pfr. C. testd vie rimatd, ob-

Tongo-pupiformi, truncatd, nitidd, conferte striato-punctata, albidd,

corned, irregulariter strigatd et variegatd ; suturd lineari, albo-

crenulatd ; anfractibus (superst.) 8-9, planis, ultimo angustiore,

non soluto, basi cristd compressd, obtusd munito; aperturd vir

obliqud, subcirculari, ad cristam subcanaliculatd ; peristomate

albo, breviter expanso-reflexo, superne interrupto.

Long. 14-153, diam. 5 mill. Apert. 47 mill. longa et lata.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

12. CYLINDRELLA SALLEANA, Pfr. C. testd non rimatd, cylin-

draced, gracili, truncatd, oblique confertissime costulato-striatd,

nitidd, pallide fuscescente, vel rufo-fuscd ; anfractibus (superst.)

17-18, vir convexiusculis, ultimo angustiore, basi carind com-

pressd, acutd munito, antrorsum breviter porrecto ; aperturd sub-

obliqud, rhombeo-rotundatd, ad carinam distincté canaliculatd ;

peristomate albo, nitido, undique reflexiusculo-expanso.

Long. 27, diam. (prope basin) 5 mill. Apert. cum peristomate 43

mill. longa et lata.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

13. CyLINDRELLA GouLDIANA, Pfr. C. testd via subrimatd, tur-

ritd, truncatd, confertissim? costulato-striatd, sericed, pallide cor-

ned; suturd impressd, subdenticulatd ; anfractibus (superst.) 9,

convexiusculis, ultimo soluto, antrorsum breviter descendente, bast

subcompresso ; apertura sububliqud, fere circulari, latere dextro

subangulatd ; peristomate albo, undique breviter expanso.

Long. 10, diam. 24 mill. Apert. 2 mill. longa et lata.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

14. CycLosroma orsienyt, Pfr. C. testd subperforatd, elongato-

pupoided, solidd, confertim arcuato-striatd, rubello-fulvd ; spird

subcylindricd, sensim attenuatd, apice conicd; suturd profundd ;

anfractibus 8 vie convexis, penultimo lato, ultimo fascid latd vio-

laced, antrorsum evanescente, ornato, basi cristd compressd, ob-

tus munito; aperturd circular; peristomate incrassato, subre-

flewo, supern? appresso, infra cristam anfractibus penult. subex-

ciso. Operculum tenue, albidum, extus concavum, arctispirum.

Long. 27, diam. 9 mill.

8B. Unicolor virenti-fulvum.

y- Minus, interdum omnino violaceum, anfractibus convexioribus.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

15. Heziciwa versicoxor, Pfr. H. testa depressd, tenui, lavi-

gatd, citrind, sepe viridi variegatd, suturd vel vertice purpureo ;

spird parim elevatd, obsolete papillatd ; anfractibus 43, planius-

culis, rapide accrescentibus, ultimo lato, subdepresso, antice viz

descendente ; aperturd diagonali, subtriangulari-semiovali ; colu-

melld brevissimd, callum crassum, semicircularem, nitidum, album

emittente ; peristomate breviter expanso, margine basali subreflexo,

immediat? in columellam continuato. Operculum tenue, submem-

~ branaceum, castaneum, margine columellari et nucleo pallidis.

Diam. maj. 8, min. 63, alt. 53 mill.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sallé).

142 Zoological Society.

16. Hexicina pomINnicensis, Pfr. H. testd globoso-conicd, so-

liduld, concentric. confertim striatd, parim nitidd, albidd, luteo-

vel fulvo-zonata ; spird conicd, acuta; anfractibus 6, planiusculis,

suturd profundd junctis, ultimo convexiore, vi descendente ; colu-

melld brevissimd, basi denticulatd, callum emitiente tenuem, vi

circumscriptum ; aperturd pariim obliqud, semiovali ; peristomate

acuto, subrecto. Operculum tenue, testaceum, carneum, margine

columellari elevato.

Diam. maj. 64, min. 54, alt. 5 mill.

Hab. St. Domingo (Sal/é).

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF TROCHID.

By Artruur Apams, R.N., F.L.S. Etc.

Genus TROCHUS, Linn.— Pyramidea, sp. Swains.

1. Trocuus Cuminew, A. Adams. IT. testd turrito-conicd, vio-

laced, maculis viridibus pulcherrimé pictd ; anfractibus planis,

cingulis granorum moniliformibus ornatis, inferne nodoso-pli-

catis, anfractu ultimo angulato, peripherid radiatim nodo-spt-

nosd, basi concavd, cingulis granulosis, insculptd, centro pro-

Sunde excavato umbilicum simulante ; columella superné tor-

tuosd, basi dente terminatd ; aperturd tetragond ; labro intus

lirato.

Hab. Sibonga, island of Zebu, under stones at low water (H. C.).

Mus. Cuming.

2. TROCHUS FASTIGIATUS, A. Adams. ‘1. testd conicd, imper-

foratd, rubra, maculis albis longitudinalibus variegatd ; an-

fractibus planis, in medio concavis, superne cingulis tribus

nodulorum ornatis, ad suturam nodis subspinosis instructis,

basi pland, concentricé liratd ; liris crenulatis ; columelld pos-

tice canaliculatd, antice truncatd ; labro in medio angulato.

Hab. ie

Genus Pyramis, Chemn.

Tectus, Montf.—Pyramidea, sp. Swains.

1. PyRAMIS ARCHITECTONICUS, A. Adams. P. testd conicd,

imperforatd, albidd ; anfractibus planis, subimbricatis, longi-

tudinaliter costatis, costis crassis, rotundis, subnodosis, basi

pland, liris concentricis exaratd; columelld brevi, tortuosd,

antice truncatd ; labro margine fimbriato.

Hab. Signet Bay, North Australia (Dring).

9. PyRAMIS LEUCOGASTER, A. Adams. P. testd conicd, im-

perforatd ; spird acutd, in medio tumidd, albd, viridi variegatd ;

anfractibus planulatis, longitudinaliter corrugatis, transversim

cingulis nodulosis ornatis, ad suturam nodis sulcatis fimbriatis,

basi pland, albd, concentrice sulcatd ; columella brevi, valde tor-

tuosd ; labro antice intus lirato.

Hab. 2

Hab.

Zoological Society. 143

Genus InrunDIBULUM, Montf.—Carinidea, Swains,,

1. InruNDIBULUM cHLOROMPHALUS, A. Adams... I. testd de-

presso-conicd, pseudo-wnbilicatd, viridi, atro-purpureo punc-

tatd; anfractibus planis, cingulis confertis granorum ornatd,

basi concavd, cingulis inequalibus articulatis insculptd, regione

umbilicalt infundibuliformi, intus viridi ; columella. superné

tortuosd, tuberculatd. :

Hab. 2

2. INFUNDIBULUM CaLirorNicum, A. Adams. JI. testd de-

presso-conicd, pseudo-umbilicatd, albidd, viridi rufoque varie-

gatd; anfractibus planis, supra angulatis, ultimo angulato,

cingulis tuberculorum subdistantium multiformium ornatd ;

interstitiis longitudinaliter obliqué costatis, basi concavd, cin-

gulis confertis crenulatis insculptd, regione umbilicali infundi-

buliformi, viridi, lined albd elevatd cinetd ; columelld superne

tortuosd, tuberculatd.

Hab. California.

Genus Potyponta, Schumacher.—Lamprostoma, Swains.

1. Potyponta GrppeRuLA, A. Adams. P. testa elevato-conica,

in medio gibbosd, anfractu ultimo angustato ; albidd, lineis roseis

flammulatis radiatim picta ; anfractibus subconveais, cingulis gra-

nosis transversis ornatd, ultimo obtuse angulato ; basi conveai-

usculd, alba, fasciis roseis radiatim pictd ; centro excavato, umbi-

licum mentiente ; columella superne solutd, margine tuberculo-den-

ticulato ; labro intus lirato, inferne denticulato.

Hab. Philippines.

2. PotypontTaA PALLtIpuLA, A. Adams. P. testd elevato-conicd,

albidd, maculis luteolis picté ; anfractibus planis, cingulis tuber-

culorum ornatd, tuberculis inferné in costas excurrentibus, bast

- converd, cingulis granosis ornatd, cavitate contortd umbilicum

simulante ; columelld superné solutd, margine tuberculato-dentato ;

labro intus lirato, inferne denticulato.

Hab. 2

3. Potyponta corruGaTa, A. Adams. P. testd elevato-conicd,

albidd, rufo-fusco variegatd ; anfractibus planiusculis, sulcis trans-

versis, sulcisque obliquis nodoso-reticulatis, inferne oblique costa-

tis, costis nodosis ornatis ; basi planiusculd, in medio concavd, ex-

cavatd, umbilicum mentiente ; columella superné solutd, margine

tuberculato-dentato ; labro intus lirato, inferne denticulato.

4. PotyponTa sauamicera, A. Adams. P. testa elato-

conicd, albidd, cinereo-viridi radiatim picta ; anfractibus planius-

culis, cingulis granulorum tribus ornatis, inferne oblique costatis,

costis in spinis squamiformibus excurrentibus, basi pland striis

granosis, fasciisque rufo-viridibus ornatd, centro excavato umbili-

cum simulante, intus albo lineis elevatis cincto ; apertura lineis

acutis elevatis, transversis in faucibus instructa.

Hab. ?

144 Zoological Society.

Genus Puorcus, Risso.—Omphalius, Philippi.

1. PHorcus nopicinctus, A. Adams. P. testd conoided, ume

bilicatd, fuscd luteo variegatd, levi; anfractibus subplanulatis,

cingulis tribus nodulosis, liris elevatis transversis ornatis, an-

fractu ultimo subangulato, basi conveviusculd, lineis elevatis

concentricis sculptd, regione umbilicali albidd ; columella brevi,

arcuata, nae dentibus duobus terminatd ; labro fusco marginato.

Hab. {

2. PuHorcus GRANIFER, A. Adams. P. testd orbiculato-conica,

~ fused, cingulis transversis granorum distantium ornatd, cingulis

remotiusculis, interstitiis transversim liratis ; anfractibus rotun-

datis, suturd canaliculatad ; umbilico aperto, perspectivo ; columella

sinuatd, basi dentibus duobus terminatd ; labro intus crenulato.

Hab. 14

3. PuHorcus tiratus, A. Adams. P. testd conoided, umbilicata,

fused, lineis pallidis undulatis ornatd, cingulis distantioribus trans-

versis insculptd; columellé sinuatd, basi dentibus tribus ter-

minatd, umbilico aperto, perspectivo, peromphalo viridulo ; labro

intus levi.

Hab. 2

4. Puorcus semierAnosus, A. Adams. P. testd orbiculato-

conoided, umbilicatd, purpureo alboque variegatd, transversim

tenuiter striatd; anfractibus planiusculis, cingulis confertis sub-

granosis ornatis, ultimo subangulato, basi planiusculd, cingulis

granosis insculpto ; margine umbilici lined alba elevatd cincto ;

labio supra calloso ; columella superné sinuatd, basi in tuberculis

duobus terminatd et infra tuberculos dentibus duobus instructa ;

labro intus levi, anticé callo marginato.

Hab. West Indies.

5. Puorcus cauirornicus, A. Adams. FP. testd orbiculato-

conicd, profunde umbilicatd, viridi, atro-purpureo radiatim ma-

culatd, liris transversis subnodulosis inequalibus ornatd; an-

Sractu ultimo subangulato ; basi convexiusculd ; umbilico perspec-

tivo ; labio in medio valde excavato, columella antice dentatd, intus

levi.

Hab. California. Mus. Cuming.

Genus Cuancuuus, Montfort.

Polydonta 6., Schum.—Fragella, Swainson.— Apiculum, sp.,

Humph.—Monodonta, sp., Lamk.—Otavia, Risso (not Cantraine).

1, CLrancuLus ormorHorus, A. Adams. C. testd depresso-

conicd, umbilicatd; anfractibus rotundatis, cingulis granorum

equalibus ornatis, cingulo primo, secundo et tertio granis fuscis

albis alternantibus, quarto granis fuscis ornatis ; anfractu penul-

timo gibboso, ultimo rotundato; umbilico crenulato; columelld

callosd, subreflexd, basi dente triplicato.

Hab. ?

_ Hab.

Zoological Society. 145.

2. CLaANCcuLUS vARIEGATUS, A. Adams. C. testd depresso-

conicd, pallida, rufo-fusco variegatd ; anfractibus supra tumidis,

cingulis granorum ornatis ; interstitiis striis obliquis longitudinali-

bus ; anfractu ultimo acute angulato, basi pluno ; umbilico crenu-

lato ; columella supra tortuosd, margine reflexd, crenulata, basi

dente biplicato terminata; labro intus dentibus lamellaribus, su-

periore majore.

Had. Island of Siquijor, under stones (H. C.).

3. CLANCULUS CINGULIFER, A. Adams. (C. testd elevato-conoi-

ded, carneold, cingulo.albo rufoque articulato ornata ; anfracti-

bus rotundatis, cingulis transversis granosis sculptis ; basi con-

cava, peromphalo albo roseo radiato, margine plicato ; columella

crassd, supra nodosd, infra uniplicata ; basi dente triplicato ter-

minatd ; labro intus lirato; tuberculo maximo, prope marginem

superiorem.

Hab. ?

4, CLancuLus macuxosus, A. Adams. C. testd elevato-conoi-

ded, rufo-fuscd, maculis .albidis variegatd ; anfractibus rotundatis,

cingulis granorum ornatis, interstitiis oblique striatis, margine um-

bilict crenulato ; columelldé supra tuberculo magno instructd, basi

dente biplicato terminata ; labro intus lirato, lird supremd mazimd.

Hab. ?

5. CuancuLus sutcarius, A. Adams. C. testdé parva, albida,

fasciis fuscis radiatim ornatd, cingulis distantioribus granorum

instructd, interstitiis longitudinaliter obliqué striatis ; anfractibus

parum convexis; margine umbilici crenulato; columella dente

pliciformi ; labro intus crenulato.

Hab. Island of Masbate, sandy mud, 7 fathoms (H. C.).

6. CLancuLus acuminatus, A. Adams. C. testé elevato-

conicd ; spird acuminatd, fuscd, nigro-fusco punctatd, cingulis

transversis subdistantibus granorum ornatdé; interstitiis lineis

transversis et longitudinalibus decussatis ; margine umbilici sub-

noduloso ; columella margine reflexo, integro, basi dente simplici

magno terminata ; labro intus lirato.

Hab. Sibonga, island of Zebu, under stones (H. C.).

7. CLANCULUS ALBINUS, A. Adams. .C. testdé conoided, albida,

cingulis granorum confertis ornatd, granis nonnullis fusco punc-

tatis; anfractibus convexis, ultimo rotundato; margine umbilici

plicato-dentato ; columella callosd, plicis duabus transversis, basi

dente triplicato terminata; labro superne inflexo, intus lirato ;

tuberculo magno trisulcato prope marginem superiorem.

8. CLANCULUS TURBINOIDES, A. Adams. C. testé turbinato-

conoided, fusca, cingulis subdistantibus granorum ornatd ; inter-

stitiis lineis transversis prominulis ; anfractibus rotundatis, su-

turd canaliculatd; basi cingulis concentricis granorum instructé ;

146 Zoological Society.

umbilico dentato; columella sulcaté, margine reflexd, tuberculis

quatuor ; labro intus lirato.

Hab. 2

9. CLANCULUS sTIGMATARIUS, A. Adams. C. testd elevato-

conicd, cingulis confertis granorum ornatd, lutescenti cingulo ter-

tio et septimo granis albis et roseis subdistantibus, basi granis

roseis ornata; umbilici margine subnodoso ;\ columella crassa,

transversim subplicatd, basi dente magno triplicato terminata ;

labro supra inflexo, intus lirato, tuberculo magno bisulcato prope

marginem superiorem.

Hab. Island of Corigidor, bay of Manila, coarse sand, 9 fathoms

Bip Oe

10. CLancuLus TExTILosus, A. Adams. C. testd conoided ;

spird acuminatd, cingulis granorum inequalibus ornatd, primo,

tertio et sexto coccined, secundo, quarto, quinto et septimo granis

albis nigris alternantibus ornatd ; margine umbilici dentato ; colu-

mellé biplicutd, margine acutd, basi dente triplicato terminatd ;

labro intus lirato, prope marginem superiorem tuberculo magno.

Hab. Island of Ticao, sandy mud, 6 fathoms (H. C.).

11. CLuancutus minor, A. Adams. C. testd parva, conica, al-

bidd, fasciis rufo-fuscis radiatim ornatd ; anfractibus planis, cin-

gulis transversis granosis sculptd, anfractu ultimo angulato, basi

planiusculd, margine umbilici crenulata ; columella tuberculo de-

curvato terminatd ; labro intus lirato.

Hab. Island of Masbate, sandy mud, 7 fathoms (H. C.).

12. CLancutus BrunneEvs, A. Adams. C. testd depresso-conicd,

fusca, cingulis granorum subdistantibus ornatd ; interstitiis lon-

gitudinaliter elevate striatis ; anfractibus planiusculis, ultimo

acute angulato, umbilici margine pland; columella transversim

plicatd, margine fimbriatd, basi dente biplicato terminatd; labro

intus lirato, liré supremd majore. »

Hab. ?

13. CLancutus unepo, A. Adams. C. testd elevato-conoidea ;

spird prominuld, apice roseo, cingulis granorum confertis (in anf.

“ultim. quinque) ornatd, coccined, cingulo secundo, quarto et quinto

granis albis et nigris ornatis ; umbilici margine plicato-crenulata ;

columella obliqud, crassd, margine reflexd, basi dente magno tri-

plicato terminatd ; labro intus lirato, supra tuberculo magno.

Hab, ——?

14. Cuancu.Lus zepripes, A. Adams. C. testd conoided, fus-

cescenti, nigro-fusco radiatim pictd, cingulis granorum sculptd ;

interstitits lineolis transversis elevatis ; anfractibus rotundatis ;

umbilici margine crenulatd ; columelld supra tuberculo, margine

callosd, basi tuberculo magno terminatd ; labro intus dentibus

linearibus instructo.

Hab. 2

15. CLANCULUS EDENTULUS, A. Adams. C. testd orbiculato-

conoided, sordidé rufa, albo variegatd, cingulis transversis gra-

Zoological Society. 147

\ nosis sculptéd ; anfractibus parum convewis ; umbilici margine sub-

crenulatd ; columella supra plicatd, infra edentuld, margine infra

tuberculis tribus ; labro intus subsulcato.

Hab. 2

16. Cuancutus nigricans, A. Adams. C. testd depresso-conica,

umbilicatd, nigricante ; anfractibus planis cingulis quinque gra-

nulatis ornatd, ultimo angulatd, carinis planis duabus in parte

inferiore, cingulis 5-6 articulatis sulcisque intermediis sculptd ;

umbilici margine crenulato; columelld rectd, superne solutd, in

parte superiore tuberculatd, extus tuberculis tribus instructd ;

~~ labro intus levi.

Hab. ?

17. Crancuuus carinatus, A. Adams. C. testd conicd, albidd,

flammulis rubris pictd, anfractibus planis, cingulis inequalibus

confertis granorum ornatd, supra suturam angulatd, anfractu ul-

timo margine carinato, carind albo rufoque articulatd ; umbilici

margine plano; columelld rectd, supra subcallosd, bast dente

simplici acuto terminatd ; labro intus sulcato.

Hab. 2

18. CLancuLus micropon, A. Adams. C. testd orbiculato-

conicd, fuscd, nigro-fusco maculatd, cingulis granorum ornatd ;

interstittis lineis elevatis transversis ; anfractibus rotundatis,

basi cingulis subnodosis, rufo- et nigro-fusco articulatd ; umbilici

margine dentato, dente superiore majore ; columelld supra flexu-

osd, plicatd, margine reflexo, sulcato-crenulato, basi dente parvo

terminatd ; labro intus lirato.

Hab, —-—?

19. CLaANCULUS omMALOMPHALUS, A. Adams. C. testd depresso-

conicd, pallidd, fusco maculata, anfractibus paulum rotundatis,

cingulis granorum ornatd ; interstitiis striis longitudinalibus, an-

fractu ultimo acute carinuto, carind albo rufoque articulatd, basi

pland ; umbilict margine plano; columelld transversim plicatd,

maryine reflexo dentato, basi dente biplicato terminatd ; labro intus

lirato.

Hab. Sydney (Strange).

- 20. Cuancutus cisBosus, A. Adams. C. testd depresso-conicd,

pallida, fasciis fuscis radiatim dispositis ornatd, cingulis trans-

versis equalibus granosis sculptd ; anfractibus rotundatis, suturd

profundd, cunaliculatd, anfractu ultimo gibboso, infra subangu-

lato; umbilict margine crenulato ; columelld plicatd, margine re-

flexo supra dentato, basi dente magno biplicato terminatd ; labro

intus corrugato-crenulato, supra inflexo, tuberculo magno in-

structo.

Hab. New Ireland (Jukes).

* 21, CLANcULUS consPERSUS, A. Adams. C. testd orbiculato-

conicd, rufescente, albo rubroque variegatd, cingulis moniliformi-

bus transversis ornatd, cingulo infra suturam majore, anfractu

ultimo angulato ; columella postice subcanaliculatd viv tortuosd,

148 Miscellaneous.

antice plicd magnd transversd terminatd ; labro intus valde den-

tato-lirato.

Hab. 2

22. CLANCULUS NODILIRATUS, A. Adams. C. testa depresso-

turbinatd, carneold, liris transversis nodulosis subdistantibus

ornatd ; interstitiis longitudinaliter tenuissime striatis ; anfrac-

tibus subquadratis, margine umbilici dentato; columella rectd,

aa fei dhns: parvo terminatd ; labro intus lirato.

ab. 2

MISCELLANEOUS.

Observations on the Breeding of the Nightingale in Captivity.

By H. Haney, Sergeant-Major Ist Life Guards.

Berne of opinion that any bird which breeds in this country in a

wild state, might, by studying its habits, be brought to do so ina

state of captivity, I made preparations during the winter of 1844 for

trying the Nightingale, which I considered to be the most retired in

its habits of any of our summer yisitants. I had a cage made, 4 feet

long by 3 feet high, the back, ends and top solid, with a wire front,

in which I placed a small Scotch fir-tree, planted in a flower-pot ; to

each end of the cage I attached a common-sized canary’s breeding-

cage, communicating with the large cage by a hole about 4 inches

square. I broke a new birch-broom, and filled up the cages at each

end, to make them resemble as near as possible the bottom of a thick

hedge, and then put in a plentiful supply of withered oak-leaves and

moss, of which the nightingale forms its nest, covering the fronts of

the two small cages with green glazed calico: I placed the cages high

up against a wall facing a landing-window. The following spring,

that is, about the latter end of April 1845, I directed a bird-catcher

(Blake, of John-street, Tottenham-court-road), who goes to Watford

every season to catch nightingales, to bring me a cock and hen bird

which had paired naturally ; he did so, and, fortunately, they meated

off very readily. By “ meating off,” I mean that such birds as live

on insect food will not peck at dead food until taught to do so, which

is effected by enclosing meal-worms in a small glass tube, corked up

at each end, and then placing the tube in-their food ; on pecking at

the worm the beak slips off the glass amidst the food, which they

swallow, and will afterwards go to it without the aid of a tube. On

finding my birds feed freely in the small cage, in which until then I

had confined them, I turned them into the place I had fitted up for

them, and was much gratified, about a week afterwards, to observe

the hen bird flying about with an oak-leaf in her beak. She made

her nest in one of the small cages at the end of the large one ; laid

four eggs, of which she hatched and brought up three young ones,

During the time she was sitting, the cock sang as well and as loud as I

ever heard one in a wild state: when the young were excluded he left

off singing, and was most assiduous in assisting to feed and rear them.

— Proc. Zool. Soc. June 10, 1851.

Miscellaneous, 149

EUCRATEA CHELATA.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

6 North Parade, Penzance, June 4, 1853.

~ GentLtemen,—On June 17, 1852, I found this pretty Zoophyte

trailing over the pods of Halidrys siliquosa, washed in beneath the

Hoe, Plymouth. On examining it under the microscope I found

what I then supposed to be ovicells. Shortly after I saw Mr. Hincks

in Exeter, when I told him that I had met with them, at which he

seemed surprised and somewhat doubtful. I promised to send him

some specimens, which he has so well described and delineated in the

Annals for March last. I have lately been able to confirm all his

remarks upon them, as during the past month (May 1853) I have

met with them in much greater abundance, and springing frequently

from the polypidom.

The zoophyte is plentiful on the outside of the bulb of Laminaria

bulbosa from St. Ives Bay on the north coast. of Cornwall. I have

also succeeded in obtaining a view of the polype. The number of

tentacula are about ten. The polype is of a shy disposition and

does not protrude far from the cell, and appears to be slow in all its

movements. I shall have much pleasure in supplying the ovicells to

any person who may be desirous of possessing them. Mr. Busk, in

the*Catalogue of the Marine Polyzoa of the British Museum, has

named this species Scruparia chelata.

I remain, Gentlemen, your obedient servant,

WituiaM F, Tempier.

“On a new species of Bulimus. By Lovett Rerve, F.L.S.

- Butrmus Maconetu. Bul. testd acuminato-oblongd, tenuiculd,

suboblique convolutd, spird brevi, suturis rudibus, anfractibus qua-'

tuor ad quinque, minute et creberrim? spiraliter undulato-striatis,

ultimo valde inflato, columelld subcontortd, aperturd subampld,

labro simplici ; brunned, maculis parvis punctisque nigris undique

pictd et seriatim fasciatd, maculis infra suturas regularibus, aper-

ture fauce fuscescente.

' Hab. Brisbane, Moreton Bay, Australia.

This fine species has been forwarded to me from the Manchester

Museum of Natural History, with the above name attached to it in

manuscript, by Captain Brown. It is chiefly remarkable on account

of its absolute similarity in texture, in colour, and in pattern, to Helix

Falconari of the same locality. It appears to differ in nothing but

in that difference of convolution which characterizes the respective

‘genera. Mr. Cuming possesses an exactly similar un-umbilicated

specimen ; and none of several examples of H. Falconari, with which

it has been compared and which are all largely umbilicated, present

any indication of an intermediate form. It is the first instance on

record of a strictly typical richly painted Bulimus and Helix agreeing

in colour, in pattern, and in all respects save that of ,form.—Proc.

Zool. Soc. June 24, 1851. :

150 Miscellaneous.

JOHNSTONELLA CATHARINA, GOSSE. THE CRYSTALLINE ©

JOHNSTONELLA.

Mr. Gosse, in his amusing and interesting work on the coast of

Devonshire, describes as new to science an animal under the above

name. I am sorry,—as I should much wish for the above name to

have been permanent,—to have to observe that it appears to belong

to the same genus as the animal described by Eschscholtz in the

‘Isis’ (1825), p. 736. t. 5. f. 5, under the name of Tomopteris onisct-

formis from the South Seas; and by MM. Quoy and Gaimard in

the ‘ Voyage of the Astrolabe,’ ii. p. 284. t. 21. f. 21, 24, under the

name of Briarea Scolopendra from the coast of Spain. Hermannsen

has proposed to change the latter name to Briarea: Harry Goodsir

calls it Briareus: and Mr. R. Ball writes it Bryarea. Eschscholtz

and Quoy and Gaimard regard it as a mollusk ; the first referring it

to the order Heteropoda, and the latter to the Nudibranchiata.

Mr. Harry Goodsir, who found the animal abundant in the North

Sea (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1845, xvi. 163), observing the pre-

sence of “cilia fringing the bifurcated posteriors of the lateral ex-

tremity of its body,” decided that it could not be a mollusk.

Menke (Zeitsch. fiir Malac. 1844, 21) proposes to remove the ge-

nus to the Annelides; more recent authors have considered it as a

Crustacean.

Mr. Gosse at first sight thought it might be a Brachiopod Crus-

tacean, but thinks it has more affinity to the Annelides (p. 348), and

refers it to that class in the Systematic Index.

According to Eschscholtz and Quoy and Gaimard, the South Sea

specimens are very much smaller than those found in the Mediter-

ranean: thus, Tomopteris onisciformis and T'. Scolopendra are most

probably distinct species. Mr. Gosse’s Johnstonella Catharina is, no

doubt, a synonym of the latter, since Mr, R. Ball records that Brya-

rea Scolopendra has been taken in Dublin Bay by Dr. Corrigan

(Proc. Brit. Assoc. 1849, p. 72).—Joun Epw. Gray.

July 14, 1853.

On a new genus of Anomiade. By J. KE. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

TEDINIA.

Shell irregular, loosely lamellar ; upper or right valve with a broad

cardinal groove, and with three muscular scars, the upper small, ob-

long near the cartilage, the other two large, subcentral, upper sub-

trigonal, lower oblong, transverse, united by a nearly straight medial

cross line; left or attached valve with an elongated, triangular, con-

vex cardinal ridge, with a deep groove on each side, having the car-

tilage on its inner edge, with two muscular scars, one small, half. ob-

long near the cardinal ridge, the other large, subcentral, subcircular,

and with a roundish circular hole near the upper edge, with a slight

impression showing the grooves to the margin some distance from

the cardinal ridge; the plug shelly, fixed into and exactly fitting the

hole, with a triangular base sunk into the surface, commencing from

the apex of the shell on the outer surface, and formed of erect shelly

longitudinal plates within.

A. ’

Meteorological Observations. 151

The shell has the plug and much the external appearance of the

subgenus Pododesmus, but differs from it and all the other Anomia-

dein. the following particulars: 1. That the line which indicates the

junetion of the two edges of the sinus which forms the perforation,

instead. of beg placed on the side of the ridge which supports the

cartilage, is placed at a considerable distance from it; 2. The sides

of the sinus are firmly soldered together, leaving only a circular hole ;

3. The support of the cartilage, instead of bemg merely a ridge or

process, here forms a large elongated subtriangular talus, like that

found in the genus Ostrea; 4. It differs greatly i in the number and

form of the muscular scars; the two large ones in the free valves are

placed as in the genus Placunanomia, and there is a third anterior

one in each valve not found in any genus of the family, and very un-

like the third scar of the genus eee I know only of a single

specimen of the genus, which is in the collection of Mr. Cuming,

who believes that it came from California. It may be called Tedt-

nia pernoides; subquadrangular, reddish, subsquamose, obscurely

radiated, internally reddish brown.—Proc. Zool. Soc. June 24, 1851.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JUNE 1858.

Chiswick.—June 1. Overcast: slight rain. 2. Cold haze: overcast: heavy

clouds. 3. Fine: clear. 4. Slightly overcast: cloudy and fine: clear. 5,6. Very

fine. 7. Hazy: veryfine. 8. Very fine: overcast. 9. Cloudy and mild. 10. Fine.

11. Slight haze: fine. 12. Overcast: rain. 13. Constant rain. 14. Cloudy.

15. Very fine : heavy clouds: overcast. 16. Very fine: clear. 17. Cloudy and

fine. 18. Fine. 19. Rain. 20. Very fine: cloudy and showery at night.

21. Very fine: rain: clear. 22. Cloudy: slight rain. 23. Fine: clear at night.

24, Very fine: clear. 25. Rain: cloudy: rain. 26. Overcast: rain at night.

27. Densely overcast: slight rain. 28. Overcast. 29. Cloudy and fine. 30.

Showery.

Mean temperature of the month ......... Rechtness Seqetsosenrere do LO

Mean temperature of June 1852 1... ..eesec seen endear - 58°01

Mean temperature of June for the last twenty-seven years . 60 °56

Average amount of rain in June .............ssesceereereeseeeeee 1°77 inch.

Boston.—June 1—5. Cloudy. 6. Fine: rainre.m. 7,8. Fine. 9. Cloudy.

10—13. Fine. 14. Cloudy: rain, with thunder and lightning p.m. 15. Fine.

16. Cloudy. 17. Fine. 18. Cloudy. 19. Rain: rain a.m. and p.m. 20. Fine:

rainp.M. 2]. Cloudy: rain p.m. 22. Cloudy: rain a.m. aud p.m. 23. Cloudy.

24. Fine. 25. Cloudy: rain a.m. 26,27. Cloudy: rain a.M.and p.m. 28. Cloudy:

rain a.m. 29. Fine: rain a.m. 30, Cloudy: rain p.m.

| Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—June 1. Fog a.m.: damp p.m. 2,3. Drops A.m.:

; Mlondy p.M. 4. Cloudy a.m. and p.m. 5. Clear a.m.: cloudy p.m. 6. Cloudy

A.M. : showers, oe p.M. 7. Clear, fine a.m.: clear p.m. 8. Clear A.m.: hazy P.M.

9. Drizzle A.M.: showers, fog p.m. 10. Fog a.m. and p.m. 11. Fog a.m.:

showers, hazy pM. 12. Hazy a.m. and p.m. 13. Bright a.m.: clear, fine p.m.

14. Bright, fine a-m.: cloudy p.m. 15. Showers a.M.: cloudy p.m. 16. Cloudy

m.: cloudy, fine p.m. 17. Cloudy a.m.: rainp.M. 18, Rain a.m.: cloudy p.m.

19. Bright a.m.: rain p.m. 20. Damp a.m.: clear, fine p.m. 21. Clear, fine

AM.and P.M. 22. Clear, fine A.M.: fog p.m. 23. Damp a.m.: clearp.M. 24.

Showers a.M.and p.m. 25. Showers A.M.: clear p.m. 26. Bright a.m. : clear P.M.

27. Ram a.m.and pM. 28. Bright a.m.: cloudy p.m. 29. Rain a.m. : showers

p.m. : 30. Cloudy a.m. and p.m.

Mean temperature of June for twenty-six previous years ,..... 52°69

Mean temperature of June 1852 ....... eee esecece tenes ee eeeees 55 *33

Mean temperature of this month ......... Caer Soap renee Batt 55°21

Average quantity of rain in June for seven previous years ... 2°46 inches,

00.65 [£4.25 | 9.29 |£9.g% |0L.69| Sxg.6e

63.62

198.6

f1.z | ob.z “UBOTN

HS | 98) SSo) LY \\oL £4.62 LE.6z £7.62 $99.62 gzl.6z "of

oS | gfS 1g) 208 4) ae 7£.6z 90,62 o1.6z 59.62 $4.62 62

oS | gS | gg] S$ | rZ | zz6z gf 62 91.62 95.62 Llg.6z | -gzp

$$ | SS | S.99) 6S | 69 97.62 bE 62 go.6z £25.62 919.6 Lz

ose 2S 6S] €£$ | Lo gb.6z 65 62 07,62 gzS.6z 99.62 "9%

gb | €S £S} Ss 69 65.62 95.62 $2.62 £09.62 gbl.6z Sz

s6b | SS | S.g9| 9S 18 $9.62 ol 62 of.6z 1$L.6¢- 07g.6z ‘Vz

eecseasee|iveeebacl sty 1 6b | SS 19| Lb | €Z 73.67 06,62 LE.6z S+L.62 064.62 Ez

TO we leman (sans) Se zs | 79 og| oS | +9 20,08 £0.08 9£.6z $69.62 0gl.6z "ZZ

to. | an} -s | -u | gbS | zg £S| fb | o9 66.62 $6.62 07.62 985.6% LLo.6z 2140)

ZO. ‘a | mu | ‘au | g$$ | 68 SS| tb | g9 16,62 14,6 £1.62 1£5.6z 955.62 *0z

ze. [ee] og | ms | 95 | zg | S.£9] rb | 49 $9.62 09.6z L1.6z £55.62 gzl.6z “61

Gx seteeateeleereeeses! agg “MSS “MS 9S 6S 89 ¢s iL $9.62 09.62 gr.6z 698.62 100,08 "SI

tetteeeee|teeeeasesleeeeseees! agg g oM 9S 19 | S.tg| 6v cL 6L.6z 1¢,6z oS 62 900,08 290.08 “LI

sadadeaes|secncnses ‘oss |g $5 | 9S £Z| gb | zg 96.6z 96.62 £8.62 $96.62 L£o,0£ "gI

So. Sz. “mss | “ms | S15 | 9S of| SS | of $6.62 8g.6z g.6z 196.67 Loo,of "St

Geatigdewelseuadeyea Hradec $5 | 09 +9| gb | x1Z $3.62 26,67 ££.62 199.62 L£6.6z br C

Soares ene "9 oaN +5 | <9 £9| 1S | Ss z0,0£ 00,08 97.6% z0L.6% £5.62 Ex

Ho, a|stenensee ‘as | m | $9 | 09 | $.2zZ| 1S | So 46,62 $9.62 $2.62 Lol.6z gzl.6z "ZI

1 °9 ae GG 69| £5 | og 23.6% £9.62 of 62 069.62 £bL.6~ ‘II

OL, [teeeeeres ‘asa | ‘as £S | 9S CGI La eee L3.6z 6,62 $v.6z £1g.6z 646.62 ‘OL

Sp aveaetslostsceres “m | ms | 9S | 9S | S.rZ| of | 69 20.08 $6.62 $$.6z £26.62 Lto,0f 6

ad Otoaee lice Gis *m | ms | £5 | gS | S.zg| +S | og $6.62 $6.62 29.62 $10.08 g40,0£ °g

go. | ox. u |-emu| £5 | LS | 9S] bb | SZ £0.08 66.62 $5.62 706,62 000,08 “L

sas aseens|severevad vass | «ms | $59 | 98 zg| 6£ | bZ 06,62 £9.62 Lt.6z 9£g.6z £39.62 ‘9 @

seseeeeselesescesesleeerseees! encg | souu | "QS 2S LS gS} 6£ 69 £3.62 06,62 oS .62 gbg.6z 963.62 SS

teeeseeeeleeeseeees| egeg oid “2u oS 9S $.9$ 65 +9 £0,0£ £r.0£ $9.62 116,67 oto.o£ “y

‘au | xf | SS SSV-LE || hg gr.o£ Zz,08 08.62 0g0.0£ £21.08 rf

teeeeseesleeseesere! MUA! oET “u Eos 9S 6S gt 09 6z.0£ gr.of ol.6z 190.0 160.0£ *Z

cveceerecleeseeeser| zo, | mu | -auu| ou rule zS| gb | 2S ZI.0£ go.of 09.62 +£6.62 £96.62 “r

g : : g g : 3 | - : ae isary to] 28 | vune | er oud 38 ue $6 ee mn my | ame

z Soir BS 3S

BS : 5 eo Pe Rete PP *3IMSTY *yormpurg ‘Leuxs9 de “PIMs “qqUOyYT

“Urey “PULA, *rajOMIOULIOTL, Sousa |! eta

‘KANNUGO ‘asunpy yompung yo “UOSNO[D *_ *ABY ay? fg pun £ Noasog yw [waa “AIK Ag

‘uopuoryT au ‘MOIMSIHY 7D fijaroog pounyynor.tofy ay? fo uapang ay; 7v uosduLoY,], “IW Ag apyw suownasasqQ qoarbojosoazapy

3PP ISOLA

YUL BIN 8 8 CLIN CPP OF

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 69. SEPTEMBER 1853.

; “XVI.—Notes on some new or little-known Marine Animals.

(No. 2.) By P. H. Gossz, A.L.S.

[With a Plate.]

Class CRUSTACEA.

Fam. PALZMONIDZ.

Hippolyte fascigera (mihi). The Plumed Hippolyte.

Rostrum straight, acuminate, with two teeth above, the one at

the base and the other near the apex ; two teeth below, the one

near the middle, the other near the tip. Body studded with

deciduous tufts of plumes.

This curious species attains about Zths of an inch in length.

e carapace is moderately gibbous ; the rostrum straight, elon-

gated, furnished on its upper edge with a curved tooth near the

base, and a second small one so close to the extremity, that the

tip might almost with propriety be called bifid ; the tip itself is

acute, and extends a little beyond the apical tooth ; on the under

edge, which is much hollowed at the base, and deep in the

middle, there are two teeth, of which one is a little beyond the

middle, and the other near the tip, but considérably behind the

ine of the upper apical tooth. The. scale of the external antenna

is large, exceeding the rostrum by one-third of its own length;

its. tooth is plaeed about. one-fifth from the extremity. The

thicker filament of the internal antenna is comparatively slender,

not longer than the thin filament, and bent up at a right angle:

The first pair of feet are short ; the second has the wrist four-

jointed, The middle plate of the tail has two spines on each

‘side, and six placed slightly divergently at its extremity, of which

the outermost on each side is minute. :

The most remarkable character is that each segment of the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 1]

154 Mr. P. H. Gosse on new or little-known Marine Animals.

body is armed with six tufts of plumose bristles, set transversely

at nearly equal distances. The thorax has three transverse rows,

and the abdomen one on every segment. Lach tuft consists of

from ten to fifteen plumes, which spring from a point and di-

verge in a fan-like manner in the longitudinal plane. Each

plume is a slender straight taper stem, set distichously with two

rows of very close pinnz, diverging at a small angle from the

stem, and graduated to a point, like the barbs of a feather.

These plumose tufts are very peculiar, and are sufficiently con-

spicuous during life even to the naked eye ; though, being very

deciduous, it is rare to find the whole series perfect, and in dried

specimens they are frequently altogether wanting. In this con-

dition the species may be easily mistaken for H. varians, which it

resembles closely in many of its characters, besides the form and

denticulation of the rostrum. It may, however, be distinguished

at once, while alive, by its colour, which, though varying, does

not assume any of the phases of H. varians. It is usually pellucid

white, clouded with opake drab, and generally blotched with

dark reddish purple. When dead, and divested of its tufts, the

rostrum displays minute but constant points of difference, in the

closer proximity of the upper and lower apical teeth to the apex,

and in the wider separation of the two lower teeth inter se. The

relation of the filaments of the internal antennz to each other, in

length and thickness, also affords a good distinction; but not

the direction of the thicker; for though this in H. varians is

stated by Professor Bell not to be bent at right angles, I must

venture to correct this observation; its angle, according to my

experience, is as abrupt during the life of the animal as it is in

H. Cranchii for instance.

Hippolyte fascigera is taken with the dredge in Weymouth

Bay a few miles from land; though less numerous than some

other species of the genus, it cannot be considered rare.

Hippolyte Cranchit (Leach). Cranch’s Hippolyte.

The colours of this little species when alive, taken by compa-

rison of several specimens, are as follows. Upper parts nearly

white, the rest light pellucid purple, in which the blue or the

red element prevails in irregular patches. The hue is most

positive on the legs, where it is banded, on the terminal segment

of the abdomen, on the tail-plates, and on the false feet. In

other parts it is seen by means of a lens to consist of minute

stellate specks on a light ground. The extruded ova, which form

a large mass, are white, becoming olive. Sometimes the whole

animal is of a pellucid drab hue, with scattered purple specks. I

have seen a specimen which was wholly of a deep purple, except

Mr. P. H. Gosse on new or little-known Marine Animals. 155

the thorax, which was alternately banded with brown and pale

yellow, and the eyestalks, which were pale yellow. A narrow

band of whitish drab running along the median line of the ab-

domen, and expanding into a broad oval spot on the fourth seg-

ment, is pretty constant in all, and may be considered cha-

racteristic.

The rostrum has four teeth on the upper edge, quite as often

as three, if not oftener ; and the extremity is occasionally trifid.

This is one of the most common of the smaller Crustacea in-

habiting the deeper parts of the coralline zone in Weymouth Bay.

It is brought up in almost every haul of the dredge or keer-drag.

Hippolyte Thompsoni (Bell). Thompson’s Hippolyte.

The denticulations of the upper edge of the rostrum in this

Prawn are not simple serratures of the edge as in Hip. Cranchit,

and in the true Palemons, but triangular spines articulated to

the edge. In Pandalus annulicornis the same structure exists,

and the superior size of this latter species facilitating manipu-

lation, I found that by means of a fine needle I could move the

spines to and fro with considerable freedom, on their articulated

bases. The spaces between the spines are occupied in both

these species by rows of short bristles graduated in length, as in

Palemon serratus.

Crangon sculptus (Bell). The Sculptured Shrimp.

This pretty species varies exceedingly im colour. In one of its

most common conditions, the ground colour is a plain drab,

which is studded with minute blackish dots, and stellate specks

of reddish brown. The body, especially the abdomen, is elegantly

clouded with pale sienna-brown in a sinuous but symmetrical

pattern. The sinuosities are im some parts edged with pale blue,

and there are three more conspicuous spots of bright azure blue,

set at equal distances along the median line of the abdomen, each

of them taking the form of a semi-ocellus with a black pupil. An

undulating line or macular band of azure crosses the front of the

thorax. The ground colour of the fourth abdominal segment is

of a deeper brown than the rest, the difference being gradual an-

teriorly but abrupt posteriorly, where it ceases with a transverse

line of deep brown, imparting some resemblance to C. fasciatus.

Sometimes there is a broad well-defined band of deep brown

across the hinder part of the thorax. One specimen that I have

seen had the whole upper parts opake white, minutely freckled

with buff ; except the last abdominal segment and the tail-plates,

which, as well as the sides of the body and the false feet, were

freckled with blackish purple.

11*

156 Mr. P. H. Gosse on new or little-known Marine Animals.

Another had the buff of the upper parts so mingled with

rufous, purple and dark brown, as to give a warm bay tint to

the whole, with azure spots scattered, and a broad band of deep

bistre brown across the hind part of the thorax.

Another is about equally elouded and banded with black and

rose-crimson ; exceedingly rich and beautiful.

The projection of the wrist of the anterior foot on each side,

like an angular elbow, gives a peculiar aspect to this little

shrimp.

Crangones vulgaris, trispinosus, sculptus, fasciatus, and spinosus

occur in this bay with a comparative frequency indicated: by the

order in which I have placed their respective names.

Fam. Mysrp2.

Mysis productus (mihi). The Long Opossum Shrimp.

Form elongate, slender. Rostrum lanceolate, nearly twice as

long as the eyes. Peduncle of internal antenna elongate,

curving outward; second and third joints together as long as

the first. Scale of external antenna about half as long as the

carapace, strongly toothed.

The general form is much longer and more slender than that

of M. chameleon. The rostrum is hyaline, broadly lanceolate,

acute, and nearly twice as long as the eyes. All the joints of the

peduncle of the internal antenna are lengthened ; the second and

third united are equal to the first, and together reach about to

the tip of the antennal scale. This latter is lengthened ; nearly

parallel-sided, with the tip abruptly angular ; a strong tooth pro-

jects from the outer angle, from whence long cilia extend round

the tip along the inner edge. PI. VI. fig. 5 a.

The middle plate of the tail (fig. 5 6) is lanceolate, with the apex

entire, obtuse; the base constricted; the margin fringed with

small spines. The inner lateral plate tapers to a point, with a

terminal spine. The outer plate is by much the longest, it is

emarginate on the outside near the tip ; the inner edge is deeply

ciliated, the fringe extending round the tip to the emargination ;

there a rather long spine occurs, followed by a series of minute

spines to the base.

The colour of the only specimen found was pale umber-brown,

becoming redder towards the tail. The outer tail-plate was

hyaline, with a large stellate spot of red on its basal half. Eyes

black. It was taken in Weymouth Bay in July, together with

several of M. chameleon.

The species appears to combine some of the characters af

M. Griffithsie and M. vulgaris, but to be sufficiently distinet

from either.

Mr. P. H: Gosse on new or little-known Marine Animals. 157

Class ZOOPHYTA.

Fam. AcTINIADE-

Genus Scozanruvs (mihi). The Worm-Anemone.

- Body cylindrical, lengthened, vermiform, invertile, incapable

of attachment; posterior extremity rounded, perforate ; anterior

discoid, surrounded by a marginal series of slender tentacles.

Name from oxoan£, a worm, and dyOos, a flower.

Scolanthus callimorphus (mihi). The Yellow Worm-Anemone.

When contracted this animal is about three-fourths of an inch

long, and one-third of an inch in diameter, covered with a cori-

aceous, minutely corrugated skin, of a deep orange-yellow colour.

(See Pl. X. fig. a.) In this state it bears a strong resemblance to

a Holothuria, which indeed for some time I supposed it to be. On

being placed in a glass vase of sea-water with a layer of gravel

at the bottom, it speedily burrowed out of sight. The next

morning, however, I perceived it greatly changed, being fully.

expanded. It had fortunately selected a site in contact with the

side of the glass, so that I could see the whole length of the ani-

mal through the transparent medium.

- When fully protruded it extends to about 23 inches, with a

slight diminution of the former diameter. (See fig. b.) The ante-

rior extremity for about one-third of an inch forms a sort of fluted

column, a little less in thickness than the rest of the body, from

which it is abruptly separated. The flutings, eight in number

at the base, but divided into sixteen at the summit, are of a rich

sienna-brown hue, varied irregularly with black and white, each

bearing a conspicuous lozenge-shaped spot of eream-white at the

base, and terminated by a white tip. The effeet of these co-

lours is bizarre, and much resembles those mosaics of coloured

woods well known as Tunbridge-ware. (See fig. c.)

. The extremity of the coloured column is truncate, forming a

transverse disk, in the centre of which is a small, ovate, conical

mouth, agreeing in structure with that of the Actinie generally.

The surface of the disk is white, marked with a series of pointed

arches in form of astar of deep sienna-brown ; the regularity and

beauty of which figure, resembling the forms of the kaleidoscope,

so struck my imagination as to suggest the specific name, from

Kados, beautiful, and popp7, form. From each angle of the

mouth a broad band of blackish brown crosses the disk, mter-

rupting the star\at opposite points. (See fig. d.)

- Sixteen’ depressed radiating lines on the disk mark the out-

lines of the basal portion of so many tentacles, which become free

only at the cdge of the disk. They are long, slender, and of

Vt).

158 Mr. P. H. Gosse on new or little-known Marine Animals.

nearly equal diameter throughout, but taper to a blunt point at

the extremity. Their substance is of colourless transparency,

with the exception of transverse rows of specks and dashes of

opake white, more or less arranged in rings, increasing in num-

ber and size, until they become confluent at the tips; this glassy

translucency imparts to the tentacles a singular effect, especially

as the part where they become free and spring from the margin

of the disk is marked by an abrupt circle of opake white. Hach

tentacle is about thrice as long as the disk is wide. These organs

radiate horizontally, and commonly are curved either upward or

downward at their tips. Their bases coincide with the flutings

of the column.

The specimen which I have described was dredged in four or

five fathoms in Weymouth Bay, about the end of July. Its habit,

judging from what I have seen of it in captivity, is to burrow in

fine gravel or sand at such a depth as allows it to protrude the

coloured column from the surface (as shown at fig. c). Here it

expands its tentacled disk for passing prey: I fed it with frag-

ments of a shrimp, and found that it ate with the same avidity,

and in exactly the same manner as its cousins, the Sea-Ane-

mones ; the tentacles catching and moving to and fro the morsel,

and disposing its position and direction so as to facilitate the

mouth’s grasping it; this latter organ expanding its flexible

lips to an apparently indefinite width, and gradually enveloping

the presented food.

If rudely touched, the disk was suddenly withdrawn, the co-

lumn, and then the upper two-thirds of the body disappearing in

rapid succession by a process of inversion, exactly like that by

which the Earthworm withdraws its fore parts, or, to use a homel

simile, like the turning of a stocking. The extent to which the

introversion proceeds depends on the degree of annoyance to

which the animal has been subjected, or on its wayward will: it

is capable of crawling along in its subterraneous abode, while

contracted ; pushing aside the gravel with the front of its body :

it proceeded in this way two or three inches in as many hours,

while I was watching it, before it turned upwards and thrust

out its head; the evolution of the column not beginning until

the surface was reached.

The form and habits of this animal had appeared to warrant

its isolation from any genus known to me; it is most nearly

affined to Ilwanthos of Professor Forbes, but seemed to me suffi-

ciently distinct from that genus, before I was aware of the pre-

sence of an anal orifice. This is a peculiarity (probably con-

nected with its elongate form) which at once isolates it from its

fellows. The aperture is moderately large, of a deep black,

which hue appears to be derived from the colour of the feces

7 a

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S.2. Vol

J. Lubbock. dal

ae |e

Mr. J. Lubbock on two new species of Calanide. 159

stainmg the surrounding skin; it is seated in a depression in

the centre of converging corrugations. On irritating this part

slightly, the tortuous frilled bands (commonly called seminal)

that occupy so large a portion of the interior of all Actiniade

were protruded. 1 examined a very minute portion of one with

the microscope, and found it to contain a few elliptical thread-

_ capsules, which presented nothing peculiar.

I presume that the usual membranous septa run down the

interior cavity ; for pale longitudinal lines are seen through the

dimly-pellucid integuments of the body, which appear to indi-

cate such a structure.

The skin is coriaceous, not mucous, but covered with minute

irregularly-transverse corrugations, as if it lay excessively loose,

and was wrinkled up.

P. H. Gossx,

Weymouth, August 5, 1853.

XVII.—On two new species of Calanide, with Observations on

the Spermatic Tubes of Pontella, Diaptomus, §¢. By Joun

Lussock, Esq., F.Z.S.

[With a Plate. ]

[Continued from p. 124.]

Antenne.

Auruoves the right anterior antennz of the males of Labido-

cera Darwinii, magna and Patagoniensis, Pontella Bairdii, Ano-

malocera Patersonii and Monops grandis, appear at first sight to

differ very materially from one another, and from the corre-

sponding antenne of the left side, which, on the other hand,

agree with those of the female, a little examination will

_ prove that they are all reducible to one type, and that their dif-

ferences are formed by the development of certain parts at the

expense of others. I have therefore, when describing the above

species, said little about these organs, intending to consider them

all together. Extraordinary as are the forms, and beautifully

adapted as is the prehensile apparatus of each, yet that which

has struck me most is the regular arrangement of the hairs, of

which there are five sorts.

Ist. Short down, which I have only found on the external side

of the basal segments of the female and left male. I never saw

any on the right antenne of the male.

Qndly. The plumose hairs so prevalent among the Ento-

mostraca, and which chiefly prevail at the basal portion and the

160 Mr. J. Lubbock on two new species of Calanide.

apical segment, being apparently replaced from the Ist to the

12th segments inclusive (counting from the apex) by

8rdly. Ordinary, cylindrical tapering hairs, and fy lis

Athly. By transversely wrinkled hairs... These two last gra~

dually pass into one another, and though generally perfectly

distinct, yet it is sometimes difficult to know to which form the

smaller hairs belong... And }

5thly. Flattened lanceolate hairs. Hairs of this shape are

represented on the antenna of a Calanus quinqueannulatus in

Gaimard’s ‘ Voyage en Scandinavie,’ but I do not remember ever

to have seen similar ones on any other animals. )

The normal arrangement of these hairs is three on each seg-

ment, all on the inner side. I have already observed, however,

that the short down is, when present, on the outer side. The ex-

ceptions to this rule are the three apical segments, of which the

terminal bears seven hairs; and the other two have each one on

the outer side in addition to those on the inner. These two hairs

(Pl. VII.) are very conspicuous in Cetochilus septentrionalis, Cala-

nus communis, and Oithona setiger, Dana, and are also present

in Pontella, Acartia?, Dana, Catopia, Dana, Caudace, Dana,

Undina, Dana, Eucheta, Dana; in short, I believe they will: be

found throughout the family. The plumose, wrinkled and ordi-

nary hairs appear often to pass gradually into one another, the

secondary sete becoming further and further apart, and the

wrinkles less and less distinct; they also often replace one

another, the plumose prevailing on the apical and the twelve

basal, and being almost entirely absent on the intermediate seg-

ments. On the other hand, the laneeolate hairs are much more

constant and definite in form; there is not one on every seg

ment, but wherever a segment is provided with its three hairs,

one is lanceolate, and to this rule I know of no exception. The

other two are generally (in that part of the antenna contaming

the second and eleven following joints to which our attention is

now chiefly directed) one ordinary and one wrinkled, sometimes

however two wrinkled or two ordinary. I have already remarked

that éach segment, except the three anterior, is normally pro-

vided with three hairs, the apical with seven, and the second and

third with four each. The number is often less, but never more

than this. In the ordinary unswollen antenna, two of the hairs,

one of which is the lanceolate, are attached to the upper end, and

one to the middle of each segment, but in the swollen prehensile

antenne they are all found at the apex.

In the females, and in the left antenna of the males, we find

on the eleventh segment a strong hair larger than the rest, and

evidently homologous with the hair marked (a) on Pontella

Bairdii.. This again as evidently represents that marked (a) om

. Mr. J. Lubbock on: twornew species of Calanide. 161

L: Darwinii, P. Bairdii, A. Patersoniit, M. grandis, and L. Pata-

goniensis ; and finally, the large annulose appendage of L. magna,

in which it attains to its maximum development. If now we

count the segments from the apex in A. magna, we shall find that

it is apparently situated on the ninth; two therefore are evidently

either soldered together or missing, and at the same time the

fourth shows traces of consisting of three; in M. grandis the

apical one of these three is distinct from the other two, and in

L. Darwinii there are transverse lines, which divide it into three

segments, but are very indistinct. We have now therefore re-

duced the twelve anterior segments of the prehensile and non-

prehensile antenne in the two sexes to the same type, and no

doubt the same might be done with the basal portion; here,

however, the jomts are much more indistinct, and differ with

age; I have not therefore thought it worth while to devote to

this» inquiry the time which would be necessary to work it out

satisfactorily, but will.content myself with a description of the

apical portion, especially dwelling on the law which has evidently

presided over the arrangement of the hairs.

The three first or apical segments are always somewhat alike,

small and either distinct as in P. Bairdii, or soldered together

as. in L. magna; in either case, however, the boundaries are

well marked by the hairs.. On the first, these are seven in num-

ber. The most internal is the largest, and is either simple or

wrinkled; the next is simple or plumose, the third always lan-

ceolate, and the rest either simple or plumose. In some cases

these hairs are so delicate, that I could not quite convince myself

that'they agreed with the above description, and in my single

specimen of L. magna several had unfortunately been broken off.

I know of no case, however, which disagrees with this rule.

~The second segment: has in every case three hairs, two internal

and one external. One of the two internal is always lanceolate

the other two either simple or ringed.

» The third bears one internal and one external, either simple or

tinged. In L. Patersonii, however, the external is plumose.

The following segments are provided with hairs on the outer

side only :— é

~The fourth segment, which in L. Patagoniensis, P. Bairdii,

Le magna, and M. grandis, is intimately united with the two fol-

lowing; bears’a simple hair in A. Patersonii, a wrinkled one in

EL: Darwinii and P. Bairdii; and two wrinkled and a small spine,

This spine I consider, not'as homologous with a lanceolate hair,

but rather'as'a rudimentary plate, of the same nature as those

which are more developed and provided with teeth in the suc-

ceeding segments. .

The fifth bears a lanceolate hair in L. magna, Patagoniensis and

162 Mr. J. Lubbock on two new species of Calanide.

Darwinii, P. Bairdii and M. grandis, and a simple one in A. Pater-

sonii. It is also provided with a dentated plate in L. Patago-

niensis and magna, with a spine (analogous to a plate) im M,.

grandis and A. Patersonii; and perhaps a part of the large ante-

rior plate of L. Darwinii and P. Bairdii, which rises from the

next segment, may be considered to belong to this.

The sixth has a lanceolate hair in L. Darwinii and P. Bairdii

only, and bears a dentate plate in every species except L. Pata-

goniensis.

The seventh has a dentate plate in every species, and with the

preceding forms the most important part of the prehensile ap-

paratus, the teeth being turned in such a direction as to retain

firmly any object seized.

The eighth has two hairs, one lanceolate and the other gene-

rally ringed, but sometimes simple, and also either a dentated

plate, asim L. Patagoniensis and magna, M. grandis and A. Pater-

sonit, or a spine as in L. Darwinii and P. Bairdii. This is the

first segment of the swollen portion, which includes the ninth,

tenth, eleventh, twelfth and thirteenth.

The ninth bears a lanceolate hair in every species except A.

Patersoni ; and two large, generally wrinkled hairs, one of which

however in M. grandis, and both in A. Patersonii, are simple.

The tenth a lanceolate and two others, which in L. Dar-

winn and P. Bairdii are one wrinkled and one plumose, and in

LL. Patagoniensis and M. grandis one wrinkled and one simple ;

in L. magna both wrinkled, and in A. Patersonii both simple.

The eleventh has a lanceolate hair ; a prehensile spine, which

in L. Darwinii and P. Bairdii is represented by a large ringed

hair ; and a third which is simple in M/. grandis and A. Patersonii,

wanting in P. Bairdii, and wrinkled in the other three species.

It is evident therefore, as I have remarked above, that the pre-

hensile spine, which is large in L. magna, is no new organ, but

merely a hair very much developed.

Finally, the twelfth has, like the preceding segments, a lanceo-

late hair, and two others which are either wrinkled or simple, or

in M. grandis plumose.

The remaining joints are so indistinct, and it is often so dif-

ficult to determine to which the hairs belong, that I did not

think it worth while to examine them as carefully. It is how-

ever evident that the hairs are arranged according to the same

plan, the chief difference being, that whilst the lanceolate remain

unaltered, the wrinkled and simple have been replaced by plu-

mose hairs. The same regularity in the number, structure and

arrangement of the hairs is also found on the other organs, and

the more they are examined, the more does this become appa-

rent. I hope I shall not be considered to have described the

Pe Fe Se

Mr. J. Lubbock on two new species of Calamde. 163

above with unnecessary minuteness, as it was the very closeness

of the agreement which struck me, and which brought before me

in quite a new light the text which says, that “ the very hairs of

our head are all numbered.” Who can help adormg that om-

nipotent power whose influence we perceive in everything around

us, and which extends to things which we should have thought

almost too insignificant for His notice !

Geographical Distribution.

The species belonging to the genus Labidocera have hitherto

only been found in the Atlantic Ocean and in the southern

hemisphere. L. Darwinii and Patagoniensis were collected by

Mr. Darwin off the coast of Patagonia, Lat. 88° 40’ S. Ascend-

ing towards the Equator, at L. 18° to 22° S., and from 2° 30! W.

to 4° E., we find their places supplied by L. magna, Pontella

Bairdii, and Monops grandis ; further north again these yield to

A. Patersonii, which is found from the north of Ireland 54° N.

to 60° N., and from 6° to 25° 45! W. Probably every part of

the Atlantic is inhabited by one or two species of this group.

They are all inhabitants of the open sea, and as they swim in

great shoals must furnish abundant food for fishes, Medusz, and

other marine animals. All these species form, though belonging

to different genera, a group characterized by having the right

anterior antenna of the male swollen and provided with dentated

plates, and, as far as we know at present, the Atlantic Ocean is

the only part of the world in which this group occurs. Among

the large number of Calanide obtained by Dana in the Pacific,

and among those figured by Gaimard in the “ Voyage en Scan-

dinavie,” the antennz are only geniculated, as in the common

Cyclops vulgaris. There are probably many species of this group

as yet undescribed, but I do not know of any others at present

existing in our collections.

Classification.

The presence or absence of superior and inferior eyes, and the

structure of the right antenna of the male and the fifth pair of

legs, whether prehensile or not, have hitherto been considered as

generic characters, and upon them the classification of the family

is founded. The eyes present the most useful characters; and

though the antennz and fifth pair of legs, being simple in the

females, are not so convenient, yet as the species generally occur

in shoals, in which the two sexes are found together, it will in

most cases be found tolerably easy to make out the names. It

may be doubted, however, whether these are really of generic

value; for instance, Monops grandis and A. Patersonti, both of

164 Mr. J. Lubbock on two new species of Calanide.

which I have very carefully examined, have been placed in dif-

ferent genera, because the former has no superior eyes, and the

latter has four; in all other respects, however, at least as far as

regards their external anatomy, they agree very closely. The

same may be said of Labidocera Darwinit and P. Baird. Fol-

lowing however in the steps of my predecessors, I was obliged

to act as I have done, for if I altered their classification I was

bound to propose a better, which I must confess I could not do.

It seemed best, therefore, to retain an arrangement, which, if

it is rather artificial, is undeniably convenient, and to delay

attempting to form natural genera, until the discovery of new

species, and a more intimate acquaintance with the old ones, and

especially with their internal anatomy, should give more hopes

of success. ‘

Note on Anomalocera Patersonii.

For the purpose of comparing together the right male an-

tenne of all the species in which they are so much developed, I

applied to Dr. Baird to know if he could furnish me with any spe-

cimens of A. Patersonii, Tem. Neither he, however, nor the Bri-

tish Museum, has any of Templeton’s specimens, but he sent me

some Calanide marked A. Patersonii, which have been recently

brought from the North Atlantic by Dr. Sutherland. To my great

surprise, however, I found that these, far from having no supe-

rior eyes, had four; each of the two normal eyes being divided.

Considering that in this family the number of the eyes is a va-

riable character, being sometimes one, sometimes two, and some-

times three, naturalists will not be surprised at there being also -

a case in which they are five in number; still it is interestmg

to find a Crustacean with five eyes. At first I thought this

must be a new species, nay, even a new genus, for it seemed

highly improbable that such accurate observers as Dr. Baird,

Goodsir, and Templeton should all three have overlooked so

curious a character. The structure of the fifth pair of legs, of the

antenne, the maxillze and maxillipeds, the shape of the cephalo-

thorax, and all the other parts in which specific differences are

usually found, agreed however so closely with the corresponding

organs of A. Patersonii, that I asked Dr. Baird to examine these

five-eyed specimens, and give me his opinion on the subject,

This he did with his usual kindness, and in a letter to me, he

says, “I have no doubt that the specimens collected by Dr,

Sutherland are the true Anomalocera.” ;

The species which I have described as Monops grandis would.

have belonged to the genus Anomalocera ; 1 was therefore rather

doubtful whether to retain Templeton’s name, alter the generic

character and describe my species as a new genus; or to refer

eee OS eee a

Mr. E. L, Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 165

my. species to the genus Anomalocera, and make a new genus for

the old species. Dr. Baird, however, thinks that the name ought

not to be altered; it will be necessary therefore to give a new

generic character.

. Genus ANOMALOCERA.

Antenna antica maris geniculans, tumida. Oculi superiores quatuor.

Oculus inferior unicus. Pes posticus maris dexter, prehensilis.

The four superior eyes fully distinguish it from every genus

hitherto described. Probably in Goodsir’s and Templeton’s spe-

cimens they were not so distinct as in Dr. Sutherland’s.- The

posterior angle of the cephalothorax on the right side is much

longer than that on the left... The rostrum, on the contrary, is

symmetrical.

-Monops agrees with Catopia, Dana, in the eyes, but that ge-

nus in the ‘ Proceedings of the Am. Ac. of Arts and Sciences’ is

described as follows: “Oculis superioribus nullis, inferioribus

grandibus, antenna maris antica dextra geniculante ; aliis Calano

affinibus ;.....”” in Calanus, and therefore in Catopia, the posterior

feet are “non-prehensile, often obsolete ;” in Monops, on the con-

trary, they are prehensile.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Labidocera Patagoniensis. Right antenna of the male.

Fig. 2. —— magna. Ditto ditto.

Fig. 3.. —— Darwinii. Ditto ditto.

Fig. 4. Pontella Bairdii: Ditto ditto.

Fig. 5. Monops grandis. Ditto ditto.

Fig. 6. Anomalocera Patersonii. Ditto ditto.

XVIII.—WNotes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected. during

an eight years’ residence in the Island. By Encar Leoroip

Layarp, C.C.S.

[Continued from p. 107.]

32. BaATRACHOSTOMUS MONILIGER, Layard.

~ Only two specimens of the above new species have as yet been

procured; one was caught at Avishavelly and sent to Sir J. E.

Tennent, who, with his wonted kindness and liberality, trans-

ferred it to my collection. It lived three days with me, but re-

fused all food; during the day it slept, squatting on the ground,

with its head sunk between the shoulders; on being alarmed it

sprang upwards with a sudden jerk, and: after executing a rapid

summersault in its confined cage, it would again alight and

settle down like the Caprimulgi.. I am informed this species is

not uncommon in the locality from whence it was procured,

166 =Mr. B. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

which is rocky and precipitous, and full of gullies and erevices.

T also saw a drawing of one procured at Ratnapoora by Mr. Mit-

ford of that place. He told me, he observed two of these birds,

frequenting a tree in full flower, and capturing the beetles which

flew about it ; at last he shot one with an air gun, and the other

left the place. The eyes of this species, like those of the Noe-

turnal Raptores, exhibit considerable luminosity, and partake of

the same internal form.

33. Carrimuteus Asraticus, Lath.,

and

34. Carrimuteus Mawaratrensis, Sykes. Ra-bassa, Cing.

Pay-marrettey, Mal.; lit. Cheating Devil.

The last of these birds is abundant in the vicinity of Colombo,

and throughout the Southern province ; mingled with C. Asia-

ticus, which predominates in the North almost to its total exclu-

sion. In habits the two species are precisely similar. Hiding

during the day under the umbrageous shelter of a thick bush,

the nightjars avoid the “garish eye of day,” and only venture

forth when twilight or the softened effulgence of the moon’s

rays afford it that description of light for which its vision is so

admirably adapted. At these times, till morning dawns, or the

moon sets (they do not venture forth during the darkness),

their “ churring” cry may be heard in every direction; and the

belated traveller hurrying homeward ere the last dying gleams

of the setting sun fade in the west, is startled by what seemed a

stone flying up with a few rapid querulous notes, and gliding

along on noiseless pinions settling again within a few yards of

him.

During the warm rainy evenings when the white-ant hills

send forth their winged hosts to propagate fresh swarms of ra-

vagers, the Caprimulgi are actively engaged (assisted by the

crows and bats) in thinning their numbers; their undulating

motions are at these times particularly elegant and graceful, and

I have watched them with delight till I could no longer distin-

guish them amid the darkening landscape. They never appear

to fly high ; in this pursuit they seldom rise beyond 15 or 20 feet ;

the bats thin the next rank; and above the tree-tops, evidently

to have the benefit of the little remaining light, the crows eagerly

pursue those ants which escape from the carnage below.

During my residence in Canada, I was surprised both by the

prodigious number of “ Fern Owls” which nightly made their

appearance hunting in company, and also at. the great altitude they

attained in their airy gyrations. Here, as before stated, this is

not the case, and it is a solitary bird, at most only seen in pairs.

Mr. B. L, Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 167

The nest is merely a depression in the ground under a tuft of

grass, or a bush, or beside a stone ; the parent bird deposits two

oblong eggs of a delicate buff colour, sparingly marked with

irregular brown spots. Axis 14 lines, diam. 11 lines.

Dr. Kelaart procured another species at Nuwera Elia, which

Mr. Blyth has described under the name of

35. Caprimuteus Kevaartt, Blyth.

I have not seen it in its native haunts.

36. Cypserus Baxastensts, Gray. Waheleyna, Cing.; lit.

“ Rain Fowl,” the name for all swifts and swallows.

Extremely common throughout the island; building in the

Borassus flabelliformis, to the dead fronds of which it attaches

its nest by some viscid secretion. The nest is a small semicir-

cular cup composed of the downy seeds of the Asclepias gigantea

and the Bombax pentandrum, which they collect on the wing.

The eggs are laid in the months of June or July, from two to four

in number, and pure white. The species is partially migratory.

37. CyrseLus Mrexsa, Linn.

Common about Nuwera Elia and the hilly zone; found also

about Damboul and Ratnapoora.

38. CypsELUS AFFINIS, Gray.

‘Migratory; breeding in April in large numbers about the

rocks at Damboul. I also found them building under a bridge

near Tangalle in the low country. The nests, built in clusters,

are composed of mud and grasses, with a small round entrance

precisely resembling those of the martin, Hirundo urbica; the

eggs from two to four in number, and purely white.

89. Macropreryx coronata, Tickell.

_ Generally distributed, but affecting the jungles more than the

open country. It generally selects an elevated and leafless branch,

from which it sallies in quest of insects; when on the wing it

utters a peculiar cry resembling the words “ chiffle, chaffle,”

“klecko, klecko,’”’ often repeated, Sometimes I have heard them

utter the same note when at rest, rapidly elevating and depress-

ing the crest.

__ I never could find the nests of this species, though the natives

assure me they build in old Euphorbia trees in the jungles. It

appears about Colombo in March, and disappears in December.

I shot a young bird in March; its plumage was green, each

168 Mr. KE. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

feather edged with white, causing the bird to appear as if covered

with scales.

40. CoLLocaLia BREVIROSTRIS, M‘Clelland.

Having fully described my acquaintance with these birds in a

letter to my friend Mr. Blyth, I cannot do better than copy what

I then wrote, adding his remarks and the result of my subsequent

inquiries. ‘I have at last visited the cave in which Collocalia

nidifica builds, and will now, with the aid of my journal, give all

the information I can, sending you birds skinned and in spirit,

and a young nestling taken from the nest with my own hand. The

cave is situated at a place called Havissay, about thirty-five miles

from the sea, and twenty from the river, and about 500 feet up

a fine wood-clad hill called Diagallagoolawa, or Hoonoomoo-

loocota. Its dimensions are as follows :—length between 50 and

60 feet, about 25 broad, and 20 high. It is a mass of limestone

rock, which has cracked off the hill side and slipped down on to

some boulders below its original position, forming a hollow tri-

angle. There are three entrances to the cave, one at each end,

and one very small in the centre. The floor consists of large

boulders, covered, to the depth of 2 or 3 inches, with the drop-

pings of the birds, old and young, and the bits of grass they

bring in to fabricate their nests. The only light which penetrates

the cavern from the entrances above-mentioned is very dim;

when my eyes, however, got accustomed to the light, I could see

many hundreds of nests glued to the side of the fallen rock, but

none to the other side, or hill itself. This I attribute to the fact of

the face of the main rock being evidently subject to the influence

of the weather, and perhaps even to the heavy dews off the trees ;

but for this the side in question would have been far more con-

venient for the birds to have built on, as it sloped gently outward,

whereas the other was much overhung and caused the birds to

build their nests of an awkward shape, besides taking up more

substance. I was at the spot a few days before Christmas, and

fancy that must be about the time to see the nests in perfection.

This is corroborated by the fact of my finding young birds in all

the nests taken by me, and by what the old Chinaman* said, that

the ‘take’ eame on in October. I find that they have three

different qualities of nests, and send two for your inspection ;

the best is very clean, white as snow and thin, and is also very

expensive. The most inferior are composed of dry grasses, hair,

&c., but I could not detect anything like the bloody secretion as

described (‘though only under peculiar circumstances of ex-

haustion ’) by Mr. Barbe, even in a fresh nest. I was in the

* Alluded to im a previous letter.

Mr, E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 169

eave late (after 5 p.m.) in the evening of a day which threatened

rain, but the old birds were still flymg round the summit of the

mountain, at a vast altitude, occasionally dashing down into the

cave with food for their nestlings. By daylight next morning I

was on foot, but the birds were before me, hawking on the plain

below, and all about the hills: I have found the birds here in

Colombo, in Kandy, and all along the road we went. I could

learn nothing of the number of eggs laid, nor of their colour. I

found one bird in each nest. The Chinese who live on the spot

pretend not to understand anything asked them, and the apa-

thetic Cingalese have never taken the trouble to see for them-

selves, so they could give me no information. The aspect of the

country, broken and rugged, coupled with the numerous flocks

of birds I saw flying round the various hills, lead me to think

there must be many breeding places yet undiscovered. One,

however, was pointed out, but we had not time to visit it. I

could not hear of any other kind of swift breeding there, but

have just received such information as leads me to suppose that

C. fuciphaga builds near Jaffna on some rocks overhanging the

sea. I may further add, that there were no bats in the cave with

C. nidifica, nor did I see any bird of prey, save a fine Hematornis,

which I shot. The Cingalese name for C. nidificais Wahalena.”

On this letter Mr. Blyth remarks :—

“The specimens sent by Mr. Layard are perfectly identical in

species with those from Darjiling, &c., and measure 44 to 44 in.

long, of which the outer tail-feathers measure 2 tu 24 in.; ex-

panse of wings 104 to 10} in., and closed wing 43 to 43 in. The

gastric glands, as in C. fuciphaga, present no trace of the struc-

ture figured by Sir E. Home. The nests sent differ remarkably

from those of C. fuciphaga, in being partly composed of grass

stems worked in with layers of the mucus, and one of the two

has some moss fixed to the outside. Hence they correspond with

the descriptions of the nest of the Linchi or Lintge of Java, or

C. fuciphaga, the nest of which is without any such intermixture,

and no doubt the misrepresentations of the gatherers have led to

the mistake. As regards the activity of the birds, early and late,

the requirements of the young at the particular period might

sufficiently account for it, only that Capt. Lewis also found the

other species with young in the Nicobars, and the habit of re-

tiring early may prove characteristic of C. fuciphaga*.”

To this I have little to add, save that I have traced the birds

up to Anarajahpoora, and doubt not they breed among the rocks

in that neighbourhood. I may remark that I only found single

ae a paper by Mr. Blyth printed for private circulation. Calcutta,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 12

170 = Mr. E. L.. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

birds in each of the nests procured by me, and that I have lately

received a single fresh egg from Diagallagoolawa taken in the

month of February. It weighed Dii, and was of a spotless white,

slightly tapering at one end. |

41. ACANTHYLIS cauDAcUTA, Lath.

This splendid swift is confined to Nuwera Elia. I have not

seen it myself in its haunts, but received it from friends, who tell

me it flies with immense rapidity, its wings causing a rushing

noise as it darts through the air. The natives report that they

build in hollow Rhododendron trees.

42. Hirunpo GuTtuRALIs, Scop.

Common throughout the island, arriving in Colombo about

the end of September.

43. Hirunpo HYPERYTHRA, Layard.

I first discovered this species in November 1849 at Ambepusse,

on the road to Kandy. I have since seen them at Putlam, up

the Central road as far as the hills extend, at Ambegamoa, and

up the Caltura river from Perth sugar estate to Ratnapoora and

Adam’s Peak. They breed in caverns and under bridges, and

build a nest of mud attached to the roofs. The general shape

and size is that, of a small basin, with a round entrance hole at

the top. The lining is composed of fine hay and feathers, and

the eggs are laid in March. The late Dr. Gardner informed me

that a pair built their nest on a rmg supporting a hanging lamp,

nightly used in his sitting-room. They securely hatched their

eggs, unscared by the cleaning or lighting of the lamp, and the

young birds returned to the nest every night for about a month

after being fully fledged.

44, Hirunpo pomico.a, Jerdon.

Found by Dr. Kelaart at Nuwera Elia breeding in the Euro-

pean houses. It appears to be confined to that locality ; the eggs,

four in number, precisely resemble those of the European spe-

cies except m size.

45. Hirunpo Daurica, Linn.

I found one of these birds in the village of Pt. Pedro m De-

cember: it had probably been driven over from the opposite

coast by stress of weather: it was hawking about the street. I

fired at, and wounded it, but it flew away. Next day it was

again in the same place, and I succeeded in killing it, and I

found the shot of the previous day had broken a leg.

Mr. E. L Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 171

46. Harpactss Fascratus, Lath.

This is one of the most beautiful of our indigenous birds.

They inhabit the high tree-jungle called by the natives “ Moo-

koolaney,” and are extremely shy. I found them about the Perth

estate and Ratnapoora, frequenting the highest tree-tops. On

dissection, their stomachs proved full of the remains of various

insects and small seeds.

Preserved skins give but a faint idea of the beauty of these

birds ; the contrast afforded by the brilliant crimson breast, and

the deep blue cere of the eye, bill and legs, when fresh, must be

seen to be appreciated.

47. Coracias Inpica, Linn. Cawolowa, Cing. Kotta Killy,

Mal. ; lit. Palmyra Parrot (from breeding in hollow palmyra

trees).

Common, and widely distributed; very partial to the small

clumps of trees scattered over the cultivated parts of the Jaffna

peninsula ; they are also very fond of sitting on the top of the

Well-Whips in the fields. It breeds in hollow trees, laymg four

or five greenish eggs profusely speckled with dark brown spots.

Axis 15 lines ; diam. 11 lines.

48. Eurystomus oRIeNnTALIS, Linn.

- Very rare in Ceylon; but three specimens fell under my no-

tice ; one I killed m the Pasdoom Corle. It resembled the pre-

ceding in its flight, but clung to trees in the manner of the Pi-

‘cide. I shot it in the act of tearing away the decayed wood

round a hole in a dead tree. The other birds I killed at Gilly-

mally in a similar situation. Their stomachs were full of wood-

boring coleoptera, swallowed whole, and merely a little crushed,

and I saw them beat their food against the trees as a thrush

- would beat a snail.

49. Hatcyon capensis, Linn.

Is rare in the immediate neighbourhood of Colombo, but found

‘occasionally about Caltura, and up the river to Ratnapoora. It

is very abundant near Trincomalee and Batticaloa, and the Ana-

rajahpoora Wanny, frequenting tanks, and feeding on fish, frogs,

‘crabs, and small mollusca. When flying they utter a loud harsh

note, not unlike the cracking of castanets. I have never ob-

tained their nests, but the natives say they build in hollow trees.

mks 50, Hatcyon arricarriivs, Lath.

This lovely kingfisher has but once fallen under my notice as

12%

172 Mr. E. L, Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

an inhabitant of Ceylon. The specimen in question was shot in

the Jaffna district, m the island of Valenny. I know nothing

personally of its habits.

51. Hatcyon Smyrnensis, Linn. Calavy cooroovi, Mal.; lit.

Large-mouthed Bird.

Very common and widely distributed, feeding indiscriminately

on fresh or saltwater fish, crabs, beetles, and butterflies. I have

seen them capture these last in the manner of flycatchers (Musci-

capide), darting from a sprig and seizing them in the air, their

mandibles closing with a snap, audible at the distance of some

yards. One, which was unluckily introduced into an aviary, de-

stroyed most of the lesser captives ere he was detected as the cul-

prit ; he was at last caught in the act of seizing a small bird in

his powerful bill; he beat it for a moment against his perch, and

then swallowed it whole. The nest of this species is found in

decaying trees; the parent bird deposits two white eggs, axis

15 lines, diam. 13 lines, beautifully smooth and shining. I have

procured eggs in the north of the island in December, in the

south in April.

52. Ceyx tripactyza, Linn.

This lovely little bird is certainly one of our uncommon spe-

cies, and yet, at the same time, widely distributed. I have seen

it at Galle, Trincomalee, Anarajahpoora, Matelle, Putlam, and

Ratnapoora. It delights equally in the headlong waters of the

mountain torrent, and the calm unruffled bosom of the jungle

tank ; and glancing like a gemmed arrowpast the traveller journey-

ing along the narrow native road, its minute form evades his

quickest shot. I have only procured one specimen.

58. Autcupo Bencatensis, Gmel. Mal-pillihudua*, Cing. ; lit.

Flower Kingfisher.

Found throughout the island, feeding alike on small fresh

or saltwater fish, crustaceans, &c. It is captured in great

abundance during some seasons of the year, by Moormen who

resort to this country for that purpose, and transmit the skins

to China, where they are used for embellishing fans and other

fancy work. They are entrapped by a net placed under the

water covered with horse-hair nooses, and baited with a small

fish.

54, Cery Le rvupis, Linn.

Commonly distributed, feeding on fresh or saltwater fish, ac-

cordiug to its locality. Whilst other kingfishers pounce upon their

* Pillihudua is the native name for all Kingfishers.

Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 173

prey from the overhanging bough of a tree, or solitary stake

protruding from the water, C. rudis hovering in the air with

head inclined marks its victim. Plunging down with unerring

aim, it is lost for a moment in the spray caused. by its heavy fall,

and reappears with the prey struggling in its bill.

55. Merors Puruiprinus, Linn. Kattalan cooroovi, Mal. ; lit.

Aloe Bird (from a fanciful resemblance in the tail of the bird

to the aloe plant). Pappugai de champ, Port. ; lit. Ground

Parrot.

This bee-eater is very common throughout the island during

the period of its visitation: it is the harbinger of the snipe, and

appears about the middle of September.

They frequent open fields, perching on fences, or on the tops

of low bushes, always choosing a dry projecting twig, from which

they dart at any insect that may pass by, returning with an ele-

gant sailing flight: before the prey is devoured, they beat it

against the perch till sufficiently broken to be swallowed entire.

In the evenings they frequently pursue insects after the manner

of swallows, uttering the while a pleasing chiruping note and

soaring to a great height in the air.

56. Merops viripis, Linn.

This species is confined to the open plains of the maritime

districts. I have seen it at Trincomalee and Hambantotte, and

traced it from Chilau to Mulletivoe. I am not aware that it is

found near Colombo, nor in the interior, where the preceding

and following species replace it.

It delights in the neighbourhood of water, over which it hunts

for insects. I have even seen it take them from off the surface,

which it has struck with its breast in the endeavour. It isa

much bolder bird than either of the other two, often allowing

a European to approach within a few feet before seeking its safety

in flight. .

It is singular to observe the distinction in this respect between

the native, in his usual state of semi-nudity, and the white man ;

the former can usually approach closely to any wild animal or

bird, but the sight of the latter puts them to speedy flight : I

attribute this more to the colour of the face than to the Euro-

pean dress ; for I always found that by allowing my beard and

ae to grow, I could approach them more closely than when

shaved.

M. viridis roosts in large flocks, always returning to the same

tree for successive months ; they usually retire before 5 o’clock

in the evening, whereas M. Philippinus flies till dark.

174 Mr. E.L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

57. Merops Quinticotor, Vieill.

Whilst the two former species frequent low open plains, and

are rarely, if ever, seen in elevated districts, the present species,

on the contrary, affects the hilly forest region. Here it pursues

its insect prey among the lofty tree-tops, seldom descending to

the ground, except in the breeding season, when it frequents

steep banks for the purpose of providing a suitable habitation

for its young: this is generally effected by scooping a hole in

the soil, to the depth of about 18 inches, terminating in a

domed chamber, in which the young are hatched on the bare

ground. The eggs, two in number, resemble those of the king-

fisher in shape and colour: they are hatched in April.

58. Urura SENEGALENSIs, Swain. Chaval cooroovi, Mal.; lit.

Cock Bird (from their crest).

The hoopoe is common in the Jaffna peninsula during the

season of its stay, and I have every reason to believe that it not

unfrequently breeds with us, as I shot young birds not fully

fledged, m August. I saw the bird at Hambantotte and Trinco-

malee, and procured one solitary specimen in Colombo.

They feed much upon the ground, and are indefatigable in

scratching into the ordure of cattle, in search of small coleo-

ptera: at such times the crest is carried flat on the head; but

when seated on a tree-top uttering its monotonous “ hoop, hoop,

hoop,” the crest is rapidly elevated and depressed, the bird swing-

ing itself backwards and forwards at every repetition of its note.

I have been assured by a gentleman long resident in the

Northern Province, that U. pops, Linn., had occurred to him ;

sed non vidi.

59. Necrarinia Zeytonica, Linn. Teyn cooroovi, Mal. ; lit.

Honey Bird.

My house in Colombo was, as is usual in the Hast, surrounded

by averandah, up which crept, im tropical profusion, several spe-

cies of Passiflora; to the flowers of these came the various Nec-

tarinie for their morning and evening meals, rarely appearing in

the heat of the day; they hovered about the starry flowers,

thrusting in their curved bills, m search of the mimute imsects on

which they fed ; occasionally they would fly into the verandah and

seize a small spider from its web, or from the crevices of the

walls. Then they would betake themselves to the trellis sup-

porting the passion-flowers, or to the branches of a pomegranate

close by, where they pruned themselves and uttered a pleasing

song. If two happened to come to the same flower, and from

their numbers this often occurred, a battle always ensued, which

Mr. B, L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 175

ended in the vanquished bird retreating from the spot with shrill

piping cries, while the conqueror would take up his position upon

a flower or stem, and swinging his little body to and fro, till

his coat of burnished steel gleamed and glistened in the sun,

pour out his note of triumph. All this time the wings were ex-

panded and closed alternately, every jerk of the body in N. Asia-

tica and N. Lotenia disclosing the brilliant yellow plumelets on

either side of the breast.

N. Zeylonica is abundant in the southern and midland di-

stricts, but is rare in the north, where it is replaced by

60. Necrarinra minrMA, Sykes.

. IT never could ascertain to my satisfaction the nest of these

species, but believe them to be similar to those of the following.

61. Necrarinia Lorena, Linn.

This species is exceedingly plentiful in the southern and mid-

land districts ; it is not so common in the north as

62. NEcTARINIA ASIATICA.

The nests of these latter two are elegant domed structures,

generally suspended from the extremity of a twig of some low

bush artfully covered with cobweb, in which I have often seen

the spider still weaving her toils, having extended the web to

the surrounding branches, thus rendering the deception still

more effective ; and it would seem that the birds were aware of

it and left their helper undisturbed.

The entrance to the nest, which, if built in a bush, is always

turned inwards, is screened from the sun and rain by a portico

projecting often above an inch beyond the walls. The eggs

usually are from two to four, of a whitish ground colour, so

closely speckled with minute dusky spots as to appear gray.

They weigh from 91. gr. 1. to Bi. gr. 6, while the parent bird is

only 3ii. heavier. The young males are clad in the livery of the

female, but at the first moult assume their proper garb, the

brilliant metallic hues first appearing in a long line down the

breast. r

@ 63. Dicaum Ticket, Blyth.

_ This, the smallest of our feathered tribes, is plentiful among

parasitic plants wherever found, but it especially delights to feed

on the white viscid berries of a misletoe? which flourishes on

the Sooria (Hibiscus) trees, and I believe it is by their means

that the plant is propagated, the ‘seeds passing undigested

176 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Head of the genus Conus.

through the intestine. I never saw the nest of this species, nor

do the natives seem cognisant of it.

64, Puytitornis Maraparica, Lath.

A rare species, and confined to the upland districts. Dr. Ke-

laart procured it at Nuwera Elia, and Muttoo brought in a

single specimen whilst I lay ill at Gillymally.

65. PuyLiornis Jerpont, Blyth.

Extremely common in the south of Ceylon, but rare towards

the north. It feeds in small flocks on seeds and insects, and

builds an open cup-shaped nest. The eggs, four in number, are

white, thickly mottled at the obtuse end with purplish spots.

66. PHYLLORNIs AURIFRONS, Temm. ?

Included by Dr. Kelaart in his catalogue; sed non vidi.

67. DENDROPHILA FRONTALIS, Horsf.

This elegant little creeper is abundant about jack-trees, among

the branches of which it incessantly creeps in search of minute

insects, examining the under as well as the upper sides, and the

bold little climber courses upright or headlong with equal

facility.

These birds always hunt in small parties, and the rapidity of

their motions is such as to baffle the eye.

[To be continued. ]

XIX.—On the Head of the Genus Conus, Linn.

By J. E. Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &e.

Apanson (Voy. Seneg. t. 6), Lesson (Voy. Freycinet, t. 67. f. 7),

Quoy and Gaimard (Voy. Astrolabe, t. 52 & 83), Philippi (Moll.

Sicil. t. 12. f. 19), Ehrenberg (Sym. Phys. t. 2), Eydoux and

Souleyet (Voy. Bonite, t. 45), and Chiaje (Moll. Sicil. in. t. 45),

have described and figured the animal of the Cones as having an

elongated muzzle or rostrum like the phytophagous univalve mol-

lusks ; and Loven, probably misled by these descriptions, expressly

describes them as having “rostrum productum non recondendum.”

Never having had an opportunity of examining the mouth of

these animals before the publication of the arrangement of the

families which I proposed in the ‘Annals and Magazme of

Natural History’ for Feb. 1853 (xi. 130), I placed the family

Conide in the suborder Rostrifera.

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Head of the genus Conus. 177

Having lately, in pursuing my researches on the teeth of Mol-

lusea, examined the mouth of several species of Cones, I was sur-

prised to find that they were all provided with a distinct retractile

proboscis, and that the part which had been mistaken for the

rostrum was only a prolongation of the veil which unites the

base of the tentacles, always found in the Proboscidifera, but

which in this genus is more developed, and assumes the sem-

blance of a rostrum. This is the more remarkable, as Adanson

specially describes the mouth of the rostrum as round and con-

tracted, and some authors figure it as linear and inferior.

- The veil in all the species I have examined is produced some-

what like a muzzle or rostrum, and is provided with a large aper-

ture, which, when contracted in spirits, is oblong, transverse, and

has a more or less large longitudinal slit on the centre of the

upper surface, as is well represented in De Blainville’s figure of

the animal (Freycinet, Voy. t. 67. f. 7, copied by Mrs. Gray, Mol-

lusca, t. 11. f. 8) ; but from the appearance of the animal when

it has been placed in a weak solution of caustic potass, I believe

that it is funnel-shaped and expanded at the end when the ani-

mal is alive ; and Adanson particularly observes that the Cones

use the mouth, as he calls the end of the veil, as a leech does its

oral disk, to attach itself to any animal it touches.

In most specimens the veil is simple on the edge, but in others,

as Conus Tulipa and C. striatus, it is fringed with a series of cy-

lindrical beards or tentacles, as represented by Quoy and Gaimard

(Voy. Astrol. t. 53. f. 2 & 12, copied by Mrs. Gray, Mollusca,

t. 12. f. 2 & t. 10. f. 6).

The proboscis in its retracted state, as seen in the animal pre-

served in spirits, is short, broad, conical, annulate, prominent,

in the base of the tubular veil, with a roundish central mouth.

Instead of having any elongated lingual band covered with

short transparent teeth, like the rest of the Proboscidifera and

Rostrifera, it has a fleshy tube with a bundle of subulate barbed

teeth directed towards the mouth ; this tube is prolonged behind

and below at right angles with its upper part and mouth into

an elongated, fleshy, attenuated subulate tube, containing with

its hinder edge two series of similar subulate red barbed teeth

directed from the aperture towards the apex of the tube.

The teeth are implanted by a distinct root into the substance

of the tube; those near the upper or oral part of the tube

are placed rather irregularly in two parallel rows, but those

nearer the tip are more crowded, and the lines gradually diverge

from each other.

I shall not attempt to describe the manner in which these

teeth are brought into action, as I have only seen them in the

preserved specimen ; but those nearest the mouth are. probably

178 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Head of the genus Conus.

used to pierce the animal, which is held fast by the contraction

of the veil as described by Adanson. The organization and

structure of the mouth are so unlike that of the other Proboscidifera

and Rostrifera, where the teeth are placed on a lingual band and

used to rasp the food, being replaced by others as those in action

are injured by use, that I am inclined to form the Cones into a

third suborder, which may be called Tozifera; and it is probable

that the Pleurotomide, which are described by Lovén as having

similar subulate teeth in two series, should be placed in the same

suborder, as they appear to differ from the Cones chiefly in the

veil being truncated and not produced round the base of the

proboscis,—a character of comparatively little importance, as the

Dolia, and probably the Cassides, and some species of Tritons,

have the veil more or less produced, forming a more or less

distinct tube round the base of the proboscis, and giving the

appearance of having a very short rostrum.

While on the subject, I may observe that the genera Cassidulus,

Cochlidium, and I believe Fulgur, have the head produced into

an elongated cone like a rostrum; but in these the tentacles,

which are generally very small, are placed at the top of the .cone

on the side of the small apex, from which the very long retractile

proboscis is emitted, as in the normal Proboscidifera. Iam inclined,

on account of this peculiarity in the form of the head, to separate

these genera from Muricide and form for them the family Cassz-

dulide.

I sent this communication in manuscript to Mr. Arthur

Adams, that he might have the opportunity of placing the fa-

mily Conide in its proper position in the forthcoming number of

his ‘ Genera of Mollusca,’ and he informs me that he has observed

the veil of the genus expanded in the living animal, and referred

me to the following observations made by him on the habits of

these animals, showing that the theory I had ventured to propose

is correct :—

“Its bite produces a venomed wound, accompanied by acute

pain, and making a small deep triangular mark, which is sue-

ceeded by a watery vesicle. At the little island of Mayo, one of

the Moluccas near Ternate, Sir Edward Belcher was bitten by one

of the Cones, which suddenly exserted its proboscis as he took it

out of the water with his hand, and he compared the pain he

experienced to that produced by the burning of phosphorus

under the skin..... The instrument which inflicted the wound in

this instance was probably the tongue, which in these mollusks

is long and armed with two ranges of sharp-pointed teeth.”

(Zool. Voy. Samarang, 19.) Mr, Adams informs me that it

adhered to the hand by its mouth like a leech, as described by

Adanson. ,

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Animal of Rotella, 179

XX.—On the Animal of Rotella, Lamk. By J.E.Gray, Ph.D.,

F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &e.

Tuts animal has great affinity with that of the Trochide, but differs

so widely in some important particulars that it appears worthy of

a separate description, more especially as the figures of the ani-

mal of this genus given by Quoy and Gaimard (Voy. Astrolabe =

Gray Mollusca, t. 38. f. 7, 8, and by Kiener, Conch. t. 1=Gray

Mollusca, t. 107. f. 6) do not properly represent the animal : beth

must evidently have been taken from a species of Trochus.

The foot is truncated in front, and when contracted in spirits

has a deep central groove, and the side edges folded down in

front. The lateral fringe is distinct, with three tentacles on each

side; on the front of the right side near the base of the tentacles

it is produced into an oblong fleshy lobe, which probably partly

covers the base of the shell when the animal is exposed, and

may deposit the peculiar callosity over the axis which charac-

terizes the genus. The upper part of the body has a deep

groove on each side separating it from the rest of the body. The

tentacles two, subulate, with a black longitudinal central line ;

the right tentacle is largest and free, with an oblong compressed

lobe on its hinder side, which has an indistinct indication of an

eye on the inner part of its upper edge ; hence I am inclined to

consider it as a modified eye-pedicel. The left tentacle is smaller

and partly attached to the upper side of the left eye-pedicel,

which is cylindrical, bearing.a very distinct eye, and with a large

membranaceous expansion attached to the whole length of its left

side, which is fringed with small black beards or tentacles on its

edge ; this expansion is folded first over the mouth towards the

right tentacle, and then folded back to the left side of the head

and continued by a slightly elevated ridge to the front edge of

the left lateral fringe, being a modification of the appendages

near the base of the tentacles found in other Trochide. There

is no muzzle, as in the animal of that family, but a small circular

sunken hole under the base of the fringe veil emitting a short

cylindrical retractile proboscis, armed with an elongated linear

lingual membrane. The teeth, as figured by Loven, are, as in the

Trochide, placed in many oblique ridges on each side of the lin-

gual membrane ; they are subulate, suddenly bent at the end, and —

finely denticulated near the tip; the innermost series is com-

pressed and suddenly dilated from just under the bend. The

operculum is orbicular, horny, thin, of many gradually enlarging

whorls, finely ciliated on the outer edge, and rather concave

externally.

Since I examined the animal and made the above deseription,.

180 M. de Quatrefages on the Phosphorescence of

I have received the May number of the ‘ Annals of the Lyceum

of New York’ (vi. 35), containing a figure and description of the

animal of Rotella made by the Rev. S. B. Fairbank of Bombay,

and transmitted by him to the late Professor C. B. Adams.

Mr. Fairbank describes the lobe on the right side of the

body, which is an extension of the front end of the lateral frmge,

as a lobe probably “of the mantle which partly clings to the

shell, but does not at all envelope it ;” and he calls the veil “a

siphon,” and describes it “as a tube, the side being slit next

the outer lip of the shell and filled with cilia ; the cilia are tipped

with black ; sometimes they gather against the sides, so that you

see the tube with a black rim, but usually they are disposed

much as I have dotted them in the figure,” that is to say, like

the rays of a star. The lateral fringe, so constant in all the

Trochide, is entirely overlooked in this figure and description.

He observes that these shells are found where the water would

leave them dry at least two hours each tide, just buried in the sand;

when placed in water, they did not move about much, but only

raised their siphons. As represented in the figure, the “ siphon ”

greatly resembles the fringed siphonal tube of a bivalve shell ; but

I can scarcely conceive that the veil, as I observed it in the animal

in spirit, could form such a complete tube. The part here called

a siphon can only be considered as a great development of one

of the fringed lobes which are found near the base of the ten-

tacles of most Trochide and Turbonide, and which is a continu-

ation over the head of the lateral membranes of these animals.

It differs chiefly from the other Trochide in the rostrum not

being developed, and the mouth consisting of a round opening

under the base of the veil, and in the peculiar development of

the frontal appendages.

XXI.—On the Phosphorescence of some Marine Invertebrata.

By M. A. De QuarreracEs*.

[Concluded from p. 27.]

Srconp Part.—General Observations on Phosphorescence.

1. Description of the Phenomenon.—It would be useless to

repeat here all the details given by travellers; I will confine

myself to some remarks on my own observations.

The phosphorescence of the sea has appeared to me under two

different forms :—l1st, a result of scintillations more or less nu-

* From the Annales des Sciences Naturelles, vol. liv. 3rd series, as in-

serted in Silliman’s American Journal of Science for July, 1853.

some Marine Invertebrata. 181

merous, always isolated, and not giving at all the idea of a liquid

in itself lumimous; 2nd, a general glow more or less uniform,

the phosphorescent substance seeming to be dissolved in the

water itself.

In both cases phosphorescence is equally a result from living

animals directly emitting the light, but the species which pro-

duce the phenomenon are different.

A. Lhave often observed the first mode of phosphorescence on

the western coasts of France, at points peculiarly exposed to the

action of currents and waves. At Chausey, especially in the small

channel called “le Sund de Chausey,” I have seen very numerous

and brilliant sparks brought out by each stroke of the oar. The

track of the vessel seemed for a moment as if strewn with dia-

monds, but these sparks, always very brilliant, and appearing

at the same instant, never communicated a general glow to the

water. They remaimed completely isolated, and were distinct

from the dark surface of the sea. At Brehat, St. Malo, and

St. Vaast, I observed similar facts. The fishermen whom I

questioned, all assured me that in these regions, the sea never

presented a different appearance ; the young men who had never

left their native coasts, did not seem to understand my in-

quiries relative to a more general or diffused phosphorescence.

M. Beautemps-Beaupré mentions his observing phosphorescence

of this kind during one of the numerous excursions in which he

was engaged, while making his magnificent Atlas of the coasts of

France; but he cannot recall the exact locality. It was in the

neighbourhood of St. Brieuc, and it may be that this single ob-

servation was made in some well-sheltered harbour, like the port

of Paimpol.

If the sea itself rarely presents any remarkable phospho-

rescence in the localities of which I am about to speak, it is not

so with the marine plants which are left by the tide. In some

circumstances I have seen masses of the Fucus kindle up when

seized a little rudely ; but even then the light was in isolated

points, which the eye easily distinguished from one another. In

no case did the stalks or the leaves present the uniform tint of

a metal at a white heat, and the water which ran out freely was

never luminous. Moreover, the part of the beach which the sea

had just left dry remained perfectly dark. At most, only a few

sparks might be seen over a space of some extent.

Water drawn from the sea in the circumstances of which I

speak, and when the scintillations were most numerous and most

brilliant, often became suddenly obscure, or presented only some

few luminous points, when the vase containmg it was violently

shaken, and these ordinarily disappeared instantly. This same

water, poured out from some height, presented nothing peculiar.

182 M. de Quatrefages on the Phosphorescence of

Never, in the regions of which I speak, have I seen the waves

breaking on a shore presenting the appearance described by

travellers.

B. The second kind of phosphorescence I saw for the first time

near Stromboli. Here the effects of the light were heightened

by the dark hue of the waves around the volcanic cone; more-

over, at Boulogne, and probably at Havre, Dieppe, Ostend, &c.,

this phenomenon is as complete and interesting as at Stromboli.

At Boulogne, the phosphorescence is apparent throughout the

harbour, except where the waters of the Liane flow into it. It is

diminished and perhaps destroyed towards the entrance, between

the two dykes. It is very decided through the whole port pro-

perly so called, in the basin, and especially in the little cove

named the “Pare aux huitres.” The last locality, being very

accessible, afforded opportunity for studying all the details of

the phenomenon.

However favourable the circumstances for observation, the

water when quiet was always perfectly dark ; but the least move-

ment drew forth light. A grain of sand cast upon the dark sur-

face produced a luminous spot, and the undulations of the water

were so many bright circles. A stone as large as the fist pro-

duced the same results in a more intense degree, and moreover

each splashing occasioned a scintillation like that of a bar of

iron at a white heat when struck upon an anvil. The entrance

of a steamboat when the phenomenon was most apparent, was

a magnificent sight, and recalled to mind the descriptions of

travellers.

The “ Pare aux huitres”’ was always bordered by a phospho-

rescent girdle, resulting from the incessant undulations of the sea,

which reached the shore under the form of small waves ; but in

perfectly fair weather this light was too feeble to be distinguished

at a distance. When these undulations were only 3 to 4 inches

high, the ring might easily be seen from the pier, throughout

its whole extent, and was especially marked in the inner part of

this little harbour.

At Boulogne, as at Stromboli, these luminous waves, seen from

a distance, presented a uniform tint of a pale dull white. It might

be called almost a froth, resulting from the action of the waves

against the shore; and seen at mid-day under the most favour-

able circumstances, that was all I could distinguish at a distance

of seventy to eighty yards. In proportion as you advanee the

appearance changes; the waves, as they near the shore, seem

crowned with a light bluish flame, which M. Becquerel has

justly compared to that of a bowl of punch. When they strike,

this brightness becomes whiter and more vivid. On reaching

the bank, you often see these same waves under the aspect of

some Marine Invertebrata. 183

surges of melted lead or silver, strewn with an infinite number

of bright scintillations, either brilliant white, or of a greenish

tinge. The spectacle is then most beautiful, and after having

witnessed it on a small scale, I understood the impression left

on the minds of travellers who have seen it under the tropics, in

all its magnificence. The following are the facts which I have

myself witnessed.

The waves, in breaking on the nearly horizontal beach of the

cove, although so little elevated, covered quite an extent, and the

whole space presented a uniform and glowing tint, from which

started out innumerable scintillations yet more brilliant, and of

a bluish or greenish hue.

As the water became absorbed by the sand, a line more

strongly luminous indicated its limit. This effect was especially

marked in the little cavities which the shore presented, where

the line formed concentric curves which diminished as these little

basins were exhausted. On passing a long stick rapidly in the

water, it presented in its whole length the appearance of a blade

of silver.

The water taken up at random and poured out from a little

height had exactly the appearance of melted silver, and it was the

same in the slightest spray. It left upon the hands or clothes

bright spots that were quite persistent. At one time, when, on a

short excursion with M. Bouchard, a dog ran barking at us, we

threw at him the contents of a small cup, and he fled in terror

from what he seemed to take for fire, and troubled us no longer

save at a distance. If we plunged our hands into the sea, when

drawn out they were luminous all over, but after a few seconds

they were marked only here and there with bright spots, whose

brilliancy remained constant and without scintillations.

The bank recently left by the tide did not however show any

trace of phosphorescence ; yet at the least shock it became lumi-

nous, and seemed literally to glow under the steps of the observer.

In some circumstances, wherever the foot rested on the sand or

gravel, it seemed like burning coals beneath the tread ; and this

appearance was equally perfect, with more or less brilliancy, even

to a distance of some inches.

_ The Talitri, so numerous on our sandy shores, and whose

habits have gained for them from the fishers the name of sand-

flea, become luminous by contact with the phosphorescent water,

—a fact to be noted ; for at first one might be led to imagine

that they were the cause of the light. Nothing can be more

curious than to see these sand-fleas leaping by hundreds, and

appearing hke the scattering of tiny sparks. :

- 2. The Animals that produce the phosphorescence in the two pre-

ceding cases.—a. At Chausey, Brehat, St. Malo, and Saint Vaast,

184 M. de Quatrefages on the Phosphorescence of

I have many times sought for the cause of the bright sparks

which I saw shining and then vanishing in darkness. In each

case I met with living animals, and these animals were always

Crustacea, Ophiura or Annelida. I usually found the first in the

water drawn up either from channels or at some distance from

the shore. The second were under stones, or in the masses of

seaweed. It was especially to the Annelida that the Fucus owed

its brilliancy.

These results explained all the circumstances of the first kind

of phosphorescence. The Crustacea, whose movements are ener-

getic and whose locomotion is extended, cannot easily be col-

lected in sufficient quantity on a given point to have their scin-

tillations appear like a uniform tint. Besides, there is nothing in

the habits of the species I have examined to lead one to suppose

that they are inclined to collect in numerous bands. The size of

the Ophiura prevents such an idea with regard to them ; and the

smaller Annelid for a like reason cannot contribute to such a

result. Thus the light produced by these different animals is

always seen in points more or less near each other, but never

really blended.

b. At Boulogne, on the contrary, we find this brilliant light

exclusively due to Noctiluce. With the most careful examina-

tion, I have never found in my vases a single Annelid, or a single

phosphorescent Crustacean.

Many circumstances, some of which will be explained hereafter,

illustrate the particular mode of phosphorescence of the sea, ren-

dered luminous by the presence of these Rhizopodes. We will

first notice their size and great number. The diameter of these

Noctiluce varies from about 1th to ird of a millimetre ; but their

abundance more than compensates for their minuteness, each

drop of water, as observed by Suriray and M. Verhaeghe, con-

taining one or more. The following calculations will give some

idea of the vast numbers.

In taking up some water at random from a brilliant wave, I

filled a tube about a decimetre in height. After being left a little

time quiet, the deposition of Noctiluce on the surface of the

liquid was about 11 centimetre in thickness. Thus the Noeti-

luce composed about 4th of the phosphorescent water. Again, I

took the water from the surface and filled a vessel about one-

half. The whole height of the liquid was about 15 centimetres,

and that of the mass of Noctiluce was about 5 centimetres ; here

the proportion was about 4. Finally, I remember that at False

Bay, M. de Tessan found the proportion equal to $. From these

numbers, it is easy to understand how the sea, rendered luminous

by the Noctiluce, may present a uniform brilliancy, irresistibly

impressing the idea of a phosphorescent solution. When the

some. Marine Invertebrata. 185

surface of the sea is tranquil, as in a well-protected harbour, the

Noctiluce, because of their small specific gravity, form a conti-

nuous bed, and the least movement is sufficient to cover that dark

surface with a brilliant mantle. When the movement of a vessel

at once breaks in upon this mass of Noctiluce, and also calls out

their simultaneous phosphorescence, the myriads of bright points

lying in the trough of the wave present one universal hue. From

a distance, the eye sees throughout a uniform brilliancy, and near

by distinguishes only the most brilliant scintillations, or those

thrown out by the animals at the immediate surface of the water.

These brilliant waves are like so many nebule resolved by the

eye only in part.

Tuirp Part.—Observations and Experiments on the Light of

the Noctilucee.

[Instead of giving a full translation of this Part of the memoir,

as has been done of the preceding, we offer here an abstract pre-

senting in brief the conclusions of the author.—Eps. |

1. In a sea rendered pi.osphorescent by Noctiluce, the light

proceeds only from the body of these Animals.—This proposition

is proved by direct microscopic examination ; and by the water’s

bemg deprived of all light when the Noctiluce are filtered out,

and becoming luminous again when they are restored to it. In

a tube of the seawater, the Noctiluce, if left quiet, soon form a

layer at the top of the liquid, and the light is confined entirely

to this layer of the animals.

2. The production of light is independent of contact with the

air.—The flashes of light that are produced with the breaking

of every wave might seem to show that the access of the animals

to the external atmosphere was essential to the result. But on

the contrary, it is found by observation that in a vase of seawater

containing the Noctiluce, the bed of these animals that collects

at the top of the base is equally luminous in every part.

3. Colour of the light —When the Noctiluce are in full vigour

of life in quiet water, the colour is a clear blue. But on agita-

ting the water, or in the waves of the sea, the light becomes

nearly or quite white, or like silver sprinkled with some greenish

or bluish spangles.

4. Intensity of the light.—M. de Tessan states that in some

tropical seas, the phosphorescence is so bright from the breaking

waves, that he could read ordinary type at a distance of fifteen

paces. The light from the Noctiluce cannot compare with this.

At the head of the cove of the “ Pare aux Huitres” at Boulogne,

it was not possible to tell the hour with a watch when the waves

were breaking at the observer’s feet. With a tube 15 millimetres

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 13

186 M. de Quatrefages on the Phosphorescence of

in diameter, in which the Noctiluce formed a bed at the surface

nearly 20 millims. thick, the figures of a watch face could be read;

but strong agitation of the tube was necessary, and it was requi-

site to hold it close to the glass of the watch. Four to five tea-

spoonsfull of Noctiluce were collected in a filter, and on pro-

ducing the phosphorescence by this means the hour could be

told at the distance of a foot.

5. No disengagement of heat sensible to a thermometer accom-

panes the phosphorescence.—This fact was established by placing

the bulb of a thermometer in the Noctiluca water while it was

quiet, and then giving it a shake to produce the phosphorescence.

The experiment was varied in different ways.

6. The light of the Noctiluce may be produced over the whole

surface of its body or only a part of it.—After a violent agitation,

the Noctiluce retain the phosphorescence for some time, so that

it may be studied at leisure. With a lens magnifying 6 to 8 dia-

meters, it is easy to see that while some of the Noctiluce are

phosphorescent throughout, others are but partially so. In the

figure Pl. VI. (fig. 7), one of the animals is light over its whole

surface, and the other (fig. 8) only on opposite sides. With a lens

of 10 to 12 diameters we find that the light often appears success-

ively on different parts of the body. There is hence no circum-

scribed phosphorescent organ, as in the Lampyri, Elaters, and

Pyrosomas*.

7. The light is due to an infinite number of minute scintilla-

tions.—Figure 9 of a part of a Noetiluca much magnified, re-

presents the actual character of the phosphorescence. There

is an immense number of points of light. With a lens of

20 to 30 diameters, the light is like an undefined nebula; but

with a lens of 60 diameters it is partially resolved, and with

150 diameters, wholly, into its constituent spangles, Each lumi-

nous spot on the body is found to consist of a cluster of minute

instantaneous scintillations, dense at the centre, and more scat-

tered towards the circumference of the spot. Thus the same

phenomena take place in the Noctiluce as were observed by

M. de Quatrefages in the Ophiure and Annelida. Each spot

of light is resolvable into constituent points, and consists of

evanescent scintillations.

* The Noctiluca (P1. VI. fig. 6) has a depression on one side, and near the

middle of this depression is the mouth. At the same place there is a move-

able appendage as long as half the diameter of the animal. The body is

perfectly transparent. The general envelope consists of two membranes

distinguished with difficulty. The outer is excessiyely thin and like an

epidermis ; the inner is thicker, but without a trace of fibres. On com-

promion the envelope acts like a bag full of liquid, and finally bursts.

umerous anastomosing and branching lines radiate from the mouth

through the granulous interior. ©

some Marine Invertebrata. 187

8. The light from the dead Noctiluce, or from fragments of

them, is identical with that from the vigorous living animal,—

When the light of the Noctiluce, after frequent excitement, be-

comes white, it is also more fixed, and finally covers the whole

body. From numerous experiments, M. de Quatrefages con-

cludes, that this kind of light is evidence of disease, or of a de-

cline of vigour, and when the light is universal, of death. Micro-

scopic examinations make it apparent that in these cases the

light is still made up of minute points, and it is evidently of the

same nature with the light given out in active life.

9. Precautions necessary to succeed in the preceding observa-

tions.—The animals should be examined without the use of a

compressor ; and care should be taken in employing high powers,

not to be deceived by the light proceeding from a point not quite

in the focus, whose rays produce a confused image, as if the hight

were uniform instead of localized. This illusion is difficult to

avoid with fragments, as they are apt to be folded, so as to bring

more than one point of light in the focus at once.

10. The phosphorescence is not the result of a kind of com-

bustion.—On taking a barometer tube nearly filled with mercury,

putting in some seawater containing Noctiluce (the water occu-

pied 6 centimetres of the tube, and the bed of Noctiluce was

3 centimetres thick), and then inverting it over mercury, a

phosphorescence was produced of the pale white light which indi-

cated approaching death, a consequence of the imperfect vacuum.

After one hour and eighteen minutes, the phosphorescence had

ceased, and could not be restored by shaking it. Oxygen gas

was introduced without effect. It is probable that the phospho-

rescence, if due to combustion, would have been restored by the

oxygen, as happens with the Lampyri, according to Matteucci,

under similar circumstances.

Four tubes were filled with water containing the Noetiluce.

Into one oxygen was poured, into the second hydrogen, the

third carbonic acid, the fourth chlorine. The first three gases

produced the same effect, and not more than atmospheric air

occasions through the agitation its passage causes. After half

an hour these tubes were shaken with precisely the same result

im all. Chlorine acted like other irritating agents ; the light was

at first bright and continuous, but rapidly became extinguished.

Macaire and Matteucci have shown that the light of the Lampyri

is immediately brightened in oxygen, and rapidly extinguished

by carbonic acid. ‘The light therefore cannot be alike in origin

in the two cases,

11. All physical agents that produce contractions cause phos-

phorescence, and in proportion to the intensity of the contractions.

—This conclusion was established by M. de Quatrefages by ex-

13*

188 Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Carboniferous

periments upon the influence of pressure, heat and electricity ; of

sulphuric, nitric, muriatic and hydrosulphuricacids; potash, ammo-

nia, alcohol, zether, turpentine, common salt, Owen’s liquid, milk,

fresh water. With very dilute sulphuric acid, the excitation is

strongly marked, attended with a rupture more or less rapid of

the filaments uniting the interior mass to the envelope, and finally

a detachment of the mass from the envelope, and a withdrawal

towards its mouth. A portion of the inner mass and tissues may

still cover the inner surface of the envelope ; but after a while

they come away from the envelope, and collect about the mouth,

leaving the envelope empty. In the dark there is a very brilliant

light at the first contact of the dilute acid with the Noctiluce ;

then afterwards there appears a clear fixed white hght on one

part, which rapidly spreads, till the whole is like a ball of silver.

The brilliancy soon after begins to diminish, and rather rapidly

disappears. The rapture of the fibres and disorganization of the

interior mass evidently take place consentaneously with the

flashes and change in the light.

It is hardly necessary to cite the other experiments in this

place. M. de Quatrefages concludes that the light is produced

by the contraction of the interior mass of the body; that the

scintillations are owing to the rupture and rapid contraction of

the filaments of the interior, and that the fixed light which these

animals emit before dying, proceeds from the permanent con-

traction of the contractile tissues adhering to the inner surface of

the general envelope. The production of the light is independent

of all material secretions. Whether it is accompanied by a dis-

charge of electricity or not remains to be ascertained.

XXII.—On some new Carboniferous Limestone Fossils. By FReE-

pertck M‘Coy, F.G.S., Hon. F.C.P.S., Professor of Mine-

ralogy and Geology in the Queen’s University of Treland.

Pinna spatula (M‘Coy).

Desc. Valves very narrow and much elongated, about four times

larger than the width of posterior end, very slightly convex

except at the beaks, which are pointed and almost cylindrical,

the sides gradually flattening as they approach the posterior

end, which is subtruncate or slightly rounded obliquely ; car-

dinal margin slightly thickened, with the cartilage ridge very

close within its edge; surface perfectly smooth, or with very

faint laminar lines of growth parallel with the margins.

Length of large, rather imperfect specimen 53 inches, propor-

tional greatest width at posterior end about 3%, greatest

depth p55 OF zo0-

. 2a

Limestone Fossils. 189

Fragments of this species might be taken for a So/en, and the

S. siliquoides (Kon.) may have some affinity with it, though spe-

cifically distinct. The muscular impression is rather large,

though superficial, quadrato-reniform, rather behind the middle

of the length, and nearer to the cardinal than the ventral margin.

Specimens of the above large size, rare in the carboniferous

limestone of Derbyshire; specimens about 3 inches long, and

slightly more convex, in the carboniferous limestone of Lowick,

Northumberland.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Cardiomorpha orbicularis (M‘Coy).

Desc. Suborbicular ; anterior end moderately large, semicir-

cular, compressed ; ventral and posterior margin very convex,

regularly curved; posterior side small, rounded, gradually

compressed ; beaks very large, tumid, obliquely inrolled to-

wards the anterior end, projecting greatly beyond the hinge,

nearly over which is the deepest part of the shell; valves be-

coming gradually flattened towards the margins; surface

smooth, even; substance of the shell very thin ; hinge-margin

inflected at right angles, forming a cartilage support rather

less than 2 lines wide. Length 3 inches 2 lines, proportional

width from beak to ventral margin ;29,, length of anterior

end ;18,, width half-way between the beak and posterior end

+£55, depth (greatest near the beak) #55.

This is only likely to be confounded with the C. oblonga

(Sow. sp.), but is distinguished by its large anterior and small pos-

terior sides, extremely large beaks, and flattened orbicular valves.

The young of the C. corrugata (M‘Coy), which is nearly like in

form, is distinguished by the large corrugations of the sides.

Seems not uncommon in the carboniferous limestone of Der-

byshire.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Lithodomus Jenkinsoni (M‘Coy).

Desc. Longitudinally oblong or oval, subcylindrical ; beaks

small, much incurved, obliquely inrolled over the wide, deep,

cordate, anterior lunette ; anterior end very short, extending

very slightly in front of the beaks, obtusely rounded ; poste-

rior end slightly wider than the anterior, obtusely rounded ;

dorsal margin nearly straight, gradually rounding into the

posterior end; ventral margin very slightly convex; valves

evenly tumid, most so along an undefined line from the beaks

to the respiratory margin a little in front of the middle of the

length; surface with irregular, coarse, concentric les and

190 Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Carboniferous

plicee of growth. Casts show the large anterior and posterior

adductor impressions distinctly connected by the simple pallial

scar, together with faint traces of the concentric plice of the

surface, crossed by microscopic, close, diagonal striz from the

beaks towards the respiratory margin; also an impression of

the small cartilage ridge within the dorsal margin. Length

1 inch 7 lines, proportional depth greatest at middle of length

7:°5, depth at posterior end ;4°,, from apex of beaks to ventral

margin ,2°,, length and width of anterior lunette =1%,, greatest

depth of both valves ;4%,, length of anterior end 77%.

This is a smaller and much more obtuse species than the

L. dactyloides (M‘Coy), the anterior end being proportionally

broader and more obtusely rounded ; the posterior end is also

less pointed, and the anal angle not elevated. I have not seen

the external shell of this species, except near the margins, and

here there is no trace of the distinct longitudinal or radiating

striation of that species, traces of which are however seen on the

internal casts. I dedicate this species to the Rev. Mr. Jenkinson

of Lowick, to whose labours we owe the most extensive and

beautifully perfect local collection perhaps ever made—particu-

larly instructive by the frequent exhibition of internal cha-

racters.

Not uncommon in the impure carboniferous limestone of

Lowick, Northumberland.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Edmondia rudis (M‘Coy).

Desc. Rotundato-quadrate, very gibbous ; beaks very large, ob-

tuse, posterior end broad, subtruncate, very slightly oblique ;

posterior slope flattened, steep, undefined ; anterior end sub-

truncate, abruptly compressed ; ventral margin gently convex ;

hinge-line nearly as long as the shell, slightly raised, middle

of the shell with very unequal rugged plice, parallel with the

ventral margin, anterior and posterior slopes evenly smooth.

Length 1 inch 1 hne, proportional width ;83,, width of pos-

terior end 8°, length of anterior end +43, depth of one

valve =26.

The short, quadrate, extremely gibbous form and unequal

rugged plice distinguish this species from all other carboniferous

fossils that I know at a glance. There is often a sort of large

obscure pitting between the plice. The cardinal cartilage ridge

is very thick, and nearly as long as the hinge-line or simple

erect cardinal margin.

Rare in the impure carboniferous limestone of Lowick, North-

umberland.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Limestone Fossils. 191

Murchisonia dispar (M‘Coy).

Desc. Elongate, very acutely conic ; apical angle 30°; spire of

about eight very gradually increasing tumid whorls having a

very thick obtuse prominent band, forming a rounded keel

much nearer the lower than the upper suture ; upper and lower

_ surfaces slightly tumid, convex; the lower portion most steeply

sloped ; the band is either simple, or rarely with three spiral

strie ; two strong spiral lines below the keel, and six slightly

smaller ones above it on each whorl; base of body-whorl

rounded, convex, with an obtuse angulation at such a distance

below the keel, that it is just concealed by the suture on the

spiral whorls ; lines of growth five, tnequal, obscure, slightly

arched, oblique to the band. Length 7 lines, proportional

width 55°,, height of last whorl 7%, height of penultimate

whorl 4-

This species is easily distinguished from its allies, the M. sub-

sulcata and M. Archiacana, De Koninck, and M. Larconi; M‘Coy,

by the disparity in width of the parts of the whorls above and.

below the band, and the disparity in number of the keels or

spiral sttiee which ornament those parts.

Not very uncommon in the impure carboniferous limestone of

Lowick, Northumberland.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Pleurotomaria decipiens (M‘Coy).

Desc. Var. «. Spire acute, regularly conic; apical angle about

40° ; composed of about seven or eight gradually increasing

flat whorls; suture a simple impressed line; base of body-

whorl flattened, forming a strong angle with the spire; no

umbilicus ; pillar-lip slightly thickened, arched ; mouth ob-

long angulated, a little wider than long ; surface marked with

narrow thread-like spiral ridges, separated by flat or slightly

concave spaces about three times their width ; about eight or

nine spiral ridges on each whorl, and seven or eight more

rather stronger on the base, the intervening spaces very irre-

gularly caneellated by obscure, unequal, obtuse, longitudinal

wrinkles, very slightly oblique to the band, forming an obscure

irregular, quadrate pitting, occasionally visible on the cast,

these transverse plicz closer and more oblique on the base ;

band about the width of the ordinary spaces between the spiral

lines, flat, very inconspicuous, and bounded by very delicate,

impressed lines, destitute of the obtuse cancellating plicze of

the rest of the surface, situated two inter-spiral spaces above

the lower suture of each whorl. Width 10 hnes, proportional

192 Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Carboniferous

height of last whorl ;&3,, height of penultimate whorl +45,

7 100?

width of mouth -7%.

Var. 8. Very elongate conic; apical angle about 40°; whorls

moderately convex ; base of basal whorl gradually prolonged,

not flattened nor separated by an angulation from the sides ;

mouth a little longer than wide. Length of last whorl 11 lines,

proportional width =23,, height of penultimate whorl 755.

It will be seen that this species has two extreme varieties

somewhat resembling those of the P. yvanni; the variety « so

exactly resembles a Trochus, that it requires the most careful ex-

amination to detect the extremely obscure, though definite band,

to convince the observer that it is a Pleurotomaria ; the var. B,

with the basal whorl elongate and rounded in front or at base,

like the corresponding variety of P. yvanni, is so hike a Macro-

chilus, that it is only by carefully tracing the intermediate forms ©

and detecting the very obscure band, noting the same number of

spiral ridges on the whorls, &c. that I have become satisfied of

their identity ; both varieties have usually only four whorls pre-

served, the posterior end of the animal at that length depositing

convex imperforate diaphragms, and becoming naturally decol-

lated.

Both varieties rare in the impure lower limestone of Lowick,

Northumberland; the var. 8 rare in the similar limestone of

Kendal.

Pleurotomaria erosa (M‘Coy).

Desc. Orbicular, depressed, very obtusely conical; apical angle

105°; spire of 43 rapidly enlarging whorls ; flattened or very

slightly convex; sutures fine, simple impressed lines ; body-

whorl flattened or slightly convex in the upper two-thirds, the

periphery very obtusely rounded, close to the broad flattened

gently convex base; umbilicus entirely closed, with a large,

very thick, semicircular shelly pad; broad, narrow, obscure,

bounded by two fine impressed lines; surface glossy, eroded

with deep, obtuse, excavated markings without regularity in

size, shape or direction ; lines of growth arching backwards to

the band, scarcely visible. Diameter 5 lines, proportional

height 74, height of mouth 5&9, space between last and pe-

nultimate sutures ;2%, width of umbilical pad +45.

The band of this species is often almost invisible on the peri-

phery of the body-whorl, and the lines of growth can only be

traced here and there with a lens. The substance of the shell

is very thick, and with the glossy surface, general form, and

large umbilical pad recalls Rotella (Pithonellus) very strongly.

Limestone Fossils. 193

The peculiar “ worm-eaten ” appearance of the irregular pitting

of the surface is equally marked in the two specimens before me.

Rare in the carboniferous limestone of Lowick.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Macrochilus linneiformis (M‘Coy).

Desc. Elongate fusiform, very acutely rhomboidal, greatest

width at about the middle of the total length, from whence

the anterior or basal part is conoidally attenuated or rapidly

sloped to the greatly narrowed front of columella, and very

rapidly sloped to the suture, which is simple and slightly im-

bricating ; spire very abruptly attenuated, long, very slender ;

sides very concave in the profile of about six or seven whorls

(usually five preserved) ; apical angle 54°; surface polished

very smooth, with occasionally fine traces of obsolete direct

lines of growth; mouth narrow, elongate, contracted before

and behind ; anterior part of columella very slightly thickened.

Length about 1 inch 7 lines, proportional length of mouth of

body-whorl 7%, width of body-whorl =47,, width of penul-

timate whorl 5%, space between last and penultimate sutures

zoo Width of mouth 3°..

This beautiful species is so totally distinct in form from any of

those described that it is unnecessary to compare them. The

very abrupt attenuation of the elongate spire gives so much the

outline commonly seen in Linnea as to suggest the specific

name: in addition to this remarkable peculiarity, the species

differs from its congeners in the conoidal attenuation of the pro-

duced front, from the line of greatest width of body-whorl, which

is at about one-third its length below the suture.

Not very uncommon in the carboniferous limestone of Lowick,

Northumberland.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Macrochilus brevispiratus (M‘Coy).

Desc. Eiliptical, moderately gibbous, most so about the middle of

_ the length; spire about one-fourth of the total length, pointed;

of four whorls gently convex in the middle; sutures slightly

imbricating ; apical angle varying from 82° to 100°; anterior

portion or base produced, moderately convex ; surface smooth,

with very faint fine strie of growth visible near the mouth,

being scarcely sinuous and very slightly oblique ; mouth elon-

gate ovate, indented by the posterior part of the body-whorl ;

anterior half of columella thickened, arched. Length of rather

small specimen 9 lines, proportional length of mouth or last

194. Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Carboniferous

whorl =85,, width of body-whorl ;45,, width of mouth 44,

space between last and penultimate sutures =13,.

The extreme shortness of the spire separates this form from

all of the genus at once, except the M. Michotianus (D’Kon.) ;

from that globose species, it is distinguished by its much more

elongate slender form (indicated by the much less proportional

width of the body-whorl when compared with the total length),

fewer spiral whorls, less convexity, and the whorls sloping gra-

dually to the sutures.

Rare both in the lower carboniferous limestone of Derbyshire,

and in the carboniferous limestone of Lowick, Northumberland.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Straparollus costellatus (M‘Coy).

Desc. Discoidal, depressed, very obtusely conic ; spire of rather

more than six very gradually increasing whorls, each slightly

convex above, strongly indenting the suture, which is an im-

pressed sharp line ; apical angle 110° (from the obtuseness of

the apex its angles would be larger in very young specimens) ;

umbilicus very wide, rounded, half exposing all the whorls ;

base of body-whorl very convex, rounded, with a very obscure

angulation at the edge of the umbilicus ; periphery narrowed,

obtusely rounded ; upper surface of the whorls marked with

sharp, slightly sigmoid, rather unequal ridges, arched ob-

liquely backwards, becoming abruptly very much finer and

more numerous on passing the circumference to the base (ten

of the upper ridges in two hnes on the body-whorl), each

separated by a suleus about its own width from the next.

Diameter 10 lines, proportional height of spire 4%, height of

last whorl 35-, distance between last and penultimate suture

3135, width of umbilicus =8%5, width of mouth +49;. .

This species is distinguished from its congeners by the beau-

tifully sharp costellation, or transverse sculpturing of the whorls

of the spire, which abruptly cease on the base of the body-whorl,

or beeome there confounded with the lines of growth. The

inner lip is complete, but thm, as in other species of Straparollus,

distinguishing them from Platyschisma.

Rare in the lower carboniferous limestone of Lowick, North-

umberland.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Nautilus ? costato-coronatus (M‘Coy).

I give this provisional name to a fragment too imperfect to

allow of fill description, but so strongly marked, and unlike all

“Swe

Limestone Fossils: mses 195

described types, that I wish to call attention to it. The fragment

is 7 inches long, and is divided into seven equal chambers, with

simple edges; the surface exposed is the periphery, which is

broadly rounded, moderately and evenly convex, the sides divided

into large conoidal tubercles, each tubercle on one side coincide

with one chamber, and there are two chambers between each

pair of tubercles, the width of the periphery in our specimen is

6 lines, and it is marked with ten narrow equal card-like, closely

tuberculated ridges separated by slightly wider flat spaces.

It strongly resembles the N. tuberculatus, Sow., but is distin-

guished by the costellation of the surface.

Very rare in the carboniferous limestone of Lowick.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Nautilus tuberosus (M‘Coy).

Dese. Discoid, greatest width of the whorls at the angle bound-

ing the periphery, which latter is very wide, moderately con-

cave in the middle, and having the angle on each side undu-

lated into large obtuse tubercles (about 11 inch from tip to

tip on last whorl) ; sides sloping rapidly with slight convexity

to the umbilicus; mouth subquadrate, angles rounded, inner

side smaller than the other three. Diameter 7 inches 9 lines,

width of last whorl 2 inches 2 lines, width of periphery 2 inches

10 lines, at inner edge 1 inch 10 lines, diameter of umbilicus

about 33 inches.

_ Ihave not distinctly seen the surface of this very large spe-

cies, but it seems to be smooth. The comparative flatness and

width of the sides, more quadrate mouth, and deeply concave

periphery, easily distinguish it from the NV. tuberculatus (Sow.),

which is the only allied form. In the figure in the ‘ Mineral

Conchology’ of NV. tuberculatus (t. 249) there is an apparent con-

cavity of the section of the periphery, but as this did not agree

with the inner outline I doubted its correctness, and on writing

to Mr. Sowerby he very kindly furnished me with the exact form

of the section of the original specimen, proving that the peri-

phery is strongly and regularly round, contrasting in the strongest

manner with the present species, which also wants the medial

line of the N. tuderculatus. I have only indistinctly seen the

septa, which seem to be regular, moderately arched, and rather

close. The position of the siphon unknown.

_ Very rare in the carboniferous limestone of Derbyshire.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

196 On some new Carboniferous Limestone Fossils.

Orthoceras (Cycloceras) Flemingi (M‘Coy).

Desc. Very gradually tapering; section (? broad. oval), siphon

subcentral large, slightly excentric; septa numerous, mode-

rately convex, one coinciding with each of the external rings.

Surface girt with close, obtuse, prominent, transverse rings,

little more than their own diameter apart, undulated by about

fourteen or fifteen strong longitudinal costz, slightly further

apart than the transverse rings, so that the oblong intervening

spaces are wider than long, and nearly equalling them in

thickness, both transverse rings and intervening spaces marked

by strong transverse imbricating striz, six or seven between

the centre of one transverse ring and the next. A specimen

5 lines long and 2 lines in diameter at the smaller end has

twelve rings.

This species can only be confounded with the O. (C.) rugosum

of Flem., from which it is distinguished by its much more nu-

merous and closer rings, fewer and larger longitudinal coste,

stronger transverse striz, and large siphon far removed from the

margin.

Very rare in the carboniferous limestone of Lowick, North-

umberland.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Orthoceras (? Poterioceras) cornu-vaccinum (M‘Coy).

Desc. Conical, rapidly tapering to an obtusely rounded point,

very slightly arched ; section perfectly circular throughout ;

septa very oblique, flattened, slightly convex, moderately ap-

proximate, extending much further forward on the inner side

of the general curve than on the outer or convex aspect, the

lateral edges being very slightly sigmoidal, on account of their

obliquity ; the septa are broad oval in form, the longest dia-

meter being in the antero-posterior direction; siphon large,

about its own diameter within the outer edge (corresponding

with the convexity of the general curve of the shell). Surface

horny in appearance, marked with irregular scratch-like lon-

gitudinal markings, and fine, nearly regular transverse im-

pressed lines, separated by rather wider flattened spaces;

thirteen transverse strize in 2 lines at an inch and a quarter

in diameter, about twenty in the same space at 9 lines in dia-

meter. Length of average specimen-5 inches 9 lines, 2 inches

3 lines in diameter at the anterior end, and regularly tapering

to the obtusely pointed apex in the above length; average

distance of the last few septa 2 lines.

The above measurements are of average-sized specimens,

Bibliographical Notices. 197

although examples occasionally occur a couple of inches long.

The general, slightly curved, obtusely pointed, rapidly tapering

form, and peculiar horny looking texture have suggested the

specific name. The only described fossil it has any resemblance

to is the Cyrtoceras Verneuilanum of De Koninck (A. F. B. t. 48.

f. 6), but it is easily distinguished by that species having a broad

oval transverse section, while the section of the present fossil is

perfectly circular ; and the septa which from their obliquity ap-

pear oval, have their long axis directed in the opposite direction ;

the curvature is also less in our fossil. Some of the specimens

show a very slight contraction at the mouth, which renders it

probable that the species belongs to the subgenus Poterioceras,

with which all the other characters agree exactly and better than

with any other section of Orthoceras.

Not very uncommon in the carboniferous limestone of Lowick,

Northumberland.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A Naturalist’s Rambles on the Devonshire Coast. By P. H. Goss,

A.L.S. &c. London: John Van Voorst, 1853.

WE shall do our readers a service at this season of the year, when so

many are seeking health and relaxation by the sea-shore, by directing

their attention to this very pleasing and useful work. Armed with

this and Dr. Harvey’s excellent ‘Sea-side Book*,’ every pool will be

found to offer ample sources of amusement and instruction, and they

may bid defiance to that dire ennui which would appear to be the

source of the ordinary melancholy amusements of a ‘ watering place.’

We do not mean to say that people who go for relaxation to the sea-

side should bore themselves by taking microscopes and scalpels and

making scientific observations ; but without going at all deeply into the

subject, the search for zoophytes and mollusks will give their walks

something of the excitement of a hunt, and bringing them home—

watching their odd ways, and finding out all about them in the books

—will originate a vast deal of interest, and a great deal of fun and

humour into the bargain. At least so we have found it, and we dare

not venture to imagine that the ‘gentle reader’ is a more dry and

_ adust personage than ourself.

Most persons have a gustatory interest in Prawns, and indeed one

considers it to be part of one’s mission at the sea-side to devour them

at breakfast and tea; but how few of us there are who are aware that

__* Published by Van Voorst,—a book popular enough to cause a ‘ Reli-

pious ’ Society to put forth a work with a title so similar, that those who

ook no further might be readily deceived. We trust our readers will take

care to discourage this pious aberration.

198 Bibliographical Notices.

the thing we pluck off with our fingers, not without inward murmur-

ings at the absurd complexity of Paleemonic structure, has such a

dignified name as ‘ Cephalo-thorax.’ Still less that the well-flavoured

red thing when alive can deserve so much eloquence as Mr. Gosse has

expended upon hira in the following passage :—

- “Large Prawns swim at freedom through this large pool; and a

very pleasing sight it is to watch them as they glide gracefully and

equally along ; the tail-fans are widely dilated, rendering conspicuous

the contrasted colours with which they are painted ; the jaws are

expanded, the feet hanging loosely beneath. Now one rises to the

surface almost perpendicularly ; then glides down towards the bot-

tom, sweeping up again in a graceful curve. Now he examines the

weeds, then shoots under the dark angles of the rock. As he comes

up towards me I stretch out my hand over the water ; in an instant

he shoots backwards a foot or so; then catching hold of a weed with

his feet and straddling its vertical edge, he remains motionless, gaging

up at me with his large prominent eyes as if in the utmost astonish-

ment.

“«This Prawn, that comes to our tables decked out and penetrated,

as it were, with a delicate pellucid rose colour, beautiful as he is then,

is far more beautiful when just netted from the bottom, or from the

overhanging weed-grown side of some dark pool. If you happen

never to have seen him in this state let me introduce him to you;

form and dimensions of course you are acquainted with ; these do not

change, but I will just observe that it is a ‘sizeable’ fellow that is

now before me, whose portrait I am going to take. Stand still, you

beauty ! and don’t shoot round and round the jar in that retrograde

fashion, when I want to jot down your elegant lineaments! there

now he is quiet! quiet but watchful! maintaining a sort of armed

neutrality, with extended eyes, antenne stretching perpendicularly

upwards, claws held out divergently with open pincers ready to seize,

as if these slender things could do me any harm, and feet and ex-

panded tail prepared in a twinkling to dart backward on the least

alarm.”

The book is full of such genial and graphic descriptions of marine

animals, interspersed with an abundance of carefully made and detailed

scientific observations ; particularly as regards the Polypes and Me-

dusze, Mr. Gosse gives some of the best descriptions of the peculiar

‘ thread-cells’ of these animals we have met with, and his observa-

tions respecting the effect of light on the colour of Fuci and of Crus-

tacea, upon the development of Lepralia, and on the mode in which

the Pecten performs its leaps, are well worthy of attention, With

respect to the latter point we may remark, that whatever may be the

case with Pecten, we have unquestionably seen the allied genus Lima

flapping with its valves like a butterfly through the water.

The only faults we have to notice in Mr. Gosse’s book arise from

that want of acquaintance with foreign literature which is unhappily

the rule in English works. Thus he does not seem to know that the

structure of the eyes of the Lamellibranchiata has been elaborately

described by Krohn and Will, and that a memoir has been devoted

Zoological Society. 199°

to Pedicellina by Van Beneden. Again, much as we regret to deprive

a lady of herwell-earned honours, we are necessitated to point out that

the animal of which he gives an excellent figure and description, and

on which, supposing it to be new, he confers the name of Johnstonella

Catharina, was first described by Eschscholtz in 1825, under the

name of Tomopteris, afterwards by Quoy and Gaimard as Briarea ;

then by Busch in 1847 and by Grube in 1848, as Tomopteris. It is

in fact the Tomopteris onisciformis, and has a very extensive distri-

bution, having been taken by the present writer in the tropical regions

of the South Pacific. It is assuredly an Annelid, but a most remark-

able form ; and a very excellent description of its structure, by Grube,

will be found in Miiller’s ‘ Archiv’ for 1848.

. Lapses of this kind will doubtless be corrected by our author in

his second edition, and we take leave of him with our best wishes

that he may soon have the opportunity of so doing.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

May 27, 1851.—W. Yarrell, Esq., V.P.L.S., in the Chair.

Descriptions OF NEw Spectres or Trocuipz (continued from

p- 148). By Arruur Apams, R.N., F.L.S. ere.

i Genus 9. ZizipHinus, Leach. ;

Calliostoma, Swains.—Ladbio, sp. Oken.—Trochilus, sp. Humph.

_ 1. Zizipuinus zonamestus, A. Adams, Z. testd oblique pyra-

; midali, umbilicatd, carned, cingulis transversis granosis permultis

ornatd ; interstitiis purpurascentibus, striis obliquis longitudinali-

bus ; anfractibus planis, supra suturas angulatis, ultimo acute

angulato, basi plano-concavd, cingulis granulatis insculptd umbi-

lico magno, infundibuliformi, intus albo; aperturd rhomboided,

intus albd ; columelld rectd, basi truncatd.

- Hab. Honduras (Dyson).

2. ZizipHinus Ticaonicus, A. Adams. Z, testd elevato-conicd,

perforata, luted vel carned, liris transversis rufo articulatis prope

‘ suturas ornatd; anfractibus paulum rotundatis, longitudinaliter

striatis, apice atro-purpureo ; anfractu ultimo subangulato, basi

convexiusculd, cingulis rufo-articulatis insculptd ; aperturd sub-

quadrata ; columellé recta, antic? subtruncatd ; aperturd intus

alba.

Had. Island of Ticao, sandy mud, 6 fathoms (H. C.).

' 8. Zizipuinus saponicus, A. Adams. Z. testd turrito-conicd,

levi, nitidd, imperforatd ; anfractibus planis, basi lineis dudbus

_ impressis, ultimo angulato, rubrd fammulis fuscis et albidis ornata,

basi converd, cingulis articulatis insculptd ; aperturd subquadratd,

intus viride iridescenti.

. Hab. Japan.

200 Zoological Society.

4, ZIZIPHINUS ELEGANTULUS, A. Adams. Z. testd conicd, im-

perforata, lutescenti ; anfractibus planis, lineis elevatis distantibus

granulatis moniliformibus violaceis alternis minoribus cinctd ;

interstitiis longitudinaliter striatis ; basi planiusculd, cingulis

quatuor violaceis ornatd ; aperturé subquadratd, intus albd ;

columella basi subtruncatd.

Hab. Malacca, coral sand, 10 fathoms (H. C.).

5, ZizipHINus pEcussatus, A. Adams. Z. testd elevato-conicd,

subperforatd, albidd, maculis viridibus longitudinalibus ornatd ;

anfractibus planis, basi marginatis, prominulis ; cingulis trans-

versis granulatis lineisque elevatis longitudinalibus decussate in-

sculptd ; anfractu ultimo angulato, basi convexiusculd, cingulis

granulatis ornatd ; aperturd subquadratd ; columella rectd, basi

truncata.

Hab. Calipan, Mindoro, coarse gravel, 12 fathoms (H. C.).

6. ZizipHinus rRuBRopuNcraAtTus, A. Adams. Z. testa parvd,

orbiculato-conicd, lutescenti ; cingulis transversis spinulosis or-

natdé (in anfractu ultimo quatuor), interstitiis clathratis pulcher-

rime rubro-punctulatis.

Hab. 2

7. ZizipHiInus unicincTus, A. Adams. JZ. testd turrito-conicd,

imperforatd, luteolé ; anfractibus planis, subimbricatis, basi cin-

gulis prominulis rubro-articulatis lineisque transversis confertis

ornatis ; anfractu ultimo angulato, basi productd, lineis concen-

tricis et cinguld elevatd articulatd sculpta; apertura subtrigond ;

columelld rectd, basi subcanaliculatd.

( Hab. Lord Hood’s Island, on pearl oysters, 8 to 10 fathoms

eel Oe

8. ZizipHINUS NEBULOSUS, A. Adams. Z. testd conoided, im-

perforata, rufo-fuscd albo variegaté; anfractibus planiusculis,

cingulis inequalibus granorum ornatd, ultimo subangulato, bast

convexiusculd, cingulis subgranulosis rufo alboque articulatis or-

natd ; apertura subtetragond ; columella alba, incurvatd, basi sub-

truncaté ; labro intus lirato.

Hab. Rains Island (Ince).

9. ZizipHiNnus prcturatus, A. Adams. Z. testd turrito-conicd,

imperforatd, viridi aut violaced, fasciis undulatis lineisque ziczaci-

Sormibus ornatd ; anfractibus planis, basi marginatis crenulatis,

lineis impressis transversis sculptd ; anfractu ultimo angulato,

basi convexiusculd ; aperturd subquadratd, intus alba ; columellé

incurvd, basi truncata.

Hab. Delaguete, island of Negros, sandy mud, 7 fathoms

H.C),

10. ZIzZIPHINUS ASPERULATUS, A. Adams. JZ. testd conicd, im-

perforata, albidé, maculis purpureis radiatim ornatd ; anfracti-

bus planiusculis, in medio carinatis, cingulis inequalibus ornatd,

superioribus granulatis, inferioribus subplanis ; anfractu ultimo.

Zoological Society. 201

subangulato, basi pland, cingulis planis insculptd ; regione umbili-

cali depressd, callo obtectd ; apertura subrotundd ; columella recta,

basi truncatd ; labro intus lirato.

Hab. ?

11. ZizreHinus potycHroma, A. Adams. JZ. testd turrito-

conicd, perforata, viridi, fasciis albidis undulatis, lineis luteis

angulatis varie pictd; anfractibus planis, subimbricatis ; bast

marginatis articulatis prominulis, lineis transversis subdistanti-

bus impressis ornatd, longitudinaliter substriatd ; anfractu ultimo

angulato, basi convexiusculd, cingulis luteo articulatis insculptd ;

aperturd subquadratd, intus viridi ; columella rectd, basi sub-

truncata.

Hab. Island of Masbate, sandy mud, 7 fathoms (H. C.).

12. Zizipninus pupuicatus, A. Adams. Z. testd turrito-conicd,

imperforatd ; unfractibus convexis cingulis granorum ornatd ;

basi cingulis duabus majoribus prominentibus instructis ; inter-

stitiis longitudinaliter striatis ; anfractu ultimo subrotundato,

basi convexiusculd, cingulis granorum insculptd ; aperturd sub-

rotundatd ; labro intus lirato; columella basi tuberculo termi-

natd.

Hab.

13. ZizipHinus catirornicus, A. Adams. Z. testd elevato-

conicd, imperforatd, rufescenti ; anfractibus subrotundatis, supra

excavatis, liris transversis granulosis, duabus, supra suturam,

majoribus ; anfractu ultimo subrotundato, basi convexiusculd ;

aperturd subquadratd ; columella rectd, antice subtuberculatd,

Hab. California. (Mus. Cuming.)

Genus 10. Canruiripus, Montfort.

Eleuchus, sp. Humph.; Swains.—Phasianella, c., Menke.—Trochus,

sp. Philippi.

1. Canrutripus cINGULIGER, A. Adams. OC. testé elevato-

conicd, cinered, punctis fuscis in lineis fammulatis dispositis,

transversim suleatd ; anfractibus planis, cinguld prominenti

supra suturam, anfractu ultimo angulato, cingulo plano eincto ;

umbilico subobtecto ; columelld rectd; labro intus albo, levi.

Hab. ?

2. CANTHIRIDUS PUNCTULOSUS, A. Adams. C. testd elevato-

conicd, imperforatd, levi, nitidd, cinered, transversim sulcatd ;

cingulis transversis, luteo alboque punctatis nigro-maculatis

ornatd; anfractibus planis, ultimo acute angulato; regione

3 umbilicali rosed ; aperturd subquadratd ; columelld albd, rectd,

; anticé subtruncatd ; labro intus levi, limbo punctulato.

Hab. Swan River, 4 fathoms (Jukes).

8. CanTHIRIDUS zZEALANDICUS, A, Adams. C. testd obliqué

conicd, subturritd, imperforatd, levi, nitidd ; atro-purpured,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii.

202 Zoological Society.

lineis pallidis transversis, ubique cinctd; anfractibus paulum

convexis ; aperturd obliqud, subrotundatd ; labio albo, simplici,

arcuato ; labro intus sulcato, margaritaceo, vivide iridescenti.

Hab. New Zealand.

4, CANTHIRIDUS MONILIGER, A. Adams. OC. testé elevato-

conicd, imperforatd, cinered, cingulis moniliformibus transversis

ornatd ; interstitiis longitudinaliter elevate striatis ; anfracti-

bus planis, apice purpureo, suturd canaliculatd ; anfractu ulti- ,

mo angulato ; aperturd subquadratd ; columelld anticée subtrun-

catd; labro intus sulcato.

Hab. Swan River, 8 fathoms (Jukes).

5. CANTHIRIDUS ARTICULARIS, A. Adams. (C. testd elevato-

conicd, levi, nitidd, cinered ; cingulis confertis, nigro alboque

articulatis ornatd ; interstitiis longitudinaliter striatis ; anfrac-

tibus planis, ultimo angulato, basi planiusculd, cingulis articu-

latis sculptd; aperturd subquadratd; columella anticé sub-

truncata; labro intus levi, limbo articulato.

Hab. ig

6. CANTHIRIDUS ARTIZONA, A. Adams. C. testd elevate conoi-

ded, pallidd ; cingulis carneolis angustis elevatis transversis

ornatd ; interstitiis transversim striatis ; anfractu ultimo an-

gulato; aperturd intus viridescenti; labro intus lirato, limbo

rufo articulato.

Hab. 4

7. CANTHIRIDUS RUFOZONA, A. Adams. C. testd conoided,

pallidd, cingulis rubris transversis interstitiis planis ornatd;

anfractu ultimo rotundato ; labro intus albo, levi, limbo rufo-

articulato ; columelld albd.

Hab. ?

8, CANTHIRIDUS TENEBROSUS, A. Adams. C. testd parvd,

elevato-conicd, imperforatd, subnigrd, transversim sulcatd, sul-

cis albicantibus planis; anfractibus paulum convewis, ultimo

subangulato, basi convexd; aperturd subrotundatd, intus albd,

margaritaced ; labro intus sulcato.

Hab.

9. CANTHIRIDUS NIGRICANS, A. Adams. C. testd depresso-

conicd, atro-purpured, cingulis elevatis transversis ornatd ; in-

terstitiis longitudinaliter oblique striatis ; anfractu ultimo sub-

angulato; labro intus albo, sublevi, limbo nigro.

Hab. §

10. CANTHIRIDUS PALLIDULUS, A. Adams. (C. testd elevato-

conicd, imperforatd, pallidd ; cingulis transversis elevatis luteo-

articulatis ornatd ; interstitiis concinne longitudinaliter stria-

tis; columelld subrectd, in medio tumidd ; labro intus lirato.

HTab. Australia.

Zoological Society. 203

Genus 11. Exzucnus, Swains.

Phasianella, d., Menke.—Canthiridus, sp. Gray.

1. Exevcuus vuiearis, A. Adams. LE. testd ovato-conoided,

subturritd, imperforatd, levigatd, virenti, transversim tenuis-

simé striatd ; lineis undulatis viridis pictd, basi convexd ; aper-

turd ovatd ; columellé basi dente acuto terminatd ; labro posticé

subangulato.

Hab. Swan River.

2. Exevcnus rutitus, A. Adams. LZ. testd turrito-conicd,

imperforatd; spird acuminatd, virido-fuscd, lineis longitudina-

libus rufescentibus ornatd, transversim striatd; anfractu ul-

timo vie angulato; aperturd intus vivide iridescente; labro

viridi marginato,

Hab. Australia.

Genus 12. Banxtvia, Deshayes.

1, Banxryia mason, A. Adams. BB. testd ovato-turritd, nigro-

JSused albo variegatd, levigatd, longitudinaliter oblique striatd ;

anfractu ultimo ventricoso, transversim sulcato ; columella albd,

tortuosd.

| Hab, Australia. Mus. Cuming.

2. Banxivia nitipsa, A. Adams. B. ¢estd turritd, acuminatd,

carneold, suturis nigricantibus, levi, nitidd, transversim tenu-

issimé striatd ; columelld anticé tortuosd; labro ad marginem

nigricante.

Hab, Australia. Mus. Cuming.

Genus 13. Tuatorta, Gray.

Elenchus, sp. Humph.—Helenchus, Herman.

1, THatotia zepuensis, A. Adams. Th. testd elevato-conoided,

perforatd, atro-fuscd, fasciis longitudinalibus ornatd, transver-

sim suleatd ; anfractibus planulatis, ultimo rotundato, basi

convexd ; labio subrecto, anticé reflexo, dilatato ; aperturd sub-

circulari, intus albd ; labro intus levi, atro-marginato.

_ Hab, San Nicholas, island of Zebu, sandy mud, 6 fathoms (H.C.).

2. Tuaxotia stricata, A. Adams. Th. testd turrito-conicd, per-

Soratd, albidd, fasciis latis rufo-fuscis radiatd; anfractibus in

medio angulatis porcis transversis subgranulosis, interstitiis lon-

gitudinaliter striatis ornatd, basi convexd, concentricée porcatd ;

umbilico aperto; aperturd subrotundatd ; columelld subflecuosd,

: basi truncata; labro intus lirato, margine crenulato.

Hab. Swan Point, N. Australia (Dring).

3. TuaLoTia zeBripes, A. Adams. Th. testd turrito-conicd,

subperforatd, virescenti, lineis atro-purpureis longitudinalibus

ornatd, porcis transversis confertis sculptd, longitudinaliter

striata, basi convexd ; umbilico subobtecto; columella sinuatd,

callo terminatd; labro intus lirato, margine atro-purpureo

articulato.

Hab, 2

14*

204. Zoological Society.

4, THAtotra sutURALIs, A. Adams, Th. testd conicd, subper-

foratd, virescenti, lineis purpureis longitudinalibus undulatis

ornatd, transversim liratd, longitudinaliter striatd ; anfractibus

planis, supra suturam elevatis ; suturd canaliculatd, basi plani-

usculd ; columella brevi, basi tuberculo terminatad; labro intus

levi, viridi.

Hab. Cape Upstart, Torres Straits, Australia, under stones, low

water (Dring).

5. THALOTIA TRICINGULATA, A. Adams. Th. testd conicd, im-

perforatd, nigra, lineis albis longitudinalibus ornatd ; anfrac-

tibus angulatis, ultimo cingulis tribus transversis prominentibus

instructo, basi convexd, cingulis concentricis nigro alboque ar-

ticulatis ornatd; labio ad basin tuberculato; aperturd subro-

tundatd, intus albd; labro intus liris elevatis, atro-marginato.

Hab. 2

6. THALOTIA CRENELLIFERA, A. Adams. Th. testd elevato-

conicd, imperforatd, rufescente, rubro maculosd ; spird acumi-

natd, apice-rubro; anfractibus planulatis, liris confertis, ere-

nellatis, transversis, interstitiis oblique longitudinaliter striatis ;

anfractu ultimo subangulato, basi convexiusculd ; aperturd sub-

quadratd, intus albd ; columelld albd, incurvatd, anticé truncatd.

Hab, Australia, Mus. Cuming.

Genus 14. Monoponta, Lamarck.

Monodon, Schweiger.—Monodontes, Montfort.—-Odontis, Sow.—

Trochidon, Swains.—Diloma, Phil.—Trochulus, sp. Humph.

1. Monoponta ruGuLosa, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-conoi-

ded, depressd, atro-fuscd, fasctis latis luteo-albis wrregulariter

pictd, cingulis rotundatis interruptis ornatd ; columelld basi

bituberculatd, canali parallelo instructd, dente magno acuto ter-

minatd ; labro duplicato, intus lirato.

Hab. ——?

2. Monoponta circumcineta, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-

conoided, imperforatd, levi, nitidd, crassd, cingulis rubris albo

viridi maculatis alternantibus pictd; anfractibus convewis ;

columelld basi tuberculatd, dente magno acuto terminatd ; labro

duplicato, intus lirato.

Hab. Island of Ticao, on the stones on reefs at low water (#. C.).

3. Monoponta TuBERCULATA, A. Adams. MM. testd ovato-

conoided, imperforatd, crassd, viridescenti, cingulis tuberculo-

rum oblongorum violaceorum ornatd; anfractibus convexis; colu-

melld basi trituberculatd, canali parallelo instructd, dente pro-

minente acuto terminatd ; labro duplicato, intus lirato.

Hab. 2

Subgenus Arapasia, Gray.

Operculum suborbicular, paucispiral.

Aradasia, Gray, in Mrs. Gray’s Figures of Molluscous Animals, p. 90.

—! Otavia, Cantr.

1, Monoponta suLcireRA, A. Adams. WM. testd globoso-

Zoological Society. 205

conicd, umbilicatd, fuscd, cingulis granorum distantium monili-

formibus, interstitiis profunde sulcatis, sulcis sublevibus longi-

tudinaliter striatis ornatd ; columelld ad basin trisulcatd, dente

parvo acuto instructd ; labro tenut, intus sulcato. -

Hab. Roebuck Bay, North Australia (Dring).

2. Monoponts craturata, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-conoi-

ded, albd, imperforatd, cingulis subgranosis distantibus ornatd,

in anfractu ultimo septem, interstitiis costulis longitudinalibus

eleganter clathratis; columelld tuberculo parvo terminatd ; labro

intus sulcato.

Hab. Guidulman, island of Bohol, rocky ground, 60 fathoms (H.C.).

3. Monononta TRicINGULATA, A. Adams. M. testdé globoso-

conoided, umbilicatd, rubente, albo et fusco variegatd, cingulis

parvulis granorum ornatd; suturd canaliculatd ; anfractibus

convexis, carinis tribus transversis prominentibus cinctis ; um-

bilico profundo ; columelld ad basin tuberculo parvo terminatd ;

labro expanso, tenui, intus levi.

Hab. Malacca; Singapore, fine sand, 6 fathoms (1. C.).

4. Monoponta puitierina, A. Adams. MM. testd globoso-

conicd, perforatd, fuscd nigro punctatd ; cingulis granulatis in-

equalibus ornatd, interstitiis clathratuls ; umbilico parvo ;

— columelld tuberculo parvo terminatd ; labro intus sulcato.

Hab. Puerto Galero, island of Mindoro, in coarse sand, 9 fathoms ;

Bolinao, province of Zambales, island of Luzon, sandy mud, 10 fa-

thoms (H. C.).

5. Monoponta EDENTULA, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-conoi-

ded, umbilicatd, fuscd, costellis transversis imbricatis, interstitis

elathratis sculptd; anfractibus valde rotundatis ; umbilico in-

Sundibuliform ; columelld subrectd, basi tuberculo terminatd ;

labro margine crenulato.

Hab. Catbalonga, island of Samar, sandy mud, 6 fathoms (H. C.).

Mus. Cuming.

6. Monopvonta roveouata, A. Adams. WM. testd globoso-

conoided, subperforatd, erassd, albd, cingulis transversis nodulo-

sis subdistantibus (in anfractu ultimo septem), interstitis cos-

tellis longitudinalibus foveolatis ornatd ; columelld dente minuto

terminatd ; labro intus crasso et lirato.

Hab. Lord Hood’s Island, on pearl oysters, 8 to 10 fathoms (H.C.).

Mus. Cuming.

7. Monoponta exieua, A. Adams. M. testd parva, conoided,

umbilicatd, albidd fusco variegatd, cingulis transversis granulosis

interstitiis longitudinaliter liratis ornatd ; anfractibus parum

convevis, ultimo subangulato ; umbilico recto, dente valido acuto

terminatd ; labro intus sulcato.

Hab. Japan (Siebold).

& Monopvonta ruBRA, A. Adams. WM. testd globoso-conoided,

umbilicatd, rubrd, cingulis transversis granorum moniliformibus

206 Zoological Society.

e@quantibus interstitiis lineis longitudinalibus impressis ornatd ;

anfractibus rotundatis, suturd canaliculatd, umbilico magno ;

columella rectd, dente prominente terminatd ; labro intus crasso,

sulcato.

Hab. 2

9. Monoponta atyrotatTa, A. Adams. MM. testd globoso-

conoided, umbilicatd, albidd, fasciis fuscis longitudinalibus

undulatis pictd, cingulis transversis granorum acutorum inter-

stitiis costis longitudinalibus alveolatis ornatd ; suturd canali-

culatd ; umbilico angusto ; columelld rectd, dente valido termi-

natd ; labro intus valde lirato.

Hab. Guidulman, island of Bohol, rocky ground, 60 fathoms ;

Baclayon, island of Bohol, under stones, low water ; island of Capul,

on the reefs at low water (H. C.). Mus. Cuming.

10. MonoponTA ANGULIFERA, A. Adams. WM. testd elevato-

conoided, imperforatd ; anfractibus planiusculis, imbricatis, in-

Serne angulatis, longitudinaliter nodoso-costatis, cingulis trans-

versis tuberculorum subdistantium interstitiis alveolatis ornatd ;

anfractu ultimo subangulato ; columella rectd, brevi, dente parvo

terminatd ; labro subduplicato, intus sulcato.

Hab. Puerto Galero, island of Mindoro, sandy mud, 6 fathoms

(H. C.). Mus. Cuming.

11. Monoponta strAnGeI, A. Adams. WM. testd conoided,

perforatd, fuscd, cingulis granorum equalibus confertis ornatd ;

anfractibus parum convexis, ultimo subangulato ; columelld cur-

vatd, dente obtuso terminatd; labro intus sulcato, tuberculo

prope basin columelle.

Hab. Sydney, under stones (Strange).

12. Monoponta puncticerA, A, Adams. MM. testd globoso-

conoided, umbilicatd, albd fusco punctatd, cingulis granulosis

inequalibus rufo-punctatis ornatd; suturd canaliculatd; an-

Sractibus rotundatis ; umbilico aperto, infundibuliformi ; colu-

melld recta, brevi, basi bituberculatd, dente parvo acuto termi-

natd ; labro expanso, intus sulcato.

Hab. Singapore, fine sand, 6 fathoms (H.C.). Mus. Cuming.

13. Monoponta ExAspEeRATA, A. Adams. WM. testd globoso-

conoided, umbilicatd, subdepressd, albidd nigro-variegatd, cin-

gulis spino-granulatis exasperatd ; columelld sinuatd, dente

prominenti terminatd ; labro incrassato, duplicato, intus valde

lirato.

Hab, Sibonga, island of Zebu, at low water (H.C.); island of

Siquijor, under stones. Mus, Cuming.

14. Monoponta sprtota, A. Adams. WM. testd parvd, ovato-

depressd, conoided, imperforatd, levi, nitidd, viridi, maculis pal-

lidis triangularibus ; columelld pland, albd, canali parallelo

instructd, dente obtuso terminatd ; labro duplicato, intus lirato.

Hab. 2

Zoological Society. 207

15. Monoponta uirostoma, A. Adams. WM. testd elevato-

conicd, imperforatd, albidd; anfractibus planis, cingulis tribus

granulatis, interstitiis valde clathratis; suturd canaliculatd ;

anfractu ultimo angulato; columelld tuberculatd ; labro intus

valde lirato,

Hab, Lord Hood’s Island, on pearl oysters, 8 to 10 fathoms (H.C.).

Mus. Cuming.

Genus 15. Lastio, Oken.

Osilinus, Philippi.—Trochius, Leach.—Gibbium, Gray.—Monodonta,

sp. Lamck.—Melagraphia, Steutz.

1, Lasio porcata, A. Adams. L, festd ovato-conoided, imper-

foratd, fuscd albo reticulatd; anfractibus convexis, transversim

carinatis, carinis numerosis, elevatis, distantibus; labio albo,

_ mferne subcalloso ; labro intus sulcato.

Hab. Australia.

2. Lasrio porcirerA, A. Adams. LJ, testd orbiculato-conicd,

imperforatd, fulvescente, liris transversis equidistantibus nigro-

articulatis ornatd ; longitudinaliter oblique striatd ; labio plano,

regione umbilicali impresso ; columelld tuberculis duobus, infe-

riore majore ; labro intus duplicato, margine luteo nigro-articu-

lato.

Hab,

3, Lasio rupis, A. Adams. LZ. testd orbiculato-conicd, imper-

Soratd ; spird obtusd, lutescente, lineis transversis nigris ornatd,

longitudinaliter obliqué striatd, transversim subewaratd ; labio

complanato ; columelld anticé subtuberculatd ; labro nigro luteo-

que intus marginato.

Hab. Australia.

4, Lasio ruuicineA, A. Adams, UL. testd orbiculato-conied,

imperforatd, nigrd, liris transversis equidistantibus luteo-ar-

ticulatis ornatd; regione umbilicali impressd ; columelld tu-

- berculis duobus, antico majore; labro duplicato, nigro-margi-

nato.

Hab.

5. Lasro corrosa, A. Adams. L. testd turbinatd, imperforaté,

spird elevatiusculd, anfractibus rotundatis, rugosd, cinereo-

lutescente; anfractu ultimo subangulato; labio complanato ;

columella simplici ; labro luteo marginato.

Hab. New Zealand (Hart).

6. Lasio concotor, A. Adams. LJ. testd turbinato-conicd, im-

perforatd; spird acutd, brunned, longitudinaliter obliqueé stri-

atd, transversim subliratd; labio complanato, regione umbili-

cali impresso; columelld arcuatd, anticé tuberculo terminatd ;

labro nigro-fusco marginato.

Hab. New Zealand (Hart).

08 Zoological Saciety.

Genus 16. CuLorosroma, Swainson.—Ovystele, Philippi.

1. CHLorosroma casTanreum, A. Adams. C. testd obliqué

conicd, umbilicatd, castaned ; anfractibus planis, longitudinali-

ter obsolete nodoso-plicatis et oblique striatis, penultimo infra

marginato, ultimo acutangulo, basi concavo pallidé fused, lineis

viridi-fuscis radiatim pictd; umbilico infundibuliformi, per-

spectivo, intus albo, peromphalo albo lined elevatd cincto ; aper-

turd subrhomboided; columella supra sinuatd, basi dente ter-

minatd.

Hab.

2. CHLoROsToMA uNDuLosum, A. Adams. OC. testd globoso-

conicd, imperforatd ; spird depressd, virescenti lineis undulatis

atro-purpureis longitudinalibus ornaté, longitudinaliter sub-

striatd ; labio complanato, margine columellari subtuberculato ;

labro intus sulcato, margine luteo, atro-purpureo articulato.

Hab. New Zealand (Kar/).

3. CHLoROSTOMA TURBINATUM, A. Adams. C. testd turbi-

natd, profunde umbilicatd, nigrd ; spird obtusd, longitudinaliter

subplicatd, transversim sulcosd ; anfractu ultimo rotundato, re-

gione umbilicali partim callo lutescente obtectd ; columella

anticé bituberculatd ; labro nigro marginato.

Hab. ?

4. CHLorostoMa ruGosumM, A. Adams. C. testd turbinato-

conoidali, profundé umbilicatd, luteo-fused, nigro variegatd, lon-

gitudinaliter nodoso-plicatd, transversim sulcatd ; anfractu ul-

timo rotundato, infra suturam angustato ; columella incurvatd,

anticé bituberculatd, tuberculo supremo magno, prominente ; la-

bro fusco marginato.

Hab. t

5. CHLOROSTOMA COoRRUGATUM, A. Adams. (C. testd orbicu-

lato-conoidali, profunde umbilicatd ; spird subacutd, longitudi-

naliter corrugato-plicatd et obliqué striatd; anfractu ultimo

subrotundato, basi plano convexo, regione umbilicali albido sub-

calloso ; columelld tuberculis duobus, supremo magno.

Hab. 2

6. CHLOROSTOMA TROPIDOPHORUM, A. Adams. (C. tesfd or-

biculato-depressd, profunde umbilicatd ; spird brevi, nigra, trans-

versim sulcatd, cingulis transversis prominentibus ornatd ; an-

fractu ultimo carinato, basi concentric exarato, regione um-

bilicali albo sulco circulari circumdato; columelld tuberculis

duobus, supremo acuto, prominente.

Hab. Valparaiso.

7. CHLOROSTOMA MaAcULOsUM, A. Adams. C. testd conicd,

profunde umbilicatd, viridi-fused, maculis nigro-fuscis ornatd ;

anfractibus planulatis, longitudinaliter substriatis, transversim

striatis ; anfractu ultimo angulato, basi concavo; columelld

antice tuberculo acuto terminatd.

Hab. ?

Zoological Society. 209

8. CHLOROSTOMA SEMINODOsUM, A. Adams: C. testd de-

presso-conicd, profunde umbilicatd, fuscd ; anfractibus planulatis,

superne subnodosis, longitudinaliter oblique striatis ; anfractu

ultimo angulato, supra angulum cinguld transversd elevatd or-

nato, basi planiusculd ; columellé tuberculis duobus, supremo

acuto, prominente.

Hab. 2

9, CHLOROSTOMA ARTICULATUM, A. Adams. C. testé orbicu-

lato-conicd, umbilicatd, nigro-fuscd, cingulis transversis elevatis

albo-articulatis ornaté ; anfractu ultimo subangulato, basi cin-

gulis albo-articulatis instructo, regione umbilical viridi ; colu-

melld tuberculo parvo terminatd.

Hab. 2

10. Catorostoma xantuosticmaA, A. Adams. (C. testd conoi-

ded, imperforatd, glabra, nigrd, longitudinaliter oblique sub-

striatd ; anfractibus parum rotundatis, basi concentricé l-

rato, luteo-carneolo; regione umbilicali callo luteo obtectd ;

columella arcuatd, basi dente terminatd et infra tuberculo in-

structd.

Hab.

11. CHLoROosTOMA TURBINATUM, A. Adams. C. testd ovato-

conoided, imperforatd, castaned, levi, longitudinaliter oblique

striatd, striis transversis indistinctis insculptd ; anfractibus

rotundatis, suturd angusté canaliculatd, regione umbilicali im-

pressd ; labio curvato, basi dente et tuberculo terminatd ; labro

intus sulcato.

Hab. 2

Genus 17. Gipspuua, Leach.

‘Trochus, sp. Linn.—Steromphala, Leach.—Monodonta, sp. Lam

1. Grsputa sutcosa, A. Adams. G. testd conoided, umbili-

catd, maculis roseis flammulis albo-punctatis variegatd, an-

fractibus paulum convexis, longitudinaliter substriatd, trans-

versim sulcatd, sulcis subdistantibus, anfractu ultimo subangu-

lato, basi convexiusculd, lineis impressis concentricis sculptd ;

aperturd suborbiculari ; columella superné sinuatd, basi sub-

truncatd.

Hab. Sir C. Hardy’s Island, North Australia, 8 fathoms, coarse

sand (Mr. Jukes).

2. GiBBULA MINDORENSIS, A. Adams. G. testd elevato-conoi-

ded, perforata, viridi-fused, fasciis pallidis longitudinalibus

ornatd ; anfractibus rotundatis, liris transversis subgranulosis

cinctis, ultimo subangulato, basi convexd ; columelld subrectd,

basi tuberculo terminatd ; labro intus sulcato.

Hab. Puerto Galero, island of Mindoro, in coarse sand, 9 fathoms

(H. C.).

3. GippuLa unposa, A. Adams. G. festd orbiculato-conoided,

umbilicatd, virescenti, lineis fusco-viridibus undatis longitudina-

eee

210 Zoological Society.

libus pictd ; anfractibus rotundatis, transversim tenué liratis,

ultimo subangulato, basi convead ; aperturd eapansd, intus iri-

descenti ; columelld superne sinuatd, basi rotundatd.

Hab.

4, GippuLA PORCELLANA, A. Adams. G. testd depresso-conicd,

late umbilicatd, glabra, solidd, nitidd, lacted, lineis radiantibus

undulatis pulcherrimé pictd ; anfractibus planis cingulis pro-

minentibus, duabus maculis albis et rufo-fuscis vivide pictis

ornatd ; interstitiis transversim sulcatis, basi convexiuscul?é,

cingulis concentricis lineis maculisque rufo-fuscis ornatd ; um-

bilico perspectivo, intus concentrice lirato, margine lined elevatd

cincto ; columelld subrectd, basi rotundatd.

Hab. New Holland.

5. GippuLta putcura, A. Adams. G. testd orbiculato-conicd,

umbilicatd, rosed, ad suturam albo luteo fuscoque radiatim pul-

cherrime pictd; anfractibus planis, biangulatis, transversim

suleatis, sulcis rubro-articulatis, anfractu ultimo angulato, cin-

guld albo luteo nigro fuscoque eleganter pictd, bast convexd,

concentrice sulcatd ; umbilico intus albo, basi rotundatéd.

Hab. Australia.

6. Gissuta Katrinota, A. Adams. G. testd orbiculato-conoi-

ded, perforatd, vireseenti, carneo cinereo variegatd ; anfractibus

rotundatis, lineis elevatis albo-articulatis, superné gibbosis; su-

turd profundd, anfractu ultimo rotundato, basi convexd, cin-

gulis articulatis concentricis ornatd, margine umbilict angulato,

lined elevatd cincto; columelld superné sinuatd, basi subtrun-

catd ; labro intus levi.

Hab. 2

7. Gipputa venusta, A. Adams. G. testd orbiculato-conoi-

ded, umbilicatd, viridi-fuscd, maculis albis prope suturas, cin-

gulis subdistantibus fusco rubroque articulatis, interstitis li-

ratis, longitudinaliter oblique striatd; anfractibus superné

gibbosis, rubro pictis; suturd canaliculatd, anfractu ultimo

rotundato, basi convexiusculd, cingulis fusco alboque articu-

latis, regione umbilicali roseo pictd; columelld sinuatd, basi

truncata.

Hab. Australia.

8. Greputa Puncro-costaTa, A. Adams. G. testd turrito-

conicd, lutescenti, umbilicatd ; anfractibus superneé cingulis tri- ;

bus nodulosis, rubro-articulatis nodulis punctatis, inferné liris

transversis nodulosis rubro-articulatis, infra, cinguld puncto-

nodosd basi pland, cingulis concentricis subnodosis rubro-arti-

culatis ornatd, margine umbilici lined elevatd cinctd ; columella

subrecté, basi truncatd ; labro intus lirato.

Hab. Island of Capul, on the reefs at low water (H. C.).

9, Grsputa Levcosticta, A. Adams. G. testd conoided, per-

foratd, nigrd, punctis lacteis pictd, anfractibus conveatusculis,

A. 6 Nellie’

‘

Zoological Society. 211

transversim liratd, longitudinaliter striatd, liris subdistantibus

albo-punctatis, interstitiis lineis elevatis transversis ornatd ;

anfractu ultimo angulato, basi convexiusculd, cingulis nigro

alboque articulatd ; aperturd subrotundatd ; columelld superné

sinuatd, basi rotundatd.

Hab. Gindulman, island of Bohol, rocky ground (H. C.).

10. GrppuLa nivosa, A. Adams. G. ftestd orbiculato-conoided,

umbilicatd, cinered, maculis nivosis subrotundatis pictd, trans-

versim sulcatd, longitudinaliter substriatd ; aperturd subrotun-

datd; columelld flexuosa, basi rotundatd.

Hab.

Genus 18. Mona, Swainson.—Talopia, Gray.

1. Monizea tentieinosa, A. Adams. WM. ftestd orbiculato-

conicd, umbilicatd, albidd, luteo fuscoque variegatd ; anfractibus

rotundatis, cingulis subgranulosis confertis ornatis, ultimo rotun-

dato, basi convexiusculd, regione umbilicali excavatd ; columelld

superneé callosd, basi dente terminatd ; labro intus lirato.

Hab. Mlo Ilo, island of Panay, 7 fathoms (H. C.).

2. Monizea Kauisoma, A, Adams. WM. testd orbiculato-conoi-

ded, umbilicatd, lutescenti, cingulis purpureo-articulatis ornatd,

cingulis subdistantibus, supremis granulatis, infimis planis ; an-

Sractibus planiusculis, ultimo subangulato, basi paulum con-

vexd, cingulis purpureo-maculatis insculptd ; columelldé superneé

sinuatd, basi dente terminatd ; labro intus lirato.

Hab. ?

8. Monies pLuMBEA, A. Adams, M. testd orbiculato-conoided,

umbilicatd, plumbed ; anfractibus rotundis, cingulis granorum

transversis in paribus dispositis ornatd, basi convexd; umbilico

mediocri, intus albo; columelld brevi, superné sinuatd, basi dente

terminatd ; labro intus lirato.

Hab. {s

4, Moniuea uirata, A. Adams, WM. testd orbiculato-conicd,

umbilicatd, pallidd ; anfractibus paulum convezvis, liris trans-

versis elevatis distantibus, interstitiis decussate striatis orna-

tis; anfractu ultimo angulato, basi convexd, margine umbilici

sulco cincto.

Hab. 2

5. Monitea pusttua, A. Adams. WM. testd orbiculato-conicd,

umbilicatd, rubescenti, fusco variegatd ; anfractibus planiuscu-

lis, cingulis granorum transversum distantibus (circa quatuor)

ornatis, interstitiis transversim striatis ; columellé in medio

sinuatd.

Hab.

6. Monitea Swarnsoni, A. Adams. WM. testd conoided, umbi-

licatd, albidd, nigro variegatd ; anfractibus planis, cingulis sub-

granosis, albo ngroque articulatis ornatis, ultimo subangulato,

212 - Zoological Society.

basi planiusculd, cingulis rufo-articulatis ornatd ; columelld

basi tuberculatd ; labro intus lirato.

Hab. 2

Genus 19. Marearita, Leach.—Trochus, sp. Auct.

1. MarearitTa cArtnATA, A. Adams. WM. testd elevato-conicd,

perforatd, fused, liris transversis ornatd, superioribus duabus

costellis longitudinalibus decussatis, inferioribus planis, inter-

stitiis longitudinaliter tenuissime striatis; basi planiusculd,

cingulis concentricis, interstitiis radiatim striatis insculptd ;

margine umbilict crenulato.

Hab. Catbalonga, coarse sand, 8 fathoms (H. C.).

2. MarGariITA ANGULATA, A. Adams. M. testd orbiculato-

conicd, laté umbilicatd, albidd, fusco variegatd ; anfractibus

supra angulatis, transversim omnino striatis ; basi convexd, con-

centricée striatd ; umbilico magno, perspectivo.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

3. Marcarita caLostoma, A. Adams. WM. testd conoided,

crassd, perforatd, transversim valde sulcatd, albidd; anfracti-

bus subrotundatis, ultimo subangulato ; aperturd rotundd, intus

vivide violascenti iridescenti ; umbilico callo, columellari subob-

tecto; labri margine argenteo.

Hab. Juan de Fuco, Upper California.

4. Marearira Cumineu, A. Adams. WM. testd elevato-conicéd,

cinered, lineis fuscis undulatis pictd, late umbilicatd ; anfracti-

bus costellis transversis ornatis, ultimo tribus liris intermediis

cincto, longitudinaliter elevate striato ; umbilico magno, cinguld

crenulatd cinctd, intus lineis radiantibus et transversis elegan-

ter decussato.

Hab. Philippines.

5. MARGARITA VARIABILIS, A. Adams. WM. testd orbiculato-

conicd, subdepressd, late umbilicatd, pallidd, fusco griseo al-

boque varié pictd; anfractibus rotundatis, transversim valdé

suleatis ; umbilico perspectivo, margine crenulato ; basi plant-

usculd ; labio margine subcrenulato.

Hab. ?

6. MarGariTa BALTEATA, A. Adams. WM. testd orbiculato-

conicd, vix umbilicatd, grised, fusco tessellatd ; anfractibus gib-

bosis, transversim valde sulcatis ; anfractu ultimo subangulato ;

basi planiusculd, concentricé sulcatd; columella curvatd, vix

truncata.

Hab. ?

7. MARGARITA TESSELLATA, A. Adams. WM. testd depresso-

conicd, late umbilicatd, levi, cinered, regulariter griseo tessel-

latd; anfractibus planiusculis, ultimo subangulato; bast convexd;

umbilico intus albido; aperturd rotundd, intus viridi-irides-

centi. ;

Hab.

iE a ae

Zoological Society. 213

Subgenus Puotina, H. and A. Adams.

Shell smooth, subconical; spire depressed; axis covered’ by a

smooth callus ; columella ending in a simple point.

This section includes all the species of Margarita that are not

umbilicated.

1, PHotina nigra, A. Adams. P. testd depresso-conicd, im-

perforata, solidd, nigrd, levi ; anfractibus subrotundatis, trans-

versim suleatis ; longitudinaliter oblique substriatd; anfractu

ultimo subangulato; regione umbilicali impressd; callo albo

obtecto.

Hab,

2. Puorina rusca, A. Adams. P. testd obliqud, subconicd, ni-

tidd, fusco variegatd ; anfractibus parum convexis, transversim

sulcatis, ultimo subangulato; aperturd subrotundatd, intus

viridi iridescenti.

Hab. 2

3. PHotina SaAnpwicuiANa, A. Adams. PP. testd orbiculato-

conicd, imperforatd, levi, albidd, viridi fuscoque maculatd ;

anfractibus rotundatis, ultimo subangulato, apice roseo; aper-

turd apertd, orbiculatd, intus viridi margaritaced ; labio albo ;

umbilico callo albo obtecto.

Hab. Mataineka, Sandwich Islands.

.. Mr. Oswald then communicated the following remarks by Mr. Mack,

on the fact of black eggs being laid by a white duck of the ordinary

domestic breed :—

“‘ The ege (observes Mr. Mack) which is herewith sent was laid

by a white duck, one of two belonging to Mr. Dickinson of Mitcham,

which stray during the day on the common, but are confined at night.

The drake was lost about a month since, and then one of the ducks

commenced laying black eggs, the other still continuing to lay white

ones,—she laid ten or twelve and then ceased for some days; she has

again commenced laying black eggs. The ducks are fed once a day

with barley, at the time the other poultry are fed.

“ Mr. Dickinson, showing the egg this morning to one of the

guards on temporary duty on the Brighton rail at Croydon, he said

he had a duck which laid the same colour, or even blacker, and that

he had raised (at. East Bourne) two broods of ducks from black

eggs.”

Haling Cottage, Croydon, May 24, 1851.

June 10, 1851.—John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

1. ON TWO NEW SPECIES OF BIRDS OF THE GENUS TNIOPTERA.

By Puirie Lutury Sciater, B.A., F.Z.S. etc.

THNIOPTERA ERYTHROPYGIA, Sclater. TJ. nigrescens ; vertice

fronte guldque canescente-griseis ; maculd secundariorum albd ;

uropygio, abdomine toto crissoque, cum tectricibus caude supe-

214 Zoological Society.

rioribus et alarum inferioribus leviter brunneo-rufis ; rectricibus

brunneo-rufis nigro terminatis ; rostro pedibusque nigris.

Long. tot. 9 unc. 5 lin.; alee, 5 unc. 7 lin. ; caudze, 4 une. 4 lin. ;

rostri A rictii, 1 unc. ; A fronte, 6 lin.

Hab. in republicd Equatoriana.

Wings and interscapulars black, growing lighter towards the crown,

and greyish white on front and throat; breast darkish grey ; outer

web of the last four or five secondaries broadly edged with white,

forming a white mark on the wing ; lower back and tail-coverts and

whole body beneath below the breast, as also under wing-coverts, light

brownish rufous; tail-feathers the same, but broadly tipped with black.

For the loan of this and the following species I have to thank Mr.

Edward Wilson, who received them from M. Verreaux of Paris. I

was at first inclined to refer both species to the genus Agriornis of

Mr. Gould, but having had through Mr. G. Gray’s kindness an op-

portunity of examining the type of that form, dyriornis lividus* (Kit-

litz), I now consider them better placed in the present genus Teni-

optera, with which they agree in all their distinctive characters.

TUENIOPTERA STRIATICOLLIS, Sclater. 7’. supra saturate fumoso-

brunnea ; uropygio paululim rufescente tincto; superciliis ru-

Fescente-albidis ; pennis cauddque nigris ; secundariis tertiartisque

leviter brunnescente marginatis ; infra leviter brunneo-rufa ; gut-

ture toto collogue albis nigro striatis ; rectricibus remigibusque

brunneo-rufis nigro terminatis ; rostro pedibusque nigris.

Long. tot. 9 unc. 5 lin. ; ale, 5 une. 3 lin. ; caudee, 4 une. ; rostri a

rictu, 1 unc. } lin.; a fronte, 7} lin.

Hab. in republica Equatoriana.

’ Above dark smoke-brown ; an obscure whitish line from the bill to

the top of the eye; quill-feathers brown-rufous, outer margins and

ends black ; secondaries, tertials, and wing-coverts nearly black, mar-

gined with light brown; beneath brown-rufous ; chin, throat and

neck white, with longitudinal striz of black ; tail-feathers brown-

rufous, the two outer broadly tipped with black; the rest have also

the outer web black, except the two medial, which are wholly black.

This species is of the same form as the former, from which it may be

distinguished by its shorter and weaker beak, and the want of the

rufous colouring on the rump and upper tail-coverts, as also by the

conspicuous strive on the neck and throat. '

2. NorTes ON AN UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF TAILOR-BIRD.

By Dr. NicHo.tson.

It may appear irregular to use what has been meant and applied

as a specific name, as a generic one, but then that name appears to

me to include, and to be indiscriminately applied to, two or three di-

stinet birds, as we may gather by looking at the accompanying

sketch, by the examination of the species described by Colonel Sykes

as inhabiting the Dukhun, and by reading the following description,

taken from Forbes, ‘Oriental Memoirs,’ p. 34. vol. 1., under the

* Tyrannus gutturalis, Voy. de la Favorite, Ois. t. 11.

Zoological Society. 215

name of Motacilla sutoria :—“ The Tailor-bird resembles some of the

humming-birds at the Brazils in shape and colour ; the hen is clothed

in brown, but the plumage of the cock displays the varied tints of

azure-purple, green and gold, so common in those American beauties...

Often have I watched the progress of an industrious pair of Tailor-

birds, in my garden, from their first choice of a plant, until the com-

pletion of the nest, and the enlargement of their young.”

Now, it is evident either that Mr. Forbes alludes to a distinct and

an uncommon species, which I have never met with, or else he must

have mistaken the common Cinnyris or Sun-bird representing the

Humming-birds, and both sexes of which he has generally described

above. But then the Cinnyris builds a common-shaped nest in the

fork of a branch, in fashion resembling that of the humming-birds.

This is a resident bird, not very conspicuous, as it keeps hopping

about among the brushwood and plants. It has a loud, short, and

not unmelodious song ; its general cry is ‘ wheet, wheet, wheet,’ often

repeated ; but its alarm-cry is like ‘ cheertah, cheertah, cheertah.’

I have found its singular sewn nest containing eggs or young at

all seasons of the year, in May and in November; and this may be

owing to the vegetation of gardens being always kept up by means

of artificial irrigation ; for cultivated spots seem its favourite, if not

exclusive resort at least in the north of India. Though no doubt

it haunts suitable jungles, I never observed it there, nor ever disco-

vered its nest so situated; but I have found many nests in my gar- -

dens, both at Surat and at Raghote, as well as in Cutch. It seems

to prefer the leaf of the Bringal (Solanum esculentum), or that of the

Cucurbita octangularis, for the purposes of nidification ; and it lays

four small white eggs, marked with faint dark spots at the larger

end. After selecting a fitting leaf, it proceeds by means of its feet

and beak to draw the edges together, perforating holes therein, and

securing their proximity by threads of cotton, with bunches at the

end to prevent their giving way. Then the nest is constructed inside

the leaf, now forming a sort of corve, with cotton; the entrance is at

the top, and the nest seems small in proportion to the bird. If this

bird should prove a distinct species, I would suggest the name of

Sutoria agilis for it.

Weight of the male 23 drachms.

Length from bill to tail 54 inches. Alar extent 63 inches.

Head: bill long, slender and curved towards the point. Culmen

slightly divides the frontal feathers, and is nearly on a line with the

top of the head: there is an almost obsolete notch at the end of the

upper mandible. Tongue short, slightly extensible, and divided into

several filaments at the point. Gape wide, commissure under the

eye; a small denuded spot above the commissure. Nostrils basal,

pyriform, under a tegument; some small bristles and feathers re-

flexed from the canthus of the eye towards the bill and over the

nares. Eyes small. Iris greenish yellow. Eyelashes edged with

small feathers. Eyelids bare. Four remarkable (but inconspicuous)

bristles, like feathers, project from the back part of the occiput.

Wings short and perfectly rounded ; first quill only half as long as

the second; fourth and fifth quills are longest; the second, third

216 Zoological Society.

and fourth graduated ; the first, third, fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh

quills are emarginate on the outer web.

Tail of twelve graduated feathers, the two outer being the short-

est ; under-coverts are long. ;

Legs long, the tarsus Zths of an inch; the outer toe longer than

the inner. Hallux very strong, and as long as the outer toe, with a

large pad beneath the base, its claw the largest; the tarsus is co-

yered with seven scales in front and one entire behind; two large

scales lie across the front of the foot; the claws are curved and

sharp.

Contents of stomach a mass of insect exuvize.

Colours: all above dull green, tinged with ash, light brown towards

the end of the tail and quills, which are lighter on the edges. Two-

thirds of the front breadth of the neck, round the eye, the breast,

belly and thighs (except a chestnut spot on the hallux) are silver-

white; there is, besides, a remarkable spot on the neck, of a brown

colour, as if the white feathers had been deranged, showing the

roots of a different colour. Bill ash-brown or horn-colour, the

lower jaw lighter, and both lighter on the edges, as also are the

legs and claws of the same colour; forehead of a fine chestnut ;

crown of olive-brown.

June 24, 1851.—J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the

Chair.

1. OBSERVATIONS ON THE DENTITION OF THE TIGER BEETLES.

By J. O. Wesrwoop, Pres. E.S., F.L.S. ere.

Mr. Westwood directed the attention of the meeting to the neces-

sity which existed of a more precise examination and description of

the diversity in the dentition of the mandibles of insects, especially

Hymenoptera and Coleoptera, than had hitherto been bestowed

thereon. In the higher orders of animals so much importance had

been given to this character, that it was remarkable that, in general,

entomologists contented themselves with examining, describing, and

figuring a single mandible as affording a sufficient diagnosis of the

structure of both of the mandibles, overlooking the necessary result

which arose from the circumstance of the horizontal instead of per-

pendicular action of these organs in insects, and the variation in the

position of the teeth which such action must necessarily induce. In

general, indeed, the teeth of the mandibles were not greatly developed,

and there was a general similarity between the two jaws; but when

these organs are of an increased size, and especially when the extre-

mity of one jaw laps over that of the opposite one, a diversity in the

dentition will necessarily exist. It was likewise necessary to examine

the mandibles of both sexes of a species, as it occasionally happened

that there was considerable difference in their dentition. These ob-

servations were illustrated by the case of the Tiger Beetles (Cicinde-

lide), which offered a much greater range of diversity in their denti-

tion than had hitherto been supposed. It was chiefly to the genus

Megacephala that Mr. Westwood directed the attention of the

members,

Zoological Society. 217

In the type of that genus-(Megacephala senegalensis, Latr., Dej,,

Cic. megalocephala, Fabr.), an apterous species frum Senegal, the

right mandible of the male has two large, nearly equal-sized, acute

teeth in the middle of the inner margin, the extremity being hooked

and very acute; there is also a small tooth at the base of the large,

broad, compound basal tooth. ‘The left mandible is nearly similar, ex-

cept that the two teeth in the middle of the inner margin are unequal

in size, the upper one being the smaller of the two. The figure of the

jaws of this species, given in the Crechard edition of the Animal

Kingdom (Ins. pl. 16. f. 2 a), is very incorrect, being apparently

reversed. The dentition of the female is almost identical with that

of the male. In the allied bat-winged African species, Megacephala

_4-signata, Dej., from Senegal, the toothing of the mandibles is simi-

larly arranged, but the two teeth in the middle of the inner margin,

in both sexes, are broad and obliquely truncate. In the male of

M. euphratica (which has recently been observed to extend from

Spain to India), the teeth are nearly as in M. senegalensis, except

that the subapical tooth of the left mandible is considerably smaller.

But in the species lately received from the north-west of Australasia

(M. Australasia, Hope), we find a different arrangement as well as

number in the teeth, the right mandible having three teeth in the

middle of the inner margin (exclusive of the small tooth* at the hase

of the upper side of the large compound basal tooth), the upper one

small, the middle one very small, and lower one large, all being acute.

The left mandible has also three teeth in the same position,—the

_ upper one very small, and the middle and lower one large and nearly

equal in size.

Qn turning to the New-World species of the genus, we find four

variations in the dentition of the mandibles; the group of pale spe-

cies typified by M. equinoctialis, Dej. (bifaseiata, Brullé), corre-

sponds almost identically in the dentition of both sexes with the old

type (M. senegalensis), as described above, the right mandible having

two equal-sized large acute teeth in the middle of the inner margin,

and the left one also two, the upper one being very small. For this

group I have proposed the subgeneric name of Ammosia, m allu-

sion to their habits, which differ materially from those of the other

species.

ai black-coloured species from South America (M. sepulchrals,

Fabr., M. variolosa, Dej.) differs from the Ammosie in the left man-

dible, while the inner margin has only one tooth in the middle, of

considerable size, and exhibiting on its wnder side a minute tooth,

being all that remains of the large middle tooth of the left mandible

of the Ammosie. This species is the type of Mr. Hope’s subgenus

Anaira.

Another very fine Brazilian species (M. testudinea, Klug) differs

in the dentition of the sexes in a more striking manner than any of

* This small tooth exists in all the species, and in both sexes ; and as it appears

to form part of the great basal tooth, I have omitted noticing it in the descriptions

given in this paper.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 15

218 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

the preceding. The right mandible of the male is long and sickle-

shaped, with a small tooth obliquely truncated below the middle of

the inner margin, and between this and the tip of the jaw is a mi-

nute acute tooth. The left mandible has two teeth on the inner

margin above the middle, the lower one broad and acute, but rather

obliquely truncate, whilst the upper one is very small. The right

mandible of the female, on the contrary, has two very large equal-

sized teeth in the middle of the inner margin, whereas tlie left jaw in

this sex is quite similar to that of the male.

There still remains a numerous group of American species (the

type of which is Cic. Carolina, Linn.), which differ from the rest of

their continental brethren in possessing three teeth in the middle of

the inner margin of each jaw, thus resembling the Australian species

above noticed, and hence I proposed the name of Tetracha, or four-

toothed, for this group, counting the acute apical portion of the man-

dible as a fourth tooth. In general, in both sexes, the tooth next

below the apex of the jaw is equal in size to, or even larger than, the

apical part or tooth itself (thus differing from the Australasian spe-

cies), and the middle of the three teeth is smaller than the rest ; -but

in the left mandible in the males the tooth below the apical tooth is

even still larger, whilst the middle tooth is much smaller, and the lower

tooth is quite minute. In the female, on the contrary, the middle

one of the three teeth of the inner margin is rather larger than the

upper one (which is only of a moderate size), and the lower one ‘is

small.

From these particulars (united with the peculiarities of colouring,

geographical range and habits of the species) we are enabled to pro-

pose well-founded subgenera, a task which has hitherto been con-

sidered hopeless in the genera of Cicindelide. The Old-World spe-

cies thus seem to form only one group, divisible however into still

smaller sections from the presence or absence of wings, and form and

colouring of the elytra; the Australian species stands alone; and the

New-World species constitute the four following subgenera :—

AmmnosiA, Westw. Type, M. difasciata, Brullé.

———,, Westw. Type, M. testudinea, Klug.

Anarra, Hope. Type, M. sepulchralis, Fabr.

Tetracna, Westw. Type, M. Carolina, Linn.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

July 14, 1853.—Prof. Balfour, President, in the Chair.

‘The following papers were read :—

1,. « Experiments on the Dyeing Properties of the Lichens,” by

W. Lauder Lindsay, M.D.

2. On the Cryptogamic Plants of the neighbourhood of St. An-

drews,” by Mr. Alexander O. Black. The author stated that a resi-

dence in St. Andrews during the last eighteen months, had given him

Miscellaneous. 219

an|opportunity of investigating the vegetation of a part of our island,

hitherto but little explored by botanists. He had found in all—

Equiseta ...... 1} species and varieties.

Bilces. oe Oe | sy a

Lycopodia = eels 5 9 ”

Musci AS Bas 170 ” ”

3. ‘Remarks on the Hardiness of certain Conifere, as shown by

the effects of the past winter,” by Mr. W. W. Evans.

4. ‘Notice of the production of Cones in 1851 on Pinus Lamber-

tiana,” by A. G. Spiers, Esq. The tree on which the cones were

produced was stated to be about 23 feet in height ; the cones con-

tained. perfect seeds, from which young plants have been raised.

Mr. M‘Nab stated that several plants of Abies Morinda were

fruiting this season in different situations. He mentioned that all these

plants had grown in the Botanic Garden, and had been transplanted

last year.. The large plants of the same pine which had not been

transplanted showed no symptoms of flowering.

5. Measurement of Trees in Gurhwal and Kemaon in 1852,” by

Mr. John Strachey, C.S.

6. ‘‘Notice of the Osseous lezumen of the Hymenea courbaril,”

by: Dr. Seller.

"7. On. the rarer plants found in the neighbourhood of Ripon,”

by Mr. James B. Davies.

8. “On Melampyrum montanum, Johnst.,” by Daniel Oliver, jun.,

Esq., F.L.S. ‘This plant, as described in the Berwickshire Flora,

and mentioned in Babington’s ‘ Manual’ as a variety of M. pratense,

I am induced to believe has been founded by Dr. Johnston on an ex-

amination of an insufficient series of examples of more or less distinct

forms of Melampyrum. ;

' “Last year I deseribed in the ‘ Phytologist,’ a plant which I called

M. pratense var. ericetorum, and in the same communication hinted

that its smaller forms might be identical with the M. montanum.

«I am rather strengthened in this opinion by a series of specimens

which I collected last month near the Wall-town Crags, Northumber-

land. The floral leaves (bracts) are in some of the larger instances

of the plant, ovate-lanceolate or almost ovate at the base, and deeply

toothed, while the smaller ones accord more nearly with M. mon-

tanum.”

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Movements of the Blood in the Pulmonary Arachnida.

By E. BLancuarpb.

In the circulation of these animals there is a much more compli-

cated mechanism than has ever been supposed. Although the venous

blood is not contained in tubes capable of isolation by dissection, it is

none the less confined to a particular course. ;

If a very small opening be made into the heart of a living Scorpion,

15*

220 Miscellaneous.

and through this a coloured fluid be introduced into the circulation,

the heart drives this liquid to the extremities of the finest arteries:

Arrived at the last ramifications, the blood certainly slackens in its pro-

gress whilst passing through the capillary network. This network,

which has not yet been pointed out in the Articulata, exists under

the teguments and between the various layers of muscles in the con-

nective tissue ; it consists of distinctly circumscribed canals lined

with a thin epithelium. Thence the blood is received by the venous

canals.

These are only canals and sometimes sinuses and not tubes ; but

they are always lined with a membrane, which it is frequently not

difficult to detach from the surrounding tissues. There are no val-

vules to prevent the return of the blood. Nevertheless the blood

always follows a determinate course, and in fact the disposition of the

muscles favours the passage of the fluid in one direction, but presents

an obstacle, sometimes absolutely insurmountable, to its passage in

the other direction.

In injecting a coloured fluid into the abdominal cavity, it is seen to

penetrate readily into most of the spaces occupied by the venous

blood, whilst it does not enter the venous canals of the feet or other

appendages. A resistance is here presented which is not overcome by

considerable pressure ; the flexor and extensor muscles of the legs

approaching at their points of attachment close the passage from

within outwards. It will be readily understood, in fact, that without

some particular arrangement, the blood, existing in abundance in the

thoracic cavity, would always have a tendency to fall back in the

venous canals of the extremities.

The legs are more or less exposed to be broken in the Arachnida.

These fractures always take place at the articulations, and the ani-

mal does not suffer much from them. A little drop of blood may

form at the extremity of the broken limb, but the contraction of the

muscles closes the artery, and the venous canal is so disposed that

the normal course of the blood is never interrupted for an instant.

At the extremity of each joint of the legs the large venous canal is

curved back so as to take up all the blood coming from the lesser

canals. This arrangement completely explains why when half the

leg of a Scorpion or Spider is torn off the blood escapes from the

detached portion, and not from that which remains attached to the

body.

The venous blood collected from various parts of the body arrives

at last in canals situated at the sides and lower part of the abdomen,

whence it passes to the respiratory organs. ‘The principal venous

canals are lodged in the interstices of the segments, and are formed

by a fold of the internal membrane. In the Scorpions, the venous

canals of the caudiform portion of the abdomen and those of the feet

consist of gutters which show themselves externally as so many

ridges.

in the Arachnida, nearly as in the Crustacea, the blood returns to

the heart from the respiratory organs by means of vessels passing up

along the sides of the abdomen and opening into the pericardiac

cavity. This is effected in the following manner.

Miscellaneous. 221

The respiratory organs are covered by a tolerably thick membrane,

which is contracted between each of them, and prolonged in front and

behind in the form of a wide vessel receiving the venous blood. Each

pulmonary sac is alternately raised or depressed by a double or triple

ligament, which rises perpendicularly and is attached to the pericar-

dium. When a portion of the heart is exposed, it is seen that its pul-

sations act upon the contractile ligaments, causing a pressure of the

pulmonary sacs, which forces the blood to rise in the pneumocardiac

vessels. This movement is aided by muscular pillars attached to the

upper and lower walls of the abdomen.

From all these facts we must conclude, that in the pulmonary

Arachnida the venous blood circulates for a great portion of its course

in distinctly circumscribed canals ; that it passes into the abdominal

cavity as into a vast sinus, so as to penetrate thence into the respi-

ratory organs, whence it rises into the heart by means of a particular

mechanism. These facts lead us naturally to the conclusion that

analogous arrangements should be sought for in Crustacea and In-

sects.—Comptes Rendus, June 20, 1853, p. 1079.

THE TIBETAN BADGER OF HODGSON.

Mr. Hodgson having sent to the India House a specimen with its

skull of his Taxidea leucurus (Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, xvi. 763.

1847), I have compared the skull with that of the various Badgers

in the Museum collection. I find all the Old-World Badgers (Me/es)

have a moderate-sized triangular flesh tooth, and a very large four-

sided oblong tuberculous grinder in the upper jaw, which is rather

longer than broad, and the skull is rounded behind. The nose of

the Tibetan Badger or Tumpha, Meles Jeucurus, is rather more taper-

ing and more compressed than that of the European Badger (Meles

Taxus), which it most resembles. The Japanese Badger (Meles

auakuma) differs from both in having a much shorter skull anda

short, rather broad nose.

The American Badgers (Taide, Waterhouse) have a very large

triangular flesh tooth, and an equally triangular tubercular grinder

in the upper jaw not exceeding the flesh tooth in size. The skull is

also much broader, more depressed and truncated behind. Of this

genus I only know a single species, 7’. Labradoria.—J. E. Gray.

Note on the Germination of the Spores of the Uredines.

By L. R. Tuxasne.

Some years since I made known* the origin and structure of the

organs known as the spores of these plants. I then showed that these

bodies, like the pollen grams of phanerogamous vegetables, are fur-

nished with a variable number of pores through which tubular fila-

ments afterwards pass, analogous, at least in appearance, with those

which are the first result of the germination of the spore of a Fungus.

I have since indicated} the Acidiolum exanthematum, Ung., as a

* Ann. des Sci. Nat. 3rd série, t. vil.

+ Comptes Rendus, xxxii. March 31, 1851.

222 Miscellaneous.

peculiar organ of the Uredines, and that its frequency amongst their

sori or fertile groups, its relations of position, and its early appear-

ance authorise us in comparing it with the spermogonia of other

Fungi, so that the sexuality of the Uredines was not less probable

than that of the other families of the same order. rk:

Fresh investigations have shown me that the germ-filaments of the

spores do not all continue in the state of simplicity and continuity in

which I formerly saw them, and that perhaps they may constitute

the rudiments of the mycelium. :

Thus having sown perfectly ripe spores of Zeidium Euphorbie

sylvestris, DeC., their germ-filaments became less elongated than in

my previous experiments, made at a different time of the year, and

instead of remaining continuous, they divided by means of transverse

septa into four or six cells of unequal size ; then these cells, and espe-

cially the superior ones, each produced a short lateral appendage (spi-.

cule), which soon bore an obovate and slightly oblique utricle. These

utricles were the last vegetative effort of these spores ; they became

free and then continue a separate existence, which was indicated by

the production of very slender filaments. After the isolation of these

bodies, the spore and the tube from which they were formed become

exhausted and destroyed, so that this tube or filament represents a

sort of promycelium, an intermediate vegetation between the primary

spore and the utricles, which are either secondary spores, or perhaps

the only true spores, and the real producers of the true mycelium.

The same facts may be observed in the Puccinie, the bilocular

fruits of which can commence vegetation without quitting the plant

which has supported them. In Puccinia graminis, Pers., I have seen

the tubes arising from these fruits acquire two or three times their

length, divide into cells like the germ-filaments of the preceding

Aicidium, and like these give rise lastly to nearly reniform spores

which soon germinated.

The vegetation of the fruit of Phragmidium incrassatum, Link..,.

does not differ from that of the Puccinia. The spores produced are

more globular than those of the above-mentioned Fungi.

The Podisomata (P. juniperi communis, Fr., and P. fuscum, Cord.)

are Uredines by their parasitic existence and their mode of fructifi-

cation, whilst m their general appearance and consistence they re-

semble the Tremelle. Their bilocular fruits (sporidia, auct.) can

emit as many as eight tubes from their middle ; these are crossed and

superposed two and two, clothe the Fungus as with a sort of velvet,

and each produce several obovate spores, an immense abundance of

which may be collected as readily as of those of the Agarici or Tre-

melle.

In several Uredines which I have studied, such as Uredo Rose,

Pers., U. suaveolens, Pers., Heidium Tussilaginis, Pers., di. crassum,

Pers., and some others, the tubular filaments which arise from the

fruits are capable of more or less ramification, so as to resemble the

true mycelium of Fungi still more closely.

As regards the spermogonia of the Uredines, I will add that they

are organs the structure of which varies extremely little. They all

2A aa Se ee

Meteorological Observations. 223

eject, in the form of viscous drops or short cirrhi, an orange substance

which'is very aromatic, and consists of very thin, ovoid corpuscles

(spermatia). It is to these alone that the agreeable odour of the

Uredo suaveolens and many other Uredines is due. The spermatia

are produced at the apices of filiform basidia.

The Ustilagines, which are very nearly allied to the Uredines, pre-

sent certain peculiarities in the vegetation of their reproductive bodies.

The oblong cell, which is produced from the spores of Ustilago an-

therarum, Tul., becoming soon detached to live independently *, must

apparently be compared to the secondary spores of Acidium, Puc-

cinia, and other Uredines above described. In Ustilago receptacu-

lorum, Fr., utricles, doubtless analogous with these secondary spores,

are produced on an imperfectly developed promycelium, composed

only of a few cells, but which resembles that of Heidium Euphorbie

sylvestris.—Comptes Rendus, June 20, 1853, p. 1093.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JULY 1853.

‘ Chiswick.—July 1. Showery. 2. Cloudy. 3. Cloudy and fine. 4. Very fine.

5. Overcast : fine: clear. 6. Overcast and fine. 7. Uniform haze: sultry : much

lightning, with thunder and rain at night. 8. Cloudy : lightning at night. 9. Rain:

cloudy. -10, Cloudy: clear. 11. Densely overcast: cloudy and fine. 12. Very

fine..,,.13. Very fine: slight haze: very heavy rain at night. 14. Constant rain.

15. Heavy showers. 16. Showery. 17. Cloudy and fine: very clear, 18. Heavy

showers. 19. Showery: clear. 20. Uniform haze: very fine. 21. Rain: cloudy.

22. Overcast: slight rain. 23. Very fine. 24. Cloudy. 25. Very fine: rain at

night.) 26. Cloudy. 27. Cloudy and fine: thunder, lightning and very heavy

rainatnight. 28. Rain: cloudy: showery. 29. Fine: rain. 30. Fine : boisterous:

clear at night. 31, Clear: cloudy: overcast.

Mean temperature of the month .........sesccesessersevceeseeees 61°99

Mean temperature of July 1852 —.......-seeesseeseeeeeeeeee vee 67 ‘61

Mean temperature of July for the last twenty-seven years . 63 *22

Average amount of rain in July ......00+.-.--sseseeserresseeeees 2°29 inches.

Boston.—July 1. Fine: rainp.m. 2. Fine. 3. Cloudy. 4. Cloudy. 5. Cloudy:

rain P.M. 6—8. Cloudy. 9. Cloudy: rain, thunder and lightning a.m. 10.

Cloudy. 11. Cloudy: rain a.m. 12,13. Fine. 14. Rain: rain a.m. and P.M.

15. Cloudy. 16,17. Cloudy: rain a.m. 18. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 19.

Cloudy. 20. Cloudy: rain a.m.andp.m. 21. Cloudy. 22. Fine. 23. Cloudy.

24,25. Fine. 26. Rain: rama. andp.m. 27. Cloudy. . 28. Cloudy: rain a.m.

29. Fine. 30. Cloudy: rain a.m. 31. Cloudy: rain p.m.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—July 1. Bright a.m.: drops p.m. 2. Showers A.M.:

fair p.m. 3. Rain a.m.:fairpe.m. 4,5. Cloudy a.m.:rainp.M. 6. Bright a.m.:

cloudy p.m. 7. Drops a.m.: cloudy r.m. 8. Bright a.m.: cloudy p.m. 9. Clear

A.M.: cloudy p.m. 10, 11. Bright a.m.: cloudy p.m. 12. Bright a.m. : clear p.m.

13. Clear a.m.: cloudy r.m. 14. Clear a.m.: rain p.m. 15. Showers a.m. :

cloudy p.m. 16—18. Bright a.m.: clear p.m. 19. Bright, fine a.m.: clear P.m.

20. Rain.a.m. and p.m. 21. Damp a.m. and p.m. 22. Damp a.m.: clear pM.

23. Clear, fine a.m.: cloudy p.m. 24. Rain a.m.: clear p.m. 25. Bright a.m.:

clear p.m. .26. Showers a.M.: damp p.m. 27. Showers A.M. andp.m. 28. Fine

A.M.: clear P.M. 29. Drizzle am.: clear p.m. 30. Bright a.m.: faire.M. 31.

Bright a.m. : fine p.m.

Mean temperature of July for twenty-six previous years ...... 54°93

Mean ‘temperature of July 1852 — .s.csecsseseceeeeeeseees pecstcl 61 °36

Mean temperature of this month ........ Hae cheno ek Ce 58 715

Average quantity of rain in July for.seven previous years ... 2°69 inches.

ee oO

* Ann. des Sci. Nat. 3rd série, t. vil.

BS} S68") toh $6.88 |S£.09 | tg |\zz.z$ |L9.1Z| 99.62 0$ 9.62 ££.62 ogl.6z 168.62

fr. go. fers mye | ca | cms | €S | BLS 19] 9h | xd 12.62 09.62 Lt.6z 616,62 $36.62

Baevikes ‘\daressse< Ti | ese. |), ay $$ | gs 19| gt | gg S+.6z gz.6z 02,62 cbl.6z big.6z

ol. ZO, "M |*MSM] “MS | 7S | fq 19] 9$ | xZ 2.62 £8.62 gb.6z o1rg.6z 68.62

nasineneUpaeateetae ot, (liq | wnt | -m | ES 6S to| £5 | 2Z oL.6z oL.6z Lz.6z OLL.6¢ |. S$6L,6z .

g6. | -ms| ms | -s | $6 | ZS | S.t9| ZS | £2 29.62 9t.6z £b.6z $$ 3.62 £46.62 ©

reoresres! cm] me | cms | SS] £9] 49] 96 | go ob.6z 97.62 2,62 361.62 1£8.6z

vo. | ‘as | «ms | ms | gS | 19] §€9] 2S | €2 | ob.6z $z.6% 92,62 gLL.6z £31.62

peeteole- fr! og. "sme | “am | 6S | 165 | 8.65) Leo reL 2£.6z PE 62 97.62 61,62 628.62

Seema a 2] 4008 | TASS) eas 26S ele shy bg} €S | oz 34.62 oL 67 $2.62 68.62 716,62

tesenee|” To, “ma | ms | 8 19 | +9 19| gb | of S9.6z 0S 62 9t.6z 019.6¢ $ol.62

fr. Lt. go. | ‘ms | ‘s | “mS | 09 | £9 o£} gS | o£ $5.62 95.6% 02.62 0§ 1.62 1£8.6z

pereartest ti. fesereses4|sg)| oma | sae | LE | Sor | 8.29). $50 | one Lz.62 oL,6z Lv.6z 658,62 £36.62

serves] EI. | ZO, | wyeo| «mm | MS | 09 | So zg| gb | xZ 66.62 76.62 zb.6z $06.62 | 626.62

go. S£. | uyeo| ‘ms | -ms | gf | 8S $.zg| 28 | 99 88.62 £2.62 ob.6z £18.62 206,62.

ab. jrrvreet eg | ome | «ms | gS | tg Sg| Lb | 69 99.62 LS .6z S£.6z $zg.6z tgg.6~

meres] gz, | cas | smss] ms | 2S | £9 | §.£9/ 1S | 9 gt.6z V£.6z br.6z 945,62 909.62

LS. | £. | :a |msm| -ms | gS] 19 | S.19| gh | 99 | 9f.62 ob.6z tg.gz | bof.6z 98.67

go.1 to. “mud |] “ms | -MS +S S19 £9 60 19 oS 62 $L.6z 95.87 gL1.6z . 162.62

Sarees eoveods elosag-| ag | -"d gs | Zz OL SS. eae $3.62 63.62 ££.6z 220.6% - 198.62

zo, |---| onpeo [mum «ms | 9S | LS to| Lb | of $6.62 06.67% 7S .6z $b6,67. L10,0€

gf. gs | z9 lg| Lv | of SL.6z 76,62 gf.6z Szb.6z 906.62

praeqece $$ | Zz To PL lene Z0,0£ Lo,of 0S,6z 698.67: $26.62

asses OMG vote seas +5 | 09 So| 6S | 64 1.0 So,of £b.62 968.67 096.62

saecsooadl sca ct ide S1S | 895 oL| £9 | +g 16,62 99.62 ob.6z 608.62 616.62

Ex. | 60, 9S | $45 | $.69| gS | LL | 99.62 £9.62 LE.6z 983.6c | ob6.6z

So 46 | 651 S.49| S$ | $2 o.6z 39.6% gv.6z $26.62 610.08

ita itacweaess SS | §46 | S.4g| €$ | Ez 69.62 gl.6z gb.6z obo.0£ ESr.0f£

trteeesealereeesecelenseneessl meu] ea | ogy $s | S55 zg| 6b | of gl.6z 63.6z tL.6z% £91.0€ LEz.0€

cn fo. [reves sa lsum] sm | of | $15 S.19| gb | of 10,0£ 3.62 gr.6z LL6.6% | ~ 9St.0€, :

sree) 2x. | Zz, [ewmm) sms | sms | £5 | 96 | 09| gb | of 79.6% gv.6z $2.62 o0L.6z. | ELL.6c |-*x ., Fi

: fe 1

z. Ss z. S a. 5S ao

ee | F F |ee] F | Fe Tuo | PP | romeo ‘somapuug ‘fous120 ee SP Sob (Maat |

“ue “pULAA, *19JaMLOMTIEY, J, ‘TayOMMOIV ees

Ee he SEE IS Se al)

“AUINUUG ‘suppl younpung yo “Uo NOD *- *Aey ay? fg pun £ NOLSOg yo ‘T[eo,A ‘Ap Ag

SWOpUoT Wau “MIIMSIHD 70 fjarv0g pounqynaysofy ay) fo uapsmg) ay} 40, vosduoxy, “TIN Aq apow suornasasgg yoorbojosoajayy

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 70. OCTOBER 1853.

XXIIT.—On some new species of Trigonia from the Inferior Oolite

of the Cotteswolds, with preliminary Remarks upon that Genus.

By Joun Lycerrt, Esq.*

[With a Plate. ]

* Not only by their numbers, but still more by the richness of their spe-

_cifie divisions, by the peculiar prominence of individualization, do the

species of the remarkable genus Trigonia attain their maximum point in

the lower chalk.”—L. von Bucu, Betrachtungen iiber die Verbreitung und

die Grenzen der Kreide Bildungen. Bonn, 1849.

Triconia and Pholadomya are the two organic forms which

- pre-eminently serve to impress a distinctive character upon the

Testacea of the Oolite rocks in whatever country they are dis-

covered, and accordingly from the time when fossil shells were

regarded as mere freaks of nature, we find that authors depicted

their Hippocephaloides and Bucardites. But conspicuous as is

the position which Frigonia holds throughout the Oolites, the

quotation above chosen, and the passages which immediately

follow, are not the less true and worthy of notice; they evince

the strong impression made upon the mind of a distinguished

and veteran paleontologist by the remarkable prominence which

the genus Trigonia holds amongst the Cretaceous Conchifera,

both in its numbers and world-wide distribution, a prominence

which appears not the less remarkable when we remember that

the leading sectional oolitic forms of the genus had already

nearly disappeared, and that a little higher in the series even the

cretaceous forms exhibit a rapid diminution, until in the upper

chalk a trifling remnant alone remains to indicate the forth-

coming extinction of the fossil Trigonia, a loss which is not the

* Read to the Cotteswold Naturalists’ Club, July 19, 1853.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 16

226 My. J. Lycett on some new species of Trigonia

less strongly felt upon a contemplation of the altered, and in

some measure degenerated characters of the living species.

But if the attributes claimed for the genus at the zra which im-

mediately precedes the extinction of the Cretaceous species are

well founded, it will, I think, appear equally evident that at its

primal era in the earlier portion of the Oolitic system the genus

had already acquired that prominence amongst the Testacea

which Von Buch has so vividly described, and that the forms,

dimensions, and ornamentations of the species were scarcely less

characteristic and varied. Upon numbering the entire recorded

species of Trigonia, it will be found that about two-thirds are

proper to the Oolitic rocks ; and although some little abatement

must be made, for instances in which young individuals, varieties,

or mere casts have been erected into distinct species, the predo-

minance of Oolitic forms will remain, inasmuch as the Cretaceous

species are not exempt from similar errors of augmentation.

The inadequate manner in which the Inferior Oolite Trigonie

have been illustrated, will appear, when it is stated that of the

sixteen species recorded in the present paper, four only will be

found illustrated in the range of English literature ; a fifth occurs

in the ‘Mémoire sur les Trigonées’ of Agassiz, and two others

are on the eve of being published im a ‘Monograph of the

Palzontographical Society,’ leaving upwards of nine species un-

figured, a number which will be admitted to be remarkable when

we remember that M. D’Orbigny has only enumerated seven in

his ‘ Prodrome de Paléontologie ’ for the Terrain Bajocien of the |

whole of France, and M. Agassiz twelve from the entire lower

Oolite rocks of Germany, France and Switzerland. The present

examination of Inferior Oolite species has been suggested by the

frequent occurrence in collections of Trigonia costata, clavellata

and angulata, or of shells bearmg those names, pertaining to

nearly the entire series of the Oolitic rocks of England and

France ; the aspect of these shells is so varied and dissimilar,

that they agree with each other and with the typical forms of

those species only, inasmuch as the first portion 1s costated, the

second clavellated, and the remainder have their costz bent to

form an angle.

M. Agassiz, in his valuable memoir on Trigonia, arranged.the

species into upwards. of eight sections, some of which appear to

be separated by distinctions so transitive that it is scarcely pos-

sible to apply them to a large number of specimens, except in

an arbitrary and unsatisfactory manner; a more simple arrange-

ment here proposed will probably answer every practical purpose,

and has at least the advantage of being more readily understood

and applied ; the genus will thus form six sections, of which one,

the Pectines, is recent only ; the five fossil sections consisting of

from the Inferior Oolite of the Cotteswolds. 227

the Costatz, the Clavellate, the Quadratz, the Scabree, and the

Glabrae. The Costate have a figure more arched than the other

sectional forms ; they have smooth regular longitudinal ribs,

which are separated from the posterior slope or area by a carina

more or less prominent, but which, with advance of age, often

becomes nearly obliterated ; this is the marginal carina ; the area

has transverse striations which are frequently decussated by lon-

gitudinal plications, and by one or two, more prominent than the

others, that which bounds the area posteriorly bemg the inner

carina ; should a third carina be present between the two others,

it is the median carina; the lanceolate space posterior to the liga-

ment is always plicated or reticulated.

The Costate are remarkably prominent in the lower and

middle Oolite rocks; in the upper Oolites and lower portion of

the Cretaceous series they diminish and almost disappear. The

Clavellate accompany the Costate in their stratigraphical distri-

bution; in this section I would include the Claveliate, the Un-

dulate, and the Scaphoides of Agassiz, all of which have their

coste divided into tubercles, serrations, or irregular varices which

are disposed in rows, either concentric, oblique or excentric ;

sometimes they are bent to form an angle after the manner of

the Goniomye ; the links which connect the one with the other of

these features are too transitive to allow of any clear sectional

divisions when they are applied to a large number of species,

neither will the differences of form afford any more certain guide.

In the Clavellate, as in the former sections, a carina more or less

distinct separates the area from the tuberculated portion of the

surface; the area is transversely striated and is never large ; the

lanceolate post-ligamental space is smooth, except in certain

suberetaccous forms, which have the space strongly costated, as

in the contemporaneous Scabre, to which they form a passage ;

these are the 7. sulcataria, Lam., T. muricata, Goldf., and T.

Lusitanica, Sharpe. f

The Quadrate have the figure rendered subquadrate by the

largeness of the area, the upper border of which is nearly hori-

zontal; its surface is flattened, and sometimes constitutes the

larger half up the shell; there is no marginal carina, neither is

there any clear line of separation between the area and the tu-

berculated portion of the surface ; the Quadrate are fewer than

the Clavellate, which they seem to replace in the Cretaceous and

upper portion of the Oolitic system ; Trigonia nodosa, Sow., is a

well-known example. The Scabre constitute a fourth and very

natural section, which are distinguished not less by their figure

than by the beauty and variety of their ornamentation ; their

figure indicates a change from the usual figure of the genus ; it is

erescentic rather than trigonal; the oblique costze are clevated

16*

228 Mr. J. Lycett on some new species of Trigonia

and serrated ; they are continued across the depressed area, the

separating carina (marginal) being replaced only by a smooth

groove. The stratigraphical distribution of the Scabre is equally

characteristic ; they are exclusively Cretaceous, and seem to re-

place the Costate of the Oolitic rocks; Trigonia aleformis and

spinosa are examples. The fifth section, or Glabrae, are destitute

of costa, rows of tubercles or of carinze upon the area; their sides

have large longitudinal plications, and are nearly smooth; T77-

gonia gibbosa and affinis are examples: this section, of which few

species are known, has not occurred beneath the upper division

of the Oolitic rocks. The sixth section, or Pectines, is repre-

sented by the living species of our Australasian seas, in which

both the form and ornaments of the surface differ materially from

those of the fossil sections ; the radiating crenulated coste and

toothed edges of the valves remind us of the Lime and Pectines ;

the very partial flattening of the posterior slope and general

figure nearly resembles Cardium, but the internal characters haye

nothing peculiar.

In tracing the vertical range of the species throughout the

Oolitic rocks, it will be found that the facts coincide with others

which have been recorded respecting the range of species per-

taining to the other leading genera of Conchifera ; it 1s rare that

a species ranges beyond a single formation ; and when its exist-

ence was further extended, it occurs usually in the newer forma-

tion, as a variety only, and bearing a physiognomy readily distin-

guished from that of the typical form. The aspect of the genus

seems to have undergone a very gradual but contimuous change

throughout the secondary formations, by which the sectional

forms of the lower Oolites were modified in the upper Oolites,

and finally disappeared as the Quadrate and Scabre of the Cre*

taceous rocks acquired prominence; finally, between the latter

and the recent Pectines, there occurs a chasm not less zoological

than stratigraphical, in which we lose the lmks by which pro-

bably they were connected.

In the discrimination of species, it is of importance to have

correct ideas of the surface-markings which distinguish their

young condition. In the Clavellate generally, the young shells

have their concentric costz continued across the area; the costs

are slightly tumid and projecting when they cross the position

of the marginal carina: in several instances the young of this

section have smooth undivided costz, and such species as in the

adult state have their costee forming an angle or undulation, do

not exhibit any trace of such a feature until five or more cost

have been formed. But if in the rudimentary condition we are

often unable to distinguish forms which subsequently become

widely separated, the individuals of a species are in their imma-

A a

from the Inferior Oolite of the Cotteswolds. 229

ture stage all alike ; they exhibit no traces of that law which is

afterwards developed to form varieties of a species. A common

feature observable in the Clavellate and Quadrate which tends

to mask the species, consists in a confused or reticulated dispo-

sition of the tubercles, which no longer form regular concentric

or curved rows ; the tubercles also become irregular in size, or

they are partially flattened and confluent in the rows ; it is not

clear to what causes are to be attributed this unequal secretion

of shell by the mantle at the lower border ; it is however quite

distinct from another and final change observable in aged shells,

when the mantle ceases altogether to secrete ornaments upon the

surface ; in the latter case a change occurs (sometimes sudden),

in which the carine upon the area, and the tubercles upon the

sides of the shell simultaneously disappear, the last-formed por-

tion of the surface being altogether destitute of ornament.

The mineral character of the beds in which Trigonia occurs is

very various; clays, argillaceous limestones, chalk, calcareous

oolitic freestone, and shelly oolitic drift equally contain it, but the

latter kind of deposit does not seem to have been favourable for

its development ; for although specimens are abundant the size is

dwarfed, and by far the larger number perished in the earlier

stages of their growth.

In England the oldest stratum which contains Trigonia is the

Lias of Yorkshire, which produces the T. literata. Phillips re-

cords it in the lower, and Williamson in the upper Lias, but the

same formation has not furnished a single example of the genus

throughout the middle and west of England ; in Switzerland and

Germany the upper Lias has five species, none of which have

been identified in England. In the Cotteswold Hills, Zrigonia is

first found in the beds of ferruginous oolite which immediately

overlie the sands at the base of the formation, and which abound

with Ammonites, Belemnites and Nautili, but the Trigonie are not

numerous, and are only of three species; in the freestone beds

higher in the series, and which are so largely developed in Glou-

cestershire, some local deposits have many species of Trigonia,

but the genus does not acquire any particular prominence ; it is

only upon reaching the ragstones of the upper division of the

formation that we find Trigonia in abundance ; there it is asso-

ciated with a large assemblage of bivalve mollusks, and less

commonly with Echinodermata and Corals, but in either case the

impressions of Trigonia often constitute a large proportion of

the entire mass of the rock.

The Inferior Oolite, in common with the middle and lower

Oolitic rocks generally, contains, according to the present ar-

Yangement, two sections only of the genus Trigonia.

In the following descriptions of species, the references to such

> Je eee

230 Mr. J. Lycett on some new species of Trigonia

as have been before figured and described are given as concisely

as possible.

CostatT2z,

Trigonia costata, Lam. Var. 1. costata. Var. 2. multicosta.

Var. 8. pulla. Var. 4. sculpta.

T. costatula, Lye.

T. exigua, Lye.

T. tenuicosta, Lye.

T. hemispherica, Lyc.

CLAVELLAT£.

T. striata, Sow.

T. duplicata, Sow.

T. angulata, Sow.

T. signata, Ag.

T. tuberculosa, Lye.

T. v.-costata, Lyc.

T. clavo-costata, Lye.

T. Phillipsi, Mor. & Lye. var.

T. subglobosa, Mor. & Lyc.

T. gemmata, Lye.

T. decorata, Lye.

Trigonia tenuicosta, Lycett, n. sp. Pl. XI. fig. 4a.

Shell subhemispherical, moderately large, the anterior and

inferior borders rounded, the posterior border slightly concave ;

umbones pointed, prominent and recurved ; costee very numerous,

not much elevated, closely arranged, gracefully curved and almost

united to the marginal carina ; area very large, its surface forms

a considerable angle with the costated surface of the shell ; it

has three carinze, the median and inner of which are small but

distinct, and finely striated throughout their length; the mar-

ginal carina is delicate, striated, rather acute and very much

curved ; the spaces between the carinz are very finely reticulated,

the lanceolate space between the inner carinze is large and very

finely reticulated.

The great convexity of the valves and incurved figure of the

umbones produces a considerable curvature in the marginal

carina, and the costated portion of the shell near to the umbones

is very narrow; the length of the marginal carina is somewhat

ereater than the diameter of the shell at right angles to it. From

Trigonia costata it is distinguished by the more acute recurved

apex, by the small and finely striated marginal carina, by the

delicate and finely striated median and inner carine ; the coste

are much more numerous, and are scarcely separated from the

ee. 8

£4, hota =

ee ~ ‘bea

. a

Am. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. XI. PLXL

. J Z St Strand

J. De.C. Sowerby dat? - Madeley Printer 3 Welling tom:

from the Inferior Oolite of the Cotieswolds. 231

marginal carina ; the entire form is smaller and unlike T. costata ;

the area is alike in both the valves.

It is somewhat rare ; all the examples have been obtained in

the upper division of the Inferior Oolite.

Professor Buckman has obtained it near Cheltenham ; my own

specimens are from the Gryphite grit of Rodborough Hill near

Stroud.

Trigonia hemispherica, Lycett, n. s. Pl. XI. fig. 2.

Shell small, its length not exceeding 8 lines, very much arched,

so that the diameter through both the valves slightly exceeds the

length; the umbones are scarcely recurved, acute, contiguous ;

the area is large, flattened, forming a considerable angle with

the other portion of the shell ; it has numerous fine longitudinal

plications faintly traced, there is no median carina, and the inner

carina is very small ; the marginal carina is acute, elevated and

finely serrated ; the other surface has numerous closely arranged

longitudinal costz, which are united to the marginal carina.

The large number of coste and the characters of the area in-

duce me to regard this as the adult condition of the species,

notwithstanding the small dimensions.

A single specimen is my authority ; it is from the bed of hard

pale calcareous mudstone, a local deposit which in the Nailsworth

valley replaces the bed of Oolite marl and abounds with Nerinea.

Trigonia costatula, Lycett. Pl. XI. fig. 5.

Trigonia costatula, Lycett in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1850, p. 421.

Shell subtrigonal, convex ; umbones mesial, not prominent nor

recurved, anterior side produced and rounded, posterior side

truncated; area flattened, finely striated transversely, divided

longitudinally into two equal portions by a groove and bounded

by two low carine; the marginal carina is imperfectly serrated,

it is of moderate size and but little curved; the inner carina is

nearly smooth ; the space between the inner carinz is smooth and

very narrow or lanceolate ; the costz are numerous (about 21),

moderately prominent and closely arranged ; they are but little

curved, are separated from the marginal carina by a plain sur-

face, their direction being nearly horizontal or conformable to

the inferior border. In the ultimate stage of growth the coste

posteriorly are broken more or less into several portions, which,

however, continue to follow the general direction of the coste.

In the immature form the cost are not separated from the

marginal carina, and the area is traversed transversely by an equal

number of prominent plications ; but these eradually vanish, and

the ecoste become disunited from the carina, which then becomes

282 Mr. J. Lycett on some new species of Trigonia

serrated. The truncation at the posterior extremity is so consi-,

derable that the breadth of the area at that part is equal to half.

the entire length of the shell, or to three-fifths of the height ;

the length of the marginal carina is 20 lines.

The upper portion of the middle division of the Inferior Oolite

has furnished the few specimens which have been procured ; the

locality is Sear Hill near Nailsworth.

Trigonia exigua, Lycett, n. sp. Pl. XI. fig. 3.

Shell small, subtrigonal, depressed ; umbones mesial, not re-

curved, anterior border nearly straight, oblique, posterior border

truncated; area moderately large, flattened, transversely ribbed,

and having an obscure oblique mesial furrow, no distinct carine,

the marginal carina being replaced by a series of small nodulous

clevations upon the posterior extremities of the coste. Coste

smooth, curved, closely arranged, rounded, and slightly bent

upwards as they approach the area, their number being about

fourteen.

~ The costze upon the area are smaller and rather more nume-

rous, for an intercalated rib is sometimes added. Specimens

vary from 2 to 5 lines in length, the latter dimensions seeming

to represent the adult form.

From 7. costatula it is distinguished by the much smaller

dimensions and by the absence of any distinct marginal carina,

the cost being continued over its position upon the area.

Trigonia concinna, Roemer, Nord. Ool. Nachtrag. p. 35. tab.19.

fig. 21. approximates to our shell im the general figure and dis-

position of the cost, but his shell would appear to haye greater

convexity and a larger area, and the coste upon the area appear

to be as large as those upon the other portion of the surface ; it

is therefore probably a distinct species.

Our little shell occurs not uncommonly in the shelly freestone

of Leckhampton Hill; it has also occurred in the same beds near

to Nailsworth. .

Trigonia v.-costata, Lycett. Pl. XI. fig. 7.

Trigonia v.- costata, Lycett in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1850, p. 422.

Shell ovately trigonal, moderately convex, anterior and infe-

rior margins rounded, posterior margin straight or slightly con-

cave ; umbones obtuse, slightly recurved ; area narrow, flattened,

its upper portion transversely plicated, its lower portion nearly

smooth, divided in its middle by an obliquely longitudinal fur-

row ; marginal and inner carine but faintly marked and striated,

the inner carina being crossed by several varices. The costz are

very numerous, smooth and regular, they are directed from the

eee a) ee ee

“from the Inferior Oolite of the Cotteswolds, 233

anterior border obliquely downwards and) backwards nearly

straight to the middle of the shell, and there form acute angles

with varices which proceed upwards nearly vertically to the mar-

ginal carina; the varices are slightly nodulous, they are fewer

and larger than the anterior coste. The first eight or nine

costz form only curvatures, and are not broken into two por-

tions.

The species which approaches most nearly to the present shell

is T. angulata, Sow., but the figure of the two is different ; the

latter shell is more elongated and rostrated, the posterior border

is much more concave, the umbones are more recurved, and con-

sequently the marginal carina is more curved and elongated ; the

costz are less numerous, less regular, and the varices are larger

and more distantly arranged ; they form with the costz rather an

undulation than an angle, and are more conspicuously tuber-

culated.

In the young state the two forms would more nearly re-

semble each other, but even in that condition the costz are more

closely arranged in T. y.-costata. Some examples in the British

Museum of a Trigonia collected by Miss Baker in the ferruginous

Oolite of Northampton may be the young condition of the spe-

cies ; to the same species may also be referred some small shells

from the Dogger of the Yorkshire coast; these have smooth,

straight, oblique costz, bent at a considerable angle, and have

been labelled in collections T. angulata. The small 7. tripartita,

Forbes, from the Oolite of the Hebrides, has a certain degree of

resemblance to our species, but the varices in that shell are fewer

and much larger.

_. From T. undulata, From., our shell is distinguished by the less

convex form and absence of large tubercles upon the marginal

carina ; the arrangement of the costz is nearly similar, but in our

species they are much more numerous.

In the Cotteswolds T. v.-costata has occurred very rarely in

the middle or freestone division near to Stroud, and my friend

Dr. Wright has obtained two specimens in the ragstones of the

upper division near to Cheltenham.

Trigonia decorata, Lycett, n. sp. Pl. XI. fig. 1.

Shell ovately trigonal, somewhat depressed ; umbones obtuse

not recurved, anterior and inferior borders rounded, posterior

border lengthened and straight; area flattened, striated. trans-

versely, ornamented with three famtly traced carine, or rather

as many lines of closely arranged very small regular tubercles,

the inner carina having in addition at its upper part a few irre-

gular transverse plications or varices ; there is also, a: median

234 Mr. J. Lycett on some new species of Trigonia

divisional sulcus, which passes parallel to the median row of

tubercles upon the area. The clavellated portion of the shell

has a very numerous series of rows of concentric tubercles ; the

tubercles are small near to the margmal carina, and become

larger towards the middle of the curvature; they are distinct,

rounded, closely arranged (15 or 16 being contained in a row),

the number of rows being about twenty/the whole of which are-

distinctly tuberculated ; the lines of growth upon the sides of the

shell are fine and distinct. The dimensions are equal to the

largest examples of the clavellated Trigonia.

This elegant shell is nearly allied to T. perlata, Ag., which is

an Oxford clay species ; in that shell however the umbones are

more recurved, the carinz have much larger tubercles, and the

median carina has in addition a series of transverse varices which

are absent in 7. decorata. It has sometimes been mistaken for

T. clavellata, but differs from that well-known form in the fol-

lowing particulars.

The Inferior Oolite shell is less elongated, the umbones are

not recurved, the posterior border is not concave, the general

figure has less convexity, the area is more flattened, and the lan-

ceolate space is much smaller and not striated; the rows of

costee are more numerous; the tubercles are more numerous,

more closely arranged and less prominent. Another large cla-

vellated species, the 7. muricata, Goldf., approaches more nearly

to the figure of our shell, but the Portuguese species has the area

much more narrow, the costz are less numerous, but much more

elevated, the tubercles being larger and more distantly arranged.

The figure likewise closely agrees with 7. Bronnit, Ag., from

the Terraine a Chailles or Oxford clay ; but the ornamentation of

our species, both upon the area and the sides of the shell, is more

minute and delicate, with more numerous rows of coste, the

carinz having no distinct elevation as in the species of Agassiz.

Trigonia decorata occurs abundantly in the Trigonia grit

throughout the Cotteswolds, but the test is very fragile, and is

difficult to detach from the hard matrix. Rodborough Hill near

Stroud has produced it in great numbers.

Trigonia gemmata, Lycett, n. sp. Pl. XI. fig. 8.

Shell small, ovately trigonal, excavated and somewhat rostrated

posteriorly, rounded anteriorly ; umbones obtuse, somewhat re-

curved, surface moderately convex; area narrow, transversely

striated and bounded on each side by a narrow, elevated and

striated carina, which is also gracefully curled ; costae numerous,

closely arranged, elevated, acute ; the upper third of the valves

has concentrically curved and finely tuberculated cost, those

@ Ags

from the Inferior Oolite of the Cotteswolds. 235

_ which succeed are directed from the carina obliquely downwards ;

they are straight, are regularly and densely serrated, the spaces

between the costee forming narrow deep grooves.

'T. duplicata, Sow., approaches our shell in the general figure

and in the arrangement of the coste, but the latter coste of

T. duplicata ave dichotomous and waved, the serrations bemg

irregular ; neither of these features are observable in our shell.

It is very rare ; the largest specimen is an inch and a quarter

in length upon the marginal carina, and an inch in the opposite

direction. I have only seen two specimens.

. Near Nailsworth, in the freestone beds.

Trigonia tuberculosa, Lycett. Pl. XI. fig. 9.

Trigonia tuberculosa, Lycett in Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. 1850, p.422.

Shell small, depressed, ovately trigonal; umbones recurved,

anterior and inferior borders rounded, posterior border slightly

excavated ; area small, transversely striated, the striations being

large and irregular ; marginal and inner carinz narrow, elevated

and striated ; the tuberculated coste are numerous (18 in the

adult), curved concentrically with very densely arranged tuber-

cles; the tubercles are rather depressed, ovate or clavate, their

longer diameter directed downwards.

A pretty little species distinguished from the young of 7,

striata by the more numerous cost and by the peculiarities of

the tubercles.

It is rare; for the present example I am indebted to the

kindness of the Rev. P. B. Brodie, who has procured several spe-

cimens in the shelly freestone of Leckhampton Hill.

Trigonia clavo-costata, Lycett. Pl. XI. fig. 6.

Trigonia clavo-costata, Lycett in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1850,

p. 425.

Shell subtrigonal ; umbones obtuse, not recurved, anterior side

produced, its border rounded, posterior border straight, oblique

and truncated ; area flattened, finely striated transversely and

tricarinated ; the marginal and median carine have regular mo-

derate-sized tubercles, the inner carina has numerous transverse

plications ; the other portion of the surface is ornamented with a

few rows of concentric tubercles ; the tubercles are large, about

eight in a row, the first two or three, and the latter one or two

rows consisting of costz which are not divided into tubercles.

Compared with Trigonia decorata, it is smaller and shorter pos-

teriorly, the area has finer striations, the carine have larger and

more distantly arranged tubercles, the concentric coste have

236 Mr. J. Lycett on some new species of Trigomia

much larger tubercles; they are about half as numerous as in

T. decorata ; lastly, the few primal costz are smooth, in the other

species they are tuberculated.

A specimen in the cabinet of the author, and a second in that

of Dr.Wright, are the only examples with which I am acquainted ;

they are nearly of equal dimensions, and agree in all their cha-

racteristic features.

Length upon the marginal carina 1$ inch, opposite measure-

ment 14 inch.

The building-stone of the Inferior Oolite which forms the

upper portion of its middle division is the seat of this species,

which has been obtained in the vicinity of Nailsworth.

Trigonia costata.

Trigonia costata, Lam., Sow., Zeiten, Deshayes, &c.

Typical form Costata.

Anterior border truncated ; umbones prominent, recurved;

area slightly concave, with denticulated oblique plications, which

differ in the two valves, the area of the right valve having two,

three, or four large plications upon its anterior half, and no di-

stinct median carina; the area of the left valve has a distinct

median carina, and four or five plications upon each side of it ; the

imner and marginal carine are prominent and dentated, the latter

separated from the longitudinal coste by a depression ; lanceo-

late space between the inner carine reticulated; longitudinal

cost slightly undulated, with a graceful double curvature re-

sembling an elongated letter /.

Var. 2. multicosta.

This variety is much smaller than the typical shell ; it is some-

what more depressed, its anterior border scarcely truncated, the

area more finely reticulated, the costz equal in number to the

typical form, but more delicate and closely arranged ; multicosta

only attains about half the linear dimensions of the typical form ;

it has occurred only in the bed called Gryphite grit.

Var. 3. pulla. T. pullus, Sow.

This small variety occurs both in the Inferior and Great Oolite

of the Cotteswolds ; the larger specimens have a length upon the

marginal carina not exceeding 20 lines, but few specimens are

so large. The anterior border is not truncated, the carine and

the intercarinal plications are prominent ; in the Inferior Oolite

it occurs in the freestone beds.

from the Inferior Oolite of the Cotteswolds. 237

ae Var. 4. sculpta.

In dimensions this well-marked variety equals the typical form ;

in certain localities it occurs in the Gryphite grit in immense

abundance; it is distinguished from the typical form by several

conspicuous characters ; the figure is less trigonal, the anterior

border being destitute of any truncation ; the umbones have Jess

prominence and are less recurved, the area is larger, flatter, it is

less concave, and occupies a much larger proportion of the sur-

face of the shell; the marginal and inner carine are larger, less

curved, and incommon with the intercarinal plications, they are

much more strongly dentated ; owing to this prominence of the

plications the median carina is much less conspicuous, the pos-

terior half of the area is more depressed than the anterior, so

that a distinct mesial division is formed irrespective of the me-

dian carma. In the young state the median carina is distinct in

each valve, but in progress of growth that of the right valve de-

generates into one of the common oblique plications. The costz

are large and elevated, but they have not the graceful double

curvature of the typical form.

This variety therefore differs from the typical form in its pro-

portions, its general outline, and in the greater prommence of

its surface ornaments ; but the peculiarity which distinguishes

the species in the character of its area is present in all the va-

rieties, and serves to separate them from all of the allied costated

forms.

Trigonia costata is stated to occur over the whole of Europe,

and there is even a presumed variety of it from Cutch, figured

and described by Mr. James Sowerby in the ‘ Geol. Trans.’ vol. v.

2nd Ser. ; it is, however, not improbable that a further acquaint-

ance with the varieties of this shell and of allied costated species

may lead eventually to altered views, both of their stratigraphical

and geographical distribution.

The costated Trigonie from the lower Oolite of Switzerland,

figured by Agassiz under the names of T. lineolata and T. den-

ticulata, would appear from his figures and descriptions to be

distinct from T. costata; the accuracy of the figures in the ‘ Pe-

trefacta’ of Goldfuss is exemplified in the fidelity with which the

artist has delineated the area of the right valve in the young spe-

cimen, although its peculiarities are not alluded to in the de-

scription ; the typical figure of Agassiz is correct, but it may as

confidently be asserted, that the figure of the right area in the

same plate has incautiously been transferred from the /eft valve,

or it would have exhibited the peculiarities upon which I have

insisted as marking the species.

238 Mr. J. Lycett on sume new species of Trigonia

Trigonia angulata, Sow.

Trigonia angulata, Sow. Min. Con. tab. 508. fig. 1.

Trigonia clavellata, Sow. Min. Con, tab. 87, the two lower figures.

Shell clongated and rostrated, posterior border concave, ante-

rior border rounded ; umbones recurved ; area narrow, bounded

by small ecrenated carine; coste narrow, closely arranged,

straight anteriorly, undulated posteriorly, where they form large

tuberculated varices, the few last varices directed downwards.

M. D’Orbigny (Prodrome de Paléontologie) considers Trigonia

undulata, Fromberg, to be only a synonym of 7. angulata: in this

opinion I do not concur ; the figure of the two shells is essentially

different, 7. angulata beimg much more elongated, and the um-

bones more recurved; the surface ornaments of the shells like-

wise differ; those of 7. angulata are remarkably constant and

invariable. ;

T. undulata has not been recognized in the Oolites of England ;

on the other hand, 7. angulata has not been discovered upon the

continent. 7. angulata has occurred at many localities im the’

Cotteswolds, both in the middle and upper portions of the Infe-

rior Oolite, but it is rare. The imperfect specimen of 7. angu-

lata from Little Sodbury, which is given in the two lower figures

of table 87 of the ‘Mineral Conchology’ as 7. clavellata, has

been the source of much confusion to subsequent observers, and

has led them to catalogue clavellated specimens (usually imper-

fectly exposed) as Trigonia clavellata ; but the figure in the same

work of 7. angulata is so characteristic, that it may be relied

upon when the shell itself cannot be obtained for comparison.

Trigonia duplicata, Sow.

Trigonia duplicata, Sow. Min. Con. tab. 237. figs. 4, 5.

Shell slightly rostrated, area narrow, carinze two in each valve,

small, distinct ; costee narrow, serrated, the first few concentric,

the others directed downwards, for the most part bifurcated and

slightly waved. Should the T. Proserpina of D’Orbigny prove

to be distinct from this species, it must possess peculiarities

which are not alluded to in his ‘ Prodrome de Paléontologie,’

where the brief description given agrees with 7. duplicata. M.

Agassiz (probably from an imperfect knowledge of the species)

has placed 7. duplicata with the Scabre, but the very distinet

marginal carina and the area destitute of transverse costz clearly

remove it from that section, which first appeared with the species

of the lower greensand.

T. duplicata occurs in the upper division of the Inferior Oolite

in the Cotteswolds, where the external impressions are not un-

. a

from the Inferior Oolite of the Cotteswolds. 239

common, but the shell itself is rare; it has also been found in

the Great Oolite of Minchinhampton.

Trigonia Phillipsi vay.

Trigonia Phillipsi, Mor. & Lyc. Gr. Ool. Monogr. 1853, tab. 6. fig. 1.

p. 62.

Shell ovately trigonal ; umbones submedian, obtuse, scarcely

recurved, anterior border rounded, posterior border short, trun-

cated ; marginal and inner carine delicate, tuberculated and

small; area narrow, flattened, striated, divided in its middle by

an oblique furrow; sides of the valves with densely arranged,

elevated, concentric, and finely indented or tuberculated coste.

The present variety of the Lincolnshire shell, and of which I

only know two examples, has the anterior portions of the costz

rather indistinct, and their junctions with the posterior and more

curved portions form a kind of angle.

A more detailed description will be found in the monograph

above referred to.

Trigoma signata, Ag.

Syn. Trigonia clavellata, Zeiten, Petref. Wurtemb. t. 58. fie. S

T. signata, Ag. Mém. sur les Trigonées, p. 48. pl. 3. fig. 8.

The most elongated and depressed of the Clavellate ; the um-

bones are not prominent nor recurved ; the area is lengthened,

flattened, nearly smooth ; carinz nearly obsolete, rows of tuber-

culated cost numerous, directed downwards, tubercles equal,

seareely separated, placed upon raised costz.

Rare: position the lower or Ammonitiferous beds of the Infe-

rior Oolite near Stroud.

Trigonia striata, Sow.

Trigonia striata, Sow. Min. Con. tab. 237. fig. 1-3; Agassiz, Mém.

sur les Trigonées, pl. 4. fig. 10-12.

Shell somewhat depressed ; umbones recurved ; area flattened,

bounded by two distinct narrow finely indented. carine ; coste

raised, numerous, concentric, deeply serrated, and varying in their

number.

Trigonia Phillipsi, Mor. and Lye. Gr. Ool. Mon. would easily

be mistaken for this species, but the Lincolnshire shell is shorter,

the umbones not recurved ; the cost are much less raised, more

closely arranged, and so finely serrated as to appear smooth to

the unaided vision. het

Trigonia striata ranges throughout the Jnferige Ont

Cotteswolds, and is s abundant. at Pativiecuzs | @ Stroud

240 Mr. J.. Brown on some Microscopic Fossils

Trigonia subglobosa, Mor. & Lye. x8

Trigonia subglobosa, Morris & Lycett, Gr. Ool. Monog. \Bivalves,

1853, tab. 5. fig. 21. p. 55. of

Shell nearly circular, convex; umbones recurved ; area small,

with three tuberculated carine; coste large, closely arranged,

angulated, their posterior portions forming a few large perpen-

dicular varices.

It occurs in the freestone beds near Nailsworth; also in the

Great Oolite : in both formations it is somewhat rare.

XXIV.—Note on the Artesian Well at Colchester ; and Remarks

on some of the Microscopic Fossils* from the Colchester Chalk.

By Joun Brown, Esq., F.G.S., of Stanway.

[With two Plates. ]

In 1852 an Artesian well was made at the western end of Col-

chester, Essex, on the premises of the Old Water Works. The

surface of the ground at this spot is about 60 feet below the top

of the adjoining hill, known as Balkern Hill. The red sandy ..

gravel+ composing the chief mass of Balkern Hill has a total

thickness of about 60 feet, but at the well the gravel is about

6 feet thick only, with 6 feet thickness of alluvium covering it.

The boring then traversed the “ London clay,” 100 feet thick,

and the “ Plastic clay” (“ Reading and Woolwich Series” of

Mr. Prestwich), which is 30 feet thick, and then penetrated the

“ Chalk with flints ” to a depth of 152 feet—making altogether

a depth of 294 feet. ;

From the chalk brought up by the borer, numerous minute

fossils have been obtained by carefully washing the fragmentary

chalk and examining it under a lens. These consist of small

Serpulz, ossicles of Apiocrinites, and remains of Amorphozoa,

Foraminiferze, Bryozoa, and Entomostraca; such as are usually

plentiful in and characteristic of the chalk.

Figures 8, 9, & 10 in Plate IX. are the calcified remains of

three minute species of Sponges, of the genera Tragos and Manon ;

but they are too much water-worn and mineralized for identi-

fication. .

Of the Foraminiferee, Nodosaria Zippei, N. limbata, Marginulina

* Mr. Rupert Jones has kindly assisted me in drawing up the following

notes on the microscopic fossils of the Chalk.

+ Some remarks on the Gravels of this district, and on their lithological

“sietershy the author, may be found in the ‘ Mag. Nat. Hist.’ 1835,

os). “he °Onerterly Journal of the Geological Society,’ 1852,

Ann, & Mag. Nat Hist, 82. Volt. FLV

| Nat Length

Nat. Length

| Wat Sise

Sos

| Nat ‘Size

3 ae iG baie iin

| Nat Size

Loophytes, Chath, Colchester

Brnted by W Monkhouse, York

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. §.2.Voi12. PCH, .

| Nat. Length

i ) Nat Length

-Nat.Sige o Nat. Size

Foraminitera, Chath, Colchester.

Prouted. by WMonkhowse, York

from the Colchester Chalk. 24]

ensis, M. elongata, M. trilobata, Frondicularia Verneuiliana, F.

Archiaciana, Flabellina rugosa, F. cordata, Cristellaria rotulata,

Rosalina ammonoides, R. marginata, Truncatulina Beaumontiana,

Globigerina cretacea, and Bulimina variabilis are the most nume-

rous. Cristellaria rotulata is especially conspicuous in the group,

and is a species that abounds im the chalk* of every locality,

both in England and on the continent. Some of these forms

have been selected for illustration in Plate IX. The recent ana-

logues of these fossil Microzoa are exceedingly plentiful in most

seas and estuaries, their elegant little shells being easily obtained

in the sands, mud, and seaweeds. The Foraminiferz hold but a

low place in the scale of animal life, and are not far removed

from the Sponges. They are stomachless, and consist of a

number of minute gelatinous bodies (in shape globular, disci-

form, wedgelike, &c.), arranged in a more or less regular, often

symmetrical series (straight, curved, spiral, alternate, &c.), and

coated with a thin calcareous shell, which is often perforated all

over, and always exhibits one or more large holes, through

which the gelatinous mass is protruded for the formation of a

new bud-like body, and in some cases in the form of irregular

tentacles (pseudopodia) for the purposes of attachment and loco-

motion. Certain species are characteristic of different oceanic

areas in the present day; and the different geologic epochs have

their own peculiar forms. Exceptions to this rule exist; some

species have a world-wide existence, and some species of the

_ genera Globigerina, Dentalina, Globulina, &c. have extended their

_ range from the chalk and tertiary seas to the present.

Of the remains of Bryozoa,—which are minute animals, allied

to Mollusca, inhabiting cellular cavities on small calcareous axes,

which are generally cylindrical or flattened, and form branched

or foliaceous bodies, either free or fixed to rocks, shells, seaweeds,

&e.,—numerous fragmentary remains were obtained from the

chalk of Colchester. Owing, however, to the fragments having

been already much water-worn previously to their having been

imbedded in the chalky mud of the ancient sea, but little definite

indication of the original shape of the characteristic cell-cavities

remains, the delicate cell-mouths and their tracery having been

quite worn away. A few specimens illustrative of these forms

are shown in Plate VIII.

The Entomostraca are small bivalved Crustaceans: the valves

are generally of an oblong or oval shape, and are distinguished

one from another chiefly by the character of the hingement.

* It is also abundant in the sands of the shore at Dover (from the dis-

integrated chalk of the cliffs), in the drift of Essex, &c., and the challc

detritus of Charing, Kent.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. ae

ihe.

242 On some Microscopic Fossils from the Colchester Chalk.

Cytherella ovalis, Bairdia subdeltoidea, Cythere punctatula, and

Cythereis ciliata are those most usually met with both in the Col-

chester chalk and in the chalk of England and Europe generally.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES VIIL., IX.

Puate VIII.

The natural size of the object accompanies each specimen.

Figs. 1, 2, & 3. Dendropora?

Fig. 4. Ceriopora; like C. tubiporacea of Goldfuss (Petrefact. Germ.).

Fig. 5. Melicertes?

Figs. 6 & 7. Pustulopora; like P. (Ceriopora) madreporacea of Goldfuss

(Petrefact. Germ.).

Fig. 8. Tragos: a & 6, the two opposite sides; ¢, highly magnified por-

tion.

Fig. 9. Manon: a & 6, two views.

Fig. 10. Tragos.

All of these specimens are much worn, and do not possess sufficiently

well-preserved characters for exact identification.

Puate IX.

The natural size of the object accompanies each specimen.

Fig. 1. Nodosaria limbata, D’Orbigny *.

Fig. 2. Marginulina ensis, Reuss (fragment) : a, b, c,d, different views.

elongata, D’Orb. (fragment) : a, side view ; 6, the broken end.

trilobata, D’Orb.: a, side view; 4, back view; c, view of the

outside of the last chamber, showing the aperture.

Fig. 5. Frondicularia Verneuiliana, D’Orb.: a, 6, c, different aspects.

Fig. 6. Cristellaria rotulata, Lamarck sp.

This species was termed Lenticulites rotulata by Lamarck; it is the

Nummularia Comptoni of Sowerby. M. D’Orbigny recognized it as a Cris-

tellaria.

Fig. 7. Rosalina marginata, Reuss; upper side.

Fig. 8. Globigerina cretacea, D’Orb.: a, upper side; 6, under side, the last

two cells each showing an aperture. The dottings on this and on

fig. 9 indicate the coarseness of the minute perforations.

Fig. 9. Truncatulina Beaumontiana, D’Orb. : a, upper side ; 6, under side.

* For minute descriptions of these and other Cretaceous Foraminifere,

consult a memoir by M. A. D’Orbigny in the 4th volume of the ‘ Memoirs

of the Geological Society of France’; and Dr. Reuss’s work on the ‘ Fos-

sils of the Bohemian Chalk.’

‘On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration. 243

XXV.—On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and on the

Structure of the Organs of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals.

By Tuomas Witit1ams, M.D. Lond., Licentiate of the Royal

College of Physicians, formerly Demonstrator on Structural

Anatomy at Guy’s Hospital, and now of Swansea.

[With a Plate. ]

Tuer mechanism of breathing in the countless hosts of inverte-

brate animals which people the ocean, offers a problem which has

never yet been satisfactorily solved. The mode in which life is

sustained in those degraded forms, in which “a circulation of

blood” is not to be discovered, has long stimulated the curious

wonder of the naturalist. Fishes and Cetacea excepted, the in-

vertebrate animals constitute the entire population of the ocean.

Insects excepted, all invertebrate animals are aquatic. Hence

the wide range of interest which belongs to this subject. How

animals breathe is not second in importance to the question

how they live. Every observer studies the latter, few the former.

There are “habits” associated with the manner in which the

function of breathing is performed which are well-fitted to win

admiration. Wanting the knowledge of this process, not the

smaller half of the history of an animal remains to be acquired.

It is the aim of this memoir to demonstrate first the ana-

tomical conditions under which the office of respiration is per-

formed in the invertebrate animals, and then to study the pro-

cess itself. The anatomical conditions will prove as various as

the classes of which this subkingdom is composed. Two pri-

mary divisions of this subject demand at once to be recognised ;

—Alst, that comprising those organs which adapt the animal for

atmospheric breathing; 2nd, that qualifymg it to respire in

water. The latter, embracing varieties more striking and

numerous than the former division, should again be resolved into

two denominations, of which one would comprehend the me-

chanism of those organs by which the chylaqueous fluid is sub-

mitted to the agency of the aérating element, and the other,

that of those fitted to expose the true blood*.

All vertebrated animals, fishes excepted, breathe on the atmo-

spheric plan. All invertebrate animals, insects excepted, respire

on the aquatic model. The organs used in the first method are

more complex than those comprised in the second; while the

chylaqueous fluid is subjected to respiration, through the /east

complexly arranged mechanisms. The simpler the fluid to be

* The author would here beg to refer the reader, for a full statement of

the grounds of this latter subdivision, to his paper on the Blood-properx

and Chylaqueous Fluid, &c., in the Phil. Trans., Nov. mee

244 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

aérated, the less involved is the disposition of the solid. parts,

through which the exposure is effected. Elaborately_ vitalized

blood is cireulated through respiratory organs of inconceivable

complexity and subdivision. The study of the mechanical

conditions of respiration should regard the fluids as well as the

solids of the structures dedicated to this function. The floating

cells of the fluids are concerned in, though not essential to the

respiratory process. The true capillary segments of the lungs of

all vertebrated animals, those of reptiles not excepted, are destitute

of vibratile cilia. The branchiz of fishes, without a smgle known

exception, are clad only by a non-vibratile epithelium. The

general proposition, that ciliary epithelium constitutes no part

of the active portions of the breathing organs of vertebrated

animals, rests therefore upon the stable basis of actual demonstra-

tion. ‘This negative must be changed into an affirmative state-

ment, with reference to the air-passages, which in the pulmonary

vertebrated series are profusely and universally ciliated. The pre-

sence of cilia on the branchial structures of invertebrated animals

isa common, but not a constant fact ; the rule without intelligible

reason is suspended in numerous instances. The operation of

cilia is therefore not indispensable to the respiratory process,

even in the invertebrate animal—not an essential constituent even

of the aquatic model. The blood of all vertebrated animals is

richly charged with corpuscular elements. It is invariably

coloured red. In the invertebrated subkingdom not one example

is known of a corpusculated red-blood. The blood of every

known mollusc bears floating solid elements. In every arti-

culated animal the true-blood abounds in organized corpuscles.

In every annelid, without a single known exception, the blood-

proper is perfectly destitute of morphotic elements ; it contains

no trace of visible cells. The perfect fluidity of the true-blood of

all Entozoa can also now be affirmed. Every Echinoderm is en-

dowed with an imperfect blood-system, the blood-proper bearmg

cells in suspension. The chylaqueous fluid of every animal in

which it exists, is charged more or less abundantly with organized

corpuscles. The generalization is thus incontrovertibly esta-

blished, that there exists no single instance of a real animal, of

which one or other of the circulating nutritive fluids of the

organism, is not replete with morphous particles. What office,

if any, these floating solids exercise in the mechanism of the

respiratory act, it is the province of the physiologist to determine;

their microscopic characters it is the duty of the anatomist to

describe.

Porifera.—In the Spongiadz, the fluids to be aérated are

contained in and between the component cells of the gelatinous

cortex. Each separate cell, like that of Ameba, is an inde-

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 245

pendent organism. The included fluid, moved by the slow con-

traction’ of the cell-membrane, is a granulated, nutritive com-

ound. That diffused between the cells, im composition,

is’ less removed from the standard of sea-water. The latter re-

plenishes the former. The inorganic fluid, entering from with-

out mto the interior of the living-cell-tissue, carries with it in

solution a large amount of atmospheric air. In these lowly

organisms, this dissolved air probably suffices to oxygenize their

simple fluids. As the contained fluids are rapidly renewed, the

nutritive and the respiratory process come to be performed by

one and the same act. This is the history of the breathing

function in the Rhizopoda and in Actinophrys Sol, recently

described by Kolliker*. The superficies of the whole gelatinous

cortex of the sponge is overspread by a film of ciliated epithe-

lium. It has now been proved by Dr. Dobie+ and Mr, Bower-

bank, that the “currents ” of the sponge are due to the agency

of these motive organules. These currents are simultaneously

nutritive and respiratory.

’ Polypifera.—Three varieties of plan, in the mechanical condi-

tions of respiration, prevail among Zoophytes: the Hydraform

(Pl. XII..fig. 2), the Actiniform (fig. 3), and the Asteroid polypes

(fig. 1) exemplify three minor forms of one type of structure.

In the first the space between the stomach and the outer limit

of the body (fig. 2, a) is subdivided by the intersection of delicate

tissue into areole, in which the fluid to be aérated is contained f.

\ The fluid penetrates along an axial channel to the furthest

+ See Quarterly Journal of Microscopic Science, Oct. 1852.

- orf See Annals of Anatomy and Physiology, No. 2, May 1852.

-> i The author has stated in the text the impression which he has derived

from numerous observations on the common hydra of our pools, that the

tentacles open into the perigastric areol, as shown at (a) fig. 2, and not

into the stomach, and that they are tubular, not solid threads, as shown at

(b) fig: 1. If, as recently stated by Prof. Allman (Proceedings of the Royal

Society, May 31st, 1853), they open directly into the stomach, the tentacles

‘can only be injected by the contents of the latter, and their function would

pareake of a digestive as well as a respiratory character; and further, the

digestive system of the hydra would conform with the medusan type which

‘is marked by the direct extension of canals from the stomach, and by the

‘absence of a splanchnic cavity, the stomach being merely an excavation in

the solid parenchyma of the body. The observations of Prof. Allman were

instituted on Cordylophora, a genus of Tubulariade. According to my

researches very lately made on Tubularia indivisa and Alcyonium, the ten-

tacles are tubular and open into the perigastric chambers, which they equal

‘innumber. From its interest, this question cannot remain long unanswered.

If in the hydraform and tubularian zoophytes the tentacles are prolongations

_of the stomach, properly so called, zoophytes, as a class, might be ranged

‘under two leading divisions ; that 1st in which the tentacles are gastric, and

2nd that in which they are perigastric prolongations. The fluids would

admit of a similar division. ;

246 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

ends of the tentacles: they are not perforated at their distal

extremities. In Hydra viridis and H. fusca, by means’ of the

rolling granules, the fluid may be readily detected by the eye.

It cannot be renewed directly from without. It is replenished

through the walls of the stomach (b). The respiratory is here a

function distinct and separate from the digestive. A livimg cor-

pusculated fluid is submitted to the influence of the surrounding

medium, by aid of the tentacles. These appendages in the

hydraform zoophytes are furnished neither within nor without

with motive cilia. They maintain the flux and reflux motion of

the embraced fluid, in virtue of the contractile endowments of

their parictes. In the second variety, illustrated by the sea-ane-

mone (fig. 3, 6), the open interval between the stomach and the

integuments, though partitioned by dissepiments, is very capa-

cious. The hollow axes (c) of the tentacles are continuations,

in all species, of the perigastric space. They are filled with

the same fluid as the latter. In some species of Actinie, the

tentacles are perforated at the extreme ends: Anthea Cereus is an

example. In the greater number they are cecal. The interior

of the tentacles, in common with the perigastric chambers, in all

species are richly ciliated (d). The exterior of these appendages

in many instances is covered only by an ordinary uon-vibratile

epidermis. The chylaqueous fluid* is an inferiorly vitalized

* Under this term (see Phil. Trans. 1852), the author has ventured to

distinguish the fluid which occupies the gastric and perigastric cavities of

all animals below the Annelida. He has elsewhere endeavoured to prove

the proposition, that in all animals Je/ow the Echinoderms, it constitutes

the exclusive nutritive fluid of the organism ; that in those families, as m

Zoophytes and inferior Echinoderms, in which it is readily ejected from the

body and as readily replaced, it is very little removed in composition from

salt water, and corpusculated only in a slight degree. It is sumply al-

buminized sea water. But it has already undergone such preparation as

fits it to enter the “ protean ”’ cells of the solids. Here, as illustrated in the

examples of the Ameba and Sponge, it assumes a more highly vitalized and

corpusculated character. It may be said that in the cells it is true blood,

in the visceral cavity chylaqueous fluid. The difficult problem of respira-

tion in the lowest forms of animal life can be solved only by determining

the real stages through which the fluids pass in the processes of animaliza-

tion. If the great mass of the chylaqueous fluid contained in the polypedal

and visceral chambers consist of pure, unvitalized, unalbuminized sea water,

then the tentacles can subserve no respiratory purpose ; since between two

fluids (that within, and the element without the tentacles), of identical com-

position and specific gravity, there can occur no interchange of gases. But

if, on the contrary, to this great reservoir of fluid be assigned the value of a

chylaqueous compound, though it may have undergone only the first and

lowest grade of assimilation, then the entire mechanism of respiration and

nutrition becomes intelligible. This argument enforces the physiological

principle, which, in order to demonstrate the true seat of the aérating pro-

cess, demands that the real constitution of the fluids be first discovered.

In studying the nutritive and respiratory actions in a// invertebrate animals,

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 24:7

albuminous compound. It possesses higher organic properties in

those orders in which the tentacles are closed, than in those in

which they are open. In the former it sojourns longer in the

visceral cavity under the influence of the Zoochemical forces,

It.is in the interior of the cells of the solid structures that the

chylaqueous fluid acquires its final properties. It suffers here

a second and higher nutritive and respiratory change, or derives

from the chylaqueous mass, still in the visceral cavity, a further

supply of oxygen. The chylaqueous fluid is aérated in two modes ;

Ist, every portion of the element from without, which is admitted

into the splanchnic cavity, brings with it a fresh supply of highly

oxygenized air; and 2nd, it exchanges its carbonic acid for the

oxygen of the surrounding element, in accordance with the prin-

ciples of ordinary aquatic breathing. It is therefore a reservoir of

richly oxygenated fiuid, fitted well to impart a renewed proportion

of oxygen to the more highly vitalized contents of the cells. It

is evident that it is only by a clear statement of these apparently

irrelevant particulars, that the anatomist can arm the phy-

siologist with an adequate conception of the physical conditions,

under which the respiratory function occurs in these degraded

organisms. In all actiniform polypes, the bottom of the stomach

eommunicates, by means of a sphincteric aperture, with the peri-

gastric chambers. It is by this route that the large mass of the

contents of these latter cavities are derived from without. The

contained fiuid receives the first impress of the vital chemistry, in

its passage over the gastric surfaces. It is then prepared to un-

dergo the respiratory changes in the visceral cavities. The pre-

eeding observations apply to the third (fig. 1) variety of plan (ex-

emplified in the Aséeroid families), on which in zoophytes the

fluids are elaborated. There is little difference of structure be-

tween the asteroid and helianthoid polypes. In the former the

stomach is prolonged into the axis of the polypidom (c). The

perigastric chambers (d) also communicate, but in a less direct

one fact of singular interest should be remembered, the truth of which the

author has established by numerous observations. The cells of the solid

tissues are contractile; they contract and dilate: in the Cephalopods, the

pigmented cells of the integumentary structures exhibit this property with

remarkable distinctness. The pigment is deposited in the substance of the

cell-wall. When the cell contracts the coloured point disappears, when it

expands it assumes a conspicuous area, This is the simple explanation of

the singular power, with which the Cephalopods are gifted, of changing their

colour. It applies also to the chameleon. But in invertebrate animals it

is not confined to the pigmented cells. It is exhibited by the non-pig-

mented cells of nearly all the structures of the body. The author has ven-

tured in this place to bring it under the attention of the physiologist, be-

cause it is unquestionably a property of great importance in the circulation

and aération of the fluids.

248 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

manner than the stomach, with the channel of the stem. In these,

families, the tentacles, which are evidently the continuations) of

the perigastric chambers (fig. 1, a), are said to be. perforate, at;

their distal extremities : this point requires to be confirmed., The;

fluid filling the axial channel of the stem enters at the mouth..of

each polype, and descends through the orifice situated at the base

of the stomach (fig. 1, c) into the polypidom. In this situation,

in a great variety of species, the motion of the corpuscles con-

tained in the fluid may be readily observed. They present. all

the characters of being driven by cilia. The presence of cilia is

however controverted by some observers. From the polypidom

the fluid passes upwards into the perigastric chambers, and thence

into the tentacles in which it undergoes aération. It is curious

that the corpuscles of the fluid of the stem do not pass upwards

into the tentacles. They are filtered back by the cribriform

partition, which divides the chambers around the stomach from,

the axis of the polypidom. New observations are required

on the whole family of the asteroid polypes, having special re-

ference, 1st, to the arrangement and existence of cilia, and 2nd;

to the distribution of the fluids. .

The fluid by which the whole extent of the stem and visceral

ehambers of each individual polype are distended, constitutes

one system. So rapidly is this fluid endowed with a low order

of vital properties, enabling it to fulfil its functions as an element

of nutrition, that it may be rejected en masse, to be replaced with

a fresh volume of inorganic water. Such is the converting power

of the vital chemistry in these simple organisms. This fact

distinguishes the polype families from all other invertebrate.

animals. The true character of the breathing function must

have remained beyond the reach of the physiologist, without the

knowledge of these points. They prove that the Jower the vital

endowments of the fluids, the simpler the mechanical arrange-

ments required to effect their aération. In zoophytes the nutri-

tive fluid is not exclusively vitalized through the agency of floating

cells, it is vivified in part, catalytically by contact with the sur-

faces of the living solids. The morphotic elements, therefore,

which exist in the fluids of this group, are scanty in number, sub-

ordinate in function, and indeterminately organized. To detect

the globules in the fluid of the polypary is easy. It is more dif-

ficult to trace its progress upwards into the space which surrounds.

the stomach, and thence into the tentacles. If, as lately stated by

Prof. Allman*, the axes of the tentacles in the tubularian polypes

open directly into the stomach, and not into the space to the outside

of this organ, these appendages cannot be intended to expose the

* Proceedings of the Royal Society, May 31, 1853,

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 249

chylaqueous fluid to the aérating medium. Arising out of the

roof of the stomach, as already stated, at the side of the oral orifice,

they’ can be injected only with the contents of the stomach, and

that periodically by muscular force. Such a mechanism, for

organs which are indubitably respiratory, is im the highest degree

improbable: The tentacles of the distended polype are filled

undoubtedly by a fluid. In this fluid no corpuscles have yet

been’ detected. Those observed so readily in the stem cannot be

traced upwards beyond the base of the stomach: Prof. Allman

denies even in the latter situation the existence of cilia. The

globules move, according to this observer, as.“ the effect of the

active processes, going on in the secreting cells of the endoderm,

—processes which can scarcely be imagined to take place without

causing Jocal alterations in the chemical constitution of the sur-

rounding fluid and consequent disturbance of its stability.” How-

ever these questions may eventually be determined, it is certain

that there exists in all zoophytes but one fluid system.

°This fluid is compounded of the surrounding medium, whether

it be sea water or fresh, and the organic products of digestion.

By this quasi-inorganic fluid the nutritive functions of the organ-

ism*are performed. In the tentacles it undergoes aération ; in the

actiniform orders it may be collected in large quantities : it con-

tams corpuscles characteristic of species*. It affords distinct evi-

dence of the presence of albumen ; it is destitute of fibrine; it

is the lowest example under which a living nutritive fluid o¢curs

in the animal kingdom, and yet the cells of the solids of zoophytes

are eminently irritable and contractile. An inverse proportion

obtains generally in this respect in invertebrate animals. The

simpler the fluids, the more irritable and contractile the solids,

the cells of the latter being larger than the corresponding parts

of vertebrated animals.

Bryozoa (fig. 4).—The marine and freshwater polyzoa are mol-

lusean in the character of their alimentary system, zoophytié in

that of the fluids. Their position in the scale must be allotted

according to the relative importance of these two systems : judged

by the fluids, they claim to rank at the summit of the zoophytic

series ; by the alimentary organs, they would constitute the first

link in the molluscan chain. The real signification of the fluids

in the Polyzoa has never been understood. A perigastric cavity

(a, 6) is clearly described ; the fluid within this cavity and its float-

ing corpuscles have been repeatedly observed, but the physio-

logical value of these parts has never been explained+. In these

o* See the author’s papers on the Blood, which are now in course of

publication in the British and Foreign Med. Ch. Rev.

t In justification of the statements made in the text, the author would

_ refer to the admirable report, on the Polyzoa, by Prof. Allman, in the Trans,

250 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

animals there existsneither a heart nor a blood-proper system: The

fluids constitute an unmixed example of the chylaqueous system:

They oscillate under muscular agency in the great visceral cavity

(a,b); under the same force the fluid penetrates the tentacles which

it traverses by a flux and reflux motion. These organs are plain,

tubular appendages ; they are continuations of the visceral cavity ;

—characters which are emphatically zoophytic. The tentacles of

the Polyzoa differ from those of asteroid polypes in the presence

of vibratile cilia. They are limited to the external surface, and

arranged in a single row on either side: the interior of these

branchial tubuli is not ciliated. Thus then is defined the whole

apparatus of the chylaqueous system in this family. Hence-

forth the Polyzoa cannot be severed from the zoophytes.

Acalephe (figs. 5, 6, 7).—The apparatus for breathing is, in

this class, of simple construction : it consists of a system of cecal

canals in direct connection with the stomach. Four types occur

—the Pulmograde, the Ciliograde, the Cirrhigrade, and the Phy-

sograde. In the first examples (Aurelia, Pelagia, Chrysaora, Rhi-

zostoma, Cassiopea and Cyanea), the stomach is a central lobu-

lated chamber, furnished with one external orifice, the mouth,

and opening laterally into canals which reticulate at the margin

of the disc: they end cecally. In Cyanea aurita, they are pro-

longed into the fringed appendages which depend from the cir-

of the Brit. Assoc., 1850, in which the following statements occur. ‘The

perigastric space and interior of the tentacula and locophore all freely

communicate with one another, and are filled with a clear fluid, in which

float numerous irregular particles of very irregular form and size...... That

the fluid thus contained in the perigastric space, and thence admitted into

the tentacles, consists really of water which had obtained entrance from

without, there can, I think, be little doubt; and yet I have in vain sought

for any opening through which the external fluid can obtain admittance

into the interior...... The fluid which circulates in the perigastric space is

not perfectly homogeneous, and numerous corpuscles of various and irregular

shape may be observed to float through it and be carried about by its

current. Some of these corpuscles are perhaps spermatozoa ; others are of

no definite shape, and look like minute portions of the tissues separated by

laceration. May they not be some of the products of digestion, which have

transuded through the walls of the alimentary canal, being thus conveyed

into the only representative of a true circulation, with which these animals

present us?” From the preceding passages it is undeniable that this ex-

cellent naturalist has not clearly seized the significance of that which he

has described so graphically. He admits that the fluid of the perigastrie

cavity is the only fluid system discoverable in the organism of the polyzoon.

He disputes the organic character of the fluid, while he hints at its nutritive

properties. It is in truth a true and perfect chylaqueous system, and as

adequate as blood-proper to the wants of the living organism. In the

Polyzoa, there is discoverable no trace of a blood-proper system. They

therefore fail in one of the most essential characters of the molluscan or-

ganism—the existence of a heart and an associated circulatory system.

» Respiration in. Invertebrate Animals. 251

cumference of the disc. The system of the gastro-vascular

canals (fig. 5, c,d; fig. 6, c, d; fig. 7, c,d) in the Discophore,

forming a horizontal plane, rest in immediate contact with

the inferior surface of the disc—that is, the whole substance

of the dise intervenes between them and the upper surface:

the under surface of the disc externally, in every species, is

ciliated ; the superior is not so. The stomach and the canals

(ec; d) to their remotest terminations are ciliated internally.

This fact distinguishes these canals fundamentally from blood

vessels ; they are filled with a fluid which is imperfectly vitalized,

a chylaqueous compound ; it is replete with floating organized

corpuscles. The flux and reflux motions of this fluid are excited,

partly by cilia, and partly by the rhythmic contractions of the

disc. Respiration is accomplished in two modes; partly by the

interchange of gases on the under surface between the contents

of the canals and the surrounding element, and partly by the

air suspended in the external fluid, which is admitted through

the mouth and stomach into the gastro-vascular channels directly

from without.

| The basis and bulk of this fluid is composed of salt water, but

ualified by the impresses of the zoochemical influence to sustain

the /ife of albumen, fibrine, and to evolve definitively organized

floating corpuscles. The refuse portions of this fluid are rejected

per os; there is no anal outlet. The cells of the solid structures

of the Acaleph are filled with a semifluid hyaline jelly ; it is the

chylaqueous fluid in its highest grade of organization. In the

Medusa, it is to the chylaqueous fluid, what the contents of the

“protean” cells of the gelatinous cortex are to the currents of

the circumambient element, traversing the passages in the

sponge: thus, in brief, is conveyed a description of the machinery

-of the respiratory process in the Acaleph; from it the nutritive

processes cannot be distinguished. The Ciliograde family departs

from the type of the former in one particular ; there exists here

a second orifice to the digestive system (fig. 7, b). The fact alters

not the principle of the mechanism, according to which the fluids

are aérated. The gastro-vascular canals arise from the fundus of

the stomach, attain the surface, and pass in meridional series

(fig. 7, c, d) from one pole of the body to the opposite, lying im-

mediately underneath the external epidermis. Their courses are

followed externally by rows of motive cilia, or vibratory fringes :

all the canals peripherally terminate cecally ; they are furnished

__ on their internal surfaces with cilia. The genera Cydippe, Cestrum

and Callianira are illustrative.

In the Cirrhigrade Acalephs, the second orifice of the alimentary

apparatus disappears. The canals, filled with the chylaqueous

fluid, radiate, while they multiply in the direction of the cir-

252 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

cumference of the disc. Like those of the preceding families,

they are ciliated internally, while they are distributed in close

proximity to the under surface of the dome.

The organization of the Physograde Meduse is little an det

stood *,

It cannot be doubted, that in the fluids of the Acalephs, floating

corpuscles, from their multitude and their determinate structure,

exercise an important part. They animalize the fluid; they

endow it with life. Directly or indirectly they develope the

proximate principles out of the inorganic elements. Both the

corpuscles and the fluid contained in the gastro-vascular canals

are nearly colourless. Here, as in many other instances amongst

the invertebrate animals, the lesson is taught, that colour has

little to do with the capability of vital fluids to absorb oxygen.

In this class, it is beyond question, that sea water is admitted

directly into those canals in which the chylaqueous fluid is con-

tained. The former isso rapidly assimilated with the latter, that

the nutritive and vital character of the compound fluid resulting

from the admixture is readily maintained at the tequiired

standard.

It is important to remark, that in all Acalephs the gastro-

vascular canals are distributed as closely as possible to some

external surface ; ; In Rhizostoma to the under surface of the

dome, in Beroé in meridional lines over the globe, in other

species along the margins, &e. Such disposition has reference

to the respiratory process : vibratile cilia in general are developed

on those portions of the external surface which coincide with the

gastro-vascular canals.

Echinodermata.—In this class the same questions arise, as im-

portant preliminaries to the study of the respiratory process,

with those as to the meaning of the fluids, which were discussed

with reference to the inferior Radiata ;—which of the three orders

of fluids, present in the ceconomy of nearly every Echinoderm,

is made the special subject of this process? Ist, the cavity of the

body (figs. 8, 9, d; fig. 10, n) (i. e. the spacious interval which

separates the digestive from the integumentary system) is filled

in all species with a fluid which the author has called the chyl-

aqueous: 2nd, the protrusile suctorial feet (Pl. XII. fig. 8, 9;

fig. 9, f) are “occupied by another class of fluid; this system

constitutes the water-vascular system of Tiedemann and Miiller;

3rd, the blood-vascular system (fig. 10, 7), of Tiedemann, Delle

Chiaje, Valentin, Agassiz, Dr. Sharpey and Miiller: these three

systems are defined as severally distinct and independent, and

* See a paper in the Ann. des Sc. Nat. tom. xviii. “ Sur la Structure des

Physalies et des Siphonophores,” by Leuckart.

i k f

’ Respiration in Invertebrate. Animals. 253

their functions respectively are alleged to be distinct and inde-

pendent. | In what conceivable manner is the descriptive anato-

mist to depict the breathing systems of these animals, unless by

that of first adjusting these long-controverted questions? The

ultimate structure of those solid parts, on which the office of

aérating the vital fluids is represented to devolve, must be first

determined... This inquiry alone can prove to what extent, if at

all, these parts are capable of answering the purpose which they

are stated to fulfil. The chylaqueous system of fluids exists in

every Echinoderm ; the water-vascular system does not exist in

every species. In the Sipuncles and the Ophiuride, it has no

place. The blood-vascular system is very imperfectly known.

Little has been done to demonstrate its presence in the asteroid

Echinoderms,-and still less in the Echinide. Its history has

been most fully developed in the Holothuridan and Sipunculidan

genera.

1. The Chylaqueous System of the Echinoderms.

| ds, it,capable of subserving a respiratory purpose? Is it con-

stituted such that it is physiologically capable of executing this

great.function? . And is it also distributed appropriately ?

o,-Lhe mass of fluid occupying the visceral cavity, bounded on

one side by the digestive system, on the other by the integuments,

has been described, by the classical authorities upon this subject,

j as consisting purely of sea water, admitted directly from without

through the skin, for the exclusive purpose of aérating the blood-

proper, said to circulate in a capillary system of vessels wrought

in the solid parietes circumscribing the cavity. This, in succinct

expression, is the doctrine of the schools, as to the mechanism of

respiration in this interesting class of animals. It supposes the

existence of a profuse plexus of capillary vessels carrying true-

blood, distributed over all the visceral and parietal surfaces

limiting the chamber in question. It may be at once stated, that

no approach to a demonstration of the presence of this system

has ever been made by any modern or ancient anatomist. Is it

logical to erect one hypothesis upon another? Let facts be first

represented. In the Asteride, Echinide, Ophiuride and Ophio-

comide, the fluid contained in the peritoneal cavity has been

described by every comparative anatomist as pure unmixed sea

water. It cannot be denied that the cavity itself is the anato-

mical homologue of the real perigastric chamber of zoophytes

and of the gastro-vascular canals of Meduse. It is therefore

the anatomical Jocale, in which the chylaqueous fluid should

accumulate; but under what character does it occur in the

higher vermiform Echinoderms? In the Holothuridan and

Sipunculidan genera (fig. 10, 7), it presents itself as a chamber

254 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

filled with a chylaqueous compound, under the unquestionable

form of a thickly corpusculated milky fluid, organized in a high

degree, and oscillating as a living nutritive fluid : it is by track-

ing the characters of this fluid from above downwards, that its

real signification in the inferior Echinoderms, in which it offers

the apparent properties of simple sea water, can be unerringly

ascertained. The floating corpuscles of the chylaqueous fluid of

the Sipuncles (fig. 10, 2) present the features of constancy in

structure and proportion ; they are always the same in the same

species. The cephalic appendages in this genus, as well as the

whole integumentary system of the body, are organized with ex-

press reference to the exposure of this fluid, and this fluid exclu-

sively, to the agency of the external aérating element.

The skin is fenestrated (fig. 11, d, d, d), that is at regular in-

tervals the muscular layer disappears, and an interval of ellip-

tical figure, covered over only by a single layer of epidermis,

results. In the solid structures of the integuments there is no

trace whatever of a capillary vascular system to be detected. It

is a simple membrano-muscular partition, intervening between

the chylaqueous fluid within and the surrounding element with-

out: it is through this veil that these two divided fluids inter-

change their dissolved gases. The tentacles present the same

precise mechanism (Pl. XII. fig. 10, a & C, & B); they are merely

hollow appendages, musculo-membranous, lined within and with-

out by a ciliated epithelium. A few proper blood vessels reach

their bases from the circular vessel; but no trace whatever of a

vascular plexus, in the structure of these parts, can by an

manceuvre be discovered. The inference is irresistible, that, like

the skin of every part of the body, which internally is universally

ciliated, the tentacles are designed almost exclusively as instru-

ments for the oxygenation of the chylaqueous fluid (not the blood

proper), which oscillates by a flux and reflux movement in their

hollow interior. To the genus Holothuria these observations in

every detail are strictly applicable. The tentacles, however,

though hollow membranous appendages, are furnished, zn the sub-

stance of their parietes, with a few more blood-vessels: the skin

is fenestrated like that of the Sipuncles (fig. 11) ; the open cavity

of the body is occupied by a highly organized corpusculated fluid

which the solid parts just described are expressly fitted to aérate.

From its volume, its organic composition and its suspended cells,

its importance in the organism cannot be disputed. It cannot

acquire nutritive properties unless through the agency of oxygen.

This element can be received through no other provisions than

those exhibited by the skin and the tentacles: thus the theory

of respiration, with respect to the cbylaqueous fluid, in these

superior Echinoderms is complete. Although attenuated at

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 255

regular. points, with a view to approximate as closely as possible

the chylaqueous fluid to the external medium, no open perforation

anywhere exists in the tentacular or integumentary processes,

The surrounding fluid cannot therefore penetrate directly from

without into the peritoneal cavity*. It is introduced through

the mouth and the digestive system.

In the Ophiuride and Ophiocomide, the visceral cavity is filled

with a fluid, which, though not so highly organized as that of the

preceding genera, is undoubtedly the same system: it is not so

milky in appearance ; it approaches more to that of pure salt-

water. Its floating corpuscles are far less abundant, and more

indefinitely formed ; its oscillations are ceaseless under the move-

ments of the arms and action of cilia. At the flexures of the

articulated pieces of the arms, soft, membranous, hollow processes,

opening into the peritoneal cavity, protrude.

They are designed to aérate the fluid contents of the visceral

chamber: unlike the membranous integumentary projections of

the Asteridz, they are neither ciliated within nor without. They

may be seen perfectly in the smaller species, as transparent

objects. If any vestige of a blood-proper system of vessels oc-

cupied the substance of their parietes, it could not, thus examined,

escape detection ; none such exists. Wherefore then are these

specific organs provided, if not to arterialize the great system of

fluid which penetrates into their interior? The answer cannot

be withheld ; it is to aérate the chylaqueous fluid exclusively+.

The chylaqueous system of the Echinidze (fig.9), comprehending

a considerable mass of fluid filling the cavity of the spherical shell

(d), has never yet been recognised by the anatomist as a vital

organic system. Thegreat authorities, Agassiz especially, formerly

quoted, state that sea water streams into the visceral cavity

through perforations in the membranous processes (fig. 9, f, f)

of the shell, especially in those under the name of branchia, which

are distributed in groups around the circumference of the oral

- membranous disc. The latter are not connected with the suc-

torial or water-vascular system ; they are distended by injections

thrown into the open chamber of the shell.

__ They are protruded only by the force of the fluid driven into

their interior. They collapse by contractility of their parietal

_* The author would again refer the reader to his recent memoir in the

Phil. Trans, (1852), for a full and complete statement of the anatomical

and experimental evidence, by which are substantiated the general proposi-

tions enounced in the text.

F It will be afterwards shown, that comparative anatomy has done ab-

solutely nothing towards the demonstration of the blood system of these

_ Echinoderms. A circular vessel is stated by Miiller only to surround the

mouth,

+ 256 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

structures. They are not perforated at their extremities.(6)..°They

cannot therefore serve as open passages for the direct admission

of the external medium into the visceral cavity.. They are un-

questionably in part tactile appendages.. In addition to the me-

ridional rows of suctorial feet, the shell of Echinus is perforated

by numerous hollow membranous processes (fig. 9, f, f; f), lined

within and without by vibratile cilia, and penetrated exclusively by

the fluid of the visceral cavity. Like the integumentary struc-

tures of the higher genera, they bear no evidence whatever of

blood-vessels. These facts impel the physiologist to the adoption

of one inference. They can only subserve a respiratory purpose on

the supposition that the subject of that process is the chylaqueous

fluid. Then the conclusion cannot be evaded, that, although in

the Echinide the fluid contained in the visceral cavity may look

like simple sea water, it must be something more; else nothing

would be signified by the express provisions supplied, to subject

it to the process of aération. It is, in truth a dilute albuminous

solution, charged with corpuscles indeterminately organized... It

possesses a higher solvent power for oxygen than simple sea

water. It is the reservoir out of which the elements of the true

blood are drawn. Injection thrown into the hollow of the shell

of Echinus distends beautifully, in relief, numerous membranous

appendages belonging to the integumentary system. . In no in-

stance whatever can any perforations in the extremities of these

processes be detected. There is therefore no direct evidence for

the opinion commonly entertained by the best observers of the

Echinoderms, which affirms that the external water enters imme-

diately through openings in the integuments into the peritoneal

cavity *. :

The preceding questions admit of more easy and satisfactory

solution in the Asteride than in the classes of Echinoderms

already reviewed. Asterias rubens is a large animal; the fluid

* On the subject discussed in the text, Miiller, in his recent elaborate

essays on the Echinoderms, published in his ‘ Archiv,’ offers the following

remark, which I produce in the original :—* Die baumformigen Kiemen der

Seeigel, die dusseren Kiemen Valentin’s sollen an den Enden ihrer Aeste

nach Tiedemann offen sein, auch das Wasser in das Innere des Seeigels.auf-

nehmen. Diese Ansicht griindet sich auf Injection mit Quecksilber unter

gleichzeitiger Anwendung von gelindem Druck. Valentin fand diese

Organe dagegen an den peripherischen Enden geschlossen, so dass sie also

hohle Verlangerungen der Leibeshohle nach aussen darstellen, und> die

Athemfunction auf ilirer dussern Oberfliche stattfindet. Auch ich habe

bei wiederholter microskopischer Untersuchung dieser Theile yon lebenden

Seeigeln keine Oeffuungen an den abgerundeten Enden wabrgenommen.”

Miiller, however, does not explain in what manner the ‘“‘ Athemfunction ”

of these appendages, which he argues to be cecal, is possible. | His eonelu-

~ sions as to the amperforate character of these parts I have repeatedly con-

firmed by variously devised methods of examination.

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 257

wby which the visceral cavity (fig. 8, 2) is filled is considerable in

“volume. The whole integumentary structures are more readily

‘subjected to demonstration. Everything is favourable to a final

“eonelusion of the controversy which has long divided anatomists

“as to the real signification of the fluid contained in the visceral

~eavity : it can be placed, in several modes, beyond doubt, that

“no open perforations exist in any part of the integumentary

parietes of Asterias. The membranous processes (fig. 8, f, f)

“openly communicating with the visceral cavity are so remarkably

‘elastic and protrusile, that, by means of coloured size forced

“earefully into the cavity, they distended to a great distance

“above the plane of the external surface. They are cecal at their

“distal extremities.

This injection escapes externally only by rupture: this simple

“expedient proves the cecal character of these parts; they are not

“consequently designed to admit sea water into the interior of the

“body. It is perfectly easy to repeat and confirm the first obser-

yation of Dr. Sharpey, that the corpuscles of the visceral fluid

“advance to the distal end of these processes, and then return

“under the impulse of ciliary agency*. Although an injection so

‘thiek as size will not escape through these membranous pro-

~eesses, a thinner fluid, such as coloured water, will slowly ooze

“through ; it is not therefore improbable that an interchange of

“the fluids, which their attenuated parietes only divide, may ¢o

“some extent occur through endosmose. This fact, however, can-

“not shake the stability of the conclusion, that anatomy does not

furnish any grounds for the belief that the fluid contained in the

__—- peritoneal cavity is derived directly from without. The micro-

| _ scope renders it certain that the hollow membranous processes,

‘filled by the fluid of the visceral cavity in Asterias, bear in the

solid substance of their parietes no trace of true blood-vessels ;

they are lined within and without by vibratile epithelium, and

composed only of interlacing elastic fibres. What conceivable

__ Office can such organs execute, if not that of exposing the chyl-

_ aqueous fluid to the renovating influence of the surrounding

medium? In Asterias this fluid approaches “simple sea water ”

closely in physical properties. It is, however, in reality a dilute

‘albuminous, opalescent solution. It is charged scantily with

* Miller confirms the conclusions stated in the text—“ Die respirato-

-Tischen Rohrehen auf dem Riicken der Asterien, welche mit der Bauch-

hohle communiciren sollen zufolge der Injection von Tiedemann am Ende

offen sein, und zum Wechsel des Wassers des Leibeshohle dienen. Nach

- Ehrenberg dagegen sind die Rohrchen am Ende geschlossen, er sowohl als

'Sharpey sahen die Strémungen im Innern am Ende umkehren. An jun-

gen lebenden Exemplaren des Asteracanthion violaceus sah ich dasselbe,

und es gelang mir nicht eime Oeffnung wahrzunehmen.”—<Anatomische

Studien tiber die Echinodermen. Miiller’s Archiv, 1850.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 18

258 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

imperfectly formed corpuscles always the same in the samé

species.

Tn other species of Asteride the membranous appendages of.

the skin present other varieties in size and figure, none in cha-

racter and structure. .

In Uraster papposa the membranous intervals in the calcareous

trellis are large and favourable for examination. They may be

readily seen with the naked eye in the living animal to be. capable

of being bulged out under the pressure of the fluid in the visceral

chamber.

The Cribellide present another modification of the soft part

of the integument. The.skin is smoother, the membranous in-

tervals are smaller, and the membranes are less capable of pro-

trusion outwards. In every other respect they are identical with

the corresponding parts of the preceding genera. The propo-

sition may now then be finally affirmed, that in the Echino-

dermata the chylaqueous fluid (i. e. the contents of the visceral ca-

vity) is téself first aérated, and that by means of a machinery of

soft parts expressly arranged with a view to this end; and that

then tt aérates the blood-proper.

2. Water-vascular and Blood-vascular Systems of the Echinoderms.

To what extent, in what manner, if at all, do these two fluid-

systems, or either of them, participate in the mechanism of the

respiratory process? In solving the curious problem presented

by the Echinodermal organism, the highest interest attaches to

this question. Let it be first seen whether the statements of

Tiedemann, Sharpey and Miiller, that these systems are per-

fectly independent of each other and of the chylaqueous system

already described, are really founded on trustworthy demon-

stration. No anatomist up to the present time has done more

towards elucidating the anatomy of the true blood-system of the

Echinoderms than that of proving the existence of certain central

trunks only. This system has never been traced to its peripherie

distribution 7 any species (the Holothuridan perhaps excepted)

by any comparative anatomist. An induction is unsafe which is

grounded upon hypothesis. The theory of respiration can only

be constructed out of the materials supplied by the patient

labours of the anatomist. It does not appear that Dr. Sharpey

ever could yerify the description of Tiedemann with reference to

the blood-system. The tenuity of their coats however, and pale

colour of their contents, render it extremely difficult to trace

completely the distribution of the vessels*. Miiller concurs in

the description of Tiedemann, stating that in Asterzas a circular

trunk surrounds the mouth and gives off branches to each ray—

* Art. Echinodermata, by Dr. Sharpey.

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 259

adding the confession, that “die Injection vom Blutgefdssring

gelang nur bis zum Anfang dieser Gefasse.” And this is all that

the author of this memoir has ever been able to accomplish to

prove the existence only of the central trunks. This is the sum

of the existing knowledge with reference to the blood-proper

system of the Asteridz. Of that of the Echinidz very little also

is known. Miiller describes a circular vessel embracing the

cesophagus immediately underneath the lantern; from this a

trunk proceeds coursing along the curves of the imtestine, and

ending in the circulus analis. This learned anatomist observes,

“Um eine klare Vorstellung vom Herzen zu bekommen, muss

man es bet Cidaris wntersuchen; es ist ber Cidaris ein weiter,

ganz gerader Canal mit dicken weichen Wanden*.” In Cidaris

the heart is not a circular vessel, but a fusiform trunk lying pa-

rallel with the intestine. The circumference of the blood-system

in the preceding genera has never yet been brought under de-

monstration. In science negative is inferior in value to positive

proof; but at present it is only possible to declare that no care

can succeed in discovering any evidence whatever of the presence

of a blood-proper system in the solid structures of any part of

the body of the Echinoderm. The parietes of the alimentary

canal are most certainly not ramified by blood-vessels. The soft

parts of the integumentary system are literally destitute of vas-

cular tissue. The contents of the central trunks of the blood-

system are identical im appearance with those of the visceral ca-

vity, and with those of water-vascular or suctorial system ; that

is, when the morphous elements of these three fluids are placed

in juxtaposition under the microscope, it is impossible to indi-

cate between them any difference whatever in structure or shape.

The fluids themselves are also identical in every physical appear-

ance. :

__ The blood-vessels are internally and externally lined with cilia,

the water-vessels are so, and the visceral cavity is richly so.

What can these extraordinary facts mean? Can they mean any

thing, but that these three systems are reciprocally connected ?

A suspicion to this effect has been expressed by Milne-Edwards

and M. Quatrefages; but the author claims the merit of having

first produced demonstrative facts which impart to this suspicion

avery probable character. The question admits of more confident

answer in the higher genera. The blood-vessel of the Sipuncle

may be readily exposed: it lies on the intestine in form a bright

pink thread (fig. 10, m, /) ; it exists only on one side ; it has no

discoverable correlate on the opposed side of the cylinder ; it is

filled with pink fluid, the corpuscles of which are identical wn-

* Op. cit. p. 127. tap

260 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

questionably with those floating on the fluid of the peritoneal ca-

vity. The vessel may be readily isolated and placed detachedly

under the eye of the microscope. The blood-corpuscles while in

the vessel continue in ceaseless motion; this motion. instantly

ceases upon their escape from the vessel. Vibratile cilia may. be

actually seen on the internal lining membrane of. the vessel:

the motion is due to their vibration, Miiller and Quatrefages

and Dr. Peters incidentally refer to this phenomenon; by

neither of these observers has it been referred to its true cause.

In no other class of animals are the internal surfaces of true blood-

vessels lined with cilia; it is because in the Echinoderms the

blood-system is rudimentarily formed, that this aberrant phzno-

menon is intelligible. It is m the Echinoderms that the blood-

proper system jirst appears in the zoological series. _ Nature’s

first effort is imperfect ; the system is not independent of, closed

off from, the other fluid systems of the organism ; it derives its

contents from those of the visceral cavity. The water-vascular

system is exclusively locomotive and suctorial in, function 3 it

nowhere exhibits connexion with the branchial organs., Its fluid

contents however indubitably communicate in some manner with

those of the peritoneal cavity ; the microscope proves them to

be identical. In the Holothuridan genera these admit of more

complete solution. .In them the three systems exist under,a

pronounced form. The blood-system is more highly developed

than in the inferior Echinoderms; it supplies branches to the

tentacles, to the integuments, and forms a mesenteric plexus.

The cavity of the body is notwithstanding filled by a highly cor-

pusculated fluid, which penetrates into the hollow of the ten-

tacles, and comes into near contact with the surrounding ele-

ment through the fenestra of the integument. In this genus

then the two fluid systems are separately submitted to the pro-

cess of aération. The parietes of the tentacles bear a ramifica-

tion of true blood-vessels. Their hollow axes are filled with

chylaqueous fluid. But in the Holothuride a fourth system of

fluids is superadded—that of the respiratory tree. The meaning

of the respiratory tree is even now enigmatical ; it consists of a

cecal, subdivided tube, filled with sea water, and communicating

openly with the cloaca. It floats in the fluid of the visceral cavity.

Its parietes are not supplied by a plexiform vascular system. The

plexus formed by the blood-vessels lies in the folds of the me-

sentery, and belongs to the intestine ; it exhibits no connexion

with the respiratory tree. What then can be the signification of

this excentric and paradoxical organ? Every comparative phy-

siologist from Tiedemann to Miiller has recognised in it a true

respiratory organ ; but in what possible manner can it accomplish

such a function? The sea water admitted into its interior can-

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 261

not. affect the true blood ; its parietes are not supplied by blood-

‘bearing plexuses. The latter are remotely situated. To what

‘uses then is it dedicated ? It is surrounded by, it floats in the

‘mass of the chylaqueous fluid. From their relative positions, it

‘is manifest that the fresh sea water admitted into the respiratory

‘tree either itself, or the air by which it is charged, passes by en-

dosmose through the partition of the parietes, and that the chyl-

aq eous fluid in the closed visceral cavity, either itself, or the

effete gases by which it becomes impregnated, passes out inéo the

elpitatory tree by exosmose. This is the real function of the

‘respiratory tree of the Holothuria.” It is an excentric appa-

‘fatus artfully provided, to renovate the composition and re-

‘plenish the volume of the chylaqueous fluid. Thus is pre-

‘sented a summary statement of the mechanism of respiration in

ithe Echinoderms.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Fe . Plan in outline of an Asteroid Zoophyte: a & d, visceral cavity or

space between stomach and exterior of the body i in which’ the

* chylaqueous fluid is contained; 4. shows the mode in which the

tentacles are supposed by some observers to terminate in and

ot n ais open. into the stomach itself; ¢, orifice at the bottom of stomach.

Pig. 2 2, Plan of Hydraform Polype: a, base of tentacle opening into the

erigastric areole c; b, stomach.

ae, By Aetiniform Polype: 5, visceral cavity; a, orifice at bottom com-

DSOISVs municating with this cavity ; c, tubular base of tentacle ; d, cilia

‘> o? eo liming the. interior of tentacle.

“Fig. 4, Plan of a Bryozoon : a, base of tentacle communicating with the

, _ visceral cavity 0.

Fig. ‘5. Plan of Rhizostoma (Medusa): 6, digestive sac; d, c, gastro-vas-

** cular canal.

Fi 6. Horizontal plan of the same: a, centre of digestive sac 0; c,d,

(gastro-vascular canals.

“Fig. a Vertical plan of a Ciliograde Medusan, Pleurobranchus : c, d, gastro-

vascular canals.

“Fig. 8. Section of an arm of Asterias; a, mouth; e, opening from mouth

©) 59. into: the digestive cecum 0; c, its farther cecal end; h, cavity or

6 seo)>v > body filled with the chylaqueous fluid; f, f; membranous tubular

seen, aud cecal processes (the true branchie of the Starfish).

_ Fig. 9. 9. Vertical imaginary section of Echinus: a, mouth ; b, anus; d, vis-

ak ~eeral cavity ; e, intestine ; f,f, f, hollow membranous processes—

the true branchiz of the Echinus ; g, suctorial processes.

10,.Head and neck of Sipuncle: B, transverse section of one of the

-branchiz, ciliated within and without ; C, the same, viewed trans-

. parently ; 7, coiled intestine; h, corpuscles of chylaqueous fluid ;

4 ‘m, j, blood-vessel ; , visceral cavity.

; ca i, A piece of the skin’ of Sipuncle showing the branchial fenestre

d,d, d+ a, a pigmented epidermal cell in the centre of the unpig-

evil mented area 6 c, pigmented cells of the intervals between the

i fenestra.

hy [To be continued. |

o’ my

ais

ae a

262 Mr. E. L, Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

XXVI.—Notes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected’ during

an eight years’ residence in the Island. By Epcar Leoroip

Layarp, C.C.S8. atin

{Continued from p. 176.]

68. PrpRisoma AGILE, Blyth.

I procured a single pair of these birds along the Central road,

but know nothing of their habits.

69. OrrHoTromuUS LoNGIcAuDA, Gmel.

Everywhere common. It builds in broad-leaved shrubs ; the

nest is generally composed of cottony fibres mingled with horse-

hair, and enclosed between two leaves whose edges are sown

together with cobweb. I once saw a nest built among the nar-

row leaves of the oleander (Nerium odorum) ; it was constructed

entirely of cocoa-nut fibre, and at least a dozen leaves were drawn

into the shape of a dome, and securely stitched. together, a

small entrance being left at one side. The eggs usually are from

three to five in number, of a greenish white colour, with reddish

quadrangular blotches at the thick end. The favourite prey of

this species is spiders, and their cheerful ery of “ pretty, pretty,”

may be heard at all hours of the day among the coppices, through

which with elevated tails and abrupt jerking motions they hunt

for them.

70. Cisticota omaLurRA, Blyth, J. A. S. xvii.

I first discovered this species in 1847 in paddy fields near

Galle, and subsequently found it sparingly about Colombo, and

abundantly in the fields of gingelle (Sesamum orientale) at Pt.

Pedro. When alarmed they drop down to the roots of the

grasses, and are flushed with difficulty. Their flight is weak, and

sustained by short jerks, and when on the wing they utter a

faint but not unpleasing chipping note. sthe

Dr. Kelaart says of this species, that “ it is found in great

abundance on Horton plains and Nuwera Elia, where they build

their nests among the long patna grasses and reeds.”

71. Crsticota cursiTans, Blyth.

Is much less common than the preceding, and-though found

in the same locality, it frequents trees and jungle. Dr. Kelaart

states he procured it abundantly at Trincomalie.

72. Drymoica vauipa, Blyth, J. A. 8. xx. 180.

Peculiar to Ceylon. Discovered by myself in 1848, and de-

scribed by Mr. Blyth in J. A. S. xvii, under the name of D.

My, E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 268

robusta... It frequents tufts of grass and low bushes in dry

Situations. . It is rather a rare bird, and feeds on small insects

of all kinds, which it seeks amid the bushes. It generally hunts

in small parties, and traverses the branches up and down in a

similar manner to O. longicauda. The iris is a light red-brown.

73. Drymoica 1vornata, Sykes.

Is common about marshes ; it builds among reeds, the tops of

which it draws together into a dome over the nest. The eggs,

generally four in number, are verditer with purplish blotches

and wavy lines which increase in density at the obtuse end.

74. Prinza-socraxis, Sykes.

wt I obtained this species at Pt. Pedro in the fine grain fields ; in

habits it resembles C. omalura.

75. ACROCEPHALUS DUMETORUM, Blyth.

4, Mr. Blyth identifies our Ceylon bird with this species, but it

is a distinctly marked variety with a faint greenish shade upon

all its plumage. It is not uncommon, widely distributed, and to

the best of my knowledge, migratory.

"76. PHYLLOPNEUSTE NITIDUS, Blyth, J. A. S. xii, 965.

Migratory ; appearing in Colombo in October, and frequenting

all kinds of jungle. Its iris is dark hair-brown.

77. PHYLLOPNEUSTE MONTANUS, Blyth.

Mr. Blyth, in his Catalogue of the Birds in the Museum of the

Asiatic Society of Bengal, gives the Himalayas as the habitat of

this species ; I procured it on the low plains of Pt. Pedro, where

also another Himalayan bird, Lanius erythronotus, Vigors, is

common. The present species is migratory, and abounds in low

‘thick bushes in company with

78. PHYLLOPNEUSTE VIRIDANUS, Blyth.

The irides of both are dark hair-brown.

‘79. Corsycuus sautaris, Linn. Polichia, Cing. Caravy coo-

roovt, Mal.; lit. Charcoal Bird,

This familiar household bird is called the “ Magpie Robin” by

Europeans, and the natives regard it with as much interest as we

do our own red-breasted favourite, of which it is the Eastern repre-

sentative. It is seldom seen away from habitations, about which

it usually builds, though the nest is often placed in a thick bush

264° = Mr. BE.) L Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon’:

or hollow tree. The eggs, commonly four in number,’ are’

bright blue, thickly spotted with brown at the obtuse end. »'The#

food is insects of all kinds, and in all stages, ‘captured on the’

ground and on trees. They have a variety of notes, and’ they

song poured out in the fulness of their joy in the’ pairing ‘season

is very pleasing. On the top of a towering cotton-tree, opposite’

my last residence in Colombo, a magpie robin daily for some”

weeks charmed me with his song, whilst his mate sat brooding”

her eggs, or callow nestlings, in the roof of a native hut beneath’

him. One morning, after the young had left their cradle and be-

taken themselves to the neighbouring compounds, I was attracted

by cries of distress from various birds and squirrels, and above

all I heard the seemingly plaintive mewing of a cat. I had no

living specimen of the last in my museum, so wondering what

could be the matter, went into my garden to see. I found the

mewing proceeded from my friends the robins, who were furiously’

attacking something in a bush, whilst the birds and squirrels’

screamed in concert. There I found one of the young robins,’

whose plumage by the way at that early age much resembles’

that of the European bird, being brown speckled with yellow;

caught as I thought in the tendrils of a creeper; I put out my’

hand to release it, when to my surprise I saw the glittermg eyes

of the green whip snake (Trimesurus viridis, Lacép.); in; whose

fangs the bird was struggling. I seized the reptile by the neck

and rescued the bird, but too late ; it lay panting in my hand for

a few moments, then fluttered and died. On skinning it I found

no wound, except on the outer joint of the wing by which it had

been seized, and am confident that fear alone deprived it of life.

A favourite attitude of this species is standing, with the tail

elevated over the back, either perpendicularly or thrown so much

forward as to nearly touch the head, the wings drooping ; in this

position they only utter a low note. Swainson has described as

Gryllivora rosea a bird of this species; it is probably nothing

more than one whose feathers were stained by the dust of our red

kabook soil. During the long dry season some of our birds be-

come so discoloured with this that they are useless as specimens.

80. CopsycHus MAcRouRUs, Gmel.

The first time that I fell in with this exquisite songster will

ever be impressed on my memory as connected with the

beauties of tropical scenery. I arrived at Kandy one evening,

and started the next morning collecting, and by chance took the

road round the hill at the back of the Pavilion, called “Lady

Horton’s Walk.” A few birds, which though common. there,

were rare in the Southern Province, had rewarded my labour.

ee ae a

Mr.\E, Li, Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon: 265:

The morning air'was deliciously cool and bracing, both fromthe,

altitude anda‘ shower of rain that had-fallen. over night, and I

walked.joyously along, delighted with my birds, and the luxuriant

vegetation around me ; at length under a bank I saw a fine shell,

thennew to my collection; my attention was thus confined, to

the-side, of the road in hopes of finding another, and uncon-

sciously I reached a. bend at the summit of the hill.. Here.a

singular ‘scene presented itself. .I stood on the edge.of an

abrupt descent ; at the bottom of this, stretched like an ocean, lay

a thick fog bank, through which the tops of some lofty cocoa-

nut trees here and there appeared, like beacons marking the site

of submerged villages; all was silent, save that the occasional

voice of some denizen of the grove showed that the feathered

tribes were awakening. Suddenly the sun broke forth in. its

splendour, and with it a light breeze sprung up, the fog seemed

endued with life, and heaved and rolled in noble masses; pre-

sently it rose a little and moved away down the valley melted

into air,.and. a glorious landscape burst upon me. Below,

meandering like a silver ribbun through the rich green patnas,

wound the Mahavilla Ganga ; here brawling over rocks, it fell im

mimic cascades whitening the surface with foam, or flowing,

stilly, its darkness betrayed its depths. Far away stretched. a

noble, expanse of patna, broken occasionally by belts of forest,

and dotted with small clumps or isolated trees, till it was bounded

by a lofty range of mountains, whose tops glowed in the light of

the. morning sun as if bathed in flame. Behind me and on the

ledge where I stood, some gigantic forest trees reared their heads,

their aged trunks covered with ferns and air plants. Imme-

diately below my feet, reaching to the river, stretched a dense

mass of foliage, relieved here and there by the graceful feathery

branches of the areka or jaggery palm, or the vast leaves of the

talipat. All nature seemed to awake—the woodlands resounded

with the cooing of doves and the voices of hidden songsters.

The green and yellow and red lizards (Calotes viridis and versi-

color) crept up the topmost sprays of the bushes and sunned

themselves, while the heavy flight of the gorgeous black and,

yellow butterfly (Papilio darsius), dipping into the mingled

flowers which tempted it, contrasted pleasingly with the light

and airy floating of the sombre-hued sylph butterfly (Hestia

hyblea). 1 gazed with delight upon a scene so fair and so'con-

genial to the eye of a field naturalist, till, unpleasantly re-

minded by a sharp pricking about my legs, that I stood’ too

near the grassy margin of the road and was in the midst of land

leeches, who delight in blood and not in scenery, I was covered:

with them, having forgotten my leech gaiters, and had ‘no ‘re-

source but to retreat to a large stone, and pick them off ‘as well

266 =Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

as I could. So employed, I remarked that one of the songs

which so charmed me was new; it came from a dark part of the

jungle, and regardless of the tormenting leeches, I crept in on

hands and knees, and peering about discovered a lovely bird,

with two long and broad tail-feathers, piping most sweetly.

Poor thing! its melody caused its destruction, and as its bright

eye became dim, I thought there were many kinds of blood-seek-

ing land leeches in this world.

Often since, but only in dense jungles and at early morn, or

amid the lengthening shadows of evening, have I heard the clear

note of the Copsychus, and that lovely scene has recurred to me

in vivid distinctness.

81. Pratincota carats, Blyth.

I procured specimens of this bird at Ambegamoa, and Dr. Ke-

laart includes it in his list as “found in the lower parts of the

Kandian country.” .

82. Pratincoxa atrata, Kelaart.

Of this species Dr. Kelaart writes,—“ Confined to the high-

lands; we have not met with it on lower hills than Rambodde.

It is very numerous on the plains of Nuwera Elia, sometimes

seen in pairs and often singly. The male bird perches on a twig

of a small plant, or on a reed, and the female on the ground not

far off; but rarely more than two or three pairs are seen in the

same locality. They frequent gardens and flower-beds in search

of insects.”

I procured a pair at the foot of Adam’s Peak.

83. CaLLiopE cyana, Blyth.

A few specimens procured at Pt. Pedro, in passage, about the

middle of October 1851.

84. THamnosia FuLIcATA, Linn. Cary cooroovi, Mal. ; lit. Black

Bird.

This is another of our household favourites, frequenting equally

the Governor’s palace and the native hut. It is never seen in the

unfrequented jungle, but like the cocoa-nut tree, which the Cin-

galese assert will only flourish within the sound of the human

voice, is found about the habitation of man. It feeds on in-

sects of all kinds, and like its congener the magpie robin, sits

much upon house-tops or fences, with its tail elevated, and utters

a pleasing song. I have procured their nests, which are composed

of hair, mosses and dry grasses, in the months of June and July

i190” ee

FAs a Sey es

Mr, E; L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 267

in: Colombo, in December and April in the north. The eggs are

from three to five in number.

85. Cyangcuna suecica, Linn.

I procured a few specimens at Ambegamoa in the month of

March, but have not seen them elsewhere.

86, Syivia aFrinis, Blyth.

I noticed a few of this species at Ambegamoa in the year

1848, but I never afterwards met with it.

87. PaRus cINEREUS, Vieill.

This titmouse is not uncommon throughout the island; its

habits resemble those of our own well-known bird, hunting in

small parties, and flitting from tree to tree.

88. ZosTEROPS PALPEBROSUS, Temm.

The “white eye” is common in the southern and midland

districts, but rare towards the north. It is usually found in

small parties creeping about blossoming trees, examining the

flowers where it finds its food. It builds a cup nest fixed in the

fork of two branches.

_ Dr. Kelaart includes—

89. ZosTEROPS ANNULOSUS, Swains.,

among the birds he procured in the hills, but writes, “‘ We fear

that the Nuwera Elia Zosterops is wrongly identified. It is of a

darker green than the common Z. palpebrosus.”? I however

much doubt the distinctness of this and the preceding, and also

of the two succeeding species.

90. I6ra Zeyianica, Gmel. Kirikahaye and Ca-cooroolla, Cing. ;

lit. Yellow Bird (being also the native designation of the

two preceding species). Mam-palla-cooroovi, Mal.; lit.

Mango Fruit Bird, from its colour.

M Is extremely abundant, generally found in pairs creeping about

trees. The note of this pretty little bird is a clear bell-like

whistle, which may be imitated on an octave flute.

91. I6ra Typuia, Linn.

_ If this is really distinct from [. Zeylanica, we also have it,

and in the same localities.

268 Mr. E, L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

92. MoraciLua BoARULA, Linn,

Of this I have seen but two specimens, and those I shot, off

the summit of an American cork-wood tree, in the Botanical

Garden at Kew, on the Colombo Lake. However, Dr. Kelaart

writes, “that it is generally seen on the highland patnas.”

93. Moracitta Inpica, Gmel. Gomarita, Cing. ; lit. Dung-

spreader.

This elegant little bird is frequently met with in shady places

where cattle have been. They scratch among the ordure in

search of the larve of insects, hence their native name. Migratory.

94. Moracitta Mapraspatana, Briss.

I detected a single specimen in a collection of birds formed

by F. W. Gisburne, Esq., C.C.S., in the Jaffna Peninsula. .I

do not know the exact locality where it was killed, but believe

it to have been in the island of Valenny. ne

95. Bupyrss viripis, Scop.

Common on all open grass land, either in the mountainous or

lowland districts. It is migratory, visiting us about the end of

October and staying till May.

96. Anruus Ricwarpi,Temm. Pullu puraki, Mal.; lit. Worm

Picker,—a name common to all the genus and to the

Alaudine.

Common and widely distributed, affecting low pasture lands.

They rise in the air to a slight altitude, and sing like the Euro-

pean skylark (but not so sweetly) and return to perch on) low

bushes. In common with all our Pipits, they feed on smal

grubs and worms. st

97. ANTHUS RUFULUS, Vieill.

Is far more abundant than the last and is found in large open

plains, whilst A. Richardi prefers the vicinity of trees. It breeds

in May, in a small depression of the soil or tuft of grass, slightly

lined with dead fibres ; the eggs, usually five in number, are of a

verditer ground, freckled with minute brown spots.

98. AnTHus stRIoLaTus, Blyth, J. A. 8. xvi. 435.

According to Dr. Kelaart is very common at Nuwera Elia. I

obtained a few specimens at Gillymally, on the lovely open plain

where the village is situated. j

te he all i ee ee

— ee

PA ee On ee, ee

Mr: 5. £. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 269

99. BrAcuyrreryx Pariser, Kelaart.

“oQne’ of the novelties added by Dr. Kelaart’ to our Ceylon

fauna; he obtained it at Nuwera Elia and Dimboola; it is

however rare.

. 100. Drymocataruus FuscocaPILivs, Blyth.

“This genus was established by my friend Mr. Blyth for the

reception of a small bird, of which but two specimens fell under

my notice. One I killed with a blow-pipe, in my garden in

Colombo, the other I shot in the Central road; their stomachs

contained insects. The birds crept about bushes and shrubs

like Dumetia albogularis. Mr. Blyth’s description and remarks

are as follows: “ Like Dr. nigrocapitatus, but the supercilia, uni-

form with the lores; ear-coverts, sides of neck, throat, and

entire under-parts, pale ferruginous brown, a little deeper on the

breast ; coronal feathers dark brown, margined with dusky black

and pale striped, rest of the upper parts uniform grayish olive-

brown ; the primaries margined paler and the extreme tips of

the tail-feathers rufescent ; bill pale, the upper mandible dusky ;

feet, pale... Length about 64 in., the wing 27 in., and tail 22 in. ;

bill to gape 13 in., and tarsi 1 in.”

101. ALciprE NiGRIFRONS, Blyth,

Peculiar to Ceylon and widely distributed. I discovered it in

1848. It frequents low impenetrable thickets, and its curious

note often betrays its propinquity, when itself is closely hid.

The irides are pale straw colour, and an egg which I took from

the abdomen of the bird in the month of June was pinkish,

‘spotted with dark purple.

Of this species Mr. Blyth says, “ Closely affined to A. atriceps,

Jerdon, from which it differs in not having the whole crown

black, but only the forehead continued as a line backward over

each eye and the ear-coverts. The tail also is darker and

distinctly rayed with dusky black. General hue fulyous. brown

vabove and on the flanks and lower tail-coverts ; rest of the under

parts pure white, the axillaries tinged with rufescent.. Wing

21 in.”

102. Pirra srRacuyura, Jerd. Tota collan, Mal.; lit. Garden

Thief. Avitchia, Cing., from its cry, which the syllables

i pronounced. slowly and distinctly, thus A-vitch-i-a, much

resemble. .

‘This lovely ant thrush is very common, but more often seen

than heard. It is wary and shy in its habits, and frequents

270 Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

tangled brakes and the ill-kept native gardens, It preys much

upon ants and resorts to the same hill for days together. . It

seldom alights on trees, only perhaps when alarmed, but keeps

exclusively to the ground, or to the lowest branches of the un-

derwood. It is migratorial, preceding the snipe in its arrival

and departure. ;

103. OrnrocincLa spitopTERA. Val-avitchia, Cing. ; lit. Wild

Avitchi. Blyth, J. A. S. xvi. 142.

Peculiar to Ceylon and only found in the hilly zone, affectmg

high trees. I procured a specimen or two, both at Ambegamoa

and Gillymally. Dr. Kelaart does not appear to have met with

it at Nuwera Elia, for though he includes it in his catalogue, he

does so on the authority of Mr. Blyth. Dr. Templeton discovered

this species.

104. Mervia Warptt, Jerdon,

and

105. Meruua Kinnissii, Kelaart.

Neither of these have fallen under my immediate notice.

Dr. Kelaart procured the first at Dimboola and the second nu-

merously at Nuwera Elia. Mr. Mitford shot one (the only animal

life he saw there) at the very summit of Adam’s Peak, feeding

on the crumbs of rice thrown out by the pilgrims as an offering

to Buddha; and when Mr. Thwaites, the Superintendent of the

Botanical Gardens, botanized on the Peak, he also saw a bird

there, though it was much too soon for the pious offerings.

Male jet-black, with orange-coloured legs, bill, and cere sur-'

rounding the eye. Female ashy; bill and feet yellow. Length

9 in. ; of wing 42 in, ; tail 4 in. ; bill to gape 1} in. ; tarsi 14 im.

106. GaRRULA CINEREIFRONS, Blyth.

Another addition to our fauna by Dr. Kelaart. I do not know

where he found it, but I obtained several specimens along the

banks of the Calloo Ganga, about forty miles inland from Cal-

tura, and one at Pallabaddoola, close to the source of the river in

the Peak range. In habits it much resembles the Malacocerci,

hunting in small parties and incessantly calling to each other.

In the stomachs. of those I examined were grubs, small snails,

coleoptera and seeds. Affined to G. Delesserti of the Nilgiris,

but differing much in its colourmg. General hue a rich brown

above, much paler below; forehead and cheeks pure ashy; chin

and borders of the outer primaries albescent ; bill blackish; legs

dusky corneous. Length 8} in. ; of wing 44 in.; tail 4in., the

outermost feathers 14 in. less; bill to gape 14 in.; tarsi 14 in.

ae ae ae oe oe

Mr, EB» L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 271

1107. Pom aToRHINUS MELANURUS, Blyth, J. A. S. xvi. 451.

i long considered this one of our rarest birds, and had but a

single specimen which I obtained from a native. However, going

on duty, a few miles from Colombo, on the road to Kandy, in the

low, scrubby and almost impenetrable brushwood, growing on

the chenas which had fallen out of cultivation, I found these

birds in abundance in small parties of six or eight, their sgular

churring cry resounding in all directions. I also found it in the

Balcadua Pass, and Dr. Kelaart at Nuwera Elia. They creep

about bushes like the Certhiade, and feed on insects.

108. Matacocercus ertsevs, Gmel.

_ Included by Dr. Kelaart in his list, sed non vidi.

109. Mazacocercus Bencarensts, Briss, MM. striatus, Swains.

Demalicma, Cing. Punil, Mal. Pastru bragaru, Port.

Mud Bird, English. ,

This is one of our commonest birds, frequenting the road-

sides and scratching among fallen leaves and the ordure of

animals for its insect prey. They are always seen in small parties

varying from three to seven, according to the number of young

ones in a_nest, which seem to remain with their parents until

the period of incubation again commences, when they separate

to form families of their own. When alarmed an old bird utters a

piping note, making several prodigious hops, and takes to flight ;

his example is followed by all the rest in succession, and the

whole party wing their way in 4a long file, alternately beating

the air with heavy strokes, or sailing along on their rounded

wings to-a place of safety. Their nest is composed of fibres

(generally those of the cocoa-nut husk), and placed in low bushes.

So loosely is the structure put together that the eggs are plainly

visible through it; they are of a perfect oblong and of a lovely

blue verditer colour. .

110. Matacocercus RureEscens, Blyth, J. A. S. xvi. 453.

Kalaparandal, Cing.

This new species of Malacocercus was discovered by Dr. Tem-

pleton, R.A., and described Joc. cit. - It is peculiar to the island

and confined to the southern and midland districts, in thick

jungle only. In habits it resembles the preceding species, but

conceals its nest with so much care, that I never succeeded in

obtaining information about it, even from the natives. The iris

is white, and the cere round the eye, of the bill and of the legs,

is a bright orange-yellow.

272 Rev. P.B. Brodie on the Lias at Fretherne near Newnham,

111. Dumetra aLsocuaris, Blyth, J. A. 8. xvi. 453.”

Confined to the vicinity of Colombo and not uncommon ; it is

generally found in small flocks about the cinnamon and other

low bushes, creeping about in search of insects.

112, Curysomma S1nensz, Lath.

This bird, or a pale variety, is not unfrequent near Caltura

and in the Pasdoom Corle. I also observed a few specimens in

the Anarajahpoora Wanny.

It hunts in small flocks about low bushes.

(To be continued. |

XXVII.—Remarks on the Lias at Fretherne near Newnham, and

Purton near Sharpness ; with an Account of some new Forami-

nifera discovered there ; and on certain Pleistocene Deposits in

the Vale of Gloucester. By the Rev. P. B. Bropiz, M.A.,

F.G.S.*

I am afraid that the few observations I have to offer on the

strata and fossils at Fretherne Cliff will present little novelty or

importance ; still there are a few points of interest to which I

wish to draw the attention of our Members, and which seem to

deserve a short notice. The Lias here rises in the shape of a

low cliff at the end of a round hill between Saul and Arlingham.

You are aware that the Severn in its course below Longney

makes a great curve, so that the low lands in this district are

bounded on three sides by the river, but the generally flat aspect

of the scenery is relieved by the picturesque and bold outlines of

the Oolitic hills on the east and south-east, and the Paleozoic

‘system of May Hill and the Forest of Dean on the west and north-

west. There are several cliffs on the banks of the Severn where

the Lias is exposed between Gloucester and Aust Passage. West-

bury is, I believe, the first of these below Gloucester, which I

have already described (Fossil Insects, p. 58), but most of them

exhibit the lowest beds of the Lias resting on the Red Marl, and

contain a peculiar and on the whole distinct assemblage of or-

ganic remains. To this Fretherne and Purton form an execep-

tion, as the small sections exposed there consist of the lower Lias

overlying the “ Ostrea bed,” equivalent to certain other portions

of the series in the Vale of Gloucester, as at Hatherly, the Leigh,

Piffs Elm, Hardwicke, &. The upper part of the former cliff

is composed of several layers of grayish white and blue lime-

* Read to the Cotteswold Naturalists’ Club (Meeting at Sharpness),

May 3, 1853.

sondern Vath, an Account. of some new Foraminifera... 0273

stone;.often nodular, divided. by clay; and contains numerous

fossils, viz. the characteristic Gryphea incurva, Lima gigantea,

“'Gervillia, Avicula, Pecten, Nautilus, Ammonites, spines and plates

Yof Echinodernis, ‘and a few other shells. The lower bands pre-

sent the usual altérnations of blue limestone and shales, which

are often loaded with broken jomts of Pentacrinites, amongst

which a few heads of the rarer Pentacrinites tuberculatus (Miller)

«have been met with. This cliff, however,is particularly interesting,

‘fromthe occurrence of a new and fine species of the Brachiopod*,

Orbicula Townshendi (named after the discoverer), and one of

the Foraminifera which I lately found, and which Mr. Rupert

Jones believes will prove to be a true Nummulite+. They occur

in a particular part of the cliff near the centre, and seem to be

~confined to one or two bands of limestone, the weathered sur-

faces,of,. which. occasionally are covered with them, though,

from the highly crystalline state in which these mimute fossils

_are, preserved, it.is extremely difficult to make out their. in-

ternal structure. This is the first occurrence of this genus

“in England in any stratum older than the Eocene (Tertiary)

group, and was hitherto supposed to be confined to the Tertiary

oseries. « Ehrenberg proved long ago that many of these minute

‘organisms’ among the Foraminifera (which form so important.a

(part im the composition of many rocks), from the Chalk upwards,

chad» continued to exist even to the present day, while the con-

«temporary forms of a higher order had become extinct, and we

-may therefore feel less surprise at the presence of a true Num-

vmulite.even so low down in the secondary series as the Lias,

salthough we have no trace of the same genus again until a com-

‘paratively recent epoch, a wide interval of time having elapsed

‘between its supposed first creation and its reappearance in pro-

fusion in the Tertiary series. So abundant are some of these

fossils in some places abroad, that vast masses of tertiary limestone

sare entirely composed of them, and in the Lias at Fretherne they

are generally. grouped together in masses. ;

| 4M. Bouvigny has lately described and figured a Nummulitett

from’ certain Jurassic strata on the continent, namely the lower

imarls belonging to the caleaire & Astartes, which occurs between

the Kimmeridge Clay and the Coral Rag. I had previously

~/ Mr. 'C. Moore has lately found several new species of Brachiopodain the

upper Lias in Somersetshire, and one very curious shell which he thinks

_may belong to.a new genus, having two bosses at the side. Deslongchamps

has also detected several new forms belonging to this order im the upper

“Lias of Normandy, amongst which is a Leptena of large size ; all those pre-

viously discovered by Mr. Moore near Ilminster being extremely minute.

See Mr: Davidson’s Monograph: Paleontographical Society.

+ See Mr. Jones’s Note, infra.

/ °°} Nummulina Humbertina: see Géol. statistique, minér. et paléont. de la

Meuse ; Atlas, p. 47. pl. 31. f. 32-35. i

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xii. 19

274 Rev. P.B. Brodie on the Lias at Fretherne near Newnham,

observed similar forms in the Lias near Down Hatherley, but

was ignorant of their true characters, for which paleontologists

are indebted to the investigations of the able Assistant Secretary

of the Geological Society, Mr. T. R. Jones, who has already

described new and interesting species of Foraminifera from

various deposits. My friend Mr. C. Moore of Ilminster, a zealous

and able collector and a good naturalist, informs me that although

he has detected fifty new species of Foraminifera in the upper

Lias and Marlstone of Somersetshire, he has never yet ob-

served a Nummulite. The section at Purton is very small, but

fossils are most abundant ; it appears to be a little higher in the

series than Fretherne Cliff, and is composed of clay and shale,

in which are imbedded rounded blocks and nodules of blue

limestone. Gryphea Macullochii is very abundant, with Pleuro-

tomaria Anglica, Ammonites Bucklandi (a fine specimen of which

was discovered by Lord Ducie), a few of the Nummulites above

referred to, and two other new and interesting species of Forami-

nifera. Some slabs of limestone are covered with many speeies of

minute Univalves. It is at this spot that the Lias is sueceeded by

the Upper Ludlow rocks, which crop out on the banks of the

Severn a little further to the west. I confess I have a great affec-

tion for the muddy Lias, as I am indebted to it for a rich store of

insect remains. When I first came into this district, now twelve

years ago, I carefully examined some of the beds of the lower Lias,

belonging to the middle part of the formation in the neighbour-

hood of Gloucester, without success, and I was struck with the

paucity of organic remains (which certainly are not numerous),

although I have since then obtained a few rare and interesting

fossils in them, especially elytra of Coleoptera, about three species

of Corals, and Foraminifera having the appearance of Nummulites.

After a time I visited Wainlode Cliff, where the basement beds of

the Lias are exposed in a fine section resting on the Red Marl.

There for the first time I discovered several wings and small

wing-covers of Beetles in fallen fragments of limestone, which

led me to search more closely, and the result has been a fine

collection of wings, elytra, and a few entire insects from this

division of the Lias, not only in Gloucestershire, but in Somer-

setshire, Worcestershire, and Warwickshire, where these insect

beds are more or less extensively developed, and present many

features of novelty and interest.

I subjoin a Note with which Mr. R. Jones has lately favoured

me, since his renewed examination of these little fossils.

My pear Sir,

The following are the characters of the minute bodies in the

Fretherne limestone, as far as I have been enabled to work

os) with an Account of some new Foraminifera. 275

them out. They are discoidal, convex on both sides equally,

#; inch im diameter, and =; inch thick in the centre. The

surface is very coarsely granulated, excepting a narrow out-

side border on each face and the edge, which parts are but

slightly roughened. The granulation in some specimens follows

irregular wavy lines from the centre of the dise towards the

border ; in others it is arranged somewhat spirally around the

centre ; more generally, however, it covers the central space

thickly and irregularly. Between the smooth border and the

granulated central part is a slight, narrow depression, which is

stronger in some specimens than in others. The edge is rather

obtuse.

When sections and transparent slices of these little bodies are

examined, the whole body is seen to be coarsely crystalline ; but

by means of lenses of different powers and under a strong micro-

scope several important indications of structure may be recog-

nized. The horizontal sections exhibit internal spiral walls (which

are not, however, in the specimens I have yet manipulated, trace-

able to the very centre), together with short, straight, cross

septa, which latter are very visible in a weather-worn specimen

from Purton. In the vertical sections are seen, on each side of

the median line, the vertical tapering “columns” (originating

in the local difference of structure in the shell tissue), character-

istic of the Nummulite group, and traces of the central hori-

zontal row of chambers. A line of fracture traverses this series

of chambers, and sometimes brownish patches stain the calc-spar

along this line ; but the shape of these chambers is not satisfac-

torily shown.

I have not yet been able to recognize the apertures of con-

‘nexion between the chambers nor the aperture of the last outer

chamber. .

The horizontal median line of chambers, spirally arranged, the

‘vertical “columns,” and the superficial granulations (which are

continuous with the internal “columns’’) are characteristic of

the true Nummulite ; but unfortunately we do not know whether

‘the position of the apertures of the cells in this little fossil cor-

responds with that in the genus just referred to. Provisionally,

showever, it may be regarded as a Nummulite ; and, should you

see no objection, it may be termed Nummulites? hassicus.

This form essentially differs from M. Bouvigny’s Nummulina

Humbertina, especially in external character and in size.

The three Stichostegian Foraminifers from Purton are Denta-

line, belonging to two species. In shape one of them is some-

thing like D. pauperata (D’Orbigny), and the other approaches

D. Lorneiana (D’Orbigny). To describe and name these fossils

without figures would not be advisable.

19*

es ach a ae

276 Rey. P. B. Brodie on the Lias at Fretherne near Newnham,

_ I may here add, that some years since I obtained from a. spe-

eimen of Lias clay from Gloucestershire some minute fossils

which may be enumerated with the above, viz. a Cristellaria and

a Vaginulina, which were associated with the Spirillina. infima

and a few Cytheres.

I am, dear Sir, yours very truly,

T. Rupert Jones.

The Rev. P. B. Brodie, A.M., F.G.S. &c.

Sept. 21, 1853,

I must now draw your attention to certain gravel beds round

Gloucester, which have not been sufficiently or accurately ex-

amined, and which I hope some of our Members will shortly un-

dertake to do. They are evidently of different age; one of the

most recent appears to be the alluvial deposits on the banks of

the Severn, of which the following section in descending order

affords an example, and was given me by Mr. Edwards, one of

the engineers of the Gloucester and Chepstow Railway.

ft in.

SIO Roeeweaps Seredeisapesestud hers cette 1 0

Sand and red clay ......-s.seseeseee 10 8

Light blue clay — -.cessccrcevesesereee ISD

TEE psage urchin et Sec csdgs no pecaper ere 2 0

Red sandy clay, ....2.0ssscesrereeseoere 4 0

BrOWH SANG) cceeecssesscncscareesentes> 1 10

Rough; gravel “c.t...cscssseseeccned se 7 8

Sand and gravel ..........s..0s0000e0 2 0

Wine oravel Gyics,-wre cn. sede ototsbss aes 5 10

Hard blue marl ........sceseeeeerers 2 3

Total...... 51 0

The above section was taken close to the Severn at Westgate

(Over) Bridge. No shells are mentioned, but the thickness of the

deposit is worthy of notice. The gravel round Gloucester is

mainly composed of rolled fragments of Oolite and debris of

Lias, and was evidently derived from the Inferior Oolite and

Lias adjacent. -Some pretty Oolitic Corals may be found in it,

and occasionally bones and teeth of Elephant, Horse and Deer,

but these are very scarce. During the excavations for the Great

Western Railway at Stroud, many fine remains of Elephant, Rhi-

noceros, Horse, Deer, and Ox were procured from the gravel, and

several of these are now in the collection of our friend and col-

league Professor Buckman. The summit of Wainlode Hill is

capped by a bed of pebbles called the Northern Drift, and is

chiefly made up of rolled and rounded pebbles of ancient rocks

i i Be

Pe fre See ee eee ee

TO with an Account of some new Foraminifera. 277

and some flints, which have travelled from the north and north-

east. !

“Another and very interesting deposit of gravel occurs in the

_ neighbourhood of Westbury, which clearly owes its origin to the

destruction of the Old Red Sandstone in the forest, and of the

Silurian rocks of Huntley, May Hill, and Longhope adjoining.

Among other things it contains many beautiful Corals from the

Wenlock limestone. I had hoped to have been able to have in-

vestigated the Pleistocene formation generally in Gloucestershire,

but unfortunately I have not had time to accomplish it, and I

must therefore leave the task to abler and better hands. Of

late these more modern accumulations have deservedly attracted

the attention of geologists, and many interesting facts have been

brought to light respecting them, and it is most desirable that

they should be carefully examined and described in different

localities.

As TI am so shortly about to leave this neighbourhood, to my

great regret, I may be excused, perhaps, in conclusion, for pay-

ing a parting tribute of regard to the geology of the district, to

which I owe many days of health and happiness, and I can only

say that I know of no other which presents so rich and import-

ant a field of research, or one wherein a diligent and active lover

of science may reap a more productive or abundant harvest.

Within a circuit of twenty miles, nearly every formation, from

the commencement of the lower Oolite down to the lower Silu-

rian system, may be studied with comparative ease, and a good

suite of fossils from each stratum may be collected. This, as

many of you are well aware, comprises a very extensive series of

rocks of vast extent and thickness, of great value in an cecono-

mical point of view, and containing a varied and widely different

fauna, by which we obtain a knowledge of the earth’s history in

past times, from one of the earliest ages up to a much more

recent period.

The sorrow felt on leaving a neighbourhood so instructive in

natural phenomena is increased by the loss of these pleasant

meetings, and the parting with many scientific friends, whose

companionship has added a charm and a zest to the studies of

the closet and the more active labours of the field, and must ever

afford a great encouragement in the pursuit of those noble ends

and grand discoveries for which geology is so pre-eminently

distinguished.

278 Zoological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

July 22, 1851.—John Edward Gray, Esq., F.R.S. &c., Vice-Presi-

dent, in the Chair.

The following papers were read :—

1. ON THE LARGEST KNOWN SPECIES OF PHALERIDINE Brrp.

By Cuarues Lucien, Prince BONAPARTE.

Among the new additions lately made to the British Museum I was

struck by one of the Alcide, which I had never seen before, and

which was very properly placed close by two beautiful specimens of

my singular Ceratorrhina, also lately added to the zoological treasures

of the English nation. The bird which is the subject of the present

note is evidently the Labrador dwk of Latham, so miscalled from

the erroneous impression that it came from those eastern shores of

America, but too well described not to be recognized. Gmelin com-

piled his Alca labradora from the description of Latham, and all

those who did not follow him blindly, have referred that indication

to an immature state of the Razor-bill (Mormon arctica), a course in

which they were led by geographical consideration only. Although

-our bird belongs to the family of the Alcida, it is not even an Aleine,

as the Razor-bill, but, as is shown by the nakedness of the cere, it

belongs to the other subfamily, or Phaleridine, of which it is at pre-

sent the largest known.

In its family it is certainly allied to Ceratorrhina, but well de-

serving to constitute a genus by itself. The bill still more com-

pressed, is in fact much more angulated beneath, and covered at the

base, not by a bony process or horn, but by a soft membrane or

saddle, which leaves a simple slit along the margins for the Pe

vious nostrils.

Genus novum PHALERIDINARUM.

Sae“atorruina, Bp. Saddle-Bill.

Rostrum duplo longius quam altum ; maxilla ad basin recta cerd

maxima induta, apice incurva ; mandibula ultra medium statim

adscendens, angulum obtusum constituens ; nares lineares, mar-

ginales.

As the bird has been so well described by Latham, Mr. G. R. Gray

very properly suggests that its specific name should be taken from

that author.

SAGMATORRHINA LatHami, Bp. Maxima; nigricans; subtus

albido-fuliginosa :, rostro pedibusque rubris; cerd palmisque

nigris.

Long. 16 poll.; rostr. 2 poll. long., 1 altum, 3 latum ad basin, 3 ad

med. ; ale 73 poll.; cauda 3}; tars. 1}; digitorum longissimus 23.

Zoological Society. 279

This species is the largest of the subfamily, which is well known

to contain the dwarfs of the Water birds; it is one-third larger than

Ceratorrhina monocerota, of which it has precisely the colouring,

wanting only (at least in the state we have it) the little white feathers

above the eye and at the corners of the mouth. The proportions of

wings, tail, feet and toes are the same: the bill and toes must have

been reddish ; the cere and membranes black. Like the Cerator-

rhina, it seems to be confined to the North-western Arctic regions of

America ; and we are led to believe it does not extend to the Siberian

shores, from the circumstance of its not having been noticed by

Russian naturalists.

The well-marked family of Alcide forms, with the Colymbide

Podicipide and Spheniscide, the great section of the Urinatores,

which, with the Lamellirostres, constitutes alone the Order Anseres,

as it must be restricted to the web-footed Precoces of Prof. Owen.

The other two sections, Longipennes and Totipalmi, constitute now

the Order Gavie of my Conspectus, being, in fact, web-footed Altri-

ces, which have no more right to remain in Anseres than the Pigeons

~ among the Galline,—than the Herodiones among the Gralle. The

passage between my Gavi or web-footed Altrices, and my Herodiones

or grallatorial Altrices, is beautifully exemplified by that most re--

-markable bird the Baleniceps, whose affinity with Pelecanid@ has so

well been pointed out, and even exaggerated, by Mr. Gould. On the

other hand, it is no less obvious that the Longipennes, some of which,

with tumid bills, have been considered as Sea-Pigeons, connect them

(the Gavie) with the Columbe; whilst between the two subclasses

the connections and correspondence (affinity and analogy) take place

in different degrees and by different means and sides, chiefly as

exemplified in the following table :—

AVES.

1. ALTRICES (Insessores). 2. PRASCOCES (Grallatores).

1. Psirract. =

2. ACCIPITRES.

3. PAssERES.

a. OSCINES.

6. VouLucREs.

4, CoLUMB2.

a. INEPTI. 8. STRUTHIONES.

&. GYRANTES. 9. GALLIN.

= eee 10. ANSERES.

a. TOTIPALMI. a. LAMELLIROSTRES.

6. LONGIPENNES. 6. URINATORES..

6. Heropiones. 7. GRALLA.

a. ALECTRIDEs.

4. CURSORES,

280 Zoological Society.

2. A Monocrapx or Scutus, a GENUS OF GASTEROPODOUS

MO.LLuvscA, BELONGING TO THE FAMILY FISSURELLIDZ.

By Artruur Apams, R.N., F.L.S. etc.

Genus Scutus, De Montfort.

Animal with the head proboscidiform ; tentacles thick and subu-

late, with the eyes on tubercles at their outer bases; mantle reflexed

over the sides of, and nearly covering, the shell; sides of foot with a

series of short cirrhi.

Shell oblong, scutiform, flattened ; apex dorsal, oblique, posteriorly .

inclined ; margin of aperture sinuated in front ; muscular impression

horse-shoe shaped, open anteriorly.

Parmophorus, Blainv.— Dascinus, Rafin.—Scutellites, Auct.—

Scutum, Sow. jun.—Parmophora, Desh.— Emarginula, sp. Sow.—

Patella, sp. Lamk.

1. Scurus uneuts, Linn.

Patella unguis, Linn. Mus. Ludovic. Ulric. Regin. p. 69. no. 419.

—Patella ambigua, Chemn.— Seutus antipodis, Montf.—Parmo-

phorus australis, Lamk.—Parm. elongatus, Blainy.

Hab. New Zealand. Mus. Cuming.

2. Scurus ELONGATUS, Lamarck.

Patella elongata, Lamk. Ann. du Mus. i. p. 310.—Parmophorus

elongatus, Lamk. Hist.—Emarginula elongata, Sow. Gen.

Hab. East Australia. Mus. Cuming. Also occurs fossil.

3. Scurus GRANULATUS, Blainy.

Parmophorus granulatus, Blainv. Bullet. des Scienc, 1817; Lamk.

Hist. An. s. Vert. vol. vii. pt. ii. p. 5; Reeve, Conch. Syst. pl.139. f. 4.

Hab. Port Essington, on the rocks, low water. Mus. Cuming.

4. Scurus corrucatus, Reeve.

Parmophorus corrugatus, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1842; Conch.

Syst. pl. 139. f. 1.

Hab. ? Mus. Cuming.

5. Scurus rumipus, Quoy et Gaimard.

Parmophorus tumidus, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de l’Astrol. pl. 69. f. 6.

—Parm. gibbosus, Anton.—? Parm. breviculus, Blainy. Bull. des Sci.

1817; Sowerby’s Gen. (Emarg.) fig. 2.

Hab. Madagascar. Mus. Cuming.

6. Scurus rmBricatus, Quoy et Gaimard.

Parmophorus imbricatus, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de l’Astrol. pl. 69.

FAFA LS.

Hab. Island of Burias. Mus. Cuming.

7. Scurus aneusratus, A. Adams. S. testd elongatd, subqua-

drangulari, lateribus angustatis, coarctatis ; dorso plano, con-

centrice striato, vertice subcentrali, postice declinato; extremi-

tate anticd sinuatd, posticd excurvatd, subelevatd.

Hab. Eastern Seas. Mus. Cuming.

Zoological Society. 281

3. A-MonoGRaPH OF THE GENUS MonopTyGMA OF LEA.

By Artruur Apams, R.N., F.L.S. etc.

Genus Monortyema, J. Lea. (? Menestho, Mill.)

Animal unknown.

Shell subulately turreted, transversely striated, apex simple, acute ;

aperture oval, longer than wide, rounded and entire in front ; colu-

mella with a single oblique fold.

This genus differs from ct@on in being elongated, and in having

an oblique fold, imstead of a transverse plait on the columella.

1. Monorpryema striata, Gray. M. testd turrito-subulatd, so-

lidd, olivaced, anfractibus planis, transversim sulcatis, sulcis

profundis, distantibus ; aperturd oblongd, intus albd.

This species, which is typical, is a very thick and strong shell, with

a somewhat convex lateral outline, and strongly transversely grooved

across the flattened whorls. Mus. Cuming.

2. Monortryema Futva, A. Adams. M. testd turrito-subulatéd,

graciliori, solidd, fulvd, anfractibus planis, transversim sulcatis,

suleis profundis, distantibus ; aperturd oblongd, intus fused.

This elegantly-formed shell is more slender than M. striata, and

of a different colour; the transverse grooves are also much closer

together, and their edges are rounded ; the twist of the columella is

not so distinct, and the aperture is brown internally. Mus. Cuming.

3. MonorpryGMA GRANULATA, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-tur-

ritd, albd, solidd, anfractibus planiusculis, gradatis, longitudi-

naliter corrugato-plicatis, transversim sulcatis, sulcis profundis,

valde distantibus ; interstitis levibus ; aperturd oblongd, colu-

mellé plicd subproductd.

This is a rather short and obtuse white and solid species, very

strongly grooved transversely, and with the whorls longitudinally

corrugately plicated. Mus. Cuming.

4. Monorryema taura, A. Adams. WM. testd turrito-subulatd,

albidd, tenui, subpellucidd, anfractibus planiusculis, longitudi-

naliter eleganter striatis, transversim sulcatis, sulcis distanti-

bus, interstitiis crenulatis ; aperturd oblongd, columelld obliqud

et curvatd.

A very beautifnlly-sculptured species, dredged from 10 fathoms,

at Bolinao, by Mr. Cuming; the outline is subulated, and the whorls

rather flattened and longitudinally striated. Mus. Cuming.

5. Monopryema amazna, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-acuminaté,

tenut, subpellucidd, albidd, longitudinaliter substriatd, anfrac-

tibus convexiusculis, transversim sulcatis, sulcis valdé distanti-

bus, interstitiis eleganter punctatis ; aperturd oblongd, antice

dilatatd, columelld rectd.

This is a most exquisite species, both in form and sculpture; the

whorls are rounded and punctate-striate, and the shell is nearly pel-

lucid ; it is from Bolinao, 10 fathoms water. Mus. Cuming.

282 Zoological Society.

6. Monopryema casta, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-turritd, albd,

tenui, semipellucidd, anfractibus convexiusculis, transversim sul-

catis, sulcis subconfertis, interstitiis pulcherrimé striatis ; aper-

turd oblonga, antice productd, columelld obliqud, subtortuosd.

This pure white ovate form is from the China Seas, being collected

by the writer during the Voyage of H.M.S. Samarang. The whorls

are grooved, with the interstices striated. Mus. Cuming.

7. Monortryema speciosa, A. Adams. WM. testd turritd, subu-

latd, albidd, tenui, semipellucidd, anfractibus octo, convexius-

culis, suturad profundd, cingillis transversis elevatis, interstitiis

concinné cancellatis, ornatd; apertura oblongo-ovali, columelld

subrectd, superneé plicd obliqud subobsoletd instructd.

Hab. Baclayon; Philippines. Mus. Cuming.

An elegant semipellucid species, resembling an elongated Acton,

with the whorls encircled with elevated cingilli, and the interstices

cancellated.

8. Monopryema sprrata, A. Adams. WM. testd turritd, albd,

epidermide fusco tectd, anfractibus octo, planiusculis, gradatis,

suturd canaliculatd, plicis longitudinalibus, angustis, confertis,

et sulcis transversis decussatim ornatd ; aperturd oblongd, labio

plicd unied obliqud instructo.

Hab. Camaguin; Philippines. Mus. Cuming.

A small turreted species, covered, in the living state, with a light

brown epidermis, and with the surface regularly and beautifully de-

cussated with raised lines.

9. MonopryGMA TENELLA, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-turritd,

albd, subpellucidd, anfractibus quatuor, convexiusculis, trans-

versim tenuiter striatd; aperturd ovali, labio subreflexo, plicd

obsoletd instructo ; labro dilatato, margine flecuoso incrassato

et subreflexo.

Hab. Philippine Islands. Mus. Cuming.

A small Rissoa-like shell, with only a faint indication of a plait on

the columellar lip; the aperture dilated, and the outer lip expanded

and slightly thickened anteriorly.

10. Monopryema stytina, A. Adams. M. testd subulatd, in

medio incrassato, albd, subpellucidd, anfractibus 9-12, planius-

culis, transversim tenuiter sulcatd, longitudinaliter substriatd ;

aperturd oblongd, labio superne plied obliqud instructo ; labro,

in medio, subrecto.

Hab. Catanuan; Philippines. Mus. Cuming.

A remarkable white subulate shell, with the middle whorls, espe-

cially those near the apex, enlarged.

11. Monorryema suTurALIs, A. Adams. M. testd subulato-

turritd, subumbilicatd, albd, nitidd, subdiaphand, anfractibus

septem planis, suturd canaliculatd, transversim sulcatd, an-

Zoological Society. 283

fractu. ultimo subsoluto, fasciis angustis, albo articulatis, or-

nato; aperturd oblongo-ovali, labio plicd evanidd instructo.

Hab. Philippine Islands. Mus. Cuming.

A small white species, with the last whorl nearly free, and having

the suture deeply channeled.

4. DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SHELLS, FROM THE CUMINGIAN CoL-

LECTION; witH A NoTE ON THE GENUS NEMATURA.

By Artuur Apams, R.N., F.L.S. etc.

PyRAMIDELLA MeETULA, A. Adams. P. testd subulatd, turritd,

apice obtusiusculo, albidd anfractibus decem planulatis, longi-

tudinaliter costatd, costis confertis @quantibus, interstitits

lineis transversis elevatis ornatd ; aperturd ovali, labio incras-

sato, in medio plicd unicd instructo ; labro margine subin-

crassato.

Hab. Mizamis, Cagayan. Mus. Gus

A small elongated species, somewhat resesembling a Rissoina, with

the intervals between the ribs finely cancellated, and the whorls very

numerous.

.Pyramipetta acuis, A. Adams. P. testd subulatd albd nitidd,

anfractibus octo planiusculis longitudinaliter plicatd, plicis

equalibus subconfertis, interstitiis levibus; aperturd semiovatd,

labio subincrassato plicd unicd munito ; labro subdilatato.

Hab. Philippines. Mus. Cuming.

_ This is a slender subulate species, likewise ee in appear-

ance a Rissoina.

Lacuna carrinirerA, A. Adams. L. testd ovatd, spird acuminatd,

anfractibus quatuor, laté umbilicatd, fulvd, anfractu ultimo

angulato, carind transversd elevatd, rufo-fusco articulatd, or-

nato; aperturd semiovatd ; labro acuto, angulato, labio recto,

fissurd umbilicali elongatd.

Hab. Borneo. Mus. Cuming.

The single prominent-keel round the periphery of the last whorl

is the principal feature of this species.

Vexutina Sirxensis, A. Adams. VJ. testd nigro-fuscd, epider-

mide liris elevatis transversis confertis obtectd, longitudinali-

ter valde sulcatd, sulcis subdistantibus ; aperturd ovalt, intus ,

sulcatd ; labro margine reflexo, nigro, incrassato ; postice non-

producto supra anfractum ultimum.

. Hab. Sitka. Mus. Cuming.

The dark brown colour and oval form distinguish this species from

V. levigata, which also has the outer lip arched and expanded poste-

riorly.

Ortrna Fusca, A. Adams. O. testd magnd, solidd, semiopacd,

Suscd, sine epidermide, dorso convexd, longitudinaliter subpli-

catd, transversim tenuiter striatd, labio lato, plano, et exca-

vato ; labro recto, non refleco aut expanso.

Hab. Benguela. Mus. Cuming.

284 Zoological Society.

The large size of this species, and its convex form, distinguish it

from O. otis, and its absence of bands, and the outer lip not being ex-

panded, from O. zonata, Gould, the only two species at present known

to me.

5. Nore on Nemarura, sy A. ApAms.

The genus Nematura, established by Mr. Benson, appears to haye

the closest affinity with Bithynia of Leach, but the horny opercu-

lum, with grooved margins, and the contraction of the aperture, will

distinguish them. There appear to have been found at present but

six species, three of them known, and three here indicated for the

first time ; in the rivers and streams of the East are doubtless many

more; they are usually found adhering to the under surface of dead

floating leaves.

1, Nemarura Detra, Benson. JN. testd magnd, pallide fulvd,

globosd, levi; aperturd orbiculari, peritremate simplici.

Mus. Cuming.

2. NEMATURA MINIMA, Benson. UN. testd parvd, corned, semi-

pellucidd, ovali, spird subproductd; politd, fasciis rufis sub-

obsoletis ornatd ; aperturd orbiculuri, peritremate simplici.

Mus. Cuming.

3. Nematura pouitra, Sowerby. J. testd magnd, castaneo-

JSuscd, compressd, subvaricosd ; aperturd ovali, peritremate an-

tice striato; regione umbilicali lird callosd cireumdato; punc-

tato-striatd. ¢

Mus. Cuming.

4. Nematura oxtvacea, A. Adams. WN. testd ovatd, opacd,

olivaced, viridi-fusco reticulatd ; aperturd ovali, spird elevatd,

apice decollato, peritremate simplici.

Mus. Cuming.

5. NEMATURA GLABRATA, A. Adams. J. testd magnd, ovatd,

non compressd aut varicosd, subviridi-corned ; spird acutd,

apice acuminato, levi, politd; aperturd orbiculari, angustatd,

peritremate nigro.

Hab. Penang. Mus. Cuming.

6. Nematura punctTicuLaTa, A. Adams. WN. testd mediocri,

pallidée fulvd, compressd, anfractu ultimo gibboso, et subangu-

lato ad latera, lineolis punctatis transversis ornatd, peritre-

mate simplici.

Hab. Eastern Islands. Mus. Cuming.

6. A MonoGRAPH OF THE RECENT SPECIES OF RIMULA, A GENUS

or MoLLuscA, BELONGING TO THE FAMILY FIssSURELLIDZ.

By Artruur Apams, R.N., F.L.S. ere.

The genus Rimula of Defrance has been usually confounded with

Puncturella of Lowe, or the Cemoria of Leach, but it is at once

Zoological Society. 285

distinguished by the absence of the arcuated plate in the interior of

the vertex. The species already known are fossil, to which we now

add a few recent examples.

Genus Rimvuta, Defrance.

Shell conical, with an elevated, recurved, entire vertex, turned

towards the posterior end; surface cancellated, with radiating ribs ;

a linear perforation in the upper part of the shell, half-way between

the vertex and anterior margin; margin of aperture crenulated ; in-

| terior simple, with no shelly plate; muscular impression crescentic,

interrupted in front.

“1. Rimvta exauisira, A. Adams. R. testd magnd, ovali, semi-

pellucidd, albd, costis longitudinalibus, radiantibus, lineisque

_ elevatis, transversis, concentricis, cancellatd ; cancelli subqua-

drati; costis crenulatis, inequalibus, prominentibus, anterio-

ribus duabus divergentibus, interstitiis costellis duabus in-

structis ; supra perforationem concavd ; perforatione elongatd

subquadratd.

Had. Catanuan, island of Luzon and island of Burias, found on

dead shells, 7 and 10 fathoms, sandy mud (H. C.). Mus. Cuming.

2. Rimuxta Cuminen, A. Adams. R. testd parvd, ovatd, opacd,

: » costellis longitudinalibus, radiantibus, lineisque transversis, cras-

*” ‘sts, concentricis, cancellatd ; eancelli transversi, elongati ; costis

nodulosis, subequalibus, prominentibus, distantibus, anteriori-

bus duabus antice divergentibus, interstitiis costellis duabus in-

structis, perforatione elongata, subquadratd.

Hab. Kastern Seas. Mus. Cuming.

3. Rimuia cartnaTa, A. Adams. R. testd parvd, ovali, costel-

lis simplicibus, permultis, confertis, longitudinalibus, radianti-

bus, ornatd ; interstitus cancellatis ; cancelli punctiformes ; cos-

tellis duabus anterioribus, antice convergentibus, et apud aper-

ture marginem junctis ; interstitiis, supra perforationem, con-

vexis, supra verticem extendentibus, quasi carind ; perforatione

ovali, angustd, antice angustatd.

Hab. Cagayan, province of Misamis, island of Mindanao, on dead

shells, 25 fathoms, sandy mud (H.C.). Mus. Cuming.

4, Rimvuwa propinaua, A. Adams. R. testd parvd, elongato-

ovali; costellis prominentibus, asperis, longitudinalibus, ra-

diantibus, subdistantibus ; interstitiis valde cancellatis ; can-

celli transversi, subquadrati; costellis duabus anterioribus,

antice convergentibus, ad aperture marginem junctis ; perfo-

ratione angustato-ovali, antice acuminatd.

Hab. Catapan, Philippines. Mus. Cuming.

286 Zoological Society.

7. A MonoGRApPH OF PUNCTURELLA, A GENUS OF GASTEROPODOUS

Mo.Luvsca, BELONGING TO THE FAMILY FIssURELLID.

By Artruur Apams, R.N., F.L.S. etc.

Genus PuNCTURELLA, Lowe.

Head proboscidiform, tentacles subulate, with the eyes on swell-

ings at their outer base; sides with a range of cirrhi, interrupted be-

hind on each side; mantle-margin simple; branchial plumes two ;

anal siphon prominent, forming a truncated membranous canal pro-

jecting from the subapical perforation.

Shell conical, with an elevated, slightly recurved, obliquely spiral

entire vertex, turned towards the posterior end; aperture expanded,

oval; surface with radiating ribs; margin entire; a linear perfora-

tion in the upper part of the shell, between the vertex and front

margin, in the line of an elevated rib. Interior with a linear groove,

vaulted over with a shelly plate corresponding to the perforation ;

muscular impression crescentic, interrupted in front.

Cemoria, Leach, MSS.—Sipho, Brown.—Rimula, Loven ; Gould ;

Couthouy.—? Diadora, Gray.

1. Puncturetia Noacurna, Linneus.

Patella noachina, Linn. Mantissa, p. 551; Chemn. Conch. Cab.

vol. xi. p. 186. pl. 197. f. 1927, 1928.— Patella fissurella, Miller.—

Fissurella Noachina, Schum.—Puncturella Noachina, Lowe.—Ce-

moria Flemingii, Leach, MSS.—Cemoria Noachina, Lowe.—Rimula

Flemingii, Macgill.—Rimula Noachina, Couthouy.—Sipho Noachina,

Brown.

Hab. British Islands. Mus. Cuming.

2. PuncTURELLA CUCULLATA, Gould.

Rimula cucullata, Gould, Expedition, Shells, p. 14.

Hab. Puget Sound.

3. PuNCTURELLA GALEATA, Gould.

Rimula galeata, Gould, Expedition, Shells, p. 14.

Hab. Puget Sound. Mus. Cuming.

4. PuNCTURELLA COGNATA, Gould.

Rimula cognata, Gould, Expedition, Shells, p. 14,

Hab. Orange Harbour.

5, PuncruRELLA conica, D’Orb. Voy. Am. Mer.

6. Puncrurewua FasticiaTA, A. Adams. P. testd albidd ele-

vato-conicd, nitidd, vertice acuminato involuto, costellis longitu-

dinalibus equalibus equidistantibus, interstitiis planis lineis

incrementi concentricis; fissurd lanceolatd; apertura ovali,

margine crenulato, fornice costd, costd valde arcuatd, transver-

sali, simplict.

Hab. Eastern Seas. Mus. Cuming.

Zoological Society. 287

- 7. PUNCTURELLA PRINCEPS, Mighels and Adams.

Cemoria princeps, Mighels and Adams, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist.

- vol. iv. p. 43.

The following descriptions of new Natice were communicated by

Dr. Philippi :—

8. DescripTiones NAaTICARUM QUARUNDAM NOVARUM EX

COLLECTIONE CUMINGIANA, AUCTORE R. A. Puitiprt.

. Narrca caTeNATA, Phil. UW. testd subglobosd, tenui, lividd,

zonis quatuor albis, maculas fuscas semilunatas exhibentibus

pictd; anfractibus rotundatis ; spird breviusculd, nigricante ;

suleis radiantibus profundis superiorem anfractuum partem oc-

cupantibus ; aperturd semiorhbiculari, intus purpured ; umbilico

amplo, margine acuto cincto; callo spirali satis valido medium

umbilict occupante.

Alt. 83, diam. 82 lin.

Hab. 2

Differt a N. teniatd, Menke, anfractibus superius non horizon-

talibus sed declivibus, zonis longitudinaliter maculatis, callo labiali et

callo umbilicali longe latioribus, etc. ; a N. depressd forma globosa,

umbilico amplo, callo umbilicari mediano, etc.; a N. maroccand forma

globosa, umbilico longe ampliore, callo ejus mediano, etc.

2. Nartica Incer, Phil. NV. testd depressd, suborbiculari, solidé,

striatuld, nitidd, luteo-albidd ; anfractibus superius planatis ;

spird laté conicd, acutd; aperturd semiorbiculart, valde obliqud;

angulo basali columelle incrassato; suturd duplicatd; ecallo

maximo albo umbilicum magnum omnind implente.

Alt. ab apice ad basin aperture 93, a dorso ad ventrem 6 lin. ;

diam. 12 lin.

Hab. ad insulam Raines, in freto Torres, ubi legit Capt. Ince, R.N.

Cave ne hance speciem cum NV. Josephinid, Risso (IV. Olld, M. de

Serr.), confundas, cui simillima est, et a qua unice differt: ambitu

paullo magis orbiculari; anfractibus minus rapide crescentibus ; an-

gulo umbilicum cingente paullo magis distincto ; columella basi valde

_ incrassata ; callo umbilicari albo ; colore fere albo in luteum vergente,

preesertim versus basin, denique sutura duplici. Linea superior su-

turze a callo labiali, inferior a margine superiore anfractis formatur,

pariter ut in Bulliis d. Gray.—Operculum corneum.

3. NaTica INTEMERATA, Phil. WN. testd globoso-ovatd, solidd,

striatuld, nitidd, lacted, ad suturam versus umbilicum et in parte

ultimd anfractés ultimi flavd; anfractibus superius planiusculis;

spird conicd, circa 1 altitudinis equante ; aperturd semiorbicu-

lari; columelld rectd, incrassatd; umbilico magno, pervio, lacteo,

sulco profundo lato exarato ; funiculo semicylindrico ejus a callo

labiali distincto.

Alt. 183, diam. 174 lin.

Hab. in sinu Californie ; legit Rever. Steel.

288 Zoological Society.

Simillima videtur NV. porcellanee d’Orb., sed umbilico multo am-

pliore et colore flavescente differt; a N. castd, Phil., testa solidiore

minus depressi, umbilico albo angustiore, funiculo umbilicali longe

magis elevato, etc. distinguitur; a N. pede elephantis testa haud de-

press, funiculo umbilicali minus elevato satis superque discrepat.

4, NaTIcaA CARIB&A, Phil. J. testd ovatd, sordidé albd, ad su-

turam zond lacted munitd; anfractibus superius vie convexis ;

spird brevi, acutd; aperturd semiorbiculari ; umbilico parvo ;

callo lato cum labio confluente illum maximd ex parte opplente.

Alt. 8, diam. 7 lin.

Hab. in mari Caribeeo ad insulam St. John.

Forma omnino accedit ad N. mammillam vel N. lacteam et umbi-

lico pervio cum JN. /acted convenit. Differt tamen umbilico longe

angustiore, et callo ejus longe majore ; an nihilominus mera vyarietas ?

N. uberind, dOrb., testa longe angustiore magis differre videtur.—

Operculum tenue, corneum.

5. Natica vesTAuis, Phil. J. festd ovato-oblongd, acutd, lacted,

substriatd, nitidissimd; spird acutd, conicd, sextam vel septimam

totius altitudinis partem occupante ; aperturd semiorbiculari ;

callo convexo, crassissimo, cum callo labiali confluente, et suleo

longitudinali ante marginem columellarem instructo, umbilicum

Sere omnino claudente.

Long. 163, diam. 16 lin.

Hab. ad oram Mozambique dictam ; legit Rev. Steel.

Forte nihil nisi varietas N. mammille, a qua unice differt callo

umbilicali crassiore convexiore, sulco longitudinali ante medium mar-

ginis columellaris, parte libera umbilicum cingente.

Obs.—Queestio valde difficilis, utrum sub NV. mammilld, L. plures

species lateant, an meree varietates, vix examine singulorum specimi-

num in Muszeis asservatorum decidi poterit, sed unice investigatione

‘numerose gregis in ipso loco natali.

6. Natica? pomum, Phil. WN.? ¢estd ovatd, inflatd, tenuiusculd,

striatd, glauco-fulvd, basi albd ; anfractibus convexis, superiori-

bus supernée subangulatis; spird quartam altitudinis partem

a@quante, subcontabulatd ; aperturd ovato-oblongd, propter an-

fractum penultimum prominentem fere lunatd ; umbilico angus-

tissimo, perforato; labio parum calloso, basi supra umbilicum

reflexo.

Alt. 19, diam. 18} lin.

Hab. ?

Heec species a reliquis Naticis valde aliena et forte ad genus dm-

phibolam, Schum. ( Ampullacera, Quoy et Gaimard) mandanda est,

etenim sinus latus satis profundus in parte suprema labri hujus teste

in nulla alia specie generis Naticze observatur.

Royal Society. 289

is <

sib ‘ ROYAL SOCIETY.

“June 16, 1853.—The Earl of Rosse, President, in the Chair.

~’ “On the Anatomy and Physiology of Cordylophora, a contribution

to our knowledge of the Tubularian Zoophytes.” By George James

Allman, M.D.,.M.R.I.A., Professor of Botany in the University of

Dublin, &c.

The author, after pointing out the necessity of giving greater de-

finiteness to the terminology employed in the description of the true

zoophytes, proceeds to the anatomical details of Cordylophora, a genus

of Tubulariade. He demonstrates that Cordylophora is essentially

composed in all its parts of two distinct membranes enclosing a

cayity, a structure which is common to all the Hydroida. For

greater precision in description, he finds it necessary to give to these

membranes special names, and he therefore employs for the external

the name of ectoderm, and for the internal that of endoderm. Each of

these membranes retains its primitive cellular structure. In the ecto-

derm thread-cells are produced in great abundance; these are formed

in the interior of the ectodermal cells by a process of endogenous cell-

formation, and are afterwards set free by the rupture of the mother-

cell. The thread-cells in a quiescent state are minute ovoid capsules,

but under the influence of irritation, an internal sac is protruded by

a process of eyagination; the surface of the evaginated sac is

furnished with a circle of curved spicula, and from its free extremity

a delicate and long filament is emitted. The thread-cells of Cordy-

Tophora thus closely resemble the “hastigerous organs” of Hydra.

The polypary is a simple unorganized secretion deposited in layers

from the ectoderm. In the endoderm, the author points out a di-

Stinct and well-developed glandular structure composed of true

seereting cells, which are themselves produced in the interior of

mother-cells, and elaborate a brown granular secretion which he

assumes as representing the biliary secretion of the higher animals.

He describes, as a system of special muscles, certaia longitudinal

fibres, which may be distinctly seen in close connection with the

inner surface of the ectoderm. The tentacula are shown to be

continuous tubes communicating with the cavity of the stomach,

and thus possess the same essential structure as those of Hydra ;

they are formed of a direct continuation of the ectoderm of the

polype, lined by a similar continuation of the endoderm. | The

appearance of transverse septa at regular intervals, which is so very

striking in these tentacula, must not be attributed to the existence

of true septa. It is due to a peculiar condition of the endodermal

layer, but the author has not been able to give a satisfactory ex-

planation of it.. Through the whole of the canal which pervades

the axis of the stems and branches, a constant though a regular

rotatory movement is kept up in the contained fluid; this movement

is not due to the propulsive action of vibratile cilia, and is explained

by the author as the effect of the active processes going on in the

3 secreting cells of the endoderm, processes which can scarcely be

imagined to take place without causing Jocal alterations in the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 20

290 Miscellaneous.

chemical constitution of the surrounding fluid, and a consequent

disturbance in its stability.

The reproductive system of Cordylophora consists of ovoid cap-

sules situated on the ultimate branches at some distance behind the

polypes; some of these capsules contain ova, others spermatozoa ;

they are plainly homofogous with the ovigerous sacs of the marine

Tubulariade ; they present a very evident, though disguised medusoid

structure, haying a hollow cylindrical body, whose cavity is conti-

nuous with that of the polype-stem, projecting into them below, and

representing the proboscidiform stomach of a Medusa, while a sy-

stem of branched tubes which communicate at their origin with the

cayity of the hollow organ, must be viewed as the homologues of

the radiating gastro-vascular canals, and the proper walls of the

capsule will then represent the disc. From comparative observations

made on other genera of Hydroida, the author maintains the presence

of a true medusoid structure in the fixed ovigerous vesicles of all the

genera he has examined, and he arrives at the generalization, that for

the production of true ova in the hydroid zoophytes, a particular

form of zooid is necessary. in which the ordinary polype-structure

becomes modified, and presents, instead, a more or less obvious

medusoid conformation, Hydra being at present the only genus

which appears to offer an exception to this law, though the author

believes that the exception is only apparent, and that further obser-

vations will enable us to refer the reproductive organization of this

zoophyte to the same type with that of Cordylophora and the marine

Hydroida. The author has satisfied himself that the ova-like bodies

contained in the capsules of Cordylophora are true ova, and not

gemme ; he has demonstrated in them a distinct germinal vesicle,

and has witnessed the phenomenon of yelk-cleavage ; and the paper

details the development of the embryo to the period of its escape

from the capsule in the form of a free-swimming ciliated animacule,

and traces its subsequent progress into the condition of the adult

zoophyte.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Monstrosity of a Rose. By J.T. Aruiper, A.B.

Wirn few exceptions the flowers on a standard-rose, growing on a

lawn, failed this summer to exhibit good ‘blooms,’ and presented

various degrees and forms of monstrosity. This occurrence may be

attributed to the wet season stimulating the tree to the production of

wood instead of flowers. It should, however, be noted, that neigh-

bouring rose-trees, growing under precisely the same circumstances,

but of different species, produced their proper flowers ; with, however,

a prevailing tendency to abortive petal-growth, and the production of

the condition known as the ‘ green-eye.’

In the tree in question the most remarkable example was that of a

Miscellaneous. 291

flower which was repeated three times on the same axis, each time ex-

hibiting sepals, petals (coloured and scented), perfect stamens with

pollen, and imperfect semi-leafy carpels. The stem expanded into its

usual rounded receptacle, fringed by the free portion of the calyx of

its general character, and supporting on its discoid margin the petals,

and within these numerous stamens. Some of the innermost petals

were not well-coloured, nor well-developed, but small and greenish.

From the sides of the cup-like receptacle sprang several hairy

styles crowned by their stigmas, of much the usual form, but still

not well-formed ; and along with these imperfect carpels of a green

colour, and haying the form of narrow leaves folded longitudinally

on themselves, and many of them terminating in a fringed process or

awn. Neither the normal styles nor the leafy carpels had ovules,

The centre of the cup exhibited a larger carpellary leaf so folded as to

enclose one or more similar though more delicate leaves and a grow-

ing point, representing a continuation of the stem. This point gra-

dually elongated, developed towards one side two lanceolate decurrent

leaves or bracts, which, like itself, assumed a reddish colour. Having

acquired about an inch in length, it shot out five ovate-lanceolate,

acuminate sepals, confluent at their base and decurrent, not on the

same plane but spirally arranged, and also tinged red. Thus a second

flower grew in all respects like the first, except that it hada very

indistinct receptacle. During the development of the second, the

first flower withered, its petals falling away. The axis of the second

inflorescence, endued with the like powers of growth, extended itself,

produced a sheathing bract, then swelled into a half-globular recep-

tacle, with five sepals as in the last, but here set in a regular whorl

on the same plane, and having two bracts, like themselves, imme-

diately external to them.

_ The petals of this third flower were numerous, small indeed, but

___ sweet-scented : the stamens numerous, containing pollen ; whilst a few

: very rudimentary, slender, carpellary leaves and styles surrounded a

| larger involuted one containing a growing point along with two or

three pistils terminated by stigmas.

In this terminal inflorescence (examined whilst actually flowering)

the carpellary leaves were smallest, and the leaf-like character most

lost ; whilst many styles, hairy and delicate, occupied the concavity

of the receptacle, and apparently had perfect carpels at their base.

The production of these three flowers in sequence occupied two

months.

» (Ona longitudinal section the growing point in each flower was. seen

‘not to have proceeded from the exact centre or actual axis of the

“receptacle, but rather from one side. Hence both the irregular pe-

duneles curved so as to maintain the flower in the same line with the

original stem.

- In another monstrosity, in which two flowers were produced on

the same continuous axis, the sepals exhibited a tendency to be com-

‘pound by developing imperfect leaflets.

In a third example the sepals had grown into large compound

leaves, having two leaflets on each side the petiole, and a very large

€

20%

292 Miscellaneous.

terminal one. In this case too, where but one flower formed, the

growing point started at nearly a right angle to the original pedunele,

and then, curving to bring itself in the same straight line, grew into

a strong shoot, forming at its apex a good bud (flower) for the

winter.

A similar growth of the calyx into actual leaves occurred in stiotiet

case.

The last irregularity to which I shall refer is, where the axis of a

flower grew into a strong leafy shoot. In this case no cup-like recep-

tacle existed, but the carpels were placed on a disk-like expansion

surrounding the stem, which appeared little more than a large node

from which the leaves had fallen. The carpels here extended up-

wards in a green, leafy form, and were deficient of ovules. Eight such,

with dilated, capsule-like bases, were found in a whorl on the same

plane; and within these, two close together, longer and of a more

leaf-like character. Above these last, five more evident leaves, four of

which were actually trifoliate, were disposed in a spiral manner

around the axis for the space of an inch above the carpellary whorl.

Then a node occurred, surrounded by six pinnate leaves, not quite on

the same plane, and yet not in opposite pairs, nor clearly spiral in

position. Three-quarters of an inch from these leaves the shoot ended

by a terminal bud (winter) surrounded by three pinnate leaves of

unequal size.

These instances of monstrosity well illustrate the morphology of

carpels—their origin from leaves, and their tendency to take on the

form, and along with this, the spiral arrangement of the latter. The

perfect pinnate leaves of a shoot proceeding from the centre of a rose

we must suppose to be morphologically the same with the small

folded carpellary leaf ; the last instance cited shows the grades of de-

velopment between the two.

The production of the shoot causes the abortion of the flower and

its ovules ; hence the size and vigour of the shoot afford a measure of

the vital vegetative force expended i in the formation of a flower, and

mainly of its ovules.

I am inclined to believe with Schleiden, that the ovule is a product

of the axis and not of the carpellary leaves; that indeed it is a bud

growing from the axis in the axil of a leaf—i. e. the carpel.

On the Change of Colour in a Chameleon (Chameleo vulgaris).

By H. N. Turner, Jun.

Notwithstanding that the peculiarity of the Chamzleon in changing

its colour is so universally known, and that an illustrated work

on the subject was prublished by Van de Hoven, I have thought that

a careful record of the varieties of tint, presented by the specimen

which has lived for some time in my possession, might prove ser-

viceable to the naturalist if compared with similar observations upon

other species and upon the same one under different circumstances,

and might also assist in the determination of the means by which it

is effected, the influences by which it is regulated, and the objects

which it serves in the ceconomy of the animal.

Miscellaneous. 298

_ Its general tints vary between different shades of brown, olive, yel-

low, and light green, the last-named being the most rarely observed,

and the yellow being the tint usually assumed when the animal has

~ been hidden from the light. This is the colour it always presents if

taken for inspection at night, and when brought into the influence of

lamp-light it appears at first almost white, but may soon be seen to

darken and some of the markings to appear. The side that is next

the light will change rather sooner than the other, the changes being

always gradual. It has three distinct sets of markings, the first to

appear being two ranges of irregular distant elongated spots, which

may appear either as a dark tint upon the ground-colour when that

is light, or a light one if it be dark. These marks are never entirely

absent when either of the other sets is present, although sometimes

but faintly discernible.

The other two sets of markings consist of an irregular marbling,

and a number of full round spots; the latter never appear otherwise

than as dark upon the ground-colour, and the marbling, which is ge-

nerally also dark, only occasionally appears a little lighter than the

ground-colour, and then of a different tone; either may be visible

without the other, or both may be distinctly traceable. Sometimes

the marbling will be apparent together with such of the spots as are

placed within its intervals, those upon the surface occupied by the

marbling being amalgamated with it.

When the general colour is light yellow or pale greenish, which is

the case if the animal be suddenly brought into the light, the elon-

gated spots, which form two rows on each side, will begin to appear

of a very delicate purple tint. After that the marbling gradually

shows itself, and the general tint begins to darken; when some time

has elapsed a brown colour is assumed, and the elongate spots, at first

purple of a darker tint than the yellow ground-work, are seen to be

brown, of a lighter and rather richer tint than that which now per-

vades the whole. These distinctions may go on increasing, may then

decrease and again increase ; the spots may appear, may come and go

with different degrees of-intensity, so that the variety of appearances

presented is almost indefinite. When visited in the day-time, the colour

is generally brown, sometimes without markings, generally with the

elongate spots of a lighter tint, and the marbling or the round spots,

or both, more or less apparent. Occasionally it presents a uniform

dull olive, and then has no markings. Sometimes it is of a light drab

colour, with the different marks faintly indicated. The ventral series

of prominent scales remains constantly white, as stated by Van der

Hoven, not participating in the changes of the surrounding parts.

This author does not in any of his plates represent the longitudi-

nal rows of markings as a decided dark upon the ground-colour, nor

is the marbling anywhere clearly shown as pervading the whole body ;

neither does he give the deep brown tint with the marbling as a dark,

and the longitudinal rows of spots definitively marked as a light.

I have never seen my specimen present anything like the appear-

ances delineated in his plates 4 and 5, probably because I have not

irritated it,

294. Miscellaneous.

It has generally been imagined that the purpose of this singular

faculty accorded to the Chameeleon is to enable it to accommodate its

appearance to that of surrounding objects, but the observations of

Van der Héven seem to negative that idea, and the few experiments

I have made with that view have not led to any such results, The

box in which it is kept is of deal, with a glass at the top and a

piece of flannel laid at the bottom; a small branching stick being

introduced by way of a perch. I have introduced at various times

pieces of coloured paper, covering the bottom of the box, of blue,

yellow and scarlet, but without the slightest effect upon the appear-

ance of the animal. Considering that these primary colours were

not such as it would be likely to be placed in contact with in a state.

of nature, I next tried a piece of green calico, but equally without re-

sult. The animal went through all its usual changes, without their

being in any way modified by the colours placed underneath it. The

general tints approximate, as may readily be observed, to those of the

branches of trees, just as those of most animals do to the places in

which they dwell; but I have never seen the faculty of changing

called into play with any apparent object. It is only when the light

is removed that the animal assumes a colour which absorbs but little

of it.

Regretting that I have not been able to attain any more definite

conclusions, I offer these few remarks, hoping that to some naturalist,

who may undertake the investigation of these singular phenomena,

they may prove not to have been thrown away.—Proc. Zool. Soc.

July 22, 1851.

Notes on a new species of Artamus, from India.

By Dr. NicuHo.son.

These birds are only found in very thick jungles among the brush-

wood, where they are always moving about, and are shot with great

difficulty, and even then, if not killed outright, they are so tenacious

of life, that they creep into the first hole or crevice they come to.

The only note I ever heard was like ‘ chick, chick.’ I think they

are residents, but the few I have seen just appear and are lost again

in a moment, so that I know little of their habits ; the one described

here had one leg and both wings broken, and still crept into the hole

of a jerboa-rat, from which I dug it out dead.

Male: weight 63 oz.

Length from bill to tip of tail 72 inches. Alar extent 10 inches.

Head large. Bill strong, narrow and sharp, gently arched on the

culmen ; a distinct notch near the tip of upper mandible ; gape wide.

Tongue horny and divided at the point. Nostrils basal, small. Eye

rather small. Iris of a silvery colour, tinged with yellow.

Wings rounded; first quill very short; third longest; second,

third and fourth quills emarginate on outer web.

Tail short, and nearly even at the end, of twelve feathers, 23 inches

long.

Te strong. Hallux and claw stronger than the other toes, and

——— ee

= . -

a -

Meteorological Observations. 295

as long as the inner toe, and has a large pad at its base; the outer

toe is shortest ; the claws are much hooked.

Contents of stomach were a few grains of Holcus spicatus and the

exuvize of insects.

Plumage is soft and loose.

Colours: the whole top of the head is covered with a cap of black.

Bill lead-colour at base and black at the point. The chin, the breast,

and all underneath white; the body all above of a leaden colour.

Quills and tail of a light black, edged with light on both webs; the

outer web of the outer tail-feather is white, as well as the tips of the

first five on each side. Feet and legs black.

‘I propose for this species the name of Artamus cucullatus.— Proc.

Zool. Soe. June 10, 1851.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR AUG. 1853.

Chiswick.— August 1. Uniformly overcast: very fine: rain at night. 2. Very

fine. 3. Uniform haze: clear. 4—8. Very fine. 9. Slight haze: very fine:

lear. 10. Very fine. 11. Slight fog. 12. Cloudy and fine. 13. Overcast.

14, Cloudy. 15. Cloudy and fine. 16. Uniformly overcast: rain. 17. Very

fine. 18. Slight fog: very fine: clear. 19. Foggy: very fine: slight rain. 20.

Slight rain: cloudy and fine. 21. Very fine. 22. Fine: cloudy: heavy rain at

night. 23. Rain: cloudy: clear. 24. Dense fog: dusky haze: fine. 25. Over-

cast: slight showers: boisterous, with rain at night. 26. Very boisterous

throughout. In this and the preceding day a large quantity of air from the south

must have moved over the kingdom. 27. Cloudy andrather boisterous. 28. Clear

and very fine. 29. Overcast: very fine. 30,31. Very fine.

Mean temperature of the month ..........+-..sserseeeee eescaneet 59°69

Mean temperature of Aug. 1852 __......... mes ec sci ccapeaecouse OO)OF

Mean temperature of Aug. for the last twenty-seven years . 62 *12

Average amount of rain in Aug. ....... phan si deasderan ust ane ces 2°35 inches.

Boston.—Aug. 1. Cloudy: raina.m. and p.m. 2. Fine. 3. Cloudy. 4. Fine.

5—8. Cloudy. 9—11. Fine. 12—15. Cloudy. 16. Cloudy: rain a.m. 17.

Cloudy: rain p.m. 18. Fine. 19. Cloudy. 20. Cloudy:rain a.m. 21, 22. Fine.

23. Cloudy: raina.m. 24. Fine: rainr.m. 25. Cloudy: raina.m. 26. Rain A.M.

andp.m. 27. Cloudy: rain a.m. 28, 29. Cloudy. . 30,31. Fine.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Aug. 1. Drizzle a.m. : rain, fair p.m. 2. Cloudy a.m. :

damp p.m. 3. Showers a .: fair p.m. 4. Cloudy a.m.: showers P.M. 5. Cloudy

A.M.: drizzle p.m. 6. Drizzle a. andp.m. 7,8. Cloudy am. and p.m. 9.

Bright a.m.: clear p.m. 10. Clear.a.m.: clear, finep.m. 11. Bright a.m.: cloudy

P.M. 12. Cloudy a.M.: finep.m. 13,14. Cloudy a.M.andp.m. 15. Damp a-m.:

cloudy p.m. 16. Cloudy a.m.: clear, fine p.m. 17. Showers a.m.: clear, fine

pM. 18, Clear a.m.: clear, fine p.m. 19. Damp a.m.: thunder and lightning,

showers p.m. 20. Bright a.m.: thunder and lightning, showers p.m. 21. Bright

A.M.;: clear P.M. 22. Bright a.m.: showersp.M. 23. Cloudy a.m.: showers P.M.

24. Bright a.m.: clear, aurorap.m. 25. Clear, fine a.m.: drizzle p.m. 26. Rain

A.M.: cloudy P.M. 27. Rain a.m: dampr.m. 28. Damp 4.m.: drizzle p.m.

29. Damp A.m.: cloudy p.m. 30. Cloudy a.m. and p.m. 31. Bright a.m.:

drizzle p.m. -

Mean temperature of Aug. for twenty-six previous years ...... 55°08

Mean temperature of this month .....seeseesseeereseees snes Glas 55 “98

Mean temperature of Aug. 1852 .......... cess eee ance cera e ee 60 °64

Average quantity of rain in Aug. for seven previous years ... 2°70 inches.

On the 24th, from 93 till 10 p.m., a comet was seen with a long bright tail,

about 5° above the horizon inthe N.W. The nucleus like a star of the first mag-

4 nitude. ;

Io.

to.

[ine

gt.

ol,

90.

ZI.

of.

stern eeee

Lo.

go.

saeterese

weet irene

gi.

+1.

neeteneee

gr.

set eeeeee

ZO.

vr.

00.1

tee eeneee

wee eeeeee

see eeeees

set eeeeee

waeleeeeweees

ane eeeeee

“sotmpues

*KQUIO

fee terees

ZO.

10.

6+.

fz.

10.

Lo.

Io,

gf.

secretes

see eeweee

seeeeeene

we teeeees

£o.

“SPIASTIT

‘au | «ms | «ms | 19 | 9S LS| 1S Lo 19,62 ¥L.6z

‘au | «ms | “ms | 1S | $55 | gS} Lb | gg | 08.62 0g.6z

wyeo|--ms-| ms | VS | 9S | 19] £¥ | Lo LL.6 69.6z

‘muu}] «am | ems | VS | S25 gS} Sb | 99 $5.62 vE.62

‘guu | “mss | cms | £55 | $9 zg| Lb | £9 £2.62 L1.6z

‘9 |emss| *s | 45 | $95 | £9) 1S | 9 17.62 L£.6z

‘a. |. sary te | SPOS age) Ba “PSs i Si99 39.62 zL,6z

“mM | uyeo| ‘a £5 | 9S | og] th | 99 7L.6z $9.6

‘wm |emu | ca | $€5 | ZS | G.o9| SP | £9 $9.62 39.67

“«é Vmu | ‘a bS | £65 £9| vS | v2 L9.6z £9.62

‘ms | cm | cm | ZS | S19 f9| SS | €Z 39.62 $5.62

“oo owAN lets: |) = Gene XQaie GOlllcol ellnigg 09.6z £9.6z

‘a juyeo| ms | 45 | $19 | $.S9} 19 | LL 39.62 39.62

‘as |uypeo| +s | $2$ | 19 6S) xS* In eZ 73.62 $3.62

‘mu | tau | -m | g0$ | SbS GS 2 ert £9.62 gl.6z

‘au | ‘ass | ‘9 o$ | 9f | gg] S | Sg 08.6 $3.62

“mu |emuu} cu | $5 | 9S zg| 9b | Sg 26.62 70,08

U 1 tr) vs gs og} 1S +9 Z1,0£ gi.of

a | -w | cau | PSe}e of Eg} <S | Lo £2.08 Bz.o£

‘mw | ‘ua | ‘ou | 9S | 6S 19| vS | g9 1£.0£ If.0f

‘a |emum| ‘as | 9f | gS 99| 9v | SZ 1£,0§ 1£.08

"s 28) com |= oni eens. oma rane bE.0f£ z£.0f

"m | *s | ‘ou | S$ | 65 oL|. 8 | 22 9z,0£ 1r.0f

‘s |uyeo| ‘au | 68 | o9 g9| 2b | SZ g0.0£ II,0£

‘ms | ‘a | ‘aa | 9S | ZS 6S) of | of L1,0f br.0£

“m | smu | cms | *>S | oS | S.gS| gh | bZ 90.0£ go.of

‘mam | ‘mu | ‘au | oS | 65 to| Sb | xL ZI.0£ 60.08

“MUM/*MuUM} ‘ou | S$ | gS | $.49| Sb | bZ bo.0f 26.62

‘AM | taud} *9 £$ | €$ | S.rg] 2S | bZ £3.62 £g.6z

Sass ett |) som |! PS e798 1g| 2S | & £6.62 08.62

"mw jtmsm| sms | £5 | ZS Lg}, g& | 9f 14,62 $9.62

22 wales g vague #6) ee | my | xe | card fs ‘u's $6

Z. Se NO Se |

pS ? B grog BS *OTMSTYD *yorpueg ‘AouxIO

“pul. * oJ WIOUIIeY, J,

1338.67

gf.6z gvg.6z "rE

0S 62 963.62 216.62 "of

££.62 £03.62 6bg.6z | -6z

01,62 $29.67 gbl.6z | gz

gL.gz Sof.6z zo$.6z | +Lz

08.8% 911.67 897.67 ‘9zp

9z.6z gf+.6z of 4.62 Sz

gt.6z $609.62 008.62 “be

of.6z ££2.6z $gL.6z “Ez

ov.6z 119.62 g9g.6e | zz

b.6z $26.62 116.67 IZ

of.6 119.67 498.62 OZ

£r.62 27g.6z $lg.6c | *61

gt.6z oLg.6z $06.62 73 4@)

$0.62 LoS$.6z toLl.6z “LI

9.62 $61.62 ogl.6z "gr

2S 62 626.62 $66.62 | Sr

09.62 656.62 $10,08 “br

$9.62 Lto0,08 £1.08 a

>L.6z Lr11,08 $61.08 "21

64.62 Str,0£ 8Bz.0£ ‘II

$3.62 Lvz.0£ ZZE.0f OL

$L.6z ofz,0£ 097.08 6

7L.6z 1$1,0£ z61.08 8

oL,6z of1,.0£ £07.08 “L

$L,6z ogr.of gzz,0£ 9

$9.62 $11.08 zzrof | 5 @

36.62 $00.08 $z0,08 vy

$5.62 616.62 7g6.6z | °£

ob.6z 998.62 626,62 a 4

LE.6z 108.62 206.62 |} *x

ay “al *xe ‘any

a THT IM “E81

BP "yOUNSTIO eat

jo siuq

*IgjoMOIEg,

‘AUNWUAG ‘asunpy yornpung yo “UOysNOTQ *O “Ady ay? fg pun fNoasog 7 TwoA “A Ag

Suopuory unau “MOIMSIHD Jo fizaro0g youngynarjsozy ayy fo uapsvxy 042 jo VOsdwMOY,Y, A Ag apy suowwasasgo pvo.bojo10a,a pT

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

| [SECOND SERIES.]

No. 71. NOVEMBER 1853.

| ~ XX VIII.—On the “ Nucleus” of the Characee.

a By Au. Braun*.

[From his Memoirs on the Circulation in the Characez. |

)

_ In the cells immediately serving for the reproduction of the

j _ Characez, the germ-cell or spore and the mother-cells of the

_ ‘spermatozoids, there is no circulation of the sap, but a cir-

culation is met with in various cells of the enveloping organs,

ik hrough the medium and under the protection of which the

_ essential reproductive cells are produced. I cannot avoid dis-

iS cussing a few general points connected with these most pecu-

_~ liarly formed organs of the Characez, the import of which has

___ been explained in the most varied ways. The organs in question

are of two kinds. The one, the seat of formation of the sper-

_- matozoids, usually named, in avoidance of any functional signi-

_~ fication, simply the globule, formerly regarded as an anther, and

_ even as a pollen-grain +;. or erroneously asserted to be a bud ca-

_ pable of germination {, is now generally termed the antheridium.

__ Aberrant as its structure is from all other known antheridia, it

" appears to me, from its centripetal development, to possess a

__ certain agreement with the antheridia of the Mosses and Liver-

worts, so that I cannot, with Hofmeister (Flora, 1851, No. 1),

term, it a convolute of many antheridia or a ‘head’ of an-

_ theridia. In the antheridium are formed the active seminal

filaments (spermatozoa, antherozoidia), which were first seen by

a * Monatsber. K. Preuss. Acad. Jan. 1853. Translated by Arthur Hen-

frey, F.R.S. &e.

x: } Meyen, Linnea, 1827, p. 63.

~~ ¢ Wallroth, Ann. Bot. 1815, p. 170. Reichenbach (Flor. Germ. exc.

_ p. 147), on the contrary, regards the female organ as a bud, and the globule

_ as an androgynous flower with eight pistils and numerous staminodia.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 21

298 M. A. Braun on the Nucleus of the Characex.

Bischoff in the year 1828*, who at that time regarded them as

Infusoria. Varley (1834) first saw their exit from the cells.of

the antheridial filaments ; but the two most delicate cilia, by the

vibration of which the spirally wound body is set im motion, were

first described by Thuret in the year 1840+. Thuret saw these

cilia in Nitella syncarpa and Chara fragilis ; 1 have seen them so

distinetly in Chara aspera and ceratophylla, that no doubt what-

ever can exist as to their presence. I have only to add to Thu-

ret’s account, that I have found the winding of the spiral body

constant to the right in Ch. fragilis. The second organ of fruc-

tification, in which the spore is developed, regarded by the older

botanists as a pistil, and in the ripe .condition called either

capsule (Vaillant), berry (Sprengel, Willdenow), drupe (Berto-

loni), or nucule (Wallroth), or merely seed (Linnzus), has been

subsequently, quite as unfitly, termed a spore-case, sporocarp (Bis-

choff), or sporangium (Cosson and Germain). Hofmeister com-

pares it with the archegonium (pistillidium). Apt as this compa-

rison seems in reference to the reduction of the characters of

fructification of all the higher (spermatozoid-bearing) Crypto-

gamia under one common point of view, since in this way all the

plants with unequivocal antheridia likewise possess an archego-

nium, peculiar difficulties are met with in the attempt to carry

out the parallel. That which has been called an archegonium,

is an organ of the first generation of the leafy Cryptogamia, the

generation growing up from the spore, in which organ, accord-

ing to the researches so profoundly followed out by Hofmeister

in particular, the germ-cell of the second generation is produced

by free cell-formation, and developed after impregnation (like the

embryo of the Phanerogamia). In the Vascular Cryptogamia

(Ferns, Hquiseta, &c.) the first generation consists of a leafless,

thalloid preparatory structure, the pro-embryo or prothallium,

while the second generation is developed into the leaf-producing

‘ stock,’ the vegetative, and finally spore-bearing plant; im the

Mosses, on the other hand, the first generation advances from

the thalloid preparatory structure to the leaf-producing ‘ stock,’

while the second generation is represented by a peculiar fruit-

structure serving merely for the production of the spores, and

this structure, emerging from the cavity of the archegonium,

sometimes breaks through the cover (calyptra) formed by the

latter, and sometimes carries it up through its becoming detached

below. In the lowest groups of Hepatic, especially in the

Ricciea, this fruit-structure, so complicated in the higher Mosses,

* Crypt. Gewiichse, p. 13. in the note.

+ Ann. des Se. Nat. 2nd sér, xiy. (1840), p. 65; and 3rd sér, xvi. (1851),

ta)

M.A. Braun on the Nucleus of the Characek. 299

is‘ of extremely simple nature, and remains enclosed at the bot-

tom of the archegonium, without freeing itself from its coats.

“From the Mosses with the simplest structure of the fruit,

_ finally,” continues Hofmeister*, in his description, “it is only

__ one'step'to the Characex, in which the influence of the sperma-

_ tozoid'on the central cell of the archegonium does not lead to

the production even of the simplest kind of cellular mass, but

merely to the filling up of the reproductive cell found free in

that central cell, with starch and oil. The Chare, m which the

prothallium is the entire plant, thus represent one end of the

series, the other end being formed by the Phanerogamia (exclu-

sive of the Conifer), in which the whole plant corresponds

solely to the second spore-producing generation of the Vascular

_ Cryptogamia, and the cell-formation in the embryo-sac previous

_ to the impregnation scarcely even reminds us of the multifold

vital phenomena of the prothallia of the Ferns and of the albu-

men’ mass of the Conifers.”

. » For the farther elucidation of the relations in which the Cha-

__raceze stand to the rest of the Cryptogamia possessed of anthe-

. ridia and archegonia, we must in the first place accurately exa-

mine whether they really have these two distinct generations,

even with ever so slight a development of the second, to which

the transition from the first is caused by impregnation, or whe-

' ther they complete their entire cycle of life in one generation

(leaving ramification-generations out of view). According to

Hofmeister’s description, there is found in the central cell of the

archegonium of the Characez, a new cell, the development of

which into the spore containing oil and starch is dependent on

impregnation. If this be the condition, if that which is found

in the central cell is a mere spore, there is in fact no alternation.

of generations, but only one generation, for the spore in this case

_ is the primary cell of a generation which essentially resembles

that by which it is produced. If we compare, then, the one ge-

neration of the Characee with the first of the higher Crypto-

_ gamia, especially with the prothallium of the Vascular Crypto-

; ae ‘Hofmeister’s interpretation appears warranted on one

side, in’so far, namely, that the structure of the Characese termed

an archegonium is a female organ (receiving impregnation),

_ borne by the prothallium, but, on the other hand, unsupported, :

_ since this does not produce any second, spore-bearing generation,

but merelya spore. Butif the comparison with the archegonium

_ ig nevertheless to be maintaimed, we must extend it to organs.

through which the spore-formation is brought about in the

Tower (leafless) Cryptogamia, an extension for which many

* Flora, 1851, No. 1. p. 7.

21*

300 M. A. Braun on the Nucleus of the Characes.

grounds may indeed be found, but would lead far away from the

strict definition of the archegonium, as hitherto held. The sup-

posed asexuality of the lower Cryptogamia could not restrain the

mdicated extension of the conception of the archegonium to the

sporangial structures of the lower Cryptogamia, since a duplicity

of sexes is constantly being demonstrated as more widely extended

among the lower Cryptogamia*, and the term antheridium has

also been frequently applied in analogous extension already (for

imstance to the organs of the Fucoidex, Floridez, Lichens and

Fungi). The question is, therefore, whether the morphological

agreement of the female organ of fructification of the Characeze

with that of the Mosses, Ferns, Equiseta, Lycopodiaceee and

Rhizocarpee, is of a kind to render the use of the same name

for both suitable.

It cannot be denied that it at first sight appears to have a

similar structure. The envelope—composed of five rows of cells

terminating in the form of a five-pointed coronet, at a particular

period open—surrounding the central cell of the female organ of

fructification in the Characez, reminds us very much of the

more or less elongated style-like structure composed of a deter-

minate number of rows of cells, surrounding and surpassing the

central cell of the archegonia, especially when, as in Pilularia

and Equisetum+, the uppermost cells of these diverge like rays

im the same manner as the coronets of many species of Chara.

But when we turn back to the earlier stages of development, we

find that this resemblance is deceptive. The archegonium is in

all cases an originally closed, more or less elevated, cellular cover,

under which the central cell is concealed from the beginning.

The tubular canal leading to the central cell is formed subse-

quently by the separation of the cells from each other. |The re-

verse takes place in the Characez; here the central cell is ori-

ginally uncovered and gradually becomes overgrown and enclosed

by the cells of the envelope. Therefore the envelope and coronet

of the Characee are altogether different, morphologically, from

the envelope and tube which surround the central cell in true

archegonia, and this takes away all ground for close comparison ;

I shall not trace the more distant analogies which may exist be-

tween the archegonia of the higher Cryptogamia and the organs

of fructification of the rest of the Cryptogamia. A different ex-

* See among others, Thuret, Recherch. sur les Antheridies des Cryptog.

(Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3rd sér. xvi.); and Tulasne, Mém. p. servir a I’Hist.

des Lichens (Ann. des Se. Nat. 3rd sér. xvii.).

+ See Hofmeister, Vergleich. Unters. der hoh. Cryptogamen, t. 21. (Pi-

lularia); Milde, Flora, 1852, No. 32. t. 7; and Hofmeister, Beitrige zur

Kenntniss der Gefasscrypt. t. 17 & 18 (Hquisetum).

M. A. Braun on the Nucleus of the Characez. 301

planation from Hofmeister’s was proposed by Griffith*, and still

earlier, but less consequently, by Meyen+. Both compared the

fruit of the Characeze to the ovules of the Phanerogamia, regard-

ing the envelope as integument, the central portion as nucleus.

Since the single generation of the Characez, as the producer of

Spores, may be compared with the second generation of the Vas-

cular Cryptogamia, a comparison still further supported by the

fact that the entire mode of construction of the Characee by no

means belongs to the ferms of thalloid structure, but exhibits a

k definite contrast of stem- and leaf-formation, nothing can be

__—- said @ priori against seeking a comparison on this side. In the

gradual closing together of the central body, the envelope of

the Chara fruit certainly exhibits a similar behaviour to the in-

tegument of the Phanerogamic ovule, and the comparison of the

central portion with the nucleus seems even still more apt. This

central portion, hitherto regarded as a single cell, is in fact a

cellular body formed of four cells, one of which by prepondera-

ting growth at an early period displaces the rest, and may be

compared with the embryo-sac. It might appear as though no-

thing were wanting in this comparison but the formation of an

embryo in the large cell of the central body. But after close

examination, only a distant resemblance remains even on this

‘side ; for while the integument of the Phanerogamic seed corre-

sponds to a closed sheath-like leaf, the integument in Chara, as

T shall demonstrate hereafter, is an envelope formed of a five-

leaved whorl. The greatest difference however relates to the

nature of the large cell of the central portion, which, for compa-

vison either with the embryo-sac or with the central cell of the

archegonium, must be the mother-cell of a germ-cell, the origin

of which, according to Hofmeister’s account in the above-named

places, actually takes place by free cell-formation. .

~ Fully as I trust in the acuteness and accuracy of Hofmeister’s

‘observations, and desirable as the confirmation of his statements

‘would be to me, I have not yet succeeded in convincing myself

__ of their correctness ; I have seen a nucleus, and in later stages a

vacuole in that cell, but could never detect the formation of a

real daughter-cell in it ; on the contrary, the entire large cell in

‘every case appeared to become developed into the spore. If this

_ be really the case, it offers the weightiest objection against too

_elose comparison both with the ovules of the Phanerogamia and

_ with the archegonium of the Cryptogamia, since a spore-forma-

tion of such a kind would rather point to a comparison with the

_ lower groups of the Cryptogamia, in which alone occurs spore-

ss * Caleutta Jou. of Nat. Hist. vol. v. (1844), p. 241.

+ Pflanzenphysiologie, iii. (1839), p. 354.

802 M. A. Braun on the Nucleus of the Characee.') > |!

formation of spores by mere detachment of cells, or, tying-off

(abschniirung) as it is termed. Therefore to avoid using any

name referrmg to too distant analogies, I shall apply to the

female organ of fructification with its accessory portions, as a

whole, for reasons to be explained hereafter, the name of spore-

bud (sporophysa), distinguishing the envelope surrounding the

spore as the spore-coat (sporosteyium).

Thus, through the spore-formation, through the want of the

alternation of generations proper to the higher Cryptogamia, as

also through the true cellular structure, the Characeze will adjoin

the lower Cryptogamia ; while on the other hand, the presence of

convoluted spermatozoids, as also the contrast of stem- and leaf-

formation, connect them with the higher Cryptogamia, so that

they occupy a strange intermediate position between the two.

That they possess a real (active) contrast of sexes is indicated, in

the first place, by the spermatozoids, the necessity of which for im-

pregnation has been demonstrated by numerous observations and

experiments in the higher Cryptogamia* ; so that, looking at the

great resemblance those of the Characez possess to those.of the

higher Cryptogamia, especially those of the Mosses and Liver-

worts, we can certainly apply the Aristotelian oddéy yap warnv

9 pvots mrovet. It is further testified by the distribution of the

sexes, analogous to that of the higher plants, sometimes both to

one plant (moneecious), sometimes in distinct plants (dicecious),

in which latter case ‘ stocks’ of both kinds are usually foun

in company f. .

The order of development of the organs of fructification also

agrees, since in general the development of the antheridia pre-

cedes that of the spores, which is especially striking in those

species where life is of short duration, as, for mstance, Nite/la

syncarpa and fasciculata. The frequent occurrence of a peculiar

mode of degeneration of the spore-coat, probably connected

with sterility of the spore, wherein the hard shell, which in the

normal condition protects the spore, is not formed, seems likewise

to indicate the necessity of impregnation, yet it is remarkable

that the spore itself, in such degenerated spore-coat, is as abun-

dantly filled with starch as the normal. .

* The recent experiments of Hofmeister with Selaginella (Vergleich.

Unters. p. 124) and Isoétes (Beitrage z. Kenntniss der Gefasscrypt. p. 128),

bring new confirmation of the older ones of Savi on Salvinia and Fabre on

Marsilia.

+ Ch. stelligera, Bauer, forms an exception to this, only specimens bear-

ing antheridia having been hitherto found in its known stations in tempe-

rate and northern Europe. The Italian Ch. ulvvides, described by Bertoloni,

appears to be the female plant of a more vigorous form of the same species.

Ch. stelligera is a plant which is abundantly and readily increased also in

the vegetative way by its stellate, sprouting tubercles.

Mr. W. Clark on the Branchial Currents.in the Bivalves. ©8038

ait XXIX\—On the Branchial Currents in the Bivalves.

HIS! S By Wittram Crark, Esq.

orks 0

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

- GENTLEMEN, Exmouth, September 1853.

I Requust permission to reply to Messrs. Alder and Hancock’s

-comments in the ‘Annals of Natural History,’ vol. vi. p.. 370.

/Pl., XV..N.8., on my branchial theory, which appeared in.a

paper on the Pholadide in vol. vi. p. 313 of that publication.

I was so engaged last year in the examination of a splendid

harvest of rare animals, that I had no time to consider their _re-

marks, but having now an unlimited supply of Pholades, I will

-endeayour to acquit myself of my engagements with these gen-

tlemen.

‘oThey commence bi quoting parts of my theory, and say that

T announce “ that 59 oths, if not all, the branchial water is admitted

‘by the pedal gape.” On this point they observe—

1») Let us for a moment consider what would be the conse-

«quence of Mr. Clark’s supposition, that these animals obtain

»water only by the pedal gape. Nearly all of them pass their

olives buried in sand or mud, or immured in solid stone, with only

a:small aperture externally, the pedal opening being beneath,

-and the-siphonal tubes im communication with the sea.. Yet

Mr. Clark would have these animals receive only the small quan-

tity of water charged with sand and mud that finds its way to

- the bottom of the cavity, rather than draw their supply from the

coe element on the surface, by means of their long siphons,”

To this quotation I reply, that a fresh and very extended exa-

Sceeitice of four species of the Pholades fully supports me in

“maintaining all my positions, and I think I shall demonstrate

» that Messrs. Alder and Hancock’s system of branchial currents

“iserroneous. The only correction I have to make is, that I haye

clearly ascertained that the branchial, like the anal siphon, is

both inhalant and exhalant.

With respect to their observations on the habits of the Pho-

lades, it is only necessary to admit, that these animals often in-

habit sand and shingle, mixed with clay, and are not always im-

“bedded in hard rock, But we contend that the cavities in which

they dwell afford sufficient passage for the sea water, and. the

areas of their habitats are saturated therewith, as when the tide

withdraws, much of its waters is retained by the various strata,

which by filtration reaches the burrows in a pure state, and not

“charged with sand and mud.”

atin) watchings for months of multitudes of these a ae

304 Mr. W. Clark on the Branchial Currents in the Bitalvés

mals prove beyond doubt that the water is not only copiously

received at the pedal gape or aperture, but is often expelled

with as much force, and with a similar formed jet, as from the

branchial siphon; and my dredger, who during the last. fifty

years has excavated more Pholades than any man in existence,

says, that he continually sees the water expelled from the pedal

gape. This is an important fact in corroboration of my theory,

as an in- and ex-current is established pedally in combination

with the branchial siphon.

I will now mention a decisive proof that nature, in all the

bivalves, intends the water, under certain conditions, to be re-

ceived and expelled by the pedal gape or aperture. When the

gape of the Pholas papyracea is closed, by being domed by the

animal, a large ovally dilatable fissure is always left for the water

in the connecting membrane of the lamine of the dome, im its

centre, to correspond with the gape that has been rendered in-

effective. And in the linear Solens, in which, from the quality of

the foot and its singular position, the water cannot well enter

pedally, a similar aperture is also left in the membrane of the

connecting valves. In the Mye and other bivalves the water can

get access through the ventral and pedal apertures. Thus we

learn from these examples that when nature has denied the or-

dinary pedal entry and exit for the fluid, she always supplies a

compensation.

The periodic entry and reflux of the branchial water present

two distinct characters ; the one being regular, the other more

uncertain. With respect to the first, place a dozen Pholades and

as many Pullastra pullastra, or P. decussata, in a dish of sea

water : it will be seen that each has a regular periodic action, the

Veneres usually from one to two minutes, and the Pholades three

to four, until a change of circumstances induces a new disposition.

The entry and issue of the fluid, in conjunction with the pedal

gape and aperture, are thus performed :—the animal simulta-

neously closes the orifices of both siphons, which after a short

pause are again opened; the effete water flows from both, and

fresh is received. But independent of these silent though very

visible operations, there is about every five minutes a powerful

and copious jet from both tubes, sometimes simultaneously, at

others at intervals, and that from the branchial tube in the

Pholades is almost always accompanied by a strong ejection from

the pedal gape, and also in the Veneres from the pedal aperture,

though from the absence of a gape in their shells it is not so

visible. The periodic times of the in- and out-flux, of whichever

character it may be, as the animal becomes exhausted, are more

and more prolonged ; they are only in vigour for twelve hours.

What is the object of these copious and regular receptions

Mr. W-Clark on the Branchial Currents in the Bivalves. 305

and expulsions of water? Will not every reasonable’ person

acknowledge that they can only serve for branchial purposes—

the ‘receptions, to administer water to the gill-lamine, and

the expulsions to remove it when effete by the contraction of

the:adductors'of the valves and siphonal retractors? In corro-

boration of the above, | particularly refer to the Rev. James Bul-

wer’s account of the Jsocardia cor, published in the ‘ Zoological

Journal,” vol. 1. p. 258. Messrs. Alder and Hancock cannot

controvert these facts, and therefore in relation to my theory

say, “ This is, however, a special case having nothing to do with

the regular branchial currents, as has before been pointed out to

Mr. Clark.”

» My opponents may find their special case a general law, and

their system of regular branchial currents an illusion.

-\ They, having discovered that no ascertained communication—

{this is‘a condition of my theory |—existed between the branchial

and ‘anal chambers, thus express the fact :—“We certainly

find no opening between the foot and the gills, nor between the

gills andthe mantle ;” and im consequence of thew favourite

doctrine being in jeopardy, they “found it necessary to make a

careful examination of the anatomical structure of these ani-

mals,” and have informed us of the discovery of a channel, by

declaring the gill-laminz and their interbranchial tubes per-

meable, on which—to them a most important fact, if truae—they

emphatically observe, “Thus in an instant the secret was ex-

plained ; the currents communicate through minute openings in

the lamine of the gill-plates.”

+I think these gentlemen have formed an erroneous conclusion :

I-cannot accord with the monstrous position, that the impure

branchial water, deprived of its oxygen by the cilia, and of the

alimentary matters by the palpi-of the animal, is sent by filtra-

tion, even if peres existed, through the gill-lamine and inter-

branchial tubes, which are the supports of the delicate blood-ves-

sels for discharge at the anal siphon.

_ As the capacity of the branchial chamber is at least three

times greater than the anal, Messrs. Alder and Hancock must ad-.

mit'that two-thirds of its fluid is expelled agreeably to my theory ;

_ it'is therefore difficult to conceive a plausible reason why a part

of the effete water, only one-third, should be got rid of by an

issue, termed by them a branchial current. The sustentation

and aération being unquestionably effected in the branchial

vault, we may inquire, what is the object of this partial labyrin-

thine exit for the water instead of its being wholly ejected by the

pedal aperture and branchial siphon, at which it entered, agree-

ably to the simple laws of nature ? i

In connexion with these views, I state a fact that may have

306 Mr. W. Clark on the Branchial Currents in the Bivalves.

some weight even with the sceptical. The longitudinal vetract-

ors and transverse muscles of the siphons are’ of very great

power ; the office of the latter is to diminish the calibre of ‘the

tubes, that, in conjunction with the former, they may effect'a

more powerful expulsion of the impure fluid. As proof, if a'dozen

Pholas dactylus are placed in a large dish of sea water, they’ will

cause so great an ejection from the siphons, not from the effect

of sudden disturbance or being startled, but of regular periodical

emissions, as to cover the table several times during the twelve

hours of the day and also throughout the quietude of the night :

assuredly this circumstance serves to prove that the impure water

is thus expelled, and that no part of it permeates the inter-

branchial tubes.

However, it still appears that Messrs. Alder and Hancock

insist on a regular in-current by the branchial siphon, and an

ex-current from the anal, effected by cilia, for the use of the

respiratory apparatus ; these are, as I think, strange and impotent

motor agents. I have in a former paper expressed a belief that

the function of the cilia is to beat and subdivide the water, ‘that

the oxygen may be the more easily extracted. I must now ob-

serve that all the testaceous Mollusca have many parts of their

bodies clothed with cilia, which show their action in a similar

manner to the Bivalves ; what then, in them, are the functions

of these appendages? May we not reasonably conclude, the same

as in the Bivalves, to extract air from the water not only for their

branchiz, but perhaps to pass the vital fluid through the pores

of the body. One can hardly suppose that in either group their

duty is mechanically to create currents, when a more simple,

visible, and effective plan exists; I therefore think the view is

untenable, that they effect the in- and out-flux of water im the

anal and branchial chambers. I believe a simple hydrostatic law

provides for this operation in all the Bivalves by a vacuum being

formed by the contraction of the valves in the expulsion of the

effete water, and that on opening them and relaxing the siphonal

orifices to take in a fresh supply the vacuum ceases.

The action of the cilia is local. That they produce currents or

rather eddies on the gill-laminz and different parts of the body

of the Gasteropoda cannot be doubted; these result from every

stroke of each that causes a displacement of fluid which instantly

reverts to its level, but they are not the locomotive agents of the

entrance or exit of the branchial water ; they are strictly parti-

cular, having no determinate line of operation, and act indiseri-

minately from every pole. As presumptive proof, examine an

oyster or a mussel from a provincial stall a few days after they

are received, when the cilia under the microscope will be found

in full action as if just taken from the sea, and will continue so

: Mr. W, Clark. on the Branchial. Currents in the Bivalves. 807

_as.long\as moisture remains. In this case these species, even if

jthey had, siphons, could not produce in- and out-currents by

separate ‘ducts, from non-access to water; we are, therefore,

bound to give, the preference to the idea that their functions are

to eliminate the oxygen. I may observe, that cilia are attached

|to the different epithelia in all animals, from the monad to man.

The inconsistency of such a motive power will be apparent from

the consideration that the cilia must act antagonistically from

opposite points ; one set to work the water in branchially, and

another to expel it through the anal duct after percolating the

gill-laminz and interbranchial tubes. I shall recur to the cilia,

_and expect to prove that the new scheme of communication be-

tween the two siphons is very problematical, I may say imprac-

ticable.

| »» Messrs, Alder and Hancock go on to say, that any one may

: -conyince himself of the existence of a branchial in-current and an

anal ex-current, by placing a Pholas “in a glass of sea water,

and then by gently adding a little fresh, slightiy charged with

floating. particles,” he will perceive the two actions. I admit, by

this process, that currents will ensue, as the invigorating fresh

,element causes the animal to expel that which has become effete

and. take in a new supply ; but asI have, under every condition of

4 experiment, examined multitudes of these creatures, I am bound

to, declare that the currents have no continuous regularity : and I

_think the mode of testing their presence by means of the water

being charged with buoyant particles is fallacious; these only

float on the surface, and are subject to many perturbations and

deceptions arising from depth of water, currents of air, the po-

_sition of the animal, whether on the ventral or dorsal surface,

_by its will and humour, state of exhaustion, and by an unnatural

confinement. My repeated examinations show that the par-

ticles are whirled in all directions ; sometimes they pass into the

branchial chamber, at others none will enter: capricious gyra-

tions, whether arising from the action of the animal or other

natural causes, are their ruling character. With respect to the

anal siphon, the floating particles are certainly repelled from its

orifice in a somewhat regular and continuous manner, being only

interrupted by the periodic reception of fluid to supply the ex-

haustions. The frequent repulsions of particles from the anal

orifice have been construed by Messrs. Alder and Hancock to

arise from the percolation of water from the branchial vault

through the gill-lamine and interbranchial tubes to an issue at

_the anal siphon, produced by the agency of cilia. I think it will

appear that this complicated operation will meet with imsur-

mountable difficulties, and though I admit the anal outflow, I

protest against its bemg considered of branchial origin and regu-

308 Mr. W. Clark on the Branchial Currents in the Bivalves.

lar ; the regularity is fallacious, though most naturalists appéar

to have adopted that idea, without perhaps sufficient examini-

tion, and others have been careless in their observations. But the

diligent observer of cause and effect will perceive that there is as -

much water mhaled as expelled by the anal siphon, and that its

fluctuation in the branchial chamber, produced by the contraction

and dilatation of the four gill-plates, which can often be seen by

a lens through the orifice of a large P. dactylus, aided. by the

respiratory circulation, causes a pressure and an impulse on the

interbranchial tubes ; these, as before shown, are filled every two

to four minutes by a reception of water anally, which after per-

forming its function, of whatever nature it may be, is thus for

a similar period made to reflow into the anal cavity, and from

thence is discharged by an insensible contraction of the siphonal

muscles until the exhaustion of the fluid: this is very evident by

the failure of the current, which only recovers its full action on

the periodic renewal of the water. I have thus, perhaps, ex-

plained the mystery of the so-called branchial current.

It is problematical what are the precise functions of the water

that is received into the interbranchial tubes and anal vault ;' I

have hereafter alluded to some of them conjecturally, and for the

present will only observe, that as this tube acts as a conduit to

the contents of the rectum, one probable use of the water is to

break down and remove the dejections ; and it would indeed be

strange if it had no other entry, except from the branchial vault

by the devious route of filtration through the interbranchial

canals.

In further support of the view that the anal ex-current is not

the effect of a percolation of liquid through the gill-lamine, I

wil for a moment digress, and relate a short incidental experi-

ment. As the anal siphon is somewhat longer than the branchial,

it is easy to subject the latter to the influence of the water and

‘isolate the former ; it resulted, that whilst the water flowed into

the branchial cavity, none, in an hour’s constant observation

under the lens, issued from the anal siphon, a sufficient proof of

the non-communication of the two; but as soon as the anal

siphon was allowed to reach the water and obtained a supply, the

current recommenced.

I now come to another experiment from which Messrs. Alder

and Hancock conclusively infer the connexion of the siphonal

currents. They state, “that the nosle of a blowpipe charged

with a coloured fluid was placed at the inhalant orifice of a

Pholas, and immediately a quantity was drawn into the animal.

Watching carefully the result, we had soon the satisfaction of

beholding a blue-stained stream issue from the exhalant orifice.”

To this I observe, that having tried the experiment again and

i i

Mr, W.Clark on the Branchial Currents in the Bivalves. 309

again, failure always occurred ; as the animal, after receiving the

coloured. fluid, which was applied without difficulty, in general

immediately discharged it by the pedal gape, or by the branchial

aperture overwhelming with coloured matter both tubes, the ori-

fices of which by their inflection by the animal were so retracted

and blended together as to be undiscoverable ; of course, any issue

of liquid from a particular tube was undistinguishable. When,

in any example, the fluid, which was coloured by archil, re-

mained a little time without expulsion, I opened the branchial

cavity to see if the gill-lamine and interbranchial tubes showed

any increased inflation or colour from the filtration of the imjec-

tion, but no unusual appearance presented itself. I also opened

the anal vault and collected with a camel’s-hair brush as much

of the moisture as possible; this was applied to a very small

quantity of distilled water, but no trace of colour appeared; we

may then presume that none of the injection had passed from

one siphon to the other. But when the coloured fluid was ad-

ministered. anally, all the interbranchial tubes were at once filled

and remained inflated more than an hour, representing minute

well-filled hoses, which bore the pressure of a delicate wooden

stylet, and exhibited the fluctuations of the liquid, which, on its

removal, instantly reverted to the points of displacement without

any escape into the branchial chamber, We may therefore con-

clude, that the interbranchial tubes are impervious tissues, and

are supplied through the orifices of the crypts from the water

sucked in by the anal siphon ; and one of their uses is probably,

by being filled, to afford a sufficient tension to the network of

the blood-vessels that they may the better receive the action of the

cilia: they may also possibly be the receptacles for the matura-

tion of the ova, agreeably to the opinions of some naturalists ; but

in the multitudes I have examined I cannot corroborate this

view, as during the months of May, June, and July I failed to

see any deposit of ova either on the gill-laminz, or within the

interlaminar cavities, or in the crypts of the anal vault; still the

“ genitabile tempus” may be later ; nevertheless the ovaria were

well filled with germs of various sizes. Under all the circum-

stances of this experiment, I think, though it may not be im-

practicable, that it cannot be depended on even if the gill-laminze

are permeable; but as I confidently believe no communication

exists through them, I must conclude that these gentlemen were

mistaken in supposing they had detected an issue of coloured

fluid from the branchial vault through their exhalant siphon.

I have now to consider the principal experiment, which Messrs.

Alder and Hancock think will settle the disputed problem of in-

and ex-currents in the Bivalves, produced by the action of cilia

through separate siphons. They say,—

bel

310 Mr.W. Clark onthe Branchial Currents in the Bivalvés!.

Having lulled a specimen of Pholas crispata with ‘the spn

tubes contracted as little as possible, and having placed it m’di+!

luted spirit a few hours to render the tissues firm without hard--

ening them too much, we had again recourse to the blowpipe,

charged as formerly with coloured fluid. ‘The specimen was

opened down the ventral margin, exposing to view the whole of

the gills stretched along the roof of the branchial cavity," "The’

nosle of the blowpipe was passed into the anal siphon, and on™

removing the finger from the top of the pipe, the contained fluid

immediately filled the anal chamber behind the gills, and then

passing at once down the tubes between the laminz of the gills,

issued through ten thousand pores, and dyed the water in the

branchial chamber. Thus in an instant the secret was ex-’

plained ;—the currents communicate through minute Spare?

in the lamine of the gill-plates.

“ Having thus satisfied ourselves of this fact, we next directed”

our attention to the structure of the gills. Accordingly the anal”

chamber was laid open, and its ventral wall was seen to exhibit

four longitudinal rows of large orifices. These four rows of ori-

fices, already well known to anatomists, correspond to the at-

tached margins of the four gill-plates, which hang from the roof

or dorsal membrane of the branchial chamber; this membrane

being the ventral wall of the anal chamber,—the membrane, in

fact, which divides the chambers.

“ These orifices lead into wide tubes which pass between the

two laminz forming each gill-plate. These interbranchial tubes

lie contiguous and parallel to each other, and extend the full

width of the gill, bemg bifid within its free margin. Thus it is

evident that the tubes within the gill-plates communicate freel

with the anal chamber. The lamine forming the walls of these

tubes were now examined through the microscope, when the

whole was observed to present a regularly reticulated structure

composed of blood-vessels ; those passing transversely being the’

stronger and more prominent. The longitudinal vessels, rather’

far apart from each other, form the meshes into parallelograms.

These meshes are open spaces, fringed internally with a narrow

membrane and active vibratile cilia. The two vascular lamina

forming the gill-plate are really sieves to separate suspended

molecules from the surrounding medium on the passage of the

water from the branchial to the anal chamber ; ;—an apparatus of

the most exquisite beauty and perfect adaptation to the desired

end.

«We cannot understand how this beautiful structure escaped

detection by the mercurial injection of Mr. Clark.”

I at once dispose of the last remark to save trouble m my

Mr..W.Clark on the Branchial Currents in the Bivalves, 31k

counter-statement ; if these gentlemen had read _.a. little more at-

tentiyely, they would have seen, in the paper on which they have

passed their strictures, that Mr. Clark states, “ the application of

the, mercury to that tube gradually filled the entire range of the

branchial vessels, which exhibited a very elegant appearance, but

no fluid escaped “from them into the branchial sac.’

_ It,is: proper to state, that the Pholas erispata is the species

that has furnished my controversialists with their remarks on my

branchial theory, which is illustrated chiefly by the P. dactylus.

Iam not aware that this circumstance is of much moment, as

we may safely conclude that the gills of all the Pholades have. in

essentials. the same character. But I ought to mention, that the

framework of the respiratory apparatus in some tribes of the

Bivalyes presents a very different arran gement. For example, there

are several British families whose species I have seen alive, and

which fortunately can be obtained, that have a peculiar branchial

construction, which appears as to general configuration closely

analogous to that lately described in the ‘Annals’ to exist in

the; Chamostrea albida and Myochama anomioides of authors, but

the particular parts of the mechanism in my species do not ac-

cord ;,I think the narrow reticulated ribands on the external

surface are not permeable, and do not lie on apertures that com-

municate with the interbranchial tubes. I refrain, at present,

from extending these remarks, but in a fitting time I shall be

prepared with some comparative notes on certain species that

have only.a single complete gill-lamina and a rudimentary one

on. each side the body, which seem to me to differ essentially

in) structure from the descriptions that have been promulgated

on the composition of the branchial mechanism of the species

that have been alluded to.

I now enter on the counter-statement to the last quotation,

and beg to observe, that Messrs. Alder and Hancock, in the ex-

planatory sketch of their Pholas crispata, Pl. XV. vol. viii. N, 8.

give a very intelligible outline of their theory. Though entir ely

dissenting from it, | cannot but admire the ingenious delineation,

particularly fig. 3. of the gill-lamine, showing the aspect of the

meshes ; it has however one fault—it exhibits them all with sym-

metrical longitudinal fissures called “ orifices,” which I think are

ruptures of the membrane of each mesh, not one of which exists

naturally in the three species I have examined. .

Since. May 1853 I haye often performed “ the simple experi-

ment ” detailed by, Messrs. Alder and Hancock in the third pa-

ragraph of their paper, p. 374; it is by far the most important,

of the series, as the problem of communication, with them; be-

tween the anal and branchial siphons, depends on it :—by the in-

jections of more than 200 Pholades with mercury and coloured

312 Mr. W. Clark on the Branchial Currents in the Bivalves,

fluids, the invariable result has been my inability,,.as, im; the,

first experiments in 1850, to pass the fluids through ‘the anal,

chamber further than to fill all the interbranchial tubes ; but 1.

always found the gill-laminz, which form their walls, impervious,

instead of allowing liquid to issue “ from 10,000 pores.” [tis

necessary to state that the numerous interlaminar canals that

compose the divisions of the gill-plates are nearly parallel, and

hang vertically from the dorsal line, ranging at equidistances

throughout a great part of the extent of each branchial plate,

and by sutural lines of junction cut off the communication be-

tween each tube.

I will now enter a little more into detail on some points im

connexion with the branchial lamine, by describing the appear-

ance of the areas of the parallelograms under repeated examina-

tions by transmitted light, and also as opake objects, rendered

so by the injection of mercury.

In a full-grown Pholas dactylus, the surfaces of each. gill-:

lamina together comprise an extent of about a square inch,

every one-tenth of which contains 400 oblong subquadrangular

spaces, or 40,000 in each plate, forming a total in the four gills

of 160,000; this admeasurement and enumeration may not be

very far from the truth. In each parallelogram, besides a ge-

neral suboval depression, there are within it five to twenty or

more shallow excavations of various size and shape, but there is

no ruling symmetrical fissure as delineated in Messrs. Alder and

Hancock’s fig. 8. Each area shows a plain, a pitted, and a mam-

millated or traceried surface, detected by the action of the miero-

scopic foci. We will start from the plain surface in which there

is certainly no perforation ; the fine adjustment of the instrument

measures the depth of the depressions, and by another movement

shows the character of the minute points, thus proving that no

fissure or aperture exists, as when there is really an imperfection

in the membrane it cannot thus be resolved, but under every phase

of the instrument the hiatus of a solution of continuity 1s seen.

The shallow depressions are the uncovered patches of the mem-

branous base of the scales or epithelium incident to all the Mol-

lusca ; from them the numerous vibratile cilia sprig which pre-

sent the most discordant and particular motions that operate

from every point ; sometimes they appear as if each entire pit

was whirled on a vertical axis, at others a compact mass of

strands dilates and contracts like the heart, then a fasciculus of

cilia is seen beating the water with every irregularity ; sometimes

only a single cirrhus is raised and falls in quick succession, like a

hammer in a mechanic’s hand; but it is impossible to describe all

the varieties of motion. In a fresh animal the action and strokes

exhibit the greatest rapidity ; it seems utterly impracticable. that

_——-

Mi. W: Clark on the Branchial Currents in the Bivalves. 313

regular currents can be formed by such a chaos of agency ; ra-

pidity and diversity is the natural character of the action of the

ciliay and it is only by the exhaustion of moisture, which can

never occur in natural sites, that a subdued and more deliberate

motion is attained, and even then their direction is as variable as

ever ; I can only consider them as the eliminating mechanism of

the oxygen. The epithelium is pretty regularly deposited on the

upper area of a compound membrane, one lamina being thin,

horny, and of a yellowish pale brown ; the other thicker, of a

more mucous quality and whiter colour: this is seen by exami-

ning the edges of a section. Between these membranes which

form the substance of the gill-plates the network of the blood-

vessels is spread, as without such support it would fall to pieces :

perhaps the roots of the cilia pass through the epithelium and

its supporting membrane, and impinging or centring on the

coats of the blood-vessels, by a capillary or porous action supply

them with the air they extract from the water. It is scarcely

possible to view a more interesting object than the structure of

the branchial mechanism and operation of the cilia, by trans-

mitted light, under a power of 300 or 400 diameters. I think

these data will almost convince naturalists that these organs

cannot be the agents of a communication from the branchial

_ chamber to the anal siphon.

j Tt is necessary to state that occasional lesions, and now and

then a perforation, are seen on the surface of the gill-lamine,

the evident effect of a casual imperfection ; with these exceptions,

entirety is the ruling aspect ; all my fellow-observers concurred

in this opinion ; and two pieces of gill-lamina containing several

_ interbranchial tubes were submitted to a distinguished metro-

_ politan microscopist, who thus reported on them: “I can find

no pores in them, unless.a piece of leather may be called porous.”

_ Since this opinion a great number of the gill-membranes of the

_ Pholas dactylus have been examined by transmitted hght by one

_ of Mr. Ross’s microscopes, with the } and i of an inch object-

glasses, a power more than sufficient to detect the presence of

natural symmetrical apertures or pores through which effective

_ permeation could be obtained ; indeed that power would be equal »

_ to show pores through which no water could pass freely, and

_ seareely by exudation. . .

-The gill-plates of the Pholas parva are more delicate than in

_ the ‘ dactylus.’ No appearance of symmetrical apertures exists,

but only an excessively minute wiry tracery, studded in the inter-

_ stices with points, which, under a power of 300 linear, only pre-

_ sented a surface little larger than the point of the finest needle,

_ and had the aspect of prominent dots rather than pores.

Inthe Pholas papyracea the gills are of the finest texture, but —

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 22

a ee eT ee eee Ce nee

314 Mr. W. Clark on the Branehial Currents in the Bivalves.

exhibit no appearance of a permeable structure; minute points

are scattered in the tracery of the parallelograms, some of them

being circled by a shallow grooved line ; but this is merelyya de-

pression of the epithelium or its supporting membrane. »Ivhave

preserved the preparations. The P. candida has not been exa-

mined, and the P. crispata does not inhabit the South Devon

coasts. isos bed |

Having mentioned. accidental lesions and gill-lamimar imper+

fections, I have to add, that in testing Messrs. Alder and Han-

cock’s chief experiment, no alcoholic injections should be used,

as by their penetrating quality they may exude through these

supereminently delicate tissues; nor should mercury be employed,

as its weight in young subjects without great care often causes

ruptures, and from its density it does not pass near so freely as

aqueous fluids. Sea water coloured by indigo or archil, or pure,

is the proper injection, which must not be pushed beyond a full

distension of the interlaminar tubes. The animal should be.

prepared in as natural a state as possible, and not be killed by

any process producing sudden asphyxia, as immersion im: hot

water or alcohol ; the first destroys tenacity im delicate: tissues,

the second thickens and hardens them too much, and oecasions

lesions and fissures by contraction. There must be no lesions

in the gill-lamine, except those that result from imperfections,

which prevail to more or less extent in every animal I have

examined—at least 500; any solution of continuity at the junc-

tion of the gills with the excessively delicate mem®ranes of the

body will be fatal to success.

If the experiment is thus conducted, no injection through the

anal siphen will flow into the branchial vault by the route of the

interlaminar canals ; the only moisture, if any, that can arrive

there, may be a slight exudation, a proportionate one to the

number of perforations and cracks in the membrane from laminar

malformation, and of these only those which pass through into

the interbranchial tubes. There may be in the 40,000 paral-

lelograms in each gill, about twenty flaws or imperfections, and

I reserve the possibility that all or most of these may arise from

the manipulation of such delicate tissues.

After all these incidents, how am I to explain the great

discrepancy between the experiments of the northern naturalists,

illustrated by their “ 10,000 porés,” and mine, by the impossi-

bility: of causing fluids to issue from the interbranchial tubes

by: percolation through the membrane on which the network of

the blood-vessels is spread? But ’tis said, the sight is keener

in the North than with us southrons. The only solution I ean

offer is a mere guess, that the animals operated on by these

gentlemen, after being killed, and alcoholized to harden: the

Mri WiClark on\the Branchial Currents in'the Bivalvés. 315

fabric,andithe»contractive qualities of aleohol are well-known;

=+had, when the moisture was evaporated, the membrane:of the

e1itire network -of the branchial laminz broken: by lesions and

contractions; and their fig. 3. in the plate has much the aspect

ofsuch ruptures. “I cast this idea on the waters,” as Southey

did “his little book,” and it may have as much value as it deserves.

I had scarcely written these lines when I found that my conjecture

might be right.. Having opened in a gill-plate an interbranchial

tube that retained the injected mercury, I cleared it of the

mineral, and being dry it was placed in water to recover pliability,

for fixing on a tablet, on which it was carefully spread without

stretching ; I found that in the central portion of the membrane

of the plate almost every parallelogram was ruptured, which

under the microscope showed no previous solutions of continuity,

and:each fissure proved a fac-simile of those delineated vol. vin.

NuS. Pl. XV. fig. 3. )

» The:area of the portion of the plate examined contained about

2000 parallelograms in rows, and by its size caused the sphere

of: contractibility to centre in the middle, whilst towards the

margins, a less resistance and greater elasticity prevailing, many

of therows of network preserved their integrity. I then pre-

pared ‘another portion of ten transverse and as many longitudinal

vows); in this diminished area not a mesh was ruptured, and the

membrane of the blood-vessels remained perfect. It appears

then, that the moistening of the gill-plate with plain water—and

of course with alcohol a much greater effect is produced—may

have caused all the fissures in Messrs. Alder and Hancock's

specimens, thus fully accounting for the singularly different

results of our respective injections of the anal siphon.

> If-d.am right in these points, the question of in- and ex-cur-

vents by cilia and separate siphons is disposed of. The data of

these gentlemen to show a communication between the anal and

branchial vaults through the membrane of the network of the

gill-laminz not being tenable, of course their theory falls:to

the ground, on the principle of “sublata causa tollitur effectus ;”

consequently mine, as published in the ‘ Annals,’ 1850, has not

yet been proved incorrect. fis

Hitherto the Pholades have been more particularly the object

of consideration ; it may now be not amiss to turn our attention

to a group of Bivalves which, though essentially the same,’ differ

materially in the configuration and arrangement of many of their

organs; they may perhaps assist us in searching out the truth,

by the discordancy of their attributes with those of their pre-

cursors. ) ) oVl. sift

_ ~ How am I to consider the Anomie and Ostree, that have open

- mantles and no tubes, in which the water must' enteratvevery

22*

316 Mr. W. Clark on the Branchial Currents.in the Bivalves.y

point of the periphery that is patent, contemporaneously with

the opening of the shell by the animal? Here the water cannot,

be passed off by what is called an anal tube, because none exists ;

it:must therefore be discharged by the great ventral cavity... Or,

am I to idealize, and suppose that in the same branchial vault.a

distinct in-current has its course and another out ?... I may ob-

serve, that in the Gasteropoda there is a similar periodic entry

and expulsion of water from the branchial chamber as in the

Bivalves; and after the cilia have extracted the oxygen, I have

witnessed a hundred times the forcible expulsion of the effete

fluid by a jet as decided as in them ;—am I here also to suppose

that there are two distinct opposite currents in the same undivided

cavity ?

I have now to inquire how the gill-percolation, admitting for

argument that it exists, is disposed of in this tribe of Bivalves

without siphons. If the water permeates the gills of the Pholades,

it must do so in the Anomie and Ostree; in the former there is

a-possible vent by the siphon, but none in the latter, therefore

it must revert to its source, the branchial cavity. Does not this

go far to prove that there is no permeation in either case ?...,

Then, may it not be permitted us, in this asiphonal group, with-

out having recourse to an “olla podrida,” or hash of currents,

to conclude, that when the animal opens the shell for the ad-

mission of water to bathe the branchiz, and when that function

is accomplished, it ejects the effete fluid by the same channel it

entered, as no separate duct can be found? Will not the calm

consideration of this case make most men doubt the existence of

branchial currents either by distinct tubes, that is one inhalant

and branchial, and another exhalant and anal, or by what I term

supposititious ones? The former position I think I have proved

im the Pholades by showing that there is no effective communica-

tion between the two chambers; and in the Anomie and Ostree,

the latter condition of the currents being imaginary, appears to

be the most correct view. It may therefore be considered that

in the Bivalves, whatever modification their siphonal mechanism

may present, all are subject to a general law of the water being

expelled from the same siphon or channel at which it entered,

aided by the pedal gape and pedal aperture where they exist ;

and m the Anomie and Ostree, in which these organs are rudi-

mentary or entirely wanting, the water is simply received and

expelled through the ventral range, and not by an imaginative

inhalant and exhalant regular current, effected by cilia.

The remainder of Messrs. Alder and Hancock’s paper requires

no further remark than a few words on their concluding experi-

ment, showing how the colouring matters collect m the neigh-

bourhood of the buccal aperture. I have observed these appear-

Me We Clark ‘onthe Branchial Currents in the Bivalvesi 317

andés, ‘but I am of opinion, that in an animal cut up from stem

to stern, with the so-called m-current, as they admit, annihilated,

little dependence can be placed on the action of the gill-laminz

ted in ‘a shallow vessel, to account for the colouring matters

seen ‘at its oral termination. And I cannot understand’ the

hydro-pneumatic statics of these gentlemen, nor the position

agreeably to their theory, that “a tendency to form a vacuum”

in the anal chamber and interbranchial tubes is effected by the

“flowing out” of the water from the ex-current siphon, com-

bined with ciliary agency, which actions, they add, are the

foundation of their “correct answer to this question; How is

the matter, divided into such minute particles, collected on the

surface of the gills ?”

* But a fallacy with respect to a tendency to form a vacuum

seems to present itself, as in this case a flowing out involves the

idea of a flowing in, which militates against the vacuum, for the

fact is, that with the outflow there is in their theory a contem-

poraneous succession of fluid to compensate any possible ex-

haustion. One would rather suppose that a tendency to a vacuum,

instead of existing in the anal chamber, the point of issue, would

be formed in the branchial vault, the source of supply, from a

possible deficiency of fluid: a river shows no appearance of

vacuity at its debouchure or elsewhere, whilst its sources main-

tain their integrity.

* Ican conceive in a running stream that the pressure of one

portion of water on another produces an impulsion, nota

vacuum ; but how is this impulsion from mere declivity of gra-

dient to operate in the Bivalves, in which the natural position of

_ the siphons is almost invariably at an angle of 90° in reference

to the horizon? How is the flow out of water to be effected)in

them? Are we called on to believe that the cilia, besides elimi-

nating the oxygen for the blood, perform the function of a

pumping apparatus? Surely I need not further entertain such

an absurdity ; we may therefore conclude that the water is ex-

pelled at intervals of two to five minutes from both chambers, by

the powerful adductor muscles in combination with the siphonal

vetéactors of the animal operating on the valves; these agents

act asa force-pump; there is no other adequate exhausting

mechanism. u

I do’ not think the idea of ciliary currents, independent

those for the extraction of the oxygen, can be sustained. I also

cannot admit, with my views of the impermeability of the gill-

laminze, that: the concluding hypothesis of these gentlemen

throws “some light on the sustentation of the Lamellibranchiate

mollusks ;’? I believe the gills are strictly a respiratory machine,

with the exception that they may be subservient m some or all*

318 Mr. W. Clark onthe Branchial Currents in'the Bivalves.

~the Bivalves to reproduction. I consider that the palpi are,the-

purveyors and locomotive agents of the alimentary matters. a

As’a last argument I submit a syllogism, which perhaps some

of your readers will say, from its decisive character, had better;

have been placed at the head, instead of the end of this paper,and)

thus they and myself would have escaped the trouble of wading,

through long accounts of optical and other experimental tests. /)

In a gill-membrane in which cilia are planted, epithelium is.

always present, and it and its supporting tissue cannot exist

without a membranous and mucous substratum; these are abso-

lutely antagonistic to water and impermeable ; therefore the gill-

laminz of the Pholades and other bivalves are impermeable. ,_

I apprehend, that ciliated mucous membranes are neither.

absorbents nor emunctories, though the vessels uf such glands

may pass through them to the surface; they are probably. a

product by exudation from the blood-vessels, for the formation

of an upper membrane and the epithelium, Thus the very con-

stitution of the branchial plates informs the anatomist. and,

physiologist, that there cannot through them. be a communica-,

tion from the branchial to the anal chamber. )

It would be lost labour to prolong this disquisition, in which_I,

fear my observations have been too often repeated, but the im-,

portance of the problem is my apology. If I haye failed to

convince, I have at least supplied matter for reflection, which.

may perhaps lead malacologists to doubt whether the doctrme

of inhalant and exhalant currents by cilia and distinct apertures:

can be maintained against the evidence I have presented, and to,

admit that this long-entertained theory may prove a delusion. »

I conclude with a remark of Sir William Napier, who thus

offers an apology—all will exclaim, a needless one —for writing

the history of what he terms “a thrice-told tale,” the Peninsular,

War: the eloquent historian says, “ that two men observing the.

same object will describe it diversely, according to the poimt, of

view from which either beholds it; in the eyes of one it shall

be a fair prospect, to the other a barren waste, and neither may

see aright.’’

Are the northern naturalists and myself in this category? He

adds, “ wherefore truth being the legitimate object of history, it

is better that she should be sought for by the many than by few,

lest for want of seekers, amongst false lights, she be lost

altogether.”

Let us then apply these views, and hope that in this branch of

history many observers, besides the present controversialists, will

step in to announce the truth and dispel the mists of prejudice.

I am, Gentlemen, your most obedient servant,

Wirrtim CrLark,

ee ee eo

elon '\ «Mar. RB. Warington on Marine Vivaria, iY 319

> a aeae Preserving the Balance between the Animal and Ve-

_getable Organisms in Sea Water, By Ropert Wanineron.*

In the published notices of my experiments of 1849, to maintain

the balance ‘between the animal and vegetable organisms in a

confined and limited portion of water, the fact was demonstrated,

that, in consequence of the natural decay of the vegetation, its

subsequent decomposition and the mucus-growth to which it

gave rise, this balance could only be sustained for a very short

period, but, if another member were introduced, which would

feed upon the decaying vegetation and thus prevent the accumu-

lation of these destructive products—a function most admirably

performed by the various species of water-snail—such balance

was capable of being continuously maintained without the

slightest difficulty ; and I may add, that the experimental proof

of this has now been carried on, in a small tank in the heart of

London, for the last four years and a half, without any change

or disturbance of the water; the less which takes place by eva-

poration being made up with rain or distilled water, so as to

avoid any great increase of the mineral ingredients originally

present. It follows then, as a natural deduction, from the suc-

cessful demonstration of these premises, that the same balance

should be capable of being established, under analogous circum

stances, in sea water. And in a paper published in January

1852+, I stated that I was, at that time, “ attempting the same

kind of arrangement with a confined portion of sea water, em-

ploying some of the green sea-weeds for the vegetable member

of the circle, and the common periwinkle as the representative

of the water-snail.”’

’ The sea water with which the experiments I am about to de-

tail were conducted, was obtained through the medium of one of

the oyster-boats at the Billingsgate fish-market, and was taken

from the middle of the English Channel.

_ My first object was to ascertain the kind of sea-weed best

fitted, under ordinary circumstances, for keeping the water clear

and sweet, and in a sufficiently oxygenated state to sustain ani-

mal life. And here opinions were at variance, for one naturalist

friend whom I consulted, advised me to employ the Rhodospernis ;

another stated that it was impossible to make the red weeds’

answer the purpose, as he had tried them, and strongly recom-

mended the olive or brown-coloured Algz ; while, again, others

thought that I should be more successful with those which had

* Communicated by the Author, having been read at the Hull Meeting

of the British Association. ’

-{ Gardeners’ Botanical Magazine and Garden Companion, Jan. 1852.

320 Myr. R. Warington on Preserving the Balance between

in theory first suggested themselves to my own sisielk namely

the Chlorosperms. After making numerous wisucces»! ulexpe-:

riments with both the brown and the réd varieties:of’ Alge,

I was fully convinced that, under ordinary piven eae the

green weeds were the best adapted for the purpose.

This point having been practically ascertained, and some al

pieces of the Enteromorpha and Ulva latissima in a healthy state,

attached to nodules of flint or chalk, having been procured

from the shore near Broadstairs, several living animal subjects

were mtroduced together with the periwinkle. Everything pro-

gressed satisfactorily, and these all continued in a healtby and

lively condition.

My first trials were conducted in one of the sinall tanks which

had been used for fresh water ; but as it was necessary, during the

unsuccessful experiments with the brown and red sea-weeds; to

agitate and aérate the water, which had been rendered foul from

the quantity of mucus or gelatinous matter generated during the

decay of their fronds, until the whole had become oxidized, and

the water rendered clear and fitted for another experiment, it"

was, therefore, for greater convenience, removed into a shallow

earthen pan and covered with a large glass shade to protect the

surface of the water, as much as possible, from the dust and soot

of the London atmosphere, and at the same time impede the

evaporation. In this vessel then I had succeeded perfectly in

keeping a large number of beautiful living specimens in a healthy”

condition up to the close of 1852. I therefore gave instructions

for the making of a small tank as a more permanent reservoir,

and one more adapted for carrying on my observations and

investigations on the ceconomy and habits of the inhabitants.

From the experience I had obtained in my experiments with

the freshwater tank, I was induced to modify slightly the con-

struction of this vessel; thus, at the back, or part towards the

light, the framing was filled with slate in the same way as the

ends and bottom ; for I had found that the glass, originally em-

ployed, very soon became covered with a confervoid growth

which had an unpleasing appearance to the eye, and in conse-

quence of which I had been obliged to paint the glass on the

exterior to prevent this growth from increasing to too great an

extent. It was also an unnatural mode of illumination, as all the

light should pass through the surface of the water. The front

towards the room and the observer was constructed of plate-

glass, the whole being set in a stout framework of zine, and

cemented with what is known under the name of Seott’s cement,

and which I have found to answer for the purpose most admi-

rably. Within this tank were arranged several large pieces of

rock-work, thrown into an arched form, and other fragments

the Animaland Vegetable Organisms in Sea Water. (321

werecemented in places against the slate at the back and ends,

and at parts along the water-line, so that the creatures could

hide’ themselves at pleasure ; a short beach of pebbles was also

eonstructed in order that shallow water could be resorted to if

desired. The whole tank was covered with a light glass shade to

keep out)the dust and retard evaporation.

With the sea water obtained in January 1852, I have been

working without cessation up to the present time, agitating and

aérating when it became foul during the unsuccessful experi-

ments on the sea-weeds, but since then it has been rarely ever

disturbed ; the loss which takes place from evaporation being

made up, as before stated, with rain or distilled water.

- For a considerable period, after commencing these experi-

ments, I was much troubled to obtain living subjects in a healthy

condition, but having alluded to this, and the success of my in-

vestigations, in a short notice appended to a paper published in

the ‘Annals of Natural History’ for October 1852, my friend

Mr. P. H. Gosse, who was then sojourning at Ilfracombe for his

health, offered in the kindest manner possible to supply me with

materials, and from that period he has always most heartily re-

sponded to my wants. It must not be imagined for a moment

that the beautiful creatures I have thus received have been all

preserved. alive or always quite healthy. In experimental investi-

gations this would be unreasonable to expect, as the very fact of

experimenting implies a disturbance of the then state of things.

Besides which, from want of a sufficient knowledge of natural

history, from want of forethought and experience and other

causes, I have lost many very fine specimens ; and as the detail of

these losses may prevent the occurrence of the like annoyances

to others, I shall venture to occupy your time for a short period

with their history. i

My greatest loss arose from too great an anxiety to transfer

the collection I had preserved in a healthy condition to the end

of December 1852 into the new tank. As soon as it arrived

from the maker’s I lost no time in introducing my numerous

family to their new abode, and dearly I paid for my precipitancy,

for on the next morning I found many of my most beautiful spe-

eimens dead ; thus I lost two fine Holothurias (H. Pentactes), a

small freckled Goby (Gobius minutus), a beautiful little Pipe- fish

(Syngnathus lwmbriciformis), and several others, and on opening

the door of the case the cause of this mortality was at once evi-

dent,—an iridescent film of oily matter was floating on the sur-

face of the water, arising from the paint with which the angular

joints and edges of the small tank had been coloured not having

become sufficiently hardened. u

~ Another source of loss arises from the several creatures attack-

322 Mr. R. Warington on Preserving the Balance between

ing and devouring each other, and it therefore becomes 4 point’

of great importance—and highly necessary to be carefully ob~

served, where their preservation is an object—to ascertain what

varieties: may be safely associated in the same tank ; as, for in-

stance, I have found that the Shrimps and Prawns attack; and:

very soon devour, all the larger varieties of Corallines and Polyps,)

Sabellz, Serpulz, Rock-borers, Cirrhipeds, some of the Annelids,

many Bivalve and Univalve Mollusks that are unprotected by an

operculum, or have no power of closing their valves. The in-

stances which have come under my own immediate observation

have been the destruction of the Pholas dactylus, Saxicava rugosa,

Cyprea Europea, and several specimens of Sabelle, Serpule,

Coryne sessilis and many others.

The common Crab (Cancer Menas) is likewise a most de-

structive agent ; and the tribe of rock-fish, the Blennies, Gobies,

&e. are also most voracious, devouring all the varieties of Cirrhi-

peds, Corallines, Polyps, Annelids, &c.; they will also attack’

the shrimps and prawns, and even seize upon the horns of the

periwinkle, which they bite. If the mollusks do not keep avery

firm hold of the rock or tank sides, they are rapidly turned over

by these fish on their backs and lie helplessly exposed: to their

attacks*. It is doubtless their seeking food of this kind which,

causes these little fish to be so generally found in the shallow

rock-pools of the coast. In consequence of these ravenous pro-

pensities I have been obliged to establish several small tanks and

imitation rock-pools, so as to separate these various depredators

from each other : thus in one I have varieties of Actinia, Shrimps,

Nudibranchs, Holothurias, and some Annelids; in a second the

rock-fish, as the Blennies, Gobies, Cottus, with Crabs and

Actinie ; in a third Corallines, Annelids, Polyps, Rock-borers,

Sabelle, Serpule, Holothurias, and Actinie.

Another curious instance of loss I may detail which has quite

recently occurred, and which may prove interesting ; it was in a

small rock-pool containing Blennies, Gobies, Crabs, &e. I had

procured two live oysters for the purpose of feeding my nume-

rous small fry in these vivaria, and one of these having proved

ample for the purpose of one meal, the other was placed on the

* Since the reading of this paper at Hull I have received a Blenny of

larger size, being about 33 inches in length, and although it has become so

tame that it will allow itself to be touched by the hand and takes its food

from the fingers, yet its destructive propensities are so great, that it very

soon killed four small Crabs ; and to save three others, of rather a larger

size, I have: been obliged to remove the Blenny to a rock-pool in asso-

ciation with his own species and a few Actinie. The only refuge the poor

Crabs had was to bury themselves in the sand, and whenever they attempted

to move out of their refuge they were immediately pounced upon and only

escaped by burrowing rapidly again.

ithe: Animal and Vegetable Organismsiin Sea Water, 323

sandy bottom; ‘on the second day after this the oyster was ob-

served 'to:have opened: the valves of his shell to a great extent,

which werevafterwards scen closed, but a small Gobius niger, in-

habiting the pool, could nowhere be seen. The day after this

the ‘oyster was ‘opened for the general feeding, when, lo! within

the shell was found the unfortunate Godius, quite dead. Whether:

this little gentleman had been attracted within the trap by cu-

riosity or the ciliary motion of the oyster, it is impossible with

certainty to say; but that he must have seized on some sensitive

part of the oyster is more than probable, so as to have caused:

such a rapid closing of the valves of the shell as could entrap so

active a burglar.

Another important point is the gravity of the sea water ;

this should be very carefully regulated, for it must be borne in

miud that many of the marine creatures are supplied by a per-

meation of water through their tissues or over their delicate and:

beautiful organs. The specific gravity should not rise above

1026 at 60° Fahr., and a small hydrometer should be at. short

periods introduced to ascertain that this point is not exceeded,

particularly during the hot months of summer. The reduction

to this gravity can be readily effected by the addition of rain or

distilled water. Many of the creatures will of themselves afford

indications of this mcrease of density ; some of the Actinie will

remain closed and become coated with a white slimy covering

within which they remain for a length of time, and if the specific

gravity of the water be lowered this is very soon ruptured by

their expansion, thrown off, and the tentacula become soon

extended.

» All-putrescent matter or excess of food or rejecta of the Ac-

tinie should be carefully removed from the water, as the noxious

gaseous compounds generated by the decay of such matters appear

to diffuse themselves rapidly through the water, act as a virulent

poison, and speedily destroy the vitality of the occupants. Thus

many beautiful subjects were lost in a few hours from the intro-

duction, into a small glass jar, of a large Pecten shell, encrusted

with corallines, which had become loaded with putrescent matter

by partial submersion in a foul muddy bottom.

_ Great care should also be taken in moving the Actini@ that

the foot or suckmg disc with which it attaches itself to the

rocks, stones, or mud, be not injured, as, when this occurs, they

rarely survive, but roll about without attaching themselves, and

gradually waste away and die.

~ With these exceptions then, everything has gone on very sa-

tisfactorily, care being always taken not to overload the water

with too large.a proportion of animal life for the vegetation to.

balance, as, whenever this has been inadvertently attempted, the

324 ‘Prof. J. Buckman on the Cornbrash of the

water has soon become foul, and the whole contents of thé tank,

both animal and vegetable, have rapidly suffered, and it has re-

quired some time before the water could be restored to its fonijer

healthy condition. "ha

In one of the numbers of the ‘ Zoologist’ of last year, I'stated

that besides the Ulve, Enteromorphe and Cladophore, I had found

the Zostera marina a very useful plant for oxygenating the sea

water ; but this observation has reference only to the case of a

tank supplied with a ground where its roots will find a sufficiency

of food for its growth, as in a clear shingle or sand it soon de-

cays; and it should be associated with such animals as delight

in a ground of this nature, as many of the Annelids, Crabs, bur-

rowing Shrimps, &c. There are several interesting observations

which have been made from time to time connected with this

subject, which I hope to lay before the natural-history world as

soon as I can find leisure time for the purpose.

Apothecaries’ Hall, Sept. 10, 1853.

XXXI.—On the Cornbrash of the neighbourhood of Cirencester.

By James Buckman, F.LS., F.G.S., Professor of Geology

Royal Agricultural College*.

Tux Cornbrash as it occurs in the neighbourhood of Cirencester,

though for the most part a very thin member of the Oolitic

series of rocks, yet presents us with many points for consider-

ation of great interest.

In the counties of Gloucester and Wilts it is always found to

rest upon a thick bed of Forest marble clay, a section at Kemble,

four miles from Cirencester, being as follows in descendmg

order :-—

1. Cornbrash, an oolitic stone, with rough uneven fracture and - ft... in.

Fela SHEN Se sors coca stebecesc cess ccescns cecabvesecetsndmcnenseeae 0

2. Blue clay without shells \ POR ESE Tine. nts caves ncn ded vanenseed 17_ 0

Siliceous limestone... J Marble .cccsceccececeeveeccceseeeeee 6 0

4. Bradford clay, very fossiliferous — ........ssssesseeseeeeeeneees ’ tae)

BAe ti Oolite sists. 28 72sd. ao MMAR DOS UE be sencerwesonessveaseavss

The bed No. 1, which it is our object to describe in the fol-

lowing remarks, though of so slight thickness, is found to be the

substratum. of large tracts of land, especially in the neighbour-

hood of Cirencester, Fairford, Cricklade, and Malmsbury; in

each case presenting great and beneficial peculiarities of soil,

not only when compared with that upon its surrounding forest

marble, but also in comparison with other oolitic brashes ; in-

deed, its name ‘‘Cornbrash” would appear to have been given

to it from the fact that its soil affords a brash or stony soil

* Read to the Cotteswold Naturalists’ Club, Sept. 20, 1853.

}

.\\ \y neighbourhood of Cirencester. ) 325

fayourable for corn crops, which is far from usually being the

case with those either of the Inferior or Great. Oolitic beds ;. in-

deed.our observations of crops upon what the Cotteswold farmer

calls “stone brashes” of the district, when compared with the

Cornbrash, would ead us. to conclude , the following as a fair

average grown upon, an acre in bushels :—

1. Stonebrash, | 2. Stonebrash,

Inferior Oolite. | Great Oolite.

3. Cornbrash.

Bushels. Bushels. Bushels.

Wheat ............ 15 to 20 20 to 25 25 to 30

w fal TIBEICY :oarseeee senses 25 to 30 | 30 to 35 40 to 45

POR a resnin ls locany 25 to 30 35 to 40 45 to 50

The average rent may perhaps be gathered from the following

table :—

the acre.

1, Stonebrash, Inferior Oolite .........+++0+. 7s. to 20s.

2. Stonebrash, Great Oolite.......... eaten 14s. to 25s.

Gone COLTDPASH A atag vena aacc «tc ceesaacWascagecr yess 20s. to 40s.

_ This great difference in the productive powers of soils, which

a cursory examination only would lead to the conclusion were

nearly alike in character, may, to a considerable extent, be ex-

plained by the following analyses, which were made by Professor

Voelcker from specimens which I had the pleasure of procuring

for him ; and it may be remarked in passing, that as the analyses

were made by the Professor in order to ascertain the different

constituents of the rocks and not the soil, in each case typical

hand specimens were presented to him, and the result singularly

explains observed facts with regard to the crops upon the re-

spective substrata.

Result of analyses by Professor A. Voelcker :- —

Inferior Oolite. | Great Oolite. Cornbrash.

“Carbonate of lime ......... 89:20 95-346 89-195

Magnesia 5.02. ...cec cece "34 ‘739 771

Sulphate of lime ............ 09 "204 "241

Oxide of iron | ............ “fs

AlUMina veeesecceseessecv ones 4:14 1-422 2185.

Phosphoric acid ....+0....+ ‘06 ‘124 "Ria

Soluble silica ............68. 9-75 1016. 1:23] —

Insoluble siliceous matter.. 3:27 "533 4°827

Alkaline salts 9....0...5 erie ‘ ibaedeharnaisiédi undetermined: wndcterestinal

99-85

—— a a

99°384 99° 420

326 Prof. J. Buckman on the Cornbrash of the

/These-analyses show that the phosphoric acid’ and ‘sulphate of

lime—two important chemical agents in the growth of crops

greatly predominate in theCornbrash ; and besides this, the thick-

ness of Cornbrash soil is always greater than that upon the

Stonebrashes, as this rock more readily breaks up ‘and’ becomes

disintegrated by atmospheric action. grim

These remarks tend to show the great practical advantage of

geological and chemical knowledge, and fully explain how’a

successful farmer near Cirencester has converted a “ brash farm”

—which is in general a term of reproach—into one of the most

productive farms in the district, this brash being the fertile Corn-

brash.

But not only is this thin stratum of interest on account of

the fine crops which it yields, but it will ever present a

charm to the geologist from the rich harvest of fossils which it

everywhere contains ; indeed, the reason why it crumbles down

so readily is probably owing in part to its being composed of

shells, which are merely cemented together by a calcareous’ ma¥

trix, whilst the phosphates of the rocks are doubtless derived

from its imbedded animal matter ; hence our examination has not

only afforded a tolerable list of species, but several forms are

numerically so great, and offer so many curious types, as to de-

serve a more attentive study than has yet been accorded them.

Now in giving an account of the fossil contents of the Cornbrash,

it must be understood that my facts are solely derived from ob-

servation in the quarries of my more immediate district and are

consequently incomplete, and as a lengthened list of fossils could

only be the more tedious the more copious its details, I pro-

pose in this place to append a mere summary of its remains,

making remarks upon its more interesting paleontological

features. tba

Summary of Cornbrash Fossils from the neighbourhood of

Cirencester.

e Species.

1. Brachiopoda ........5..0...cseececseees

2: sConchifera = 952..08. MOA Rees 30

3. Gasteropoda ............s+eeeeeee iat 2E

4, Cephalopoda ............eceeeeeenees 3

De ATMNENGA .\ ccs cceueso0ces mosdeseoshy sG 4

6. Zoophyta .......secceseseceseecseceeees 3

7. Echinodermata......seeeeesseeeeseeeee 8

An interesting feature in the natural history of the Brachio-

poda, is that five forms of Terebratula, namely the T. lagenalis,

sublagenalis, obovata, ornithocephala, and digona of authors (see

Davidson’s memoir on Oolitic Brachiopoda by the Palzontogra-

a it

}

; neighbourhood of Cirencester. 327

phic; Soeiety),,are all referable to.one species; this is.a-fact\ar-

xived,at bya comparison of hundreds of individuals, and that

the author just.cited seems to have almost arrived at when he

says, in his. description of 7. lagenalis, ‘ This species has little

to distinguish it from 7. ornithocephala, into. which it seems to

merge by insensible passages,” p. 42. As regards T. sublage-

nalis, the same author remarks, ‘“ This species is always accom-

panied by 7. dagenalis, of which it may perhaps only be a va-

riety,” p. 43; and further, “It is not difficult to find species

uniting ornithocephala to lagenalis, and this last to sublagenalis ;

but as the typical shapes of each are well distinguishable, it

will be found convenient to retain them under distinct specific

names.” The Terebratula digona, he says, ‘“ often approaches in

general form and convexity certain specimens of T. obovata.”

. Here then a wide subject for discussion seems to be opened

up; for if we are to found specific names upon typical specimens,

the question is, where are we to stop? certainly in the case before

us, not with five species. And again, if we admit the specific

identity of the five types under discussion, is it not probable that

even these are but derivative forms that may, in like manner,

be. identified with others? Our own materials certainly tend to

this conclusion.

dn this district the five forms quoted, though not altogether,

yet for the most part, affect distinct localities ; henee the 7. da-

genalis and sublagenalis will be found congregated in masses in

the Fairford quarries, while the T. obovata, from being a rare

exception with them, becomes the rule between Cirencester and

Cricklade. All these, however, are at Malmsbury replaced by

the ZT. digona, which, as yet, is the only instance in this district

m, which I have. observed the latter shell straying from the

Bradford Clay, of which I have been used to consider it charac-

teristic.

The only remaining Brachiopod I shall here mention will be

the T. intermedia, ‘ Min. Conch.’ t. 15. f.8: this is undoubtedly,

to say the least, a form of 7. perovalis. This opinion again is

borne out by Mr. Davidson, as he says in his Memoir, p. 58,

“ Ter. intermedia bears some resemblance to T. perovalis ; some

specimens are undistinguishable.” Now as this latter is an

abundant fossil of the Inferior Oolite as well as Cornbrash, the

sequel will show its recurrence to be of great interest.

Our. next remarks will be upon the Conchifera, the chief in-

terest of which will be found in the fact, that m our summary of:

fifty species, twenty-one or nearly half can be identified with

Inferior Oolite shells, and those for the most part of individuals

which have always been held as highly characteristic of the Lower

Oolite beds; this will become apparent from the following «|

328 On the Cornbrash of the neighbourhood of Cirencester.

List of Fossils common to the Inferior Oolite and Cornbrash of

Gloucestershire.

1, Amphidesma securiforme, Phill. 12. Modiola gibbosa, M. C.

York. (Gresslya.) 13. plicata, M. C.

2. decurtatum, Phill. York. 14. Mya literata, M. C.

3. recurvum, Phill. York. 15. Ostrea, undetermined (perhaps

4. Astarte excavata. several species).

5. Avicula inzequivalvis, M. C. 16. Pholadomya Murchisone, M.C.

6. Cardium ‘citronoideum, Phill. t. 545. ;

York. 17. gibbosa.

is dissimile, M. C. 18. Plagiostoma duplicatum.

8. , undetermined. 19. Pecten.

9. Isocardia concentrica. (Ceromya.) 20. Trigonia costata.

10. minima. 2k. clavellata.

11. Lima gibbosa, M. C. 491.

Here then we have evidence of an older fauna reappearing in

force in a newer bed, and that bed of a very insignificant thick-

ness ; these facts, while they should make us cautious in assign-

ing limits to the range of fossils, may at the same time account

for much of the confusion felt in the history of the Oolites of

Britain, which only becomes the greater on comparison with the

“ Jurassique”’ of the continent.

These remarks are the more pertinent, when it is understood

that in Phillips’s ‘ Illustrations of the Geology of Yorkshire,’

nearly all, if not every individual species figured as characteristic

of the Cornbrash are amongst the more common examples of

Inferior Oolite fossils.

Now these species, except in a few instances, are not common

alike to the Great Oolite of this district, but a reference to

Morris and Lycett’s ‘ Monograph of the Mollusca of the Great

Oolite, chiefly from Minchinhampton and the coast of Yorkshire,’

will tend to explain how the parallelism of the Inferior Oolite

and Cornbrash species of this district could be maintained by the

Great Oolite of the more northerly oolitic deposits. In the

introduction to the memoir cited, p. 6, are the following re-

marks :—“ The evidence afforded by the few species of univalves

which have been forwarded to the authors from Scarborough,

through the kindness of Mr. Bean, though not conclusive, tends

rather to assimilate them with the Inferior Oolite, and the

authors are led to the following very satisfactory explanation.

Admitting therefore the parallelism of the deposits containing

somewhat distinct faunas in the north-eastern and south-western

parts of the present area of England, we are naturally led to

infer, either that the physical conditions might be favourable to

the continuation of species in one locality, or that species cha-

racteristic of an older deposit, in a more distant region, may

have migrated and lived on during the formation of a newer de-—

’

hae ate ne ee eae

On the Teeth of the Pneumonobranchiate Mollusca. 329

posit in another, the conditions having become unfavourable to

the perpetuity of their development in the latter deposit over the

original region whence they had migrated. a

There is now only one other part of our summary of fossils

which seems to claim attention, and that is the Echinodermata.

Of these at least six out of eight are common to the Inferior

Oolite, namely—

Nucleolites = Clypeus. Holectypus = Galerites.

1. —— sinuatus. 4 depressus.

2. —— clunicularis. 5. Acrosolenia hemicidaroides.

3. orbicularis. 6. Diadema depressum.

Of these the Nucleolites sinuatus and Holectypus depressus are

highly characteristic of the Inferior Oolite.

In concluding these remarks, it should be understood that

they refer only to a limited district. Were our observations ex-

tended over the whole range of the Cornbrash, as it occurs in

this country, we should doubtless arrive at additional facts, both

as regards the structure and agricultural capabilities and also its

fossil contents : we may indeed expect the list of the latter to be

greatly augmented, and in all probability other species common

to the Inferior Oolite will have to be noted in addition to those

in our present list.

XXXII. —On the Teeth of the Pneumonobranchiate Mollusea.

By J. E. Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &c.

Tux teeth of the Pneumonobranchiate Mollusca are exceedingly

uniform, when this group is confined to those which have a

closed pulmonary cavity, which, in my former arrangement, I

called Adelopneumona; I now think that the genera which form

the other suborder, being unisexual, and having many characters,

as well as the structure of the tongue, like those of the Teni-

glossa, should be arranged with them, near to the Littorinida,

which often pass the greater part of their lives out of water,

and have very imperfectly developed gills on the inside of the

mantle.

All the genera of the order so restricted have very numerous,

nearly similar ctenoglossal teeth, placed in many cross lines on

a more or less elongated lingual band.

In some genera the line is straight, in others angularly di-

verging from the central lines, and in some the series are ang

4 larly bent on each side of the central line.

Professor Troschel, who has figured the teeth of some European

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xii. 23

330 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Teeth of the

and exotic genera, Dr. Wyman the American genera, and Mr.

Thompson, who has described the teeth of many of the English

genera and species of this order, have shown these peculiarities,

and the alterations which occur in the form of the teeth in dif-

ferent parts of the same cross series.

I have examined the teeth of several of the other exotie ge-

nera, and find them quite conformable to those of the European

kinds. In general the teeth have a broad, expanded, more or

less four-sided, oblong base, with a reflexed tip ; the bases of the

teeth in the same series and of the neighbouring series being

close together on the lingual band, so as to form a close-set

rasp.

This is the case with the genera Arion, Nanina, Parmacella,

Clypeidella (Dussumieri) of AR10oNIDz ; Philomycus, Limax, Geo-

malacus, Vitrina, Helix, Acavus, Arianta, Vallonia, Iberus, Poly-

gyra, Theba, Helicella, Succinea, Bulimus, Partula, Zua, Pupa,

Clausilia, Balea, and Achatina of Limacip#; Veronicella of

VERONICELLIDE ; Onchidium of OncuIDIADZ; Auricula, Me-

lampus, Alexia, Scarabus of AuRitcuLip#; Lymnea, Amphi-

peplea, Bulimus, Physa, Coretus, Segmentina, Ancylus of Lym-

NEADE ; Siphonaria of SrpHONARIADE ; and Amphibola of Am-

PHIBOLIDZ.

The only exceptions I have observed are in the genera Testa-

cellus and Peronia, and the teeth of these animals are exactly

similar. They consist of numerous cross series, each series con-

sisting of many teeth, like the other families of the order, but

the teeth are far apart, slender, curved, with a blunt, rounded

upper and a pointed lower end like a pin, and only attached to

the lingual band by a slight process on the inner side of the

middle of the tooth.

This difference in the teeth and the peculiar habit of the genus,

living as it does on worms, which it swallows whole, induce me

to propose to separate the genus Testacellus from the Helicide,

and form it into a peculiar family Testacellide, to which Pleetro-

phorus will probably belong, as it has the same sunken lines on

the side of its body from the tentacles to the middle of the back ;

and in the same manner I would separate the genus Peronia,

which lives on the sea-coast, from the Onchidia, which have the

normal teeth of the order.

The genus Parmacella in Arionide, and some species of Heli-

cella (= Zonites) and Oleacina in Helicide, have a much narrower

and more elevated recurved apex with a narrow base, and are

more distinct from each other in the tongue-membrane, making

a kind of transition between the normal teeth of the order and

the teeth of the genera Testacellus and Peronia.

‘Pneumonobranchiate Mollusca. 331

at a ARIONIDE.

>The Nanina Albinensis, N. Otaheitana, and N. Panayensis all

have very numerous nearly uniform teeth, close together on a

very broad lingual band.

» Parmacella (Olivieri). The teeth numerous in very close cross

lines, with a compressed elevated central ridge with a flat edge

ending in two teeth.

TESTACELLIDA.

Fig. 1. Testacellus.

SSR eS QQ YM”

SOO GE

SS AW WU za

‘ SSS \ 4 if bij? - Lixlp

SSSA OM LAFF

Lingual membrane broad ; teeth numerous in diverging cross

series, those of the first six or seven lines yellow, the first

darkest, the rest transparent, without any in the central series ;

the teeth pinshaped, slightly curved, with a roundish head and

an acute tip, only attached to the thin lingual membrane by a

‘small central process (see fig. 1).

Hexicip@.

WAS

e Z

In this and the following figures, c represents the central, / the lateral,

_ and u the exterior lateral teeth.

_ The teeth of all the exotic species I have examined are like

those described in the European kinds. I figure the teeth of

_ Achatina fulica (fig. 2), as the teeth of that genus have not before

_ been described ; they are numerous in each cross series, those of

_ the two central series are small ; they are all small, four-sided,

_ rather broader than long, with a blunt rather large central tip.

_ The teeth of Partula (faba) are like those of Bulimus ; they

are placed on a broad pale yellowish lingual membrane in

numerous straight transverse lines on each side of the central

_ line, and are equal and uniform.

Re 230

. _ VERONICELLID. vs;

The teeth of Veronicella are very like those of Bulimus. The

23*

+. 4. Oe ee

332 On the Teeth of the Pneumonobranchiate Mollusca.

lingual membrane is broad; the teeth numerous, similar, uni-

form, in numerous straight cross series on each side of a narrow

central equilateral tooth; the lateral teeth are very nearly equi=

lateral, with a broad, flat, subcentral, subequilateral tip.

ONCHIDIAD. t

The teeth of a new species of Onchidium, very like O. Cel-

ticum, from the coast of West Africa, are very similar to those of

Helix, with a short and narrow central tooth in each cross series :

the foot of this animal, when preserved in spirits, is quite mar-

gined by the mantle and folded across by deep grooves into

divisions ; the tentacles are completely retractile.

PERONIADA.

The teeth of Peronia Mauritiana are so like those of Testacellus,

that the description and figure of them will almost suit for these

(see fig. 1).

AURICULIDA.

Fig. 3. Auricula.

Dy, SSS

», COT COITT aT

RIANA mM

LEARNT

7, ‘ i wm

ORY SSS

8 enti

/ : u

a7 Z e él

The teeth of Awricula (fig. 3) are very like those of Bulimus.

The lingual membrane is broad, elongated ; the teeth numerous,

in a slightly bent cross series on each side of an equilateral nar-

row central tooth; the lateral teeth are rather inequilateral,

diminishing in size towards the other edge.

LyYMNEADA.

The teeth of Lymnea, Planorbis, Physa and Ancylus are ex-

tremely similar, and have been well described by Dr. Troschel

and Mr. Thompson.

AMPHIBOLIDZ.

Fig. 4. Amphibola.

GECrI PECECCE GEORG EG GG eGRecck-oboRern! 6 CRSOLEPELOR Uy Ses BEES

fis re felicia lekeviahaivivna islululalyelvlulae a vielalalalglulaiatalulvlylatatulals

Sapacnveeecieesag MER ERt elo TUT CRM VMUNAU NOTA ERMRRMYSMMNRY UA MRRATY PE

a ly bulla luivalatelaly lalelelaltalalyatulylyly

He Ret alulal)alalulaluhulstalalylulabetaly}y oe chic UM uaas eA Cun eN x

els) lube} skal fulalalalals}lelu) alu)ulu)shsla} ly}

The teeth of Amphibola nux avellana (fig. 4) are very similar to

those of Lymnea. The lingual membrane is large, very broad,

expanded and long, with a central space or line scarcely defined ;

the teeth are numerous, equal, similar, four-sided, rather longer

“o\On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration. 383

than broad, in straight cross limes, with a broad rounded lobe,

_ father more sinuous on the inner than on the outer side of its

front edge.

SIPHONARIADZ.

Fig. 5. Siphonaria.

“ay ;

Aya hy, ity, 2 e¢ a «\

: inca. eee |

: hp My 1 ARR

| z MS EARNANNNNNY FARRER 3

The teeth of Stphonaria are on a broad, rather long, dark

brown lingual band, are numerous, equal, in a slightly arched

cross line ; the central tooth is narrow, elongated, with a small

rhombic apex; the lateral teeth are larger, diverging, and gra-

dually diminish in size towards the outer side of the series, and

furnished with a rather oblique curved tip (see fig. 5).

Fig. 6. Cyclophorus.

{EEN

‘The teeth of Cyclophorus Inca (fig. 6) are similar to those of

Natica and the other marine genera belonging to the group of

Pitenoglossa.

XXXIII.—On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and on the

___ Structure of the Organs of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals.

By Tuomas Wit1iams, M.D. Lond., Licentiate of the Royal

: College of Physicians, formerly Demonstrator ‘on Structural

Anatomy at Guy’s Hospital, and now of Swansea.

[With a Plate. ]

Be ot [Continued from p. 261.]

4 Rotifera.—It is the undivided belief of all recent observers that

p a blood-proper system does not exist in the Rotifera. These ani-

_ maleules are provided with a rudimentary water vascular system,

334 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

which entitles them to rank near the Echinoderms. The cavity

of the body is capacious ; it is filled with a fluid which is sustained

in motion by provisions expressly designed for this purpose.

Vibratile ‘tags,’ accurately described by Ehrenberg and Dal-

rymple, aided by ordinary cilia on the external surface of the

digestive canal, are well fitted for this office. The cavity ex-

ternal to the viscera is filled with a fluid, remarked by all ob-

servers, but specially described by none. Its nutritive character

may be confidently inferred: 1st positively, from its anatomical

locale ; 2nd negatively, from the absence of every other fluid.

‘Tags’ and ‘cilia’ cannot aérate a vital fluid ; they can only set

it and maintain it in motion. Confusion has brooded over this

simple point. Only the thin structure forming the exterior en-

closure of the body intervenes between the fluid of the visceral

cavity and the surrounding element. Thus is the former sub-

mitted to the influence of the aérating agent*.

Entozoa.—Mystery has long enshrouded the natural history

of the Entozoon. Living in situations beyond the access of the

atmosphere, and totally uncomprehended in the real character

and distribution of its fluids, the mechanism of the respiratory

process has proved only the arena for conjecture and speculation

as erroneous as various and contradictory. M. E. Blanchard has

long misled the helminthologists of Europe. In the Cestoid and

Trematoid Entozoa he has pictorially represented a blood-proper

system of extreme complexity and development. He has figured

with elaborate minuteness that which has no existence in na-

ture +. He has confounded an apparatus of irregular, ramifying

* See the excellent Art. Rotifera, by Dr. Lankester, in Cyclop. Anat. and

Phys. ‘ Contributions to the Anatomy and Physiology of the Rotifera,”

by Mr. Huxley in Micros. Journal. Annales des Sciences, 1851, Art. Laci-

nularia, par M. Udeken. Leydig on Lacinularia socialis, in Siebold and

Kolliker’s Zeitschrift, Feb. 1852.

+ The author would desire to speak with respect of the researches of

M. E. Blanchard on the Entozoa.. His memoirs on this subject enrich the

pages of the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles ’ for the years 1847, 1848 and

1849. His illustrative figures, which are copied into Crochard’s edition of

the ‘ Régne Animal,’ executed in the highest style of French art, are de-

signed to display the true-blood system of the Cestoid and Trematoid

worms. With reference to the latter order he remarks :—* Au moyen de

mes injections, je me suis assuré qu’il existait chez ces animaux un appareil

de vaisseaux 4 parois propres, se ramifiant dans toute |’étendue du corps.

On ne distingue ici ni veines, ni artéres proprement dites ; les deux fonctions

paraissent appartenir aux mémes vaisseaux !’—Is it not extraordinary that

such a distinguished physiologist as M. EK. Blanchard should offer such a defi-

nition of any apparatus designed to circulate true blood? where in the ani-

mal kingdom could a parallel to such a system be indicated 2—* Nous le

voyons consister en un ou plusiewrs vaisseaux principaux, offrant de nom-

breuses ramifications s’anastomosant sur une infinité de points; en sorte

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals, 335

channels destined to contain a real chylaqueous fluid with a

system of true blood-yessels, M. Blanchard’s inferences are

drawn from: injected specimens. In such investigations the me-

‘thod of injection is liable to numerous fallacies ; it imparts a

‘uniform diameter to canals which are remarkable for variety of

calibre. The real characters of such structures can only be de-

termined, by direct inspection of the living individual. Thus

only can the fact be demonstrated, that the so-called blood-vessels

of the parenchymatous worms neither rythmically contract nor

qwil existe 14 un veritable réseau vasculaire.” In principle how totally

‘this definition differs from the former !

Bojanus and Nordmann have described almost in the same words the

same system, indicating it as the apparatus for the circulation of the

‘blood-proper. In relation to the Cestoid worms M. E. Blanchard observes :

“© Pendant longtemps, partageant l’erreur commune, je pensais qu’il n’ex-

istait point de systéme vasculaire proprement dit chez les Cestoides. Les

canaux gastriques, communiquant de l’un 4 V’autre dans chaque Zoonite,

étaient regardés trés-généralement comme destinés 4 remplir les fonctions

des deux appareils. Mais récemment, dans les Tenias du chien et de la

fouine, }’ai constaté, indépendamment de ces canaux gastriques ou intes-

tinaux, existence d’un systéme vasculaire trés-complexe, consistant en

‘yaisseaux longitudinaux pourvus de ramifications et d’anastomoses nom-

“breuses. Ainsi ces animaux remarquables, considérés par les zoologistes

les plus éminents comme des Vers parenchymateux complétement dégradés,

‘sont au contraire des étres dont organisation est loin d’étre trés-simple.”

‘(Annales des Sciences, tome viii. 1847, p. 119.)

Tn the Cestoid worms M. Blanchard describes a perfect blood-vascular

“system, independently of that of the straight lateral canals which consti-

tute the gastric apparatus. He describes an artery, a vein, and an inter-

mediate order of straight parallel capillary vessels. In the Trematoda, in

‘one place he states that the extreme vessels form a ramifying plexus ; in

another he remarks, “Il est 4 remarquer aussi que les vaisseaux de la

‘partie antérieure (speaking of the vessels in Amphistoma conicum (Régne

“Animal, pl. 28)), et surtout ceux de la partie postérieure du corps, se fer-

_minent sous la peau en de petites lacunes, du reste trés-nettement circon-

sserites.” No instance is known in the whole animal kingdom of a blood

system terminating in cecal extremities. The apparatus which exhibits

ssuch characters cannot fall under the denomination of a blood-proper

‘system. The method of investigation adopted by M. Blanchard has dis-

torted the features of the object sought to be studied. Forcible injections

“into textures fragile and delicate will enable a preoccupied fancy to con-

struct any results, to recognise grounds for any conclusion. The views

“stated in the text are founded upon examinations conducted with extreme

_eare, and instituted on living specimens. To a great extent the author’s

‘researches have corroborated the descriptive anatomy of M. Blanchard: in

many essential respects however they stand in direct opposition. If the

- system of vessels depicted in the figures of M. Blanchard were really a true

blood. system, the Cestoid and Trematoid Entozoa would be entitled to

rank high in the zoological scale. They stand really below the Annelida,

To this position they are assigned on the ground of the general affinities of

their organization. The author is persuaded that the French helmintho-

logist has mistaken.a modified chylaqueous system for a blood-proper ap-

-paratus. - 4d.

386 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism,of Ayuatic

pulsate. Among blood-vessels such a circumstance would con-

stitute an irreconcileable anomaly. The blood-vessels described

by M. Blanchard, and in common with him by nearly all hel-

minthologists, in the Cestoid and Trematoid Entozoa proceed

from one or more central spaces. When these spaces are’ cylin-

drical in figure they assume the apparent characters of blood-

trunks. They really represent the splanchnic or visceral cavity.

Such is the form under which this cavity, so conspicuous in the

Nematoid Entozoa, occurs in the Sterelmintha. The main cen-

tral channels present a general coincidence of disposition with

those of the alimentary system (Pl. XIII. figs. 3, 6, 8, 9).

They do not present a uniform diameter according to the

customary manner of a vascular trunk. They exhibit irregular

outlines, now contracting into narrow necks, and now dilating

into lacune. This is especially true of those of the Trematoid

worms. In the Cestoid orders (fig. 6) the main trunks follow

the margin of the “ Zoonite,” the lesser crossing in the parallel

spaces between the transverse annuli into which the imtegu-

ments are wrinkled. These secondary channels in Tenia are

much more irregular in outline and distribution than the

blood-vessels (sic) depicted in the drawings of M. Blanchard :

they penetrate intimately the substance of the imteguments.

With reference to these channels, large and small, one important

fact should be noted: they are not gifted with separate mem-

branous parietes. This fact alone is enough to prove that they

are not channels for the conveyance of true blood. Every true

blood-vessel is endowed with a special power to circulate its fluid

contents. Its parietes are contractile. The bore of the channel

rythmiically increases and decreases. Such movements would be

mechanically impossible if the parietes of such ‘ vessels’ were

adherent to the surrounding solid and fixed tissue. In a chan-

nel destined to convey chylaqueous fluid the latter case is the

rule. They possess no inherent circulating power. Their con-

tents are impelled to and fro under the conjoint force of ciliary

and muscular action. Here then is a clearly defined distinction

between a chylaqueous channel and a true blood-vessel. Let

the wonderful vascular system, which M. Blanchard has deli-

neated from artificial injections in the Cestoid and Trematoid

worms, be tested by this anatomical principle. This excellent

observer has omitted to investigate the histological characters of

these parts. He has not in any case determined the relation

between that system which he describes as the true blood system

and the surrounding solid structures. In no instance has he

reduced to demonstration the physical characters of the fluid by

which his so-called blood-vessels are filled. The same criticism

will apply with equal justice to the illustrations, by aid of which

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 337

he défines the alimentary system of Tenia and Bothriocephalus.

'The blood system described by M. Blanchard in these worms does

not exist. That which he so beautifully pictures as the gastric

‘apparatus, consisting of straight capacious lateral canals, joined

by cross conduits, constitutes really an order of passages tun-

‘nelled in the solid parenchyma of the body, answering in every

sense toa normal chylaqueous system. The contained. liquid is

not blood, but chylaqueous fluid*: it is a fluid which is devoid

of every trace of morphotic elements. Why it is so will be im-

mediately understood.

In the Trematoid worms the blood-vessels of M. Blanchard

fall unquestionably under the denomination of a chylaqueous

system. In Distomum hepaticum it is perfectly easy to reduce

to demonstration its entire characters. A large median, irre-

gular channel commences in smaller passages near the posterior

or generative sucker, and proceeds as far as the caudal end of

the body of the worm, exhibiting a gradually diminishing dia-

meter. Viewing the object transparently, it may be proved first

that this channel is a hollow space by the rolling to and fro of a

contained fluid; the movements of the fluid bemg rendered. ap-

parent to the eye by the presence of minute accidental molecules.

In other respects, it is a perfectly homogeneous non-corpuscu-

lated fluid. By Bojanus, Mehlis, Nordmann, and. other ob-

servers this channel is defined as terminating in an orifice pos-

teriorly, and the channel itself, from the limpid character of its

fluid contents, is described as the great duct of an excretory

‘system. This is an error. This system in the Trematoid En-

‘tozoa has neither an inlet nor an outlet. It is a closed system, but

not therefore a blood-system. In Distomum there is only one

eentral space: it is not a blood-trunk ; it represents unques-

tionably the visceral cavity. These worms are not literally

‘therefore sterelminthous, solid, or parenchymatous worms

(Vers intestinaux parenchymateux, Cuvier). The cavity is dis-

tributed in form of irregular, imparietal, reticulate passages.

‘These passages can be traced with facility throughout the whole

substance of the body. They ramify profusely underneath the

skin and amid the digestive diverticula. They arise in the

most unequal manner from every point of the circumference of

the central trunk. They end peripherally in numerous instances

in cecal terminations, corresponding with the mode in which the

%* The author is here desirous to explain that he does not deny altogether

the existence of a blood-proper system in the Cestoid worms. His re-

searches enable him only to affirm with confidence that those channels

which are described by M. Blanchard as constituting an independent system

of blood-vessels do not eaist; that his alimentary is really a chylaqueous

system, and that his ovarium is truly a grand digestive organ.

338 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

blood-vessels (sic) of M. Blanchard terminate in Holostomum ala-

tum, Amphistoma conicum, Tristoma coccineum; in others they form

re-entering branches. The figure of M. Blanchard* represents

the secondary trunks in Distomum as proceeding from the pri-

mary with far too great regularity. To this trunk he seems to

indicate a caudal orifice, and yet calls it a blood-vessel! It is

susceptible of proof that this central channel in Distomum is not

contractile. The adjacent trunks of the digestive system contract

and dilate in regular periods. The walls of the central channel

are perfectly stationary. Its interior is not lined with cilia.

Its fluid contents do not move in one systematic orbit: they

oscillate to and fro. Such characters can belong only toa chyl-

aqueous system.

In Holostomum alatum, Amphistoma conicum, in Tristomata,

in Brachylemus variegatus, sometimes found in the lung of the

Frog and Toad, in Monostoma verrucosum, &c., the main. primary

channels of the fluid system coincide with those of the digestive.

The latter are embraced by the former. This anatomical fact is

significant of a physiological principle. It points to the manner

in which the contents of the chylaqueous passages are derived by

exosmosis from the chymous fluid contained in the digestive

ceca. In those species of Trematoid worms in which the central

conduits are more than one in number, it is important to observe

that they are always joined together into one system by inter-

vening passages. They do not convey opposite currents. In doth

the contained fluid flows and ebbs with great irregularity, in

obedience to the contractions and expansions of the muscular

integumentary envelope. In these essential particulars. the

standard definition of a true-blood system is violated. M.

Blanchard defines thus the Appareil vasculaire of Distomum he-

paticum :—“ Cet appareil consiste en wn vaisseau principal et

médian.” <A ¢rue circulation requires two primary trunks, an

artery and a vein. In another place this helminthologist observes

generally with regard to the Trematoda—“ Chez tous ces vers,

le sang n’est certainement pas transporté, d’une maniére régu-

liére, d’arriére en avant par certains vaisseaux, et d’avant en ar-

riére par d’autres, comme l’a pensé M. Nordmann. Dans les

Trématodes en général, le fluide nourricier est transporté et ra-

mené alternativement et plus ou moins irréguliérement par les

mémes vaisseaux ; c’est un mouvement de va-et-vient plutét qu’une

véritable circulation.” (Annales des Sciences Nat. tom. viii. 1847,

p- 336.) Ample evidence is thus drawn from his own obser-

vations to convince the physiologist that the system of vessels

* See plate 36,—Zoophytes : Crochard’s French edition of the ‘ Regne

Animal.’

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 339

described by M. Blanchard constitutes not a blood-proper but

really’ a clearly defined chylaqueous system. The presence of

this fluid implies the existence of a visceral cavity : it is its nor-

mal anatomical Jocale.

») With reference to the blood-proper of the Cestoid and Trema-

toid Entozoa the author will at present only remark, that df it

exists at all, it must be under conditions of rudimentary abey-

ance. The following general statements will then serve to

convey the corollaries which his recent researches appear to war-

rant. In the Cestoid and Trematoid worms the whole substance

of the body is pervaded by a highly albuminous but homogeneous

non-corpusculated fluid, which is distributed extensively by

means of imparietal and irregular conduits under the entire

cutaneous surface of the body, constituting the true apparatus of

respiration, and displaying alternate flux and reflux movements

under external muscular agency, and embracing in every possible

direction the diverticula of the digestive system, and from which

it extracts its reinforcements.

a nutritive svstem. Abounding in albumen it is capable of

_ ministering to the wants of the solids. Though destitute of

morphotic elements, it yet conforms to all the essential charac-

ters of a chylaqueous system.

~The digestive apparatus (Plate XIII. figs. 3, 6, 7, 8,9) of the

parenchymatous Entozoa is intimately concerned in the process

‘of respiration. In the Cestoid and Trematoid orders it presents

but one essential type. It has but one external orifice. A

stomach properly so called does not exist. There is this re-

markable and apparently anomalous fact to be stated with

respect to the fluid with which the digestive ceca are filled:

it is charged with definitely organized floating cells, which

‘exhibit constant differences in different species! These cor-

*puscles are not formless molecules. They consist of a cell-wall

and granular contents, and frequently a nucleus legible to

the eye. They are flat, scaly particles, having a yellowish

tinge. They are undoubtedly not fragments from the glan-

‘dular parietes broken off by pressure. They oscillate with great

regularity under the rythmic contractions and dilatations of the

parietes of the ceca. It is contrary to no analogical argument

to suppose that these floating cells are designed to raise the chyme

in which they float to an organic standard above that of ordimary

chyme. In the parenchymatous Entozoa they execute the re-

quired changes in the nutritive fluids, while the latter are yet

within the alimentary system. Among the Annelida several ex-

ceptions occur in which the same peculiarity is illustrated. The

340 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

Nemertine orders (Plate XIII. figs. 1, 2) will be afterwards

shown to fall under this category. In Aphrodita aculeata (fig. 5,d)

the digestive diverticula are filled with a corpusculated fluid,

which is exposed by an express contrivance to the agency of

the surrounding aérating medium. This is also the case in

several species of freshwater planariform leeches (fig. 4). It

prevails too in the true marine Planarie (fig. 3). To the

value which the author has endeavoured to assign to the fluid

systems of the Cestoid and Trematoid Entozoa, no sound analogy

is opposed. These worms are, on the ground of the interpreta-

tion of the fluids now first offered, naturally linked into a continu-

ous zoological chain with the lowest parenchymatous Annelids.

Notwithstanding the meritorious researches of M. Blanchard,

the organization of the Cestoidea is even now a theme prolific of

controversy. The large, branched, flocculent organ (fig. 6) form-

ing the bulk of each segment in Tenia and Bothriocephalus is

designated by all recent writers after M. Blanchard as the ova-

rian apparatus. It is really the alimentary organ. It opens ex-

ternally by an orifice proper to each segment. This organ in

each segment is therefore independent. It sucks nourishment

from without by its own separate mouth. It is a Planaria in

itself.

What are ordinarily described as the straight canals along either

edge of the body are not gastric but chylaqueous. They are a

part of a system of open channels ramifying through the cells

of the parenchyma in which the gastric ceca are lodged. The

latter are almost surrounded externally by the fluid filling the

former. This fluid, as formerly explamed, although non-cor-

pusculated, constitutes the real chylaqueous system of the Cestoid

and Trematoid Entozoa. It is through its agency that the

breathing function is chiefly accomplished.

In Tenia this fluid system is common to the whole body of

the animal. The ‘segments’ therefore are separate units only

as respects the alimentary and reproductive organs. The chyl-

aqueous fluid attains its enclosing channels by exosmose from the

alimentary organ, not directly ab extra. The posture of the ani-

mal in its native habitat favours this interpretation of its organism.

The orifice of each segment is applied to the surface of the infested

part. The necessity for the preceding explanation illustrates the

intimacy with which the respiratory function is interwoven with

all the other nutritive operations of the body. In the Tenie then

the respiration is cutaneous, but not in the mode commonly sup-

posed. The skin is nof the scene of a rich plexus of true blood-

vessels. It is permeated and pervaded everywhere by that fluid

which embraces the alimentary organ, and which is distributed

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 341

throughout the parenchyma of the body by means of the irregular

canals already described. It reaches the surface sufficiently nearly

- to receive the influence of the surrounding medium.

_. It is impossible therefore that the blood-proper can in this

i worm be the immediate subject of the respiratory process. Its

existence is insusceptible of demonstration. If present at all,

it can only receive oxygen indirectly through the medium

of the chylaqueous fluid. This explanation is simple. It is

founded on fact, and supported by analogy. The organiza-

tion of the Nemertine Annelida conforms in every essential

particular to that of the Cestoid Entozoa * (see figs. 1, 2).

The latter are illustrated and explained by the former. The ali-

_ * From the following extracts it will be seen how little confident, nay

how confused and obscure, the best and latest author appears to be with

respect to the real significance of the most important element of structure

im the Cestoid Entozoa :—*“ On a généralement regardé les canaux longi-

tudinaux dont il sera question aprés cet appareil, comme digestifs. Quel-

ques auteurs ont méme été jusqu’a leur accorder une, deux ou quatre

bouches, par exemple dans les Ténias: tout récemment on leur a attribué

une guast-bouche, parcequ’il fallait bien trouver un moyen de faire arriver

les aliments dans ces canaux. Je crois qu’aucune de ces opinions n’ est fondeée,

que ces vers se nourrissent par toute la surface de la peau, et qu'il n’y a

pas plus dorgane spécial ow d’appareil particulier pour la digestion que

pour la respiration. Plusieurs anatomistes ont pensé, Rudolphi entre

autres, que les segments qui se détachent peuvent se nourrir, pendant quel-

que temps, par l’ouverture qui s’est formée a la suite de la séparation ;

cela me parait évidemment erroné. Quand ces segments se détachent, le

corps s’est resserré de plus en plus au bout, et au moment de se séparer, il

ne tient plus que par un mince pédicule!”” From the above observations, it

is undeniably evident that Van Beneden is perplexed with doubt as to what

really should be regarded, and what should not, as the digestive system in the

Cestoid worms. Without a definitive knowledge of this system, how is it

possible to form a correct conception of the disposition and functions of the

nutritive fluids? Nor are the ideas of Van Beneden with reference to the

circulating system of these worms more clearly defined :—“ M. E. Blanchard

croit devoir admettre pour tous les animaux de ce groupe une circulation

véritable ayant lieu par des trones principaux et dans des tubes a parois

propres. J’ai étudié, sous ce point de vue, les parties minces et transpa-

rentes chez des individus trés-frais, et je suis persuadé que le mouvement

circulatoire a lieu dans de grandes lacunes, qu’il n’existe pas de vaisseaux

& parois propres, et que le liquide correspondant au sang ne peut suivre un

cours déterminé ; il y a plus, des brides s’étendant de l'une paroi 4 l’autre;

elles maintiennent les organes en place, et c’est dans l’espace laissé par les

brides que la circulation sanguine s’effectue. Voila le résultat d’études

faites sur des parties vivantes, minces, voisines de la péripherie du corps et

sans avoir fait subir aucune préparation 4 l’animal.” ‘‘ Je ne crois pas me

tromper en disant que les Trématodes et les Cestoides n’ont ni appareil diz

gestif, ni appareil circulatoire” ! !—a conclusion perfectly marvellous, for

a comparative anatomist so circumspect and laborious as Van Beneden,

The preceding quotations will be found at pages 35 and 36 of his work

entitled “ Les Vers Cestoides ou Acotyles,” Bruxelles, 1850.

— ——

342 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

mentary organ in the Nemertinide* is precisely conformable

to that of Tenia. In the former the whole organ has but one

external opening, which is situated, in form of mouth, at the an+

terior end of the body. In the latter each segment has its sepa-

rate opening (fig. 6, a). In both the digestive diverticula are filled

with a corpusculated fluid. In both the spongy tissue, in the

midst of which the alimentary organ is lodged, is chambered into:

capacious areolz in which the real chylaqueous fluid is observed

irregularly to roll. In the Nemertinide +, however, the entire

external cutaneous surface is ciliated. In the Cestoid worms no

vibratile cilia in any situation have been proved to exist. It is

a remarkable fact, that in all Entozoa the ciliary variety of epi-

thelium is entirely suppressed. The agency of these organules

is not essential therefore to the process of cutaneous respiration.

The Trematoid Entozoa are allied to the Cestoid by the most

intimate affinities of structure. In the former type as in the

latter, there exists but one orifice to the alimentary system:

The gastric diverticula, which in several species amount only to

two in number, in all Trematoid orders terminate cecally. These

ceca are filled internally by a corpusculated, and surrounded ex~-

ternally by a non-corpusculated fluid. The oscillations of this

latter fluid have been observed by Nordmann, Dugés, Rudolphi,

Blanchard, and others. It constitutes the true chylaqueous sy-

stem. Such a development of the blood-proper system in the

Trematoid Entozoa is opposed unqualifiedly by the analogy of

the whole Planarian family, after whose type the former are con-

structed. The parenchyma, which intervenes between the di-

gestive system and the external surface in these worms, 1s loose

and large-celled—readily traversed by fluid. This fluid reaches

the cutaneous surface ; it embraces and laves everywhere the

digestive ceca. The Trematoid Entozoa then, like the Cestoid,

respire cutaneously. Every spot of the surface is utilized. The

* These Annelids are abundantly illustrated on our coasts by the genera

Borlasia, Polia, and Lineus.

+ The author is anxious here to bear witness to the excellence of the

memoir by M. Quatrefages on the Nemertine Annelids (Annales des Sci-

ences Naturelles, t. vi. 1846), with which he has only just become acquainted.

While his essay is acknowledged as a master-piece of minute descriptive

anatomy, the author is constrained to differ toto celo from M. Quatrefages

in the physiological interpretation of parts. In these worms the French

naturalist indicates correctly the mechanism.of the respiratory function :—

“Si e’est la surface entiére du corps qui joue le réle d’organe respira-

toire, il s’ensuit que la respiration doit s’exercer principalement et plus im-

médiatement sur le liquide qui remplit les grandes cavités que sur le sang

lui-méme, puisque celui-ci est renfermé dans des vaisseaux qui sont en-

tourés par le liquide dont nous parlons.””—Op. cit. p. 269.

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 343

chylaqueéous fluid is present everywhere, and immediately under-

neath the cuticle. It moves to and fro in its vacuoles. It is the

immediate recipient of the external oxygen. It imparts it se-

condarily to the true blood, if this exists. Future science may de-

monstrate that the properties of oxygen are intensified (ozonized?)

by passage through, or absorption by, a living fluid. Deep

meaning may yet radiate from material collocations, over which

now chaos broods.

» It is°a remarkable fact, that the body of every Entozoon,

whether imbedded in the parenchyma of solid organs or lodged

in the cavitary viscera, is immersed in a reservoir of fluid. The

Tenie and Bothriocephali-are applied closely to the walls of the

intestine (the orifice of each segment beimg adherent to the n-

fested surface and surrounded by a mucous capsule filled with

fluid). This fact is easily verified in the instance of those species

of Cestoid worms which inhabit the intestine of fishes, birds and

reptiles*.

» The Fluke swims in a pool in the biliary ducts of the sheep.

The Trichina in the substance of a muscle floats in a reservoir

of fluid, and the Filaria in the cellular tissue is surrounded by a

stratum of serous liquid. These enveloping fluids are effused by

the living vessels of the part upon which the animal preys. These

circumstances present a fact which demonstrates that the life of

Entozoa is essentially aquatic. The fluid is no essential consti-

tuent of the organism of the parasite. It is extravasated by reason

of the irritation excited by the presence, the worm on a living sur-

face, or in the midst of a living organ. It is however a fundamental

condition of existence. . I¢ is the medium of respiration to the En-

tozoon:. How could this vital process occur if the animal were

surrounded by a solid substance? The fluid contained in these

cysts must be frequently renewed, because the blood-corpuscles

revealed in it by the microscope are always fresh im appearance;

plump and perfect in outline. This fact also proves that it is

derived directly from the blood of the infested animal ; it is there-

fore charged with oxygen in the same proportion as the latter:

Thus is explained an important external condition of respiration

in the Entozoa.

“The Nematoid Entozoa (figs. 10, 11 & 12) are distinguished

from the parenchymatous orders in one essential respect. In the

Nematoidea the viscera float more or less freely in a spacious cavity

filled with fluid. They agree in organic type with the cylindriform

* Bothridium Pythonis inhabits the large intestine of the Cod.

« Acanthobothrium coronatum is found in the intestine of the Ray-fish.

‘Trienophorus nodulosus lodges itself on the peritoneal surface of the

liver of the Perch. x

Floriceps saccatus in the intestine of many fishes, &c.

344 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

Annelids. From the latter, however, they differ in one extraor-

dinary particular. The Nemertinide, Planarie and Clepsinide

excepted, in all Annelids the chylaqueous fluid is corpusculated,

and the blood-proper is entirely destitute of all morphous par-

ticles. In the Nematoid Entozoa these conditions are reversed.

In the Cestoid and Trematoid genera the fluid contained in the

digestive diverticula, through its floating cells, enacts that office,

which, in the example of the Nematoid worms, is transferred to

the blood-proper, and in that of the Annelids in general to the

chylaqueous fluid. This circumstance, however, does not imply

that m the Nematoidea the blood-proper system is preponde-

rantly developed. It consists only of two principal longitudinal

trunks, adherent at the ventral and dorsal median lines to the

internal surface of the integumentary cylinder. Cloquet has

described the blood-system in several species. Ecker* has also

defined a blood-system in a species of Filaria. The blood-vessels

of the Nematoid worms exhibit a distinct red colour. It is not

yet certain that the contained b/ood partakes of the same colour.

Rudolphi has characterized these and all Entozoa as white-

blooded worms. The primary trunks are connected together by

means of transverse secondary branches: these latter can only

be discovered in the substance of the integuments, not on or in

the parietes of the viscera. The blood-proper of the Nematoid

worms is indeed a very subordinate constituent of the organism,

quite imsufficient to supply the solids with the materials of in-

erease, and not less unequal to the function of breathing. A

few blood-vessels distributed scantily over the cutaneous surface

would present too limited a surface of contact with the sur-

rounding element to receive a proportion of oxygen adequate to

supply the wants of an organism so large as that of Strongylus

Gigas. By inference it becomes obvious that some other fluid

element of nutrition in these genera is required to minister to

the exigences of the solid parts. It is accordingly found that in

the Nematoid orders the chylaqueous fluid is relatively abundant

in quantity: this fluid is contained, as in the cylindriform An-

nelids, in the peri-intestinal or visceral cavity (figs. 10, c;

11, d; 12,c). In the round worms this cavity oceurs under

two distinct anatomical conditions. In one case, illustrated

in the example of Ascaris Lumbricoides (fig. 11), the intestine

is tied by frequent transverse bridles to the integumentary

cylinder: these bridles intersect the cavity, and limit the

motion of the contained fluid. They stretch outwards through

* Miiller’s Archiv, Ueber ein Gefassystem in eingepuppten Filarien,

S. 506. t. 15. figs. 3, 4, 1845.

+ For a further statement of the author’s researches on this subject, see

his papers in the ‘ British and For. Med. Chirur. Rev.’

—

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 345

the*'whole thickness of the integument under the character

of transverse muscular fasciculi. They are accompanied by

open’ passages by which the chylaqueous fluid reaches the

cutaneous surface for the purposes of aération. The longitudinal

muscular bands, with their embracing spaces, establish between

the transverse, free communications. It is thus clear, that

although the integuments in certain species of Nematoid worms

are remarkably dense and resisting, they are permeated by chyl-

aqueous fluid to an extent enough to subserve the purposes of

breathing. The intimate connexion which in some Nematoid

worms subsists between the intestine and integument, limits the

movements of the intestine. It is to this anatomical circum-

stance that the motionless state of the chylaqueous fluid in these

worms is to be ascribed. In consequence of the absence from this

fluid of all visible globules, to detect its existence is not easy

to the uninitiated observer.

It is upon the freedom with which the intestinal cylinder

moves within the concentric integumentary, in many species of

Annelida, that the rapid and unobstructed oscillations of the

interposed chylaqueous fluid depends. Why should the same

fluid, occupying the same locality, be required to move so little

in the Entozoa? The answer probably is, that in the two indi-

cated instances the fluid differs materially in chemical composition.

The second type (fig. 10) of Nematoid Entozoa is exemplified

best in the case of the large Strongylus, constantly to be found

‘in the small itestine of the sheep. Here the intestine, a straight

tube, is considerably smaller in diameter than the space included

by the integuments, while it is tied at few points to the latter.

The visceral chamber is therefore unusually capacious in dimen-

sions, and the enclosed fluid is considerable in bulk. It isa

fact of unusual interest, that the chylaqueous fluid, whether sta-

tionary or moveable in its containing chamber, of all Nematoid

Entozoa, is perfectly homogeneous and destitute of every trace

of visible element. In these worms the digestive system does

not lodge a corpusculated liquid, of which the suspended cells

supersede the necessity for the agency of similar cells m the

extra-intestinal chylaqueous fluid. It must therefore be inferred,

that the true blood of these worms is the seat of the floating cell

agency. If it should be hereafter proved by exact observations,

that neither the true blood, nor the chylaqueous fluid, nor the

intra-intestinal chyme is charged with floating cells, these ani-

mals will constitute an exception unique in the animal kingdom,

in which an animal organism is sustained without a single

corpusculated nutritive fluid.

The principle is at present inadmissible in science, which sup-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xu. 24

346 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

poses that the intervention of cells in the nutritive fluids 1

neither indispensable to, the process of solid nutrition nor to that

of respiration.

It is a fact of surpassing physiological interest that the ale

aqueous fluid in the Strongylus of the sheep, which can be col-

lected by spoonfuls, is nothing but a thick solution of albumen.

After even prolonged standing, it does not throw down the

slightest vestige of fibrine-clot. If “ the blood” of the infested

animal permeated through the integuments of the parasite,

and thus reached the visceral chamber of the latter, it appears

probable that both the fibrine and the red corpuscles of the

former would be capable of detection in the chylaqueous fluid of

the latter. This, however, is not the case. The cyst in which

Trichina spiralis is lodged in the substance of the muscle is

filled with a fluid in which both the fibrime and the red cor-

puscles of the infested animal can be readily shown to exist. The

inference is obvious. The chylaqueous fluid of the worm is not

derived directly from without by filtration through the os

of the cutaneous structures.

In the order of Nematoid worms, typified by the Strongylus

of the sheep, the integuments are very thin; the spaces be-

tween the circular muscular fasciculi being covered by little

more than the epidermis—conditions well-fitted to favour the

interchange of gases between the chylaqueous fluid with. and

the aérating medium without. No indications of vibratile epi-

thelium in any structure in any species of Nematoid worms can

be discovered on the general cutaneous surface, dedicated though

it be unquestionably to the office of respiration : they exist in no

mstance. Why do they not exist? The organic law presiding

over the development of these motive organules is still beyond the

ken of science.

Henceforth it will not satisfy the physiologist to affirm, in the

vagueness of a general phrase, that “the respiration is cuta-

neous.” He must know, with exact definition, by which order .

of fluids that function is enacted, and whether the living fluid,

immediately influenced by the external element, be charged or

not with morphous particles. Superstition for ages has wrapped

these uninviting beings in unresolvable mist. The assertion has

now been abundantly supported, that the process of respiration

in all Entozoa is conducted on the aquatic model—that the

chylaqueous fluid, though non-corpusculated, is by far the most

voluminous and important fluid element in the organism, and

that which directly performs the function of breathing. The

true blood when it exists is only secondarily aérated. The ‘ value’.

of the respiratory function is directly proportional to the organic

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 347

tomplexity of the fluids. ~ The figure expressive of its amount

}irogresses upwards with the zoological standard of the organism.

This principle explains the faculty conferred upon the Entozoon,

by a Nature exhaustless in expedients, illimitable in resources, by

‘which it is enabled to extract oxygen enough for ifs wants from

thie least oxygenated of the animal fluids—venous blood—and

securely to breathe amid the pestilential atmosphere of the colonic

intestine.

» These parasites are capable of sustaining life mm any and every

recess of the animal body. This fact proves inferentially what

the physiologist cannot reduce to positive demonstration, that

every part, every fluid, whether in or out of the vessels, is per-

vaded by the electric presence of oxygen. It proves that the

Yespiratory process is really an inseparable attendant on, and an

integral and essential part of, the nutritive actions of the body—

that it is ubiquitous, not partial—that it vivifies every constituent

atom, fluid, and solid of the entire organism*.

* Tn order to facilitate the repetition of the observations upon which the

general conclusions stated in the text are founded, the author appends here

a short list giving the name and place of abode of the most familiar Nema-

toid Entozoa :—

= ~~ Name. Habitat.

‘Ascaris megalocephala (Cloquet) ... Intestines of the Horse.

—— bumbricoides —.....cseceeeeeeeerees Small intestines—Man.

—— Salaris (Blanchard) .....+...-+. In intestines of several fishes.

Filaria equina (Rudolphi) .........+-- Folds of the peritoneum of the

i" Horse.

—— attenuata (Blanchard) ......... Air-cells of carnivorous birds.

Spiroptera sanguinolenta (Rudolphi) Stomach of Dog and Wolf.

Spirura Talpe (Blanchard) .......+. Stomach and intestines of the Mole.

- Megastoma (Rudolphi) ........- Stomach of Horse.

Oxyuris vermicularis (Dujardin)

‘Sclerostoma Equinum (Rudolphi) ...

Cucullanus Perce (Miiller) ............

Angiostoma entomelas (Dujardin) ...

serene lari (Blanchard) _ .....

Strongylus Gigas (Rud. & Miiller)...

Trichostoma erophilum (Rudolphi) .

‘Trichocephalus hominis (Rudolphi)...

Rectum—Man.

Czcum of Horse.

Pyloric appendages of common

Perch.

Lungs of Reptiles.

Orbital cavity of Sea-Gull.

Kidneys of Horse, Dog, and Man.

Trachea of Fox. ence

Czcum of Man.

" The order Nematoidea, Celelmintha (Owen), includes the principal in-

ternal parasites of the human subject, viz. Trichina spiralis, Filaria medi-

nensis (Guinea worm), Filaria oculi, Spiroptera hominis, Filaria bronchiahs,

“Trichocephalus dispar, Strongylus Gigas, Ascaris lumbricoides, and Ascaris

vermicularis, The Entozoa found in the blood have been. recently described.

under the class-name of Hematozoa.

Several species of Filarie, Monosto-

mata, Distomata, and Infusoria, have been discovered in the blood of frogs,

‘dogs, fishes, and mollusca (Micr. Journal, Oct. 1st, 1853). ane

24%

348 Zoological Society.

This plate is designed to express, in outline plans, the natural manner in

which the alimentary system of the Cestoid and Trematoid Entozoa passes

into that of the Nemertine and Planarian Annelida—that they are really

constructed upon one and the same principle. Though not represented in

this series of figures, the system of the nutritional fluids in these Entozoan

and Annelidan groups conforms to one type. The channels for the fluids

differ little in distribution from those of the alimentary system.

Fig. 1. Alimentary system of Nemertes Camille, the cca (b) of which are

charged with a corpusculated chyme; e, space external to the

latter system filled with the chylaqueous fluid ; d, shows that the

true alimentary organ of this worm, in common with that of all

Nemertine Annelids, is closed at all sides; a, cesophagus enter-

ing the proboscis.

Fig. 2. The caudal end of the alimentary organ of another Nemertine An-

nelid, Borlasia ?, proving it to be cecal also at this extre-

mity: a, cavity; c, ceca of this organ filled with a corpusculated

fluid; b, space external to the alimentary cxcum filled with chyl-

aqueous fluid.

Fig. 3. Alimentary system of a Planaria: 6b, mouth; c¢, cca; a, areole

external to the digestive diverticula.

Fig. 4. Digestive system of a freshwater leech, Clepsina ——?: a, ceca

filled with corpusculated chyme.

Fig. 5. Ideal, transverse, section of Aphrodita aculeata, showing the dis-

tribution of the alimentary system, and its relations to that of the

nutritional fluids ; a, stomach ; b, visceral cavity ; c, scales, by the

rising and falling of which a strong current of sea-water is main-

tained through the dorsal channel (e), by which current the fluid

contents of the digestive czecum (d) are aérated.

Fig. 6. Alimentary cecum of one segment of Tenia Solium: a, mouth of

this segment leading into a short cesophagus (0), and thence into

the ramifications (c) of the digestive system.

Fig. 7. Alimentary system of a Trematoid Entozoon: a, cesophagus ;

b, digestive czxca.

Fig. 8. Ditto of Amphistoma: a, b, ceca of digestive system. ‘

Fig. 9, Ditto of Bothriocephalus latus (a sterelminthous worm): a, mouth

of a single segment ; 6 & c, ceca of digestive system.

Fig. 10. Plan of a Nematoid worm, showing the great difference between

the diameter of the intestine (@) and that of the space (c) enclosed

by the mteguments ; 6, reproductive organ.

Fig. 11. Another type of a Nematoid Entozoon (Ascaris lumbricoides), in

which the intestine (a) is larger in diameter, and tied by frequent

bridles (4) to the dense teguments (c).

Fig. 12. Transverse section of the same.

[To be continued. ]

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

July 22, 1851.—J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c., Vice-President, in the Chair,

On THE ARRANGEMENT OF THE EpENTATE MAMMALIA, |

: By H. N. Turner, Jun. '.

In offering to the Society a summary of my observations on th

craniology of the Edentate order, I have not so great a number of

Zoological Society. 349

hitherto unrecorded facts to bring forward as in some of my former

communications. The very remarkable modifications which this order

is: seen'to present, not only in comparison with the rest of the Mam-

malian’ class, but also among its own members, and the wonderful

variety of extinct gigantic species which the New World has yielded

to research, have caused the osteology of the group to be more mi-

nutely investigated ; while the small number of species and the striking

external differences which they exhibit, have left but little room for

doubt in the minds of naturalists as to their true arrangement. I will

therefore simply point out such of the cranial peculiarities as seem to

be characteristic of the order and of its families and genera, dividing

it, as appears to me necessary, into five families, since the two forms

inhabiting the Old World differ so much from each other, and from

the three groups into which those of the New World naturally divide

themselves, that although each consists of a single genus, and one of

but a single species, it seems requisite that both should stand di-

stinct. It will also be necessary to remodel the genera of the Arma-

dilloes, and to define them anew by their external characters as well

as by those of the skull, since the presence of a tooth in each of the

intermaxillary bones of a single species of the family has prevented

the essential similarities and differences from bemg duly appre-

ciated.

‘Although some few naturalists may still associate this order with

the true Ungulata, for the sake of keeping the divisions of the class

within the predetermined number five, I think that most of those

who have given particular attention to the subject will agree, that

so natural and strongly-marked a group is well worthy of isolation,

which was the opinion of Linnzeus and Cuvier, although the former

wrongly associated with it a few genera belonging properly to other

oups.

onthe characters possessed in common by the members of so diver-

sified an order, must be expected to be comparatively few; those

which I have observed in the skull are as follows :—

_ The tuberosity of the maxillary bone is articulated by the whole

of its upper surface to the frontal and orbitosphenoid bones.

- The zygoma is flat and straight, projecting at once outwards and

forwards, its articulating surface being more or less confluent with a

concavity at the inner side of it which forms a portion of a more or

less elongated cone, whose apex would point backwards. In such

forms as have the articulation longitudinal, the glenoid surface is

distinguishable from that of Rodents by its posterior termination,

which is no¢ a thin free edge like the anterior.

The alisphenoid bone never extends high, so that the pterygoid’

ridge forms its upper boundary, or even extends above it.

The absence of enamel in the teeth, when they exist, must also be

named among the cranial characters.

Fam. 1. BRADYPODID.

. The intermaxillary bones confined to the lower part of the nasal

_ opening; the maxillary bones provided with simple teeth, shortened,

350 Zoological Society.

their malar processes much pushed forwards upon them, and. the

molar series converging behind ; the posterior palatine foramina re-

placed by a series of minute openings extending the whole length of

the palate ; the malar bone having a descending masseteric process

' transversely compressed, longitudinally extended, and with a di-

stinct superadded process arising between its frontal and zygomatic

processes ; the foramen rotundum distinct, and opening exteriorly at

the base of the pterygoid process some distance below the spheno-

orbital foramen and anterior to the foramen ovale; the zygoma

straight and trigonal, its origin thick and extensive, reaching back

quite to the posterior part of the squamous bone; the mastoid bone

with a wide digastric fossa, and a strong thick styloid process, ter-

minating in a cireular concavity for the reception of the stylohyal

bone; the lower jaw widened anteriorly with an extended symphysis.

It must be observed that the superadded process of the malar bone

is peculiarly characteristic of this family, and is quite distinct from

any of the processes of that bone to which special names have been

assigned. It is situated between the frontal or postorbital and zygo-

matic processes, both of which seem also to exist in a more or less

rudimental form in most of the known species ; and when the latter

is wanting as in the genus Cholepus, the fact that the new process

stands aloof, above the zygoma, is enough to prevent its being.taken

for the zygomatic process, which in all mammalia possessing a com-

plete zygomatic arch either abuts simply against the extremity of the

zygoma, or more generally seems to support it from beneath.

The zygomatic process is well developed in the Megatherium, and

completes the arch, leaving the other, which might be called the

supratemporal process, projecting above it. In Mylodon robustus

the frontal process is reduced to a slight angle upon the base of the

supratemporal process. In the Scelidotherium the process existing

above the zygomatic process appears to be broken off, but the obli-

quity of its base renders it improbable that it would be the true

frontal process so largely developed.

The circular pit for the attachment of the stylohyal bone is pre-

cisely similar in the Sloths to that in the large fossil genera, and it

is somewhat remarkable that Prof. Owen, while describing the cha-

racter in these extinct forms, should have made no allusion to its

existence in the recent Sloths, even though Cuvier expressly points it

out. The tongue is largely developed in this family, and the living

sloth may be seen to make great use of it im taking food into its

mouth, as was observed by Mr. Ball, in a short communication pub-

lished in the ‘ Proceedings’ some years back. On the other hand, it _

is long and slender in the insect-feeding tribes, so that the maximum

degree to which it was developed in the Glossotherium is certainly

no indication that such was the food of that remarkable genus.

Cuoiepvs, Illiger.

Intermaxillary bones small, produced anteriorly ; postorbital pro-

cess well-developed ; malar bone with a well-marked frontal process,

but no zygomatic process, the supratemporal process projecting

al \y

Zoological Society. 351

“backwards or bent a little upwards; pterygoid bones” inflated ;

~erotaphite impression approaching near to the occipital ridge ; tym-

“panic bone reduced to a simple ring; lower jaw produced ante-

“tiorly, straight below, its condyle depressed; teeth =, simple,

rounded, the anterior ones in each jaw enlarged, trigonal. _

te vse, didactylus.

es Brapyrus, Gray.

,AIntermaxillary bones reduced or wanting; postorbital process

_slightly developed ; malar bone with the frontal and zygomatic pro-

cesses slightly marked, the supratemporal process rising obliquely ;

pterygoid bones inflated ; crotaphite impression terminating at a con-

siderable distance from the occiput ; tympanic bone well-developed,

_ forming a bulla; lower jaw with a flattened square process in front,

-deep posteriorly, the lower outline convex, the condyle elevated ;

teeth =, simple, rounded, the anterior ones similar, small in the

‘upper jaw.

B. crinitus.

In addition to the character of the pterygoids, which, in the absence

of actual knowledge, might possibly have belonged to age or sex, I

‘find this species to be clearly distinguishable from those of the next

genus by the great distance that intervenes between the posterior

termination of the temporal fossee and the occiput, which is much

“greater in the old specimens even than in the young of the genus 4rc-

topithecus. The occiput also differs from them in being proportionally

“smaller, of a rounder form; the digastric fossee converging a little

‘superiorly, instead of diverging as im the other genus. The lower

“jaw also presents a character more decided than the anterior pro-

duction which Mr. Gray points out in his paper on the genus Bra-

“dypus: it is much deepened behind, rendering the lower outline

very convex. And further, there are certain characters pointed out

by Cuvier in the ‘ Ossemens Fossiles’ which appear to be constant, so

‘ far as I have been able to observe, as it is only in young specimens

that the sutures are discernible. They are, first, that im this species,

“the 47 a collier, the nasal bones are bevelled towards the middle pos-

“teriorly, so that they form a point between the frontals, while in the

“other species they are bevelled in the opposite direction, the frontals

‘descending between their extreme points. Secondly, that the pala-

~ ‘tine bone forms but a narrow slip within the orbit, and the alisphenoid

“bone occupies a much larger portion of the temporal fossa than in

the other species.

~ ~The skull spoken of by Mr. Gray as being taken from a skin, pre-

sents characters intermediate between the other one and that upon

which the B. afinis is founded, therefore I refrain from inserting the

jatter as a species until further evidences are obtained.

_, ArctopirHecus, Gray.

«» Intermaxillary bones short and small; postorbital process slightly

developed; malar bone with the frontal and zygomatic processes

352 — Zoological Society.

slightly marked, or the former wanting, the supratemporal process

rising obliquely ; pterygoid bones compressed and. simple ; \crota~'

phite impression extending to very near the occipital ridge ; tympa-

nic bone well-developed, inflated ; lower jaw with its inferior outline:

concave posteriorly, its condyle elevated ; teeth =, simple, rounded,

the anterior ones similar, small in the upper jaw.

A. GuLARIS. di a dos brulé.

A broad patch of soft yellow hair between the shoulders, and a

black line running through it down the back; the upper anterior

molars proportionally larger, and the second less, than in the fol-

lowing species; the occiput again affords us a very good distinction,

as it is much wider and not so deep as in the following species, and

the foramen magnum not so large. Two skulls in the British Museum

present these characters, and evidently belong to adult, probably

aged, individuals ; that of the skeleton, also from Bolivia, seems

referable to the other species.

A. MARMORATUS.

Fur everywhere more or less lengthened, no yellow spots, dorsal

line grey brown; anterior upper molars very small, the next rather

larger than those which follow; occiput deeper and narrower than

in the preceding species, its foramen larger.

The A. Blainvillii is not distinguishable by external markings, and

the skulls bearing that name in the Museum collection all present a

general robustness, such as age and sex might very probably occasion.

One of them, which, from retaining some of the sutures, seems to be

younger than the others, has the frontal bones less swollen, and the

lower jaw with its angular process as much produced as in those

labelled marmoratus, though deeper, but not so deep as in the others.

The .4. flaccidus may be only a local variety, the skulls not being

very clearly distinguishable, for there are not two between which

some individual peculiarities may not be traced.

The skull to which the name prodlematicus is given is evidently

young, having all its sutures well-marked, and in the absence of the

fur cannot be safely looked upon as the type of a species. It agrees

with the others in the character of the occiput, which distinguishes

them all from the 4. gularis, as well as from the Bradypus crinitus.

The paleeontologist is well aware of the uncertainty of establishing

species upon trivial details of form, although slight distinctions are

in some cases known to afford a true indication: the skulls of the

Three-toed Sloths vary greatly, and all present a coarse, rough-hewn

appearance which must detract from our confidence in little differ-

ences of detail. With regard to the lower jaw, they certainly do not

present differences so strikingly characteristic as those upon which

the species of Mylodon are established.

MrGaTuHerivum, Cuvier.

Intermaxillary bones lengthened and prominent ; postorbital pro-

cess lengthened and drawn out, but not inflated ; malar bone with its

Zoological Society. 353

frontal and zygomatic processes well-developed, the latter attached

firmly to the zygoma; the supratemporal process rising obliquely ;

pterygoid bones compressed, and not inflated ; crotaphite impression

approaching near to the occipital ridge; tympanic bone attached,

small, and not inflated; (immediately in front of the circular facet

for the stylohyal bone there descends a strong process, which may

probably belong to the tympanic bone and form a portion of a vaginal

process ;) lower jaw produced in front, deepened in the middle by the

extensive implantation of the molars, the condyle much elevated ;

teeth = quadrate, grooved transversely on the crown when worn,

the cazementum being thickened on the anterior and posterior surfaces ;

the posterior upper one small.

M. Cuviert.

- Dr. Lund figures a tooth having the characters of this well-known

genus, but of smaller size, under the name of MegatheriumLaurillardi.

MeGAtonyx, Jefferson.

General cranial characters unknown; teeth 7, subelliptical, with

: - ; rari Pp

a ridge on the inner side.

M. Jeffersonii.

My .opon, Owen.

Intermaxillary bones small (lost in the skeleton) ; postorbital pro-

cess but little developed, thick ; malar bone with the frontal process

indicated by a slight angle, the zygomatic well-developed, touching

‘the zygoma, the supratemporal process rising obliquely ; pterygoid

_bones thin and compressed ; crotaphite impression approaching near

to the occipital ridge; tympanic bone reduced and separate; (the

foregoing characters can of course apply only to the Mylodon robustus,

it being the only species of which the cranium is known ;) lower jaw

broad and more or less prolonged in front, the lower outline straight,

the condyle depressed ; teeth —, the anterior ones rounded or tri-

gonal, the posterior ones larger, trigonal in the upper jaw, gradually

becoming bilobed in the lower. The species can only be characterized

by the lower jaw, as it is the only part that is known in all of them.

The characters are taken chiefly from Prof. Owen’s works.

_M. Darwinu.

~ Lower jaw much produced anteriorly, with a double mammelliform

tuberosity upon the symphysis below. The first tooth rounded or

subtrigonal, the second subelliptical, with a slight depression on the

inner side; the third subquadrate, grooved on the inner side; the

posterior internal angle produced ; the fourth bilobed, sharply grooved

on the inner side.

M. Haruant.

Lower jaw with the symphysis short; the second tooth sub-

quadrate, grooved on the inner side, with the posterior internal angle

354 Zoological Society.

inner side and a smaller one anterior to it.

GLossoOTHERIUM, Owen.

Crotaphite impression approaching near to the occipital ridge ;

tympanic bone reduced and separate. The general cranial characters

are unknown, but the fragment is recognizable by the great size of

the surface for the stylohyal bone, and of the precondyloid foramen.

ScELIDOTHERIUM, Owen.

Malar bone with a well-developed zygomatic process; the cha-

racter of its frontal process cannot be determined through mutilation

of the specimen ; crotaphite impression approaching near to the occi-

pital ridge ; tympanic bone reduced and separate ; lower jaw greatly

curved below, its condyle depressed ; teeth — transversely extended,

the anterior ones fully as large as the others, the first in each jaw

elongate trigonal, the others gradually becoming bilobed, the. last

upper one trigonal.

S. leptocephalum.

Priatyonyx, Lund.

This genus is proposed by Dr. Lund, to include a series of species

discovered by him, the first three of which he had previously referred

to the genus Megalonyzx, and Prof. Owen, in the conspectus at the

end of his memoir on the Mylodon, has placed them in his genus

Scelidotherium; but I prefer to adopt, for the present, Dr. Lund’s

latest arrangement, since in the lower jaws figured, the last lower

molar has a deep groove on its posterior side, and the fourth species,

of which an entire skull is figured (tab. 38), agrees in this cha-

racter, and shows a marked distinction from the 8. leptocephalum in

the zygomatic arch being incomplete ; the malar bone has no frontal

process, and but a slight angular indication of the zygomatic process.

P. Cuvieri. P. minutus.

P. Buckland. P. Brongniartit.

In addition to these, Dr. Lund represents a metacarpal bone of a

species which he calls P. Owenii, and an os scaphoides of the foot of

another, which he names P. Agassizit.

The genera Calodon and Sphenodon of Dr. Lund seem open to

the objection suggested by Prof. Owen, namely that the teeth would

be first developed in the form of hollow obtuse cones, not assuming

the cylindrical form until worn down to the part which has acquired

—— ss.

Zoological Society. 355

an.process of growth the normal thickness ;, but while I feel natu-

irally cautious of introducing into my category any genera or species,

the establishment of which is not made fully satisfactory to my mind,

I must not be considered as rejecting any of those of Dr. Lund,

when his illustrations and lists of names are the only evidences I can

attain; since his original specimens. are far beyond my reach, and my

ignorance of the Danish language prevents my comprehending his de-

seriptive memoirs.

Fam. 2. Dasyropip.

The nasal bones long, of nearly uniform width, their extremities

projecting forwards beyond the intermaxillaries ; the intermaxillaries

are portions of cylinders, reaching further especially on their palatal

surface than in the other families; the maxillary bone swollen and

provided with simple teeth ; its zygoniatic process projecting boldly

outwards, and a ridge continued from it for the masseter, the molar

series diverging behind; the posterior palatine foramina are replaced

by a row of minute openings extending the whole length of the

palate; the malar bone, when there is a descending masseteric pro-

cess, or a rudiment of one, has it compressed longitudinally, extended

transversely ; the foramen rotundum is included in the foramen sphe-

no-orbitarium ; the zygoma is flat, gently twisted upwards towards

its extremity ; the mastoid bone with a deep narrow groove, con-

taining one or more mastoid foramina; the basi-occipital bone with

‘a transverse depression just anteriorly to the edge of the foramen

magnum, and (excepting in the genera Tolypeutes and Glyptodon)

with an articular surface upon the lower edge of that foramen

receiving the odontoid process of the axis when the head is deflexed ;

the occipital condyles are portions of cylinders, placed horizontally,

each in a line with the paroccipital process ; the precondyloid foramen

is placed close to the condyle ; the supra-occipital bone is broad above,

forming on each side a strong thickened ridge; the lower jaw is

narrowed and slenderly produced anteriorly.

. The true affinities existing among the various Armadilloes have

een rightly perceived by the Baron Cuvier, and are well pointed out

in the ‘Ossemens Fossiles’ ; but he did not designate the subgenera

by any particular names, and naturalists, for the most part, have

adopted the arrangement of Mons. F. Cuvier, which limits the genus

Dasypus to the smgle species that has teeth in the intermaxillary

bone, and unites all the rest, excepting the Giant Armadillo, under

the generic name Tatusia. Mr. Gray, in the ‘ List of Specimens of

Mammalia in the British Museum,’ has adopted in addition the

genus XYenurus of Wagler, and it will be further necessary to make

use of Illiger’s genus Tolypeutes for the Apara or Three-banded

Armadillo. The species vil/osus and minutus must be associated, as

Baron Cuvier has done with the Lncoubert in the genus Dasypus.

» The groups recognized in the ‘Ossemens Fossiles’ being thus

restored and the names proposed by other authors applied to them,

I shall proceed to characterize them by their external armour, by

which they may very easily be distinguished, and to add the cha-

856 Zoological Society.

racters of the cranium, in which my observations have been assisted

by the immortal work alluded to.

TATUSIA.

Ears thrown backwards and approximated ; plates of the head of

irregular shape and smooth; those of the scapular and pelvic shields

much smaller than those of the bands, and surrounded with others

smaller still; fore-feet with four toes, the claws straight, the index

and medius nearly equal, the pollex and annularis small; maxillary

bone terminating in a pointed process behind; teeth rather small,

none of them being further back than the root of the malar process ;

this process concave anteriorly, projecting outwards and backwards ;

the infra-orbital canal entirely below it; malar bone simply a portion

of an inverted arch, hollowed on the outer side for nearly its whole

length by the masseteric impression, merely abutting against the

zygoma; palatine bone reduced in vertical extent, being encroached

on above by a large thickened portion of the ethmoid bone which

appears in the orbit, the sphenopalatine foramen being a narrow

fissure between them ; pterygoid bone simply bordering the termi-

nation of the palatine, without hamular process ; zygoma compressed

and elevated, its glenoid surface circular ; tympanic bone reduced to

a ring; mastoid narrowed ; lower jaw slender, its condyle but little

elevated, transverse and flat, coronoid process elevated.

T. SEPTEMCINCTA.

Ears about one-third of the length of the head; plates smooth ;

tail as long as the body.

T. affinis of Dr. Lund may possibly be identical.

T. HYBRIDA.

Ears about one-fourth of the length of the head; plates of the

pelvic shield convex and elevated ; tail about two-thirds of the length

of the body. The characters of this species, which was named by

M. Desmarest, are carefully pointed out by Mr. Martin in the ‘ Pro-

ceedings’ of the Society, January 1837.

Cuvier speaks of a third species brought from Brazil by M. de

Saint-Hilaire, under the name of Tatou verdadeiro, differmg from

the mule Armadillo in having the tail termmated by a horny sheath

of one piece, the bands broader, ard the plates of the pelvic shield

larger.

Dr. Lund figures two ossicles of a Tatusia, indicating dimensions

much greater than those usually attained by specimens belonging to

the genus, and applies the name Dasypus punctatus. I find in the

Museum of the College of Surgeons a recent carapace, denuded of its

horny epidermal scutes, and wanting the scapular shield; it is as

large as Dr. Lund’s figures would imply, and has the same punctate

depressions in the grooves which mark the surfaces of the component

éssicles. It differs from a smaller one, still a large specimen, also

denuded of the epidermal scutes, in the latter having the-central area

of each ossicle a little elevated at its posterior margin, and the punc-

ee ee a ae Sey ee ae

ee 6

“2

: Zoological Society. 357

tate depressions fewer and smaller behind this area than in front of

it ; while in the larger specimen they are all about equal in size.

It is difficult to compare these specimens with those which retain

their natural covering ; but the punctate character seems to belong

to the genus rather than to the species, it not being perceptible until

the horny scutes are removed: and whether the Tatusia punctata

be a species, or merely a large variety of one of the others, it would

appear not to be extinct.

CuiAmMypuHorvus, Harlan.

Plates of the head, the scapular shield and the body forming an

uninterrupted series, each a parallelogram, those of the neck smaller,

and those of the muzzle irregular ; pelvic shield small, flat, or slightly

convex, placed vertically, at right angles to the dorsal armour, and

composed. of concentric semioval rows of trapezoid plates ; fore-feet

with five toes, the medius being the longest, the two inner claws the

smallest, and the three outer ones very deep and compressed ; frontal

bone with a large thickened process above the eye ; malar bone thin,

deep anteriorly, with a rudiment of a descending masseteric process

assuming a transverse position ; auditory process bending forwards

round the base of the zygoma ; lower jaw with the ascending ramus

much elevated, the condyle higher than the coronoid process.

C. truncatus.

Dasypus.

Head broad behind, ears wide apart, its plates irregular, marked

like those of the body ; those of the scapular and pelvic shields ob-

long parallelograms, like those of the bands, but becoming penta-

gonal or hexagonal towards the neck and croup—all the plates

marked with an indented pattern ; bands about six or seven ; fore-

feet with five toes, the index nearly as thick as the medius, which is

the longest, the claws a little twisted outwards; maxillary bone ter-

minating behind in a strong vertical column formed by the alveolus

of the last tooth, and concealing the sphenopalatine and pterygo-

palatine foramina ; teeth rather large ; malar process compressed in

the antero-posterior direction, suddenly projecting, concave anteriorly ;

-infra-orbital canal short, pierced through the base of the process ;

malar bone angular, with a rudiment of a descending process, com-

pressed in the antero-posterior direction ; its zygomatic process deep,

extending beneath the zygoma; palatine bone ascending into the

orbit ; no appearance of the ethmoid within the orbit; pterygoid

bones with well-defined hamular processes, bent outwards; zygoma

well-developed, flat; its glenoid surface slightly convex, reniform ;

tympanic bone well-ossified, forming a bulla; auditory process largely

developed ; mastoid bone very broad, placed entirely in the occipital

region ; lower jaw deep and thick, its ascending ramus high ; coronoid

process largely developed, condyle broad.

D. sExcincrTvus.

Muzzle broad ; plates large, distinct, but slightly indented; bands

six or seven, vo separate band on the anterior edge of the scapular

358 Zoological Society.

shield ; terminal plates of the bands and pelvic. shield small.; hairs

few, white; teeth 2=*. the first upper one on each side being in the

‘ 10—10?

intermaxillary bone.

D. vILLosus. ;

Muzzle broad ; plates closely united, roughly tubercular, those’ of

the bands closely united and small; bands eight ; a separate band on

the anterior edge of the scapular shield, behind the row of nuchal

plates; terminal plates of the bands and pelvic shield large and-fal-

cate ; hairs profuse, brown. r

D. MINUTUS.

Muzzle tapering, narrow at the end; plates of the head smooth,

those of the shield and bands closely united, and flatly tubercular ;

terminal plates of the bands and pelvic shield large and faleate ;

bands six or seven; a separate band on the anterior edge of the sca-

pular shield, behind the row of nuchal plates ; upper parts with black

hairs ; sides of the head and limbs with brownish hairs; under parts

with whitish hairs ; teeth — none in the intermaxillary bones, nasal

and intermaxillary bones lengthened.

Xenurus, Wagler.

Head broad behind, ears wide apart, its plates irregular, smooth ;

those of the scapular shield irregular in the middle, hexagonal towards

the sides ; bands twelve, composed of short and square plates ; pelvic

shield with square plates in the middle, becoming hexagonal towards

the sides; tail almost naked ;_ fore-feet with five toes, the mdex

longest, but very slender, the three outer toes rapidly diminishing in

length, but furnished with large claws, twisted outwards ; maxillary

bones articulated posteriorly by suture to the palatine, its malar pro-

cess thick, rounded anteriorly ; malar bone but slightly angular, «its

zygomatic process extending beneath the zygoma; palatine bone

ascending into the orbit, and pushing up the sphenopalatine foramen

into a fossa which contains the foramina of the orbit ; pterygoid

bones with their hamular processes styliform, projecting backwards ;

zygoma small, rounded above ; tympanic incompletely ossified ; mas-

toid bone broad, placed obliquely ; lower jaw slender, its condyle

elevated, reniform ; coronoid process feebly developed, lower than the

condyle.

X. UNICINCTUS.

Cuyier mentions a species with a shorter and more entirely naked

tail ; it is probably the same that has been called nudicaudis by Dr.

Lund. X. antigquus of the same distinguished author may possibly

be identical.

Priopontes, Frederick Cuvier.

Head broad behind, ears wide apart ; plates of the head and body

as in Xenurus ; tail closely covered with quadrangular scales, ‘placed

in a quincuncial arrangement ; fore-feet as in Xenurus, the outer toe

Zoological Society. 359

mitich ‘reduced’; maxillary bone articulated posteriorly by suture to

the palatine ;\ teeth numerous and minute ; infra-orbital canal long,

commencing below the malar process, and terminating nearly on the

middle of the bone; malar bone forming simply a portion of an in-

verted arch, round, and devoid of processes ; palatine bone ascending

into the orbit; pterygoid bone strongly developed, with an angular

termination; zygoma rather small, the glenoid surface lengthened,

the lower part of the squamous and the alisphenoid bone forming a

longitudinal swellmg within it; tympanic bone small, and loose ;

mastoid bone broad, forming the sides of the occiput which are

rounded ; lower jaw thin and compressed, condyle longitudinal, but

little elevated ; coronoid process much reduced.

P. gigas.

_» TotyPEvTeEs, Illiger.

Head broad behind, ears wide apart’; plates very closely articulated

to each other, their surface divided by impressed marks, and studded

with blunt tubercles, those of the scapular and pelvic shields varying

from a square to a pentagonal or hexagonal form ; bands three, com-

posed of oblong parallelograms, equally subcircular, and closely arti-

culated; fore-feet four-toed, the outer being absent; the medius

slightly longer than the index, with a much larger claw, both having

an outward twist ; maxillary bone articulated posteriorly to the pala-

tine, its malar process standing suddenly outwards, compressed ; infra-

orbital canal commencing below and behind its root, rather lengthened,

rising a little im its course; teeth rather large ; malar bone slender,

and simply abutting by an oblique suture against the zygoma; pala-

tine bone ascending into the orbit, pterygoids with blunt hamular

processes, a little bent outwards; zygoma rather narrowed, glenoid

surface flat, reniform ; tympanic bone reduced to an annular form;

lower jaw slender, condyle moderately elevated, reniform, coronoid

process elevated.

| T.. rRICINCTUS.

. Cuvier cites the Cheloniscus of Fabricius Columna as being this

species, but represented with four bands instead of three; the last

row of plates of the scapular shield is composed of oblong parallelo-

grams like those of the bands, which may have given rise to such

an error.

CHLAMYDOTHERIUM, Lund.

“Judging by the plates that accompany Dr. Lund’s Memoir, this

appears to be a genus of extinct gigantic Armadilloes, having the body

provided with moveable bands like the recent ones, and teeth of a

compressed form, and irregularly fluted; two species are distin-

guished.

C. Humboldt. C. giganteum.

B .Hereronon; Lund... eS Rome ea

360 Zoological Society.

the lower jaw figured contains six teeth, of which two are much larger

than the others. Latics

A. diversidens.

Euryopon, Lund.

Dr. Lund figures a tooth resembling those of the Armadilloes, but

apparently broader in proportion to its antero-posterior diameter.

E. latidens. :

GLYPTODON, Owen.

Carapace ovoid, without distinction of shields or bands, composed

of small hexagonal pieces with sculptured surfaces ; teeth divided into

narrow transverse lobes ; malar bone with a lengthened descending

process, placed transversely ; zygoma flat, its glenoid surface elevated,

transversely elongate, looking a little backwards; mastoid propor-

tionally small, placed laterally.

G. CLAVIPES.

The central tubercle upon each ossicle large, round, or subhexagonal,

conspicuous above the surrounding ones, which are small, and more

cut up by reticulate depressions.

G. ORNATUS.

The central tubercle of each ossicle not conspicuously marked above

the rest ; all more finely granular.

This may possibly be the young of that to which the name reticu-

latus has been applied, and which, therefore, I will at present omit.

G. TUBERCULATUS.

Ossicles approaching to a square or rhomboidal form, their surface

divided into numerous irregular elevations.

The genus Hoplophorus of Dr. Lund appears to be identical with

Glyptodon; he figures two teeth in which the characters of that

genus are clearly shown, and several detached ossicles and portions of

carapace bearing a general resemblance to the species of Glyptodon,

principally to the G. ornatus. He distinguishes two species, the H.

Luphractus and H. Selloi. Prof. Owen refers to the H. Euphractus a

portion of carapace brought home by Mr. Darwin, and figured in the

* Voyage of the Beagle,’ which very closely resembles those afterwards

figured in the ‘Catalogue of Fossil Mammalia and Aves in the Museum

of the Royal College of Surgeons’ under the name G. ornatus.

I am not as yet acquainted with the Pachytherium magnum of

Dr. Lund’s catalogues.

Fam. 3. MyrMECOPHAGID.

The nasal bones simple, of uniform width, emarginated at the

ends ; the intermaxillary bones much reduced ; the maxillary bones

much lengthened, toothless, the malar process projecting backwards,

outwards and downwards ; the posterior palatine foramen single, or

wanting ; the malar bone reduced to a slender stylet free at the pos-

Zoological Society. 361

terior end; the foramen rotundum included in the foramen spheno-

orbitarium ; the zygoma very small, and pushed quite to the anterior

superior angle of the squamous portion ; the supra-occipital, bone en-

croaches upon the upper surface of the skull, and has a median pro-

tuberance; the lower jaw much lengthened and slender at the end,

without coronoid process.

Not having seen the skull of the little Two-toed Ant-eater, I have

used a little caution in characterizing this family. For example, I

have avoided alluding to the peculiar character of the pterygoids, as

Cuvier informs us that they do not enclose a long canal as in the

larger species. I therefore limit the diagnoses of the genera to the

few points, in which, in the absence of a skull of the small species,

they are known to differ*.

. Myrmecoruaca, Linneus.

Fore-feet with four toes; hind-feet with five toes; palatine and .

pterygoid bones united beneath the nasal canal for their whole length.

M: susarTa, Linn.

Varied with black and grey, the latter predominating on the head,

back, sides, fore-limbs and tail; throat, a mark running obliquely

from the shoulder upwards and backwards, and hind-limbs black ; fur

very coarse ; tail but little longer than the body, very bushy.

M. TaMANDUDA.

“Head, shoulders, fore-limbs, outside of the hind-limbs, and middle

third of the tail white ; a stripe from each side of the neck over the

shoulder and remaining parts black ; tail but little longer than the

body, its terminal third scaly. Varies chiefly by the diminution of

the intensity of the black.

_ [have found that the Yellow Ant-eater, hitherto considered to be one

of the varieties of this species, differs remarkably in the length and size

of the tail; the ears also appear to be larger, but this latter character

is less decisive, owing to the different degrees to which they may

shrink when dry. A specimen in the British Museum, and one in

that of this Society, resemble each other exactly, while a young pale.

specimen of M. Tamandua has a tail proportionally of the same length

the larger and darker individuals. Under these circumstances I

have been induced to propose a name for the Yellow Ant-eater, deem-

ing it probable that the species may be distinct.

_M. LonercauDaATa.

General colour uniform light ochraceous, a paler line runs down

the middle of the back; tail nearly double the length of the body,

its terminal half covered with small scales and a few scattered black

hairs ; ears large, round, about one-third the length of the head.

* [ have since seen the cranial portion of the skull of the Little Ant: eater, and

find that although the pterygoid bones do not enclose-the nasal canal below, they,

s emble those of the larger species in their great extent backwards. , Ce eae

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. Xl.

362 Zoological Society.

Although the flanks show a slightly darker reflection in certain-di-

rections of the light, there is no trace of the mark which runs across

the shoulder. v0

On referring to the figure, in Krusenstern’s Voyage (tab. 6e);

on which M. Desmarest founded his Myrmecophaga annulata, 1 find

it to be a very excellent representation of a Coati-mondi, probably

the brown species. The head is bent downwards, the tongue pro-

truded, and curved beneath the left fore-foot ; from under the further

side of the foot there comes a small twig of a tree, which, if it were

not branched, would look like a continuation of the tongue. But

the figure published in Griffith’s translation of the ‘ Régne Animal’

is not so easy to interpret. The general form of the body is more

like that of an Ant-eater, though rather too long and slender; the

tapering head and the dark stripe from the end of the muzzle to the

eye remind one of the Myrmecobius, which was not known until

several years afterwards ; the tail is just such as a Coati-mondi might

haye supplied. The figure is said to have been drawn from a stuffed

specimen, but the authors do not state where the specimen existed,

and possibly may never have seen it.

Cuvier asserts, with much probability, that the animal from which

Buffon took his figure of the Z’amandua was made up of the skin of @

Coati-mondi, to which striped markings had been artificially applied.

CycLotuurus, Gray.

Fore-feet with two toes, the outer one much the larger; “the pala-

tines only meet below for two-thirds of their length, and the bony

canal of the nares there terminates, the pterygoids not meeting, but

presenting only two long parallel and little prominent crests.”

—-C, DIDACTYLUS.

Dr. Lund inserts in his lists of fossil species one which he has

named Myrmecophaga gigantea, but I have seen no representation of

any portion of the animal among the figures published.

Fam. 4. Manip.

The intermaxillary bones small, having ascending processes run-

ning upwards and backwards; each encloses a separate incisive fora-

men ; the maxillary bones short, toothless, their malar processes pro-

jecting backwards, outwards and downwards; the palatine bones

much spread out in front, and with distinct posterior palatine fora-

mina; the malar and lacrymal bones wanting, but a large lacrymal

opening ; the alisphenoid bone much reduced ; the zygoma deep, thin,

concave exteriorly, and pushed downwards to the anterior and inferior

angle of the squamous portion; the occipital condyles prominent,

oblique, the precondyloid foramina at some distance anterior to them.

This family consists of but one genus, containing several well-

marked species.

Manis, Linnzeus.

In characterizing the species of this genus, I give the number of

scales in each transverse row, instead of the number of longitudinal

Zoological Society. 363

rows; which has been the usual method adopted. The number in

each case will appear much less, but it will be recollected that this is

owing to the scales of one row being alternate with those of the next

one.

~ M, penrapactyza, Linn. (macroura, Desm.) ;

Each transverse row of scales composed of three on each side of

the median one; scales striated at the base, smooth at the end, the

striated part distinctly separated from the smooth portion ; ends of

the scales simple; under parts naked; tail very broad at the base,

about equal to the body in length ; fore-feet five-toed, the claw of the

medius much the largest, that. of the annularis next, that of the index

much less, the other two very small ; hind-feet with lengthened claws;

limbs scaled to the bases of the claws.

_,M. savanica, Desm.

}»Four scales on each side of the median one in each transverse row,

the lower ones on each side, and the lateral ones beneath the tail,

keeled and pointed at the ends ; tail broad at the base, equalling the

head and body in length; under parts with short white hairs ; limbs

scaled to the bases of the claws; fore-feet with the middle claw

largest, the index a little less than the annularis, the others very

small ; hind-feet with lengthened claws.

“Body altogether very broad; scales broad, three on each side in

every transverse row, striated to the tips which are rounded, none-of

them carinate ; under parts naked ; tail about the length of the body,

broad and rounded at the end ; limbs scaled to the bases of the claws;

fore-feet with the middle claw largest, the two next less, the remain-

ing two much less; those of the hind-feet vertical, truncated. ae

M. rerrapactyxa, Linn. (dfricana, Desm.)

Scales large, three on each side in every transverse row, striated to

the. tip, which is square, with a point projecting from the middle,

the lower ones at the sides and the lateral ones beneath the tail cari-’

nate; tail double the length of the body, a little narrowed at the’

base, soon becoming broad; limbs only scaled at the base, then!

covered. with black hairs like the under parts; fore-feet with the’

middle claw very long and compressed, the index and annularis much’

less and nearly equal, the minimus less still, the inner toe very small;’

hind-feet with lengthened claws, nearly equal. wz; Zz

M. mutriscutata, Gray, Proc. Z. S. Feb. 1843.

‘Five scales on each side of the median one in every transyerse.row;,

scales striated to the tip, which is square, with a median point;

those on the sides of the trunk and limbs, and the lateral ones be-

neath the tail, carinate ; tail nearly double the length ofthe body, of

moderate width ; under parts with short whitish brown haits ; fore-’

25%

364 Zoological Society.

limbs scaled to the carpus ; toes all well-developed, except the thumb,

which is small, the medius longest ; hind-feet scaled nearly to the

base of the claws, which are all lengthened and well-developed, ex-

se the thumb, which is small; the annularis nearly as long as the

medius.

M. aurita, Hodgson.

Fam. 5. OrxCTEROPODID®.

The nasal bones long and much spread out behind, narrowed and

not projecting anteriorly ; the intermaxillaries well-developed, pro-

minent below, not enclosing foramina; the maxillary bones length-

ened and deep, provided with compound teeth; the palate termina-

ting soon with a strong transverse ridge, having a pair of large poste-

tior palatine foramina ; the lacrymal bone large, extending much upon

the face; the malar bone large, extending much upon the face, but

its zygomatic process small and slender; the frontal bone large and

swollen, with a small and contracted post-orbital process ; the parie-

tals extended downwards at their anterior inferior angles to articulate

with the alisphenoids; the zygoma slender, twisted as in the Arma-

dilloes ; a strong post-articular and a post-auditory process, and just

within the latter a short truncate styloid process, not enclosed by any

vaginal process, as the tympanic bone is much reduced and separate ;

the occipital condyles hemicylindrical, but with a portion of articular

surface continued from them upon the lower edge of the foramen

maguum ; the paroccipital processes in a line with them, but distinetly

separated.

As this family consists, so far as is yet satisfactorily known, of a

single species, its characters might be multiplied to almost any extent ;

should another form be discovered, they will of course need revision.

This communication having extended far beyond the length that I

at first contemplated, notwithstanding that I have limited myself in

most cases to the distinctive peculiarities of the skuil, it will readily

be seen that, had I entered upon the whole osteology of the order, or

even introduced in every instance the characters by which the genus

or species may be known externally, I should have swelled this little

monograph to such a degree as almost to preclude its insertion in the

“ Proceedings’ of the Society, and entailed upon myself an amount of

labour from which I would by no means shrink, but fear I shall be

compelled to defer until more favourable opportunities present them-

selves; but I trust that the little I have as yet accomplished may

afford the naturalist a clearer insight into the relations of the living

Edentata among themselves, and with those that formerly peopled

the portion of the world which was then, as now, the principal abode

of this remarkable group. ;

Pimlico, July 1851.

Miscellaneous. 365.

MISCELLANEOUS.

<= SPADIX PURPUREA, GOSSE.

; To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Falmouth, September 30, 1853.

- GentLemen, — The Spadiz purpurea, Gosse (Arum Cocksit,

Vigurs; vide Report of the Royal Polytechnic Society, 1849) is an

old friend of mine, having found it in the autumn of 1844, attached

to the under surface of a large stone, extreme low water mark, spring

tide, Gwyllyn-vase, in the neighbourhood. Since that period a great

number of specimens have been sent to some of the first-class natu-

ralists of the age, in this country, on the continent, and in Amerita,

but hitherto it has proved an enigma not easily solved. In the year

1847 Mr. J. Alder sent several from Falmouth to the Members of

the Natural-History Section, British Association, and specimens alive

were forwarded, per post, to Sir G. Dalyell, but unfortunately death

terminated the career of this good and great man before he had time

to untie the Gordian knot. I am glad that another habitat has been

found for this interesting creature. I have repeatedly produced the

young from the ova; they are free for several days, and perambulate

on their stilt-like legs with ease and agility.

I am, Gentlemen, your obedient servant,

W. P. Cocks.

Note on the Parasitism of Comandra umbellata, Nutt.

_ By Asa Gray.

So long ago as the year 1847, Mr. William Mitten, an English

botanist, communicated to Hooker’s London Journal of Botany

(vol. vi. p. 146. pl. 4) a brief article, on the ceconomy of the roots

of Thesium linophyllum ; in which he shows that the roots of this

plant are parasitic ; the ramifications of the root forming attachments,

by means of suckers, with the roots of adjacent plants of various

species. The same parasitism probably occurs in other species of

Thesium, if not in the genus generally. But I am not aware that

the fact has been confirmed on the continental species, which are

somewhat numerous, although attention has been called to the sub-

ject by the reprint of Mr. Mitten’s article in the ‘ Annales des Sciences

Naturelles’ (in the volume which bears the nominal date of 1847),

and an interesting extension was at once given to the discovery by

M. Decaisne, who detected a similar parasitic attachment of the

rootlets of Melampyrum, Pedicularis, and other rhinanthaceous plants

long known to be uncultivable.

In the Botanical Text-book, I had called attention to the related

genus Comandra, which replaces Thesiwm in this country, as likely

to exhibit the same parasitic economy, but, pressed by other occupa-

tions, had neglected to make the examination myself ; nor had I any

notice of the observation having been made by others, although

ata umbellata is everywhere a common plant in the United

ates.

366 Miscellaneous.

The discovery, however, has now been made by my esteemed cor-

respondent, Mr. Jacob Stauffer, of Mount Joy, Lancaster County,

Pennsylvania. He has recently sent me fresh specimens of Coman-

dra umbellata, with its elongated and woody subterranean stems,

giving off numerous roots, the branches of which are often expanded

at their tips into a small tubercle or sucker, which is implanted by

its disc-like surface upon the bark of adjacent roots, principally of

shrubs. The foster-plants, in the specimens communicated, are

Blueberries and Huckleberries (Vaccinium vacillans and Gaylussacia

resinosa). Mr. Stauffer’s specimens are accompanied by a neat

drawing, illustrating the mode of attachment. This I would gladly

. forward for the engraver : but it will suffice, perhaps, for the present

to say, that the attachment is similar to that so clearly exhibited by

Mr. Mitten, in the plate which accompanies his article; only that

the rootlets in Comandra arise from subterranean stems, and the

suckers, so far as I have examined, do not appear to penetrate the

foster-root deeper than the surface of its wood.

Since the above was written and in type, I have received from Mr.

Stauffer the announcement of his discovery of the parasitism of Ge-

rardia flava, accompanied by a drawing which exhibits it, and a spe-_

cimen which plainly shows the attachment. The numerous branches_

of the root are not only attached by discs or suckers to the bark of

the root of the foster-plant (in this case either white oak or witch

hazel), but also are implanted upon each other, forming parasitical

anastomoses.—Silliman’s Journal, Sept. 1853.

RARE IRISH MOLLUSCA.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Windsor Lodge, Monkstown, co. Dublin,

September 30, 1853.

GENTLEMEN,— Having had a few days’ dredging last month off

this coast, will you kindly record for me, at your earliest convenience,

the obtaining of the following Mollusca? Those species marked with

an asterisk I believe to be new to the fauna of this county.

*Corbula rosea. Off Dublin Bay.

Lyonsia Norvegica. Killiney Bay and Dalkey Sound.

*Thracia distorta. Dalkey Sound.

Cochlodesma pretenue. Killiney Bay and Dalkey Sound,

Solecurtis coarctatus. Same localities as the last species.

* Astarte elliptica. Dalkey Sound.

sulcata, var. Scotica. Same locality as the last species.

*Lepton squamosum. Dalkey Sound and Killiney Bay.

*Nucula radiata. Dalkey Sound.

= tenuis. Same locality.

Leda caudata. Killiney Bay and Dalkey Sound.

Trophon Barvicensis. Dalkey Sound.

Mangelia septangularis. Same locality.

Phyline scabra. Same locality.

I am, Gentlemen, yours obediently,

Witiiam Waite WAtLpote.

Meteorological Observations. 367

NATICA SORDIDA,

wv dere 2

Pe To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

vf Windsor Lodge, Monkstown, Co. Dublin,

bei . Oct. 22, 1853.

‘GentTLemen,—I have much pleasure in being able to record an-

other habitat for that rare Mollusk Natica sordida, specimens of which

were obtained by me this summer ; they were taken off this coast by:

trawling in about sixty fathoms. In company with the ahove shell was

found Fusus propinguus ; I have also noticed the same two Mollusca

occurring together off the Wexford coast, and my friend Dr. Melville

has likewise dredged the two species in close proximity off the Isles

of Arran, Galway Bay. Sad ;

I remain, Gentlemen, yours truly obliged,

Witiiam Waite Watroue.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR SEPT. 18538.

Chiswiek.—September 1. Cloudy and fine: heavy rain. 2. Overcast: heavy rain.

3, Clear,..4. Cloudy and fine: very fine: overcast. 5. Fine: cloudy: clear. 6. Very

fine: clear at night. 7,8. Overcast. 9. Foggy: rain. 10. Vine: slight rain.

1}, Fine. 12. Cloudy and fine. 13. Rain: fine: clear. 14. Dense fog: very.

fine. “15. Foggy: cloudy: rain at night. 16. Uniform haze: showery. 17.

Very fines = 18. Slight fog: very fine. 19, 20. Very fine. 21. Foggy: fine.

22. Very fine: rain. 23. Cloudy. 24. Clear: cloudy: clear: lightning in the

evening: rain. 25. Rain: boisterous throughout. 26. Clear and windy. 27.

Slight fog: fine. 28. Overcast. 29. Fine: rain. 30. Very fine: clear: lightning,

with rain at night.

Mean temperature of the month ....... Per bce eree ee, Pee Bee 55°45

Mean temperature of Sept. 1852 oo... cececeeeesecavenceeceee 56 -2]

>> Mean temperature of Sept. for the last twenty-seven years . 57 -04

Average amount of rain in Sept. ........ SensaeWewnacs seseeeeseeee 2°57 inches,

‘Boston. — Sept. 1. Rain a.m.: lightning pm. 2. Rain am. and p.m.

13. Cloudy: vain a.m. 14. Fine. 15. Cloudy: rain a.m. 16. Fine: rain p.m.

17, 18. Cloudy. 19,20. Fine. 21. Cloudy. 22. Fine. 23. Cloudy. 24. Fine:

rain A.M. 25. Rain a.m. and P.M.: very stormy p.m. 26, Fine: very

stormy A.M. and p.m. 27—29. Cloudy. 30. Fine.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Sept. 1. Bright a.m.: clear p.m. 2,3. Cloudy A.m.:

cloudy, aurorar.m. 4. Clear, fine a.m.: clear, aurora p.m. 5. Clear, fine a.m.

andp.m. 6. Clear, fine A.M. and p.m. 7. Damp am.: cloudy p.m. 8. Drizzle

AM.: cloudy p.m. 9. Bright a.m.: clear p.m. 10. Bright a.m.: cloudy, aurora

p.M. 11. Cloudy 4.m.andp.m. 12. Bright a.m.: cloudy p.m. 13. Cloudy a.m. :

showers p.m. 14—16. Bright a.m.: cloudy p.m. 17. Cloudy a.m. and p.m.

18. Showers a.m.andp.M. 19. Raina.M.:dampp.m. 20. Cloudy a.m.: cloudy,

showers p.m. 21. Bright a.m.: rain p.m. 22. Rain a.m.: sleet-showers, thunder

and lightning p.m. 23. Showers a.m.: sleet-showers, aurora P.M. 24. Bright a.m.

sleet-showers p.m. 25. Cloudy A.M. : sleet-showers p.m. 26. Bright a.m. : sleet-

showers p.m. 27. Bright a.m.: showers p.m. 28. Rain a.m.: showers, thunder

and lightning p.m. 29. Bright a.m.: cloudy p.m. 30. Showers a.m. : cloudy p.m.

Mean temperature of Sept. for twenty-six previous years .., 52°-26

Mean temperature of this month _ ............. aacssecstsvencace, OD "2G

Mea. temperature of Sept. 1852.00.00... ...ccceeeceseeeeeeceees . 53°45

Average quantity of rain in Sept. for thirteen previous years 2-75 inches.

gz.

90.

to.

*HoLApaus

‘fouyIO

2.55 [06.54 loo.59

g6L.6z

$0g.6z

LLg.6z

£26.62 |-ueayy |

0%. 916.62 166,62

secevseeel Gee S£g.6z $£6.6z

seeeeeenel Zo, $3.62 768.62

168.62 106,62 Lt

oz, z9S.62 018.62 se

2; £20.62 off.6z Szyp

tosses £89.62 £bL.62 “bz

tol.6z $51.62 ‘fz

VSL.62 6£9.62 a 4

eave eyanel et wteeee $£3.6z L£6.6z ‘he

ameivesese\iesad ace 1£6,6z LS0.0£ ol 4

orr,of£ tbz.0f “61

oor.of g61.0£ “gt

saecneses|secpecess goo.of £90.0£ “L1O

90. | to. 916.62 £56.62 "OI

ssteseeee] Gy, £6.62 136.62 “Or

Cy, |erncndvee 716,62 1g0,0f “br

stteeeees! Zo, 196.62 7$0,08 ‘fx

steeeeees] 0, $Lg.6z 966.6 2

cash tase] argon ae' 988.67 196.6z ‘IL

10. 699.62 g1g.6z ‘or

teteveree| cy, £$L.6z 998.62 6

a wage hse] cen eee $06.62 1£6.6z ag

coaepaehs L10,0£ go1.0f aL,

617z,0f 0gz.of 9

teas tof.of ELE.08 °S

ectinnga« Lz.o8 git.of y

Pix £60,0£ 107.0£ £@

90. orl.6z £93.62 '%

+r. $z9.6z LeL.6z Lb

e 5 ES "y s sun'd 3g ‘ure £6 ee ‘UI, | *xeyT ‘ard $8 ‘ure £6 es “ONT ‘xB Eat)

s toot far pal [et hate |= Bell 3 BE

? BR [es | F | Fe Taunoe | EF | *xowsmo “youupueg “AougI0 Be “[OUASTIO “qynoye

“urey "pula *19}9UIOUIEY, J, Sava hoe sade tts

‘AUNNUG ‘asunpy younpung zo “UoysnNo[D *¢— “Ady ay? fg pun §NOLsog zn Twa, “a Ag

SUOpUorT LAU ‘MOIMSIHO 30 Ajata0g pounynarz0Fy ay} fo uapsvy ay) yo WOsdwoYy, “Ay fg apyw suornasasgo joorbojos0a,a pA

aiid.

oer

* *

’

”~

UN 3 NSS BYprey boy yup

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 72. DECEMBER 1853. -

XXXIV.—On the British Tritons.

By Joun Hieernsortom, F.R.S.

[With two Plates. |

TuEsE observations are the result of an unremitting attention

to the natural history of the Triton during five years.

Regarding the physiology of each individual species of animal

as a type and example of physiology in general, I imagine that

the science would not be advanced more certainly than by an

undivided investigation of one, and that a most interesting

example.

_ My steps have been guided by the works of Dr. Rusconi

and Professor Bell, and the following observations will be found

curtailed or extended, as I imagine I have arrived at the same

results as these two authorities have done, or added some new

facts or views to what was previously known.

_ As the result of my observation, I may premise that I have

not been able to find more than two species of Triton in the

_ midland counties of England ; that these, produced in water, are

_ furnished in a peculiar manner with respiratory organs, first for

aquatic respiration, and m the second place for atmospheric

respiration ; that after leaving the water they chiefly remain in-

habitants of the land and breathe atmosphere for no less a period

than three years uninterruptedly, passing through changes and

_ states in their slow growth, which have misled naturalists into

__.the opinion that there are more species than really exist ; that at

_ the expiration of the third year the animal in its mature state

betakes itself for a second time for a season to the water, but

_ solely for the purpose and during the period of reproduction ;

_ and that this view of the subject, the result of long and assiduous

| Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xu. 26

370 Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons.

observation, is singularly confirmed by the facts of the anato-

mical structure, viz. that the male Triton has no appearance of

crest, silvery stripe on the tail, frmge or membrane on the hind

toes, during the first and second year ; and the testes and ovaries

are of a very diminutive size, facts to be noticed more particularly

hereafter.

The principal questions which I purpose to notice are—

Ist. The determination of the number of species of Triton in

the midland counties of England.

2nd. The fecundation, deposition, and bursting of the ova.

3rd. The development of the Tadpole and the perfect animal.

4th. The uninterrupted extension of its terrestrial life through

three whole years in a state of activity in the summer, and in a

state of hibernation in the winter season.

5th. The limitation of its second aquatic life to the period

required for reproduction.

6th. Certain peculiarities in its anatomy.

I. On the Species of Triton.

During my long observation of the Triton in the pools of the

midland counties and their clayey banks, &c. &c., I have not been

able to detect more than two species ; one of them is that termed

the common warty Triton, and the other is designated the com-

mon smooth Triton. But these two species of the Triton pre-

sent such varied appearances during the three years of their slow

but progressive growth, and during the changes they experience

preparatory to their return from being inhabitants of the land,

breathing atmospheric air, active in the summer and _ hibernant

in the winter, to being active denizens of the water, reproducing

their kind in the months of March, April, May, June and July,

that I think they have been regarded by naturalists as presenting

too great a number of distinct species.

The crest, from which one species has received the designation

of cristatus, and the fringe or membrane, from which another

has received that of palmipes, are not permanent adjuncts, but

exist only during the active season of reproduction, and only

in the male. These appendages are scarcely therefore ad-

missible as characteristics of the species of Triton. I would

venture to propose as permanent and descriptive names, which

I shall take the liberty of making use of in this paper, the terms

Triton asper and Triton levis; in fact, the large Triton is at all

times distinguished by its rough granular skin, whilst the smaller

is always known by its smooth surface.

The terms aquatic and terrestrial are not more applicable, as

I'am enabled to say, that no species of Triton is exclusively

TS se, ee ee

a a a

Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons. 371

either terrestrial or aquatic, but that both are equally aquatic in

their early tadpole stage and in their later and reproductive life,

and equally terrestrial in the long intermediate period.

Cuvier himself observes, in a note subjoined to his description

of the various species of Triton :—‘ Cette caractérisation des

espéces européennes est celle qui m’a paru le plus conforme & la

nature, mais il me serait trés-difficile d’y rapporter exactement

la synonymie des auteurs, tant je trouve leurs descriptions et

. leurs figures peu d’accord avec les objets que j’ai sous les yeux*.”

Il. The Fecundation, Deposition, and Bursting of the Ova.

From minute observations of the process of fecundation in the

pools where the Triton abounds, I am led to conclude that this

takes place internally through the medium of water, without the

immediate contact of the sexes.

The protuberances on each side of the cloaca in the male are

very prominent during the breeding season.

The protuberances and the villous enlargement also around

the cloaca in the female, exist in this prominent condition only

during that period.

The ova begin to be deposited as early as the beginning of |

April, and continue to be deposited as long as the first or second

week in July.

If a plant with long leaves be thrown into a pool where there

are Tritons for only a single night during the breeding season,

it will be found on the following morning to have a number of

its leaves folded, and within each fold an ovum.

For the successful development of the ova, it is necessary ge-

nerally that they should be deposited and enclosed within the

folded. leaves of some living aquatic plant. If they are placed at

the bottom of a vessel, or merely on the surface of a leaf exposed

to the water, they usually perish at an early period.

For this purpose some aquatic plants are much more suited

_ than others, the best being those which have some firmness of

fibre. I have seen some ova laid on the water dock, which it has

required the little animal to exert very strong pressure to double ;

this, however, it has effected at length by breaking the firm fibres

of the plant.

I have found that some aquatic plants are too pliable and soft,

as the Nasturtium aquaticum. Not having sufficient fibre to pre-

serve the ova the fold is not permanent, so that the ova become

too much and too early exposed to the water, and they perish.

The most favourable plants I have observed for the deposition of

* Régne Animal, t. ii. p. 117.

: 26*

372 Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons.

the ova are the Veronica anagallis, and the long grasses which

abound in some pools.

The Veronica anagallis has a firmer leaf than the Nasturtium

aquaticum, is formed into firmer folds, and is thus better cal-

culated for enclosing and protecting the ova. The long grasses

appear still more favourable for this purpose, and are best suited

for the security of the ova; they admit of four or five or more of

the ova being deposited singly in folds on a single blade. Each

ovum is generally placed in the centre of that part of the blade

on which it is laid, and is neatly covered within a fold in such

various directions as frequently to present a fantastic appearance,

when the whole or the greatest part of the blade is folded.

Almost any aquatic plant serves as a receptacle of the ova. I

have seen them deposited even within the linear leaves of the

Ranunculus aquaticus, so compressed as to secure the ova.

The Triton, when depositing its ovum, first rests with the

lower part of the body across a leaf or blade of grass; this it

folds up by means of its posterior extremities, making repeated

acts of pressure with them until the fold is sufficiently complete

to admit of the secure insertion of the ovum; when that is ac-

complished the posterior extremities are pressed together upon

the enclosed ovum for a minute or more, when the little animal

quits it to deposit another ovum. The ovum when first de-

posited is round and has a small white yolk in its centre, which’

has no attachment within its envelope, but is surrounded by an

aqueous fluid, within a firm transparent capsule.

A soft jelly-like substance covers the surface of this capsule,

which materially assists by its adhesive property in securing the

ovum and preserving it from too great exposure to the water, an

event which at an early period often destroys its vitality, in which

case it is seen to become covered with mould. In about a fort-

night the ovum becomes so large as in some degree to sever itself

from the fold of the leaf, and some parts of the ovum now come

freely in contact with the water without injury ; indeed, the free

exposure to the water appears necessary for its further develop-

ment. By the experiment of putting some ova into water coloured

with saffron for a short time, it will be found that they exhibit

an appearance of little golden balls, and by removing them after-

ward into clear water for a time, they become colourless, proving

that there is a constant endosmose and exosmose through each

ovum, so that there is a constant-supply of fresh water for the

preservation and further development of the embryo.

The safety of the ovum depends also, at an early period of its

development, upon the integrity of the leaf on which it is depo-

sited, as I have already stated, for when this is much broken in

folding, when the plant is too delicate of fibre, or from other

Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons. 373

causes, the ovum becomes exposed to the water too early and

perishes.

About a week after the ovum has been deposited, the embryo

acquires more of an oval shape; in another week it increases in

size, and the head, body and caudal extremity are seen distinctly

through the transparent capsule which gradually increases in

size; in about three weeks the embryo is perfect and beautifully

formed, and moves quickly round within its envelope, which is

now much distended.

About this period the tadpole escapes from the capsule, when

in water freely exposed to the open air, but its development is

modified by circumstances, such as situation, temperature, &c.

I kept some ova in a room with a south aspect at 60° Fahr.,

and the tadpoles escaped in fourteen days. I placed other ova,

which were deposited on blades of grass, in a deep, dark, rock

cellar, at 48° Fahr.; they were fully developed in these in three

weeks, the same time as some others placed in the open air at

55° Fahr.; but after quitting the ova, the growth of those tad-

poles in the cellar was materially impeded ; the facts of which

are given in my paper “ On the Influence of Physical Agents on

the development of the Triton and Frog,” published in the Phi-

losophical Transactions, Part 2, for 1850, p. 431.

II. The Development of the Tadpole and the young Animal.

At length the ovum bursts, and the tadpole escapes and swims

freely away; it rests or suspends itself on the edge of a leaf, or

on a blade of grass, or on the vblique sides of the vessel. It

sometimes remains on the bottom of the vessel, lying on one side,

as if inanimate or unable to sustain itself, but on being disturbed

it quickly swims away.

Shortly after the tadpole quits the ovum it feeds voraciously

on aquatic larve, animalcule and small animals in the water.

I have seen the Triton asper in its branchial state with three of

the smaller species in its stomach at one time. The Triton re-

mains in the water in the tadpole or fish-like state until its

branchie disappear and its legs become sufficiently strong to

enable it to quit this element. The development and growth

of the legs is very tardy; the anterior extremities are about

twenty-one days in being formed after quitting the ovum; the

posterior about ninety days, and they are then extremely fine

and delicate; but as the legs become stronger, the branchie

gradually disappear and the opercula close over the gills. When

these changes are accomplished, the animal leaves the water and

becomes entirely terrestrial. This occurs generally in September,

between the first and last week in that month; but to this rule

there is an exception, which I first observed in October 1845,

on exairining some pools where Tritons of both species abound

374 Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons.

during the summer season. I found a Triton asper in the tad-

pole state, with large branchiz and an expanded tail. I kept it

in a glass globe in the open air in water (in which were aquatic

plants) during the winter months, and found that it retained

the branchie until the succeeding February, when it died. The

following month (March) I had brought to me two tadpoles of

the smooth species in the same condition, with the persistent

branchiz and expanded tail, and on searching a pool where this

species particularly abounds I found several others. I perceived

that these could not be of that season’s growth, for at this period

the full-grown Tritons had not come to the water, the breeding

season not having commenced. I considered that these tadpoles

must be the produce of the ova deposited late in the former sea-

son, as in June or July; and this view I think was corroborated

by their branchie disappearing in June, nearly three months

earlier than in those produced from the ova deposited in the

spring. These observations appear to prove that the Triton

does not grow during the winter, and that in genial weather,

between five and six months are required for the tadpole to arrive

at its full development.

IV. The uninterrupted extension of terrestrial life through three

whole years, in a state of activity in the summer and in a state

of hibernation during the winter season.

I think the young generally travel a greater distance from the

water than the older ones, and do not, like them, assemble and

become coiled together. They are often found in damp cellars,

old wells and similar places, and under flat stones, and sometimes

deep in the earth, single, and far remote from any pools or

water. It is from this circumstance I imagine, and from their

long continuance out of water, that in Britain a terrestrial

species of Triton has been supposed to exist by some natu-

ralists, and is often called by the common people the ground newt.

The Triton does not commonly return to the water until the

expiration of the third year, when they are so far advanced

towards maturity as to be able to reproduce their kind.

It was not until the third year of my investigations that I

could account for the different sizes of the Triton existing at the

same period of time. At the end of March I found several of

the Triton asper in holes under the embankment of a pool, the

least of them not quite 2 inches in length; and a few days

afterwards, that is, mm the first week of April, I took out of the

water the full-grown Triton nearly 6 inches in length and

beautifully crested. On carefully comparing those of the smaller

size with some which I had kept during the winter, I perceived

that they corresponded with those of one year’s growth. On

examining and comparing others, I found that there were two

Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons. 375

intermediate sizes, so that I was led to the conclusion that the

full-grown Triton of three years’ growth is partially crested, and

that the fully-crested Triton is four years in arriving at. this

perfect size and state: growth is arrested during hibernation.

During two years of repeated visits to the pools, I did not

observe a Triton of the first and second year’s growth in the

water. During the third year I found none of the first year’s

growth, and only two of the second year’s in the water; the

appearance of these I was compelled to look upon as accidental.

It seems probable that if the Triton of one year’s growth should

find its way into the water, it would presently fall a prey to the

larger ones, which are very voracious during the breeding season.

The Triton asper at the close of one year is about 2 inches

in length ; the colour of the body is of a blackish brown, slightly

rough, with minute spots of white, the breast and abdomen

being of a light yellow, sometimes with small dark spots (Pl. XV.

fig. 1.)

Pat the close of the second year this Triton is now more than

3 inches in length, varying little from that of the first year,

except in having more dark spots on the abdomen, and sometimes

a yellow line extending along the middle of the back to the tail :

the sexes are scarcely to be distinguished externally (fig. 2).

At the end of the third year it is 4 inches in length, the

skin on the body has become rougher, the breast and abdomen

more of an orange colour, and marked with large irregular spots.

In the male, during the breeding season and for the first time,

there is an indented dorsal crest, and a dark-coloured protu-

berance on each side the cloaca is observed. The tail (which

during the two former years, when terrestrial, was more com-

pressed) becomes now more expanded, and is marked on each

side with a silvery stripe, which is persistent. In the female

there is an oval raised villous appearance round the cloaca, and

the tail is also more expanded (fig. 3).

_ At the expiration of the fourth year the Triton asper is between

5 and 6 inches in length, and the chest and abdomen are of

a still deeper orange colour, and marked with dark irregular

spots; the male has its full-grown dorsal crest, the tail is still

more expanded and. of a lanceolate form; and in the female, the

protuberances on the sides of the cloaca are larger, and the raised

villous appearance is still more apparent than before. The

female is usually larger in size than the male (fig. 4).

The generic characters of some Tritons have been distinguished

by the upper lip overhanging the lower. I have observed, that

in the first year’s Triton asper the upper lip overhangs the under

considerably at the sides. In the second year it overhangs less.

Between the second and third year it becomes straighter, and in

the fourth it overhangs again as much as in the first year. This

376 Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons.

is also very evident in the J’riton levis, in which the same changes

take place.

In winter the full-grown Triton is often found in the imme-

diate neighbourhood of those pools to which they resort in the

spring.

The average weight and length of the Triton asper as taken

from eighty in number, found in the crevices and holes in the

neighbourhood of the pools in September 1846, are as follows :—

First Year’s Triton.

LARGEST. SMALLEST. AVERAGE.

30 grains. 20 grains. _ 25 grains.

24 inches. 13 inch. 24 inches.

Second Year’s Triton.

70 grains. 46 grains. 54 grains.

4 inches. 34 inches. 34 inches.

Third Year’s Triton.

90 grains. 60 grains. 75 grains.

4.3 inches. 33 inches. 4 inches.

Fourth Year’s Triton.

180 grains. 120 grains. 134 grains.

6 inches. 4.3 inches. 51 inches.

(See Plate XV. figs. 1, 2, 3, 4.)

A similar computation might be made of the Triton lavis.

There is a general meeting of all ages of the Triton m August

and September, before the period of hibernation. It would be

useless to attempt to find them at any other time of the year.

In the summer the Tritons of both species are found in abun-

dance in the pools of old brick-yards. The brickmakers, who

are constantly disturbing the water and removing the clay, and

who occasionally clear the bottoms of the pools, state, that they

never find any Tritons in the water during the winter months,

but they discover great numbers of them in holes in the clay,

and sometimes ten or twelve coiled together.

I have already stated that I have not been able to find any in

the pools during the winter, except the branchiated ones before-

mentioned. ‘To test the accuracy of the opinion and to obtain

further knowledge of the habits of the animal, I made the two

following experiments :—First I procured a large earthenware

vessel (a foot-bath) eight inches in depth, in one part of which

I placed pieces of dry clay and some flat stones to the height

of six inches, whilst on the other side I placed some moist clay

and poured water upon it to the depth of two inches, and thus

Mr. J, Higginbottom on the British Tritons. 377

arranged a watery and an earthy place of abode for my Tritons.

I put a number of these into the water. Ina short space of

time they all left it and crept into the crevices above and under

the stones, and there remained in a state of hibernation during

the whole of the winter. About a fortnight afterwards (on the

23rd of October, 1843), I tried a second experiment which I

thought would be still more conclusive:—I obtained a large

long cylindrical glass vessel; in the centre and at the lowest

part of this I secured a piece of pumice-stone with common

cement; around the base of the stone I put some soft clay and

poured in rain-water to the depth of three inches, leaving the

upper part of the pumice-stone uncovered. About three inches

above the water I arranged pieces of wood across each other in

the form of latticework, supporting it by small wooden pillars,

and leaving holes large enough for the animals to creep through,

and I placed an inclined plane of wood with notches so as readily

to allow them to ascend to the latticework if so disposed. I put

twenty Tritons into the water below, and placed clay and some irre -

gular flattened stones upon the latticework to the height of six

inches. The top of the vessel was secured by means of muslin.

The Tritons found their way in a few hours from the water through

the latticework into the crevices and holes formed by the clay

and stones; two indeed more bulky than the rest were some

time in attaining this object, but these succeeded ultimately.

They remained in this situation of comparative dryness during

the whole winter, except that one or two occasionally dropped

through a crevice into the water. On one occasion, about

Christmas 1843, the sun had during two or three days consider-

able power, and in the afternoon of the 24th December I observed

two bats flying about some old buildings in a neighbouring

village. On the same day I observed that the Tritons in the

glass were restless, and that several of them descended and

bathed their tails in the water, but I did not see them go into it;

they soon regained their former situation, where they remained

in a state of hibernation till the following spring. I have ob-

served that either a very wet or very dry situation is fatal to the

Triton during its state of hibernation, and that a moderately damp

one is always chosen for that state of existence.

In the autumn of 1843 a considerable number of Tritons

escaped during several wet days, from two large earthenware

vessels which I had placed in a garden upwards of thirty yards

from my house; some of these were found in an adjoining

garden, but several months afterwards, on the 2nd of December,

eleven (nine of the Triton asper, and two of the Triton levis)

were discovered coiled together behind and under a broken brick

at the further end of a deep rock cellar. They had thus found

378 Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons.

their way through a grating which led to the cellar in an irre-

gular course twenty-six feet deep and nearly perpendicular.

The cellar was sufficiently damp to prevent evaporation and to

continue the cuticular absorption, for they were all plump and

healthy ; but having been afterwards put into a small white

glazed jar and left in a room from 55° to 60° Fahr. and forgotten,

they were found dead in a desiccated state after the lapse of three

or four days. )

Another accident occurred to a number of the Tritons which

I had kept exposed to the weather in a large vessel with clay and

stones. There had been a continued rain for several days, and

they had from this cause become covered with water whilst in a

state of hibernation. I found them 4ll dead and swollen, whilst

others which .had not been exposed to the rain were in a healthy

state.

I have, in two experiments, found that the Triton can live in a

solid mass of ice, without injury, as has been noticed by na-

turalists. ;

In Feb. 1844 I put two Tritons into some water in a vessel

and exposed them to a freezing temperature during the night;

in the morning I found the water frozen very firmly, with the

Tritons enclosed in its centre. On thawing they were lively and

flexible ; not in the same condition which occurs during hiberna-

tion, for when in that state I have found them comparatively

stiff, with the body bent in various shapes, and with the tail

partly curved, and on being put into the hand (at 80° Fahr.)

they twist the body, and the tail becomes more curved.

In the second experiment there was a piece of ice at the bot-

tom of a circular vessel. I placed two Tritons upon it and then

another covering of ice, and filled the vessel with water. I ex-

posed it during the night in the open air at the temperature of

28° Fahr. In the morning the whole had become a solid mass

of ice, twelve inches in circumference, with the animals in the

centre.

On breaking the ice carefully they were found completely

encased in the ice. I had some difficulty in separating one ex-

hae but being liberated it used its arms and legs equally

well.

V. Limitation of its second aquatic life to the period required for

reproduction.

About the last week in March the perfect Triton leaves the

land and again becomes aquatic. It has then acquired all those

appearances which exist only during the breeding season.

The mode of fecundation in the Triton asper, from my own

observation, accords with that of Dr. Rusconi, in his work en-

ee te oe ee

———————— ee

Mr, J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons. 379

titled ‘ Les amours des Salamandres.’ I will however add a very

succinct account from my own observation.

I believe fecundation takes place in the Triton internally,

although effected without immediate contact of the sexes. The

male pursues the female with perseverance until the latter stops ;

he then remains with his head inclining to the head of his mate

and commences waving his tail for a minute or two, and at in-

tervals with a quicker motion. He then turns upon his side,

sometimes with the tail quite erect for a few seconds; these mo-

tions are continued for several minutes ; when he makes a smart

motion with his tail similar to the smack of a whip im a direction

towards the female, but without immediate or actual contact ;

the male then swims away, but the female remains stationary for

a short time and then goes away in another direction.

The male Triton levis differs somewhat from the Triton asper

in the process of fecundation; his tail is bent forwards in the

middle and remains in that position, whilst the end has an ex-

ceeding quick vibratory motion, the female remaining still by his

side.

The full-grown Triton feeds on live aquatic animals, which it

is capable of swallowing whole, and the power of retaining the

prey when once seized is remarkable. I have often seen a Triton

seize on the end of the delicate tail of the tadpole of the frog,

and with that slight hold it has drawn the whole body of the

tadpole into its gorge. The Triton also feeds upon the Limneus

pereger and other mollusca, and it is not uncommon to observe

in the stomach and intestines from ten to twelve of these mol-

lusea of different sizes. These distend the intestines, near the

lower part of which the shells are found nearly empty. When

voided some of the shells are observed to be broken, others are

entire, but quite empty. Some of the Triton asper I found in

the pools late in the season were quite gorged with the young of

the smooth species, and I have seen them devour the young of

their own.

_ The digestive power of the Triton, when inhabiting the water,

is very great, for in three days after it has been gorged with the

tadpole of the frog, the stomach and intestines are found nearly

empty.

bn the other hand, some Tritons which I kept from September

to March without food, after being in a state of hibernation in a

damp situation for so many months, did not appear emaciated.

About the first or second week in July, the crest and the other

peculiarities which they had acquired preparatory to the breed-

ing season disappear both in the male and female; this process

of absorption takes place rapidly, and afterwards they are no

longer induced to remain in the water ; so that early in the month

380 Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons.

of August there is a visible diminution of the number in that

element. I have seen some as late as the middle of August, and

but rarely in the beginning of September.

In the middle of August I have procured a number of both

species from crevices and embankments, whither they have re-

tired until the next breeding season.

VI. Peculiarities in the Anatomy of the Triton.

In the tadpole state the Triton is furnished with no less than

four distinct organs for respiration: Ist, the gills; 2nd, the

branchial fringes; 3rd, the lungs; 4th, the cutaneous surface

and expanded tail and crests.

The gills form three perfectly distinct semilunar arches im-

mediately beneath the operculum on each side.

The branchial fringes extend and float externally so as to admit

of the circulation being readily observed under the microscope,

and each loop is continued along one of the semicircles of the gills.

In addition to these forms of respiratory organs, the lungs

are visible on opening the general thoracico-abdominal cavity.

These contain air from their earliest period. It is obvious that

the lung will answer the purpose of the air-bladder in fishes. I

‘have repeatedly observed that the tadpole is at one time of rather

less specific gravity than water, rising to and remaining at the

surface without effort, and at other times of rather greater spe-

cific gravity than that fluid, falling to the bottom of the vessel in

the same manner.

I scarcely need make any observation on the cutaneous sur-

face as a respiratory organ.

The blood circulating in the expanded tail and crests is almost

as much exposed to the respiratory medium as that in the bran-

chial fringes themselves.

As the period for quitting the water approaches, the branchial

fringes disappear and the opercula closely adhere over the gills,

which also disappear in their turn.

The other peculiarities of the anatomy of the Triton relate to

its resumption of the water, and to its new function of reproduc-

tion at the spring of the fourth and subsequent years. The

crest in both species of the Triton, and the fringe or mem-

brane in the posterior extremities of the Triton levis, undergo a

rapid development in the months of February and March. They

are obviously destined to enable the animal to move about rapidly

in its native element and assist in aquatic respiration (Pl. XVI.

fig. 5).

ee month of June these adjuncts begin to disappear, and

by the middle of July the crest, &c. remain only in the form of

mere ridges (PI. XVI. figs. 6 & 7).

— ee

Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons. 381

In all other ages and periods the crest and the fringe or mem-

brane are absent, affording a perfect proof that the observations

which have been made respecting the protracted terrestrial life

of these animals are correct. No Tritons of the sizes denoting

the different ages between the tadpole state and the completion

of the third year possess either crest, frmge or membrane, or

silvery stripe along the tail, as observed in the male.

But the most striking pot of the anatomy of the Triton is

that which I proceed to notice; there is not, until the comple-

tion of the third year, a full development of the testes in the male,

or the ovaria in the female.

The Triton, from the first appearance in the tadpole state to

the completion of the second year, has no external appearance

of sex, except in the male a slight dark appearance im the situa-

tion of the cloaca, which requires minute observation ; and inter-

nally the testes and ovaries are of a very diminutive size, the

testes being not much larger than a coriander seed in the second

year, and the ova bags but just discernible.

From the second to the third year all the signs of the male

and female are rapidly developed, and they are matured at the

lapse of three years, just at the period when the animal returns,

as I have stated, to its pristine element.

I may here state, that during the winter when the Triton is in

a state of hibernation, both the lungs and stomach are frequently

found empty.

The cutaneous surface is sufficient for the low degree of respi-

ration required in this state, and the processes of digestion, assi-

milation, &c. are equally in their lowest degree, and are in ac-

cordance with a general law. 7

Like some other hibernating animals, the Tritons of the third

and fourth year are found during the cold season in the earth

under stones, in clusters of the magnitude of a cricket ball.

Those of an earlier period are often found singly at a greater

depth under the earth as before stated.

Observations on a new species of British Triton.

In April 1848 Dr. Buckland, Dean of Westminster, informed

me of a new species of Triton, and referred me to Mr. Baker of

Bridgewater for information.

- On writing to that gentleman he very kindly sent me some

specimens, and in July following directed my attention to a paper

on the subject in the ‘ Zoologist’ (Zool. 2149) by Mr. Wolley of

Edinburgh. In the following month another paper appeared in

the same periodical by Mr. Baker of Bridgewater, and a third

in September by M. Julian Deby, in which the little animal is

382 Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons.

designated the Lisso-triton Palmipes, and a description is there

given which agrees with the observations of the two former

gentlemen.

Mr. Baker was the first person who discovered the new species

in England in 1843, and Mr. Wolley the first in Scotland in

1848,

By the kindness of these two gentlemen I obtained more than

one hundred of these Tritons, male and female. I put them into

a pool which I made for the purpose in a secluded spot in a

garden, which I supplied with aquatic plants, and surrounded it

with clay and stones as a retreat during hibernation.

I closely observed their habits and their periodical changes

during two years, and found them the same as in the Triton

levis.

The characteristics of this Triton are, according to M. Deby,

in the male—Ist. Tail suddenly truncate before the apex, and

terminating in a slender filament 3 lines in length; 2nd. Hind

feet perfectly palmate, all the toes united by a membrane; 3rd.

The dorsal crest small and simple; 4th. Size much smaller than

the punctatus (Pl. XVI. fig. 8).

I have fully ascertained the changes when the breeding season

is over. The slender filament is absorbed, and the truncated

portion of the tail becomes obtusely rounded off with a slight

indurated dark tip at the end, and the web on the hind feet is

wholly absorbed, leaving the toes free (Pl. XVI. fig. 9).

Being the smallest of the Tritons, it may be designated, I

think with great propriety, Trzton minor. ;

I would propose as a new nomenclature for the three Tritons

now fully recognized in Great Britain—Ilst. The Triton asper ;

2nd. The Triton levis; 3rd. The Triton minor.

I would here remark, that my observations have led me to the

conclusion that there is only one genus of the Triton. The

rough skin of the one species and the smooth skin of the other

does not appear a sufficient difference to form another distinct

genus, their habits are all alike, and the variety of their changes

are also the same.

The ‘i'ritons left my pool between the 11th of August and the

4th of September, and I found them under large leaves growing

near the pool, having undergone their changes for terrestrial

life and for subsequent hibernation.

I had also in this locality an opportunity of corroborating my

former statement, that the tadpole of the Triton requires five

months at least of genial weather before it arrives at its full de-

velopment so as to be able to leave the water; the tadpoles pro-

duced from the ova deposited in the month of July remain in

the water through the winter, apparently undergoing no change,

Mr. J. Higginbottom on the British Tritons. 383

and only become fully developed in May and June, at which

time they leave the water. This fact can only be proved satis-

factorily in those pools where there are only the Triton levis or

the Triton minor; if the Triton asper were in the same pools,

the tadpoles would fall victims to their voracity before they

arrived at their full development.

During several unusually mild days at the latter end of De-

ecember 1850 and January 1851, I saw that three of the full-

grown Tritons had left their place of hibernation and were in the

shallow part of the pool; they only remained there a few days.

In conclusion I have endeavoured to prove—

1st. That there are only two species of Triton in the midland

counties of England.

2nd. That the tadpole of the Triton remains in the water

until the branchiz are absorbed and the legs become sufficiently

strong to enable it to leave that element, and does not usually

return to it again until the expiration of the third year.

3rd. That during three years it is-a land animal, in a state

of activity in the summer, and of hibernation during the winter.

4th. That the Triton is three years before it propagates its

species, and four years in arriving at its full growth.

5th. That it revisits the water in the spring for the purpose

of reproduction and leaves it early in autumn.

6th. That fecundation is accomplished through the medium

of water, and not by actual contact.

7th. That a very dry or a very wet situation are both fatal to

the Triton when in a state of hibernation.

8th. That the habits and changes of the new Triton are in

accordance with the other species.

Nottingham, Oct. 14, 1853.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XV. and XVI.

Figs. 1 & 2. Triton asper of the first and second year’s growth.

Fig. 3. The male Triton asper of three years’ growth during the season of

reproduction, with a small crest and a persistent silvery stripe on

the tail.

Fig. 4. The male Triton asper of four years’ growth during the season of

reproduction, with a full crest and expanded tail of a lanceolate

shape.

Fig. 5. The Mile Triton asper of four years after leaving the water prepa-

ratory to hibernation, the crest and the expansion of the tail

being absorbed.

Fig. 6. The full-grown male Triton levis during the season of reproduc-

tion, with crest and fringed hind toes.

_ Fig. 7. The full-grown male Triton levis after it quits the water, prepara-

tory to its hibernation, destitute of crest and of the fringe on the

hind toes.

Fig. 8. The full-grown male Triton minor during the season of re-

384 Mr. .P. H. Gosse on new or little-known Marine Animals!

production, with a small crest, webbed hind feet, and) a slender

filament at the extremity of the tail.

Fig. 9. The full-grown male Triton minor after leavmg the water, destitute

of crest, web on the feet, or slender filament on the tail, all having

been absorbed.

XXX V.—WNotes on some new or little-known Marine Animals.

(No. 3.) By P. H. Gossz, A.L.S.

Class CRUSTACEA.

Fam. CRANGONIDE.

Crangon spinosus (Leach). The Spinous Shrimp.

A specimen brought me Sept. Ist is slender as compared

with C. sculptus and fasciatus. Its ground colour is drab or

pale wood-brown, with a defined band of opake white across the

fourth segment, a much broader one across the front of the

carapace, and an irregular broad white band running down lon-

gitudinally on each side, so as to unite these two, leaving an

oblong mark of drab insulated in the middle ; a broad band

of which crosses the tail-plates. The under parts of the body

and the legs are spotted with crimson.

Crangon trispinosus (Hailstone). The 3-spmed Shrimp.

This species was not uncommon early in June in Weymouth

Bay, but ceased to occur from that time until the end of August,

when half a dozen were again dredged. Some of them were an

inch and a half in length. Their colour consists of a vast

number of ruddy-golden stars closely set, interspersed with black

and pale specks, on a pellucid grey ground. On the fourth

abdominal segment there is a speck of pure opake white, in the

median line, near its hind edge: this speck, though occasionally

obsolescent, appears to me to be so constant as to be charac-

teristic. The manners of this Shrimp are exactly those of its

congeners, burrowing in the sand, or rather sinking into it, by

the rapid displacement of it by means of the false feet. ~

~ Class ANNELIDA.

Fam. AMPHINOMIDA.

Euphrosyne foliosa (Aud. et M.-Edw.). The Leafy Kuphrosyne.

A little worm which I presume to be this species, I obtained

_by dredging in Weymouth Bay, August 9th. The minute an-

tenna at the tip of the caruncle appears to be flattened and trun- ,

— ee ee

0 a ee. ee, ee

Mr. P. H. Gosse on new or little-known Marine Animals. 885

cate, instead of subulate ; and the colours of the little animal are

less vivid than those ascribed by its learned describers to FE.

foliosa. I should designate the hue of my specimen a bright

cinnamon-red, rather than cinnabar, and the median line of the

ventral surface is purplish. Its length is 3 inch.

As the species named is, however, the only one which these

zoologists recognise as European, I presume the present must

be identified with it. I am not aware that any Euphrosyne has

been before detected on the British coasts.

Fam. NeRrEipz.

Lysidice rufa (mihi). The Red Lysidice.

Length 12 in. to 2 in.; width 4 in. Segments 70. Body

subcylindrical, almost equal in thickness throughout, and not at

all diminishing posteriorly.

Head of two rounded lobes, notched rather than divided.

Eyes two, round, black. Antenne three, of the same form and

size, rounded and constricted at the base, conical, pointed, white ;

the central one in advance of the others, without any accessory

tubercle.

First segment about half as long again as the following. The

feet commence on the third segment. The fourth segment is

pellucid white, slightly swollen, and appears in some degree to

sheath those before it, in contraction.

Feet rounded and obtuse. Superior cirri conical, reaching

just beyond the foot ; inferior cirri small. Bristles white; aci-

euli black. They continue to the very last segment, which is

as large as the rest, truncate, with a central depression, with no

terminal styles or tubercles.

Jaws deep black, visible through the rings, but often protruded,

and widely expanded.

_ Colour above indian-red, each segment studded with numerous

white round dots; some of these begin, about the fifteenth seg-

ment, to arrange themselves in a line across the middle, and this

transverse line becomes more conspicuous on the following seg-

ments, and forms a ridge. The crimson contents<of the dorsal

vessel are visible as a medial dark red line dow# the body.

Head whitish, dotted with brown. Under parts pearly, mottled

with purplish red on the anterior half.

The bristles of the ventral bundle are of the form which MM.

Audouin and M.-Edwards have called “poils en serpe,’ the

staff of which is dilated at the extremity and very obliquely

truncate, and the accessory piece knife-shaped with the tip and

the heel projecting, and a small but well-marked straight tooth

near the tip ; a slender lamina just embracing all. This form

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xu. 27

386 Dr. J.B. Gray on some new species of Reptiles.

differs specifically from that figured by them as belonging to

Lysidice ninetta (Litt. de la France, ii. pl. 3s. fig. 8).

Others are simple lancets, as fig. 7 of the same plate, except

that the dilated head has but one curvature, and that the point

is drawn out to much greater length and fineness.

The specimen above-described was found on an oyster dredged

off Lee, near Ilfracombe, in September. It was rather inert,

but crawled slowly about, and when much disturbed, threw itself

into figure-8.contortions. No species of the genus is enume-

rated by Dr. Johnston in his Index to the Brit. Annelides (Ann.

N. H. No. 108).

Class ZOOPHYTA.

Fam. Corynipa.

Spadix Cocksii* (S. purpurea, mihi) is sufficiently numerous

about the ledges under Binkleaf, adhering to the under surfaces

of stones in the Laminarian zone. Some specimens can extend

themselves to an inch and a half in length, and contract the pa-

pillose head to a lump almost globular. The papille of one

which was active, and much extended, assumed, under the mi-

croscope, very distinctly the form of the tentacles in Coryne,

each consisting of a somewhat thick, pellucid, cylindrical, flexible

neck, and a terminal, globose, opake head. Of its place in this

family I have scarcely any doubt.

Weymouth, Nov. 1, 1853.

XXXVI.—Descriptions of some undescribed species of Reptiles col-

lected by Dr. JoserH Hooker in the Khassia Mountains, East

Bengal, and Sikkim Himalaya. By J. E. Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S.,

V.P.Z.S., P.B.S. &c.

Dr. JosepH Hooker, on his return from Thibet, Sikkim, and

Khassia in Eastern Bengal, kindly sent the Reptiles he had col-

lected to the British Museum: as several of them have proved

to be hitherto unrecorded in our Systematic Catalogue, I here-

with send you for publication in the ‘ Annals’ short descriptions

of the new species.

* Since the above was sent off, Mr. Cocks’s note on this animal appeared

in the November Number of the ‘ Annals.’ The generic name Arum is not

admissible, as it belongs to a well-known genus in botany ; I gladly recog-

nise, however, the superior claim of the specific appellation, which pays a~

deserved compliment to an excellent naturalist.

a ate

Dr. J. E. Gray on some new species of Reptiles. 387"

Fam. AGAMID&.

iqso Calotes Maria.

“Calotes Maria, Gray, Cat. Lizards B.M. 243.

Hab, Khassia Hills, Affghanistan.

BIANCIA.

Head pyramidal, quadrangular, covered with small nearly

equal keeled scales. Nostrils small, on the side below the nasal

keel. Har-drum hidden beneath the scales. Throat with a com-

pressed pouch covered with uniform small keeied scales, not

keeled or edged, with compressed scales in front.. Nape with a

crest of high, and back and tail with a crest of low compressed

scales; sides of nape and cheeks spinous. Body and tail rather

compressed. Scales of the back moderate, nearly uniform, rather

unequal, keeled in rather oblique cross rows; of tail and out-

side of limbs rather larger ; of under side of tail and belly much

larger, rhombic, and more strongly keeled. Toes 5° 5, elongate,

unequal ; femoral and preanal pores none.

This genus has most. resemblance to Calotes, but is at once

known from that genus, and the rest of the group of Agamide,

bythe absence of the ear-drum: the form and distribution. of

the colours put one in mind of the American genus of Iguanide,

Leilolemus.

Biancia niger.

Black, yellow varied and banded. Head with a broad yellow

band from eye to eye. Back, with angular cross bands and a

streak from the back edge of the eye along the nape to the first

cross band and lips, yellow. Chin and under side of body yel-

lowish white. )

Hab. Sikkim.

In young specimens the yellow colours form more distinct

bands, the sides of the neck are yellow, with broad black streaks, _

including a yellowish central line, and the sides are black with —

large round yellow spots, leaving only a black net with roundish”

_ meshes between the spots. ts a

JAPALURA.

Head subquadrangular, pyramidal, covered with small nearly

equal keeled scales. Nostrils small, on the side below the nasal

keel. Ears hidden under the skin. Throat lax, with a trans-

verse fold behind, covered with small keeled scales which are. .

- much smaller behind. Nape, back and tail with a low,erest of. _

_ compressed scales ; sides of the nape and cheeks orn Body

; 7 |

388 Dr. J. E. Gray on some new species of Reptiles.

rather depressed. Scales of the back small, keeled, with scat-

tered large keeled scales, sometimes placed in oblique cross

rows ; of outside of limbs larger, keeled, with some larger scales

im cross series ; of tail, of chest and belly larger, rhombic, keeled,

the keels forming longitudinal ridges. Tail slender, with small

keeled scales and some rather larger ones forming longitudinal

ridges. Toes 5:5, unequal, elongate, slender; femoral and pre-

anal pores none.

This genus has much the appearance of the African Agame,

but differs from them in the ears being covered with the skin and

scales.

Japalura variegata.

Pale brown in spirits ; varied with dark irregular brown streaks

on the side of the neck. Back and tail with irregular dark

brown bands, edged with a narrow white line. Legs with broad

dark brown cross bands. Lips, chin and beneath whitish

brown.

Hab, Sikkim Himalaya.

Fam. Scincip&.

Tiliqua rufescens, Gray, Cat. Rept. B.M. 109.

Lacerta rufescens, Shaw.

Hab. Sikkim Himalaya.

Common in most parts of India. Mr. Hodgson sent it from

Nepal.

Finulia Indica.

Pale brown, with a few dark spots; sides with a broad black

streak edged above with a very narrow white line on the upper

part of each side, beneath white, lower part of the sides pale

brown, white dotted and marbled ; lower eyelid white edged ;

eyebrow shields 44.

Heb. Sikkim Himalaya.

Plestrodon Sikkimensis.

A square scale between the nasal and loreal. Ears denticu-

lated in front, dark green, with metallic reflections near the

head and on the sides of the back; sides with a broad black

streak minutely speckled with bright metallic green. Chin

whitish-green on the side, and black spotted. Crown, cheeks

and lips olive, with black edges to the shields.

Hab. Sikkim.

The two other species of this genus belonging to the section

with the additional cheek-shield are from North America, but

one of them, P. quinquelineatus, is also found in Japan and

Dr, JE. Gray on some new species of Reptiles. 389 -

‘Australia, being the only instance on record of a lizard having

-such an extensive geographic range ; some have supposed that it

-may have been introduced by American ships to the two latter

localities.

Fam. ZoNURIDE.

: eget Sect. 1. Pseudopina.

Dopasia.

Head pyramidal; super-nasal shields small, numerous, three

pair; the first pair with a small central intermediate super-rostral

scale; the hinder pairs broader, transverse; a small central

frontal scale, with a larger scale on each side in front of the

large hinder frontal plate. Nostrils lateral, in a small nasal plate.

Ears very small, open. Cheeks and temples covered with small

scales. Vertebral shield elongate, surrounded by a series of

_smaller shields ; occipital shield triangular, with an oblong shield

on each side, and a small triangular one behind it. Eyelids

distinct, covered with thin imbricate scales. Body cylindrical,

with a deep groove on each side. Scales keeled, becoming

smoother. Limbs none.

;

Dopasia gracilis. -

Brown; back with a few small white-edged dark spots ; sides

with a broad continued blackish streak to the end of the tail.

' Pseudopus gracilis, Gray,.Cat. Rept. B.M. 56.

Hab. Khassia Hills.

Believing that this species had the rudimentary hinder limbs

of the European and Northern Asiatic genus Pseudopus, I re-

ferred it to that genus when I described it in the Catalogue

of Lizards in the Collection of the British Museum ; a more

- cautious examination of a better specimen has shown that it has

no such members, and hence agrees with the American genus

Ophiosaurus or Glass Snake; some peculiarities im the scales of

the head induce me to separate it from that genus and form

one for it. This is not the only instance of a similarity of the

Northern Indian reptiles with those of the New Continent.

Fam. CoLuBRip&.

Coronella puncticulatus.

Pale brown, closely minutely black punctulated with obscure

_ rather distant narrow dark cross bands placed in pairs; beneath

paler. Ventral shields very obscurely keeled on each side, the

__ keels marked by a continued whitish streak, and often with a

square black spot occupying all the shield above the keel. .. Tail

390 = Dr. J. E..Gray-on some new species of Reptiles.

rather short, ending in a conical rather compressed horny point’;

subcaudal plate two-rowed. Eye moderate, pupil round. 9“:

Hab. Khassia.

Coronella callicephalus.

Pale brown ; lips and beneath paler. Head brown, with a

distinct central black band on the crown, and a streak from

the back edge of the eyes extending over the temple to the

first cross band. Back with a black streak on each side which is

very narrow and interrupted, commencing about the middle of

the body, and becoming gradually broader and more con-

tinuous until it forms a rather broad streak on each side of

the upper surface of the tail; and with very broad rather irre-

gular blackish cross bands edged with a narrow black and pale

yellow front and hinder margin. Scales smooth, ventral shield

rounded. Eyes moderate; head-shiélds distinct; superciliary

shield triangular; one anterior and one posterior ocular shield

and a distinct square loreal shield ; the hinder nasal shield larger

than the loreal ; subcaudal shields two-rowed.

Hab. Khassia.

Psammophis collaris.

Olive, very minutely black speckled, forming darker edges to

the scales, and a broad rather darker band on the lower part of

each side; a broad band across the nape, two indistinct nar-

row bands across the crown, a series of spots on the middle

of the front of the back along each side of the ventral shield,

becoming confluent behind into a more or less continued narrow

streak on the side of the tail, and a narrow streak on each side of

the face through the middle of the eyes to the temple, black.

Lips, under part of body, and band across the temple and be-

hind the black nuchal spot, white; scales smooth, thm. Head

rather short. Eyes moderate, pupil round, one anterior and two

posterior ocular shields and one small loreal shield.

Hab. Khassia.

In young specimens the vertebral spots are continued to the

tail; there is a series of very small black specks on each side of

the middle of the front ventral shield, and the labial shields are

dark-edged. The upper end of the ventral shield is olive and

minutely speckled like the lateral scales.

Coluber radiatus.

Old and young.

Hab. Sikkim ; Khassia Hills.

Herpetrodryas frenatus. .

Green ; lips and beneath white. Head with a broad black streak

Dr. JE. Gray on some new species of Reptiles. 391

across the eye to the side of the neck. Eyes rather large. Scales

smooth ; ventral shield obtusely keeled on each side, with an

opake white narrow streak at the keel.

Hab. Khassia. ‘

_ Like H. tricolor, Schlegel, Phys. Serp. 187. t. 6. f. 16.18, from

Java, and H. Olfersii, Schlegel, 7. c. 183. t. 7. f. 14. 5, from the

Brazils, in colour, but has a larger eye than the former, and not

‘so large a one compared with the size of the head as the latter,

besides other characters.

Tropidonotus umbratus.

Hab. Sikkim ; Terai.

Tropidonotus stolatus.

Hab. Khassia.

Fam. CroraLip2.

* Second labial shield very high, forming the front of the subor-

bital pit, the third large ; back uniform greenish, with a white

lateral streak.

1. Trimesurus viridis, Lacép.; Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus.

Green beneath, white sides, with a white and brown nearly

continuous lateral streak ; superciliary shield large, oblong.

Coluber gramineus, Shaw, and

Vipera viridis, Daud., both from Bodroo Pam (Russell, Ind.

Serp. i. t. 97. f. 10).

Hab. Sikkim Himalaya.

Appears to be spread over all parts of continental India.

The lower half of the lowest series of scales is bright brown,

the upper half of the tip white, forming, with the indistinct spot

on the lower edge of the second series of lateral scales, the white

lateral streak ; the superciliary shield is large.

2. Trimesurus elegans.

_ Green, beneath paler, whitish ; scales of the back moderate,

smooth, not keeled, the lateral series rather broader, the first

lateral series green, with a small white spot on the hinder part

of the upper edge forming an interrupted lateral line; the

superciliary shield very small, rudimentary, linear.

Hab. Sikkim. :

Known from the former species by the small size of the

superciliary shields, the smooth scales, and the narrowness of

the lateral streak, and by the absence of the reddish brown

streak beneath it.

392 Dr. J. E. Gray on some new species of Reptiles.

** Second labial shield very high, forming the front of the subor-

orbital pit, the third large; back uniform, without any white

lateral streak.

3. Trimesurus bicolor.

Green ; lips, chin and beneath whitish, without any lateral

streak ; ete keeled ; superciliary shield rather narrow, small.

Hab. Sikkim ?

This species is much larger than any of the white iealeas

species I have seen.

Parias maculata.

Pale brown (in spirits) ; back, a central series of large broad

irregular black spots, rather cross-shaped in front, and more

transverse and band-like behind, and with two series of smaller

squarish spots on each side ; belly pale brown, darker marbled,

with a rather wavy broad brown streak on each side. Head

black, with a narrow white streak from the eyebrows to the ears,

and a streak from the back edge of the eyes to the gape. Lips

white varied. Tail, end pale brown.

Hab. Sikkim. :

Length 10 inches, but probably young. In the older speci-

mens the colours may not be so defined ; the second labial shield

very large, edging the frontal pit ; the shields on the front of the

nose three, distinct, the central one small, the others large ;

superciliary shields large, they and the scales all smooth.

Fam. Buronip2.

Bufo scaber, Daud.

Hab. Sikkim, 9000 feet above the sea.

This species is common in most parts of India, also in Java.

Fam. Cmciuiap@.

Ichthyophis ylutinosus, Gray, Cat. Brach. B.M. 60.

Cecilia glutinosa, Linn. C-. viscosa, Latr.

Hab. Khassia. p

I do not see any difference between this and the specimen

from Ceylon. Dr. Cantor records it as found in Singapore and

Assam,

ie Re

DASE ae,

Bs oe

& es LK

Bs a

are

Pe QDS SEE

| WEG ESE SE

eae

‘

On. the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration. 393

MMKVIL.~On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and on the

\ Structure of the Oryans of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals.

By Tuomas Wititams, M.D. Lond., Licentiate of the Royal

College of Physicians, formerly Demonstrator on Structural

Anatomy at Guy’s Hospital, and now of Swansea.

[ With a Plate. ]

[Continued from p. 348.]

Annelida.—In the Annelida the function of respiration is dis-

charged under two remarkably distinct conditions. Under the

first, the chylaqueous fiuid alone is subjected to this process ;

under the second, the blood-proper exclusively fulfils the office.

The mechanical organs subservient to this function under the

former, are constructed on a plan diametrically different from

that. of those provided under the latter circumstances. In the

Aunelid the true-blood and chylaqueous fluid, though coexistent

in the same organism, constitute two perfectly distinct and in-

dependent fluid systems. There is between them no direct

communication of any sort; they are physically very dissimilar

fluids. An order of branchial processes, intermediate between

the two preceding, must also be recognised, in which in equal or

“unequal proportions the chylaqueous fluid and the blood-proper,

either in the same or in distinct appendages, participate in the

process of respiration. The branchial appendages affect four

different situations on the body: 1. on the head; 2. along the

back ; 8. along the sides, and 4. at the tail. The first rank

under the Cephalobranchiata, the two succeeding under the Dorsi-

branchiata, the fourth are represented by the Clymenide. The

Abranchiate Annelida resolve themselves also into two distinct

divisions; those, first, which breathe through the agency of the

chylaqueous fluid, and those, secondly, which expose the true -

blood. Both these groups would be comprehended under the

Cryptobranchiata of Dumeril.

To these extrémes, too, an intermediate order occurs; it em-

braces the Nemertinide, the Liniade and the Gordiuside, the

cutaneous external surface of which is wonderfully and richly

ciliated. In these unfamiliar genera the chylaqueous fluid and

‘the true blood share, in unequal measure, however, the office of

appropriating oxygen. Thus in succinct language has been de-

fined “the heads” under which, in this interesting class, the

mechanical conditions of respiration must be studied. by the

anatomist. The breathing is accomplished in every species, the

earth-worm not excepted, in strict conformity with the aquatic

principle. No known Annelid respires on the atmospheric

model. In every Annelid the blood, though variable in colour,

394 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

is non-corpusculated. The converse is true of the chylaqueous

fluid. No instance is known in which it does not abound in

regularly and determinately organized floating cells. The phy-

siologist recognises in these facts the presence of experimental

conditions of the highest interest. When the branchial organs

earry blood, perfectly devoid of morphous elements of any

description whatever, yet fulfilling the purposes of breathing, the

floating cells of the fluids are shown to be not necessary to the

interchange of the gaseous elements concerned in this vital

process. On the basis of these unequivocal and visible facts, it

is not rash to erect the rule that the floating corpuscles of the

organic fluids enact no share whatever in the first stage of the

respiratory process,—that is, in that which comprehends the

mere ingress of oxygen and the egress of carbonic acid; their

office, however it may be hereafter defined, has reference to the

subsequent assimilation of the oxygen with the proximate prin-

ciples of the blood. Through the instrumentality of the cor-

puscles this quickening element is probably coerced into chemical

union with the integral constituents of those principles from

which a new compound eventuates.

No class of invertebrate animals unmasks so completely to

the eye of the scientific observer of nature the physical machinery

through which the function of breathing is fulfilled as that of

the Annelida. Gifted with brightly coloured blood, every ra-

muscule of the blood system can be tracked to its finest extremes.

Nature is more comprehensible in her humblest efforts than in

her master-pieces. Her plans are susceptible of readier recog-

nition. The intentions of the faultless Artificer are less equivo-

cally apparent. Subtlety gives place to simplicity, obscurity to

light.

“The Annelids are emphatically inhabitants of the sea-shore.

They are seldom afloat. Always accessible in their littoral

haunts, they invite the zootomist to demonstrate m their orga-

nization those abstruse theorems of vital dynamics which in

other beings transcend the genius of science.

The branchial appendages in the genus Serpula are grouped

in erectile tufts around the head. Projecting in a comb-like

form from the cephalic extremity, and tinted variously and

beautifully in different species, they are admirably adap d_ for

the exposure of the blood to the agency of the surrounding

water. Hach process is supported by a camerated frame or basis,

large and distinct at the thick edge of the comb, from which,

on one side only, projects a double row of secondary processes.

This supporting framework is composed of an extremely flexible

and delicate cartilage, the chambers of which are filled wich a

limpid fluid which is in communication with that of the peritoneal

“a

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 395

¢eayity; an) afferent and efferent vessel, carrying red blood, dis-

posed in parallelism, accompany this axial framework. In the

secondary processes corresponding to the teeth of the comb, the

two vessels affect the inferior margin, to which the vibratile cilia

are limited. These cilia are large and vigorous in action. Those

of all the gills conspiring, generate a current in the surrounding

water which bears in the direction of the mouth. The cilia

answer therefore a double purpose: they ceaselessly renew the

aérating element in contact with the branchie and convey food

in the direction of the mouth. It is difficult to avoid contrasting

the importance of such results with the incomplex simplicity of

such means. Tubicolous and sedentary in their habits, the bran-

chial appendages in the Serpule subserve thus at once the two

highest functions of the organism. In this genus, Serpula, it is

the blood-proper exclusively that is subjected to the respiratory

process.

The branchiz in the allied genus Sabella conform in ultimate

structure with those of the Serpulans; they present, however,

a somewhat modified disposition around the head.

In S. unispira they exhibit an elegant spiral arrangement

around a tapering vertical central pillar. When fully expanded,

no object in nature is more beautiful: the elementary parts are

comb-like; the straight processes, describing a graceful cork-

screw curve around the axial stem, are multiplied by a double

row of lesser filiform appendages; these latter are richly ciliated

on the under surface. They carry each an afferent and efferent

vessel: on the margin of extension they are strengthened by a

delicate axial scaffolding of flexible cartilage. hey are capable of

being folded up in a small compass and withdrawn into the tube :

they are extraordinarily irritable and contractile. The feet in

this genus bear no branchie. In Sabella a sang vert the

branchiz rise above the head in gorgeously coloured and circu-

larly arranged plumes: they coincide with those of the former

im minute structure.

Sabella vesiculosa exhibits a slight variation of plan as com-

pared with those of the former, in the character of the branchial

processes. They are supported upon a pedunculated base: this

latter is pated with spots of the gayest colours. In Sabella a

sang vert the blood displays a deep grass-green colour; in the

other species it is red. How incomprehensible such capricious

freaks of nature!

The genera Sabella and Serpula, then, may be thus charac-

terized as respects the organs and the manner of breathing. _ In

all species the branchiz affect a cephalic situation ; the blood-

proper, and not the chylaqueous fluid, is aérated ; in all, the

pedal appendages consist only of setz; in all, the imferior half

396 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

of the alimentary canal is richly ciliated internally, a singular

provision for propelling an incessant current of water from one

end of the body to the other. Such a current must necessarily

part at once with as dissolved oxygen and its suspended organic

particles. The former acts upon the chylaqueous fluid contained

in the hollow cylinder embracing the canal. This is artfully

accomplished inéernal respiration !

The genus Sabina has been recently constituted by the author

to receive several species of tubicolous Annelids which present

an organization intermediate between that of Sabella and that of

Amplutrite.

Sabina Poppea expresses the generic type. The branchiz con-

sist of a group of short flexible processes pluming the head; they

support short rudimentary secondary processes, highly ciliated ;

each carries a looped blood-vessel. These appendages aérate only

the true blood: others, of a quasi-tactile character, and of un-

usually large size, are provided, which assume an occipital situ-

ation ; they amount to three in number on either side; they are

tubular, non-ciliated, fleshy appendages; they are penetrated by

a large current of corpusculated chylaqueous fluid ; they are ob-

viously designed to oxygenize this latter fluid; they are, at the

same time, subservient to purposes of touch and defence.

In Amphitrite vel Sabelia alveolata these semi-tactile filaments,

similarly situated, are considerably greater in number. Unlike

those of the former genus, they are ciliated ; they are hollow tu-

bular filaments; destined to aérate the chylaqueous fluid, they

communicate openly with the visceral cavity. In A. alveolata the

true-blood branchiz are distributed over the dorsal aspect of the

body ; they constitute tapering, prominent, blood-red, highly

ciliated appendages carrying in their interior axially a single

longitudinal blood-vessel, which at the distal extremity returns

upon itself. The chylaqueous fluid also penetrates in small

quantities into the interior of these processes. By M. Quatre-

fages* a complex subdivision of the blood-vessels in these pro-

cesses is figured and described. An appearance leading to such

an error may be easily produced by pressure. A spirally ar-

ranged line of vibratile cilia, coiling from the base to the apex

of each appendage, provides for the constant renewal of the

aérating medium f+.

In Amphitrite auricoma the branchial combs are attached by

a single root, expand and divide in a pectinated manner, each

tooth carrying only a single longitudinal vessel. This species

* « Organisation des Hermelles,” Ann. des Sciences, 3m¢ série, 1848.

+ For illustrations of many of the parts described in the text, the reader

is referred to the Report of the Trans. of the Brit. Assoc. for 1851, on the

British Annelida.

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 397

‘indicates a transition from the typical Amphitrite to the genus

‘Terebella (fig. 1. Pl. XIV.). In all the species of the latter genus

the branchial organs appear under the form of blood-red tufts

(fig. 1, a), proceeding from three or more separate root-vessels on

either side of the occiput. The vessels divide for the most part

dichotomously, forming an arborescent bunch of naked florid

branches: each ramuscule is enclosed in a delicate cuticular en-

velope (fig. 3, a®) perfectly destitute of cilia, and conveys to its

extreme end a single vessel looping upon itself (fig. 3, m).

Although extremely transparent and attenuated, the epidermal

coating must include contractile fibres, since each branch may be

emptied, rendered bloodless and shrivelled, by the compression of

the parietes. This provision for reinforcing the central circu-

lating powers exists in various parts of the blood-system of the

Annelida. It may be affirmed, generally, that in all true Tere-

belle the branchiz occur under the character of naked, unciliated

blood-vessels restricted to the occipital rmgs of the body. In

T. nebulosa (fig. 1, A) they constitute thick, florid, resplendent

tufts; in 7. conchilegia they are fewer in number and less pro-

minent. In the smaller species * the cephalic tentacles (fig. 2)

of the Terebelle constitute, unquestionably, auxiliary organs of

respiration ; they are copiously penetrated by the chylaqueous

fluid; they carry vibratile cilia on their inferior side (fig. 2, 9) ;

they are capable of injection by the chylaqueous fluid ; they open

directly into the peritoneal chamber ; they are tubular, flattened

filaments, furnished with strong muscular parietes; they are

admirably fitted to aérate the chylaqueous fluid ; they are inces-

sant in their motions; touch is obviously one of their functions ;

they also act as prehensile organs, conveying food to the mouth ;

but they are also organs of locomotion ; they are fixed suctorially

on a surface in advance of the animal, and used as ropes for

hauling forwards the body.

In Terebella conchilegia, tubicolous and sedentary in its habits,

the cephalic tentacles are inferior to those of 7. nebulosa in num-

ber and size. They are differently configurated ; they approach

the prismatic in outline ; in transverse section they present a tri-

radiate shape ; in minute structure and mechanism of action, they

differ slightly from those of the latter ; they are not for loco-

motive purposes; hence their reduced size and diminished

number.

It is not a little curious that in the Terebelle these organs,

which are homologous with true cirri, should be so richly pro-

vided with vibratile cilia, while the true-blood branchiz are en-

* Several undescribed smali species will in a future number of the

‘ Annals’ be figured and defined.

398 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

tirely destitute of these motive appendages. Nothing but a correct”

conception of the nature and capabilities of the chylaqueous

fluid will enable the physiologist to unriddle this apparent

paradox.

The Dorsibranchiate order comprehends a considerable prepor-

tion of the class Annelida. “ Ils ont leur organes et surtout leur

branchies distribués d-peu-prés également le long de tout leur

corps, ou au moins de sa partie moyenne,” says Cuvier. Are-

nicola represents the central genus. In this worm respiration

is performed by means of naked blood-vessels projecting at the

root of the setiferous processes upwards and outwards one-fourth

of an inch, in the adult worm, above the plane of the surface.

They are limited in number and distribution to the fourteen or

sixteen middle annuli of the body. They are commonly de-

scribed as forming an arborescent tuft ; the division of the

vessels is, however, regulated by order and symmetry. When

fully injected, the vessels of each branchia form a single plane,

rising obliquely above and across the body, and immediately be-

hind each brush of sete. In the adult animal each gill is com-

posed of from twelve to sixteen primary branches, proceeding

from a single trunk which arises from the great dorsal vessel :

the vessels in the branchial tuft describe zigzag outlines; the

secondary branches project from the salient angle of each zigzag.

This mode of division, occurring in one plane and in all the

smaller branches, results in a plexus of vessels of extreme beauty

of pattern,—a captivating example of symmetry amid irregularity,

harmony amid lawless variety. Each branchial tuft and each

individual vessel possess an independent power of contraction ;

in the contracted state the tuft almost entirely disappears, so

completely effected is the emptying of the vessels. The contrac-

tion or systole in any given tuft occurs at frequent but irregular

intervals ; this movement does not take place simultaneously in

all the branchiz, but at different periods in different tufts. As

there exist no heart-like dilatations in the afferent vessels of the

branchiz, the contractile power with which the exposed branches

are endowed, becomes an important means of reinforcing the

branchial circulation. The vessels appear quite naked, and if

examined in the living state, each ramuscule seems to consist

only of a single trunklet; if this were really the case, it would

of course resolve itself into a tube ending in a cul-de-sac, and

the blood movement would be a flux and reflux ; but by injec-

tion it is easy to show that the finest division of the branchial

arbuscle contains a double vessel, enveloped in a common mus-

cular though extremely diaphanous sheath. That these vascular

sheaths, which are only fine productions of the mteguments, are

furnished with voluntary muscular fibres, is proved by the rapid

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 399°

and simultaneous retraction of a// the branchiz into the interior

of the body, which follows when the animal is touched. This

sheathing of the blood-vessels with true muscular coats is a fre-

quent character of the circulating system in the Annelida. In

Arenicola, as in all Annelids in which the vessels are naked, the

branchie are destitute of vibratile cilia.

To the frequenter of the sea-shore the preceding description

of the mechanism of breathing in the familiar lug cannot prove

unacceptable. Its fecal coils are encountered at every step.

The animal is ceaselessly occupied in swallowing and rejecting

wetsand. A considerable amount of water and sand is incessantly

traversing the body of the animal from one extreme to the other.

The organic particles are appropriated during the digestive pro-

cess ; the water in part yields up its oxygen and in part replenishes

the large volume of chylaqueous fluid with which the visceral

cavity is distended,— another example of internal respiration.

Provided the branchiz convey to the surrounding medium the

blood-proper exclusively, and these organs occur in form of naked

vessels projecting above the external surface, the description now

given of the branchiz of Arenicola will apply in every minute

respect of structure to all other Annelida. It will prove exact

in relation to the structure of the gills in the several species of

the beautiful genus Euphrosyne of Savigny.

In Euphrosyne laureata they rise under the protection of the

setz as brightly florid brushes on the back. They are fixed by

means of three or four primary trunks. Viewed by transmitted

light and under a high power, each ramuscule is seen to consist

of a single leafed vessel embraced in a very attenuated musculo-

membranous sheath. They are destitute of ciliary epithelium.

An Annelid of great beauty of figure is described by Milne-

Edwards and Audouin under the name of Hipponoé Gaudichaudii,

in which the branchial appendages assume the character of

arbuscles of naked vessels garnishing most ornately the entire

dorsum of the animal. Pleione tetrahedra, the typical species of

the genus Amphinome, exhibits the breathing organs under the

figure of scarlet bunches mounting round dorsadly each annulus

of the body, and guarded in front by a bundle of strong bristles.

The branchiz in Pleione Alcyonia affect a ventral situation, and

exhibit a much less ornamental character.

Chloeia capillata (Savigny) is an Annelid of matchless beauty.

The whole line of the back on either side of the median line is

decorated with arborescent vermilion tufts. Each tuft is sup-

ported by single contracted stems embracing two trunks. They

are clothed with a slender musculo-cuticular unciliated mem-

brane. In this rare worm the chylaqueous fluid is abundant,

yet, no ewternal organs are furnished for subjecting it to the

agency of the aérating element.

409 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

The genus Eunice (fig. 4) presents another and different type of

branchial vessels. Arranged in a prominent row of bright ves-

sels (6,c,d,e,f), standing erect as florid visible combs at the dorsal

base of each foot in the body, the branchiz impart to all the spe-

cies of this genus a graceful and characteristic appearance. In

every species the branchial vessels divide on a uniform plan pecu-

liar to this genus. The primary trunk (a) rises vertically along

the inner side of the branchia, and detaches from its outer side at

regular intervals, straight vessels, which gradually decrease in size

from below upwards ; each branch forms a straight undividing

vessel (fig. 5, 2,7), curving gently upwards and towards the median

line ; these branches become in their number distinctive of species.

In some of the smaller species inhabiting the British coasts, the

branchiz are composed only of a single vessel; this is the case

also with the young of the larger species ; in others they vary the

single to the number of six or eight. In Eunice gigantea, ac-

cording to the figures of Milne-Edwards, the vessels of each

branchia amount to thirty-six in number. These vessels, although

perfectly naked and unciliated, like those of Arenicola, are both

less contractile and retractile; they extend in this genus from

the head to the tail, and equal in number the annular segments

of the body. In the dorsibranchiate genera, the branchial

organs of which are now being described, the true blood cireu-

lating in its proper vessels is exclusively the seat and subject of

oxygenation.

The fiuid of the peritoneal cavity, abundant in quantity and

highly organized though it be in the genera under review, does

not, at least by means of any external organs, participate in this

great function. Judged by such a test, the genera of this grand

order of worms should be marshalled under two primary groups,

of which one would comprehend those in which the function of

breathing devolves exclusively on the true blood, while the other

would be characterized by the fact, that the branchiz are so

organized as to permit separately or conjointly the exposure of

the chylaqueous fluid. When the branchial apparatus is pene-

trated by two separate and distinct fluids, coordinate probably

in organic properties, the vascular system of the body will be

found in general by so much the less developed by how much

the chylaqueous fluid supplants the blood-proper in the branchize.

The structure of the branchial organs becomes thus a significant

test of the position of any given species in the Annelidan scale

—those being entitled to the highest rank of which the respira-

tory organs are designed to aérate the true blood, those the lowest

in which the chylagueous fluid alone circulates in the branchiz.

The subgenera Lysidice, Aglaura and Cinone, of the genus

Eunice, are distinguished in the circumstances now defined from

all the former genera of the dorsibranchiate order. Naked un-

Respiration in Invertebrate Animais. 401

eiliated blood-vessels no longer in them form exclusively the

branchial organs ; loose and large-celled tissue is superadded to

the proper blood-vessels, which are far less in relative size than

those in the former variety of branchiz ; into the cells of this

tissue the fluid of the visceral cavity insinuates itself, its course

being marked by a slow flux and refiux motion. There exists,

however, another point of structural difference between the

branchial organs of this group and those of the former; this

difference admits of the following general expression—that

wherever the chylaqueous fluid is admitted into the interior of

the branchial organs, the latter are invariably supplied mgre or

less profusely with vibratile cilia.

In the genus Lysidice the branchia consists of a flat, lanceo-

late process, more or less developed, surrounded marginally by a

blood-vessel, the mid-space between the lines of the advancing and

returning vessels being composed of large-celled lacunose tissue,

into which the chylaqueous fiuid penetrates by an advancing

and receding movement. The branchiz in L. Ninetéa are situated

dorsally, andare supplied at their bases with singlerows of vibratile

cilia. Those of Aylaura fulgida are similarly constructed, although

they differ slightly from those of the former genus in size and

figure. In Cinone maculata they occur under a more developed

form, constituting flattened pointed trowel-shaped processes, the

plane of which is vertical with reference to that of the body. A

blood-vessel, as in the former case, trends along the borders,

immediately beneath the cuticle. The course of these vessels is

followed by a row of large and prominent vibratile cilia*.

In the branchial system of the genus Nereis (Cuvier), Lycoris

(Savigny), the minute anatomist encounters a structure strikingly

dissimilar from anything hitherto described in the Annelids.

Whether round, or laminated, or foliaceous, the true branchiz in

this genus are always penetrated by the chylaqueous fluid, and

the blood-vessels assume a peculiar disposition. When the

branchial process is conical in shape, its base is embraced by a

reticulated plexus of true blood-vessels, which are situated quite

superficially and immediately beneath the epidermis. These

vessels are most prominently developed on the dorsal-most pro-

cess, which therefore may be called the branchial, but they extend

more or less over all the cirri. A better characteristic of the

branchiz in the Nereids is that of being penetrated by the fluid

of the visceral chamber. In those species in which the branchial

process is conical, the interior of the base only is hollow and filled

with chylaqueous fluid. Floating in this fluid may be readily

* See plates in the author’s Report on the British Annelida, Trans. of

Brit. Assoc. for 1851.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 28

402 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

seen, when viewed by transmitted light, coils of naked blood-ves-

sels; in those instances in which the branchiz are laminated or

foliaceous, as in Nereis renalis, the blood-plexus on the external

surface does not extend beyond the limits of the base of the pro-

cess, the flat, leafy circumference being tunnelled by straight

spacious canals which radiate with great regularity from the root

to the expanded border of the fan. In these canals the corpus-

cles of the chylaqueous fluid may be observed rolling to and

- fro, advancing and receding in the same channel. These move-

ments are regulated by those of the current in the chamber of

the peritoneum. This type of structure prevails in Nereis re-

nalis, N. longissima, and in a slightly modified form, in conse-

quence of the less flattened shape of the branchie, in N. viridis.

The round or conical variety of branchial process obtains in NV.

margaritacea, N. Dumerillii, N. fucata, N. pelagica, and N. bre-

vimanus.

It is difficult to explain why the branchial organs of the Nereids

should be entirely destitute of ciliary epithelium.

The laminated or foliaceous type attains the poimt of maxi-

mum development in the branchial appendages of the genus

Phyllodoce. Anteriorly to the discovery of the vital and organic

characters of the chylaqueous fluid, the real uses of the rich leafy

expansions ornamenting the sides of these attractive Annelids

could only have been rudely conjectured. They look more like

oars than branchiz, natatory more than respiratory organs. In

the absence of correct ideas tending to a knowledge of the nature

and capabilities of the fluid contents of the visceral chamber, the

real meaning of the radiating channels by which the respiratory

laminze are perforated, and therefore of the mechanism of the

function of which they are: the scene, never could have been

rightly apprehended. It was only by mistaking the chylaqueous

fluid for the true blood that the branchial office of these appen-

dages could have been predicated, and this very mistake has

been committed by M. Quatrefages.

The branchiz in Phyllodoce vir ridis are prominent dorso-lateral

appendages ; in this worm the blood-system can be traced only

to a few scanty vessels distributed over the roots of these pro-

cesses: nor are the canals very spacious and distinct ; they are

more like lacunz in a spongy tissue.

In P. bilineata and P. lamelligera, radiating passages, distinct

from each other and communicating only indirectly through in-

termediate cells, are readily observed. They carry the visceral

fluid, the corpuscles of the latter bemg seen flowing and ebbing

in the same channel. Nothing can, however, more conclusively

prove the true branchial character of these lamin than the pre-

sence of cilia, the vibrations of which can be observed only at

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 403

the edges of the respiratory lamin: these cilia are most con-

spicuous in P. lamelligera. This is a striking point of distinction

‘between the Phyllodocide and the Nereids, in which ciliary epi-

thelium has no existence. The chylaqueous fluid then may be

clearly affirmed as that agent in the ceconomy of the Phyllodo-

cide which is the immediate, the first, subject of the respiratory

process, the true blood receiving its supply of oxygen from this

fluid, afterwards to convey it to the solid structures of the body.

In the genus Glycera the blood-proper is entirely excluded

from the organs of respiration : this office devolves exclusively

on the chylaqueous fluid. The latter im this worm is crowdedly

charged with red-corpuscles, a remarkable exception to the An-

nelidan rule. The gills consist of hollow, cylindrical appendages,

emanating from the base of each dorsal foot at its superior aspect,

filled/in the interior with the chylaqueous fluid. It is peculiar

to and distinctive of this genus that the interior of the branchiz

is lined with vibratory epithelium. Cilia are not detectible on

the exterior of these processes, but they exist in the inferior:

under the action of these oarlets, the corpuscles of the chylaqueous

fluid by which the gill-process is penetrated, move with great

rapidity in a definite direction ;—peripheradly on one side and

centradly along the other, each corpuscle whirling on its own axis

-as\it proceeds. The advancing stream, however, is not divided

fromthe returning. The channel is one, open channel. This

is the daw which is applied to the chylaqueous fluid: it knows

no exception. Jts channels are always single and cxcal: its

movements a flux and reflux. Contrarily the orbit of the true

blood is cirele-like, its channels closed, its colour red, its compo-

-sition non-morphotic.

~ In the Syllide (fig. 6) the branchial organs are penetrated only

-by the chylaqueous fluid. It cam be detected only at the bases of

the feet (d). To this part the vibratile cilia are restricted (c).

‘The long filiform, and in some species moniliform or leafy appen-

dages which are described commonly as the branchiz in these

-worms, have no central hollow; they are filled with lacunose

tissue (f) through which the fluid parts of the contents of the

-visceral chamber slowly penetrate. But in the spacious cham-

bers occupying the bases of the feet, the corpuscles may be detected

in whirlpools. From this fact the inference may be drawn that

the corpuscles are not essential to the first mechanical stage m the

respiratory process—that of receiving oxygen directly from with-

out.. The characters of structure just described are very perfectly

typified in S. prolifera, the moniliform variety is best seen in

8. armillaris and S. maculosa. A similar conformation pre-

__-yails in the genera Joida and Psamathe of Dr. Johnston. In

‘the Syllidan family, which excels all others in grace and beauty,

28*

404 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanismof Aquatic

the blood-proper system is almost indetectible, in consequence

of the colourlessness of the contents. The blood does not parti-

cipate in the function of breathing: it is an office patie ex-

elusively by the chylaqueous fluid.

Amongst the family Ariciade several other varieties m-the

configuration of the breathing organs occur. In the genera

Nerine (fig. 8) and Aricia the branchial appendages affect a dorso-

lateral situation : they are traversed m every species from base to

apex by a single blood-vessel returning upon itself (¢). This vessel

is supported by a lobule of spongy tissue (f), into the cells of which

the chylaqueous fluid insinuates itself. In every species of this

family the branchiz are supplied by vibratile cilia, exhibiting in

each a distinct disposition. In ultimate structure, those of dAm-

phitrite alveolata and Leucodore ciliatus, remote specifically from

the Syllidans, display the same construction.

In the genus Spio, abundantly common on our shores, the

respiratory organs occur under forms of the highest beauty. They

constitute flat membranous penknife-shaped appendages curving

gracefully over the back and crossing over the median line;

alternating imbricatively with the corresponding processes of the

other side. The plane of each process is vertical in relation to

the long axis of the body (fig. 8). They are less flat and close in

N. vulgaris than in N. coniocephala ; they are largest in size

towards the middle of the body, smallest anteriorly and poste-

riorly. The blood-vessels, the afferent and efferent, run close

to and parallel with the inferior border of the process ; the upper

part of each is composed of a membranous lobular (g, f) additionto

the inferior and vascular portion. Into the cells (g) of this lobule

the chylaqueous fluid slowly finds its way, and participates ob-.

viously im the office of respiration. In N. coniocephala it is re-

markable that the cilia should be limited in their distribution

to the margin along which the true blood-vessel runs. This

fact is manifest in N. vulgaris in consequence of the smallness

of the membranous lobule. In Aricia Cuvieri the branchial

appendages are more conical in figure, more vertical in position,

and developed only at the posterior four-fifths of the body : they

are covered with large vibratile cilia. Like those of the former,

they are supplied with flat lobules of spongy tissue. In all the

members of the preceding family the real branchial organ consists

of an evolved or exaggerated development of the superior element

of the dorsal foot.

In the genus Nephthys (fig. 7, A) which comes now under re-

view, it is the inferior element of the dorsal foot which becomes

the subject of this evolution. It is a curved conical process (a),

attached to the inferior aspect of the root of the upper foot. It

is hollow and filled with the chylaqueous fluid, the corpuscles of

—s-

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 405

which are readily observed, on external examination (B, a)... No

cilia‘exist on the interior surface; they are abundant and vigorous

on the exterior... A rich vermilion coil (4, c) filling the hollow of

the process and floating in the chylaqueous fluid may be seen by

transmitted light. This is a true blood-vessel: it is a single

vessel. It is a law in many Annelids that the ultimate blood-

vessels do not form plexuses: this proceeds from the extreme

mobility of the body. The quantity of the blood-proper varies

as the Annelidan organism varies at different seasons; it is greatest

during the reproductive season, a season during which the chyl-

aqueous fluid is most reduced in amount. The two fluids, though

coordinate in physiological capacities, are governed by inverse

laws.

In Cirrrhatulus Lamarckii and in the allied genus Ophelia, a

linear series of yellowish blood-red threads, remarkably irritable

and contractile, project te a considerable distance from either

side of the body throughout its whole length: at the occiput

they are grouped over the dorsum. They convey the blood-

proper exclusively in a single vessel of considerable length.

The Aphroditacee constitute a group of Annelids to which the

term dorsibranchiate by no means correctly applies; that is, in

the majority of the species embraced in this order no branchial

appendages exist either on the dorsum or sides. In all the

Aphroditacee the blood is colourless. The blood-system is in

abeyance, while that of the chylaqueous fluid is exaggerated.

But it is exaggerated only in bulk; it is not raised in organic

composition ; its corpuscles are scanty, and its albumen small in

relative amount. This unusual fact is explained by the presence

of organized corpuscles in the dark chymous fluid which fills the

gastric diverticula. The scales or elytra fulfil an important

purpose: they rise and fall. In rising under muscular action,

they create a vacuum in the space between them and the back,

into which the water rushes; in falling or collapsing, the water

escapes in a current posteriorly. These currents of water operate

immediately upon the fluid contained in the gastric pouches. The

latter are arranged so as most advantageously to receive the

influence of the external aérating element. But they float also

in the chylaqueous fluid: this is also in part oxygenized. It

is the agent by which this vivifying element is conveyed to the

‘solids of the body; it shares directly im the function of respi-

ration ; it receives its organic principles from the contents of

the gastric cexea.

-» It) cannot have escaped observation, that there prevails a

striking resemblance between the general anatomy of Aphrodita

‘aculeata and that of the Asteridz among the Echimoderms,., In

_ ‘the latter, however, the chylaqueous fluid fulfils exclusively the

306 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

office of breathing. It imtervenes between the contents of the

digestive ceca and the aérating element. The link of zoological

continuity between the Echinoderms and the Annelids is’ not

more clearly constituted by Aphrodita aculeata, than the Cestoid

and Trematode Entozoa are jomed to the Annelids by the trans-

itional family of the Nemertinidee. From the Entozoa the latter

differ in the extraordinary feature of being embraced in ciliated

epidermis. Every part of the external surface of the body in the

Nemertinide is the scene of active ciliary vibration. No ap-

proach to the development of this epithelium occurs in any En-

tozoon. The five genera Valencia, Borlasia, Nemertes, Polia

cerebratulus and Oerstedia, into which M. Quatrefages has distri-

buted the Nemertine Annelids, are exemplified on our coasts.

From the Cestoid and Trematode Entozoa several of these An-

nelids are distinguished by the presence of corpuscles in the chyl-

aqueous fluid. In others of them the fluid conforms in character

to that already defined in these parenchymatous worms. To the

latter the Nemertinide are united by another striking pecu-

liarity, that the cecal diverticula of the alimentary system are

filled with a corpusculated fluid, which, from the methodized dis-

tribution of these parts throughout the body, participates un-

questionably in the function of respiration. The Nemertinide,

intimate though their alliance may be with the Cestoid and

Trematode Entozoa in general plan of construction, are separated

from the latter in one important particular:—in the Annelids

the blood system is obviously present, the blood-proper bemg

brightly red in colour; in the Entozoa the existence of this

system must for the present be held as doubtful.

It remains to consider the mode in which the process of

breathing is accomplished in the Abranchiate Annelids, i. e. the

leech, the earth-worm, and the Nais.

In all systematic works these worms are summarily dismissed

as ‘‘ breathing by the surface.” In Nais filiformis (tig. 10) the

blood-proper is only very scantily distributed over the cutaneous

surface ; it is impossible therefore that i¢ can be the imme-

diate subject of the first act of aération. The visceral chamber

(d) in this little worm is filled with a corpusculated fluid: in

this fluid coils of blood-vessels (f,f) are suspended. The

blood-proper systematically, by expressly provided vessels, thus

brought into intimate contact with the chylaqueous fluid, inter-

changes constituents with the latter: the former yields up to

the latter its carbonic acid, and the latter to the former its

oxygen. The chylaqueous fluid thus becomes to the blood-pro-

per the aérating medium. Respiration thus explained is literally

internal, but not the less real.

In the instance of the earth-worm the chylaqueous fluid is almost

ee Oe lhl PCC OCU UChr

——=?

ll ie

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 407

entirely suppressed, and the visceral cavity obliterated. This

vulgar worm, however, does not breathe on the atmospheric, but

on the aquatic principle. It dies rapidly in perfectly dry places.

Its cutaneous surface is the scene of a dense plexus of blood-

proper vessels. It is always enveloped ina stratum of viscid

fluid, which is remarkable for the property of absorbing and dis-

solving atmospheric air. This air, brought thus into immediate

and intimate contact with the surface of the body, operates

directly upon the blood-proper circulating in the cutaneous

plexus. In the Abranchiate Annelids as in many of the tubico-

‘lous Annelids, the alimentary canal is profusely supplied always

with a vascular tissue which shares in the respiratory process :

this process may be distinguished as the intestinal respiration.

In the genus Clymene (fig. 9) the branchial organs are situated

at the tail (c). In ultimate structure they correspond in every

particular with those of the Sipunculidee—they are hollow mem-

branous projections (B) penetrated by the chylaqueous fluid (e)

in which a coiled blood-vessel (d) floats. They are destitute of

cilia. They afford the only illustration in the class Annelida

of branchial organs specialized around the owilet of the ali-

mentary system.

It has now been shown that the branchial organs in the An-

nelida arrange themselves under two leading divisions, between

which a clearly legible line of demarcation exists. Under the

one, the blood-vessel-bearing branchie occur; under the other,

those range which are organized for the exposure of the chyl-

aqueous fluid. Vibratile cilia are never superadded when the

blood-proper alone enters the gills ; generally, when this and the

chylaqueous fluid participate in the process ; always, when the

latter alone enacts this function. The mechanism of respiration

in the Annelid demonstrates beyond doubt that the agency of

floating corpuscles is not required for the absorption of the ex-

ternal oxygen. The blood-proper, though coloured, is non-

morphotic in every species. It has been proved that the ten-

tacles are not simply organs of touch: with a single instrument

nature accomplishes various ends. They are subsidiary organs

- of respiration. They are injected always with the chylaqueous

fluid. It is certain therefore that in the ceconomy of the Annelid

the blood-proper and chylaqueous fluid are co-equal elements ;

they are convertible proximate principles ; they exhibit equal phy-

siological capacities; both are capable of discharging the func-

tion of respiration, and both are capable of supplying the solids of

the body with the materials of increase.

ADZ

‘ig. 1.

Fig.

ays

“I

. Foot of Syllis

On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV. Ty

(A.) Cephalic end of the body of Terebella nebulosa, laid open to show

the afferent vessel (d) and efferent vessel (e) of the true-blood

branchiz (a); ce, denotes a corpuscle of the chylaqueous fluid

fillmg the peritoneal cavity of the body, and communicating di-

rectly with the hollow axes of the tentacular filaments (8)..

exhibits the extreme end of one of the tentacular filaments (6, A)

viewed by transmitted light ; f, vibratile cilia; 9, ditto, covering

the under surface; 2, a true-blood-vessel floating in the chyl-

aqueous fluid, of which the corpuscles are seen rolling out at (j).

. Extreme division of one of the true-blood branchiz (a, A); i, afferent

vessel dividing dichotomously, returning upon itself at m, and

ending in the efferent vessel (k) ; a? & n, mark the thin, contractile

envelope by which the vessels are embraced.

. Foot and branchial appendage of Eunice margaritacea: m, afferent

vessel entering the base (a) of the branchial process, of which

b, c, d, e, f, are five vertical branches. Each branch as seen at fig. 5

consists of a single vessel (2) returning in a looped manner upon

itself (7); g, cirrus of superior foot ; “hy inferior foot ; g, inferior

cirrus.

(Williams*) : e, cavity enclosed by the foot and

filled with the chylaqueous fluid (d) ; ¢, vibratile cilia clothing the

exterior; @, branchial process ; f, its lacunose tissue; e, exterior

cilia,

. (A.) Foot of Nephthys Hombergii: a, branchial process, depending

in form of cirrus from the base of the superior foot : (B.) an en-

larged view of the branchial process examined as a transparent

object. It consists of a hollow process filled with the chylaqueous

fluid, in the midst of which is seen floating a long, undividing,

complexly coiled true-blood-vessel (c). The process is lined

externally by a ciliated epithelium.

. Vertical view of the foot of Nerine vulgaris: k, cavity enclosed by

the base; m, corpuscles of the chylaqueous Said by which it is

filled ; h, ea g, channels penetrated by the chylaqueous fluid in the

fleshy lobules ; 2, true-blood-vessel occupying the hollow of the

process ; ¢, d, flat cirri of the upper and lower feet; 0, cilia 5

a, b, imteguments.

Clymene Ebiensis: a, mouth; 6, first row of hooked sete ;

c, branchie projecting from the tail; B, one frill of the branchial

process detached and viewed transparently ; e, f, corpuscles of

chylaqueous fluid by which the lobules are filled; d, true-blood-

vessel floating in the fluid.

10. A part of the mid- -body of Nats filiformis viewed by indaeaitel

light—showing the same precise relation between the chylaqueous

fluid (e) and the true-blood-vessels (f, f) as exists in the branchize

—proving that although the parts are internal, the conditions of

respiration are complete: a, mtestine; b, c, dorsal and ventral

primary vessels; d, cavity of the body.

* This species will be described in a future number of the ‘ Annals.’

Ann. de Mag. NatHist.S. 2. Vol.\2.Pl.

Mr, H. O. Stephens on Palmella prodigiosa, 409

XXXVIIL.—On Blood Rain (Palmella prodigiosa, Mont.). By

H. O. Srernens, Esq., Vice-President of the Bristol Micro-

scopical Society*.

[With a Plate.

Tux subject of my communication this evening is “ Blood Rain,”

a phenomenon which in dark and superstitious ages filled the

minds of the people with terror, who, m ignorance of the nature

of such appearances, regarded them as manifest tokens of divine

wrath, and harbingers of approaching calamities.

In the same catalogue must be included storms of ink, bloody

water, star sloughs, &c. Scattered through various ancient re-

cords are to be found indications of the occurrence of the pro-

duction before us, as having suddenly appeared on various kinds

of provisions ; and instances are recorded in which the sacred

wafer, to the consternation of the worshipers, seemed to be

changed into blood.

Growing intelligence and juster views of natural operations

have removed these phenomena from the supernatural, yet the

nature and structure of the organisms themselves have only very

recently been understood.

Lam indebted to the Rev. M. J. Berkeley for all the scanty

literature on the Blood Rain we possess. The first modern na-

turalist who has described it in scientific terms is Dr. Sette of

Venice, who has published an account of its appearance at Padua

in 1819. Dr. Sette named it Zoogalactina imetropha, and con-

sidered it to be of a fungoid nature.

Ehrenberg saw the same production in the summer of 1848,

and, in accordance with his known views and practice of refer-

ying so many of the lower organisms to the animal kingdom, de-

scribed the Blood Rain as Monas prodigiosa.

In the same year it occurred to Dr. Montagne at Rouen,

covering fowls and cauliflowers, twenty-four hours after cooking,

with a layer of blood-coloured matter.

This learned cryptogamist considers the Blood Rain to be an

Algoid, and has described it as Palmella prodigiosa. -

Mr. Berkeley, to whom I sent specimens, says, «Your plants

“are entirely identical with those of Ehrenberg and Montagne, of

both of which I have specimens.” Mr. Berkeley thinks it is a

Fungal, closely allied to the yeast plant, which is acknowledged

to bea submersed form of an Ozdiwm or Penicillium.

With deference to so great an authority, I demur to this

opinion in part, fully according with Mr. Berkeley’s views con-

cerning the yeast plant, but believing the Blood Rain to be a

* Read at a Meeting of the Bristol Microscopical Socicty, Sept. 14, 1853,

4.10 Mr. H. O. Stephens on Palmella prodigiosa.

true Algoid, and with Dr. Montagne I refer it to the genus

Palmeilla.

The history of the appearance of the Blood Rain is as follows :—

I observed at table the under surface of a half-round of boiled

salt beef, cooked the day before, to be specked with several bright

carmine-coloured spots, as if the dish im which the meat was

placed had contained minute portions of red-currant jelly. Sus-

pecting what these might turn out to be, I directed the beef to

be placed aside. On examination the next day, the spots had

spread into patches of a vivid carmine-red stratum of two or

more inches in length.

With a simple lens the plant appears to consist of a gelatinous

substratum ‘of a paler red, bearmg an upper layer of a vivid red

hue, having an uneven or papillated surface.

The microscope shows this stratum to consist of generally

globose cells immersed in or connected by mucilaginous or gela-

tinous matter.

The cells vary in size, and contain red endochrome. As far as

I can observe, they consist of a single cell-membrane and con-

tain a nucleus. Treated with sulpho-iodime they become blue.

Mr. Berkeley writes me, “This plant is sometimes of a blue

colour, and at other times the cells are colourless.” I have seen

the cells very pale or nearly colourless, but not blue. Perhaps

the colour of this Alga may be dependent on the matrix on

which it may chance to grow; and to this I shall again presently

refer.

A portion of the beef with the Palmedla was dried in an oven

for several hours, in order to prevent decomposition, and sent to

Mr. Berkeley ; this rapidly germinated when placed on a paste

of rice-flour, and from these the observations recorded in the

Gardeners’ Chronicle were made.

I placed a few fragments of the Alga on a paste of wheat-flour :

in twenty-four hours these minute fragmentary specks grew to

spots the size of sixpences, and in forty-eight hours the paste

was nearly covered by a layer of blood-red matter, as represented

in one of the drawings.

It is stated, that the colour of this Alga is very permanent,

and that it dyes silk bright red; this is, I think, corroborated

by the fact, that the fibres of the beef on which it first appeared

were permeated with the colouring matter of the Alga (Pl. XVII.

fig. 1. eee).

I noticed, when sown on rice-paste, the Palmella assumed a

violet hue, confirming Mr. Berkeley’s observation that the cells

are sometimes blue (Pl. XVII. fig. 2. 0).

Perhaps the colour of the plant may much depend on the

chemical elements of the matrix: if that happens to be animal

inn. & Mag. Nat.Hist..S 2. Vol.12. J

HO. S. del?

Mr. H. O. Stephens on Palmella prodigiosa. 411

matter or flour-paste, or substances rich in nitrogen, a vivid red

may be induced ; if rice-paste or feebly nitrogenized matters, the

colour may tend to blue or violet. But this is at present only

‘eonjecture.

Concerning the place in the organic kingdom to which this pro-

duction ought to be referred, I am of Dr. Montagne’s opinion,

that it is an Alga, belonging to the Nostochinee, differing from

Protococcus in wanting the pellucid margin to the globes, and

from Hematococcus, which is furnished with several pellucid

rings to each cell, and in which the aggregate granules or cells

form a frustulose crust, the frond of the Blood Rain being de-

cidedly gelatinous.

In my judgement this plant is a Palmella closely allied to

P. cruenta, but certainly distinct, the cells or granules of the

latter differing from it not only in their colour but size, being

very much smaller than those of P. prodigiosa.

The mode by which the Blood Rain propagates is extremely

curious (as Mr. Berkeley also noticed) ; it seems to extend itself

by elastically spirting a sort of jet or column of red particles,

which Mr. B., in a letter, aptly compared to a jet of blood from

an artery, and by this mode of propagation, I think, the extra-

ordimary rapidity with which a large surface becomes covered

with the Alga can be satisfactorily explained.

‘A portion of paste covered with the Blood Rain was dried in

an oven for forty-eight hours until nearly baked into biscuit, yet

fragments of this exsiceated Alga readily grew when scattered

on fresh-made dough.

The vitality of the cells of this Palmela, like the ova of some

fishes, insects, and many other animals of lower grade, is not

impaired (withm a certain time) by exsiccation even at a high

temperature, and when dry retain their germinating powers for

a very considerable period, and are disseminated by currents of

air and other methods.

Thus the unexpected appearance of this very conspicuous and

somewhat portentous-looking production in singular situations

and circumstances, can be explained without resorting to far-

fetched reasonings or unphilosophical assumptions.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1. a, Palmella prodigiosa, Mont. (natural size), on beef; 6, perpendi-

cular section; c, portion of gelatinous frond, magnified; d, cells

ditto; eee, fibres of beef staimed red by the colouring matter of

the Alga. )

Fig. 2. a, Palmella prodigiosa on flour-paste, natural size; 4, cells highly

magnified, some ruptured ; c, cells with films of mucus acted on

by iodine and sulphuric acid.

Bristol, Dighton Street, Oct. 4th, 1853.

412). Dr. J. BE. Gray. on two new genera of Land Moilusca.

XXXIX.— Descriptions of two new genera (Pfeifferia and Janellay’

of Land Mollusca. By J. E. Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S-

Some years ago I described a new genus of Helices under the

name of Nanina, remarkable from the mantle of the animal being

reflexed and produced over the surface of the shell, like Vitrina,

but differing from that genus in the shell being more Helicoid,

and in the mantle not being produced in front, or forming a

kind of shield over the back of the neck ; this genus has been

very generally adopted, and now coutains a large number of

species.

The animal of Nanina, like the Parmacelle and Helicariones,

has the hinder part of the uppermost extremity of the foot

truncated and furnished with a linear perpendicular gland with

thickened lips.

Mr. Cuming, who lately supplied me with a number of ami-

mals of shells in spirit, sent me, along with other kinds, spe-

cimens of a shell which Dr. Pfeiffer has described under the

name of Helix micans, which at once attracted my attention, on

account of the shell near the peristome being covered with a

thin reflexed portion of the mantle. I at first considered it was

a modification of the genus Nanina with a more dilated mantle,

and a much more globular shell; but on more particular exa-

mination, I am convinced that it is the type of a new genus, as

the back of the foot is depressed and flattened, and quite destitute

of any appearance of a subcaudal gland.

I propose to call this genus Pfeifferia, after my excellent

friend Dr. Louis Pfeiffer, the author of the ‘‘ Monographia He-

licum,” and it may be characterized as follows :—

PFEIFFERIA.

Animal large for the size of the shell; mantle edge expanded,

thin, reflexed over the outer surface of the shell when contracted

in spirits, forming an even margin to the outer part of the

peristome. Foot moderate, depressed behind, acute at the tips,

without any subcaudal gland. Shell subglobose, imperforate,

thin, brittle, white, pellucid. Spire with small whorls, third and

fourth rapidly enlarging, the last inflated; aperture rounded,

lunate. Columella slightly and regularly arched. The peristome

thin, straight, acute.

Mr. Cuming informs me, that when he poured boiling water

on them, to kill the animal, the animal, in attempting to return

within the shell, burst it, from bemg so much larger than the shell

itself ; in consequence he was compelled to drown the animal and

let it remain in the water until it was half putrid, by which means

Dri Js E! Gray on two new yencra of Land Mollusca. 413°

he was able to procure sound shells. He tried it several times, and

destroyed some hundreds of shells before resorting to the latter

means.

I may observe, that the animal in spirits does not give one

the impression of being so large, compared with the shell, as

the above deseription would imply ; but, like the Succinee, Vitrine

and other genera, these animals appear to have the faculty of

absorbing a quantity of moisture and of inflating their bodies

and making them appear of a largé size, and when suddenly

killed..they have not the power of lessening it, but while alive

they certainly have. During dry and perhaps cold weather they

expel the air and water, and so contract their bodies, that they

~ean be withdrawn a considerable distance within the cavity of

the shell. I have often seen this ceconomy in the amber snails,

Suceinee, and the shield shells, Vitrine, and Professor Nilsson

has observed the same fact with regard to the latter genus, as

quoted. by me (Gray, Turton Man. 119).

The type of the.genus is Pfeifferia micans.

Helix micans, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1845, 71; Monogr.

Helic. 11. 24.

Corasia micans, Albers, Heliceen, 111.

_ Nanina Albaiensis, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1853, p. 331, teeth.

Hab. Luson.

Mr. Cuming observed it in the greatest abundance on the

leaves of bushes at St. Jauno, in the province of Cagayan, at the

extreme north part of the island of Lucon.

Dr. Albers refers the species to his subgenus Corasia, cousist-

ing of Helices with large reflected peristomes; the shells have

some resemblance to the young imperfect specimens of some

species of that genus, as Helix Albaiensis, but they differ from

them in the pillar lip being evenly arched and imperforate, and

not straight from the axis and slightly perforated, as in their

young shells it always is.

MM. Quoy and Gaimard described a land mollusk which

they discovered on leaves in Tasman’s Bay, New Zealand, under

the name of Limaz bitentaculatus, Voy. Astrolabe, t. 13. f. 1, 2, 3.

They only found a single specimen, which, they say, they

only partially examined. From this description, as the animal

differed from Limaz in so many particulars that it was impos-

sible to keep it m that genus, I formed a temporary genus for

it under the name of Janella, in the 4th volume of Mrs. Gray’s

* Figures of Mollusca,’ p. 112. I have just received from New

Zealand a specimen of land mollusk which agrees with the ani-

mal described by MM. Quoy and Gaimard m so many parti-

414 Dr. J. E. Gray on two new genera of Land Mollusca. » |’

culars, that I am inclined to believe it to be either the species

they observed, or at least a second species of the same genus ;

and as it offers some peculiarities not noticed in their deserip-

J ANELLA.

Body elongate, convex ; back rounded ; tail not keeled, taper-

ing, acute behind, without any subcaudal gland. Mantle covering

the whole of the back, with a slightly raised lateral margin, leaving

a rather broad space between the edge and the edge of the foot,

thin, smooth, with a longitudinal groove along the centre of the

back extending the whole length of the animal, and giving out

branches from each side which diverge backward to the edge;

in front, over the head, there is given out a short, straight, di-

verging branch on each side to the hinder base of the tentacles,

then forked, and the two branches continued on the under edge

of the mantle to the corner of the mouth; the tentacles two,

arising from the front just within the edge of the mantle, and

quite retractile like those of the Slugs. Aperture of respiration

is avery small round foramen, with a raised edge on the right side

and close to the central groove on the back, just above the aper-

ture of reproduction. Mouth inferior, just at the end of the foot,

with three tubercles in front, which are formed by the continua-

tion of the grooves on the front of the mantle. Aperture for

reproductive organs on the front part of the edge of the right

side of the mantle, about one-fourth the entire length from the

head.

The foot narrow, divided into three indistinctly-marked Jon-

gitudinal bands, the middle band rather the widest, the lateral

bands with rather distant cross grooves, most distinct on the

outer edge, and with shorter marginal grooves between them,

giving the edge of the foot a crenated appearance; the end of

the body is suddenly more slender, with a prominence on the

back just before this sudden alternation, as if the mass of the

viscera were confined to the first two-thirds of the body ; but this

may be caused by the contraction of the animal from being in

spirits.

Shell none, or at least there is no appearance of any through

the skin.

Janella antipodarum.

Hab. New Zealand. Length three-fourths of an inch.

This genus is most allied to Philomycus (= Tebenophorus,

Binney =.Limacella, Blainville), with which it agrees in haying

a thin mantle covering the whole of the back ; but it differs from

it in the position of the respiratory aperture, and in the presence of

Mr. S..P. Woodward on the Habits of Bivalve Shell-fish) 415:

only two tentacles, which, instead of being placed on the head,

as in Philomycus and all the other Arionide and Helicide, are

placed in the front part of the mantle. All these characters in-

duce me to:regard it as the type of a new family of Pulmonata,

which may be called Janellide.

XL.— Notes on the Habits of Bivalve Shell-fish.

By S. P. Woopwarp.

Durine the past summer I spent some time with Mr. Mackie

at Folkestone, and being obliged to remain within-doors the

greater part of each day, I collected a number of living Bivalves,

and kept them in pans of salt water, to watch them at my leisure.

The first species met with were Pholas dactylus and candida,

whose colonies are frequent in the beach near low-water mark,

wherever, a clear space occurs amongst the blocks of Kentish-rag

with which the shore is encumbered. The burrows of the Pho-

lades are in black sandy mud, from which they are easily dis-

lodged... At some spots the inhabitants have perished, but the

living colonies are readily discovered by treading heavily, or

striking the beach with a stick, whereupon the alarmed inmates

spit water from their burrows. The holes of the full-grown

Pholas dactylus are distinguishable by their larger size, and the

strong jets they send up; the original small orifices have been

removed by the wasting of the beach, and the present openings,

an inch in diameter, were once the middle of each burrow ; they

are rendered somewhat smaller by a layer of light-coloured mud,

which fills up the space between the shell-fish and the wall of

its abode. When the shell is partly exposed the Pholas still

holds strongly with its great foot, which cannot be withdrawn

into the shell, and resembles a piece of translucent ice.

Placed in a pan of sea water, the smaller Pholades (P. candida)

immediately protrude their siphons, and explore the surrounding

bottom with them in a remarkably worm-like manner. ‘The

young of P. dactylus only pushes itself about with its siphons.

The branchial currents commence instantly, and never cease

unless the creatures are disturbed. The force and volume of these

currents are quite marvellous to those who witness them for the

first time. The inhalant orifice is trumpet-shaped, and guarded

with cirri ; the exhalant is a little contracted, and in P. dactylus -

projects beyond the other. The foot completely fills the pedal

orifice, allowing neither ingress nor egress to currents of water.

The current which sets into the branchial siphon carries with it

whatever floating particles the water contains, whilst the stream

which issues from the exhalant orifice is perfectly clear. How-

ever turbid the water may be, it is soon filtered, and the same thing

416 Mr. S. P. Woodward on the Habits of Bivalve Shell-fish.

happens if the water is artificially coloured with indigo ;>the

time required depending partly on the quality of the pigmenty

which is sometimes so fine as to pass through the living ‘filters

When one Pholas was disturbed by another, or incommoded by;

particles too large for its siphon, it closed its valves and» partly’

retracted the siphons, making a small jet of water. If taken

from the pan suddenly, the siphonal orifices closed spasmodically,

so that no water could escape, and the siphons could not be with-

drawn ; after a moment the orifices relaxed, and the water was

spirted out. The tentacular cirri are extremely sensitive, and

contract directly they are touched, but the mantle may be di-

vided with fine-pointed scissors, so as to show the gills, without

causing any alarm to the animal, after the sphincter surrounding

the foot has once been divided. It was my wish to preserve ex-

amples of each species with the siphons protruded, and to this

end J allowed some to remain in stale water, thinking they would

lose the power of retraction, or die extended; day after day the

siphons became longer, until they were twice their proper length,

the currents ceased, and at last the valves fell off by the decom-

position of the mantle; but when I attempted to remove the

animal, the siphons slowly contracted until completely with-

drawn.

Another small vivarium contained a few shells from five fa-

thoms water; including the young of the edible mussel an inch

in length, Syndosmya alba, Nucula nucleus. Some others were

tenanted with the common cockle, Donax anatinus and Tellina so-

lidula and tenuis, obtained from the sandy shore at Denge Ness,

where the sea goes out nearly half a mile, leaving a wide waste of

ripple-marked sands without any trace of life, save the castings

of the Annelides and an occasional dimple made by a cockle or a

Donax. But of life there was plenty, as we might be sure from the

flocks of gulls which retreated before us; and on exploring with our

hands we found the whole beach planted with Tellens, in a vertical

position, as thickly together as holes made simultaneously with

the fingers. Lower down there must have been many other shell-

fish ; for the high-water line was strewn with Mactras and Car-

dium echinatum, Solen marginatus and ensis, spawn of Natica and

whelk, &c. The common cockle is an excellent subject for obser-

vation on account of its activity, the beauty of its fringed siphons,

and the whirlpools it creates in the water. Donax has short

siphons, with foliaceous cirri; Tel/ina and Syndosmya have very

long siphons, sometimes four or five times as long as the shell,

very slender and transparent, with simple orifices. Those Tel-

lens and Donaxes which were allowed sea-sand soon buried

themselves, protruding only their siphons. Jn a short time the

sand in which they were buried became so firm that it required

\\ 0." On new species of North American Fungi. 417

some force to move it with the fingers. On changing the water,

small holes: would appear in the sand, from which afterwards the

siphons of the Tellens were protruded. These holes were in

pairs, and about the tenth of an inch in diameter; one was a

little funnel, into which the grains of sand kept sliding, the

other' a! miniature crater of sand. After the siphons were ex-

tended, they frequently bent them down and explored the

surface, being evidently dissatisfied with their circumstances.

Slender as the branchial siphon is in Tellina and Syndosmya, it

frequently attracts particles too large to pass freely, and which

after oscillating for an instant halfway down, are suddenly ex-

pelled with a jerk. Besides watching the Bivalves, we sketched

them whilst living, and dissected them—or at least cut them u

in every possible way—when dead, and examined them with the

microscope. Everything we saw confirmed the accuracy of the

er given by Messrs. Alder and Hancock in the ‘ Ann. Nat.

ist.

XLI.—Centuries of North American Fungi. By the Rev. M.

J. Berxetey, M.A., F.L.S., and the Rev. M. A. Curtis, D.D.

Ir is proposed in this and a series of similar memoirs to cha-

racterise a number of new North American Fungi, which have

rewarded the researches of Curtis, Ravenel, Bennett, Michener,

Olney, Peters, Sartwell, Lindheimer, Wright, and other botanists.

It was intended at first to publish the whole in an especial work

dedicated to North American Mycology, but it was found im-

possible to prepare so voluminous a book as a complete account

of the Fungi of the United States within any fixed time, and we

have therefore thought it right to publish the multitudes of new

species which exist in our Herbaria by way of Prodromus,

trusting that the larger work may not be put off to the Greek

Calends. We ought to observe that a considerable portion of

Mr. Ravenel’s specimens were accompanied by copious notes, of

which we have constantly availed ourselves. Indeed his name

might almost uniformly have been associated with our own,

were it not for the inconvenience of giving three authorities for

each new species.

1. Agaricus (Amanita) polypyramis,n.s. Pileo expanso nitido

areolato verrucis .centralibus crassis pyramidatis; stipite radi-

cante, basi incrassato squamuloso, lamellis attingentibus. Curt,

no. 2854. In thin woods, Nov., South Carolina.

Pileus 6 inches across, pure white, shining, areolate, beset with

thick, rather small, pointed pyramidal warts, especially im, the

centre. Stem 6-8 inches high, 1-2 inches thick, solid, incras-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xi. 29

418 Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Rev. M.A. Curtis on new

sated and rooting below, almost smooth with the exception of a

few little narrow transverse scales. Ring broad, evanescent.

Gills white, reaching the stem, quite linear at the paren

Odour strong alkaline.

A remarkably fine species, differmg from A. mitidus im: its

nearly smooth rooting stem, the base of which is much swollen,

but by no means margined. It resembles also 4. Vittadint.

2. Agaricus (Amanita) monticulosus, n.s. Pileo convexo areo-

lato; verrucis marginalibus floccoso-pyramidatis, centralibus

pyramidatis truncatis; stipite squamoso flocculento; lamellis

liberis remotis. Curt. no. 2829, 2853. In moist and sandy

woods, Sept., Nov., South Carolina.

Pileus 23-3 inches across, convex, areolate, with a wart in the

centre of each areola; those towards the margin consisting of

soft threads meeting in a point, but sometimes simply flocculent,

the central warts angular, pyramidal, truncate, discoloured.

Stem bulbous, scaly, flocculent, white; veil thick, at length

distant. Gills free, ventricose, remote, forming a well-defined

area round the top of the stem.

The warts are not hard and rigid as in A. nitidus, and the free

remote gills separate it from that and the neighbouring species.

The specimen from a sandy wood has the characters far less

strongly marked than the others, in which the greater part of

the margin appears at first to be flocculent.

3. A. (Lepiota) cultorum, n.s. Parvus; pileo hemispherico

umbonato squamis granuliformibus exasperato ; stipite brevi fur-

furaceo, annulo subcentrali; lamellis latis remotis; sporis

utrinque acutiusculis. Curt. no. 2826. Among gourds in culti-

vated lands, July, South Carolina.

Pileus 1 inch or more across, hemispherical, umbonate, the

border sometimes repand, clothed with very numerous brown

granular scales. Stem 3-1 inch high, 1] line thick, furfuraceous.

Ring nearly central. Gills broad, ventricose, free, renetiey Spores

eymbiform, rather acute at either extremity, about 2555 of an

inch long.

A very pretty little species allied to A. cristatus, from which it

is readily known by its oblique spores which are nearly three

times as long. Perhaps it is really more closely allied to A. acute-

squamosus, Weinm., which has far larger spores than A. cristatus,

though not so large as this species.

4. Agaricus (Lepiota) floralis, Berk. & Rav. MSS. Pusillus,

pileo plano, squamis floccosis brunneis vestito ; margine striato ;

stipite gracili deorsum attenuato pileo concolore ; annulo medio

persistente; lamellis candidis tenuibus distantibus ventricosis

hberis. Rav. no. 1011. On earth in gardens, South Carolina,

July, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

species of North American Fungi. 419

» \Pileas)4~% of an inch across, plane, membranaceous, covered

with brownish floccose scales; margin striate. Stem 3-1 imch

high, not 4a line thick, of the same colour as the pileus, atte-

nuated downwards. Ring persistent, situated about the middle of

the stem. Gills white, broadly ventricose, distant, free. Spores

white, 7-5, of an inch long.

Closely allied to A. fulvaster, of which it has exactly the habit,

but: it has not the same bright colour, nor are the gills thick.

It is still nearer to A. cultorum, but the plane and not hemi-

spherical head and slender stem give it a very different appear-

ance, and the colour is much more dingy in the dry plant. The

spores vary very much in size, but we have seen none so long in

this species as in A. cultorum.

5. Agaricus (Lepiota) fulvaster, n. s. Parvus; pileo plano-

convexo candido e velo fulvo squamoso-maculato; margine striato-

sulcato plicatoque; stipite gracili glabro sursum annulato;

annulo fulvo; lamellis attingentibus distantibus crassiusculis

candidissimis. Curt. no. 2550. Amongst grass in sandy soil,

July, South Carolina.

Gregarious. Pileus 3-6 lines across, plano-convex, white, but

spotted with the scaly remnants of the tawny veil; margin sul-

cate, sometimes splitting at the back of the gills as in Coprinus ;

centre tawny, subumbonate; substance brittle, thickish in the

centre. Stem slender, nearly an inch high, scarcely } a line

thick, white, smooth, slightly thickened at the base, where there

are a few byssoid rootlets, tough fibroso-spongy withm. Ring

tawny, subpersistent, situated about the middle of the stem.

Gills ventricose, not crowded, attached to a distinct collar, which

is not however separate from the stem, rather thick, of a pure

white; margin even or slightly eroded.

A‘small but extremely elegant species allied to A. seminudus,

Lasch.

6. Agaricus (Collybia) Texensis, n.s. Connato-cespitosus ;

pileis glabris subcampanulatis fortiter umbonatis, obtusissimis

carnosis albidis, stipite spadiceo velutino ; lamellis latis ventri-

cosis sinuato-adnatis candidis. Curt. no. 3162. Texas, C.Wright.

» Connato-cespitose. Pilei 2 inches or more across, carnose,

subcampanulate or expanded, very strongly umbonate, extremely

obtuse, dingy white: Stems 3 inches high, + of an inch thick,

of arich brown velvety. Gills broad, ventricose, white, sinuated

behind, slightly adnate.

_ Allied to A. pudens, but differing evidently in habit and in the

smooth pilei.

-%. Agaricus (Collybia) detersibilis, n.s. Gregarius; pileo

plano umbilicato albido subfuligineo; margine striatulo ; stipite

solido pruinoso pileo concolori; Jamellis adnatis. albidis. Curt.

29%

420 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Rev. M. A. Curtis on new

no, 3202... From the roots of grass in sandy soil, Aug., South

Carolina. ,

Gregarious, subcespitose. Pileus 4-1 inch across, plane,

umbilicate, smooth, dull white with a faint brownish tinge,

margin slightly striate. Stem 1 inch or more high, 1 line thick,

of the same colour as the pileus, solid, somewhat twisted, com-

pressed and enlarged above, covered with a white meal which is

easily rubbed off, downy at the base. Gills crowded, adnate, very

narrow, whitish.

Allied to A. atratus, like which it is intermediate between

Omphalia and Collybia.

8. A. (Mycena) iocephalus, n.s. Pileo e convexo plano car-

noso-membranaceo sulcato violaceo; stipite pallido farimaceo

basi yilloso; lamellis distantibus adnatis angustis undulatis,

pileo pallidioribus venoso convexis. Curt. no. 2549. Amongst

rotten leaves in dried swamps, Aug., South Carolina.

Odour strong and offensive. Pileus 4-1} inch broad, convex,

then plane, sulcato-striate, carnoso-membranaceous, dry, pale

violet-purple. Stem 13-2 inches high, 1~2 lines thick, fistulose,

pale, farinaceous; base incrassated, villous. Gills distant, at-

tached, unequal, sometimes forked, rather narrow, somewhat

undulated, interstices venose. Spores white.

A very elegant species, distinguished from all the strong-

scented Mycenz by its farimaceous stem and general appearance.

9, A. (Omphalia) centenarius, n.s. Valde cspitosus; pileo

conico convexo umbonato fragili sulcato; stipitibus. fistulosis

deorsum tomentoso-connatis, lamellis longe decurrentibus. Curt.

no. 2888. On rotten logs, October, South Carolina, H. W.

Ravenel, Esq.

Growing in dense clusters. ileus 3 an inch across, fragile,

very thin, conical, convex, umbonate, whitish ; margin coarsely

striate. Stems very slender, 3-4 inches or more high, whitish

hyaline, annularly mottled, fistulose, the cavity expanding above

the gills, tapering and darker at the base, where they adhere by

short white down. Gills white, arched, strongly decurrent.

This has just the habit of A. tintimnabulum and A. myriadeus,

but has the characters of Omphalia.

10. Agaricus (Pleurotus) Micheneri,n.s, Czspitosus ; pileo

infundibuliformi tenui luteo-albo; stipite solido gracili albo;

lamellis distantibus angustis decurrentibus compositis pallide

luteis. Curt. no, 3480. On decayed wood, Pennsylvania, Dr.

Michener.

Cespitose. Pileus 3 of an inch across, infundibuliform, thin,

yellowish white. Stem 2 inches high, about a line thick, white.

Gills distant, compound, narrow, decurrent, pale yellow.

_ Allied to A. Agnatilis.

“11. A. (Pleurotus) facifer, nu. s. Czespitosus, phosphoreus,

fusco-flavus; pileo tenui convexo subumbilicato; stipite sub-

centrali solido fibroso albido-pruinoso ; lamellis angustis com-

positis decurrentibus. Curt. no. 3503. Pennsylvania, Dr. Mi-

chener.

Czespitose, phosphorescent, brownish-yellow. Pileus 3 inches

across, thin, convex, at length expanded, slightly umbilicate.

Stem 5 inches or more high, 4 of an inch thick, subexcentric,

fibrous, slightly pruinose. Gills narrow, compound, decurrent.

Spores white.

A highly curious species with the habit of A. <ludens.

12. A. (Naucoria) argillosus, n.s. Pileo firmo convexo pal-

lide fusco-luteo; stipite cavo deorsum attenuato albo; lamellis

angustis adnexis ex albo argillaceis. Curt. no. 2908. On earth

in woods, Oct., South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Pileus 2-3 inches across, convex, subcoriaceous when dry,

smooth, firm, of a light brownish yellow. Stem 4 inches high,

1 inch thick, firm, cartilaginous, white, hollow, rooting, attenuated

downwards. Veil none. Gills white, very numerous, narrow,

shghtly attached, at length discoloured from the very copious pale

argillaceous, elliptic, subcymbiform, rather minute spores.

Agreeing with A. Cucumis in the inflected margin. The colour

of the spores is purely argillaceous. We cannot point out however

any species closely allied. The general appearance is that of A.

carnosus. The spores are most copious, and when moistened

feel very glutinous.

13. A. (Naucoria) Curcuma, u.s. Pileo hemispherico fusco-

luteo, e floccis fasciculatis brevibus frequentissime squamuloso ;

carne lutea; stipite solido fusco fibrilloso; lamellis ventricosis

emarginatis subadnatis ferrugimeo-ochraceis. Curt. no. 2913.

On an old stump, Nov., South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

- Pileus 3 inch across, hemispherical, dark brownish-yellow,

densely covered with squamose fascicles of flocci. Flesh thin,

yellow. Stem brown, 1-11 inch high, $ line thick, solid, fibril-

lose, but not scaly, dilated at the base. Gills broad, ventricose,

irregular, emarginate, slightly attached, dark ochraceous. Spores

_ dark ferruginous. Mycelium tawny.

~ Avery beautiful species allied to A. erinaceus and siparius, but

the colours are different, the stem is solid and not clothed like

the pileus, and the gills are emarginate.

14. A. (Galera) crocosporus, n.s. Pileo membranaceo e conico

eonvexo, demum depresso viscido sordide fusco expallente suleato;

stipite albo sericeo-nitente ; lamellis breviter adnatis e pallidis

ferrugineo-crocatis. Curt. no. 2867. On a damp house-mat,

Aug., South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Gregarious. Pileus an inch or more across, membranaceous,

422 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Rev. M. A, Curtis on new

fragile, at first conical, then convex, and finally depressed, viscid,

sordid brown, margin marked with prominent folds, rugose in

drying, the apex however remaining even. Stem 3-4 inches high,

slender, white with a silky lustre, fistulose, thickened at the base.

Veil none. Gills numerous, regular, shortly adnate, ventricose,

light ferruginous, at length saffron-yellow from the spores.

Spores large, elliptic, subcymbiform.

This species belongs to the same group as A. Ruderum, but dif-

fers from all in its sulcate pileus and bright saffron-yellow spores.

15. Agaricus (Crepidotus) nephrodes, n.s. Paileo reniformi

pallide flavido-tomentoso ; stipite obsoleto ; lamellis ventricosis

pileo concoloribus. Curt. no. 1912. On damp rotten logs,

South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Gregarious, sometimes imbricated. Puileus 1 inch or more

across, thin, suborbicular, reniform or subspathulate, plane,

clothed with a dingy yellowish-white down; margin inflected,

flesh-white. Stem sometimes quite obsolete, but when present

very short. Gills pale like the pileus, gradually attenuated be-

hind. Spores globose, rosy ferruginous.

This curious species has the habit of A. petaloides, especially

of North Carolina specimens, but differs materially in the coloured

spores, not to mention other pomts.

16. Hiatula fragilissima, Rav. MSS. Pileo plano subumbo-

nato radiatim fisso marginibus rimarum luteo-pulverulentis in-

terstitiis candidis; stipite luteo farcto; annulo mobili; lamellis

remotis. Curt. no. 2899. On earth and decayed vegetables on

the margin of swamps, H. W. Ravenel, Esq., July.

Solitary or gregarious. Pileus 2-3 inches across, plane, very

thin and fragile, membranaceous, subumbonate, plicate, the edges

of the folds covered with yellow dust, deepening in colour towards

the centre, interstices white; umbo darker, slightly visad.

Stem 4-6 inches high, slender, somewhat bulbous, covered with

white down at the base, yellow, very fragile, fistulose, the cavity

stuffed with cottony fibres. Ring moveable. Gills white, thin,

and membranaceous, rather distant, ending abruptly at the

margin of a smooth area surrounding the top of the stem. Spores

white, obliquely elliptic, rather large.

This, together with A. discretus, A. Benzonii, and one or two

species from Brazil, form the genus Hiatula of Fries, which is at

present unpublished. The outward resemblance of the species to

Coprinus plicatilis, especially when dry, is very strong, though the

more intimate characters are very different. The spores of C. pl-

catilis are much larger and broader, besides being very dark.

* Montagnites Candollei, Fr. Ep. p. 241, var. Tewensis ; minor

stipite transversim squamoso; sporis paullo majoribus. Curt.

no, 8917. On sandy ground, Texas, C. Wright.

species of North American Fungi. 423

Stem 43 inches/high, + of an inch thick, attenuated above and

below, transversely squamose. Pileus 1 inch broad, spores rather _

larger than in the European and Algerian form.

It is possible that permanent characters might be detected in

the plant when fresh, but we can see no other differences in the

dried specimens than those pointed out above.

17. Cortinarius (Myxacium) iodes, n.s. Minor ; pileo carnoso

é conyexo plano firmo violaceo-purpureo; carne alba; stipite

solido tenui deorsum incrassato ; lamellis e violaceo-cinnamomeis

adnatis subemarginatis. Curt. no. 2895. Amongst moss and

roots, Sept., South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Cap 13-2 inches across, convex, at length plane, viscid, firm,

violet-purple ; flesh thick, white. Veil fugacious, arachnoid.

Stem 2-3 inches high, } an inch thick, solid, imcrassated below.

Galls violet, at length cmnamon, ventricose, adnate, subemargi-

nate, irregular, sometimes forked.

Allied to C. Salor, but a smaller species and more brightly

coloured.

18. Pazillus solidus, Rav. MSS. Pileo pulvinato rufo-fusco

subtomentoso; stipite solido glabro, lamellis latis distantibus

decurrentibus e cinereo-maculatis fuscis, postice anastomosanti-

bus. Curt. no. 2884. In pine woods on the burnt ground, July,

South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Pileus 2-3 inches across, pulvinate, fleshy, at length plane in

the centre, light reddish-brown, dryish, subtomentose ; margin at

length inflexed. Stem 2-3 inches high, } an inch thick, solid,

smooth. Gills at first dingy cimereous and mottled, at length

brown, broad, distant, decurrent, anastomosing and forming pores

at the base. Spores elongated like those of a Boletus.

_ Distinguished from one or two somewhat similar species by its

elongated spores which indicate a close affinity between the two

enera.

. 19. Paxillus Curtisii, Berk. MSS. Sessilis imbricatus ; pileis

subreniformibus sulphureis pulveraceo-tomentosis ; lamellis au-

rantiacis antice fureatis postice anastomosantibus, lateribus

interstitiisque plicato-venosis fusco-atris. Curt. no. 1985, 2000,

2877. On pine logs, Upper Georgia and South Carolina, H. W.

Ravenel, Esq.

Densely imbricated; pilei varying from 1-3 inches across,

mostly reniform, sometimes slightly elongated, stemless, sulphur-

coloured, umber-brown when dry, inclining torufous pulverulento~

tomentose; margin incurved. Substancetawny. Gulls orange,

then reddish-brown, black when dry, forked in front and then

obtuse plicato-venose on the sides and interstices. Spores mi-

nute, ochraceous, rather oblong.

This at first sight resembles P.panuoides, but the gills are

424 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Rev. M. A. Curtis on new

more plicate, forked in front, and their spores far more minute.

The substance also is of a brighter colour, as indeed is the whole

plant. The gills are much like those of a Cantharellus.

20. Paxillus reniformis, Berk. and Rav. MSS. Pileo reni-

formi dense tomentoso brunneo-pallido ; stipite obsoleto ; lamellis

latissimis primum albidis demum e sporis brunneo-ferrugineis.

Ray. no. 1508. On oak rails, Sept., Sulphur springs, North Ca-

rolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Subimbricated. Pileus 1-3 inches across, light brown, reni-

form, densely tomentose. Stem obsolete; gills very broad, at

first whitish, at length discoloured by the subferrugmous broadish

spore.

This species has somewhat the habit of P. panuvides, but dif-

fers in the nature of the pileus and the differently coloured gills.

21. Hygrophorus hematocephalus, n.s. Pileo convexo umbi-

licato sanguineo; stipite cavo compresso subrubro; lamellis

crassis adnatis flavis. Curt. no. 2893. On the ground in pine

woods, Aug., South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Pileus 1-2 inches across, fleshy, brittle, convex, umbilicate,

blood-red. Stem 1-2 inches high, 3-2 lines thick, attenuated

downwards, brittle, hollow, compressed, reddish above, becoming

pale or yellow below. Gills ventricose, adnate, broad, thick,

irregular, yellow, interstices even. Spores white, elliptic.

Allied to H. cinnabarinus, but differmg in colour, in the adnate,

not truly decurrent gills, and in the more regular, much larger

spores. The hymenium in large specimens, when dry, has exaetly

the appearance of that of Peziza aurantiaca. A variety of H.

cinnabarinus occurs with strongly veined interstices.

22. Hygrophorus nitidus, u.s. Pileo convexo umbilicato vis-

coso e flavo pallescenti; stipite fistuloso viscido; lamellis flavis

decurrentibus. Curt. no. 2878. On earth in damp swamps,

Sept., South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Pileus 3-1 inch across, convex, umbilicate, brittle, viscous or

humid, dark yellow, paler in drying; substance very thin. Stem

3-4 inches long, slender, viscid, dilated above, of the same colour

as the pileus, fistulose. Gills yellow, arched and ventricose, de-

current, interstices venose. Allied to H. Cantharellus, Fries.

In colour, though darker, it resembles H. ceraceus, but the habit

is very different, and the gills more decidedly decurrent.

23. Hygrophorus Ravenelii, n.s. Czspitosus subcarnosus ;

pileo convexo humido aurantio glabro; carne flava ; stipite fragili

fistuloso flavo deorsum candido; lamellis emarginatis ventricosis

pileo dilutioribus. Curt. no. 2889. On the earth in damp places,

Sept., H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Czspitose. Pileus 14-23 inches across, convex, smooth, moist,

orange-red; flesh very thin, yellow. Stem 4-5 inches high,

species of North American Fungi. 425

1 inch thick, fistulose, brittle, yellow, whitish and attenuated be-

low. Gills paler than the pileus, ventricose, deeply emarginate,

but attached. Spores white.

This species is apparently most nearly allied to H. puniceus,

but differs in the form of the pileus, which is extremely thin,

and the slender tall equal stem.

24. Lactarius illachrymans, Berk. and Rav. MSS. Parvus;

pileo e convexo plano umbilicato zonato pallide fulvo; stipite

solido albo; lamellis albidis subdecurrentibus. Rav. no. 1306.

In swamps, South Carolina, Sept., H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Small. Pileus 1-1} inch across, thin, plane, at length umbi-

licate, pale tawny, with two or three darker concentric zones.

Stem 1-2 inches high, about 2 lines thick, solid, white. Gills

dingy white, crowded, narrow, subdecurrent, not discharging any

milky fluid when broken; taste slightly aromatic, pungent.

- The warmer states of North America abound with Lactarii quite

different from the European species, but though we have many

in our Herbarium, as in most instances notes were unfortunately

not secured from the living specimens, we are obliged for the

present to delay their publication.

25. Cantharellus Ravenelii, n.s. Pileo irregulari subinfundi-

buliformi lento innato-fibroso luride flavo ; stipite solido tomen-

toso albo; venis lamelliformibus luteis, decurrentibus, omnibus

una’ desinentibus. Curt. no. 2879. On decayed logs, Aug.,

. South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

' Tough. Pileus 1-2 inches broad, irregular, subinfundibuli-

form, innato-fibrous, of a pale dull yellow; margin more or less un-

dulated, subtomentose. Stem 1-2 inches high, abont 2 lines thick,

firm, solid, white, tomentose, thicker below. Veins lamellzform,

bright yellow, branched, decurrent, but ending abruptly, their

edge obtuse; interstices for the most part even. Spores white.

This very curious species approaches somewhat in characters to

the genus Panus, but the edge of the lamelleform veins is obtuse.

26. Cantharellus flabelliformis, Berk. & Rav. MSS. Albidus;

pileo membranaceo e stipite brevi laterali flabelliformi 2-3 sulcis

concentricis notato tomentoso; venis furcato-anastomosantibus

superficialibus. Rav. no. 1318. On fallen trunks, South Caro-

lina, Hi. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Whitish ochraceous when dry. Stem 2 lines high, 1 thick,

lateral, short, compressed or subcylindrical, tomentose. Pileus

2 an inch or more long, membranaceous, spathulato-flabelliform,

sometimes forked, tomentose, like the stem marked with two or

three concentric furrows. Hymenium bordered. Veins shallow,

forked, anastomosing. jae

_ A most curious and distinct species, with the habit of Pan

_ stypticus. The hymenium is distinct from the stem and bordered

526 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Rev. M. A. Curtis on new

as if the stem were merely an elongation of the vertex. The

nearest ally is perhaps C. crispus.

27. Marasmius dichrous,n.s. Pileo subtiliter tomentoso sub-

velutino fusco; stipite furfuraceo basi subdilatato ; lamellis li-

beratis. Curt. no. 2834. On rotten wood in dry swamps, South

Carolina.

Pileus 1 inch or more across, convex, dark brown, clothed with

close matted down, sometimes appearing velvety. Stem 1-11 inch

high, scarcely a line thick, brown, clothed with furfuraceous

down ; base slightly dilated, villous. Gills at first adnate, sepa-

rating from the stem, and sometimes leaving a naked area

round it, moderately distant, ventricose ; interstices nearly even.

Spores white.

Nearly allied to M. ramealis. It is however a larger species,

and remarkable for its dark brown pileus.

28. Marasmius pusio, nu. s. Pusillus; pileo membranaceo

fusco-purpureo striatulo; stipite gracili subtiliter tomentoso

opaco; lamellis adnatis crebris ventricosis albidis. Curt. no.

2043. On the bark of trees, summer and early autumn, South

Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Pileus scarcely more than a line broad, membranaceous, re-

gular, slightly convex, pale purple-brown, delicately striate,

opake, very minutely pulverulent. Stem 8-10 lines high, very

slender, whitish, obscurely tomentose or pulverulent. Giils

moderately broad, numerous, ventricose, adnate, dirty white.

A minute species, resembling somewhat Marasmius graminum,

but not very closely allied. The surface of the pileus resembles

that of such species as M. ferrugineus, the stem however is more

like that of M. opacus or M. spongiosus.

29. Marasmius brevipes, Berk. & Rav. MSS. Pileo convexo

estriato atro-sanguineo ; stipite brevi filiformi aterrimo nitido e

mycelio repente similari enato; lamellis paucis adnatis rufis.

Rav. no. 1527. On dead twigs of oak, June, Santee Canal, South

Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Pileus 1-2 lines broad, convex, dark blood-red; margin even ;

stem filiform, jet-black, quite smooth, 1-2 lines high, springing

from creeping mycelioid threads of the same nature with itself ;

sills ventricose, few, adnate, rufous.

Allied to M. hematocephalus, &c., but distinguished at once

by its short polished stem and dark gills. The colour of the

pileus is nearly that of M. atrorubens.

30. Lentinus parvulus, n. s. Cezespitosus; pileo submembra-

naceo infundibuliformi glabro, margine revoluto; stipite gracili

lanuginoso ; lamellis angustis dichotomis decurrentibus albis.

Curt. no. 3624. On decayed wood, Pennsylvania, Dr. Michener.

Czespitose. Pileus $-1 inch across, membranaceous, irregular,

species of North American Fungi. 427

infandibuliform, smooth, dirty white; margin finely revolute ;

stem 1 inch high, not a line thick, nearly smooth above, lanu-

ginous, below pale brown; gills extremely narrow, entire, often

dichotomous, white, strongly decurrent. Spores white.

| An elegant little species, and quite a dwarf in a genus con-

taining many of the most magnificent fungi.

31. Lentinus Micheneri, n.s. Pileo smuato sublobato um-

bilicato glabro; stipite brevi incurvo spongioso-velutino fusco ;

lamellis latiusculis laceratis crassis breviter decurrentibus. Curt.

no. 8962. On decaying timber, Pennsylvania, Dr. Michener.

Pileus about 2 inches across, irregular, lobed and sinuated,

wmbilicate, smooth; stem about 1 inch high, 2 lines or more

thick, clothed with brown spongy down, but more especially

below; gills rather thick, broadish, shortly decurrent.

A very distinct species, to which we can point out no close ally.

The gills resemble those of L. cochleatus.

32. Lentinus pallidus, n.s. Czespitosus; pileo convexo mar-

gine repando sordide luteo-albo ; stipite fibroso-squamoso deor-

sum furfuraceo, lamellis decurrentibus crassiusculis. Curt. no.

2586. On dead wood, South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Czspitose, connate at the base. Pileus 3-4 inches broad,

convex, slightly depressed in the centre, dingy yellow-white,

margin repand ; stem 4:inches high, } of an inch or more thick,

rough above, with a few coarse squarrose fibres, furfuraceous

below. Gills white, decurrent, lacerated, interstices venous.

Spores white.

Allied to L. lepideus, but the pileus is quite smooth, and the

stem rough with linear processes torn from its substance.

33. Panus levis, n. 8. Pileo plano-depresso villoso, stipite

sursum attenuato tomentoso deorsum strigoso pallidis; lamellis

latis distantibus integris deorsum villosis. Curt. no. 2949;

Ray. no. 808. On trunks of trees, Sept., H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Pileus 3 inches across, orbicular, slightly depressed, white,

clothed in the centre with long intricate villous rather delicate

hairs, which are shorter and more matted towards the inflected

margin. Substance rather thin. Stem 3 inches high, 3 an inch

thick, attenuated upwards, generally excentric, sometimes lateral,

not rooting, solid, strigose below, closely villous like the margin of

the pileus above. Gulls rather broad, entire, decurrent, but not toa

great degree; the interstices even above, behind clothed with the

same coat as the top of the stem. Spores white.

_ A most distinct species, remarkable for its great lightness

when dry, and the long, villous, but not compressed or compound,

flocci of the pileus. Sometimes the centre of the pileus becomes

quite smooth when old.

34. Panus alliaceus, nu. s, Pileo sessili postice subeffuso al-

428 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Rev. M. A. Curtis on new

bido-fulvo subtiliter tomentoso, margine hispidulo scabriusculo

involuto; lamellis subdistantibus postice attenuatis concoloribus.

Curt. no. 2862; Rav. no. 1349. On the putrescent stumps

apparently of Nyssa; also on Salix nigra, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Smell strong alliaceous, highly offensive. Pileus 2 inches or

more across, stemless, suborbicular, at length slightly elongated,

minutely tomentose behind, more distinctly so in front, where it

is sometimes rather scabrous and hispid, dirty white inclining to

tawny or yellow, especially towards the edge; often more or less

effused behind. Gills of the same colour as the pileus, distant,

entire, moderately broad, attenuated behind, interstices even.

Spores white with a very slight yellow tinge, minute, oblong,

strongly curved.

A fine species, apparently allied to P. fetens, but without the

least trace of a stem. ‘The curved spores are very remarkable.

In the young plant the pileus is nearly resupinate.

35. Xerotus lateritius,n.s. Pileo sessili reniformi convexo

lateritio ; lamellis paucis atro-fuscis. Curt. no. 2563. On damp

decayed logs, Dec., Santee Canal, South Carolina, H. W. Ra-

venel, Esq.

Solitary. Pileus reniform, attached by a little down, convex,

deep brick-red, 4 of an inch across; margin involute. Stem

obsolete. Gills few, dark brown, radiating from the point of

attachment.

Resembling X. nigrita, Lév., but distinguished at once by its

brick-red pileus. Dr. Léveillé has sent us either the same or a

closely allied species which he received from the southern part

of Chili.

*Xerotus nigrita, Lév., Ann. d. Se. Nat. Feb. 1846, p. 120;

Curt. no. 2868; Rav. no. 892,917. On fallen trunks of Laurus

Caroliniensis, Rhus toxicodendron, and Rhus radicans. South Ca-

rolina, Feb.-May, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Tawny or brownish when dry; there is a very short lateral

stem, as is also the case in Dr. Léveillé’s authentic specimens

from Manilla, gathered by Perrotet. This at first resembles 4.

niger, Schwein., but is in reality very different.

Apparently a distinct species, strongly grooved and thinner

than X. nigrita, occurs on dead stems of Vine, no. 1975, but un-

fortunately perfect specimens have not at present been gathered.

36. Lenzites rhabarbarina, n.s. Fulvo-rhabarbarina; pileo

sessili reniformi sulcato-zonato rugoso spongioso velutino ; mar-

gine acutiusculo; lamellis dentatis subsinuatis. Curt. no. 3849.

On pine stumps, South Carolina.

Pileus 12 inch across, scarcely 3 inch long, of a rich tawny, in-

clining in parts to rhubarb-yellow, sessile, reniform, rather thin,

coriaceous, marked with two or three irregular furrows, and rough

species of North American Fung. 429

with little radiating elevations, clothed with matted down, which in

the younger part appears velvety, in the older spongy. Gills mo-

; derately distant, toothed, somewhat smuated, rhubarb-coloured.

Very distinet from every form of L. abietina and L. sepiaria,

and approaching somewhat to L. cinnamomea, Fr., and still more

closely to L. subferruginea, Berk., but its bright colours are very

peculiar, which added to its grooved and corrugated surface and

somewhat sinuated toothed gills readily distinguish it.

_..37. Boletus Curtisti, Berk. MSS. Puileo convexo viscosissimo

aureo-luteo; stipite inzequali exannulato cavo stramineo ; poris

subliberis demum fulvis. Curt. no.3212. On the earth in pine

woods, South Carolina.

Pileus 1 inch or more across, convex, subhemispherical, golden

yellow, clothed with a very viscid pensele ; stem irregular, un-

equal, hollow, ringless, 2-3 inches high, + of an inch thick, pale

or straw-coloured ; pores hollowed out at ‘their junction with the

stem, nearly free, | at length fulvous.. Spores subelliptic, slightly

attenuated at either end, ferruginous yellow.

A very beautiful and distinct species, as are several from the

southern United States. Some of these are now characterized,

but. we are obliged to omit some very curious forms for want of

more perfect notes.

38. Boletus Ravenelit, n.s. Pileo e convexo plano juniori

viscidulo, pulvere lzte sulphureo (veli vestigiis) vestito ; carne

albida ; stipite tenui velo flocculento pulveraceo sursum in an-

nulum fugacem contextum operto; poris flavis adnatis, tactis

virescentibus. Curt. no.1970. B. sulphureus, Rav.MSS. no.810.

In pine woods on the ground, July, South Carolina, H. W.

Ravenel, Esq.

Solitary. Pileus 2 inches across, convex, at length plane,

somewhat viscid when young, covered with a bright yellow

powder the remains of the veil; flesh whitish, unchanging, taste-

less. Stem 3 inches high, }-3 of an il thick, solid; veil

arachnoid, covered with dust, which stains the stem as well as

the cap, forming a fugacious rmg. Pores adnate, roundish and

angular, large, yellow, changing to greenish when bruised.

Spores ochraceous, elliptic, containing sometimes a single globose

nucleus.

A most splendid species closely allied to B. hemichrysus, and,

like that, remarkable for the pulverulent veil.

39. Boletus hemichrysus, n. 8. Pileo nitide aureo rivuloso

floccoso pulvere flavo imsperso; stipite brevi e flavo-rufescente ;

tubis adnatis subdecurrentibus spadiceis. Curt. no. 2928. At-

tached to roots of Pinus palustris, H. W. Ravenel, May, June.

Pileus' 6-8 inches across, convex, at length plane or irregu-

larly depressed, very bright golden-yellow, squamuloso-floccose,

430 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Rev. M. A, Curtis on new

disposed to crack, sprinkled with copious yellow dust.Flesh

yellow, tasteless. Mycelium yellow. Stem short, varying in

thickness, sometimes 14 inch in diameter, yellowish tinged with

red, irregular, contracted below. Veil none. Hymenium tich

red-brown. Tubes angular, adnate, slightly decurrent. Spores

ochraceous, dingy, oblong, minute.

A very splendid species, remarkable for its pulverulent.pileus

and habit. It resembles B. variegatus. The dust, it is to be

observed, is not due to the presence of Sepedonium.

40. Boletus decipiens, n.s. Pileo sicco pallide flavido sub

lente sericeo; carne alutacea; stipite «quali spongioso; velo

floccoso; hymenio flavo, poroso. Curt. no. 1312. In thin woods,

Aug., South Carolina.

Pileus 2 inches across, rather dry, minutely silky, whitish yel-

low or pale buff; flesh buff, 1 of an inch thick. Stem 2-23 inches

high, 3-4 lines thick, solid but spongy. Veil evanescent, floccose,

adhering for a time to the margin. Hymenium plane or rather

concave, yellow, consisting of large unequal flexuous tubes.

Spores ochraceo-ferruginous, oblong, rather minute.

This is so like Pazillus porosus, Berk., when dry, that it. is

scarcely distinguishable without examining the spores, which are

very different. Its affinities are however clearly with B. flavidus

and its allies, from which it is distinguished by its large radiating

pores resembling multiseptate gills.

41. Boletus conicus, Rav. MSS. Pileo subconico flayo-floc-

culento; carne alba immutabili; stipite glabro sursum atte-

nuato; hymenio incarnato; poris minoribus. Curt. no. 2929.

In damp pine woods, South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Pileus 1-2 inches across, pulvinate, subconical, clothed with

fasciculate adpressed yellowish flocci. Flesh white, not changing

when cut, tasteless. Stem 2 inches high, } an inch thick, pale

yellow, smooth, attenuated upwards. Mycelium white. Hyme-

nium vyentricose, flesh-coloured, at length darker from the spores ;

tubes small, subfimbriate, angular. Spores fusiform, subfer-

ruginous.

Allied to B. scaber, but differing in the fasciculato-fluccose

pileus, smaller tubes, and smooth stem.

*Polyporus lepideus, Fr. Ep. p. 430; Curt. no. 3068. On

dead wood, New York, Dr. Sartwell.

The stem in the American specimens is sometimes reticulate

and sometimes even. The pileus is more tawny, but the whole

plant agrees in other respects with an authentic specimen of this

very rare species.

42, Polyporus (Mesopus) persicinus, n.s. Stipite centrali obeso

pileo crasso maximo pulvinato centro depresso velutino fulvo-

brunneo quandoque purpurascenti confluenti; contextu aquoso-

species of North American Fungi. 431

spongioso’zonato pallido lilacino; poris parvis albidis. Curt.

no. 2945; Rav. no. 1114. At the foot of trees in pine woods,

June, South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

~Pileus 8-10 inches across, thick, pulvinate, depressed in the

centre, obsoletely zoned, clothed with coarse tawny-brown, fawn-

coloured, or sometimes brownish-purple velvety down, heavy and

watery when fresh, light and spongy when dry. Margin lobed

or waved, very obtuse. Substance zoned, the zones sometimes

dark like the pileus, whitish tinged with lilac. Stem short,

coarse, obese, conical, confluent with the pileus, nearly 3 inches

thick above. Pores small, dirty white, decurrent, dissepiments

thin.

Allied to P. tabuleformis, Schweinitzii, &c., but at once distin-

guished by its whitish pores and substance. The surface of the

pileus is somewhat like that of P. resinosus. The name alludes

to the swelling coarsely velvety margin, and the pale peach-

blossom hue of the substance when dry.

43. Polyporus (Mesopus) flavo-virens, Berk. & Rav. MSS.

Pileo irregulari lobato subreniformi sordide flavo zonis flavo-

virentibus primum notato; contextu albo; stipite centrali latera-

lique ; hymenio ex albo flavo-virente ; poris mediis decurrentibus.

Ray. no. 1490. In woods, Sept., upper part of South Carolina,

H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Pileus 3-5 inches across, irregular, more or less distorted, re-

niform or suborbicular, subtomentose, dirty yellow, with obscure

concentric bands of greenish yellow which disappear in age;

edge thin, acute; substance white. Stem 1-12 inch high, 1-1

inch thick, coloured like the pileus, solid, central or lateral. Hy-

menium whitish when young, in age greenish-yellow, strongly

decurrent; pores middle-sized, angular, irregular, in age lacerated,

passing downwards almost to the base of the stem.

This species must be placed near Pol. rufescens, but we can

point out no closely allied species. It resembles in some re-

spects Pol. cristatus. The substance, when dry, tears into fibres,

but is rather tough. It is a very remarkable species.

44. Polyporus (Mesopus) dependens, n.s. Totus cinnamomeus ;

pileo cyathiformi vertice in stipitem gracilem cylindricum elon-

gato striato-sericeo subzonato; poris parvis angulatis. Curt.

no. 3691. On the under side of pine wood lying on the ground,

South Carolina.

Pileus 3 to $ of an inch across, cyathiform or turbinate, with

the vertex elongated into a slender cylindrical stem + of an inch

high and 1 line thick, often attached by an orbicular spongy

disk, tawny cinnamon, as is the whole plant, sericeo-striate,

tomentose, somewhat zoned. Pores small, 45th of an inch

across, angular, edge slightly toothed.

432 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Rev. M. A. Curtis on new

This perhaps would more properly be placed in Resupinati,

but the stem is very distinct, so as to make the species at first

sight resemble some central-stemmed Thelephora, especially when

the pile are proliferous, as is sometimes the case. We know of

no species of which it can be a transformation, and it is well

worthy of notice. The surface of the pileus resembles that of

P. radiatus.

* Polyporus Boucheanus, Fr. Ep. p. 438, var. peponinus. Paileo

orbiculari depresso azono glaberrimo; stipite brevi candido le-

proso; poris amplis angulatis elongatis; dissepimentis rigidis

acie irregulari. Curt. no. 2482. On fallen branches, South

Carolina.

Pileus 1} inch across, orbicular, depressed, perfectly smooth,

shining. Stem short, central, clothed with white leprous meal ;

occasionally lateral, in which case the pileus is somewhat elon-

gated. Pores about 34th of an inch wide, above a line long,

angalar, decurrent ; dissepiments rigid, their edge irregular.

Differs from the normal form of Pol. Boucheanus, as it occurs

in Ohio, in its smooth pileus. Fries speaks of the thin dissepi-

ments, but Klotzsch does not describe them as peculiarly thin:

In the Ohio and Carolina species, though not thick, they are very

rigid when dry.

45. Polyporus (Pleuropus) amygdalinus, Berk. & Rav. MSS.

Pileo flabelliformi carnoso sordide luteo maculato odorato ; stipite

obsoleto; poris parvis sinuosis irregularibus. Rav. no. 1153.

On the sides of rotten oak logs, Newhope, South Carolina, H.

W. Ravenel, Esq.

Subimbricated. Pileus 2-4 inches across, flabelliform, convex,

carnose, dingy yellow with irregular darker patches ; odour strong,

like that of vanilla or almonds. Stem obsolete. Hymenium

white, pores small, ,4,th of an inch across, sinuous, irregular, dis-

sepiments thin, edge toothed.

Resembling some form of P. sguamosus, but at once distin-

guished by its small pores.

46. Polyporus dealbatus, n. s. Pileo suberoso reniformi con-

tracto pallido zonato sericeo-striato farimaceo; contextu albo

demum friabili; margine acuto; stipite definite laterali irregn-

lari flexuoso rugoso hic illic pallide lateritio ; poris minimis pal-

lidis. Curt. no. 1524, 1949; Rav. no. 886. On the ground.

South Carolina.

Pileus about 1 inch across, reniform, convex, faintly zoned in

the centre, more strongly towards the margin, slightly rugose,

of a very pale rufous or brown tinge, sericeo-striate, mealy

as if washed over with a whitewash which gives the whole a

dull appearance; margin acute, in larger specimens much con-

tracted; substance white, powdery when scraped. Stem nearly

———

species of North American Fungi. 433

3 inches high, + inch thick, distinctly lateral, irregular, flexuous,

here and there of a very pale brick-red, mealy like the pileus, in-

erassated at the base. Hymenium, at least when dry, white or

pale rufous; pores extremely minute.

This has the habit of P. auriscalpium, P., but is a totally dif-

ferent species and certainly undescribed. Its very minute pale

pores, its friable substance like that of P. officinalis, and other

points will readily distinguish it. The whitewashed appearance

is not assumed at first. Young individuals are simply sericeo-

striate. It may be stated here that P. xalapensis, Berk., is

P. prolificans, Fr., and P. Caroliniensis, Berk. & Curt., P. bi-

formis, Fr.

47, Polyporus (Pleuropus) mutabilis, n.s.* Pileo coriaceo

rigido flabelliformi zonato luteo-albo, primum subtiliter sericeo

striato tomentoso demum glabrescente crebrizonato deorsum in

stipitem definite lateralem varie longitudinis angustato; poris

minimis albidis. Curt. no. 2256, 2858, 2859, 2943. On decayed

logs, Aug., South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

Pileus yellowish white, coriaceous, tough and rigid, flabelliform

or spathulate, 24 inches broad and long, but varying greatly in

form and size, sometimes much elongated, at first minutel

tomentose and marked with raised silky lines, at length be-

coming smooth, concentrically zoned, the zones often depressed ;

narrowed behind into a stem varying from a few lines to 3 inches,

and about ird of an inch thick; margin very thin, lobed. Hyme-

nium whitish, pores very minute, punctiform, except where they

are lacerated or confluent.

A very curious species nearly allied to P. dealbatus, but dif-

fering in many essential characters. Both occur in Cayenne,

unless the specimens transmitted by Dr. Montagne have been

misinterpreted. It should be remembered that in those cases

where the stem is most elongated, it penetrates into the soft.

* Polyporus cervino-nitens, Schwein.! MSS. Pileo flabelliformi tenui

radiato-rugoso plicatove ligneo-coriaceo sublobato cervino-fulvo zonis cre-

bris obscurioribus sericeo-striato, hymenio contextuque subconcoloribus

dilutioribus, poris minimis. Surimam. Herb. Schweinitz.

Pileus flabelliform, 2 inches high, above 2 inches broad, thin, of a hard

coriaceous substance, slightly lobed, attenuated behind mto an obscure

stem, radiato-rugose or plicate, sericeo-striate, of a bright tawny fawn-colovr

approaching to brick-red, with narrow darker zones, margin very thin.

Substance and the bordered hymenium paler, pores punctiform, very

minute.

_A very beautiful species, confounded in our paper in the Journal of the

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, N.S. vol. ii. p. 278, with P.

modestus, Kze, which is however very near to P. affinis, if the specimen in

Weigelt’s Exsiccata is rightly named.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 30

434, On new species of North American Fungi.

wood, so that only about an inch can properly be called. stém..

Some. specimens approach very near to P. /uteus, but the pores

in ‘that species are still smaller, in addition to other differences;

48, Polyporus (Merisma) Berkeleii, Fr. ‘ Latissimus, pileo

suberoso tenui utrinque applanato longitudinaliter rugoso: [isub-

taliter tomentoso] alutaceo, margine acuto undulato lobato, con-

textu porisque tenellis mollibus inzqualibus pallidioribus.” Fr:

Nov. Symb. p. 40. Curt. no. 547. Upper Carolina.

Yellowish white. Pilei imbricated, nearly a foot long, and

more in breadth, thin in proportion to the length, marked with

irregular zones and numerous radiating ridges and lines, tomen-

tose, but not uniformly; margin thin, acute, lobed and waved.

Substance } an inch or more thick, contracting greatly in dry-

ing. Pores middle-sized or large from confluence, irregular,

angular, sinuated, dissepiments thin.

Nearly allied to P. lobatus. Substance not friable as in P.

sulphureus when dry, to some specimens of which it bears a certain

resemblance, but tough and corky.

49. Polyporus (Merisma) trichrous, n.s. Czespitoso-multiplex,

succoso-caseosus, subtiliter tomentosus hic illic velutinus umbrino-

pallescens zonatim obscurior; contextu corneo ; hymenio can-

dido, poris minutis subzequalibus angulatis, dissepimentis integris

denticulatisque. Curt. no. 2944. P. tricolor, Rav. no, 973. On

old logs, Apr., May, South Carolina, H. W. Ravenel, Esq.

. Pileus many inches broad, stemless, various, mostly dimidiate,

with more or less intricate lobes, undulated, rugose, or nearly

even, umber-brown, at length paler with darker bands, but not

truly zoned, finely tomentose, in parts velvety ; margin inflected

or straight. Substance salmon-coloured, becoming white when

dry, soft but very tough. Hymenium white, very slightly tinged

here and there with yellow. Pores minute, 4th of an inch”

across, moderately long, mostly equal, angular; dissepiments

thin; edge entire or variously toothed. Smell pleasant ; taste

scarcely any.

This species has very much the appearance of P. sulphureus,

differing principally in its umber-brown pileus, salmon-coloured

substance, and white tubes. The substance is tough, and not

friable. It seems just intermediate between P. sulphureus and

P, imbricatus. We have been unable to retain Mr. Ravenel’s

name, as it is preoccupied by Léveillé.

50. Polyporus (Anodermez) Halesiea, n.s. Pileo effuso reflexo

pallido zonato, zonis obscurioribus ; tomento postice subspon-

gioso antice lineatim subfasciculato vestito ; poris mimutis cinereo-

cervinis. Curt. no. 2027, 2028. On branches of Halesia tetra-

ptera, Upper Georgia.

On the transverse processes of Hyperoodon bidens. 435

Pileus effused, broadly reflected, pale fawn-coloured, with one

or'two darker zones, clothed with rather spongy down behind,

butin front radiato-striate ; margin undulated, very thin. Hy-

menium 'fawn-coloured, inclining to cinereous. Pores minute,

angular’; dissepiments thin.

~“°A resupinate form occurs with the margin slightly reflected,

and the pores darker and smaller.

Allied to Pol. crispus, but very distinct.

XLII.—Note on the Transverse Processes of the Two-toothed

__ Dolphin (Hyperoodon bidens). By Prof. Owen, F.R.S. &e.

Two kinds of ‘ transverse processes’ are recognized in vertebrate

skeletons answering to the parts defined by Soemmerring, in the

human cervical vertebre, as the ‘radix prior, seu antica, e cor-

pore, processus transversi,’ and the ‘ radix postica, ex arcu, pro-

cessus transversi’: the so-called ‘processus transversus’ being

now known to consist of a rudimental rib (pleurapophysis) con-

fluent with the process from the body and the process from

the arch. Such processes are more developed and better defined

in. the lower animals, where, instead of being ‘anterior’ and

‘posterior,’ they are ‘inferior’ and ‘superior’ transverse pro-

cesses. I have proposed the single-worded term ‘ parapophysis ’

for the ‘inferior transverse process’ or ‘radix antica, &c., and

‘diapophysis’ for the ‘superior transverse process’ or ‘radix

postica,’ &c.

The transverse processes in fishes are, as John Miiller and

others have shown, ‘ parapophyses’ ; those of Mammalia, where

they occur as a single pair, are ‘ diapophyses.’ The Hyperoodon,

- however, shows a structure which leads to the conclusion that

the transyerse processes of the vertebrz with one pair of such are

‘ parapophyses,’ as in fishes.

_In the first to the sixth pairs of thoracic ribs the head of the

rib articulates with the interspace of the vertebral bodies (cen-

trums) and to contiguous parapophysial tubercles ; the tubercle

of the rib articulates with a diapophysis from the base of the

neural arch: in the seventh dorsal vertebra a well-marked par-

apophysis is developed from the centrum, for articulation with

_ the head of the rib, the tubercle still articulating with the dia-

_ pophysis above. In the eighth dorsal vertebra the diapophysis

abruptly ceases to be developed ; the tubercle of the rib, which

was reduced in the seventh pair, also disappears; and the

~ eighth rib articulates, like the ninth, by the head only to a

_ progressively elongating parapophysis : the long Pisa pro-

436 Prof. J. Buckman on Libellula Brodiei.

cesses from the succeeding lumbar and caudal vertebre are

plainly continuations of the parapophysial series. .

This repetition of a piscine structure, although an exceptional

one in the fish-like mammalia, has appeared to me to be so in-

teresting a fact, as to be worth recording. I am not aware, at

least, that it has been previously noticed.

XLIII. — Remarks on Libellula Brodiei (Buckman), a Fossil

Insect from the Upper Lias of Dumbleton, Gloucestershire. By

Professor Buckman, F.G.S., F.L.S.

As our associate, the Rev. P. B. Brodie, is leaving this district,

I have much pleasure in calling the attention of the Members

of the Cotteswold Club to the interesting discoveries. of fossil

insects from the Lias, which he has principally made within the

limits of our more immediate operations, namely in the county

of Gloucester ; and this I think right. to do now with the more

immediate object of settling a question of nomenclature, and im

order that our ‘Proceedings’ may perpetuate his name as attached

to one of the most beautiful and perfect. specimens he has yet dis-

covered, to whom the following remarks will show that it was

originally dedicated. In order to render this the more clear,

it will be necessary to state that while Mr. Brodie was prosecu-

ting his inquiries in the Lower Lias, in a band of which, termed

by him the ‘Insect Limestone,’ he succeeded in exhuming re-

mains of almost every class of Insecta, I had the pleasure of

finding among others a fine wing of Libellula in a thin band of

limestone in the Upper Lias: this discovery was announced to

the Geological Society in a short paper “ On the occurrence of

Remains of Insects in the Upper Lias of the county of Glou-

cester ;” and in vol. iv. part 1. page 211 of the ‘ Proceedings’ of

the Geological Society will be found the following remarks :—

“The remains of insects comprise one species of Libellula, which,

from the reticulations of the fine wing, seems to belong to the

genus Aishna, and has been named by Mr. Buckman Ashna

Brodiei in honour of Mr. Brodie.”

Between this (June 21, 1843) and the publication of the

2nd edition of the ‘ Outlines of the Geology of the neighbour-

hood of Cheltenham,’ in 1845, I had the pleasure of discovering

another fine wing, and this and the previous one were first

figured in that work, tab. 8. figs. 1 & 2, with the following de-

scription :—

“Fig. 1. Posterior wing of Aishna Brodiet.

“Fig, 2. Anterior wing of ditto.”

showing that I had arrived at the conclusion, that these two

wings should both be referred to the same species.

Prof. J. Buckman on Libellula Brodiei. 437

‘However, later in the same year, Mr. Brodie published his

highly valuable ‘ History of the Insects of the Secondary Rocks,’

in which work (pl. 8. figs. 1 & 2) the same wings are beautifully

figured by Mr. Westwood, with the following explanatory re-

marks :—

“Plate 8. fig. 1. A remarkably fine wing of Libellula.

* Plate 1. fig. 2. An equally fine wing of an Agrion.”

These at p. 101-2 of the same work are named—

“Fig. 1. Libellula Brodiet.

“Fig. 2. Agrion Buckmanni.”

So that here we see that not only were these specimens doubted

as belonging to the same species, but are positively assigned to

distinct genera.

However, in 1848, Mr. Brodie’s labours were rewarded by

finding a most perfect Libellula in the same bed, with the four

wings attached to the nearly perfect body. This unique speci-

men will be found figured in the ‘ Quarterly Journal of the Geo-

logical Society,’ vol. v. pl. 2, and an examination of the fossil

shows that the anterior wing is identical with that referred to

Agrion Buckmanni, and the posterior to that of Libellula Brodiet ;

and at page 35 of the ‘Journal’ for 1848 is the following state-

ment :—“ According to Mr. Westwood, the wing figured in my

work on ‘ Fossil Insects, p. 8. f. 2, is not an Agrion as there sup-

posed, but belongs to the same species as the one above described”

(A&shna Brodiei, Buckman) ; and further, “ Mr. Westwood con-

siders that it will be better to adopt Libellula as the generic title,

while the peculiar veining of the wings will form the ground for

a provisional subgenerie one, which he names Heterophlebia ;

hence I propose provisionally to name it Libellula (Heterophlebia)

dislocata, Brodie*.”

Now it is quite clear that according to proper custom the

specific name should not have been altered, so that, as the two

specimens cited were after all found to resolve themselves as I

supposed into one specific form, however my generic name

might have been changed—for which I can see but little reason—

yet the specific one should have remained intact. This beau-

tiful specimen therefore should be designated as Libellula Bro-

diei (Buckman), as it was originally dedicated to the author of

‘Fossil Insects’ when even a single wing was one of the best

insect specimens that had been obtained, and he is not the less

worthy of having his name preserved for the perfect example.

These remarks are made not only with the hope of correcting

* Brodie in Journal of Geol. Soe. vol. v. p. 35.

A388 Dr. Griffith on Gallionella ferruginea.

what I have deemed an error, but they may be useful as: showing

‘us how cautious we should be in founding genera from frag-

ments; this is a most prolific cause of synonyms, with which no

science is so overloaded as geology.

Cirencester, Sept. 1853.

XLIV.—On Gallionella ferruginea (Ehrenb.).

By J. W. Grirriru, M.D., F.L.S.

In the water of bogs and pools, especially those containing much

iron in solution, there are occasionally found microscopic organ-

isms, myriads of which are aggregated around the living or dead

stems of plants contained in the water, and forming around

them reddish or yellowish brown flakes or filmy masses. The

general appearance of these organisms has been well described

by Ehrenberg in his great work on the Infusoria*, by whom they

were placed in the genus Gallionella, with the specific name fer-

ruginea. Mr. Ralfs places them among the Diatomacez, im the

genus Melosira, with the specific name ochraceat. As the wri-

tings of these authors are in every one’s hands, we shall pass

them over. The latest writer, Kiitzing, gives the following

generic and specific characters :—

“‘ Gleotila, Kiitzing.—Trichomata eramosa viridia mucosa, ex cel-

lulis monogonimicis composita.—(Paludosee, inundatee.) Gl. fer-

ruginea, Kg. Phyc. Germ. p. 191.—G. ochracea, trichomatibus

brevissimis moniliformibus, articulis ovato-globosis. Diam. zoo0” 2

—Gallionella ferruginea, Ehrenb. Infus. t. 10. f. 7.—Melosira mi-

nutula, Brébiss. Falais. p. 42. pl. 5.—In fontibus martialibus (v.v.).

—Cf. Kg. Bacillar. p. 56, Gallionella ferruginea.”

Neither of these observers has detected their true structure ;

nor is this to be wondered at, for the filaments are exceedingly

minute (varying from the 5 to qt; inch in breadth, but gene-

rally from 74m tO say), and it requires no ordinary management

of the microscope to render it distinct. Each filament consists

of two interlacing fibres, forming flattened compound spirals.

The fibres are coloured by peroxide of iron ; but they contain no

silex, or at least not more than a mere trace, such as is natu-

rally invariably associated with the peroxide. Ifthe filaments be

macerated for some time in distilled water, the fibres will sepa-

rate; but they may be clearly distinguished in the compound

filaments with the aid of a good object-glass of high power

(400 to 500 diameters) ; im fact they form an admirable test-

* See Pritchard’s History of Infusorial Animalcules, 1852.

+ Ann. Nat. Hist. (1843) vol. xii. p. 351.

"ql

Bibliographical Notices. 439

= object’ for the general excellence of an object-glass ; also of the

“‘observer’s management of the microscope, for the correction

‘must be accurately adjusted, and the filaments must lie flat wpon

the slide, otherwise the true structure cannot be made out. I

shall detail some further particulars in regard to this beautiful

and interesting object, in my forthcoming work “ On the Micro-

Scope as a means of investigation.”

HALAS.

--1. Didymoheliz ferruginea, magnified 220 diameters.

~ 2. The filaments seen when lying sideways, or the adjustment and cor-

=xection not perfect : 700 diameters.

3. The filaments lying flat (800 diameters), and the uncoiled fibres quite

distinct.

“"- 4, The filaments separated by maceration.

This organism differs in structure from all others known, and

cannot be retained in Kiitzing’s genus Gleotila. We therefore

_- propose the name Didymoheliz, to designate the genus in which

it must be placed.

“9 St. John’s Square.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The Botany of the Eastern Borders, with the popular names and

_ uses of the Plants, and of the customs and beliefs which have been

vassociated with them. By G. Jounston, M.D. &c. 8vo. London,

1853. 1

‘We have allowed too long a time to pass since the publication of this

‘very nice book without directing attention to it. Although it is

called Vol. I. of a work entitled “The Natural History of the Eastern

Borders,” it is complete in itself as a Flora of that district, and is

provided with a separate title-page accordingly. It will be remem-

bered that some years since Dr. Johnston published an account of

the plants of that part of England and Scotland, under the title of

“A Flora of Berwick-upon-Tweed,” and, as he has continued since

that time to add to the amount of his knowledge of the native vege-

tation of his neighbourhood, the present Flora is the result of very

long and extended research.» But the book is far from being merely

a catalogue of plants, for in addition toa full statement of the loca-

440 Bibliographical Notices.

lities inhabited by the species, and the circumstances under which

they inhabit them, the author has introduced innumerable notes con-

cerning the topography, antiquities, history, scenic beauty, and folk-

lore of many of the spots mentioned, and interesting biographical

sketches of persons connected with the district. We know of no

work at all approaching this, in the skill with which a dry botanical

catalogue has been converted into a book of high interest even to the

non-botanical reader.

The volume commences with a general account of the district,

describing its limits, soil, water, climate, coast, mountains and hills,

valleys and their rivers. Then follows the Flora, which is made the

vehicle for conveying most of the information upon folk-lore, &e., to

which we have referred. Then, an interesting tract on “Our Wild-

flowers in their relation to our pastoral life” is introduced ; and the

book concludes with “The Fossil Flora of the Mountain Limestone

formation of the Eastern Borders in connexion with the Natural

History of Coal,” by G. Tate, F.G.S.

There are twelve plates, bearing representations of botanical sub-

jects chiefly, and we are sorry to have to add, that they are several

of them far from being such as we could have desired. The repre-

sentations of the Hieracia do not convey to us much idea of the

plants intended. In some few cases also the language employed is

scarcely so accurate as we expected from a learned and accomplished

person. The tendency to the use of hard words is, however, far less

manifest than it was in some of the author’s former works. We must

be allowed to repeat a wish that has been frequently expressed in

these Annals, that writers upon Natural History would take care not

only not to go out of their way to use the crabbed terms employed

by some German scientific men, but would im all cases endeavour to

convey their meaning in simple language whenever it can be done

without detriment to science.

In looking over this Flora we have marked a few points which seem

to deserve notice. The nomenclature is that employed by Sir J. E.

Smith, but “when they differ, the names used in Mr. Babington’s

Manual and in the British Flora, as edited by Professor Arnott, are

also given.’ We doubt that good judgement is shown therein ; for,

that that nomenclature is often erroneous appears to be proved by the

concurrence of the authors of our two above-named modern Floras in

its disuse in many cases. We do not. blame Dr. Johnston for not

adopting the changes made by either one of the writers of these

books, but do think that when they concur, and especially when

that concurrence is in accordance with the views of the best modern

writers on the Flora of Europe, he should have made his nomen-

clature correspond with theirs.

Ranunculus aquatilis a. ‘‘heterophyllus, with none of the leayes

hair-like.” If so, why call it heterophyllus? For it is certainly

not the plant so named by other botanists, in which the lower leayes

are what Dr. Johnston calls ‘hair-like,’ and the upper ones flat.

The truth is, that he has attempted to include many different plants

under the one name of R. aquatilis, and has therefore rendered it im-

a ee eee

Bibliographical Notices. 441

possible to learn from his book what are really the species that inhabit

the border country.

Rubus. Under this, heading some very interesting and valuable

remarks upon the so-called species of that intricate genus are given.

The following is the list of species found in the district :—

R. idzeus, R. carpinifolius,

R. plicatus, R. leucostachys,

R. nitidus, R. rudis,

R. corylifolius, R. radula,

R. macrophyllus, R. Keehleri,

R. cordifolius, R. ceesius.

R. mucronatus,

These plants are more or less fully described, and the remarks

upon them will doubtless greatly assist the student.

R. corylifolius is stated to be “ apparently different” from that of

Mr. Babington. We think that it accords with the var. purpureus

of that botanist.

R. cordifolius. This is distinguished from R. rhamnifolius, but we

have neither time nor space to enter into a discussion of the correct-

ness of that opinion here.

Ribes rubrum. Dr. Johnston considers that the Gooseberry and

Red Currant are indigenous in England, and refers to the late Dr.

Bromfield’s elaborate remarks on the subject (Phytol. iii. 377) as

conclusively supporting their claims. Our author thinks that many

plants which are looked upon as doubtful natives, owing to their

very local distribution, or their presence now solely in hedgerows or

thickets, are aboriginal inhabitants of our country, having once been

much more plentiful, but become confined to the few wild spots or

artificial localities which they now inhabit by the destruction of the

primeval woods. We agree with him in believing that we may carry

our scepticism much too far in this matter; and that many of our

hedge-plants which have recently been stigmatized as “aliens” are

more truly native than several of those which are universally recog-

nized as such. However wise it may be to be cautious in admitting

the indigenous character of newly-observed plants or of those inha-

biting arable land—and wise it certainly is—we should be especially

cautious not to allow our doubts to carry us too far. We would

direct attention to Dr. Johnston’s remarks on this subject (pages 53,

“84, 139).

Hieracium. A rather full account is given of the species belonging

to this ill-understood genus which occur in the district. It does not

seem to us to be of nearly so much value as the remarks upon the

Rudi, but will require to be carefully studied by those who are en-

deavouring to determine the value of the numerous forms presented

to our notice by the British Hawkweeds.

At the end of the list of Compositee we are favoured with a very

curious discussion of the question, “‘ What is the Scotch Thistle?”

The answer given by Dr. Johnston is that ‘‘the evidence seems

greatly to strengthen our belief that Carduus Marianus was the chosen

emblem of the national pride and character.”

442 Bibliographical Notices.

In-conclusion, we beg leave most cordially to recommend this: book

to all of our readers, assuring them that, even if very slightly, or not

at all acquainted with botany, they will find much to amuse, interest

and instruct them.

The Handbook of British Ferns, comprising scientific and popular

Descriptions with Engravings of all the Indigenous Species and

Varieties, with Instructions for their Cultivation. By T. Moors,

F.L.S. &c. Second edition. London, 1853.

This new edition of Mr. Moore’s nice little Handbook is one-half

larger than its predecessor, and in many other respects much im-

proved. The introductory remarks upon the structure of Ferns have

been very much extended, and a clear statement of the views of

Suminski and others on the obscure subject of their reproduction is

included amongst them. Then follows an account of the geogra-

phical distribution of our native species ; directions for their culture;

and their classification. In the latter no material change is made

from the mode of arrangement that is now most generally adopted,

but an account is given of the recent schemes of Mr. J. Smith of Kew,

and Mr. Newman, and reasons pointed out which militate against

their acceptance. In not adopting®the views of those distinguished

students of, and writers conceruing, Ferns, we think that Mr. Moore

has done wisely. It seems to us that the new arrangement derived

from the mode in which the fronds are developed from the caudex,

and their articulation to it, would lead to the separation of groups far

more natural than those which it would form.

With the chapter headed Classification the introductory part of

this book may be said to conclude ; the remainder of it being occupied

by a detailed account of the several genera and species ; this part of

the work is a very great improvement upon the corresponding part

of the former edition.

The Polypodium alpestre is placed in that genus, as we think cor-

rectly, and we concur with the author in not being as yet convinced

that the Pseudathyrium flewile of Newman is distinct from it. We

believe that our friend Mr. Backhouse does consider that they are

different species, and as he has had the opportunity of studying the

two plants in their native wilds, and his opinion would otherwise have

had considerable weight with us, we think it right to suspend our

judgement on the matter, which will doubtless be fully discussed in

Mr. Newman’s long-delayed new edition of the History of British

Ferns.

A very nice figure of the Gymnogramma leptophylla is added to

this edition. We may hope that now that it has been determined to be

certainly a native of Jersey, it will soon be detected in Cornwall or the

warm southern part of Devonshire. The botanists of those districts

will do well to search carefully for it in spring upon moist banks

haying a southern aspect. .

Mr. Moore has joined the Lastrea spinulosa to the L. eristata,

considering that Mr. Newman’s L. uliginosa connects them. Doubt-

less there is much difficulty in determining the true place of D.

————-

i a

Bibliographical Notices. 443

‘ruliginosa, the fertile fronds of which do certainly very closely resemble

\othose of LZ. spinulosa, but we do not think that there is, at present,

care

sufficient evidence to show that it is really a connecting link between

the latter plant and L. cristata.

From the plants that have been usually combined under the

“name of Athyrium filiz-foemina, the variety convezum of Newman is

separated, and stands as a species under the name of 4. rheticum,

‘Roth. We are inclined to admit this “split,” on account of the

constant dissimilarity of the plants. The A. rheticum can hardly be

‘confounded with any of the forms of the variable 4. filix-feemina.

We are not satisfied that the correct name has been adopted for it,

» because there remain some doubts as to what plant was intended by

_ Linneeus under the name of Polypodium rheticum.

With these remarks we conclude, only adding that we can cordially

recommend Mr. Moore’s book.

Beitriige zur Mycologie. VonG. Fresenius, M.D. Frankfurt A.M.

1850, 1852. Hefte 1, 2. 4to, pp. 38. pl. 4, & pp. 80. pl. 5.

It hasbeen objected against the German botanists of the presentday,

and not without good reason, that they work too frequently in almost

utter ignorance of what is done by French and English botanists as

regards the very subjects on which they are occupied. If this applies

-with any degree of justice to those who are engaged in the study of

»Pheenogamous plants, much more so is the charge applicable to their

«Cryptogamists. Species which are in the hands of every one, and

which have been long since described, are daily brought forward as

“new, and this frequently even where German authors have already

published their observations. One lichenologist, for instance, coolly

states his ignorance of the works of Hedwig and Dillenius, while others

professedly have never consulted the large collections of Corda, and

even in publications like Sturm’s Deutschlands Flora, a work which

bears a high character for general correctness, many species appear

-under new names which have long since been published, while repre-

-sentations of things entirely different are given for common species,

such as Peziza aurantia.

Meanwhile it is most unfortunate as regards Mycology, that the

copious collection of Rabenhorst, though containing many subjects

of first-rate interest, is so little to be trusted in respect of nomen-

clature. Some very gross errors have been pointed out by the editor

himself, who seems to depend very greatly upon others, not only for

specimens, but for names, and we could ourselves furnish a list of

‘some length. We believe that Klotzsch has had little or nothing to

do with the work, since the completion of the second number. '

If however a very glaring instance is wanted in confirmation of our

remarks, we need but refer our readers to the work of Bonorden on

Mycology, which, though containing some good figures amidst a good

deal of trash, is full from one end to the other of the grossest blun-

ders, not. only as regards synonyms and nomenclature, but even in

points of affinity, where the merest tyro might have come to a true

judgement. It is therefore with some pleasure that we are able to

444 Bibliographical Notices.

refer to the work whose title is placed at the head of this notiee, as_

containing matter of a sterling character, and which gives promise of

much that is sound and genuine. With all his faults, Corda has

done a great deal for Mycology, and we should gladly see some one

treading in the same footsteps as regards copiousness of illustration,

for which a land singularly fertile in mycological productions is most

favourable, but avoiding his looseness of synonyms and perplexity as

regards everything like system and affinity. There was perhaps some

little room for dissatisfaction in the first fasciculus of our author, but

if there were just ground for this, we can speak with almost unmixed

praise of the second part, which leaves but little to desire, either in

point of illustration, or correct appreciation of the requisites of such

a publication. As regards the illustrations, we can speak most fa-

vourably of their truth and correctness, while every possible pains

have been taken to identify the new species with those which have

been already published, both in this country and on the continent.

We have noticed but one clear case of double emploi in the second

fasciculus, viz. that of Mywocyclus confluens, Riess, which is cer-

tainly identical with Hendersonia polycystis, Berk. & Br., in Annals

of Nat. Hist. vol. v. p. 374, where the gelatinous envelope is even more

perfectly described than by Fresenius. That this envelope is not of

generic Importance is proved by numberless instances in the sporidia

of Spheria and other genera. We would observe also, that it is im-

possible to establish genera in Spheriace simply by the structure of

the sporidia, otherwise species of undoubtedly close affinity will be

very widely separated. We suspect that a comparison of specimens

would be destructive to one or two more supposed new species, but

without absolute inspection we are unwilling to throw out doubts

which might prove groundless.

In the first fasciculus, if we mistake not, Arthrobotrys oligospora is

nothing more than T'richothecium roseum correctly observed, Septo-

sporium nitens is clearly Macrosporium sarcinula, Berk. Ann. of Nat.

Hist. i. p. 261, and Nemaspora persicina is Cytispora orbicularis,

l.c. p. 207, which more properly belongs to the genus Gleosporium.

Mistakes however are inevitable in so difficult a subject, even with

the best materials and with access to the most perfect libraries, and

there is so much really valuable in the work of Dr. Fresenius that it

can well afford to have a few errors pointed out.

A Monograph of the Subclass Cirripedia, with figures of all the spe-

cies. The Lepadidee or Pedunculated Cirripedes. By CHARLES

Darwin, F.R.S., F.G.S.*

It is not without some shame that we confess, that we, who ought

to be the heralds and indicators of all good work done in Natural

History, should have allowed ourselves to be anticipated in justly ap-

preciating the very high merits of Mr. Darwin’s Monograph by a

body, which we may venture to say, with all respect, is not usually

complained of for the too great rapidity of its operations—the Royal

* Ray Society, 1851 (published end of 1852).

—— Ss a oe

Bibliographical Notices. 445

Society. Exercising what we cannot but think a most wise discretion,

the Council of that learned body has conferred upon Mr. Darwin one

of the Royal Medals for the present year: and in paying due honour

to abilities so various and so solid as those which have enabled their

possessor to produce the most charming book of scientific travels since

Humboldt’s personal narrative, and who now, turning from the beau-

ties of the great works of nature, has employed the same patient, con-

scientious labour, in the same comprehensive and philosophical spirit

with equal success, upon some of the least attractive and most difficult

of her more obscure, though to a right vision, not less wonderful or

beautiful creations, they may, we venture to say, claim their own share

of honour from the public.

Nor, while we are expressing approbation, should the Ray Society

go without its meed. The British public in matters scientific is not

unlike the Indians of the Orinooko, who care not much whether they

dine on dirt or deer ; the great point, say they, is to fill the stomach.

So we have heard grumblings from the members of the ‘ Ray’ that

they do not get books enough or often enough. We would advise

them to utter no more such murmurs, or worse things may befall them.

In nine years their Council has published the three best Monographs

in Europe in their respective departments, viz. that of Prof. Forbes

on the Naked-eyed Medusee, that of Messrs. Alder and Hancock on

the Nudibranchiate Mollusca, and that under notice on the Cirri-

pedia. A fourth most excellent original work has been furnished by

Dr. Baird, and a very good, though in the matter of plates very

defective, treatise by Mr. Leighton. Of the multitudmous reports

and translations we need say nothing.

We may now proceed to indicate the principal points of novel in-

terest in the pages of Mr. Darwin’s admirable work.

In the first place he furnishes us with what is essential to all exact

study of a class of animals, a definite and scientific nomenclature of

the parts of all its members. Passing from this to the Lepadide,

which are the special subject of the present volume, we find a careful

section devoted to their development. Here, the errors of the early

observers, who imagined that the larvee of the Lepadide and Bala-

nide differed, are explained by showing, what Burmeister first dis-

covered, that all these larvae pass through two states, the earlier

having a flat carapace prolonged into lateral horns, the later possess-

ing a cypriform bivalve carapace. Between these two states there

is a transition condition. In the first state the mouth appears tobe

open, in the last it is closed, so that the creature now justly deserves

the title which Mr. Darwin has given it of ‘locomotive pupa.’

The locomotive pupa, besides the long antennze and the eyes, al-

teady known, has what Mr. Darwin considers to be auditory organs

placed at the anterior end of the sternal surface of the carapace.

Within the antenne Mr. Darwin has discovered ducts terminating

close to the suctorial dises, and proceeding from two glands in the

neighbourhood of the stomach. These play a most important part

in the future proceedings of the animal, and give origin to what the

author terms the cement-glands and ducts. When the final meta--

446 . Bibliographical Notices.

morphosis of the larva takes place, a sort of process is developed from’:

the thorax (well compared by Mr. Darwin with that which supports -

theantenne and eyes in Lucifer) bearing the antennze and eyes upon

its extremity, and not, as had been supposed, constituted by the union ®

of the former. It is this process which becomes the peduncle of the»

future Lepas in the following manner. The larva fixes itself by the

suckers of its antenne, and then pours out from its cement-ducts a

quantity of chitinous cement, by which it becomes glued to the surface

of attachment. The compound eyes are exuviated (to be replaced by a

single deep-seated eye in the adult), but the antennze remain, and may

always be discovered even when the animal has attained its full deve-

lopment. At the same time a still more important and remarkable

change goes on in the remainder of that glandular organ to which we

have referred as giving rise to the cement-gland. It sends out rami-

fied processes, part of which remain in the body of the animal and

part occupy the peduncle, in which ova are developed; so that, from

what was apparently one gland we have two formed, the cement-

gland, whose duct opens externally in the antennze, and the ovary,

which never developes a duct at all. Well may the author

say, that this is “perhaps the most curious point in the natural

history of the Cirripedia.” We do not think, however, that it is

quite so anomalous or without analogy in other divisions of the animal

kingdom as Mr. Darwin appears inclined to suppose ; for, putting aside

the egg-pouches of Cyclops and the well-known glands which secrete

an adhesive substance in the female Epizoa, and which are diverticula

of the common genital tract, we may refer to the genitalia and

Wolffian bodies of mammals as presenting very similar relations.

It is worth remark also, that in Argulus, Leydig.(Siebold and

Kdlliker’s Zeitschrift, 1852) describes a cephalothoracic spme with

glands and ducts oceupying a position not altogether dissimilar to

the cement-gland.

The respective import of the organs now recognised as generative

has been the subject of a great diversity of opinion, expressed by

Hunter, Cuvier, Burmeister, Wagner, St. Ange, Mayer, Steenstrup,

Goodsir, Leuckart, and Siebold. The truth appears first to have

been made out by Wagner and St. Ange, and the exact structure of

the testes with their ducts, and of the ovaries, was carefully described

by Leuckart (Zur Morphologie und Anatomie der Geschlechtsor-

gane, 1847), whose account fully agrees in essentials with that of

Mr. Darwin. Like him he was unable to discover any external ovi-

ducal aperture. On the other hand, Wagner and Siebold (Vergleich.

Anat. p. 485) describe as an oviduct a canal extending “from the

lower extremity of the valve of the shell downwards on the cor-

responding side of the foot (peduncle), and opening above by a.

narrow cleft into the mantle cavity,” which is also described by

St. Ange.

Mr. Darwin has carefully sought for, but cannot find, this aper-

ture, and: we may therefore conclude that it does not exist. He be-

lieves, on the other hand, that the ova are detached within the body, °

enter the yascular sinuses, and by them are carried to the inner sur-)

— ee ee eee

Bibliographical Notices. 447

face of the sacor mantle. Here each becomes invested by a sheath™

formed, by the chitinous epidermis of the sac. A new epiderm being

developed on the imner, or under, surface of the sheet of ova, they

are detached, adhering only by a small band,—the ‘ ovigerous

freenum.’ As there is no vagina, Mr. Darwin supposes that the ova

are fecundated as they pass out, but seems inclined to think that

an internal communication between the two sets of organs may also

exist.. Such a mode of exit appears at first sight anomalous enough,

but. is not without sufficient analogy. In the Salpe, for instanve,

the ova, which lie almost free in the blood-sinuses, only attached by

a delicate pedicle, are extruded without any oviduct by passing into a

diverticulum of the wall of the sinus which gradually closes behind

them; and there are Annelids in which exactly the same process

takes place.

We should far exceed our limits if we were to advert to all the

matters of interest in this remarkable book. Those who wish to

learn many anatomical novelties—the nature of the nervous system,

of the olfactory and auditory organs, &c., must turn to the work

itself. We can here only advert to two points, which, like children,

we have reserved as bonnes bouches for the end.

In the first place, we could not have held up our head again in the

critical chair without finding an error; and here it is: ‘ Chitine is

confined to the Articulata;’’ though, as it is only contained in a

note at p. 30, and is by no means of importance to the general purport

of the work, the difficulties of our search may be conceived. Seriously,

however, we notice the mistake because it is one which is very gene-

rally admitted. The fact is, on the contrary, that Chitine exists in

the jaws and sepiostaire of Cephalopods ; in the lingual plate in these

and the Gasteropoda—the jaws of Helix—the shells of Cymbulia,

Aplysia and. Bullea—the byssus of Lamellibranchs—the shell of

Tingula and the skeleton of Gorgonia,—besides being present in a

number of the annuloid forms of the Radiata (Leuckart, Wiegm.

Arch. 1852).

The other matter to which we would refer is Mr. Darwin’s dis-

covery—most important in a physiological point of view—of the

existence, in certain species of Ib/a and Scalpellum—true and com->

plete hermaphrodites, be it remembered—of what he aptly terms:

* Complemental Males.’

Mr. Darwin appears to us to produce an overwhelming body of

evidence in favour of the conclusions at which he arrives, which are;

in a few words, these :—In certain species of these two genera the

generality of the larvee become Barnacles, to all appearance as com-

pletely provided with all the requisites for the continuation of the

species as the other members of the genus, the testes and ovaria

being well-developed. A careful eye, however, might discover pits

on the scutum or folds upon its edge, of a peculiar character. The

factis, these pits and folds are a sort of arm-chairs for the occupation

of a small male, developed from certain other ova, who at an early

period of development takes possession of his seat, and attains no”

further stage. Mouthless and stomachless, ‘wholly supported by ~

448 Zoological Society.

his family,” his sole function appears to be, to develope and ‘excrete

his spermatozoa, and then die out of the way to make room for a

successor in the marital rostrum. ;

In ‘all physiology we know of no case’ parallel with this ; and the

only light upon it at present appears to us to be afforded by the dis-’

covery, also due to Mr. Darwin, that in other species of these genera'a

complete separation of the sexes is to be met with. Are some of the

transitional species between the moncecious and dicecious forms a sort

of hermaphrodite ‘ free-martins’ in the male division, requiring ex-

traneous assistance ? é

But we must conclude, and those of our readers who understand

that scientific zoology is a different matter from more or less effectu-

ally tanning and naming animal exuviee, will, we are sure, join us in

offering to Mr. Darwin—what even a Royal medal attains its only

true value by expressing symbolically—the hearty thanks of all his

fellow-workers.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

July 22, 1851.—John Edward Gray, Esq., F.R.S. &c., Vice-

President, in the Chair.

ON SOME GENERA OF SHELLS, ESTABLISHED IN 1807 BY THE

Late H. F. Linx. By Dr. HeRrRMANNSEN, oF KIEL.

In several programs, hitherto not at all taken notice of by any

Conchologist, the renowned Botanist Link of Berlin, then Professor

of Natural History, Chemistry and Botany at Rostock, in the

course ofthe years 1806 to 1808, has published an account of the

Collections of the Rostock University. These little treatises seem to

be very rare, nor do I remember ever to have found them mentioned,

before my ‘Index Generum Malacozoorum’ recorded them. Yet

they may claim priority in many instances, which I hope will be re-»

deemed by simply noticing their contents. The German titles of

these octavo pamphlets are as follows :—

Beschreibung der Naturalien-Sammlung der Universitat zu Ros-

tock, von Dr. H. F. Link. Rostock. Gedruckt bei Adlers

Erben.

Erste Abtheilung; zum Weihnachtsfest, d. 25 Dec. 1806 ,(p. 1-48).

Zweite Abth.; zum Osterfest, d. 29 Marz 1807 (p. 49-98).

Dritte Abth.; zum Pfingstfest, d. 17 Mai 1807 (p. 99-165).

Vierte Abth.; zum Weihnachtsfest, d. 25 Dec. 1807 (p, 1-30).

Fiinfte Abth.; zum Osterfest, d. 7 April 1808 (p. 1-38).

Sechste Abth.; zum Pfingstfest, d. 5 Juni 1808 (p. 1-38).

Passing over those genera which are either superfluous because

formerly rightly published under other names, or unhappily con-

trived, I will hint at those that may deserve to be attended to.

EEE eatin

—_— Se 2S. a ee

a a a ee

ee ee ee lh ee

Zoological. Society: 449,

sor» Moises... GastERopopa,.. SIPHONOBRANCHEA.

* Lamprprum, Link, 1807, 7. c. iti. p. 112.

_ Spire. little. prominent ; aperture longitudinal, narrow ; inner lip

callous, with raised points ; outer lip marginated ; base truncated ;

shell destitute of varices or spines.

Lambidium oniscus. (Strombus), Linn.

This genus haying been indicated in 1798, by Dr. Bolten, as Mo-

rum, but without definition, the botanical signification of that name

may have induced Link to select another, which, being correctly

founded, must be preferred to Oniscia of Mr. Sowerby ; or at least,

if we should dissect the genus with Dr. Gray, into Oniscia, Sconsia,

and Morum, to the last.

Puativum, Link, 1807, J. c. iii. p. 112.

Spire shorter than the last whorl; aperture longitudinal, wide;

inner lip callous and smooth, or extended into a folded or granulated

lamina; outer lip marginated ; shell often varicose; base strongly

recurved, notched ; inner columella not folded.

A. Lamina of the inner lip folded: Phalium glaucum (Buccinum),

Linn. &c.—B. Lamina of the inner lip granulated : Phalium erinaceum

(Buce.), Linn. &e.

This is Bezoardica, Schum., or Cassidea, Swains.

Cassipga, Link, 1807, J. c. ii. p. 111.

Spire little prominent ; aperture longitudinal, narrow; outer lip

marginated, like the inner one, with many folds ; shell spineless, often

varicose ; base strongly reflected, notched ; inner columella folded.

. Cassidea rufa, tuberosa, cornuta, testiculus, flammea, pennata..

This has been proposed by Mr. Stutchbury as Cyprecassis, but

must at all events retain the name of Cassis, Browne, 1756.

Gaueopga, Link, 1807, J. c. ili. p. 113.

Spire much shorter than the last tumid whorl; inner lip extended

in shape of a smooth lamina; outer one slightly marginated ; base

rather elongated, reflected, not emarginate.

Galeodea echinophora (Buce.), Linn.

Synonyms are Morio, Montf., and Cassidaria, Lamck., both of a

more:recent date.

Tuais, Link, 1807, l. c. ii. p. 114.

[Thais of Bolten Mus. includes some Ricinule and Monoceros of

Lamarck, from which Link has depurated it. ] ’

Spire shorter than the last, ventricose whorl; aperture semicircular;

inner lip plane, obliquely cut off, callous, smooth ; outer lip scarcely

marginated ; shell without varices; base short.

Thais Persica (Buce.), Linn.—patula, Linn. sp.—hemastoma

(Chemn. fig. 964, 965).—fueus, Gmel. sp.—minuta, Link.

This genus, which is synonymous with Microtoma, Swainson, I

‘ should think advisable to be retained at least as a section of the

hitherto confused genus Purpura.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xii. 31

Mancrveita, Link, 1807, /. e. i. p. 115. shu’

Spire much shorter than the last whorl; aperture longitadnal,

rounded ; inner lip smooth and callous, outer one httle or not at alt

marginated ; shell without varices, but provided with spines and am-

brieate seales ; base short, or searcely elongated, twisted outwards,

sightly notched.

Mancinella aevleata (Chemn. 967, 963).—Aystriz, Linn. sp.—

eastanea, Link (Chemn. 956—958).—armigera, Chem. sp- —muta-

bits, Chemn. 951-953.— Bezoar, Chemn. 734, 755.

This genus, combining some Purpure with some Pyrule of La-

marck, comes near to Rapene a, Schum., and perhaps may be adopted.

Vorrma, Link, 1807, /.¢. m1. p.115. (Volema, Bolt. emend.)

Spire much shorter than the last whorl, often distorted ; perio

oblong, rounded ; inner lip smooth and callous, outer lip simple ; shell

without varices ; a oe a a nn ee

elongated, rather turned aside.

The species are to be found in my ‘ Ind. Gen. Malacoz.’ vole i.

- 699.

F This genus unites Busyeum, Bolt. (—Fulgur, Montf. ) with Coa-

dulus, Humphr., Gray- spac

Xancvs, Bolten, 1798, Mus. (edit. 1819, p. 94) ; Link, 1807, Le.

im. p. 116.

Spire shorter than the last whorl; aperture above rounded, wide,

below narrow ; inner lip callous, with three folds ; outer lip simple ;

shell heavy, without varices or spines ; base ed.

Xancus pyrum, Linn.sp- and macalatus, Link (Clicsan. £ 917.918)

This genus, by Humphrey called Rapum, by Fabricius Pyrum, by

Dr. Gray Turbinellus, and by M. Deshages Scoleetts, ese

racterized for the first time, and sufficiently.

Cymatiom, Link, 1807, 7. e. m. p. 119.

Spire rather long ; aperture above rounded ; inner lip callous, with

three folds ; outer one marginated ; a great number of crowded and

sided recess Tas, down. Se shell to. which Shc. er, STR

base little elongated. :

Cymatium polygonum, Se.

This is quite identical with Latirus, Montf., or Polygoaa, Schum.

Vasum, Link, 1807, eter ili. p. 119. ee a emend.) "

lager Sols vray bp Saag! soit Suh aes

rices ; base elongated.

Vasum Ceramicum, Linn. sp., &e-

This is Cynodonta, Schum., Scolymus, Sw.

Twnprexa, Link, 1807, /. e. iii. p. 120. (Tudicla, Bolt. emend-)_

Spire very short, depressed; aperture above semicircular ; mmer

hip callous, with a single fold ; outer one simple ; pls:

canal straight, thin.

Zoological Society: ADT

Tudicla spirillus, Linn. sp.

| Subsequently established as dZaustellum a,Schum., Pyrella, Swains.,

Spiridius, Schlut., Spiridla, Sow. jun.

“Tritonium, Link, 1807, J. ¢. iii, p. 121,

Spire rather long; aperture above rounded ; inner lip callous, ge-

nerally with small folds; outer lip marginated; shell with varices

that are commonly discontinuous ; base rather elongated.

With respect to this genus I may refer to my ‘ Ind. Gen. Malacoz.’

vol, ii. p. 609.

| Disrortrrx, Link, 1807, J. ¢. iii. p. 122.

Spire rather long; whorls distorted; inner lip callous, folded ;

outer lip marginated ; varices indistinct ; base short-tailed.

~ Distortriz anus, Linn. sp., and reticulata (Chemn. f. 405, 406),

~ This name then is to be substituted in the place of Persona, Montf,

Gyrinevum, Link, 1807, /. ¢. iii. p. 123.

Spire nearly equal to the last whorl; aperture rounded ; inner

lip callous, often slightly folded or granulated ; outer lip marginated ;

shell compressed, with two opposite varices; base short or a little

elongated.

_ Gyrineum echinatum (Chemn. f. 1274, 1275), rana (f. 1269, 1270),

bufonium (f.1240, 1241), natator (f.1229, 1230), verrucosum (f£,1233,

1234), caudatum (f. 1045-1047), scrobiculator, = Ranella, Lamck.

_Canrena, Link, 1807, J. ¢. iii. p. 126.

_ Spire short ; aperture longitudinal ; inner lip folded ; outer li in-

teriorly strongly dentated ; shell crowded with spines, but without

distinct varices ; base short.

“Canrena neritoidea (Mart. f. 972, 973, 976-979) = Ricinula,

Lamck. &c.

ADELOBRANCHEA.

») AstRALium, Link, 1807, J. ¢. iii. p. 135.

-Astralium deplanatum (Chemn. f. 1718-1720).—Astralium cal-

car, Gm., sp.

This genus will no doubt be acknowledged, being congruous with

Calear, Montf., Phil. It had been indicated before by G. Humphrey,

under the name of So/, and by Bolten as Astrea. But I think it

should be extended farther, so as to receive Imperator and Her-

oles, Montf., Séellaria, Schmidt, Cyclocantha, Canthorbis, subg.,

and Tubicanthus, Swains., Bolma, Risso, Cookia, Less., and Astra-

lium, Phil.

Umponiv, Link, 1807, /. ¢. iii. p. 136.

Spire much depressed; aperture directed downwards, or to the

side, simple; base showing a convex callus in the place of the um-

bilicus.

~Umbonium vestiarium, Linn. sp., and ewcisum (Chemn. f. 1602).

That Link’s name is to be adopted instead of Globulus, Schum.,

31*

452 Zoological Society.

or, Rotella, Lamck., can hardly be controyerted ; although his second

species, belongs to another tribe,

Pyrura, Bolten, 1798, Mus. (ed. 1819, p. 74); Link, 1807, le e. ili.

p- 139.

Whorls, each of them composed of two pieces; aperture longitu-

dinal, toothed on both sides.

Pythia scarabea, Linn. sp.

This name is preferable to that of Fischer, Polydonta, whieh,

although contemporary, is badly made, and wants correction.

ACEPHALA.

Sunerra, Link, 1807, /. c. iii. p. 148.

Equivalve, in front rather obtuse, closed ; hinge with two cardinal

teeth, lateral ones indistinct ; anterior slope shorter than the furrow-

shaped posterior slope ; ligament external.

Sunetta scripta (Chemn. f. 261-265) = Cuneus, Muhlf. 1811 =

Meroé, Schum. 1817.

Tivewa, Link, 1807, J. ¢. iii. p. 152.

Equivalve, longitudinal, without epiderm, closed; hinge with two

cardinal and one elongated lateral tooth ; anterior and posterior slopes

equally elongated ; ligament external.

Tivela vulgaris (Chemn. f. 362).—T. tripla (Venus), Linn.= Tri-

gona, Muhlf. 1811.

Muscuurum, Link, 1807, J. c. iii. p. 152.

Equivalve, closed ; hinge with two small cardinal teeth, no lateral

ones ; anterior and posterior slope nearly equal.

Musculium lacustre (Tellina), Linn.

The genus established here, fourteen years afterwards was pub-

lished as Pisidium.

TENTACULATA. See ‘Ind. Gen. Malacoz.’ il. 541.

Verpa, Bolten, 1798, Mus. (ed. 1819, p. 49) ; Link, 1807, 2. e. iii.

-..P: 159.

Shell tubular, partly straight, partly winding, at one extremity

open, at the other closed by a convex perforated blade.

Verpa penis (Serpula), Linn.

The oldest denomination of this genus that can be admitted ; Peni-

cillus (Da Costa, p.p.), Brug. , being a term since the times of Ron-

delet consecrated to the nilate class: all the other names, 4¢ quaria,

Arytena, Clepsydra, Aspergillum, are of younger date, and will give

way to Verpa, Bolt., defined by Link.

Descriptions oF Forty-THREE New Species or Cyciosto-

MACEA, FROM THE CoLLECTION or Hucu Cumrne, Esa.

By Dr. L. Preirrer.

1. Cyctosroma Himauayanum, Pfr. C. testd umbilicatd, glo-

boso-turbinatd, soliduld, costis spiralibus obtusis, 10-12, lineisque

Zoological Society. 458

~interjacentibus obsoletis sculptd, sub epidermide decidud, .:. . at-

bidd ; spird turbinatd, superné rufd, acutiusculd ; anfractibus 5,

convexiusculis, ultimo ventroso, circa umbilicum angustum, infun-

dibuliformem vix compresso; aperturd subverticali, circulari ;

peristomate simplice, continuo, breviter adnato, fusco-igneo, sub-

incrassato, breviter expanso, superne subangulato—Operculum?

Diam. maj. 48, min. 39, alt. 35 mill.

| Hab. in Himalaya.

2. CycLosToma EUCHILUM, Pfr. C. testd umbilicatd, turbinato-

subglobosd, soliduld, oblique confertim striatd, lineis impressis

distantioribus obsoleté clathratuld, albidd, violaceo-fusco et fulvo

variegatd, parum nitidd; spird turbinato-elevatd, apice acuti-

usculd ; anfractibus 5}, convexis, ultimo rotundato, ad. suturam

subdepresso, medio albo-fasciato, basi confertim et valide spirait-

ter sulcato; umbilico mediocri, infundibuliformi; aperiurd vir

obliqud, subangulato-circulari, intus purpurascenti-carneo-micante ;

peristomate subcontinuo, albo, marginibus superne dilatatis, callo

subemarginato junctis, dextro et basali latissimis, fornicatim revo-

lutis, sinistro angustato, vie reflero.— Operculum ?

Diam. maj. 43, min. 32, alt. 28 mill.

Hab. Madagascar.

3. CycLosroMA craAssum, Pfr. C. testd umbilicatd, turbinato-

globosd, crassd, striata et minuté malleatd, rubello-fulud, fasciis

et lineis interruptis castaneis ornatd; spird turbinatd, obtusius-

culd ; anfractibus 5, convezis, ultimo superné turgido, infra medium

carind funiformi et fascid latiore nigricante circumdato, basi sub-

planulato, circa umbilicum angustum, infundibuliformem subcom-

presso; aperturd obliqud, subangulato-rotundd, intus rubelld ;

peristomate duplice: interno continuo, externo crasso, expanso,

ad anfractum penultimum breviter interrupto.—Operculum ?

Diam. maj. 27, min. 23, alt. 18 mill.

Hab. Liew Kiew, et var. minor in insula Ibyat (Bashee group).

4. CycLosToMA EXxPANSUM, Pfr. C. testd umbilicatd, turbinato-

subglobosd, solidiusculd, spiraliter confertim striatd, opacd, superne

castaneo et albido variegatd; spird conoided, apice acutiusculd ;

anfractibus 5, convexiusculis, ultimo convexiore, dilatato, peripherid

subcarinato, basi fasciis angustis castaneis ornatd ; umbilico an-

gusto, pervio; aperturd subverticali, fere circulari ; peristomate

subsimplice, continuo, breviter adnato, pallidé aurantiaco, undique

e@qualiter angulatim plano-expanso, margine subrevoluto.— Oper-

culum?

Diam. maj. 30, min. 22, alt. 19 mill.

Hab. 2

5. Cyctostroma unrcoLor, Pfr. C, testé umbilicatd, globoso-

conicd, solidd, longitudinaliter confertissime et regulariter striatd,

spiraliter confertim sulcatd, opacd, fulvido-stramined; spird conicd,

subtruncatd ; anfractibus 6, convexiusculis, ultimo superne et medio

acute carinato: carind tertid, validissimd, circa umbilicum angus-

46 4 Zovlogical Society.

. tum, infundibuliformem, intus profund? spiraliter sulegtum ; aper-

turd parum obliqud, angulato-circulari; peristomate. simplice,

marginibus. callo lunatim exciso junctis, dextro. expansiusculo,

sinistro medio dilatato, patente.—Operculum?

Diam. maj. 20, min. 17, alt. 16 mill.

B. Majus, striis longitudinalibus obsoletioribus, albidum.

Diam. maj. 28, min. 22, alt. 20 mill.

Hab. 2

‘6. CycLostoma PonDEROSUM, Pfr. C. testd late umbilicatd,

conoideo-depressd, crassd, ponderosd, subtiliter et oblique. mal-

leato-rugulosd, olivaceo-fusculd ; spird breviter conoided, obtusd ;

anfractibus 5, parum conveais, celeriter accrescentibus, ultimo lato,

subdepresso, ad peripheriam obtuse funiculato-carinato ; apertura

obliqud, angulato-ovali, intus albd, nitidd ; peristomate crasso,

recto, subcontinuo, supern2 angulato-dilatato, margine columellari

perarcuato.—Operculum membranaceum, pellucidum, fusculum,

arctispirum.

Diam. maj. 36, min. 30, alt. 20 mill.

Hab. Guatemala.

7. Cyctostoma Dysont, Pfr. C. testd umbilicatd, conoideo-

orbiculatd, solidd, pliculis confertis undulatis, subconfluentibus

sculptd, fusco-olivaced, pallidius strigatd et obsolet® fasciatd ;

spird conoided, obtusuld ; anfractibus 44, convexiusculis, celeriter

accrescentibus, ultimo rotundato; umbilico mediocri, conico; aper-

turd feré verticali, angulato-subcirculari, intus cerulescente, ni-

tidd ; peristomate simplice, recto, superne angulato, breviter ad-

nato, margine dextro declivi, columellarit subdilatato-patente.—

Operculum?

Diam. maj. 27, min. 22, alt. 16 mill.

Hab. Honduras (Mr. Dyson).

8. CycLosroma piscutus, Pfr. C. testd umbilicatd, depressd,

discoided, solidiusculd, nitidd; alabastrind ; spird planissimd ; an-

fractibus vir 4, convexiusculis, ad suturam impressam striatis,

ultimo teretiusculo, subdepresso, in umbilico lato distinctius striato,

antice brevissimé soluto ; aperturd subverticali, circulari; peri-

stomate continuo, simplice, recto.—Operculum ?

Diam. maj. 14, min. 11, alt. 5 mill.

Hab. 2

9, CycLosroma pEsciscENs, Pfr. C. testd late umbilicatd, de-

presso-semiglobosd, superne confertim sulculatd, albidd; spird

convexd; anfractibus 43, conveviusculis, ultimo terete, antice

subito deflexo, basi levigato; aperturd fere horizontali, lunato-

rotundatd, intus albd ; peristomate incrassato, marginibus remotis,

callo junctis, basali reflexo, columellari subito arcuatim ascendente.

—Operculum?

Diam. maj, 10, min, 83, alt. 55 mill.

Hab, Socotra.

Zoological Society. 455

“V0. CycLostoma mareanita, Pfr. C. testd perforatd; gleboso-

\eonicd, soliduld, levigatd, nitiduld, rubello-succined ; spird conicd,

apice acutiusculd, sanguined ; anfractibus 5, convexiusculis, ultimo

subrotundato ; aperturd parum obliqud, ovali ; peristomate inter-

rupto, simplice, recto, margine columellari perarcuato, subincras-

sato.—Operculum ?

Diam. maj. 7, min. 6, alt. 6 mill.

Hab. in insula Rapa Oceani pacifici.

11. Cxctesroma (LEPTOPOMA) LATELIMBATUM, Pfr, _C. tesid

perforata, globoso-conicd, tenui, minute spiraliter striatd et, lineis

obtusis elevatis, subequidistantibus cinctd, diaphand, parum nitidd,

albd, maculis et fasciis pallidé fulvis variegatd ; spird turbinatd,

acutiusculd ; anfractibus 5, convexiusculis, ultimo rotunduto, medio

lined. acute elevatd subcarinato; umbilico angusto, vix pervio ;

aperturd obliqud, subcirculari ; peristomate duplice, albo : interno

interrupto, breviter porrecto, marginibus callo tenui junctis, ex-

terno undique e@qualiter dilatato, angulatim patente, supra perfo-

rationem exciso.—-Operculum?

Diam. maj. 17, min. 13, alt. 11 mill.

Hab. in insulis Philippinis.

12... €xcnostoma (LEPTOPOMA) REGULARE, Pfr. C. tesid an-

.,gustissime perforata, conicd, globosd, tenui, lineis approximatis

_.\..Superné equalibus sculptd, interstitiis spiraliter confertim striatd,

<a, Maphand, albidd, maculis fulvidis regulariter tessellatd ; . spird

., turbinatd, apice acutd, pallidé corned, anfractibus 53, convextus-

.. .culis, ultimo convexiore, infra liram periphericam inflato,. obso-

. detius lirato ; aperturd obliqud, lunato-circulari ; peristomate inter-

rupto, tenut, albo, breviter patente, margine columellari basi sub-

angulatim dilatato. Operculum’

Diam. maj. 123, min. 10, alt. 10 mill.

_13. Cyciosroma (Lerropoma) sEricatum, Pfr. C. testd per-

' foratd, globoso- conicd, tenui, pellucidd, sericed, lineis obliquis,

subdistuntibus sculptd, superné lineis 4-3 elevatis, spiralibus

munitd, hyalino-albidd, liris corneis (vel undique violacescenté-

fulod, basi pallidiore); spird turbinatd, acutd, apice nigricante ;

anfractibus 5, superis parum convexis, ultimo inflato, subcarinato,

| infra carinam fascia unicd castaned ornato, basi liris spiralibus non-

; , nullis obsoletioribus sculpto; umbilico angustissimo, non pervio ;

aperturd parum obliqud, subemarginato-circulari; peristomate

. \ -stmplice, interrupto, tenui, horizontaliter Betenty, margine colu-

mellari medio sublingulatim dilatato.— Operculum ?

i Diam. maj. 12, min. yix 10, alt. 9 mill.

Hab. in insula Berneo (Taylor).

14, Cyctosroma PLEUROPHORUM, Pfr. C. testd umbilicatd,

globoso-turbinatd, tenui, longitudinaliter conferte striatd et costulis

jilaribus, prominentioribus sculptd, diaphand, parum nitidd, albido-

Sulvescente ; spird turbinatd, apice acutiusculd, corned ; suturd

costis denticulatd ; anfractibus 5, convexis, ultimo subterete, anticé

456 Zoological Society.

breviter soluto ; umbilico mediocri, profundo, angulo cariniformi

cincto; aperturd subverticali, ovato-subcirculari ; peristomate con-

tinuo, simplice, recto, margine columellari expansiusculo.—Oper-

culum duplex, lamind externd testaced, 5-spiratd, marginibus

~anfractuum liberis, internd pland, cartilagined.

Diam. maj. 11, min. 92, alt. 92 mill.

Hab. Honduras.

15. CycLOSTOMA FASCICULARE, Pfr. C. testd perforatd, acumi-

nato-ovatd, soliduld, confertissimé costulato-striatd, vie sericed,

griseo-corned ; spird conicd, acutiusculd ; suturd costularum fasci-

culis crenatd ; anfractibus 5, convexiusculis, ultimo rotundato, basi

spiraliter sulcato ; aperturd vix obliqud, ovali ; peristomate sim-

plice, recto, acuto.—Operculum terminale, testaceum, planum,

paucispirum, anfractibus oblique striatis.

Long. 12, diam. 8 mill.

Hab. 2

16. CycLosroma GuATEMALENSE, Pfr. C. testd perforatd, ob-

longd, soliduld, subtruncatd, striatuld, olivaceo-fuscd ; spird con-

vexiusculo-turritd ; anfractibus 6, parum convezis, ultimo angus-

tiore, antice descendente, breviter soluto, basi, circa perforationem

apertam, compresso, nec carinato ; aperturd verticali, subcirculari ;

peristomate libero, albo, duplice: interno continuo, vix porrecto,

externo dilatato, horizontaliter expanso, supra perfcrationem

exciso.—Operculum?

Long. 24, diam. 8 mill.

Hab. Vera Paz in Guatemala.

17. CycLosroma canescens, Pfr. C. testd subperforatd, oblongo-

iurritd, truncatuld, solidd, lineis longitudinalibus et spiralibus

elevatis regulariter clathratd, parum nitidd, griseo-albidd ; spird

elongatd ; suturd tuberculis confertis, albis crenatd ; anfractibus

superstomate 7, vix convextusculis, ultimo basi attenuato. circa

perforationem obsoletam distinctius spiraliter sulcato; operturd

verticali, angulato-ovali, intus fusco-carned ; peristomate duplice :

interno vix porrecto, externo undique breviter expanso, superné

angulato, anfractui penultimo breviter adnato.— Operculum ¢

Long. 20, diam. 7 mill.

Hab. ?

18. CycLosToMA VIOLACEUM, Pfr. C. testd subobtecté perforatd,

ovato-turritd, truncatd, soliduld, lineis elevatis spiralibus et con-

fertioribus longitudinalibus oblongo-granulatd, haud scabrd, non

nitente, saturate violaced; spird turritd, truncatd; anfractibus

superstomate 43, convexis, ultimo rotundato ; apertura subverticalt,

ovali ; peristomate simplice, albo, continuo, margine dextro sub-

incrassato, angusté angulatim patente, columellari in laminam

sinuosam, perforalionem occultantem, nec claudentem, dilatato.—

Operculum immersum, testaceum, planum, cinereum, paucispirum.

Long. 20; diam. 11 mill.

Hab. ?

Zoological Society. 457

79) GycLosroma Suurriewortuy, Pfr. C. testd clause umbili-

ocatd, oblongd, truncata, spiraliter confertim plicatd, linets longi-

tudinalibus obsolet? decussatd, sericed, pallidissime fulvidd, fasciis

valde interruptis castaneis ornatd; spird oblongd ; anfractibus

superstomate 3, conveaiusculis, ultimo basi rotundato ; aperturd

verticali, angulato-ovali ; peristomate duplice: interno brevi, ex-

pansiusculo, externo late patente, concentricé striato, radiatim

plicato et castaneo-radiato, ad columellam exciso, lamind alba

fornicatd umbilicum prorsus claudente.—Operculum terminale,

cartilagineum, paucispirum, nucleo basalt.

Long. 22, diam. 113 mill.

Hab. in insula Cuba.

20, CycLosToMA RADULA, Pfr. C.testd perforatd, ovato-oblonga,

truncatd, tenui, lineis elevatis spiralibus et costis acutis longitudi-

nalibus subtiliter asperato-decussatd, pallide corned, fasciis an-

gustis, rufis, interruptis ornatd, non nitente ; spird sursum atte-

nuatd, late truncatd; suturd profundd, subsimplice ; anfractibus

superstomate 4, conveais, ultimo angustiore, rotundato ; aperturd

‘ verticali, circulari; peristomate duplice : interno continuo, vir

porrecto, externo dilatato, horizontaliter patente, concentrice

siriato, ad anfractum penultimum subexciso, margine sinistro fim-

briato-inciso.—Operculum planum, e duabus laminis compositum,

externa subtestaced, anfractibus 33, nucleo subcentrali.

Long. 14, diam. 7 mill.

Hab. Almendares prope Havana.

21. CycLtostroma ovatTum, Pfr. C. testd obtect? perforatd, oblongo-

ovatd, truncatd, tenui, longitudinaliter confertim plicatuld, sericed,

fusco-corned, vel pallidissime corned, maculis rufis sertatim dispo-

sitis ornatd ; spird ovato-conicd, truncatd ; suturd levi, irregula-

riter tuberculato-crenatd ; anfractibus superstomate 5, conveaxius-

- culis, ultimo paulo angustiore, basi obsolete spiraliter_sulcato ;

_..aperturd verticali, rotundato-ovali ; peristomate fusculo, duplice :

interno breviter porrecto, externo undique dilatato, campanulato-

_ éxpanso, radiato-costato, superne angulatim reflero, anfractut

penultimo long? adnato, perforationem claudente, margine sinistro

subauriculato, libero.—Operculum?

Long. 173, diam. 8 mill.

Hab. in insula Cuba.

DISD

“22, Cxcuosroma GrateLourt, Pfr. C. testd perforata, oblongd,

pepiformi, truncatd, tenuiusculd, spiraliter confertim sulcatd et

costis longitudinalibus, confertis, non interruptis sculptd, diaphand,

\ parum nitidd, corneo-albidd, fasciis strigatim interruptis castaneis

dw ornatd ;. spird sursum parum attenuatd, late truncatd; suturd

«devi, crenatd: erenis superne minutis, confertis, in anfractibus

_ .ultimis fasciculatim dilatatis, obtusis ; anfractibus superstomate 4,

on via convexiusculis, ultimo antice breviter soluto, basi rotundato ;

aperturd verticali, ovali ; peristomate duplice: interno breviter

expanso, adnato, externo campanulato-patente, rufo radiato, superne

458 Zoological Society.

cucullatim elevato, tum emarginato et anfractui penultimo adnato.—

Operculum testaceum, planum, anfractibus 3, marginibus lamelloso-

liberis.

Long. 16, diam. 7 mill.

(. T. minor, crenulis suture confertis, acutis.

Zab. Yucatan, var. 3. in India occidentali.

23. CycLostoma uistTrRio, Pfr. C. testd profund? rimatd, ovato-

conicd, solidiusculd, longitudinaliter confertim plicatd, parum ni-

tidd, albidd, strigis lutis obliquis, angulosis, fuscis pictd; spird

elato-conicd, vixw truncatuld; suturd superne minuté denticulatd,

anfractuum inferiorum subsimplice ; anfractibus 44, convezis, ul-

timo rotundato, basi ultra axin subproducto ; aperturd subobliqud,

subcirculari, intus nitidd, fulvidd, nebulosd ; peristomate lateritio,

duplice: interno continuo, late expanso, appresso, externo latiore,

horizontaliter patente, superné sinuato-angulato, ad anfractum

penultimum breviter interrupto.—Operculum ?

Long. 20, diam. 11 mill.

Hab. in insula Jamaica.

24. CycLosroma INTEGRUM, Pfr. C. testd perforatd, turritd,

tenuiusculd, integrd, lineis obsolete elevatis spiralibus et costulis

confertis longitudinalibus (tertid vel quartd qudvis validiore) sub-

decussatd, fulvidd, fasciis interruptis rufis cingulatd ; spird regu-

lariter turritd, apice obtusiusculd ; suturd subconfert? denticulatd;

anfractibus 7, convexis, 2 primis levigatis, ultimo rotundato,

antrorsum breviter soluto, vie descendente, basi rotundato, fasciis

2-3 continuis rufis ornato; aperturd vix obliqud, ovali; peri-

stomate subduplicalo: interno continuo, adnato, externo patente,

superne subangulato-dilatato, tum emarginato, latere columellari

undulato.— Operculum cartilagineum, planum, paucispirum.

Long. 12, diam. 5 mill.

Hab. in India occidentali.

25. CycLosroMa HARPA, Pfr. C. testd breviter rimatd, oblongo-

turritd, tenuiusculd, plicis longitudinalibus chordiformibus sub-

distantibus munitd, cinnamomeo-carned, haud nitente, lineis rufis

strigatim interruptis ornatd; spird turritd, integrd, sursum nigro-

violaced, apice obtusd ; suturd profundd, plicis prominentibus sub-

crenatd ; anfractibus 6, convexis, ultimo rotundato ; aperturd ver-

ticalt, ovali-subcirculari ; peristomate rubello, duplice: interno

expansiusculo, appresso, externo undique vix dilatato-patente,

anfractui penultimo breviter adnato.—Operculum ?

Long. 12, diam. 6 mill.

Hab. Almendares prope Havana.

26. CycLostoma PinGuE, Pfr. C. testd umbilicatd, oblongo-

turritd, truncatd, solidd, liris spiralibus obtusis undulatd, striis

longitudinalibus confertissimis sculptd, oleoso-micante, cinnamo-

meo-fuscd ; suturd profundd, simplice ; anfractibus superstomate

4, convevis, regulariter accrescentibus, ultimo rotundato ; aperturd

subverticali, fere circulari; peristomate albo, duplice: interno

Zoological Society. 459

expansiusculo, adnato, externo continuo, horizontaliter expanso,

aufractui penullimo brevissime adnato, superne angulato.—Oper-

culum?

Long. 123, diam. 6 mill.

Hab. 2

27. CycLostoma PALLIDUM, Pfr. C. testd perforatd, ovato-

turritd, truncatd, tenut, lineis elevatis spiralibus et confertissimis

‘longitudinalibus (hic illic irregularibus, subconfluentibus) minute

decussatd, pallidé corned, lineolis rufis interruptis obsolete pictd ;

suturd profundd, subsimplice ; anfractibus superstomate. 4, con-

veais, ultimo rotundato ; aperturd verticali, ovali-circulari ; peri-

stomate duplice, interno albo, porrecto, expansiusculo, externo

dilatato, horizontaliter patente, concentricé striato, anfractui pen-

ultimo breviter adnato, margine sinistro angustiore.— Operculum

terminale, testaceum, anfractibus 33, oblique striatis, marginibus

subliberis.

Long. 174, diam. 83 mill.

Hab. Almendares prope Havana.

niths CxcLtostoma Cumanenss, Pfr. C. testd perforatd, turrito-

oblongd, truncatd, tenui, longitudinaliter confertim plicatd, sericed,

pellucida, corneo-lutescente, maculis castaneis fasciatim dispositis

ornatd ; suturd plicis excurrentibus confertim subcrenatd; an-

Sfractibus superstomate 5, subconvezis, ultimo basi rotundato, antice

...», breviter soluto, dorso carinato ; aperturd subverticali, ovali, superné

... subangulatd ; peristomate libero, simplice, undique viz expanso.—

Operculum eoelaginenm, planum, paucispirum.

Long. 15, diam. 7} mill.

»929) CycLostoma TuRRITUM, Pfr. C. testd subperforatd, turritd,

truncatuld, lineis elevatis spiralibus et longitudinalibus regulariter

clathratd, albidd, lineolis rufis interruptis cinctd ; suturd subpro-

funda, confertim denticulatd; anfractibus superstomate 6, convexi-

usculis, regulariter accrescentibus, ultimo rotundato; aperturd verti-

cali, ovali, intus fulvidd; peristomate subduplice: interno continuo,

expansiusculo, externo superne angulatim dilatato, margine dextro

via patente, columellari et sinisiro exciso.— Operculum?

Long. 16, diam. 7 mill.

— Honduras (Mr. Dyson).

~80: CycLostoma DIAPHANUM, Pfr. C. testd subperforatd, ob-

\ Mongo-turritd, truncatd, tenuiusculd, lineis elevatis spiralibus con-

fertis, costulisque illas transgredientibus filaribus confertioribus

decussatd, diaphand, unicolore albidd; spird Wongetds suturd

irregulariter crenatd ; anfractibus superstomate 43, convexis, sub-

_equalibus, ultimo anticé soluto, dorso carinato, basi rotundato,

, distinctius spiraliter sulcato ; apertura verticali, angulato-ovali ;

_ peristomate subsimplice, continuo, undique breviter expanso.—

Operculum?

aR 12, Fa, 5 mill,

Hab. —

ase

460 Zoological Society.

CycLOSTOMA LUGUBRE, Pfr. C. testd perforata, turrito-

re) solidd ; truncata, liris obtusis spiralibus, costulis ae sub-

membranaceis illas transgredientibus sculptd, fusculd, ‘violaceo-

Fusco late unifasciatd ; spird parum attenuatd; suturd confertim

et subacute fasciculato-crenatd ; anfractibus superstomate 5, con-

vexiusculis, ultimo antice Bfeviler soluto, subdescendente,. dorso

compresso, basi distinctius spiraliter lirato; aperturd verticali,

oblique ovali; peristomate subsimplice, continuo, margine sinistro

breviter, reliquis pauld latius expansis, subundulatis.—Operculum?

Long. 16, diam. feré 7 mill.

ab. in insula Jamaica.

32. CycLostoma Kusrert, Pfr. C. testd perforatd, ovato-turritd,

truncatd, tenui, sulcis spiralibus et costulis longitudinalibus con-

fertis regulariter granulato-reticulatd, vir nitente, diaphand, fusco-

corned, lineis obsoletis rufis interruptis pictd; spird convexo-

turritd, late truncatd; suturd profundd, simplice; anfractibus

superstomate 4, convexis, ultimo angustiore, rotundato ; aperturd

subverticali, subcirculari; peristomate duplice: interno breviter

expanso, adnato, externo campanulato- expanso, concentrice striato,

antice concavo, rufo-radiato, supern? angulato, ad anfractum pen-

ultimum angustato.—Operculum?

Long. 14, diam. 7 mill. A

Hab. Honduras (Mr. Dyson). ‘

33. CycLosroma TRocHLEA, Pfr. C. testd perforatd, oblongo-

turritd, truncatd, costis filaribus spiralibus et longitudinalibus

subregulariter clathratd, haud nitente, pallideé Susculd, punetis

rufis subseriatis variegatd ; spird elongata, trochleari, late trun-

catd ; suturd profundd, simplice ; anfractibus superstomate.5, per-

Ailaseine aperturd verticali, subcirculari; peristomate, duplice :

interno viv porrecto, externo horizontaliter expanso, superne in

rostrum recurvatum dilatato, ad anfractum penultimum. breviter

interrupto, latére sinistro inciso-crenulato.— Operculum ?

Long. 14, diam. 6 mill.

Hab.

34. CycLosToMA ALTERNANS, Pfr. C. testd mediocriter umbili-

catd, conoideo-depressd, tenuiusculd, acute multiliratd, liris al-

ternis minoribus, haud nitente, subepidermide pallide lutescente

fugace alba ; spird breviter conoideo-elevatd, obtusiusculd ; suturd

subcanaliculatd ; anfractibus 5, convexiusculis, ultimo rotundato ;

apertura parum obliqud, subcirculari ; peristomate simplice, recto,

Susco-limbato, subcontinuo, marginibus ad anfractum penultimum

callo nitido junctis——Operculum membranaceum, planum, cereum,

arctispirum.,

Diam. maj. 20, min. 16, alt. 10 mill.

Hab. Madagascar.

. Cycnostoma rusticum, Pfr. C. testd late umbilicatd, de-

ie essd, subdiscoided, solidd, spiraliter confertim liratd, non nitente,

sordid albidd, pallid fusculo irregulariter variegatd ; spird parum

ols

das

Zoological Society. 461

elevatd, vertice submucronato ; anfractibus 44, conveziusculis, ad

ey : he . . cons

suturam subdepressis, ultimo terete, antic? descendente ; aperturd

pes) . # * . . . . .

__ diagonal, subcirculari, intus carned ; peristomate simplice, breviter

R te expanso, marginibus callo brevi junctis, supero repando.— Oper -

culum?

Long. maj. 172, min. 133, alt. 72 mill.

. Hab. ?

36. CycLosromMa Psttomitum, Pfr. C. testd mediocriter umbili-

mitt

~®

\ eatd, depresso-conoided, soliduld, virenti-luted, vix nitiduld, lineis

spiralibus subtilissimis, piloso-elevatis crebris obscurioribus cinctd ;

spird breviter conoided, obtusd ; suturd subcanaliculatd ; anfrac-

tibus.+4, convexis, ultimo terete, non descendente; aperturd fere

verticalt, subcirculari, intus albidd; peristomate simplice, acuto,

marginibus feré contiguis, callo brevi junctis—Operculum ?

_ Diam, maj. 15, min. 11, alt. 8 mill.

_ ab. Venezuela.

37. CycLostoma ALATUM, Pfr. C. testd laté umbilicatd, conoideo-

““depressd, soliduld, oblique confertim et inequaliter costulatd, vir

“~~ diaphand, albidd, fasciis angustis pallidissime corneis variegaté ;

~ spird brevissime conoided, acutiusculd ; suturd simplice ; anfrac-

tibus 4, modicé convezis, ultimo subterete, antice vix descendente,

lilaceo-nebuloso ; aperturd diagonali, subcirculari, intus lilaceo-

Susculd ; peristomate subduplice, latere dextro et basali connato,

-opneapanso, externo superne alatim dilatato, latere sinistro subreflexo.

oy \\\--Operculum?

- Diam. maj. 16, min. 13, alt. 8 mill.

» dab. S. Yago de Cuba.

‘38. CycLosToMA scALARE, Pfr. C. testd angusté umbilicatd, co-

ay"

noided, soliduld, oblique striatuld, nitiduld, corneo-luted; spird

elatd, scalari, apice acutd ; suturd profundd ; anfractibus 4%, per-

‘conveaxis, ultimo terete, antice subsoluto ; aperturd obliqud, cir-

culari, intus margaritaced ; peristomate simplice, continuo, undique

vie expansiusculo.—Operculum ? ,

Diam. maj. 9, min. 7, alt. 63 mill.

\Haé. in insulis Philippinis.

“i395 CycLtostoma (CycLopHorvus) LUTESCENS, Pfr. C. testd

umbilicatd, depresso-conoided, solidd, obliqué filoso-striatd, sericed,

Susco-lutescente; spird breviter conoided, apice acutiusculd; suturd

~~ profundd, simplice ; anfractibus 44, convewis, rapide accrescentibus,

‘ultimo non descendente; umbilico mediocri, profundo; aperturd vie

‘obliqud, rotundato-ovali ; peristomate simplice, recto, acuto, con-

tinuo, breviter adnato, superne vir angulato.—Operculum mem-

branaceum, pallid corneum, rectispirum, extus profundé concavum.

Diam. maj. 20, min. 15, alt. 12 mill.

Had. in Brasilia.

40. Cyciosroma Gurratum, Pfr. C. testd umbilicatd, depressd,

~~ solidd, glabrd, nitidd, lete castancd, maculis albis subiriangulari-

athe"

462 Linnean Sociely:

bus guttatd; spird vir elevatd, apice fuscd, submucronatd; a@n-

SFractibus 4}, conveviusculis, celeriter crescentibus, ad suturam im~

pressam striatulis ; umbilico latiusculo, pervio; aperturd parum

obliqud, circulari, intus albidd ; peristomate subduplice : interno

viz distinguendo, externo expanso, superne in linguam brevem;

anfractui penultimo adnatam, dilutato.—Operculum ?

Diam. maj. 19, min. 15, alt. 9 mill.

Hab.

41. CycLosroma 1GNESCENS, Pfr. C. testd perforatd, globoso-

conicd, tenui, lineis spiralibus subtilissimis confertim sculptd, dia-

phand, nitidd, ignescente ; spird turbinatd, obtusiusculd ; suturd

profundd ; anfractibus 44, convezis, ultimo basi distinctius sulcato;

aperturd obliqud, subcirculari; peristomate simplice, expanso, mar-

ginibus approzimatis, non junctis.—Operculum ?

Diam. maj. 14. min. 11, alt. 113 mill.

Hab. in Nova Hibernia.

42. CycLostoma FuscuLUM, Pfr. C. testd angustissime umbili-

catd, globoso-conicd, tenui, lineis elevatis spiralibus subconfertis,

lirdque periphericd validiore cariniformi sculptd, via nitiduld,

unicolore fusculd, fascid unicd angustd rufd infra carinam pallidam

ornatd ; spird conicd, obtusiusculd; anfractibus 5, convexis, ultimo

interdum carind, secundo superne notato, basi minute spiraliter

sulcato; aperturd parum obliqud, rotundato-ovali; peristomate

simplice, tenui, undique expansiusculo, marginibus approzximatis,

non junctis.—Operculum testaceum, planum, cinereum, 4-spirum,

_ nucleo subcentrali.

Diam. maj. 114, min. 93, alt. 9 mill.

Hab.

.43. CycLosToMA CASTANEUM, Pfr. C. testd angusté umbilicatd,

globoso-conicd, tenui, oblique striatuld et liris subacutis multis

sculptd, nitidd, saturate castaned ; spird elevato-conicd, apice ob-

tusiusculd ; anfractibus 4}, angulato-convezis, ultimo liris 6 sub-

equalibus, pluribusque rusncrilnia: confertioribus in umbilico mu-

nito ; aperturd parum obliqud, subcirculari ; peristomate simplice,

tenui, undique expansiusculo, marginibus approximatis, non junctis.

—Operculum testaceum, planum, paucispirum, nucleo subcentrali.

Diam. maj. 11, min. 9, alt. 9 mill.

Hab. in msula Madagascar.

LINNAZZAN SOCIETY.

May 3, 1853.—R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Read, a memoir ‘‘ On the Vegetation of Buenos Ayres and the

neighbouring districts.” By Charles James Fox Bunbury, Esq.,

F.R.S., F.L.S., &c.

Mr. Bunbury commences his memoir by an indication of the

sources from which his notes are principally derived, consisting

chiefly of very extensive collections made by the late Mr. Fox ‘(for

Linnean Society: 463

merly British Minister at Buenos Ayres, and afterwards ‘at Rio de

Janeiro), in the neighbourhood of Buenos Ayres; Monte Video, Mal-

donado;.-and. other localities on the northern shore of the Rio‘de la

Plata, and along the lower part of the River Uruguay, aided by a

residence. of about a month at Buenos Ayres in the beginning of

1834, during which he had himself the opportunity of becoming

acquainted with the most prominent features and general aspect of

the vegetation. The principal published works which he has con-

sulted are M. Auguste de St. Hilaire’s ‘Report of his Travels in

Southern Brasil’ (in the ninth volume of the ‘Mémoires du Mu-

séum d'Histoire Naturelle’), and the papers by Sir William Hooker

and Dr. Walker-Arnott ‘On the Plants of Extratropical South

America,” in the ‘ Botanical Miscellany’ and ‘ Journal of Botany ;’

and he also acknowledges his obligations to Sir William Hooker for

very important assistance in naming the specimens contained in

Mr. Fox’s collections.

The region of which he proposes to treat is defined as lying on

both: banks of the Rio de la Plata, and on the lower part of the

courses of the two great rivers by whose junction it is formed; and

consequently comprises those parts of the republics of Buenos Ayres

and the Banda Oriental which lie nearest to the Plata, between the

parallels of 33° and 35° S. lat. The collections were chiefly formed

in the neighbourhood of the coasts and of the rivers. Mr. Fox also

made‘ large collections in the southernmost part of Brasil; on the

vegetation of which Mr. Bunbury proposes occasionally to remark,

as forming a connecting link, botanically as well as geographically,

between the Buenos-Ayrean districts and the tropical parts of the

same continent. Geologically the Rio de la Plata (which as far up

as Buenos Ayres is between twenty and thirty miles wide) forms a

strongly marked boundary, separating two widely extended and very

dissimilar formations. All its northern shore is composed of cry-

stalline rocks (granite and gneiss, and their various modifications ),

which range from thence to the northward uninterruptedly through

many degrees of latitude, constituting the whole coast of Brasil,

even it is said as far as Bahia. On the south of the great river

nothing is seen but tertiary formations of a very late date; first,

the mud and marl of the Pampas, and further south the gravel and

shingle of Patagonia. The line of demarcation between these two

formations is absolute; but notwithstanding this remarkable differ-

ence in the structure of its banks, the Plata does not form a botani-

cal boundary. There are indeed several species of plants which are

confined to one side or the other, and some families (principally

tropical) which do not cross it; yet the leading characteristics of

the vegetation, both as to its general physiognomy and its prevailing

forms, are the same on both sides. ‘The whole country, therefore,

from the frontier of Brasil southward, as far as the Pampas vegeta-

tion extends (or to the border of Patagonia), may be considered as

one botanical province, which, for the sake of convenience, Mr.

Bunbury provisionally calis the Argentine region, from the name of

the great river.

464 Linnean Society.

The botanical characteristics of this region are well-marked ;. its

most striking peculiarity consists in the almost entire absence, of

trees, and the scarcity even of shrubs except along the banks of the

principal rivers. Every one who has come from Rio de Janeiro to

Monte Video and Buenos Ayres has been struck by the contrast

between the gigantic vegetation of Brasil and the bare, treeless,

almost barren character of the shores of the Plata, where the culti-

vated Poplars, and the flower-stalks of the dgave, with here and

there a solitary Ombi tree (Phytolucca dioica), are the only objects

that relieve the nakedness of the country. It is not that the vege-

table covering of the soil is really scanty; but the vast majority of

the plants which compose it are herbaceous, of low growth, and for

the most part not very conspicuous. ‘This treeless character has

been forcibly described, and its possible causes most ably discussed,

by Mr. Darwin in his ‘Journal.’ The immediate banks of the Uru-

guay and Parana, however, and the islands in those rivers, appear

to be wooded, although not with trees of great height or size., As

compared. with Brasil, the vegetation of the Argentine region is

further distinguished (as might be expected) by the diminished num-

bers of tropical families, and also by something of a more European.

physiognomy. The resemblance in this particular appears, however,

to Mr. Bunbury to be not so great as has been represented, beimg in

a great measure due to the abundance of naturalized European

plants; and excluding these, to consist rather in a certain general

similarity of character than in a real botanical analogy. Schou

estimate, that out of 109 genera which belong to Buenos Ayres,

70 appear in Europe, and St. Hilaire’s statement, that of 500 spe-

cies collected by him in the Banda Oriental, only 15 belonged tu

families completely strangers to Europe, are doubtless accurate so

far as they go; but the vegetation of these countries is really more

different from the European than such comparisons would seem to

imply. For, in the first place, many families and genera, which are

strikingly characteristic of the Argentine region, are but scantily

represented in Europe. Such, in particular, are the families of So-

lanee, Verbenaceea, Amaranthacee, and perhaps Malvacee, Of the

genus Solanum, for instance, many more species grow wild within a

short walk of Buenos Ayres than in the whole of Europe. ‘The

genus Verbena, again, so insignificant in Europe, plays a conspicuous

part in the Argentine vegetation by the number of its species, the

profusion in which they grow, and their general brilliancy and

beauty. Secondly, although the genera altogether wanting in

Europe may not form numerically a very large proportion of the

Argentine Flora, yet several of them are very conspicuous, and play

an important part in that Flora by the number of species or of indi-

viduals :. such are Pontederia, Gomphrena, Teleianthera, Jussiea, —

Nicotiana, Petunia, Nierembergia, and others. Thirdly, several

families which most abound in Europe are nearly wanting, or but

very feebly represented (if we exclude naturalized plants) on the

shores of the Plata; such are Crucifere, Caryophyllee, Umbellifere

(excepting Eryngium), Boraginee, Dipsacee, Cichorace@, and Cy-

Linnean Society. 465

‘nare@. In the collections in his possession from Buenos Ayres and

the Banda Oriental, Mr. Bunbury finds 14 families and 102 genera

which are not European. The families are Commelynacee, Pontede-

racee, Bromeliacea, Marantacee, Calyceree, Bignoniacce, Passifloree,

Loasee, Begoniacee, Butineriacee, Malpighiacee, Sapindacee, Tro-

pa@olee and Melastomacee. The genera (adopting Endlicher’s

‘Genera Plantarum’ as the guide) are Paspalum, Stenotaphrum,

Cenchrus, Aristida, Chascolytrum, Pappophorum, Eustachys, Eleusine,

Androtrichum, Commelyna, Hydrocleis, Pontederia, Herreria, Udora,

Sisyrinchium, Cypella, Alstremeria, Tillandsia, Oncidium, Canna,

Spathicarpa, Roubieva, Gomphrena, Teleianthera, Pupalia, Iresine,

Acicarpha, Boopis, Vernonia, Stevia, Baccharis, Pterocaulon, Haplo-

pappus, Flaveria, Porophyllum, Leighia, Verbesina, Achyrocline,

Trizis, Mitracarpum, Cephalanthus, Asclepias, Gomphocarpus, Oxy-

petalum, Arauja, Philibertia, Schistogyne, Lantana, Calonyction, Ni-

cotiana, Nierembergia, Petunia, Jaborosa, Himeranthus, Cestrum,

Buddlea, Scoparia, Herpestes, Dicliptera, Bignonia, Argemone, Passi-

flora, Blumenbachia, Begonia ?, Pavonia, Sida, Abutilon, Buttneria,

Stigmaphyllum, Heteropterys, Paullinia, Croton, Phyllanthus, Schinus,

Chymocarpus, Jussiea, Heimia, Cuphea, Eugenia, Chetogastra, Mi-

mosa, Desmanthus, Inga, Calliandra, Acacia, Parkinsonia, Cassia,

Poinciana ? (perhaps introduced), Crotalaria, Indigofera, Tephrosia,

Daubentonia, Desmodium, Aischynomene, Clitoria, Camptosema, Cana-

valia, Galactia, Vigna; Erythrina ? (perhaps introduced), Rhynchosia,

Macherium. ‘These lists are sufficient to show how materially the

Argentine Flora differs from that of Europe; but, what chiefly con-

tributes to give it at first sight a European character is the great

number and extraordinary prevalence of naturalized European plants,

which have spread so rapidly as to cover the soil to a great extent,

and actually to predominate over the native growth. The fallow

fields about Buenos Ayres are blue with Echium violaceum; the

banks are covered with the common Fennel; the ditch-sides and

waste grounds are overrun with Chenopodium album, Sonchus olera-

ceus and Xanthium spinosum; Trifolium repens and Medicago denti-

culata form much of the herbage near the river-side ; and among

the most common grasses are Lolium perenne, L. multiflorum, Hor-

deum murinum and H. pratense. And these intrusive strangers are

not confined to the cultivated lands or to the neighbourhood of the

city ; the ‘‘thistles’” and “ clover,’ which clothe the Pampas of

Buenos Ayres for leagues and leagues together, are Carduus Ma-

rianus, Cynara Cardunculus and Medicago denticulata, all of Euro-

pean origin. It is, as Mr. Darwin remarks, a parallel case to that

of the horse and ox, which have, within the last three centuries,

spread themselves in such countless numbers over the same

countries. Mr. Bunbury regards this wide diffusion of natu-

ralized plants as adverse to the views of those who consider the

natural distribution of species as determined solely by favourable

local circumstances; the circumstances in the present instance

being evidently highly favourable to the plants in question, which

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xii. 32

466 Linnean Society.

however did not, exist. in these countries until introduced.by. the

indirect agency of man.

~ The social character, so eminently conspicuous in many of the

: naturalized plants, is observable also, though in a less degree, in

several of the indigenous plants of the Pampas of Buenos Ayres, the

most remarkable cases observed being Verbena erinoides, V. chame-

dryfolia, Mitracarpum Sellovianum, and a dwarf Solanum, besides,a

few grasses. This social growth of some particular plants, and the

consequent uniformity of vegetation, has, Mr. Bunbury thinks, been

before noticed as characteristic of extensive plains. Tropical forms

of vegetation occur chiefly on the banks and islands of the principal

rivers. They are principally woody climbers, such as Passiflora

cerulea, Stigmaphyllum littorale, two or three species of Paullinia, a

Cardiospermum and a Bignonia; or Leguminose of a tropical cha-

, acter, species of Mimosa, Inga, Calliandra and Cassia, One solitary

species of Melastomacee (an Arthrostemma) reaches to the north

bank of the Plata, but does not cross it. One Macherium grows in

_ the islands of the Uruguay near its mouth. A few monocotyledo-

nous genera, which have their head-quarters within the tropics, ap-

pear for the last time on the banks of the Plata; such are Canna,

Oncidium and Tillandsia. Palms, it would appear from Mr. Darwin’s

statements, occur here and there as far as 35° S. lat., which seems

to be likewise their southern limit in Chile.

The southern limit of the Argentine vegetation seems to be deter-

mined mainly by soil, the northern by climate alone. Where the

calcareous mud and marl of the Pampas are succeeded by the/arid

gravel or shingle of Patagonia, that is to say about the Rio Colo-

rado, in 40° S. lat., Mr. Darwin notices the change in the vegetable

covering of the soil, accompanying this change in its mineral nature.

The herbaceous vegetation, which clothes the surface of the Pampas

pretty uniformly, is succeeded by low, scraggy, thorny shrubs and

dry meagre grasses, so thinly scattered over the shingly plains of

Patagonia, that their aspect is strikingly barren and miserable.

That this change of soil should be attended with so great a change

in the vegetation, while that (more striking in a geological view)

which takes place when we cross the Plata seems to have very. little

influence on it, is easily accounted for by the different relation of

these soils to moisture. ‘The loose shingly soil of Patagonia is ‘so

singularly dry, as to be fitted only for those plants which can bear

an extraordinary degree of drought; while the clay and marl of the

Pampas, and the decomposing granite of the north side of the Plata,

are both sufficiently favourable to the retention of moisture, and

consequently to the growth of an abundant herbage.

- To the northward the Argentine region appears to melt as it/were

insensibly into that of Southern Brasil. About Porto Alegre, in

S. lat. 30°, and consequently little more than 4° north of Buenos

Ayres, the botany has a thorough Brasilian character, notwith-

standing the absence of great forests. The numerous ferns of Rio

Grande are almost all common to that district and to Rio de Janeiro.

Not a few tropical phenogamous species also extend as far as Porto

Linnean Society. 467

Alegre, while others range still further south to Monte Video. On

the other hand, the comparatively small number of Melastomacee,

‘and the abundance of herbaceous and half-shrubby Verbenee in Rio

‘Grande, indicate the approach to the Argentine region. The con-

siderable difference between the vegetation of Porto Alegre and of

the northern shore of the Plata, Mr. Bunbury conceives to be due to

climate alone; and the fact mentioned by M. Auguste de St. Hilaire,

that the cultivation of mandiocca and sugar extends as far south as

Porto Alegre, and no further, seems to point it out as the southern-

most limit of the seasons of tropical Brasil.

| For a comparison of the Flora of Chile with that of the Argentine

region, Mr. Bunbury regrets that he has not sufficient materials.

Meyen indeed states, that Chile, and the countries on the eastern

side of the Andes in corresponding latitudes, cannot be considered

as separate botanical regions; yet the information which he himself

gives as to the Chilian Flora, seems to show that its general phy-

“siognomy is very different from the Argentine. The accounts of

many travellers show the climate and soil of Chile to be much more

dry ; and the Chilian Flora appears to be as strikingly characterized

by dry shrubs with coriaceous and glossy leaves, as that of the Plata

by the prevalence of herbaceous forms. In the abundance of Myrtles,

indeed, and of shrubby and arborescent Composite, the vegetation of

Chile may be compared rather with that of Southern Brasil. At

the same time the valuable catalogues drawn up by Sir William

~Hooker and Dr. Walker-Arnott show that many remarkable genera,

“and not a few species, are common to both sides of South America.

'“The Argentine Flora has little or no general analogy to that of

the parts of North America lying in corresponding latitudes on the

other side of the Equator. ‘Yet there are some striking, though in-

sulated, points of resemblance. A species of Cephalanthus grows on

the shores of the Plata; schynomene ciliata, Vog., is excessively

like the North American 4, hispida; there is also a Pontederia,

extremely near to P. cordata, if not a mere variety ; and a Sisyrin-

chium, much resembling S. Bermudianum.

The Flora of the shores of the Plata offers an extraordinary dif-

ference from that of the Cape of Good Hope, lying within the same

parallels of latitude, and with nearly the same mean temperature.

The many points of analogy, and the general physiognomical resem-

blance between the vegetation of the Cape and that of New South

Wales, have been repeatedly noticed ; but between the botany of the

Cape and that of La Plata we find scarcely anything but contrasts.

The general physiognomy is different ; in the Cape Flora there is a

great predominance of dry, hard, small-leaved shrubs; and almost

all the characteristic families and genera of the one are wanting or

insignificant in the other. Almost the only points in the Argentine

Flora which strongly remind us of South Africa, are several species

of Ovalis, and some gay-flowered Iridee and Amaryllidee. 'The

Cactee of La Plata are represented at the Cape by succulent Euphor-

bias; and the herbaceous and half-shrubby Malvacee by the Her-

manniacee. The Flora of Buenos Ayres is also much less peculiar

32*

468 Linnean Society.

in, its character than that of the Cape. The Argentine region .is

recognised at once by its Flora as a province of South. America;

while the botany of the Cape has little resemblance to. that.of the

rest of Africa: The number of endemic genera in the Argentine

region is comparatively very inconsiderable, at the Cape remarkably

large; the peculiar genera of the former almost always consist.of.a

single, or of very few species, while several of the peculiar Cape

genera are very rich in species; and the number of species common

to the shores of the Plata and the tropical parts of the same conti-

nent is considerable, while very few indeed are common to the Cape

and tropical Africa... Local circumstances may account for some of

these differences. The Cape, as a botanical region, is almost cut off

from the rest of Africa by the great deserts to the north of the

Orange River ; but no barrier of this sort exists on the eastern side

of South America, where (excepting perhaps the case of Patagonia)

the limits of the range of plants seem to be fixed by climate alone.

Naturalized European plants too have not spread far beyond the

neighbourhood of Cape Town, nor do they appear in any remarkable

quantity, or at all vie with (much less supersede) the original natives

of the soil. This difference does not at all depend on the extent. of

cultivation in the two regions; the climate, from its greater moisture

on the banks of the Plata, may be more favourable to such plants

tban that of the Cape, but the chief cause of the difference is pro-

bably to be found in the soil,

Mr. Brown has indicated a few points of resemblance between

the botany of Australia and that of the temperate parts of South

America, but all of these belong to Chile ; and Mr. Bunbury is not

aware of any plant on the eastern side of the continent, within the

latitudes in question, that can at all remind us of the Australian

Flora. Proteacee, which are sparingly scattered in Fuegia, Chile,

Peru, Guiana and tropical Brasil, appear to be entirely absent.

The author then proceeds to remark upon some of the families

contained in Mr. Fox’s collections, and on the range of particular

species. Under the head of

Filices he contrasts the abundance of species found at Porto

Alegre and the neighbourhood (fifty-four in number, and nearly all

natives of tropical Brasil) with the poverty of Buenos Ayres, only

one fern from the south side of the Plata (a Blechnum ?, which seems

to agree with the description of B/. auriculatum, Cav.) being con-

tained in the collections. This poverty Mr. Bunbury attributes to

the absence of shade and the want of variety of surface, in accordance

with which he notices the absence of Ferns, as observed by. Martens

and Galeotti, from the bare table-land of Mexico, and their great,

scarcity on the open campos of the interior of Brasil.

Graminee.—Mr. Bunbury finds the Poacee (according to the diate

sion established by Mr. Brown) to be rather more numerous. in the

Argentine region than the Panicee; but he does not regard the col-

lection as affording a fair representative of the vegetation as regards

this family. - Besides some European grasses which have become)

naturalized, there are some apparently indigenous species which,

Linnean Society. 469

have avery wide range. Such are Cynodon Dactylon, apparently:a

native'of all the warmer parts of the world in both hemispheres;

Setaria glauca, equally cosmopolite ; Setaria Italica, of which he has

specimens also from Louisiana, and which is stated to be a native of

Europe, India and New Holland; Hleusine Indica, having a vast

Tange in the tropical and subtropical zones; Polypogon Monspeliensis,

which ‘he has himself seen at the Cape of Good Hope: and at Buenos

Ayres, as well as in the South of Europe; Stenotaphrum glabrum,

common to the Cape, Louisiana, tropical Brasil, and the northern

shore of the Plata; and to these may be added the beautiful Eusta-

chys petrea, if the Cape plant be really the same with the South

American.

Ertocaulonee.—The only species in the collection of this family

(so extremely numerous in tropical South America) is Hriocaulon

(Pepalanthus) caulescens, found at Porto Alegre, and also met with

in Minas Geraes and in Guiana.

Alismacee.—A fine species of Sagittaria (probably S. Montevi-

densis; Kunth) is plentiful at Buenos Ayres. It comes very near

S. sagittifolia, though much larger in the leaves and flowers; but

the downy filaments and yellow anthers appear to furnish the most

certain distinctive characters.

Composite.—Schouw has characterized the countries near the Plata

as the “Kingdom of Arborescent Composite,” a title scarcely appli-

cable; these plants, like most others of the region in question, having

for the most part an herbaceous character. As in South America

generally, they appear to be the most numerous family; almost all

belong to the Corymbifere, and Cichoracee and Cynaree hardly occur

except in a naturalized state. Labiatiflore, so characteristic of the

western side of South America and of the Andes, are few and incon-

spicuous; even the genus Mutisia does not extend into La Plata.

The shores of the river are characterized by many herbaceous He-

lianthee ; and the genera Vernonia, Baccharis, and Eupatorium (so

characteristic of tropical Brasil) extend into this region, but no

longer in such amazing numbers. AHelichrysee, so prodigiously

numerous at the Cape, are comparatively scarce, but the universal

genus Senecio abounds. Several of the Composite are tropical spe-

cies, and some (but these evidently naturalized) are common to both

hemispheres.

Asclepiadee@ are as numerous in Rio Grande and in the Argen-

tine region as in South America generally, although by no means

tivalling the Cape of Good Hope. Gomphocarpus fruticosus, gathered

at Monte Video, appears undistinguishable from the Cape plant;

but may have been accidentally introduced. With this exception,

and that of the genus Cynanchum, all the Asclepiadee belong: to:

strictly American forms; of which Oxypetalum predominates.

Umbellifere.—The plants of this family in La Plata and: Rio

Grande chiefly belong to the genus Eryngium, and especially to: the

section with long, narrow, linear or sword-shaped; parallel-veined’

leaves (or phyllodia), which are often fringed with-bristles.or with! —

bristle-like teeth. In Mr. Fox’s collections are‘nine species;-of which:

470 Linnean Society.

five belong to this section. One of these (E. aquaticum ?) is a con=

spicuous ornament of the marsh-ditches near Buenos Ayres; and

another (seemingly Z. Pristis) extends from the tropical regions of

Brasil as far as 30° S.. This part of South America seems to be

destitute of those curious Mulinee, which are so characteristic of

Fuegia, the Chilian Andes and the Falkland Islands ; but several

European Umbellifere have become naturalized, and among ‘them

the common Fennel, which covers the banks of earth between the

cultivated fields in immense profusion, and forms a distinctive feature

in the scenery. Mr. Darwin observed the range of the Fennel in

the south to be limited by the Rio Salado, rather less than 100

miles south of Buenos Ayres.

Malpighiacee.—Only two species are found on the south side of

the Plata, viz. Stigmaphyllum littorale and Heteropterys glabra. In

Rio Grande, Mr. Fox collected nine Malpighiacee, of which one is

a Galphimia, and the rest belong to Banisteria, Stigmaphyllum and

Heteropterys.

Tropeolee.—The only plant of this family (the head-quarters of

which are evidently on the western side of the continent) found on

the eastern side of temperate South America is Tropeolum penta-

phyllum, abundant in the hedges about Buenos Ayres.

Gnotheree, Endl.—Some species of Jussiea are plentiful on the

marshy shores of the Plata, and Mr. Bunbury possesses three species

of Ginothera from Buenos Ayres; but Hpilobium and Fuchsia are

wanting in the Argentine region. , 4

Melasiomacee.—One species only, as before mentioned, extends as

far south as the Plata, but does not cross the river; and Mr. Bun-

bury is aware of only nine species from the southern extremity of

Brasil.

. Leguminose by no means form so important a part of the vegeta-

tion of the Argentine region as in tropical Brazil, the South of

Europe, or Australia. ‘Those of the region in question belong, with

few exceptions, to genera widely diffused, such as Crotularia, Lupi-

nus, Tephrosia, Indigofera, Desmodium, Aischynomene, Lathyrus, Cli-

toria, Cassia, Mimosa, Inga, and Acacia. ‘The observation already

made as to the small number of peculiar forms in the Argentine

Flora when compared with that of the Cape, and with corresponding

latitudes in Australia, is particularly exemplified in this important

family. It will be observed also, that all the genera above enume-

rated (except two, or perhaps three) have their head-quarters within

the tropics, and only straggle, as it were, into cooler latitudes ; and

one is almost tempted to say, that the vegetation of this region is a

mere modification, a reduced or dwindled form of the Brasilian, in-

stead of a separate and strongly marked Flora, like that of the Cape.

At the Cape Lotee predominate remarkably; in the region of the

Plata Hedysaree and Phaseolee are at least equally numerous. Cesal-

pinee and Mimosee are more numerous on the banks of the Plata than

in the same latitudes in South Africa, where south of the Orange River

Dr. Burchell knows of only two species of Acacia, although these are

so abundant (one of them in particular) as to give a distinctive cha-

Linnean Society. azh

racterto the scenery.» Mr. Fox’s collections from Buenos Ayres and

Uruguay include: five ‘species of Mimosa, one of Desmanthus,:two'of

Calliandra, and five of Acacia ; yet none of these are’so abundant as

to form characteristic features of the country. ‘There are several spe-

cies of Cassia:natives of Buenos Ayres; but the magnificent: Poin-

cianaGilkesii, although well established: on the banks of the Plata; is

said not to be indigenous. Daubentonia punicea: was found ‘by Mr.

Fox to grow wild sparingly on the bank of the Plata below: Buenos

Ayres, and in great abundance and beauty onthe banks of the Uru:

guay near its mouth; and Mr. Bunbury thinks it quite possible that

Cavanilles, who only saw it in a Botanic Garden, may have been

misinformed as to its native country, which he states to be“ New

Spain,” although it is also possible that it may be common to: both.

Several European species are naturalized at Buenos Ayres; ‘suchas

Medicago sativa, M. denticulata, Trifolium repens, and Melilotus par-

viflora. Indigofera Anil, apparently general throughout the hotter

parts of America, was observed by Mr. Fox to be common all through

South Brasil-and the Banda Oriental, but not to occur south‘of the

Rio de la Plata... ischynomene ciliata ranges at least fromGuiana

to\ Buenos Ayres, and, as Mr. Bentham observes, is scarcely: distin-

guishable from the North American 4. hispida, which is found:as far

north as Philadelphia ; and another Aschynomene from Buenos Ayres

seems toagree with . conferta from British Guiana.

June 7.—Thomas Bell, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Mr. Yarrell, V.P.L.S., exhibited a specimen of the Dusky Petrel

(Puffinus obscurus of modern authors). This bird, new to the

British Islands, flew on board a small sloop, off the Island of Va-

lentia, on the south coast of Ireland, on the evening of the 11th of

‘May last. The species having been frequently confounded with the

Manx Petrel (Puffinus Anglorum), from their close resemblance in

plumage, a specimen of the Manx Petrel, together with the eggs of

—— was also exhibited for comparison.

».Mr.Hogg, F.L.S., exhibited specimens of an umbellate variety of

the common Primrose (Primula vulgaris, var. (3. of Smith’s * English

Flora’), gathered in Thorp Wood, near Stockton-upon-Tees, on the

12th of May in the present year.

‘Read some Notes “On the Artificial Breeding of Sdimeu! and

Trout, with Remarks on the Modes of Fecundating their et ” By

John Hogg, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S. &c.

After referring to his notice of the artificial breeding of Soli

as practised by Mr. Isaac Fisher, read before the Society on the 4th

of May last, and of which an abstract is given in the ‘ Proceedings,’

p: 178, Mr. Hogg gave an account of some further experiments by

the same gentleman in the River Swale, made with considerable

success, during the past winter and spring. A letter on this subject

from Mr. Fisher appeared in’ the York Herald, dated May’ 3rd;

1853, from which we learn that ova, placed by him on the 25th ‘of

December last: in a wooden box with gravel at the bottom) and

472 Linnean Society.

through which the stream was continuously flowing, had: nearly all

produced young salmon by about the middle of April. \Some:expe-

riments made about the same time by the late Earl of Tyrconnell

failed of success from want of attention to the Jocale. Attempts

were also made by Henry Coxe, Esq., of Scruton Hall, and Major

Wade of Hanxwell Hall, to breed artificially from Trout, in which

the latter gentleman had succeeded. After pressing the subject on

the attention of all who may have the opportunity of making expe-

riments, Mr. Fisher concludes his letter by a caution against what

he considers an incorrect statement, taken from the Perth Courier,

in which it is said that Dr. Robertson of Dunkeld, ‘‘ conceiving

that the ova of the female were impregnated previous to their

development, within the body of the fish,’ had taken “a number

of live female trout from the spawning-bed, and having extracted

the roe, deposited them in a perforated zine box, containing also

some gravel,’ which was “ upon the 14th of October Jast placed in _

a running stream, and on examining the box [in April}, several of

the ova were found to be hatched.” On this latter experiment Mr.

Hogg observed, that the result could only be accounted for by one

of the two following methods. Either the ova of the female trout

had in some way received the influence of the fecundating principle

of the male trout, previous to Dr. Robertson’s depositing them in-his

perforated zinc box; or, the perforated zinc box, which contained

the ova as expressed from the females, was placed in the running

stream within the fecundating influence of the males. ‘The former

solution he founds on the mode of spawning described by Mr. Ellis

in his ‘ Natural History of the Salmon,’ from which it would appear

that the male and female fishes having jointly made a furrow in the

gravel, place themselves one on each side of it, and throwing them-

selves on their sides “‘again come together, and rubbing against.

each other, both shed their spawn into the furrow at the same time.

This process is not completed at once; it requires from eight to

twelve days for them to lay all their spawn.” Mr. Hogg argues

from this description, that it is possible that the female trout from

which Dr. Robertson took the ova might have gone through this

process with the male, and might have thus received the fecundating

influence, just before she was caught ; but on this solution he does

not rely. He thinks it more probable that in the running stream in

which the perforated zinc box was placed, there were some male

trouts which had deposited their milt near the box, and that some

of the milt might have been carried with the stream through the

holes of the box, and have so fecundated the ova within it. In con-

clusion, he suggested, that as doubts still exist as to the processes

which the male and female salmon and trouts naturally adopt at the

spawning season, experiments on the subject might readily be un-

dertaken, by confining them, at the proper seasons, in large glass

cases or tanks, covered over with a coarse wire gauze, such as those

which have recently been constructed in the Water-vivary: of the

Zoological Gardens, as a name for which he suggests the word

Hydrozogrium, compounded of téwp, aqua, and Gwypeioy, vivarium.

Linnean Society. 473

A-stream of fresh water, regulated by pipes, could easily be supplied

imall-districts where the Salmon-tribe abounds. ;

Read: also ‘‘ Notes on the Dipterous parasites which attack the

common Earwig) and the Emperor Moth.” By George Newport,

Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. &c.

' After remarking that it is well known to naturalists that many

Dipterous: insects of the family Tachinarie infest the Lepidoptera,

Hymenoptera and Coleoptera, Mr. Newport stated that he has recently

found one of the Dermaptera, also the common Earwig, to be subject

to'the attacks of a species of the same family. He has obtained this

parasite, both in its larva and pupa state, from earwigs collected inthe

autumn in the neighbourhood of London. The earwig is attacked

during its larva, or in the earlier period of its pupa state, when the

covering of its body is soft and easily perforated. The fly then attaches

a single egg to some part of its surface, and the young parasite hatched

from this penetrates into the abdomen of its victim, and there con-

tinues to feed until it is full-grown; which is not until some days,

and sometimes even weeks, after the earwig has assumed the imaga

state. The larva then escapes by forcing itself between the segments

of the earwig’s body, and the victim, already rendered sterile, soon

dies.) The larva. at first moves about very quickly, but soon becomes

quiet and changes to the pupa condition, usually within a couple

of hours. When this state is assumed during the summer, or in

the early part of the autumn, the fly is produced in about a fortnight

or three weeks, according to the temperature of the season; but

when the earwig’s body is not left until late in the autumn the pupa

remains through the winter in the earth, and the fly makes its

appearance in the spring; and this also is the case when the larva

remains in the earwig’s body during winter, and assumes its pupa

condition in the spring or early part of summer.

The body of the /arva is about three-tenths of an inch in length,

is soft, white, and tapers anteriorly to a very small but distinct head;

which is furnished with a pair of retractile hooks. The body. is

formed of twelve distinct segments, including the head, and

posteriorly has two projecting, corneous, black, tubular breathing

organs. The pupa is oval, smooth, and of a dark brown colour, and

retains the breathing organs of the larva projecting obliquely out-

_ wards on either side, at its posterior extremity. The zmago fly ap-

pears to be referable to the genus Metopia of Meigen, and the author

proposes to designate it Metopia Forficule, and to distinguish it as

follows :— d

‘ Genus Mrropza, Meig.

Meroria Forricuna, cinerea, oculis testaceis, antennis nigris, corpore

» »pedibusque pilis longis nigris vestitis ; thoracis pilis lineas 6 longitudi-

_ males efformantibus, scutello alarum basi femoribusque ferrugineis.

Muscd domesticé aliquanté minor ; Forficulas prope Londinum infestat.

The: author also exhibited specimens of another parasite of the,

same’ family; Hvorista larvarum, which he had_ bred, from, pupee. of,

the: Emperor Moth, Saturnia Pavonia minor...,'This, species.is con,

AT 4: Linnean Society.

stantly seen in the early part of summer, in the hot sunshine, on

hawthorn hedges, when the larvee of Pavonia are feeding. It appears

to be the common parasite of the Emperor Moth, in one cocoon of

which were the dead pupa of the moth, together with ten living

pupz of the fly. In other cocoons there were nine, seven, six, for

three, and two respectively, and in one instance only a single parasite.

The pupa of the moth, in each instance, had been perforated by the

parasites, which thus appear to effect their escape into the cucoon,

in the larva state, and then into pupee ; as is the case with the Hyme-

nopterous larva of Ophion luteum which infests the puss moth. ‘The

pupa of this parasite on Pavonia differs from that of the Earwig in

its surface retaining distinct roughened annular indications of the

twelve segments of the body of the larva, and also in the breathing

organs being marked by three slight protuberances on each side, at

the posterior extremity, above the anus.

The author also described and exhibited two remarkable cocoons

of the Emperor Moth. One of these had two perfect outlets, but

in other respects was a single cocoon, and had contained only one

pupa from which the moth had been developed. ‘The other was a

large flattened cocoon, which, examined externally, appeared but as

a single structure, but when opened was found to have been the

joint production of two larve. It was divided internally, by a septum,

into two chambers, to which, however, this double cocoon had but

one outlet. One of the larve had died before changing to a pupa.

The other had changed and had afterwards produced the moth, but

which had been unable to liberate itself from the cocoon, owing to

the obstacle opposed to its egress by the septum. It had become

impacted, and had died in the cocoon in its attempts to eseupe through

the outlet.

June 21.—Thomas Bell, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Read a “‘ Sketch of the Vegetation around Wellington, New Zea~

land.” By T. S. Ralph, Esq., A.L.S.

‘This sketch was prepared by Mr. Ralph, during his voyage above

alluded to from Wellington to Port Phillip, from his notes made upon

the spot. He describes the town of Wellington as situated at the

southern extremity of a large port, of about 9 miles in length and

varying in breadth from 4 to 6 miles, surrounded by hills which are

in many places covered to their summit with trees and shrubs.

These hills, being composed almost entirely of a claystone rock,

present a marked feature of roundness and abruptness without sharp-

ness, and precipitous declivities full of channels and gulhes from

top to bottom. Wellington itself is built on two flats, with an in-

tervening beach-line of houses to connect them, so that the town

possesses but a small space of level land, which some ten years since

is said to have been covered with dense bush, in which the settlers

had no difficulty in losing themselves. But all the hills in the vicinity

of the shore have had their timber felled, and the ground has since —

become covered with an undergrowth, chiefly composed of Lepto-

Linnean Society. 475)

spermum: scoparium and L. ericoides (together known by the name of

Manuka), Friesia racemosa (Aristotelia serrata of Dr. J. Hooker’s

Fl, Noy. Zel.), Myoporum letum, and in some places Myrtus bullata.

A few of.the deep gullies at the back of the first ridge are uncleared,

and.contain besides some Arborescent Ferns; but the hills in the

rear of the town retain, especially on their upper parts, their older

clothing of bush, consisting chiefly of some trees, such as Fuchsia

excorticata; Knightia excelsa, Eleocarpus Hinau, two or three species

of Coprosma, Geniostoma ligustrifolium, Drimys axillaris, Pittosporum

tenuifolium, Brachyglottis repanda, and a few specimens of Br. rotun-

difolia. These are, in the denser parts of the bush, accompanied by

Piper excelsum, Ripogonum parviflorum (or Supple-Jack), climbing

species of Metrosideros, and Dicksonia squarrosa and. Cyathea dealbata,

which are the commonest species of Tree-ferns. Cyathea me-

dullaris Mr. Ralph found but once in this locality; and of C. deal-

bata he mentions having found a single specimen with a trifurcate

stem, about 12 or 14 feet in height, and each of its divisions rising

close to each other to a height of 4 feet. Smaller ferns, such as

Hymenophyllum demissum and H. dilatatum, accompany these; Tri-

chomanes reniforme is occasionally met with in extensive patches ;

and Polypodium Billardieri is by far the commonest of climbing ferns.

During the winter season (generally from May to September) the

gullies, being furnished with a steady supply of water, produce

numerous Cryptogamic plants, which Mr. Ralph states that he has

closely observed, but of which he can at present give only a brief

notice, Of most of these he expects to be able to obtain the fructi-

fication, by subjecting them to a period of confinement in Ward’s

cases, in which with a less moist, but more regularly charged atmo-

sphere, they seem well disposed to fruit. He has thus succeeded in

fruiting Jungermannia hymenophylloides ; and suggests this mode of

cultivation to those who are desirous of obtaining fruiting specimens

of Mosses, Jungermanniea, &c. Of Fungi Mr. Ralph has collected

about thirty species, while the list given in M. Raoul’s work includes

only eleven or twelve. He particularly notices [leodictyon cibarium,

which makes its appearance in June and July soon after heavy falls

of rain, and a brick-red Polyporus (P. sanguineus of the ‘ Voyage au

Pole Sud’ #) as abundant in some places. He is inclined to think

that in many instances mere varieties have been described as species.

‘Thus he thinks that the two so-called new species of Parsonsia

described in M. Raoul’s ‘ Choix des Plantes’ are only varieties of

P. heterophylla; he has been unable to distinguish the two supposed

species of Drimys ; and in other instances he believes the differences

to depend mainly upon the climate, temperate enough in sheltered

situations, but severe in places exposed to the cold south-easterly

gales either of winter or summer. Among the microscopic Fungi,

Mr. Ralph particularly mentions a species of Trichia ; the common

cidium Senecionis which accompanies the Senecio vulgaris, and ap-

pears to him to extend to a species of Epilobium ; and Perisporium

vulgare? attacking Aristotelian winter. Of Aristotelia he observes

that although it is said to be exstipulate, he has met with several spe~

476 Miscellaneous.

cimens in which the stipule were largely developed. Of introduced

plants, the common water-cress grows by cart-loads in and about the

streams for several miles round Wellington; and Mimulus luteus is also

spreading itself along the streams and over the swampy places behind

the town. He adds that he is very desirous of introducing some of

the British plants which would probably thrive, such as Siellaria

Holostea and Antirrhinum Cymbalaria ; and states that he brought out

with him from England Vallisneria spiralis, of which he has speci-

mens intended for the Botanic Garden at Melbourne, from whence

it may perhaps make its way to Sydney and Hobart Town. | Mr,

Ralph concludes his sketch. by mentioning a species of Nitella (N.

translucens?) found in a rapid stream about five-and-twenty miles

from Wellington.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Mode of Reproduction and Development in various groups of

Zoophytes and Mollusca. By M. GrGensaur.

Acalephe.

1. In a new speeies of Lizzia, the development of the ova takes

place in the following manner :—After exclusion from the ovary,

which is rent at its external portion, the mature eggs become fur-

rowed; a ciliated oval embryo is then formed, which is soon con-

verted into a polypiform larva. This larva, after fixation, acquires a

transparent corneous envelope, and throws out from a little below its

extremity, four arms disposed in the form of a cross, whilst the mouth

makes its appearance at the apex. The embryo of the Medusa has

thus become a Polype, which resembles the genus Stauridium of

Dujardin.

2. In a discophorous Medusa, the author saw gemmules arising in

great quantity from the inner surface of the stomach ; these gemmules

at first presented the appearance of flat tubercles, which; becoming

detached from their parent, gradually acquired the form of a bell. On

the lower surface of this bell, near its circumference, four protube-

rances made their appearance; in its centre a small opening; the

mouth was formed; the protuberances, which are marginal tentacles,

soon increased in number, whilst the embryo continued growing. At

last these gemmules, the whole development of which took place within

the stomach of the mother, produced Medusz, which did not differ

from their parent in any respect.

3. The author considers that in a considerable number of genera,

such as Charybdea, Pelagia, Ephyropsis (new genus), and Rhizo-

stoma, the marginal organs are composed of an auditory apparatus

and an organ of vision, The latter, which have hitherto only been

seen by M. Kolliker in an Oceania, are placed close to the auditory

vesicles, and attached to a prolongation of the stomachal sacs; they

consist of a hemispheric mass of pigment-cells, in which a spherical

Miscellaneous. 477

lens, is-half-buried;. the free portion of this lens is perfectly naked

oud bathed by the sea water.

Stphonophora.

1. The genus Pudoxia lately studied by M. Busch is distinguished

by the possession of two organs serving for generation ; one of these

is the natatory bell of the animal which contains either an ovary or a

testicle at its bottom. The other, which is smaller, and fixed at the base

of this bell, has a certain resemblance with the medusiform gemmules

of polypes, which has led M. Busch to the opinion that the Ludorie

produced Medusz. This opinion does not agree with the author’s

observations ; he has seen very distinctly that the organ in question

is only a natatory bell containing the organs of generation and serving

to replace the other after it has detached itself.

2. With regard to dbyla pentagona the author has made a dis-

covery which will serve to elucidate the history of the Siphonophora

with a single sucker. A small siphonophorous Medusa) of the

Eudowia type, which occurs very frequently in the port of Messina,

and which possesses all the organs of the Eudowie, including those

of generation, was found to be ‘nothing but a detached portion of an

Abyla. That is to say, the fully developed Abyle consist of a great

number of Eudoxiiform animals, which become detached and lead an

independent existence. Each of these animals possesses a trunk or

sucker (polype according to M. Vogt) with a tentacle, a natatory bell,

containing the organs of generation, and a protective portion resem-

bling a cube. This latter portion has not hitherto been observed,

which accounts for the relation between the Adyle and Eudoxie

a escaped the notice of MM. Quoy and Gaimard, and M. Kél-

liker

3. With respect to the Velelle, the author believes he has ob-

served a Medusa which is an ulterior development of the gemmules

of these animals, which are attached to the smaller suckers. The

youngest of these Medusz resembled the detached gemmules de-

scribed by Huxley, whilst the larger ones possessed a stomach and.

well-developed organs of generation, but no marginal corpuscles, and

only one tentacular cirrus.

4. During last winter, the author attempted the artificial fecun-

dation of the Siphonophora. He succeeded completely with the ge-

nera Diphyes, Physophora, Agalmopsis, Hippopodius, and Forskahla.

The development of the egg commenced with a complete wrinkling

of the yolk ; an embryo resembling a ciliated Infusory 1s then formed.

Its further development was only observed in the genus Diphyes ; the

first portion of the Diphyes which makes its appearance is the upper

part of the body and the natatory bell. M.Gegenbaur found a great

number of young Physophoride very similar to those described by

M. Kolliker.

Pteropoda and Heteropoda.

1. The author has observed the embryos of nearly all the genera.

inhabiting the Mediterranean, viz. Carinaria, Firola, Atlanta, Hy-

478 Miscellaneous.

alea, Cleodora, Tiedemannia, and Pneumodermon. Tn all, with the

exception of Pnewmodermon, the development of which’ has been’ de-

scribed by Miller (Monatsbericht der Kon. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin,

October 1852), and by Kolliker and Gegenbaur (Zeitschrift fir Zoo-

logie, Bd. iv.), an oval embryo is formed, furnished with membranous

ciliated lobes (velum) and a shell (even in Firola). In the Pteropoda

this velum is persistent, and becomes transformed into the’ finlike

lateral appendages of these animuls. In the Heteropoda, on the con-

trary, it gradually disappears as the animal acquires its characteristic

form. The velum of the Heteropoda and Pteropoda corresponds ex-

actly with that of the Gasteropoda, from which it follows that the

lateral lobes or fins of the Pteropoda, which are only an ulterior

metamorphosis of the velum, cannot be compared with the foot of the

Gasteropoda, as was Cuvier’s opinion.

2. Lastly, the author has ascertained that in many Mollusca the

generative organs contain both eggs and spermatozoa. The excretory

canal of these organs is not double, or furnished with two semi-canals,

as was supposed by Meckel, but contains at once eggs and sperma-

tozoa: this was shown by H. Miller of Wurzburg to be the case in

Phyllirhoé.—Comptes Rendus, Sept. 26, 1853, p. 493.

TEETH OF TESTACELLUS AND GLANDINA.

M. Moguin-Tandon, in the ‘ Journal de Conchyliologie’ (ii. 125),

describes the teeth of Testacell/us, and among other particulars states

that the animal has no horny jaws, a retractile proboscis, and is ear-

nivorous. :

M. Morelé& (in vol. iii. pp. 27 & 257) and M. Raymond (in vol. iv.

p- 14 of the same Journal) describe the animal of two species of

Glandina from America and Africa as having nearly similar teeth,

a retractile proboscis without a horny jaw, and the same carnivorous

appetite. ‘The latter author considers Testacellus as ‘a Glandina

with a rudimentary shell.” Dr. Wyman described and figured the

teeth of Glandina in the ‘ Boston Journal of Natural History,’ show-

ing them to be of a conical form.

I intended, in my paper on{the Teeth of Pulmonata in the last Num-

ber, to have observed, that the illustrations of that paper were kindly

drawn by Mr. 8. P. Woodward from the well-mounted specimens of

Messrs. Cocken and Wilton. The examination of the large series of

mounted specimens belonging to these gentlemen and other micro-

scopists, has been very useful to me in these researches, as showing

the uniformity and permanence of the characters afforded by the teeth,

and sometimes of drawing my attention to peculiarities of form, and

inducing me to examine the teeth of the animal they were said to be

taken from.—JoHn Epwarp Gray.

On the Structure of the Retina in Man. By Profs. K6LLiker

and H,. Miiuer.

The retina is composed of different layers—viz. 1. the layer of

cylinders and cones; 2. that of nucleiform bodies; 3. the layer of

Miscellaneous. 479

gray substance ; 4. the expansion of the optic nerve; and 5. the

limiting membrane.

_| ueaving the latter membrane out of the question, we will commence

with the layer of the optic nerve. 'The most remarkable fact to be

noticed. here, is that according to a discovery of M. Kolliker, the

expansion of the optic nerve is interrupted at the macula lutea, so

that-at that, place there does not exist the smallest trace of a layer of

nervous fibres. In all other parts of the retina the nervous fibres

forma very thick and uninterrupted layer at the bottom of the eye ;

except that at the margins of the macula lutea they are lost ina

layer of nervous cells, which here form the most internal layer of the

retina, and are only covered by the limiting membrane. These cells

form a very thick layer in this place, as in a vertical section of the

retina, from nine to twelve series of cells placed one behind the other

maybe seen ; these cells possess the characters of the other cells of

the retina, which will be referred to hereafter.

., With respect to one of the most important questions, the termina-

tion of the nervous fibres of the retina, the observations of M. Kolliker

upon the human retina show that these fibres are in direct commu-

nication with the nervous cells. These cells, which are entirely ab-

sent at the entrance of the optic nerve, are all provided with from

one to six processes, exactly resembling those found in the nervous

cells of the brain and ganglions ; these, ramifying several times, are

continuous with the true nervous fibres of the expansion of the optic

‘nerve, so that these fibres take their rise in the nervous cells of the

retina. The discovery of this important fact is due to the Marquis

A. Corti, of Turin, who ascertained it, first, about three years ago in

the ruminants and afterwards in the elephant, in which animal the

origins of the optic fibres are presented with unparalleled distinctness

and beauty. We have verified the facts ascertained by M. Corti on

the human retina, and think we may say that in man, as in the other

mammalia, there are terminations of the nervous fibres in the cells of

the retina. As to free terminations, we have never found them, and

we are inclined to believe that, although admitted by several authors,

they have no existence in fact.

Next to the nervous fibres and cells, the parts most worthy our

attention are the cylinders and cones. The former have been well

described by Hannover; but: the cones of the retina of man and

mammalia have not been sufficiently seen by any observer. The

cones are pyriform or conical bodies, three or four times the thickness

of the cylinders, but not half their length, situated in the in-

terior of the layer of cylinders. ‘The cones, which on their outer

slender portion bear a prolongation resembling a short cylinder, are

less numerous than the cylinders; they are tolerably regular in their

arrangement. At the position of the macula lutea, as observed by

Henle, there are no cylinders, whilst the cones are very numerous and

form an uninterrupted layer.

One of the facts most worthy attention is, that from the internal

portion of each cone and from each cylinder a fibre proceeds, which,

after traversing all the layers of the retina, loses itself on the inner

480 Miscellaneous.

surface of the limiting membrane. ‘This has also-been ascertained

by Miller to be the case with animals. These fibres, which,are-all

in relation with the nucleiform bodies, of which, as already pointed

out by Bowman, there are two layers in the human. retina, forma

peculiar system of the retina,.and are named by us the radiating

fibres, The principal facts which we haye ascertained respecting

these fibres, which have hitherto remained unknown, are.as follows:

every cone at its inner portion is in connexion with an enlarged body

containing a nucleus, which is situated in the outer layer of nuelei-’

form bodies; and from this enlarged body, which may be regarded

as a cell, a fibre arises, which attains the inner layer of the nucleiform

bodies and there becomes connected with one of these, which are only

small cells containing a large nucleus; this fibre then traverses the

nervous cells and fibres, and at length attaches itself by its extremity,

which is inflated and sometimes ramified, to the limiting membrane,

Radiating fibres, exactly resembling these, but finer, also rise from

the inner portion of the cylinders, become connected with those

nucleiform bodies in the two layers which are not fixed to the fibres

proceeding from the cones, and terminate in the same manner at the

limiting membrane ; it is to be observed, however, that from three to

six of the fibres proceeding from the cylinders unite during. their

passage through the inner layers of the retina so.as to form a single

fibre, which renders the radiating fibres less numerous in the inner

layers. These radiating fibres, like the nervous fibres of the. retina,

are very delicate, but they never form varicosities, and may thus be

distinguished from the true nervous fibres.

Such are the principal facts which we have ascertained with respect

to the anatomy of the human retina, and from these physiology may

derive certain conclusions of indubitable interest. We establish, in.

the first place, that it is not by the nervous fibres of the retina that

light is perceived, because, on the one hand, that part of the retina

which is most sensible to light and which offers the most. perfect

visual perception, the macula lutea, does not exhibit, the least trace

of the layer of nervous fibres, whilst, on the other hand, the nervous

fibres exist in great number at that point where the retina is totally de-

ficient in sensibility. This settled, there only remain the nervous cells

of the retina, the nucleiform bodies, and the cones and cylinders, which

can be considered as organs of sensation. For out own parts, we should

be inclined to regard the nervous cells as fulfilling this function, .as

it has been shown, both by Corti and ourselves, that the nervous

fibres of the optic nerve are continuous with these cells; we are,

nevertheless, compelled to lay aside this supposition, as in all parts

of the retina which possess the faculty of perception, these cells form

several series (ten or twelve) laid one upon another, and it is impos-

sible to admit that we could receive exact and distinct visual impres-

sions, if each ray of light influenced at once ten or twelve cells. The

same reason leads us to think that it is not by means of the nuclei-

form bodies that we receive the impression of light, so that only the

cones and cylinders remain for our purpose. We are led to form the

opinion that these curious organs, with which physiology has hitherto,

Miscellaneous. 481

been*puzzled what to do, are truly the parts destined to receive the

impression of light, and we at the same time think that their arrange-

ment side by side in the manner of a mosaic, and their small diame-

terj'are all favourable for rendering the visual sensations as exact as

possible» We do not, however, wish to insist too strongly upon this

hypothesis, as we have been unable to discover any connexion be-

tween the cones and cylinders and the nervous fibres and cells of the

retina. “We suppose that such a connexion exists, but we have

found it impossible to prove it distinctly. All that we have seen is,—

1. That all the nervous cells possess one or two processes, which,

proceeding from their external portion, lose themselves in the inner

layer of nucleiform bodies ; and,

2. That the nucleiform bodies of this layer have generally one or

two processes besides the two which are continuous with the radiating

fibres mentioned above. X

It may be, as indeed we suppose, that these latter fibres are in di-

rect communication with the external prolongations of the nervous

célls, so that sensations originating in the cylinders and cones would

be transmitted by the radiating fibres to the nervous cells, and thence

to the fibres of the expansion of the optic nerve, which would thus

bécome only a means of communication between the organs which

peéreeive the light (the cones, cylinders and nervous cells) and the

brain.

Tn any case, even should our hypothesis of the function of the

eylinders and cones be proved false by subsequent discoveries, it will

always be certain that the fibres of the optic nerve are not directly

acted upon by the light, and that we must seek for the organ

of the direct sensation of light in the nervous cells of the retina,

whether these cells be directly affected by the luminous rays or by

the medium of the cones and cylinders. We admit that the layer of

nervous cells in the retina is a true ganglion, or if it be preferred a

true nervous centre. We attribute to it the function of the percep-

tion of light, and believe that the optic nerve serves merely to trans-

mit the sensations from this centre to the organ of intelligence and

consciousness.—Comptes Rendus, 26th September, 1853, p. 488.

Discovery in the Human Body of a Substance giving the same Che-

- mical Reactions as Cellulose. By M. Vircuow.

M. Purkinje has described some peculiar corpuscles from the human

brain, formed of concentric layers and ofa structure analogous to that

of starch grains. These amylaceous bodies have since been found in

several parts, especially in the superficial layers of the walls of the

cerebral ventricles and in the spinal cord. Some observers have sup-

posed that it was this substance that constituted the acervulus cerebri.

In investigating the microchemical properties of these corpuscles,

the origin of which is unknown, I was much surprised to find, that

on the addition of watery solution of iodine a bluish tint made its

appearance, contrasting strongly with the yellow coloration of the

neighbouring parts. The addition of hydrated sulphurie acid to the. .

object immediately produced that bright violet colour so especially

characteristic of vegetable cellulose. The repetition of the experi-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii.

482 Meteorological Observations.

ment proved the constancy of the reaction, which is more brilliant in

proportion as the action of the sulphuricacidis slow. = =

These particles of cellulose (true amylaceous corpuscles) only exist

in the vicinity of the cerebral ventricles, especially in the deep layers

of the ependyma in the nerves of sensation and in the spinal cord.

They are very frequent in the latter in the central gray substance

described by M. Kolliker, which, according to my observations, ex-

tends from the ependyma of the fourth ventricle to the terminal

filament of the spinal cord, and corresponds to the ependyma of the

obliterated central canal of this portion of the nervous axis. On this

account it might be called the central cord of spinal ependyma.

All the other concentric corpuscles have a different composition.

Neither the concretions of the pineal gland and choroid plexus, nor

the granules of the excrescences of Pacchioni, nor the plates extracted

from the spinal arachnoid, exhibit any vegetable reaction. The cor-

puscles of cellulose are quite peculiar to the ependyma, which is

neither a prolongation of the arachnoid, nor of the pia mater, but

rather the superficial free layer of the connective tissue of the nervous

elements. It is on this account that these granules are also found in

the gray substance of the olfactory nerve.— Comptes Rendus, Sept. 26,

1853, p. 492. CNRS |

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR Oct. 1853.

Chiswick.—October 1. Heavy clouds: clear. 2,3. Clear and fine: frosty at

nights. 4. Rain. 5. Constant rain. 6. Dense fog. 7. Hazy and damp: fine:

rain. 8. Rain: fine: clear. 9. Foggy: fine. 10. Very fine. 11. Fine. 12.

Rain. 13, Hazy: rain. 14. Foggy: very fine. 15. Fine: cloudy: rain at night.

16,17. Rain. 18. Clear and fine. 19. Heavyrain. 20. Fine. 21. Rain. 22.

Rain: fine. 23. Densely overcast: cloudy and fine. 24, 25. Fine. 26. Very

fine: rain at night. 27. Cloudy: overcast: lightning in the evening: rain. 28.

Cloudy and fine: rain. 29. Cloudy and fine: clear. 30. Foggy:-clear. 31. Very

fine. Mean temperature of the month 49°-99

Mean temperature of October 1852 .........seesseeeeseeeeeeee se . 46°22

Mean temperature of Oct. for the last twenty-seven years . 50 °06

Average amount of rain in Oct. ........0..seceeeeeeee Mistseetss 2°64 inches.

Boston.—Oct. 1. Cloudy: raina.m. 2. Fine: rainp.m. 3. Fine. 4. Rain

A.M. 5. Cloudy: rain a.m.and p.m. 6. Rain a.m. 7. Cloudy. 8. Cloudy:

rain A.M.and p.m. 9. Cloudy. 10. Fine: rain p.m. 11. Cloudy: rain a.m.

and p.m. 12. Cloudy: rain a.m. 13, 14. Cloudy: rain p.m. 15. Cloudy. 16.

Rain a.m. and p.m. 17. Cloudy: rain A.M. and ym. 18. Cloudy. 19. Cloudy:

rain A.M. and p.m. 20. Cloudy. 21. Cloudy: rain a.m. 22. Fine. 23, 24.

Cloudy. 25. Foggy. 26. Cloudy: rain p.m. 27. Cloudy. 28. Cloudy : rain 4.M.

29. Cloudy. 30, 31. Fine.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Oct. 1. Showers a.M.andp.M. 2, 3. Sleet-showers

am.andr.m. 4. Rain A.m.: showers p.m. 5. Showers a.m.: drizzle p.m. 6.

Bright a.m.: cloudy p.m. 7. Drizzle a.m.: rain p.m. 8, 9. Damp A.M. and P.M.

10. Cloudy a.m. and p.m. 11. Showers a.m.: cloudy p.m. 12. Cloudy a.m. :

damp P.M. 13. Cloudy a.m. and p.m. 14. Cloudy a.m.: showers p.m. lo.

Bright a.M.: showers p.M. 16, 17. Showers a.m. and p.m. 18. Showers A.M.:

bright p.m. 19. Cloudy a.m.: rain p.m. 20. Clear a.m.: showers, aurora P.M.

21, Rain a.m. and p.m. 22. Clear a.M.: showers p.m. 23. Clear A.M. : showers,

aurora p.m. 24, Cloudy a..: drizzlep.m. 25,26. Cloudy a.M.: rain P.M. 27.

Bright a.m.: clear, aurora p.m. 28. Cloudy a.m. and p.m. 29. Bright a.m. :

cloudy p.m. 30. Clear, fine a.m : cloudy p.m. 31. Rain A.M: showers P.M.

Mean temperature of Oct. for twenty-six previous years ...... 47°-64

Mean temperature of this month ....... Spake dunes. Giidagsveeed . 48 66

Mean temperature of Oct. 1852 .e.ee cece eeeeese tence ee eeee +» 46 °88

Average quantity of rain in Oct. for thirteen previous years . 4°99 inches.

SSOP ne eer canes ee oo et OER oe en Se a

$6.5

o£.z | gZ.€ bo.gh 62.6b | S.0S jez.1¥ |LL.g6 | 99S-6z | gbS.6z 62.62 965.62 1rZ.6z | -uvayy

GZ, |reveerere|ecovereee!” 1ae *s | 318 | 6% Alen ley AS ob.6z 20.62 $S.6z 623.62 £56.62 “rf

£0. ‘gu | S44 | 64 gv] z& | +S $9.62 £3.62 99.62 266.62 9S0,08 "of

a fo. ms ef -9P-) ogh |. of | LE | 9S $1.62 $S.62. «|. 9£.62 2zg.6z | Lb6.6z- | -6z

x ‘TO, @ y S) Gok PO 15 | Lt a9 9£.6z 25.67 21,62 £6v.62 | £65.62 -| «gz

go. “§ 1S-| 26G:) gS| “2S | to £5.62 £5.62 42,62 998.6% —|> gbg.6z 4. Le. .

+3. 3 | 6Y | Le] S| Leo Lo 79.6% 03.62 $6.62 $59.62 zoL,.6z ~ |) ‘9c

£0. 3 | $90) LS | - S$] ob | £5 29,62 gr.6z 3f.6z zzL.6zZ $zg.6z = | Szyk

ER Sy Seensrcheseteeamel ae” geet oy WS | 15 | S.£5| th | 29 £9.62 18.6 %9.62 983.62 £90.08 a fp

PE, estes Ee Feeseese| A ag Pegg £9v | £0 6S) <b | So 0g.6z ob.6z $5.62 016.62 039.08 £z

9S. HO, serteootr! Svs |osmgact «Akg Lb} 1S $$} £5 | +9 0S 62 £0.62 9£.62 ¥13.62 ££6.6z Vee

7, ar se'* go. *MS "§ “MS a1 6+ LY oS 09 $6.gz $1.62 £4.62 £5.62 053,62 “It

Sg. by serest) ome | com | ema | 2b] Sob 6¥| zE | of $4.62 gf.6z 40.62 £LE.62 019,67 ‘oz

es ees Ob g "28 2 vy | ov | S.LY| ov ¢S 2v.6z gv.6z 6.97 ob6, 92 S167 “61

Lr, LE Jsere*'***) coun lemum | oa fb | oF 1v| v& | ZS Lv.62 9£.6z o1.6z 96£.6z LYv.62 “gt

of, gi. r£. |-muu| ass | «ms | SH | gb 1v| £& | oS 22.6 70,67 £6.92 0L0,62 zv7,6z L1O

Bo. $z. ze. |*mum! ‘mss | ‘on Lv | Lt 64) gz | +S £6.92 16.32 00,62 git.6z Tov,6z i

Lo. ZOx oO. | *mss | *ms | -ms Sov | 2S oS | zy 3S $0.62 60,62 2.67 7225.62 LS9.6z “SI

Or. gi. | ‘ass | cau | ss 6b | ov | S.ES| o£ | +9 ov.6z yL.6z ob.6z zL9.6% StL.6z “v1

str"*tee)" 90. | peo | cau | +a gv gv | S.$S} of 3S V6.6z 95.6z ov.6z 99.62 41 L.6z fr

tes 9et 45 OF 61. ‘au | ‘ou |. -a | SLb | 64 SS| 6¥ | ZS 96.62 £6.62 9£.6z b£9.6z $39.62 ‘ZI

10, £o. zI. | -gua!-ouu| -au gb | 19 £S| zh | 9S $6.62 96.6z v.62 LS9.6% £1.62 ‘Ir

Ho oNerl aibeoeeee OB. =| Soy: | saahh fo -y oS | §5 LS| gv | 29 20,0 $0.08 ov.6z £69.62 938.62 ‘Or

0%; go. gv. 7) ‘as | mu | £€S £5 tS} 1% | 09 08.62 69.62 o1.6z 69%.6z SLY.6z 9

Lo, So. @1. ‘9 | UyRo | *ms 1S oS zS| Lv 9S $9.62 39.62 £0.6% -| 69£.6z QIv.62: “L

£o, gf. gO. ‘ou | cu | ems Lv | Sab S| L¥ €¢ 09.62 3.62 00,62 1Z£.62 10.6% | *9

“99. to, a8. ‘au |-ass | ‘ss gh | S25 SS| gf ZS 39.62 gt.6z £0.62 £97.62 Lov.6z . | S

gt | Lr. €E. [emsm| cs | ms | 2S | Lp] Sb] z¢ 3S 91.62 £2.62 0S .6z gog.6z $96.62 v

OB | QOn fee} sss |rmtt [=u fb SSb-} Sb] S.9£| ge] Ss 11.62 18.62 99.62 336.62 Ebvo,0£ qi

=| 08 Lor [rerrsl ome | oem [emu | zbe| bb fv| Le | 4s 7L.6z 29.67 o.6z of£L.6z 198.67 z7@

v 6+, of ee Eases brea | Sea te oat tv] 2% of| VE | Io 9v.6z ov.6z £1.62 109.62 1£9.6z $1.

=| got = =| ' 3 P

: ze go Is E ef By bas cat Beto] 2 8 orp | keyg | sur $e oh ge =? eh EE Teast

She Pr So 5 5. & = 9. Ss. | 2S = — hee Ol r —— a

“Urey *puLAA *JoJaMIOULIDY, J, “ *TopowUOLE | ie

MOLA MY a

‘AUNAUG ‘supp yompung yo “uoysno[D *_ *Aay ay2 Ag pun {NoLsog 7 ‘Two, “aya Ag

oF 484

INDEX to VOL. XII.

ACALEPHZ, on the mode of re-

production and development in

some, 476.

Achatina, new species of, 94, 140; on

the teeth of, 331.

Acradenia, observations on, 31].

Actinia, new British species of, 127.

Adams, A., on new species of Mitra,

48; on new species of Trochide,

142, 199; monograph of Scutus,

280; on the genus Monoptygma,

281; on some new shells, with a

note on the genus Nematura, 283;

monograph of the recent species of

Rimula, 284 ; monograph of Punce-

turella, 286.

Agaricus, new species of, 417.

Algze, remarks on some, belonging to

the genus Caulerpa, 1

Allman, Dr. G. J., on the anatomy

and physiology of Cordylophora,

289.

Amphibola, on the teeth of, 332.

Animal and vegetable organisms, on

preserving the balance between, in

sea water, 319.

Anomalocera Pattersonii, note on, 164.

Anomiade, new genus of, 150.

Anthophorabia, on the ocelli in, 44.

Arachnida, on the movements of the

blood in the pulmonary, 219.

Arlidge, J. T., on the monstrosity of

a rose, 290.

Artamus, new species of, 294.

Auricula, on the teeth of, 332.

Badger, remarks on the Tibetan, 221.

Balea, new species of, 140.

Balfour, Dr., on the growth of some

palms in the Botanic Garden of

Edinburgh, 63.

Bankivia, new species of, 203.

- Barrande’s, J., Systéme Silurien du

Centre de la Bohéme, reviewed,

130.

Benson, W. H., on some mbiecalaia

shells, 90.

Berkeley, Rev. M. J.; on North —_

rican fungi, 417.

Biancia, deseription of the new: genus,

387.

Birds of Madeira, notice: of the, 583

of Ceylon, 97, 165, 262. f

— on branchial currents in’ me

303

Black, A. O.; on the cryptogamic

plants of the neighbourhood - St.

Andrews, 218.

Blanchard, E., on the movameih of

the blood in the pulmonary Arach-

nida, 219.

Blood, on the movements of the;ii in

the pulmonary Arachnida; 219:°

Blood rain, observations on, 409.0 ~

Boletus, new species of, 429.

Bonaparte, Prince C. L., on the largest

aoatin species of Phaleridine ‘bir d,

278

Books, new :—Barrande’s ‘Syatone

Silurien du Centre de la Bohéme,

130; Jukes’s Popular Physical Geo-

logy, 135; Gosse’s Naturalist’s

Rambles on the Devonshire Coast,

197; Dr. Johnston’s Botany of the

Eastern Borders, 439; Moore’s

Handbook of British Ferns, 442 ;

Fresenius’s Beitrage zur Mycologie,

443; Darwin’s Monograph = the

Cirripedia, 444.

Botanical Society of Edinbingh, pro-

ceedings of the, 63, 218.

Braun, Al., on the “ nucleus: én of ‘the

Characeze, 297.

ese

INDEX.

Brodie, Rey. P. B., on the lias at

Fretherne, with an account of some

new Foraminifera, and on certain

pleistocene deposits in the Vale of

Gloucester, 272.

Brown, J., on the artesian well at

Colchester, and remarks on some

microscopic fossils, 240.

Bryozoa, observations on some, 240.

Buckman, Prof. J., on the cornbrash

of the neighbourhood of Cirences-

ter, 324 ; on Libellula Brodiei, 436.

Bulimus, new species of, 94, 140, 149.

Bunbury, C. J. F., on the vegetation

of Buenos Ayres and the neigh-

» bouring districts, 462:

Bustard,: Great, on the habits and

structure of the, 35.

Calanidz, on two new species of, 115,

J59.

Cantharellus; new species of, 425. —

- Canthiridus, new species of, 201.

Cardiomorpha, new species of, 189.

Cataiilus, new species of, 95.

Caulerpa, new species of, 1.

Cellulose, on the occurrence of in the

.o human body, 481.

Cercyon, remarks on the genus, 73.

Chamzeleon, on the change of colour

tin aj 292,

Characez, on the “ nucleus” of the,

hk 297. 9 ;

Chiorostoma; new species of, 208.

Chorozema, new species of, 33.

Cionidium; remarks on the genus, 37.

Clanculus, new species of, 144.

Clark, W., on the genus Truncatella,

4; on the Rissoa rubra, 107; on

jeothe’ branchial currents in the Bi-

_bovalves, 303,

Clarke, B., on relative position, in-

eluding a new:arrangement of Pha-

9 -Mlerogamous plants, 11.

Clouston, Rey. C., on sun-columns

~ observed at Sandwick Manse,

f2 Or kney, 70.

ee W. P., on Spadix purpurea,

. 365,

Comandra umbellata, on the para-

>» sitism of, 365.

Conus, on the head of the genus, 176.

Cordylophora, on the anatomy and

yy physiology of, 289...

Cornbrash: of the neighbourhood of

», / Cirencester, remarks on the, 324.

Coronella, new species’ of, 389.

Cortinarius, new species of, 423.

485

Crustacea, new genus and species of

amphipodous, 44; on the time of

spawning of British, 66; new species

of British, 110.

pole pelea on the British species

ot,

Curtis, Rey. M.A., on North American

fungi, 417.

ee on the British species

of,

Cyclophorus, new species of, 96; on

the teeth of, 333.

Cyclostoma, new species of, 141, 452.

Cylindrella, new species of, 140.

Cynictis, new species of, 48.

Darwin’s, C., monograph of the Cir-

ripedia, reviewed, 444.

Davy, Dr. J., on the eye of the mole,

45.

Didymohelix ferruginea, on the struc-

ture of, 438.

Diplommatina, on the operculum: of,

Dolphin, on the transverse processes

of the two-toothed, 435.

Dopasia, description of the genus,

389,

Edmondia, new species of, 190.

Eleuchus, new species of, 203.

Eucratea chelata, on the occurrence

of, 149.

Euphrosyne foliacea, notice respect-

ing, 384

Ferns, on the development of, from

their spores, 33; on venation asa

generic character in, 37.

Flora of Buenos Ayres and the neigh-

bouring districts, on the, 462; of

bona New Zealand, on the,

474.

Foraminifera, observations on some,

240; descriptions of new, 272...

Forbes, Prof. E., on some new points

in British geology, 136.

Fossils, on some new carboniferous

limestone, 188; on some. micro-

scopic, 240. ,

Fresenius’s, Dr. G., Beitrige zur My-

cologie, reviewed, 443.

Fucacez, on the fecundation of the,

Fungi, new species of North American,

Gallionella ferruginea, on the structure

of, 438. hi

Gastrolobium, new species of, 33...

Gegenbaur, M., on the mode of re-

486

production and development in

‘various groups of Zoophytes and

Mollusea, 476. ens

Geology, on some new points in

British, 136.

Gibbula, new species of, 209.

Glandina, on the teeth of, 478.

Gosse, P. H., on some new or little-

known marine animals, 124, 153,

384 ; Naturalist’s Rambles on the

Devonshire Coast, reviewed, 197.

Gray, Asa, on the parasitism of Co-

mandra umbellata, 365.

Gray, Dr. J. E., on the operculum of

the genus Diplommatina, 9; on two

Viverride from Ceylon, 47; on the

teeth of the genus Mitra, 129; on

Johnstonella Catharina, 150; ona

new genus of Anomiade, ib.; on

the head of the genus Conus, 176 ;

on the animal of Rotella, 179; on

the Tibetan badger, 221; on the

teeth of the pneumonobranchiate

Mollusca, 329; on some undescribed

species of reptiles, 386; on two

new genera of land mhollusea, 412;

on the teeth of Testacellus and

Glandina, 478.

Greville, R. K., on some Algee belong-

ing to the genus Caulerpa, 1.

Griffith, Dr. J. W., on the structure

of Gallionella ferruginea, 438.

Hanley, H., on the breeding of the

nightingale i in captivity, 148.

Harcourt, E. V., on the birds of

Madeira, 58.

Helicina, new species of, 141.

Helix, new species of, 91, 139.

Henfrey, A., on the development of

ferns from their spores, 33.

Herpetodryas, new species of, 390.

Herrmannsen, Dr., on some genera of

shells established by H.F. Link, 448.

Hewardia, remarks on the genus, 37.

Hiatula, new species of, 422.

Higginbottom, J., on the British

Tritons, 369.

Hincks, Rev. W., on the nature of

fasciated stems, 41.

Hinulia, new species of, 388.

Hippolyt, new British species of, 110,

Hogg, J., on the artificial breeding of

achat and trout, 471.

Hygrophorus, new species of, 424.

Hyperoodon bidens, on the transverse

processes of, 435,

INDEX.

Ichneumon Atropos, remarks, on,,

Tluanthos, new British species of, gers

Infundibulum, new species. of, 143,>;

Invertebrata, on the apphaneirage

of some marine, the

structure of the as of Prost ing

in, 243, 333, 393. .° pS

Japalura, description of the ¢ genus,

387.

Jolunttstie Catharina, remarks .

Johnston’ s, Dr., Botany of the gst

ern Borders, reviewed, 439. ay

Jukes’s, J. B., Popular Physical Geo-

logy, reviewed, 135.

Kippist (R.) on Acradenia, a new ge-

nus of Diosmez, 31.

Kolliker, Prof., on the structure. of

the retina in man, 4/8. 3

Labio, new species of, 207--

Lactarius, new species of, 425,

Lacuna, new species of, 283. yy

Layard, E. L., on the voi of

Ceylon, 97, "165, 262. ca

Lentinus, new species of, 426. ¥

Lenzites, new species of, 428 oo

Libellula Brodiei, remarks on, 436.»

Link, H. F., on some genera of shells

established by, 448.

Linnean Society, proceedings of. the,

31, 462, /

Lithodomus, new species of, 189...

Lubbock, J., on two new species of

Calanidee, Be observations on the

spermatic tubes of Pontella, ep-

tomus, &c., 115, 159.

Lycett, J,, on some new species re

Trigonia, 225.

Lysidice, new British species of, BB5.

M‘Coy, Prof. F., on some new car-

boniferous limestone fossils, 188.

Mack, Mr., on the laying of black

eges by a white duck of the ordi-

nary domestic breed, 213.

Macrochilus, new species of, 193.

Mammalia, new arrangement of the

Edentate, 348.

Marasmius, new species of, 426.

Margarita, new species of, 212.

Megasternum, on the Britis: REO

of, 88.

Melampyrum montanum, remarks on,

219.

Meteorological observations, 71, Tl.

293, 295, 367, 482. on

Metopia, new species of, 473,

INDEX.

big are ‘species of, 48; on the

“teeth of the genus, 129.

Mole, on the eye of the, 45.

Mollusca, ‘‘pneumonobranchiate, on

°* the teeth’ of the, 329; rare Irish,

6° 366; new genera of land, 412; on

the mode of reproduction and de-

velopment in various groups of, 476.

Monilea, new species of, 21).

Monodonta, new species of, 204.

Monops, new species of, 122.

Monoptygma, monograph of the ge-

“nus, 281.

Montagnites, new species of, 422.

Moore, T., on two uew Swan River

Papilionacez, 33 ; on venation as a

generic character in ferns, with ob-

. servations on the genera Hewardia

' and Cionidium, 37 ; Handbook of

British Ferns, reviewed, 442.

Miller, M.H.; on the structure of

the retina in man, 478.

Murchisonia, new species of, 191.

Murray, A., on the genus Cercyon,

with a short monographical synopsis

of the British Spheeridiide, 73.

Mysis, new British species of, 156.

Natica sordida, occurrence of, 367.

ati¢z, descriptions of new, 287.

Nautilus, new species of, 195.

-Nématura, note on the genus, 284.

Newport, G., on Ichneumon Atropos,

_ 40; on the ocelli in the genus An-

thophorabia, 44; on the dipterous

“parasites which attack the earwig

“and emperor moth, 473.

Nicholson, Dr., on an undescribed

‘species of tailor-bird, 214; on a

new species of Artamus, 294.

Nightingale, on the breeding of the,

“i captivity, 148.

Niphargus stygius, discovery of, in

. ” England, 44.

Nuttall, T., on a new species of Rho-

dodendron, 10

Oliver, D., on Melampyrum monta-

‘num, 219 :

Ornithology of Ceylon, notes on the,

97, 165, 262.

Orthoceras, new species of, 196.

Otina, new species of, 283.

Owen, Prof., on the transverse pro-

* cesses of the two-toothed dolphin,

435.

a prodigiosa, observations on,

409, F

Palms, on the structure of the leaves

487

of, 27 ; remarks on the growth of

some, 63.

Panus, new species of, 427.

Papilionacez, on two new, 33.

Parias, new species of, 392.

Paxillus, new species of, 423.

Pelosoma, on the British species of,

Pfeiffer, Dr. L., on some new land

shells, 139; on new species of Cy-

clostomacez, 452.

Pfeifferia, description of the new ge-

nus, 412.

Philippi, R. A., on new Natice, 287.

Pholades, on the mode of action of

Or in the perforation of stones,

Phorcus, new species of, 144.

Phosphorescence of marine inyerte-

brata, on the, 20, 180.

Photina, new species of, 213.

Pinna, new species of, 188.

Plants, phanerogamous, on a new

arrangement of, 11.

Plestrodon, new species of, 388,

Pleurotomaria, new species of, 191.

Polydonta, new species of, 143.

Polyporus, new species of, 430,

Pontella, new species of, 117.

Psammorphis, new species of, 390.

Puffinus obscurus, notice respecting

the occurrence of, 471.

ats monograph of the genus,

286. Pe.

Pupa, new species of, 94,

Pyramidella, new species of, 283,

Pyramis, new species of, 142.

Quatrefages, A. De, on the phospho-

rescence of some marine imyerte-

brata, 15, 180. a +

Ralph, T.S8., on the vegetation around

Wellington, New Zealand, 474.

Reeve, L., on a new species of Buli-

mus, 149

Reptiles, on some undescribed species

of, 7

Respiration, on the mechanism of

aquatic, 243, 333, 393, ta

Retina, on the structure of the, 478.

Rhododendom, new species of, 10. _.

Rimula, monograph of the recent

species of, 284. ,

Rissoa rubra, remarks on, 107.

Rose, monstrosity of a, 290.

Rotella, on the animal of, 179,

Royal Institution of Great Britain,

Rs Sido \neoat

fs §

\ ), ‘488

‘A

INDEX.

Royal Society, proceedingsof the, 289.

Sagmatorrhina, description of the new

genus, 278.

ce on the artificial breeding of,

471.

Sclater, P. L., on two new species of

Tznioptera, 213.

Sees description of the genus,

57.

Scutus, monograph of the genus, 280.

Shell-fish, on the habits of bivalve,

415.

Shells, new, 48, 90, 108, 139, 142,

149,150, 199,280, 283,452; onsome

genera of, established by Link, 448.

Siphonaria, on the teeth of, 333.

Siphonophora, on the mode of re-

oe and development in,

477.

Sipunculus, new British species of,

Spadix, characters of the new genus,

125, 386.

Spadix purpurea, occurrence of, 365.

Spheeridiidee, monographical synopsis

of the British, 73.

Stephens, H. O., on blood rain (Pal-

mella prodigiosa, Mont.), 409.

Straparollus, new species of, 194,

Streptaxis, new species of, 90.

Succinea, new species of, 139.

Sun-columns, notices of, 70.

Sutoria, new species of, 214.

Tenioptera, new species of, 213.

Tailor-bird, species of new, 214.

Tedinia, description of the new ge-

nus, 150,

Templer, W. F., on the occurrence of

Eucratea chelata, 149.

Testacellus, on the teeth of, 331, 478.

Thalotia, new species of, 203.

Thompson, W., on the time of spawn-

ing of British crustacea,66; on some

new species of British crustacea,

110.

Thuret, G., on the fecundation of the

Fucacez, 64.

Trécul, A., on the structure of the

leaves of palms, 27.

Trigonia, new species of, 225.

Trimesurus, new species of, 391.

Tritons, on the British, 369.

Trochide, new species of, 142, 199.

Trout, on the artificial breeding of,

471.

END OF THE TWELFTH VOLUME,

Truncatella, on the British species of;

Tulasne, L. R., on the germination of

the spores of the Uredines, 221.

Turner, H. M., jun., on the change of

colour in a chameleon, 292; on

the arrangement of the Edentate

Mammalia, 348.

Uredines, on the germination of the

spores of the, 221.

Vegetable and animal organisms, on

preserving the balance between, in

sea water, 319

Vegetation, experimental researches

on,

Velutina, new species of, 283.

Ville, G., experimental researches on

vegetation, 68.

Virehow, M., on the occurrence of

cellulose in the human body, 481.

Vitrina, new species of, 93.

Viverride, descriptions of new, 47.

Vrolik, M., on the priority of the

discovery of the mode of action of

the Pholades in the perforation of

stones, 70. ;

Walpole, W. W., on rare Irish mol-

lusea, 366; on the occurrence of

Natica sordida, 367.

Warington, R., on preserving the

balance between animal and yege-

_ table organisms in sea water, 319.

Westwood, Mr., on a new genus and

species of amphipodous crustacea,

44; on the dentition of the tiger

beetles, 216.

Williams, Dr. T., on the mechanism

of aquatic respiration and on the

structure of the organs of breathing

in invertebrate animals, 243, 333,

393.

Woodward, S. P., on the habits of

bivalve shell-fish, 415.

Xerotus, new species of, 428.

Yarrell, W., on the habits and struc-

ture of the great bustard, 35; on

the occurrence of the dusky petrel

on the coast of Ireland, 471.

Ziziphinus, new species of, 199.

Zoological Society, proceedings of the,

45, 139, 199, 278, 348, 448.

Zoophytes, on the mode of reproduc-

tion and development in various

groups of, 476.